PJ45fc4 

I8b3 


GKAMMAK 


OF   THE 


HEBREW  LANGUAGE. 


BY 


WILLIAM  HENRY  GREEN, 

PROFESSOR   IN   THE   THEOLOGICAL    SEMINARY   AT    PRINCETON,    N.    J. 


THIRD  EDITION, 


NEW  YORK: 
J  O  H  IST      WILEY. 

1863. 


Entered,  according  to  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  of  18G1,  by 

JOHN  WILEY, 

in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  for  the  Southern  District  of  New  York. 


JOHN  p.  TROW 

PRINTEB,  STF.nEOTVPER,  AND    ELECTROTTPERi 

46,  48  &  50  Greene  Street, 
New  York. 


PREFACE. 


This  work  was  begun  at  the  instance  of  my  friend, 
preceptor,  and  colleague,  Dr.  J.  Addison  Alexander.  The 
aid  of  his  counsels  and  suggestions  was  freely  promised  in 
the  undertaking ;  and  he  was  to  give  to  it  the  sanction  of 
his  name  before  the  public.  It  appears  shorn  of  these  ad- 
vantages. A  few  consultations  respecting  the  general  plan 
of  the  book  and  the  method  to  be  observed  in  its  prepara- 
tion, were  all  that  could  be  had  before  this  greatest  of 
American  orientalists  and  scholars  was  taken  from  us.  De- 
prived thus  early  of  his  invaluable  assistance,  I  have  yet 
found  a  melancholy  satisfaction  in  the  prosecution  of  a  task 
begun  under  such  auspices,  and  which  seemed  still  to  link 
me  to  one  with  whom  I  count  it  one  of  the  greatest  blessings 
of  my  life  to  have  been  associated. 

The  grammatical  system  of  Gesenius  has,  from  causes 
which  can  readily  be  explained,  had  a  predominance  in  this 
country  to  which  it  is  not  justly  entitled.  The  grammar  of 
Prof.  Stuart,  for  a  long  time  the  text-book  in  most  common 
use,  was  substantially  a  reproduction  of  that  of  Gesenius. 
Nordheimer  was  an  adherent  of  the  same  system  in  its  essen- 
tial features,  though  he  illustrated  it  with  wonderful  clearness 
and  philosophical  tact.  And  finally,  the  smaller  grammar  of 
Gesenius  became  current  in  the  excellent  translation  of  Prof. 
Conant.  Now,  while  Gesenius  is  unquestionably  the  prince 
of  Hebrew  lexicographers,  Ewald  is  as  certainly  entitled  to 


IV  PREFACE. 

the  precedence  among  grammarians ;  and  the  latter  cannot 
be  ignored  by  him  who  would  appreciate  correctly  the  exist- 
ing state  of  oriental  learning. 

The  present  work  is  mainly  based  upon  the  three  leading 
grammars  of  Gesenius,  Ewald,  and  Nordheinier,  and  the  at- 
tempt has  been  made  to  combine  whatever  is  valuable  in 
each.  For  the  sake  of  a  more  complete  survey  of  the  history 
of  opinion,  the  grammars  of  R.  Cliayug,  R.  Kimchi,  Reuch- 
lin,  Buxtorf,  Schultens,  Simonis,  Robertson,  Lee,  Stier, 
Hupfeld,  Freytag,  Niigelsbach,  and  Stuart,  besides  others  of 
less  consequence  from  Jewish  or  Christian  sources,  have  also 
been  consulted  to  a  greater  or  less  extent.  The  author 
has  not,  however,  contented  himself  with  an  indolent  com- 
pilation ;  but,  while  availing  himself  freely  of  the  labours 
of  his  predecessors,  he  has  sought  to  maintain  an  independ- 
ent position  by  investigating  the  whole  subject  freshly  and 
thoroughly  for  himself.  His  design  in  the  following  pages 
has  been  to  reflect  the  phenomena  of  the  language  precisely 
as  they  are  exhibited  in  the  Hebrew  Bible ;  and  it  is  be- 
Heved  that  this  is  more  exactly  accomplished  than  it  has  been 
in  any  preceding  grammar.  The  rule  was  adopted  at  the 
outset,  and  rigorously  adhered  to,  that  no  supposititious 
forms  should  be  admitted,  that  no  example  should  be  al- 
leged w^hicli  is  not  found  in  actual  use,  that  no  statement 
should  be  made  and  no  rule  given  the  evidence  of  which  had 
not  personally  been  subjected  to  careful  scrutiny.  Thus,  for 
example,  before  treating  of  any  class  of  verbs,  perfect  or  im- 
perfect, every  verb  of  that  description  in  the  language  was 
separately  traced  through  all  its  forms  as  shown  by  a  con- 
cordance ;  the  facts  were  thus  absolutely  ascertained  in  the 
first  instance  before  a  single  paradigm  was  prepared  or  a 
word  of  explanation  written. 

Some  may  be  disposed,  at  first,  to  look  suspiciously 
upon  the  triple  division  of  the  Hebrew   vowels,   adopted 


PREFACE.  V 

from  Ewald,  as  an  innovation:  further  reflection,  however, 
will  show  that  it  is  the  only  division  consistent  with  ac- 
curacy, and  it  is  really  more  ancient  than  the  one  which 
commonly  prevails. 

The  importance  of  the  accent,  especially  to  the  proper 
understanding  of  the  vowels  of  a  word  and  the  laws  of 
vowel-changes,  is  such  that  the  example  of  Ewald  has  been 
followed  in  constantly  marking  its  position  by  an  appropriate 
sign.  He  uses  a  Methegh  for  this  purpose,  which  is  objec- 
tionable on  account  of  the  liability  to  error  and  confusion 
when  the  same  sign  is  used  for  distinct  purposes.  The  use 
of  any  one  of  the  many  Hebrew  accents  would  also  be  liable 
to  objection,  since  they  not  only  indicate  the  tone- syllable, 
but  have  besides  a  conjunctive  or  disjunctive  force,  which  it 
would  be  out  of  place  to  suggest.  Accordingly,  a  special 
symbol  has  been  employed,  analogous  to  that  which  is  in  use 
in  our  own  and  other  languages,  thus  ^i?)?  hataV . 

The  remarks  upon  the  consecution  of  poetic  accents 
were  in  type  before  the  appearance  of  the  able  discussion  of 
that  subject  by  Baer,  in  an  appendix  to  the  Commentary  of 
Delitzsch  upon  the  Psalms.  The  rules  of  Baer,  however, 
depend  for  their  justification  upon  the  assumption  of  the 
accurate  accentuation  of  his  own  recent  edition  of  the  He- 
brew Psalter,  which  departs  in  numerous  instances  from  the 
current  editions  as  they  do  in  fact  from  one  another.  Inas- 
much as  this  is  a  question  which  can  only  be  settled  by 
manuscripts  that  are  not  accessible  in  this  country,  it  seems 
best  to  wait  until  it  has  been  tested  and  pronounced  upon 
by  those  who  are  capable  of  doing  so.  What  has  here  been 
written  on  that  subject,  has  accordingly  been  suffered  to  re- 
main, imperfect  and  unsatisfactory  as  it  is. 

The  laws  which  regulate  the  formation  of  nouns  have 
been  derived  from  Ewald,  with  a  few  modifications  chiefly 
tending  to  simplify  them. 


VI  PREFACE. 

The  declensions  of  nouns,  as  made  out  by  Gesenius,  are 
purely  artificial.  Cumbrous  as  they  are,  tliey  are  not  ex- 
haustive, and  the  student  often  finds  no  little  difficulty  in 
deciding  to  which  declension  certain  nouns  of  frequent  oc- 
currence are  to  be  referred.  Eor  these  reasons  they  were 
abandoned  by  Nordheimer,  who  substituted  a  different  sys- 
tem, which  is  itself,  however,  more  pei*plexing  than  service- 
able. The  fact  is,  that  there  are  no  declensions,  properly 
speaking,  in  Hebrew;  and  the  attempt  to  foist  upon  the 
language  what  is  alien  to  its  nature,  embarrasses  the  subject 
instead  of  relieving  it.  A  few  general  rules  respecting  the 
vowel-changes,  which  are  liable  to  occur  in  different  kinds 
of  syllables,  solve  the  whole  mystery,  and  are  all  that  the 
case  requires  or  even  admits. 

In  the  syntax  the  aim  has  been  to  develop  not  so  much 
what  is  common  to  the  Hebrew  with  other  languages,  as 
what  is  characteristic  and  distinctive  of  the  former,  those 
points  being  particularly  dwelt  upon  which  are  of  chief  im- 
portance to  the  interpreter. 

In  the  entire  work  special  reference  has  been  had  to  the 
wants  of  theological  students.  The  author  has  endeavoured 
to  make  it  at  once  elementary  and  thorough,  so  that  it  might 
both  serve  as  a  manual  for  beginners  and  yet  possess  all  that 
completeness  which  is  demanded  by  riper  scholars.  The 
parts  of  most  immediate  importance  to  those  commencing 
the  study  of  the  language  are  distinguished  by  being  printed 
in  large  type. 

Princeton,  August  22c?,  1861. 


COKTEISTTS. 


PAET  I.— ORTHOGRAPHY. 
Divisions  of  Grammar,  §1. 

OETHOGEAPHIO     SYMBOLS. 

The  Lettees. — Alphabet,  §  2  ;    Sounds,  §  3  ;    Double  forms,  §  4 ;    Names, 

§  5  ;     Order,  §  6  ;     Classification,  §  7 ;     "Words  never  divided,  §  8 ; 

Abbreviations  and  Signs  of  Number,  §  9. 
The  Vowels. — Masoretic  Points,  §  10 ;    Vowel  Letters,  §  11 ;    Signs  for  the 

Vowels,  §12;    Mutual  Relation  of  this  twofold  Notation,  §§13,  14; 

Pure  and  Diphthongal  Vowels,  §  15. 
Sh'va,  silent  and  vocal,  simple  and  compound,  §  16. 
Pattahh  Furtive,  §  17. 
Syllables,  §  18. 
Ambiguo->is  Signs. — Hhirik,  Shurek,  and  Kibbuts,  §19.1;   Kamets  and 

Xamets-Hhatuph,  §  19.  2 ;   Silent  and  Vocal  Sh'va,  §20. 
Points  affectestg  Consonants: — Daghesh-lene,  §§21,  22. 

Daghesh-forte,  §28;  different  kinds,  §24;  omission  of,  §25. 
Mappik,  §26. 
Raphe,  §27. 
Points  attached    to   Woeds. — Accents,   their  design,   §  28 ;    forms  and 

classes,  §29;    like  forms  distinguished,  §30;   poetic  accents,  §31; 

position  as  determined  by  the  character  of  the  syllables,  §  32. 1 ;  in 

uninflected  words,  §  32.  2.  3 ;  with  affixes,  suffixes  and  prefixes,  §  33 ; 

use  in  distinguishing  words,  §  34 ;  shifted  in  special  cases,  §  35. 
Consecution  of  the  Accents  in  Prose. — Clauses  and  their  subdivisions, 

§  36 ;  tabular  view,  §  37 ;  explanation  of  the  table,  §  38 ;  adaptation  of 

the  trains  of  accents  to  sentences,  S  39. 


Vlll  CONTENTS. 

Poetic  Consecution. — Clauses  and  tlioir  subdivisions,  §40;  tabular  view 
and  explanation,  §  41 ;  adaptation  of  the  trains  of  accents  to  sen- 
tences, §42. 

Makkeph,  §43. 

Metliegb,  its  form  and  position,  §  44 ;  special  rules,  §  45 ;  K'ri  and 
K'thibli,  meaning  of  the  terms,  §  4G ;  constant  K'ris  not  noted  in  the 
margin,  §47  ;  tlieir  design  and  value,  §48. 

Accuracy  of  the  points,  §  49. 

OETnOGKAPniO     CHANGES. 

Significant  mutations  belong  to  the  domain  of  the  lexicon,  §§  50,  51 ;  eu- 
phonic mutations  to  the  domain  of  grammar,  §  52. 

Mutations  of  Oonsoxaxts  at  the  beginning  of  syllables,  §  53 ;  at  the  close 
of  syllables,  §54;  at  the  end  of  words,  §55  ;  special  rules,  §56. 

CnANGES  OF  Consonants  to  Vowels  in  reduplicated-  syllables  and  letters 
and  in  quiescents,  §  57. 

Mutations  of  Vowels,  significant  and  euphonic,  §58;  due  to  syllabic 
changes,  §  59  ;  to  contiguous  gutturals,  §  CO ;  to  concurrent  conso- 
nants, §  61 ;  concurring  vowels,  §  62 ;  proximity  of  vowels,  §  63  ;  the 
accent,  §  64 ;  pause  accents,  §  65 ;  shortening  or  lengthening  of 
words,  §  66. 


PART  II.— ETYMOLOGY. 

Eoots  of  "Words. — Design  of  Etymology,  three  stages  in  the  growth  of 

words,  §67;    pronominal  and  verbal  roots,  §68;    formation  and 

inflection  of  Avords  by  external  and  internal  changes,  §  69 ;  parts  of 

speech,  §70. 

Pronouns  personal,  §71;    pronominal  suffixes,  §72;   demonstrative,  §73; 

relative,  §  74 ;  interrogative  and  indefinite,  §  75. 
Verbs,  the  species  and  their  signification,  f§  76-80. 

Perfect  Verbs,  §  81 ;    formation  of  the  species,  §§  82,  83 ;  their  inflection, 
§§  84,  85.  1 ;    paradigm  of  bifr,  §  85.  2. 
Hemarlcs  on  the  Perfect  Verbs. — Kal  preterite,  §  86  ;    Infinitive,  §  87 ; 
Future,  §  88  ;  Imperative,  §  89 ;  Participles,  §  90 ;  Niphal,  §  91 ;  Piel, 
§92;  Pual,  §93;  Iliidiil,  §  94;  Hophal,  §  95  ;  Hithpael,  §  96. 
Paragogic  and  Apocopated  Future,  §  97 ;  and  Imperative,  §  98. 
Vav  Conversive  with  the  Future,  §  99  ;  with  the  Preterite,  §  100. 
Verbs  with  suffixes,  §§  101,  102 ;  paradigm,  §  103  ;  Remarks  on  the  Per- 
fect Verbs  with  suflixes.  Preterite,  §104;   Future,  §105;    Infinitive 
and  Imperative,  §  106. 
liiPERFEcT  Veimis,  classified,  §  107. 

Pe  (iuttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§108,  109;    paradigm,  §110; 
Remarks,  §j  111-115. 


CONTENTS.  IX 

Ayin  Guttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §116;  paradigm,  §117;  Ee- 
marks,  §§118-122. 

Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §123;  paradigm,  §124; 
Eemarks,  §§  125-128. 

Pe  Nun  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §  129  ;  paradigm,  §  130  ;  Eemarks, 
§§131,  132. 

Ayin  Doubled  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§133-137;  paradigm,  §138; 
Eemarks,  §§  139-142. 

Pe  Yodh  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§  143-145 ;  paradigm,  §  146 ;  Ee- 
marks, §§  147-151. 

Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§  152-154 ;  para- 
digm, §155;  Eemarks,  §§156-161. 

Lamedh  Aleph  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §162;  paradigm,  §163;  Ee- 
marks, §§164-167. 

Lamedh  He  Verbs,  their  peculiarities,  §§168,  169;  paradigm,  §170; 
shortened  future  and  imperative,  §  l7l ;  Eemarks,  §§172-177. 

Doubly  Imperfect  Verbs,  §  178. 

Defective  Verbs,  §  179. 

Quadriliteral  Verbs,  §  180. 
Nouns,  their  formation,  §181;    Class  L  §§182-186;  Class  IL  §§187,  188; 
Class  III.  §§  189-192 ;  Class  IV.  §§  193,  194 ;  MultUiterals,  §  195. 

Gender  and  Number. — Feminine  endings,  §  196  ;  anomalies  in  the  use  of, 
§197;  employment  in  the  formation  of  words,  §198;  plural  end- 
ings, §  199  ;  anomalies,  §  200  ;  nouns  confined  to  one  number,  §  201 ; 
Dual  ending,  §  202  ;  usage  of  the  dual,  §  203  ;  changes  consequent 
upon  affixing  the  endings  for  gender  and  number,  §§  206-211. 

The  Construct  State,  its  meaning  and  formation,  §§  212-216. 

Declension  of  Nouns,  paradigm,  §217. 

Paragogic  Vowels  added  to  Nouns,  §§218,  219. 

Nouns  with  suffixes,  §§  220,  221 ;  paradigm,  §  222. 
NuMEEALS. — Cardinal  numbers,  §§223-226;  Ordinals,  etc.,  §227. 
Peefixed   Particles,  §228;    the  Article,  §229:    the  Interrogative,  §230; 

Inseparable  prepositions,  §§  231-233 ;    Vav  Conjunctive,  §  234. 
Sepaeate  Particles. — Adverbs,  §  235  ;    with  suffixes-,  §  236  ;   Prepositions, 
§  237 ;  with  suffixes,  §  238 ;  Conjunctions,  §  239 ;  Interjections,  §  240. 


PART  III.— SYNTAX. 


Office  of  Syntax,  §241.  1;  Elements  of  the  sentence,  §241.  2. 

The  Subject,  a  noun  or  pronoun,  §  242  ;  when  omitted,  §  243  ;  its  exten- 
sion, §244. 

The  Article,  when  used,  §  245  ;  nouns  definite  without  it,  §  246 ;  omitted 
in  poetry,  §  247 ;  indefinite  nouns,  §  248. 

Adjectives  and  Demonstratives  qualifying  a  noun,  §  249. 


X  CONTENTS. 

KumeraU. — Cardinal  numbers,  §§250,  251 ;  Ordinals,  etc.,  §252. 

Apposition,  §253. 

The  Construct  state  and  Suffixes,  §§254r-256;  resolved  by  the  preposition  \i 
§257. 

The  Predicate,  Copula,  §  258 ;  Nouns,  adjectives,  and  demonstratives,  §  259. 

Comparison  of  adjectives,  §  260. 

Yerls. — Hebrew  conception  of  time,  §  261 ;  the  primary  tenses :  use  of  the 
preterite,  §  262 ;  the  future,  §  263  ;  paragogic  and  apocopated  future, 
§  264 ;  the  secondary  tenses,  §  265 ;  participles,  §  266 ;  Infinitive, 
§§267-269. 

Object  of  Verbs. — The  direct  object  of  transitive  verbs,  §  270 ;  transitive  con- 
struction of  intransitive  verbs,  §  271 ;  indirect  object  of  verbs,  §  272 ; 
verbs  with  more  than  one  object,  §  273. 

Adverbs  and  adverbial  expressions,  §  274. 

Neglect  of  agreement,  §  275 ;  compound  subject,  §  276 ;  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct, §  277 ;  dual  nouns,  §  278 ;  changes  of  person,  §  279. 

Repetition  of  nouns,  §  280  ;  pronouns,  §  281 ;  verbs,  §  282. 

Inteerogative  Sentences,  §§  283,  284. 

Compound  Sentences, — Relative  pronoun,  §  285 ;  poetic  use  of  the  de- 
monstrative, §  286 ;  conjunctions,  §  287. 

Geakmatioal  Analysis,  .....  page  315 

Index  I.     Subjects, "323 

Index  II.    Texts  of  Scripture,  .  .  .  .  "331 

Index  III.  Hebrew  "Words, "343 

Index  IV.  Hebrew  Grammatical  Terms,         .  .  .         .     "    399 


PART  FIRST. 

ORTHOGRAPHY. 

§1 .  Language  is  the  communication  of  thought  by  means 
of  spoken  or  written  sounds.  The  utterance  of  a  single  thought 
constitutes  a  sentence.  Each  sentence  is  composed  of  words 
expressing  individual  conceptions  or  their  relations.  And 
words  are  made  up  of  sounds  produced  by  the  organs  of 
speech  and  represented  by  written  signs.  It  is  the  province 
of  grammar  as  the  science  of  language  to  investigate  these 
several  elements.  It  hence  consists  of  three  parts.  First, 
Orthography,  which  treats  of  the  sounds  employed  and  the 
mode  of  representing  them.  Second,  Etymology,  which  treats 
of  the  different  kinds  of  words,  their  formation,  and  the 
changes  which  they  undergo.  Third,  Syntax,  which  treats  of 
sentences,  or  the  manner  in  which  words  are  joined  together 
to  express  ideas.  The  task  of  the  Hebrew  grammarian  is  to 
furnish  a  complete  exhibition  of  the  phenomena  of  this  partic- 
ular language,  carefully  digested  and  referred  as  far  as  practi- 
cable to  their  appropriate  causes  in  the  organs  of  speech  and 
the  operations  of  the  mind. 

The  Letters. 

§2.  The  Hebrew  being  no  longer  a  spoken  tongue,  is 
only  known  as  the  language  of  books,  and  particularly  of  the 
Old  Testament,  which  is  the  most  interesting  and  important 
as  well  as  the  only  pure  monument  of  it.     The  first  step 


2  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §2 

towards  its  investigation  must  accordingly  be  to  ascertain  the 
meaning  of  the  symbols  in  which  it  is  recorded.  Then 
having  learned  its  sounds,  as  they  are  thus  represented,  it 
will  be  possible  to  advance  one  step  further,  and  inquire  into 
the  laws  by  which  these  are  governed  in  their  employment 
and  mutations. 

The  symbols  used  in  writing  Hebrew  are  of  two  sorts, 
viz.  letters  (ni'^nix)  and  points  (n'^'iip:).  The  number  of  the 
letters  is  twenty -two ;  these  are  written  from  right  to  left,  and 
are  exclusively  consonants.  The  following  alphabetical  table 
exhibits  their  forms,  English  equivalents,  names,  and  numeri- 
cal values,  together  with  the  corresponding  forms  of  the  Rab- 
binical character  employed  to  a  considerable  extent  in  the 
commentaries  and  other  ™tings  of  the  modern  Jews. 


§3 


LETTERS. 


Order. 

Forms  and  Equivalents. 

Xames. 

Kabbinical 
Alphabet. 

Numerical 
values. 

1 

it 

?15^     Aleph 

f' 

1 

2 

a 

Bh,  B 

n^a    Beth 

3 

2 

3 

> 

Gh,  G 

b^i     Gi'-mel 

J 

3 

4 

^ 

Dh,  D 

nb^     Da'-leth 

7 

4 

5 

n 

H 

xn     He 

X) 

5 

6 

1 

V 

11     Vav 

1 

6 

7 

T 

Z 

i:'t     Zayin 

I 

7 

8 

n 

Hh 

n^n     Hheth 

P 

8 

9 

t: 

T 

n^t:     Tetli 

u 

9 

10 

1 

Y 

ni''    Yodh 

» 

10 

11 

3  T 

Kh,  K 

vi?     Kapli 

(5 

20 

12 

b 

L 

"liab'    La'-medh 

i 

30 

13 

tt  d 

M 

012     Mem 

r> 

40 

14 

=   f 

N 

113     Nun 

]' 

50 

15 

D 

S 

ri'nb     Sa'-mekh 

P 

60 

16 

y 

T.if     Ayin 

r 

70 

1  v/ 

17 

B  ?1 

Ph,  P 

5!5      Pe 

rjD 

80 

18 

2£r 

Ts 

'I'li     Tsa'-dhe 

T^ 

90 

19 

P 

K 

qip     Kopli 

? 

100 

20 

*! 

R 

ir^n     Besh 

•5 

200 

21 

tJ 

Sh,  S 

I^TD     Shin 

c 

300 

22 

n 

Th,  T 

in     Tav 

p 

400 

§3.  There  is  always  more  or  less  difficulty  in  represent- 
ing the  sounds  of  one  language  by  those  of  another.  But 
this  is  in  the  case  of  the  Hebrew  greatly  aggravated  by  its 
having  been  for  ages  a  dead  language,  so  that  some  of  its 


4  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §3 

sounds  cannot  now  be  accurately  determined,  and  also  by  its 
belonging  to  a  different  family  or  group  of  tongues  from  our 
own,  possessing  sounds  entirely  foreign  to  the  English,  for 
which  it  consequently  affords  no  equivalent,  and  which  are  in 
fact  incapable  of  being  pronounced  by  our  organs.  The 
equivalents  of  the  foregoing  table  are  not  therefore  to  be  re- 
garded as  in  every  instance  exact  representations  of  the  proper 
powers  of  the  letters.  They  are  simply  approximations  suffi- 
ciently near  the  truth  for  every  practical  purpose,  the  best 
which  can  now  be  proposed,  and  sanctioned  by  tradition  and 
the  conventional  usage  of  the  best  Hebraists. 

1.  It  will  be  observed  that  a  double  pronunciation  has 
been  assigned  to  seven  of  the  letters.  A  native  Hebrew  would 
readily  decide  without  assistance  which  of  these  vras  to  be 
adopted  in  any  given  case,  just  as  we  are  sensible  of  no  in- 
convenience from  the  various  sounds  of  the  English  letters 
which  are  so  embarrassing  to  foreigners  learning  our  language. 
The  ambiguity  is  in  every  case  removed,  however,  by  the  ad- 
dition of  a  dot  or  point  indicating  which  sound  they  are  to 
receive.  Thus  3  with  a  point  in  its  bosom  has  the  sound  of 
3,  3  unpointed  that  of  the  corresponding  v,  or  as  it  is  com- 
monly represented  for  the  sake  of  uniformity  in  notation,  d/i ;  5 
is  pronounced  as  g,  S  unpointed  had  an  aspirated  sound  which 
may  accordingly  be  represented  hy  gh,  but  as  it  is  difficult  to 
produce  it,  or  even  to  determine  with  exactness  what  it  was, 
and  as  there  is  no  corresponding  sound  in  English,  the  aspira- 
tion is  mostly  neglected,  and  the  letter,  whether  pointed  or  not, 
sounded  indifferently  asy;  1  is  ^,  *!  unpointed  is  the  aspirate 
dh,  equivalent  to  th  in  the ;  3  is  1%  3  unpointed  its  aspirate  Ui, 
perhaps  resembling  the  German  c/i  in  ic/t,  though  its  aspira^ 
tion,  like  that  of  5,  is  commonly  neglected  in  modern  reading  ; 
fi  is  7;,  S  unpointed  is  p/i  or/;  r\is  f,  f\  impointed  f/i  in  f/tin. 
The  letter  tj  with  a  dot  over  its  right  arm  is  pronounced  like 
s/i,  and  called  S/il/i ;  to  with  a  dot  over  its  left  arm  is  called 
/S^»,  and  pronounced  like  s,  no  attempt  being  made  in  modern 


^3  LETTERS.  Sf 

usage  to  discriminate  between  its  sound  and  that  of  D 
Samekli,  Although  there  may  anciently  have  been  a  distinc- 
tion between  them,  this  can  no  longer  be  defined  nor  even 
positively  asserted ;  it  has  therefore  been  thought  unneces- 
sary to  preserve  the  individuality  of  these  letters  in  the 
notation,  and  both  of  them  will  accordingly  be  represented 
by  s. 

a.  The  double  sound  of  the  first  six  of  the  letters  just  named  is  purely 
euphonic,  and  has  no  effect  whatever  upon  the  meaning  of  the  words  in 
Avliich  they  stand.  The  case  of  D  is  different.  Its  primary  sound  was  that 
of  sh,  as  is  evident  from  the  contrast  in  Judg.  12  :  6  of  r^_2d  shibboleth 
with  nlf)2a  sibboleth.  In  certain  words,  however,  and  sometimes  for  the 
sake  of  creating  a  distinction  between  different  words  oflike  orthography, 
it  received  the  sound  of  5,  thus  almost  assuming  the  character  of  a  distinct 
letter,  e.  g.  "^rcj  to  break,  "iSilJ  to  hope.  That  Sin  and  Samekh  were  dis- 
tinguishable to  the  ear,  appears  probable  from  the  fact  that  there  are  words 
of  separate  significations  which  differ  only  in  the  use  of  one  or  the  other 
of  these  letters,  and  in  which  they  are  never  interchanged,  e.  g.  bid  to  be 
bereaved,  bib  to  be  xoise,  bso  to  be  foolish  ;  *itt5  to  be  drunken,  "iii!3  to  hire, 
"130  to  shut  up;  "iViJ  to  look,  lib  to  ride,  "i*lO  to  turn  back;  Hcb  a  lip, 
HSD  to  destroy.  The  close  affinity  between  the  sounds  which  they  repre- 
sent is,  however,  shown  by  the  fact  that  D  is  in  a  lew  instances  written  for 
b,  e.  g.  noi  Ps.  4:  7  from  Nui; ,  Mb=b  Eccles.  1 :  17  for  mb^O  .  The  original 
identity  of  b  and  b  is  apparent  from  the  etymological  connection  between 
"I'sb  leaven  and  rnxbia  a  vessel  in  ichich  bread  is  leavened ;  "li'b  to  shudder, 
"i^n^b  horrible,  causing  a  shudder.  In  Arabic  the  division  of  single  letters 
into  two  distinguished  by  diacritical  points  is  carried  to  a  much  greater 
length,  the  alphabet  of  that  language  being  by  this  means  enlarged  from 
twenty-two  to  twenty-eight  letters. 

2.  In  their  original  power  t:  t  differed  from  n  t,  and  3  k 
from  p  k,  for  these  letters  are  not  confused  nor  liable  to  inter- 
change, and  the  distinction  is  preserved  to  this  day  in  the 
cognate  Arabic ;  yet  it  is  not  easy  to  state  intelligibly  where- 
in the  difference  consisted.  They  are  currently  pronounced 
precisely  alike. 

3.  The  letter  n  has  a  stronger  sound  than  n  the  simple 
h,  and  is  accordingly  represented  by  Iih ;  n  is  represented  by 
r,  although  it  had  some  peculiarity  of  sound  which  we  can- 
not at  this  day  attempt  to  reproduce,  by  which  it  was  allied 
to  the  gutturals. 


6  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §4 

4.  Per  two  letters,  x  and  2?,  no  equivalent  has  been  given 
in  the  table,  and  they  are  commonly  altogether  neglected  in 
pronunciation.  X  is  the  weakest  of  the  letters,  and  was  prob- 
ably always  inaudible.  It  stands  for  the  slight  and  involun- 
tary emission  of  breath  necessaiy  to  the  utterance  of  a  vowel 
unattended  by  a  more  distinct  consonant  sound.  It  there- 
fore merely  serves  to  mark  the  beginning  or  the  close  of  the 
syllable  of  which  it  is  a  part,  while  to  the  ear  it  is  entirely 
lost  in  the  accompanying  or  preceding  vowel.  Its  power  has 
been  likened  to  that  of  the  smooth  breathing  {')  of  the 
Greeks  or  the  English  silent  /^  in  /lour.  On  the  other  hand 
y  had  a  deep  guttural  sound  which  was  always  heard,  but 
like  that  of  the  corresponding  letter  among  the  Arabs  is  very 
difficult  of  utterance  by  occidental  organs  ;  consequently  no 
attempt  is  made  to  reproduce  it.  In  the  Septuagint  it  is  some- 
times represented  by  y,  sometimes  by  the  rough  and  some- 
times by  the  smooth  breathing;  thus  i^"^^?  Fojuo^qcx,  ''^3? 
'Hh',  p!?^?  ^Jf.icAi']>i.  Some  of  the  modern  Jews  give  it  the 
sound  of  vg  or  of  the  French  gn  in  camj)agne,  either  wherever 
it  occurs  or  only  at  the  end  of  words,  e.  g.  y^atD SJimang,  ^V 
(jnuModh. 

§4.  The  forms  of  the  letters  exhibited  in  the  preceding 
table,  though  found  without  important  variation  in  all  existing 
manuscripts,  are  not  the  original  ones.  An  older  character 
is  preserved  upon  the  Jewish  coins  stiTick  in  the  age  of  the 
IMaccabees,  which  bears  a  considerable  resemblance  to  the 
Samaritan  and  still  more  to  the  Phenician.  Some  of  the 
steps  in  the  transition  from  one  to  the  other  can  still  be  traced 
upon  extant  monuments.  There  was  first  a  cm'sive  tendency, 
disposing  to  unite  the  diff'erent  letters  of  the  same  word, 
which  is  the  established  practice  in  Syriac  and  Arabic.  This 
was  followed  by  a  predominance  of  the  calligraphic  principle, 
which  again  separated  the  letters  and  reduced  them  to  their 
present  rectangular  forms  and  nearly  uniform  size.  The 
cursive  stage  has,  however,  left  its  traces  upon  the  five  letters 


§5  LETTERS.  7 

which  appear  in  the  table  with  double  forms ;  D  'a  5  s  2  when 
standing  at  the  beginning  or  in  the  middle  of  words  termi- 
nate in  a  bottom  horizontal  stroke,  which  is  the  remnant  of. 
the  connecting  link  with  the  following  letter ;  at  the  end  of 
words  no  such  link  was  needed,  and  the  letter  was  continued 
vertically  downward  in  a  sort  of  terminal  flourish  thus,  1  "J  5]  f , 
or  closed  up  by  joining  its  last  with  its  initial  stroke,  thus  D. 

a.  The  few  instances  in  which  final  letters  are  found  in  the  middle  of 
words,  as  na/iab  Isa.  9:  6,  or  their  ordinary  forms  at  the  end,  as  an  Neh. 
2  :  13,  5^  Job  38  :  1,  are  probably  dne  to  the  inadvertence  of  early  tran- 
scribers which  has  been  faithfully  perpetuated  since,  or  if  intentional  ihey 
may  have  had  a  connection  now  unknown  with  the  enumeration  of  letters 
or  the  signification  of  words.  The  same  maybe  said  of  letters  larger  than 
usual,  as  ri2Dl  Ps.  80: 16,  or  smaller,  as  D^^'^Sl'?3  Gen.  2:4,  or  above  the 
line,  as  1?*^  Ps.  80  :  14,  or  inverted,  as  ?b:a  Num.  10 :  35,  (in  manuscripts 
and  the  older  editions,  e.  g.  thatof  Stephanus  in  1541),  or  with  extraordinary 
points,  as  >in;i;{:^"''i  Gen.  33:  4,  iCi^S  Ps.  27  :  13,  in  all  which  the  Rabbins  find 
concealed  meanings  of  the  most  fanciful  and  absurd  character.  Thus  in 
theif  opinion  the  suspended  3  in  riffi^T:  Judg.  18  :  30  suggests  that  the  idola- 
ters described  were  descended  from  Moses  but  had  the  character  of  Ma- 
nasseh.  In  'pna  Lev.  11 :42  the  Vav,  which  is  of  unusual  size,  is  the  middle 
letter  of  the  Pentateuch  ;  '?^"'?.''3^  Gen.  16:  5  with  an  extraordinary  point 
over  the  second  Yodh,  is  the  only  instance  in  which  the  word  is  written  with 
that  letter ;  the  large  letters  in  Deut.  6:  4  emphasize  the  capital  article  of 
the  Jewish  faith.  All  such  anomalous  forms  or  marks,  with  the  conceits  of 
the  Rabbins  respecting  them,  are  reviewed  in  detail  in  Buxtorf's  Tiberias, 
pp.  152  etc. 

^5.  All  the  names  of  the  letters  were  probably  significant 
at  first,  although  the  meanings  of  some  of  them  are  now  doubt- 
ful or  obscure.  It  is  commonly  supposed  that  these  describe 
the  objects  to  which  their  forms  originally  bore  a  rude  resem- 
blance. If  this  be  so,  however,  the  mutations  which  they 
have  since  undergone  are  such,  that  the  relation  is  no  longer 
traceable,  unless  it  be  faintly  in  a  few.  The  power  of  the 
letter  is  in  every  instance  the  initial  sound  of  its  name. 

a.  The  opinion  advocated  by  Schultens,  Fundamenta  Ling.  Heb.  p.  10, 
that  the  invention  of  the  letters  was  long  anterior  to  that  of  their  names, 
and  that  the  latter  was  a  pedagogical  expedient  to  facilitate  the  learning  of 
the  letters  by  associating  their  forms  and  sounds  with  familiar  objects,  has 
met  with  little  favour  and  possesses  little  intrinsic  probability.    An  interest- 


8  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §6 

ing  corroboration  of  the  antiquity  of  these  names  is  found  in  their  preserva- 
tion in  the  Greek  alphabet,  thougii  destitute  of  meaning  in  tiiat  language, 
the  Greeks  having  borrowed  their  letters  at  an  early  period  from  tlie  Phe- 
nicians,  and  hence  the  appended  a  of  "AX<f)a,  etc.,  which  points  to  the  Ara- 
maeic  form  XdVx  , 

T    :   - 

b.  The  Semitic  derivation  of  the  names  proves  incontestably  that  the 
alphabet  had  its  origin  among  a  people  speaking  a  language  kindred  to 
the  Hebrew.  Their  most  probable  meanings,  so  far  as  they  are  still  ex- 
plicable, are  as  follows,  viz:  Aleph,  an  ox ;  Beth,  a  house ;  Gimel,  acamel; 
Dalcth,  a  door  ;  He,  doubtful,  possibly  a  window;  Vav,  a  hook ;  Zayin,  a 
weapon;  Hheth,  probably  a  fence;  Teth,  probably  a  snake  ;  Yodh,  a  hand  ; 
Kaph,  the  palm  of  the  hand}  Lamedh,  an  ox-goad;  Mem,  water ;  Nun,  a 
fish;  ^iXmcVh,  a  prop  ;  Ayin,  an  eye;  Fe,amouth  ;  Tsadhc,  afsh-hook  or 
a  hiinter^s  dart ;  Koph,  perhaps  the  back  of  the  head  ;  Resh,  a  head;  Shin, 
a  tooth  ;  Tav,  a  cross  mark. 

§6.  The  order  of  the  letters  appears  to  be  entirely  arbi- 
trary, though  it  has  been  remarked  that  the  three  middle 
mutes  1^*1  succeed  each  other,  as  in  like  manner  the  three 
hquids  Is  'a  3 .  The  juxtaposition  of  a  few  of  the  letters  may 
perhaps  be  owing  to  the  kindred  signification  of  their  names, 
e.  g.  Yodh  and  Kaph  t/ie  hand,  Mem  loater  and  Nun  a  fish, 
Resh  the  headdiwdi.  Shin  a  tooth.  The  antiquity  of  the  existing 
aiTangement  of  the  alphabet  is  shown,  1.  by  psalms  and  other 
portions  of  the  Old  Testament  in  which  successive  clauses  or 
verses  begin  with  the  letters  disposed  in  regular  order,  viz. 
Ps.  25  (P  omitted),  34,  37  (alternate  verses,  3?  omitted),  111 
(every  clause),  112  (every  clause),  119  (each  letter  eight 
times),  145  (3  omitted),  Prov.  31 :  10-31,  Lam.  ch.  1,  2,  3 
(each  letter  three  times),  4.  In  the  first  chapter  of  Lamenta- 
tions the  order  is  exactly  preserved,  but  in  the  remaining 
three  chapters  V  and  &  are  transposed.  2.  By  the  corres- 
pondence of  the  Greek  and  Roman  alphabets,  which  have 
sprung  from  the  same  origin  with  the  Hebrew. 

a.  The  most  ingenious  attempt  to  discover  a  regular  structure  in  the 
Hebrew  alpliabct  is  that  of  licpsius,  in  an  essay  upon  this  subject  published 
in  ]S3G.  Omitting  the  sibilants  and  Resh,  he  finds  the  following  triple 
correspondence  of  a  breathing  succeeded  by  the  same  three  mutes  carried 
through  each  of  the  three  orders,  the  second  rank  being  enlarged  by  the 
addition  of  the  liquids. 


§7 


LETTERS. 


Breathings.        |               Mutes. 

1 

-  1 

Liquids.           1 

Middle 

Smooth 

Rough 

n 

5 

2    a    T 

1  n  13 
s  p  n 

(^=) 

b03 

Curious  as  this  result  certainly  is,  it  must  be  confessed  that  the  alleged 
correspondence  is  in  part  imaginary,  and  the  method  by  which  it  is  reached 
is  too  arbitrary  to  warrant  the  conclusion  that  this  scheme  was  really  in 
the  mind  of  the  author  of  the  alphabet,  much  less  to  sustain  the  further 
speculations  built  upon  it,  reducing  the  original  number  and  modifying  the 
powers  of  the  letters. 

b.  It  is  curious  to  see  how,  in  the  adaptation  of  the  alphabet  to  different 
languages,  the  sounds  of  the  letters  have  been  modified,  needless  ones 
dropped,  and  others  found  necessary  added  at  the  end,  without  disturbing 
the  arrangement  of  the  original  stock.  Thus  the  Greeks  dropped  1  and  p, 
only  retaining  them  as  numerical  signs,  while  the  Roman  alphabet  has  F 
and  Q.;  on  the  other  hand  the  Romans  found  13  and  0  superfluous,  while 
the  Greeks  made  of  them  3-  and  ^ ;  5  and  T ,  in  Greek  y  and  ^,  become  in 
Latin  C  and  G,  while  n,  in  Latin  H,  is  in  Greek  converted  like  the  rest  of 
the  gutturals  into  a  vowel  7). 

§  7.  The  letters  may  be  variously  divided : 

1.  First,  with  respect  to  the  organs  by  which  they  are 
pronounced. 

Gutturals     x     n    n    y 


Palatals 

^     *!    D 

P 

Lin  glials 

n    n    b 

2    n 

Dentals 

T       D      S 

tj 

Labials 

n     1    12 

& 

*i  has  been  differently  classed,  but  as  its  peculiarities  are 
those  of  the  gutturals,  it  is  usually  reckoned  with  them. 

2.  Secondly,  according  to  their  respective  strength,  into 
three  classes,  which  may  be  denominated  weak,  medium,  and 
strong.  The  strong  consonants  offer  the  greatest  resistance 
to  change,  and  are  capable  of  entering  into  any  combinations 
which  the  formation  or  inflection  of  words  may  require.  The 
weak  have  not  this  capacity,  but  when  analogy  would  bring 
them  into  combinations  foreign  to  their  nature,  they  are  either 


10  ORTHOGRAPnY.  "^7 

liable  to  mutation  themselves  or  occasion  changes  in  the  rest 
of  the  word.  Those  of  medium  strength  have  neither  the 
absolute  stability  of  the  former  nor  the  feeble  and  fluctuating 
character  of  the  latter. 

-^    ,         (  x   n  1   "^     Vowel-Letters, 
^^^^'       |x  n  n  y     Guttm-als. 

Medium,    {)ll^    ^Xts. 

Strong,      -I  y   :>  p       V  Aspirates  and  Mutes. 

The  special  characteristics  of  these  several  classes  and  the 
influence  which  they  exert  upon  the  constitution  of  words 
will  be  considered  hereafter.  It  is  sufficient  to  remark  here 
that  the  vowel-letters  are  so  called  because  they  sometimes 
represent  not  consonant  but  vowel-sounds. 

a.  It  will  be  observed  that  while  the  p,  k,  and  ^mutes  agree  in  having 
smooth  S  3  n  and  middle  forms  3  5  1,  which  may  be  either  aspirated  or 
unaspirated,  the  two  last  have  each  an  additional  representative  p  12  which 
is  lacking  to  the  first.  This,  coupled  with  the  fact  that  two  of  the  alpha- 
betic Psalms,  Ps.  25.  34,  repeat  S  as  the  initial  of  the  closing  verse,  has 
given  rise  to  the  conjecture  that  the  missing  p  mute  was  supplied  by  this 
letter,  having  a  double  sound  and  a  double  place  in  the  alphabet.  In  curi- 
ous coincidence  with  this  ingenious  but  unsustained  hypothesis,  the  Ethio- 
pic  alphabet  has  an  additional  p,  and  the  Greek  and  Roman  alphabets 
agree  one  step  and  only  one  beyond  the  letter  T,  viz.  in  adding  next  a 
labial,  which  in  Greek  is  divided  into  v  and  (f),  and  in  Latin  into  U  and  V. 
as  "^  into  I  and  J. 

3.  Thirdly,  The  letters  may  be  divided,  with  respect  to 
their  function  in  the  formation  of  words,  into  radicals  and 
seniles.  The  former,  which  comprise  just  one  half  of  the 
alphabet,  are  never  employed  except  in  the  roots  or  radical 
portions  of  words.  The  latter  may  also  enter  into  the  con- 
stitution of  roots,  but  they  arc  likewise  put  to  the  less  inde- 
pendent use  of  the  formation  of  derivatives  and  inflections, 
of  prefixes  and  suffixes.      The  seniles  are  embraced  in  the 


^8  LETTERS.  11 

memorial  words  3^?^  ?nr^  'jri'is  (Ethan  Moses  and  Caleb) ;  of 
these,  besides  other  uses,  "in^ii  are  prefixed  to  form  the  future 
of  verbs,  and  the  remainder  are  prefixed  as  particles  to  nouns. 
The  letters  I^n?i2sn  are  used  in  the  formation  of  nouns  from 
their  roots.  The  only  exception  to  the  division  now  stated 
is  the  substitution  of  12  for  servile  M  in  a  certain  class  of  cases, 
as  explained  §  54.  4. 

a.  Kimchi  in  his  Mikhlol  (^i^'?)  fol.  46,  gives  several  additional  ana- 
grams of  the  serviles  made  out  by  different  grammarians  as  aids  to  the 
memory,  e.  g.  ns'^n  insx^JiT!) /or  his  work  is  understanding;  fi^abu:  "^SS 
nnis  /  Solomon  am  wriling ;  nsan  -^x  "^Talbo  o?ily  build  thou  my  'peace  ; 
•p^n  nx  ^T^ya  like  a  branch  of  the  father  of  multitude  ;  'i3"'bx  3nD  noa 
Moses  has  written  to  us.  To  which  Nordheimer  has  added  ''2n373  'iin  bx'J 
consult  the  riches  of  my  book. 

§  8.  In  Hebrew  writing  and  printing,  words  are  never 
divided.  Hence  various  expedients  are  resorted  to  upon 
occasion,  in  manuscripts  and  old  printed  editions,  to  fill  out 
the  lines,  such  as  giving  a  broad  form  to  certain  letters,  >>^  n 
S  lI2  m ,  occupying  the  vacant  space  with  some  letter,  as  P, 
repeated  as  often  as  may  be  necessary,  or  with  the  first  letters 
of  the  next  word,  which  were  not,  however,  accounted  part 
of  the  text,  as  they  were  left  without  vowels,  and  the  word 
was  written  in  full  at  the  beginning  of  the  following  line. 
The  same  end  is  accomplished  more  neatly  in  modern  print- 
ing by  judicious  spacing. 

§9.1.  The  later  Jews  make  frequent  use  of  abbreviations. 
There  are  none,  however,  in  the  text  of  the  Hebrew  Bible ; 
such  as  are  found  in  the  margin  are  explained  in  a  special 
lexicon  at  the  back  of  the  editions  in  most  common  use,  e.  g. 
'iy\  for  i^i^l  ef  comjjletio  =  etc. 

2.  The  numerical  employment  of  the  letters,  common  to 
the  Hebrews  with  the  Greeks,  is  indicated  in  the  table  of  the 
alphabet.  The  hundreds  from  500  to  900  are  represented 
either  by  the  five  final  letters  or  by  the  combination  of  ri  with 
the  letters  immediately  preceding ;  thus  T  or  pn  500,  n  or  "in 
600,  1  Tun  or  pnn  700,  5]  or  nn  800,  y  or  pnn  900.     Thou- 


12  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  10 

sands  are  represented  by  units  with  two  dots  placed  over  tliem, 
thus  X  1000,  etc.  Compound  numbers  are  formed  by  joining 
the  appropriate  units  to  the  tens  and  hundreds,  thus  ssn  421. 
Fifteen  is,  however,  made  not  by  rr^ ,  which  are  the  initial 
letters  of  the  divine  name  Jehovah,  nin*",  but  by  TJ  9-f  0. 

This  use  of  the  letters  is  found  in  the  accessories  of  the 
Hebrew  text,  e.  g.  in  the  numeration  of  the  chapters  and  verses, 
and  in  the  Masoretic  notes,  but  not  in  the  text  itself.  Whether 
these  or  any  other  signs  of  number  were  ever  employed  by 
the  original  writers  of  Scripture,  or  by  the  scribes  in  copying 
it,  may  be  a  doubtful  matter.  It  has  been  ingeniously  con- 
jectured, and  with  a  show  of  plausibility,  that  some  of  the 
discrepancies  of  numbers  in  the  Old  Testament  may  be 
accounted  for  by  assuming  the  existence  of  such  a  system  of 
symbols,  in  which  errors  might  more  easily  arise  than  in  fully 
written  words. 

The   Vowels. 

§  10.  The  letters  now  explained  constitute  the  body  of 
the  Hebrew  text.  These  are  all  that  belonged  to  it  in  its 
original  form,  and  so  long  as  the  language  was  a  living  one 
nothing  more  was  necessary,  for  the  reader  could  mentally 
supply  the  deficiencies  of  the  notation  from  his  familiarity 
with  his  native  tongue.  But  when  Hebrew  ceased  to  be 
spoken  the  case  was  different ;  the  knowledge  of  the  true 
pronunciation  could  no  longer  be  presumed,  and  difficulties 
would  arise  from  the  ambiguity  of  individual  words  and  their 
doubtful  relation  to  one  another.  It  is  the  design  of  the 
Masoretic  points  ( Jinica  tradition)  to  remedy  or  obviate  these 
inconveniences  by  supplying  what  was  lacking  in  this  mode 
of  writing.  The  authors  of  this  system  did  not  venture  to 
make  any  change  in  the  letters  of  the  sacred  text.  The  signs 
which  they  introduced  were  entirely  supplementary,  consist- 
mg  of  dots  and  marks  about  the  text  fixing  its  true  pronun- 


^11  VOWELS.  13 

elation  and  auxiliary  to  its  proper  interpretation.  This  has 
been  done  with  the  utmost  nicety  and  minuteness,  and  with 
such  evident  accuracy  and  care  as  to  make  them  rehable  and 
efficient  if  not  indispensable  helps.  These  points  or  signs  are 
of  three  kinds,  1.  those  representing  the  vowels,  2.  those 
affecting  the  consonants,  3.  those  attached  to  words. 

a.  As  illustrations  of  the  ambiguity  both  as  to  sound  and  sense  of  indi- 
vidual words,  when  written  by  the  letters  only,  it  may  be  stated  that  "i-1 
is  in  Gen.  12:  4  13'n  he  spake,  in  Ex.  6:  29  nii^  speak  and  ni'-n  speak- 
ing, in  Prov.  25:  11  "iS'n  spoken,  in  Gen.  37  :  14  li'n  word,  in  1  Kin.  6: 16  li'n 
the  oracle  or  most  holy  place  of  the  temple,  in  Ex.  9:3  "i:n  pestilence.  So 
p^"i1  is  in  Gen.  29:  10  p'ijin  a7id  he  watered,  and  in  the  next  verse  p^'*i 
and  he  kissed;  SO"""!  occurs  twice  in  Gen.  29 :  23,  the  first  time  it  is  xi^;;  and 
he  brought,  the  second  N3|'i  and  he  came;  niPTrni  is  in  Jer.  32:  37  first 
Biphcn^  aiid  I  will  bring  them  again,  and  then  n^nTin*.  and  I  will  cause 
them  to  dwell;  C^^'^J  is  in  Gen.  14  :  19  n^^TlJ  heaven,  and  in  Isa.  5  :  20  Q-'b-JJ 
putting.  This  ambiguity  is,  however,  in  most  cases  removed  by  the  con- 
nection in  which  the  words  are  found,  so  that  there  is  little  practical  diffi- 
culty for  one  who  is  well  acquainted  with  the  language.  Modern  Hebrew 
is  commonly  written  and  read  without  the  points:  and  the  same  is  true  of 
its  kindred  tongues  the  Syriac  and  Arabic,  though  each  of  these  has  a 
system  of  points  additional  to  the  letters. 

§  11.  1-  The  alphabet,  as  has  been  seen,  consisted  exclu- 
sively of  consonants,  since  these  were  regarded  as  a  sufficiently 
exact  representation  of  the  syllables  into  which  in  Hebrew 
they  invariably  enter.  And  the  omission  of  the  vowels  occa- 
sioned less  embarrassment,  because  in  the  Semitic  family  of 
languages  generally,  unlike  the  Indo-European,  they  form  no 
part,  properly  speaking,  of  the  radical  structure  of  the  word, 
and  consequently  do  not  aid  in  expressing  its  essential  mean- 
ing, but  only  its  nicer  shades  and  modifications.  Still  some 
notation  of  vowels  was  always  necessary,  and  this  was  furnish- 
ed in  a  scanty  measure  by  the  vowel-letters,  or,  as  they  are 
also  called,  qmescents,ov  mat  res  ledionis  (guides  in  reading). 
The  weakest  of  the  palatals  "^  was  taken  as  the  representative 
of  the  vowels  i  and  B  of  the  same  organ  to  which  in  sound 
it  bears  a  close  affinity ;  the  weakest  of  the  labials  1  was  in 
hke  manner  made  to  represent  its  cognates  u  and  o ;  and  the 


14  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §11 

two  -^veak  gutturals  s  and  n  were  written  for  the  guttural 
vowel  a,  as  well  as  for  the  compound  vowels  B  and  o  of  which 
a  is  one  of  the  elements.  Letters  were  more  rarely  employed 
to  represent  short  vowels ;  n  or  "^  for  c  is  the  most  frequent 
case  ;  others  are  exceptional. 

a.  Medial  Q,  when  written  at  all,  as  it  very  rarely  is,  is  denoted  by  S ,  e.  g. 
asb  lal  Judg.  4  :  21,  5xn  dag  Neli.  13:  16  K'thibli,  BXp  ham  Hos.  10:  14, 
biST^  "zazel  Lev.  16:  8,  UJXi  i-as/i  Prov.  10:  4  and  in  a  few  other  passages, 
niax-i  sometimes  for  rdmolh,  ^SIS  tsavvdr,  "jxcxtix  Hos.  4:  6  if  not  an 
error  in  the  text  perhaps  for  einasak  ;  final  a,  which  is  much  more  frequent- 
ly written,  is  denoted  by  n,  e.  g.  nVa  gald..  risb:a  malkcl,  nns  at  la.  rarely 
and  only  as  an  Aramasism  by  X,  e.  g.  SSn  hhogga  Isa.  19  :  17.  Nmp  knthho. 
Ezek.  27:  31  K'thibh,  sna:  gabhVia  Ezek.  31 :  5  K'thibh.  The  writing  of 
c  and  I,  0  and  u  is  optional  in  the  middle  of  words  but  necessary  at  the  end, 
e.  g.  cnilir  or  QiniiSt  tsiwilhlm,  "^n-^VS  tsivvllhl ;  ^Z'3  or  "iir:;  shubhu.  In 
the  former  position  "^  stands  for  the  first  pair  of  vowels,  and  1  for  the  second, 
e.  g.  mp"'3i?3  menikolh,  TiaiDS  ii'sugholhl ;  X  for  e  and  o  so  situated  is  rare 
and  exceptional,  e.g.  t'Xi  rcsk  Prov.  6  :  11,  30:  8,  and  perhaps  ^X'^  yanets 
Eccles.  12:5  ;  PXT  zolh,  nxis  pOioUi  Ezek.  31  : 8,  irxsa  bilstsolhav  Ezek. 
47:  11.  At  the  end  of  words  e  is  commonly  expressed  by  "',  and  0  by  i , 
though  ri  is  frequently  and  X  rarely  employed  for  the  game  purpose,  e.  g. 
•^sb^  inalkhe,  isb^a  malko ;  rr^n  h'ye,  nris  paro ;  xb  lo.  Final  e  is  re- 
presented by  n,  medial  e  if  written  at  all  by  ^,  c.  g.  tiTi^  yih''ye.  iiZ'^Tir^  or 
ns'^nn  tiWyena. 

b.  The  employment  of  the  vowel-letters  in  conformity  with  the  scale 
just  given,  is  further  governed,  (I.)  By  usage,  which  is  in  many  words  and 
Ibrms  almost  or  quite  invariable;  in  others  it  fluctuates,  thus  sobhcbh  is 
commonly  -20  or  3Z1D,  only  once  '''ZQ  2  Kin.  8:21  ;  ycfkobh  is  "py  ex- 
cept in  Jer.  33:26  where  it  is  Sip?^;  thease  is  nirm,  but  in  Ex.  25:  31 
nu3"''n  ;  Btham  according  to  the  analogy  of  similar  grammatical  forms  would 
be  cnx,  but  in  Ps.  19:  14  it  is  cn"'X ;  hennr  is  in  Jer.  2:11  written  in  both 
the  usual  and  an  unusual  way,  n''?3n  and  T^Ta-n  ;  mHakh'im  is  csbs  except 
in  2  Sam.  11 :  1,  where  it  is  n-'=xb^;  g'bhuloth  is  in  Deut.  32:8  nb-3,  in 
Isa.  10: 13  nbl25,  in  Ps,  74:17  n'.bisa;  lo  meaning  7iot  is  xb,  meaning  to 
him  is  lb.  though  these  are  occasionally  interchanged  ;  zo  is  written  both 
nt  and  IT;  and  po  ns,  iS  and  XB.  (2.)  The  indisposition  to  multiply  the 
vowel-letters  unduly  in  the  same  word,  e.  g.  'lo'/i  mbx ,  'lohlm  cnbx; 
ndthun  "prJ,  nHhunlm  fsrs  or  c:ir3.  (3.)  The  increased  tendency  to  their 
employment  in  the  later  books  of  the  Bible,  e.  g.  ms  kolih  Dan.  11:6, 
always  elsewhere  r\z  ;  UTip  kodheah  Dan.  11 :  30,  for  'wip  ;  T^in  duvldh  in 
the  books  of  Chronicles,  Ezra,  Nehcmiah  and  Zechariah.  elsewhere  com- 
monly 11*1.  This  must,  however,  be  taken  with  considerable  abatement, 
as  is  shown  by  such  examples  as  addlrim  n'^T'iX  Ex.  15: 10,  ciix  Ezek. 
32:  18. 

It  is  to  be  observed  that  those  cases  in  which  X  is  used  to  record 
vowels  must  be  carefully  distinguished  from  those  in  which  it  properly 


§12 


VOWELS. 


15 


belongs  to  the  consonantal  structure  of  the  word,  though  from  its  weak- 
ness it  may  have  lost  its  sound,  as  NSa  matsd,,  "iliiJit"!  rlshon.  §  57,  2. 

2.  When  used  to  represent  the  Hebrew  vowels,  a  is 
sounded  as  in  father,  a  as  in  fat,  B  as  in  there,  c  as  in  met, 
I  as  in  machine,  i  as  in  j!?«V?,  o  as  in  note,  o  as  in  not,  u  as  in 
rule,  and  U  as  in  full.  The  quantity  will  be  marked  when 
the  vowels  are  long,  but  not  when  they  are  short. 

§  12.  There  are  nine  points  or  masoretic  signs  represent- 
ing vowels  (niy^Dn  motions,  viz.,  by  which  consonants  are 
moved  or  pronounced) ;  of  these  three  are  long,  three  short, 
and  three  doubtful.  They  are  shown  in  the  following  table, 
the  horizontal  stroke  indicating  their  position  with  reference 
to  the  letters  of  the  text. 


Lon(/  Vowels. 

"(ly^  Ka'-mets     a  ~ 

'^il  Tse'-re        B  ~ 

Dbin  Hho'-lem    o  — 


Short  Vowels. 
nns  Ptit-tahh  a 

bi^  Se'-ghol  c 

^^bn  ^)2{3  Ka'-mets  Hha-tuph'  o 


Doubtful  Voioels. 
pn^n     Hhi'-rik         -^        z  or  ^ 
p-?iiij     Shu'-rek 
rap     Kib'-buts 


u  or  u 


All  these  vowel-points  are  written  under  the  letter  after 
which  they  are  pronounced  except  two,  viz.,  Hholem  and 
Shurek.  Hholem  is  placed  over  the  left  edge  of  the  letter 
to  which  it  belongs,  and  is  thus  distinguished  from  the 
accent  R'bhi'',  which  is  a  dot  over  its  centre.  When  fol- 
lowed by  TiJ  or  preceded  by  io  it  coincides  with  the  diacritical 
pomt  over  the  letter,  e.  g.  ntca  moshe,  siiu  smB ;  when  it 
follows  tj  or  precedes  to  it  is  written  over  its  opposite  arm^ 


16  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^12 

e.  g.  TbtD  shomtr,  TnB"»n  tirjios.  Its  presence  in  these  cases 
must  accordingly  be  determined  by  the  circumstances.  If 
preceded  by  a  letter  without  a  vowel-sign,  T27  will  be  ush  and 
TD  OS  ^  if  it  have  itself  no  vowel-sign,  T-3  will  be  so  and  izJ  sho, 
except  at  the  end  of  words.  Shurek  is  a  dot  in  the 
bosom  of  the  letter  Vav,  thus  ^.  It  will  be  observed  that 
there  is  a  double  notation  of  the  vowel  u.  When  there  is  a 
1  in  the  text  this  vowel,  whether  long  or  short,  is  indicated 
by  a  single  dot  within  it,  and  called  Shurek ;  in  the  absence 
of  1  it  is  indicated  by  three  dots  placed  obliquely  beneath 
the  letter  to  which  it  belongs,  and  called  Kibbuts. 

a.  The  division  of  the  vowels  given  above  differs  from  the  common 
one  into  five  long  and  five  short,  according  to  which  Hhirik  is  counted  as 
two,  viz.,  Hhirik  magnum  "'.  =:  ?,  and  Hhirik  parvum  -7-  =  i;  and  Shurek 
is  reckoned  a  distinct  vowel  from  Kibbuts,  the  former  being  IZ  and  the  latter 
u.  To  this  there  are  two  objections.  (1.)  It  confuses  the  masoretic  signs 
with  the  letters  of  the  text,  as  though  they  were  coeval  with  them  and 
formed  part  of  the  same  primitive  mode  of  writing,  instead  of  being  quite 
distinct  in  origin  and  character.  The  masoretic  vowel-sign  is  not  ^.  but 
— r.  The  punctuators  never  introduced  the  letter  ■<  into  the  text;  they 
found  it  already  written  precisely  where  it  is  at  present,  and  all  that  they 
did  was  to  add  the  point.  And  instead  of  using  two  signs  for  i,  as  they 
had  done  in  the  case  of  a,  e.  and  0,  they  used  but  one,  viz.,  a  dot  beneath 
the  letter,  whether  I  was  long  or  short.  The  confusion  of  things  thus  sep- 
arate in  their  nature  was  pardonable  at  a  time  when  the  points  were  sup- 
posed to  be  an  original  constituent  of  the  sacred  text,  but  not  now  when 
their  more  recent  origin  is  universally  admitted.  (2.)  It  is  inaccurate. 
The  distinction  between  "'.  and  -r-,  1  and  "T,  is  not  one  of  quantity,  for  I 
and  u  are  expressed  indifferently  with  or  without  Yodh  and  Vav. 

Gesenius,  in  his  Lehrgebiiude.  while  he  retains  the  division  of  the 
vowels  into  five  long  and  five  short,  admits  that  it  is  erroneous  and  calcu- 
lated to  mislead ;  and  it  has  been  discarded  by  Rodiger  in  the  latest  edi- 
tions of  his  smaller  grammar.  That  which  was  proposed  by  Gesenius, 
however,  as  a  substitute,  is  perplexed  and  obscure,  and  !br  this  reason,  if 
there  were  no  others,  is  unfitted  for  the  wants  of  pupils  in  the  early  stage 
of  their  progress.  On  the  other  hand,  the  triple  arrangement  here 
adopted  after  the  example  of  Ewald,  has  the  recommendation  not  only  of 
clearness  and  correctness,  but  of  being,  instead  of  an  innovation,  a  return  to 
old  opinions.  The  scheme  of  five  long  and  five  short  vowels  originated 
with  Moses  and  David  Kimchi,  who  were  led  to  it  by  a  comparison  of  the 
Latin  and  its  derivatives.  From  them  it  was  adopted  by  Reuchlin  in  his 
Rudimenta  Hebraica,  and  thus  became  current  among  Christians.  The 
Jewish  grammarians,  before  the  Kimchis,  however,  reckoned  Kibbuts  and 
Shurek  as  one  vowel,  Hhirik   as   one,  and   even  Kamets   and  Kamets- 


§13  VOWELS.  17 

Hhatuph  as  one  on  account  of  the  identity  of  the  symbol  employed  to 
represent  them.  They  thus  made  out  seven  vowels,  the  same  number  as 
in  Greek,  where  the  distinction  into  long,  short  and  doubtful  also  pre- 
vails. That  the  literary  impulses  of  the  Orientals  were  chiefly  received 
from  the  Greeks  is  well  known ;  that  the  suggestion  of  a  vowel-system 
came  to  the  Syrians  from  this  quarter  is  certain,  both  from  direct  testi- 
mony to  this  effect  and  from  the  shapes  of  their  vowels,  which  still  betray 
their  origin.  May  not  the  Hebrews  have  learned  something  from  the 
same  school  ? 

b.  The  names  of  the  vowels,  with  the  exception  of  Kamets-Hhatuph, 
contain  the  sounds  of  the  vowels  which  they  are  intended  to  represent. 
Kibbuts  in  the  last,  the  others  in  their  first  syllable.  Their  signification 
is  indicative  either  of  the  figure  of  the  vowel  or  the  mode  of  pronouncing 
it.  Kamets  and  Kibbuts,  confractwn,  i.  e.  of  the  mouth ;  Pattahh,  open- 
ing; T  sere,  bursting  forth;  Seghol,  cluster  of  grapes  ;  Hhirik,  gnashing  ; 
Hholem,  strength;  Kamets-Hhatuph,  hurried  Ka7nets;  ShmeV, whistliiig. 
It  is  a  curious  circumstance  that  notwithstanding  the  diversity  of  the 
vowel-systems  in  the  Syriac,  Arabic,  and  Hebrew,  the  name  Pattahh  is 
common  to  them  all. 


§13.  This  later  and  more  complete  method  of  noting 
the  vowels  does  not  displace  but  is  superinduced  upon  the 
scanty  one  previously  described.  Hence  it  comes  to  pass 
that  such  vowels  as  were  indicated  by  letters  in  the  first  in- 
stance are  now  doubly  written,  i.  e.  both  by  letters  and 
points.  By  this  combination  each  of  the  two  methods  serves 
to  illustrate  and  explain  the  other.  Thus  the  added  signs 
determine  whether  the  letters  "'iMi?  (which  have  been  formed 
into  the  technical  word  ''inii  jEh^vi)  are  in  any  given  case  to 
be  regarded  as  vowels  or  as  consonants.  If  these  letters  are 
themselves  followed  by  a  vowel  or  a  Sh'va,  §16,  or  have  a 
Daghesh  forte,  §23,  they  retain  their  consonant  sound;  for 
two  vowels  never  come  together  in  Hebrew,  and  Sh'va  and 
Daghesh  forte  belong  only  to  consonants  :  thus  'm'^'jP  IcoveJcdy 
tr\Tq  mitsvoth  (where  2  being  provided  with  a  separate  point, 
the  Hholem  must  belong  after  1),  n^ni  vliaya  D^p  hiijyam. 
Otherwise  they  quiesce  in  a  preceding  or  accompanying 
vowel-sign,  provided  it  is  homogeneous  with  themselves  ^ 
that  is  to  say,  they  have  the  sound  indicated  by  it,  the  vowel- 
sign  merely  interpreting  what  was  originally  denoted  by  the 


18  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §14 

letter.  E  and  i  are  lioiiiogeneous  to  "^ ,  o  and  uio'^^  and 
these  being  the  only  vowels  -vvliicli  they  were  ever  employed 
to  represent,  they  can  quiesce  in  no  others ;  thus  "^3.  bi,  ''tt 
mt,  S"^^  f/v,  ia  bo,  ^b  lu^  but  "^"itD  sCirai/,  ''ia  r/ui/,  ''^Sa  giilay, 
'^tav,  il?ta  shalBv,  IT  ^^y;  the  combination  T^^is  pronounced 
uv,  vi^  ^iid  \-?  <^^^tZ2^,  'i'''?9  ^^^  ""^9  sthuv.  A,  e,  and  o 
are  homogeneous  to  i5  and  n .  These  letters  deviate  so  far 
from  the  rule  just  given  that  x  from  its  extreme  weakness 
not  only  quiesces  when  it  is  properly  a  vowel-letter,  but  may 
give  up  its  consonant  sound  and  character  after  any  vowel 
whatever,  e.  g.  i^bxt:  tUB,  piiJsi  rlshon,  SinsE  jjurd ;  n  is 
never  used  as  a  vow^l-letter  except  at  the  end  of  words,  and 
there  it  always  quiesces  unless  it  receives  a  Mappik,  §26. 

a.  As  a  letter  was  scarcely  ever  used  to  express  6,  the  quiescence  of  1 
In  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  very  rare,  and  Avhere  it  does  occur  the  margin 
always  substitutes  a  reading  without  the  1,  e.  g.  "^^SiSi  Jer.  27:20, 
nii=-ri  Ezek.  27:15,  li-s-innp^-a  Ps.  30:4,^3-11507  Isa.'44: 17, -blD^cr. 
33:S,V3-bTiM  Nah.  1:3.  In  ni'jix  2  Chron''8:18,  and  ^nina'Deut. 
32: 13,  1  represents  or  quiesces  in  the  still  briefer  6  of  Hhateph-Kamets, 
§  16.  3. 

b.  In  a  few  proper  names  medial  tn  quiesces  at  the  end  of  the  first 
member  pf  the  compound,  e.  g.  isiknis  Num.  1 :  10,  bi<nbr  2  Sam.  2: 19, 
also  written  bk-n^WS  ]  Chron.  2:16.  In  such  words  as  i^^r-is  Jer.  22:6, 
nisir  Deut.  21 :  7,  H  does  not  quiesce  in  Kibbuts,  for  the  points  belong  to 
the  marginal  readings  lauis ,  *r3':s  §  46. 


§14.  On  the  other  hand  the  vow'el-letters  shed  light 
upon  the  stability  of  the  vowels  and  the  quantity  of  the 
doubtful  signs.  1.  As  *  was  scarcely  ever  and  u  seldom 
represented  by  a  vowel-letter,  Hhirik  with  Yodh  C^.)  is  almost 
invariably  long  and  Shurek  (^)  commonly  so.  2.  The  occa- 
sional absence  in  individual  cases  of  the  vowel-letters,  does 
not  determine  the  quantity  of  the  signs  for  /  and  u;  but 
their  imiforni  absence  in  any  particular  words  or  foi-ms  makes 
it  almost  certain  that  the  voAvel  is  short.  3.  The  occasional 
presence  of  i  and  "^  to  represent  one  of  their  homogeneous 
long  vowels  proves  nothing  as  to  its  character ;  but  if  in  any 


§  15,  16  VOWELS.  19 

word  or  form  these  letters  are  regularly  written,  the  vowel  is, 
as  a  general  rule,  immutable.  When  1  and  "^  stand  for  their 
long  homogeneous  vowels,  these  latter  are  said  to  be  written 
fully,  e.  g.  ^ip  hbl,  "i''?  nir,  ri^ia  mutli ;  without  these  quies- 
cent letters  they  are  said  to  be  written  defectively,  e.  g. 
■^n^pn  Ib^'klmotUi,  oias  hamus. 

a.  Hhirik  with  Yodh  is  short  in  1'^Fi"'»ni  vaVmitllv  1  Sam.  17:35, 
rpni^ls-ia  hikWiolhekha  Ps.  45:10,  -nnis-^b  'ukk^hath  Prov.  30:17.  In 
S^p""::  1  Chron.  12 :  1,  20,  i  is  probably  long,  although  the  word  is  always 
elsewhere  written  without  the  Yodh;  as  it  sometimes  has  a  secondary 
accent  on  the  first  syllable  and  sometimes  not  (see  1  Sam.  30:  1),  it  may 
have  had  a  twofold  pronunciation  tsikUag;  and  tsiklag.  Shurek  as  u  is 
of  much  more  frequent  occurrence,  e.  g.  "'few  hhiikke,  wk^iib  Viimmlm, 
r.-sm  hhukka  Ps.  102 :  5,  C^S^i^i^X  2  Chron.  2  ;7,  n'siT  Ezek.  16 :  34. 

§15.  The  vowels  may  be  further  distinguished  into  pure, 
a,  i,  u,  and  diphthongal,  e,  o ;  e  being  a  combination  of  a  and 
i,  or  intermediate  between  them,  and  o  holding  the  same  re- 
lation to  a  and  u. 


Sh'va. 

§16.  1.  The  absence  of  a  vowel  is  indicated  by  —  Sh'va 
(x^TD  emptiness,  or  as  written  by  Chayug,  the  oldest  of  Jew- 
ish grammarians,  i<^T2J),  which  serves  to  assure  the  reader  that 
one  has  not  been  inadvertently  omitted.  It  is  accordingly 
placed  under  all  vowelless  consonants  except  at  the  end  of 
words,  where  it  is  regarded  as  unnecessary,  the  absence  of  a 
vowel  being  there  a  matter  of  course.  If,  however,  the  last 
letter  of  a  word  be  T ,  or  if  it  be  immediately  preceded  by 
another  vowelless  letter,  or  be  doubled  by  the  point  called 
Daghesh-forte,  §  23,  Sh'va  is  written  to  preclude  the  doubt 
which  is  possible  in  these  cases,  e.  g.  DD'i'aTiJ'a,  tfsb'a,  ipffip, 
r\n'aifi,  px,  nhp.  Sh'va  is  not  given  to  a  quiescent  letter, 
since  it  represents  not  a  consonant  but  a  vowel,  e.  g.  •^p'^is'^ri, 
nor  as  a  general  rule  to  a  final   consonant  preceded  by  a 


20  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  16 

quiescent ;  tlms  nsDn ,  ^^{a1  Ruth  3:4;  tr^^rv\  Isa.  62  : 3, 
though  in  this  case  it  is  sometimes  written,  e.  g.  t;isnn  2  Sam. 
14  :  3 ;  rp^r\)  2  Sam.  14  :  2;  mr})  Judg.  13  :  3;  n«iin 
1  Kin.  11:13.  i5  at  the  end  of  a  word,  preceded  either  by 
a  vowelless  letter  or  a  quiescent,  is  termed  otiant,  and  is  left 
vmpointed,  e.  g.  K-jn  i^vi  siin  x^n . 

a.  Final  "]  may  receive  Sh'va  for  the  sake  of  distinction  not  only  from 
?j ,  as  already  suggested,  but  also  from  *i  with  which  it  might  be  in  danger 
of  being  confounded  in  manuscripts;  Freytag  conjectures  that  it  is  prop- 
erly a  part  of  the  letter,  like  tJie  stroke  in  the  corresponding  final  (^in 
Arabic.  In  such  forms  as  T^Bsi  Sh'va  is  omitted  with  the  closing  letters 
because  the  "^  is  not  sounded. 

2.  Sh'va  may  be  either  silent  (np  quiescens),  or  vocal 
(ys  mobile).  At  the  close  of  syllables  it  is  silent.  But  at  the 
beginning  of  a  syllable  the  Hebrews  always  facilitated  the 
pronunciation  of  concurrent  consonants  by  the  introduction 
of  a  hiatus  or  slight  breathing  between  them  ;  a  Sh'va  so 
situated  is  consequently  said  to  be  vocal,  and  has  a  sound 
approaching  that  of  a  hastily  uttered  e,  as  in  given.  This 
will  be  represented  by  an  apostrophe,  thus,  "i^^^Si  b'midhbar, 
QJ!)7)^^  p'kadJdem. 

a.  According  to  Kimchi  (Mikhlol  fol.  ISO)  Sh'va  was  pronounced  in 
three  different  ways,  according  to  circumstances.  (1.)  Before  a  guttural 
it  inclined  to  the  sound  of  the  following  vowel,  e.  g.  I^X'J  i/abbedh,  nx'iJ 
s'eth,  ^""^  d"u,  and  if  accompanied  by  Methegh,  §44,  it  had  the  full  sound 
of  that  vowel,  e.  g.  ^isb  suu,  ''nn  ahhJ,  cBii'b  toolam.  (2.)  Before  Yodh 
it  inclined  to  i,  e.  g.  3pj;^3  b'lja'kobh,  Di'^S  k'l/oin,  and  with  Methegh  was 
sounded  as  Hhirik,  c.  g.  ^^^  biyadh.  (3.)  Before  any  other  letter  it  in- 
clined to  a,  e.  g.  !^i';!3  b'rakha.  n'^^'^^a  g'ttllm,  and  with  Methegh  was 
pronounced  as  Pattahh  r^i^np^as  bamakheloth. 

3.  Sh'va  may,  again,  be  simple  or  compound.  Some- 
times, particularly  when  the  first  consonant  is  a  guttural, 
which  from  its  weakness  is  in  danger  of  not  being  distinctly 
heard,  the  hiatus  becomes  still  more  audible,  and  is  assimi- 
lated in  sound  to  the  short  guttural  voavcI  (i,  or  the  diph- 
thongal S  or  o,  into  which  it  enters.   This  assimilation  is  rep- 


^17  VOWELS.  21 

resented  by  combining  the  sign  for  Sh'va  with  those  for  the 
short  vowels,  thus  forming  what  are  called  the  compound 
Sh'vas  in  distinction  from  the  simple  Sh'va  previously  ex- 
plained. 

These  are, 

Hhateph-Pattahh      ~;      thus,  ^^?  ""mbdh. 
Hhateph-Seghol        ~;      thus,  ^bii  ^mbr. 
Hhateph-Kamets      -^ ;      thus,    ""Vn  hltHl. 

a.  Hhateph  {j^^y\  snatching')  denotes  the  rapidity  of  utterance  or  the 
hurried  character  of  the  sounds  represented  by  these  symbols. 

6.  The  compound  Sh'vas,  though  for  the  most  part  restricted  to  the 
gutturals,  are  occasionally  written  under  other  consonants  in  place  of  sim- 
ple Sh'va,  to  indicate  more  distinctly  that  it  is  vocal:  thus,  Hhateph- 
Pattahh  nnn  Gen.  2:12,  nb'isn  Gen.  27:38;  Hhateph-Kamets  ^rx?\ 
Gen.  2  :  23,  nsiPiSX  Jer.  31  :  33  ;  but  never  Hhateph-Seghol  except 
cH^jba  2  Sam.  6:5  in  some  editions,  e.  g.  that  of  Stephanus.  This  is 
done  with  so  little  uniformity  that  the  same  word  is  diflerently  written  in 
this  respect,  e.  g.  tr^^'B?  2  Kin.  2  :  1,  nni'Oa  ver.  11. 


Pattahh   Furtive. 

§17.  A  similar  hiatus  or  slight  transition  sound  was 
used  at  the  end  of  words  in  connection  with  the  gutturals. 
When  y ,  n ,  or  the  consonantal  rt  at  the  end  of  words  is  pre- 
ceded by  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  (i.  e.  another  than  a), 
or  is  followed  by  another  vowelless  consonant,  it  receives  a 
Pattahh  furtive  -^ ,  which  resembles  in  sound  an  extremely 
short  a,  and  is  pronounced  before  the  letter  under  which  it 
is  written,  e.  g.  Iil'i   rufJih,  ^'laio  shdmo'^ ,  ^'^k'^''^   maffhbf^Ii, 

a.  Some  grammarians  deny  that  Pattahh  furtive  can  be  found  under  a 
penultimate  guttural,  contending  that  the  vowel-sign  is  in  such  cases  a 
proper  Pattahh.  and  that  V\'S}iy9\  should  accordingly  be  read  shamaat^  and 
•nn-]  yihhad.  But  both  the  Sh'va  under  the  final  letter,  §16,  and  the 
Dagliesh-lene  in  it,  §  21,  show  that  the  guttural  is  not  followed  by  a  vowel. 
The  sign  beneath  it  must  consequently  be  Pattahh  furtive,  and  represent 
an  antecedent  vowel-sound.  In  some  manuscripts  Pattahh  furtive  is  writ- 
ten as  Hhateph-Pattahh,  or  even  as  simple  Sh'va  ;  thus,  :y>p"i  or  S'lpi  for 


22  ORTHOGKAPHY.  §18 


Syllables. 

P8.  1.  Syllables  are  formed  by  the  combination  of 
consonants  and  vowels.  As  two  vowels  never  come  together 
in  the  same  word  in  Hebrew  without  an  intei-vening  conso- 
nant, there  can  never  be  more  than  one  vowel  in  the  same 
syllable ;  and  with  the  single  exception  of  i  occurring  at  the 
beginning  of  words,  no  syllable  ever  consists  of  a  vowel 
alone.  Every  syllable,  with  the  exception  just  stated,  must 
begin  with  a  consonant,  and  may  begin  with  two,  but  never 
Avith  more  than  two.  Syllables  ending  with  a  vowel,  whether 
represented  by  a  quiescent  letter  or  not,  are  called  simple, 
c.  g.  ^^rkhci,  nbiy  u-Iu.  (The  first  syllable  of  this  second 
example  begins,  it  will  be  perceived,  with  the  consonant  ? , 
though  this  disappears  in  the  notation  given  of  its  sound.) 
Syllables  ending  with  a  consonant,  or,  as  is  possible  at  the 
close  of  a  word,  with  two  consonants,  are  said  to  be  mixed : 
thus  Di^'Oj?  hani'tem,  P?^0  hd-lakht.  As  the  vocal  Sh'vas, 
whether  simple  or  compound,  are  not  vowels  properly  speak- 
ing, but  simply  involuntaiy  transition  sounds,  they,  with  the 
consonants  under  which  they  stand,  cannot  form  distinct 
syllables,  but  are  attached  to  that  of  the  following  vowel. 
Pattahh  furtive  in  like  manner  belongs  to  the  syllable  formed 
by  the  preceding  vowel.  Thus  VT^I  z  rb",  ''?x  °ni  are  mono- 
syllables. 

2.  Long  vowels  always  stand  in  simple  syllables,  and 
short  vowels  in  mixed  syllables,  unless  they  be  accented. 
But  accented  syllables,  whether  simple  or  mixed,  may  con- 
tain indifferently  a  long  or  a  short  vowel, 

a.   The  following  may  serve  as  a  specimen  of  the  division  of  Hebrew 
ivords  into  their  proper  syllables  ;  thus, 

cnx         ta'^n'^x    tins       ci^a         cnx         nn^n  ied         mt 

t     T  •  .1  T     I  T      I 

a-dha'm      'io-hi'm   b'ro'      b'yo'm     a-dha'm  to-1'dho'th    se'-pher      ze' 
Gen.  5 : 1.    "irit      nrs      c^n^s*       n^irna 

O-tho'     a-sa'    'lo-hl'm    bidh-ma'th 


^19  SYLLABLES.  23i 

6.  The  reason  of  tne  ruie  for  the  quantity  of  syllables  appears  to  be 
this.  In  consequence  of  their  brevity,  the  short  vowels  required  the  ad- 
dition of  a  following  consonant  to  make  the  utterance  full  and  complete, 
unless  the  want  of  this  was  compensated  by  the  greater  energy  of  pronun- 
ciation due  to  the  accent.  The  long  vowels  were  sufficiently  complete 
without  any  such  addition,  though  they  were  capable  of  receiving  it  under 
the  new  energy  imparted  by  the  accent.  This  pervading  regularity, 
which  is  so  striiiing  a  feature  of  the  Hebrew  language,  was  the  foundation 
of  the  systema  morar am  advocated  by  some  of  the  older  grammarians  of 
Holland  and  Germany.  The  idea  of  this  was,  that  each  syllable  was 
equal  to  three  morae,  that  is,  three  rests,  or  a  bar  of  three  beats ;  a  long 
vowel  being  equivalent  to  two  morae,  or  two  beats,  a  short  vowel  to  one, 
and  the  initial  or  final  consonant  or  consonants  also  to  one :  thus  Pi^t?)5 
A:  (1)  +  a  (2)  =  3.  t  (1)  +  a  (1)  -f  U  (1)  =  3.  An  accented  syllable 
might  have  one  mora  or  beat  either  more  or  less  than  the  normal  quan- 
tity. This  system  was  not  only  proposed  by  way  of  grammatical  explana- 
tion, but  also  made  the  basis  of  a  peculiar  theory  of  Hebrew  prosody.  See 
Gesenius,  Geschichte  d.  Heb.  Sprache,  p.  123. 

c.  The  cases  in  which  short  vowels  occur  in  unaccented  simple  sylla- 
bles, are  all  due  to  the  disturbing  influence  exerted  by  the  weak  letters 
upon  the  normal  forms  of  words ;  thus,  ryn  ha-elh  is  for  nyri,  and  ssinrt 
ha-hu  for  huh-hu  :  such  words  as  X'r.'!!  i  ^"IBj  ^bc,  n^H)  '^^p.  'ire  formed 
after  the  analogy  of  Tj^p.  A  long  vowel  in  an  unaccented  mixed  syllable 
is  found  in  but  one  word,  and  that  of  foreign  origin,  nsx'cilfba  bel-Vshhts- 
tsar ;  though  here,  as  in  the  majority  of  instances  falling  under  the  previ- 
ous remark,  the  syllable  receives,  if  not  the  primary,  yet  the  secondary 
accent,  e.  g.  irn'Tirn,  Dinnri,  lB?r!.  The  same  is  the  case  when  a  long 
vowel  is  retained  before  Makkeph,  e.  g.  "'Vro.  In  the  Arabic,  which  is 
exceedingly  rich  in  vowels,  there  are  comparatively  few  mixed  syllables; 
nearly  every  consonant  has  its  own  vowel,  and  this  more  frequently  short 
than  long.  The  Chaldee,  which  is  more  sparing  in  its  use  of  vowels  than 
the  Hebrew,  observes  in  general  the  same  rule  with  respect  to  the  quan- 
tity of  syllables,  though  not  with  the  same  inflexible  consistency. 


Ambiguous  Signs. 

§19.  It  will  now  be  possible,  by  aid  of  the  principles 
already  recited,  to  determine  the  quantity  of  the  doubtful 
vowels,  and  to  remove  the  ambiguity  which  appears  to  exist 
in  certain  vowel-signs. 

1.  Hhirik,  Shurek,  and  Kibbuts,  in  unaccented  simple 
syllables,  must  be  long,  and  in  unaccented  mixed  syllables, 
short,  e.  g.  ti^^"}  or  tJ'^1  yi-rash,  '^%^.  i/ibh-nu,  iS^n^  or  i3n^ 
ghliu-lb,   Si\  or  "f^^^  yid-ladh,  t3^3  or  D^^13  M-lam,  ""ry^a 


24  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^19 

or  ''•TIJ'a  muuzzl.  In  accented  syllables,  whether  simple  or 
mixed,  they  are  always  long,  e.  g.  nni©  or  D"'ri''t3  si-him,  "^^  U^ 
baa  or  b^a  (/hkiil,  ^"^rn'^  or  ^ri^ionn  dWd-shu-Jiii,  the  only  ex- 
ception being  that  llhirik  is  short  in  the  monosyllabic  parti- 
cles DX ,  TJ^N ,  32' ,  'pa ,  and  in  some  abbreviated  verbal  forms 
of  the  class  calbd  Lamedh-He,  e.  g.  T^^ ,  STc'^n ,  2"^? . 

The  only  cases  of  remaining  doubt  are  those  in  which 
these  vowels  are  folloAved  by  a  letter  with  Sh'va,  either  sim- 
ple or  compound.  If  the  former,  it  might  be  a  question 
whether  it  was  silent  or  vocal,  and  consequently  whether  the 
syllable  was  simple  or  mixed.  If  the  latter,  though  the  syl- 
lable is  of  course  simple,  the  weak  letter  which  follows  may 
interfere  with  the  operation  of  the  law.  Here  the  etymology 
must  decide.  The  vowel  is  long  or  short  as  the  grammatical 
form  may  require ;  thus  in  n^jn*',  '??'?"r> ,  '^'^"^^'??  Gen.  22  :  8, 
which  follow  the  analogy  of  ^'^^"i ,  and  in  ''^nD  Isa.  10  :  34, 
iitt]?  the  first  vowel  is  short ;  in  Q?  f  ^5 ,  ^''9^?  the  first  vowel 
is  long.  In  a  few  instances  the  grammatical  form  in  which 
Hhirik  is  employed  is  itself  doubtful ;  the  distinction  is  then 
made  by  means  of  Methegh,  §44,  which  is  added  to  the  vowel- 
sign  if  it  is  long,  but  uot  if  it  is  short ;  thus,  ^i<7."'  yi-ru,  from 
^"^r  io  fear,  and  ^bffi^  yi-slbnu  from  "ii?^  to  sleej) ;  but  ^X';i'? 
yir-u  from  riijn  to  sec,  and  ^:tc^  yish-nu  from  ?".;o  to  do  a 
second  time. 

2.  Kamets  d  and  Kamets-Hliatuph  o  are  both  repre- 
sented by  the  same  sign  (  t  ),  but  may  be  distinguished  by 
rules  similar  to  those  just  given.  In  an  unaccented  simple 
syllable  it  is  Kaincts ;  in  an  unaccented  mixed  syllable  it  is 
Kamets-Hhatuph ;  in  an  accented  syllable,  whether  simple 
or  mixed  it  is  Kamets,  e.  g.  'li'?  dd-bhdr,  "^CEn  hhojjh-shi, 
r.l'b  mci-veth,  Tm'j  tdm-nid,  D'^PS  bot-tlm.  Before  a  letter  with 
simple  Sh'va,  the  distinction  is  mostly  made  by  ]\Iethegh, 
§44 ;  without  Methegh  it  is  always  Kamcts-IIhatuph,  Avith 
it  commonly  Kamets,  e.  g.  n'iasn  hkokJi-md,  '^''^sn  hhd-kltmd. 
Before  a  guttural  with  Hhatcph-Kamets  or  Kamets-Hhatuph 


^19  AMBIGUOUS    SIGNS.  25 

it  is  frequently  6,  tliougli  standing  in  a  simple  syllable  and 
accompanied  by  Methegli,  e.  g.  '''nins  ho-liU^n,  Q^nypi  to- 
obhdhem.  The  surest  criterion,  however,  and  in  many  cases 
the  only  decisive  one,  is  found  in  the  etymology.  If  the 
vowel  be  derived  from  Ilholem,  or  the  grammatical  form  re- 
quires an  0  or  a  short  vowel,  it  is  Kamets-Hhatuph ;  but  if 
it  be  derived  from  Pattahh,  or  the  form  requires  an  a  or  a 
long  vowel,  it  is  Kamets :  thus  fTr^SNi  with  the  prefixed  con- 
junction vo^myyotU,  5^t?^0  with  the  article  Ud^niyya ;  ^^"^.1  in 
the  Hophal  yo^maclh,  ^"^^^"^1  Isa.  44 :  13  in  the  Piel  yfhW'- 
rehu.  The  first  vowel  is  o  in  D?"!in^  from  "in'i,  D'^iy'i)^  from 
ffi'^p,  n^i^Tij  from  mt,  ^yr^'ptv  Isa.  38  :  14,  '^^"nn]^  Num.  22  : 
11,  ■'l^'n'^iJ  Num.  23  :  7  and  the  like,  and  the  first  two  vow- 
els in  such  words  as  D^r^S  from  ^V'h,  D305$''2  Isa.  30  :  12  from 
C5513,  Dbnn];;  Deut.  20  :  2,  iint:;?  Hos.  13  :  14,  it:j5  2  Chron. 
10:10,  ci?'b3)5  2  Kin.  15:10,  because  they  are  shortened 
from  Hholem.  On  the  other  hand  the  first  vowel  is  a  in 
'Hrfq  Job  16:19  from  "into,  D^irnn  from  tjnn ,  ^n^a  from 
n^3 ,  and  in  V^^k^ ,  ^^^i?  and  the  like,  because  it  is  originally 
and  properly  Kamets,  The  word  «^t'''9^  is  in  Ps.  86  :  2  the 
imperative  sJiomrd,  in  Job  10:12  the  preterite  shdmru. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  found  in  a  syllable 
bearing  a  conjunctive  accent,  viz.:  '^£'7"t  Ps.  38:21,  bs  Ps.  35:10,  also 
Prov.  19  : 7  (in  some  copies),  and  in  the  judgment  of  Ewald  IVq  Judg. 
19  :  5,  comp.  ver.  8  and  3^  Ezek.  41 :  25  ;  in  Dan.  11:12  t>y)1  the  points 
belong  to  the  marginal  reading  nil.  and  the  vowel  is  consequently  Ka- 
mets. There  are  also  a  iav^  cases  in  which  Kamets  remains  in  a  mixed 
syllable,  deprived  of  its  accent  by  Makkeph,  §43,  without  receiving 
Methegh,  viz. :  -r3?a  Ps.  16 :  5,  -3np  Ps.  55:  19,  22,  -qta  Ps.  74:5;  and  a 
final  unaccented  Kamets  is  not  affected  by  the  insertion  of  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive,  §  24,  in  the  initial  letter  of  the  following  word,  e.  g.  CTl"  Piri'CJ^ 
Gen.  31 :  13.  When  an  accent  takes  the  place  of  Methegh,  it  serve.s 
equally  to  distinguish  ft  from  6,  e.  g.  ^SSII  Ex.  21:22  v''nugh^phU.  'i^^'^^ 
Ex.  21 :  35  umakWru.  §45.  5. 

b.  Inasmuch  as  riina   is  derived  from   *irn3  mahhar,   its  first  vowel 

T  T  :    IT  »     T  ' 

might  be  suspected  to  be  a;  but  as  it  is  so  constantly  Avritten  with 
Hhateph-Kamets,  the  preceding  vowel  is  probably  conformed  to  it.  It  ia 
consequently  regarded  and  pronounced  as  6.  Kimchi  (Mikhlol,  fol.  188) 
declares  that  the  first  vowel  in  'iT^  1  Sam.  13:  21,  niih^n  Eccles.  12  :  11 


26  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  20 

and  "!^b^  Num.  24  :  7  was  universally  held  to  be  Kamcts,  and  that  with  the 
exception  ol'  Rabbi  Jonali  ben  Gannach,  who  was  of  a  contrary  mind,  the 
same  unanimity  prevailed  in  regard  to  the  first  vowel  of  '{Z'}'^  Ezek.  40: 
43.  As,  liowevcr,  tliis  last  word  is  in  every  other  place  written  without 
the  Methcgli,  and  there  is  no  analogy  l()r  such  words  as  those  mentioned 
above  having  d  in  their  initial  syllable,  the  best  autliorities  are  now  agreed 
that  the  vowel  is  6.  and  the  words  are  accordingly  read  dorbhdn,  etc.  In 
t\Z'i:'^  jasper,  and  rpnn  emerald,  Ezek.  28:  13,  which  are  mentioned  by 
Kimchi  in  the  same  connection,  the  first  vowel  is  Kamets. 

c.  In  some  manuscripts  and  a  few  of  the  older  printed  books,  e.  g.  Stc- 
phanus'  Hebrew  Bible  and  Reuchlin's  Rudinienta  Hebraica,  Kamets- 
Hhatuph  is  denoted  by  (  t:  ).  It  then  differs  from  Kamets,  but  is  liable  to 
be  confounded  with  Hhateph-Kamets.  It  can,  however,  be  distinguisheu 
from  it  by  the  circumstance  that  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  always  followed 
either  by  simple  Sh'va,  Daghesh-forte,  or  Methegh  ;  none  of  which  ever 
immediately  succeed  Hhateph-Kamets.  Such  a  form  as  l-^i]^  Ezek.  26:  9 
in  the  editions  of  Michaelis  and  Van  der  Hooght  is  an  impossible  one  if  (  t:  ) 
have  its  ordinary  meaning. 

d.  It  is  surprising  that  in  so  minute  and  careful  a  system  of  orthogra- 
phy as  that  of  the  Masorites,  there  should  be  no  symbol  for  v  distinct  from 
that  for  a ;  and  some  have  felt  constrained  in  consequence  to  suppose  that 
the  signs  for  these  two  vowels  were  originally  different,  but  became 
assimilated  in  the  course  of  transcription.  This  seems  unlikely,  however. 
The  probability  is  that  a  and  6.  whose  resemblance  even  we  can  perceive, 
were  so  closely  allied  in  the  genuine  Hebrew  pronunciation,  that  one  sign 
was  thought  sufficient  to  represent  them,  especially  as  the  Masorites  were 
intent  simply  on  indicating  sounds  without  concerning  themselves  with 
grammatical  relations. 


§  '20.  1.  As  simple  Sh'va  is  vocal  at  the  beginning  of  a 
syllabic  and  silent  at  its  close,  there  can  be  no  doubt  as  to  its 
character  when  it  stands  under  initial  or  final  letters.  Pre- 
ceding the  first  vowel  of  a  word  it  must  of  course  be  vocal, 
and  following  the  last  vowel  it  must  be  silent,  DP'^?]'  zhhartdm, 
r'lbT  zukhart.  In  the  middle  of  a  word,  the  question  Avhether 
it  belongs  to  the  syllable  of  the  preceding  or  the  following 
vowel  must  be  determined  by  the  circumstances.  If  a  com- 
plete syllable  precedes,  that  is,  either  an  unaccented  long 
vowel  or  a  vowelless  consonant  serving  as  the  complement 
of  a  previous  short  vowel,  it  is  vocal.  If  it  be  preceded  by 
a  short  vowel  which  cannot  make  a  complete  syllable  with- 
out the  aid  of  a  following  consonant,  or  by  a  long  accented 


§  21  DAGHESH-LENE.  27 

vowel,  it  is  silent :  ''12T  zo-kJirB,  TSrr\  tiz-kWu,  'T\^}  zikh-ru, 
nibiijpn  tiktbl-nd.  Sh'va  under  a  letter  doubled  by  Daghesh- 
forte,  §  23,  is  vocal,  such  a  letter  being  equivalent  to  two, 
the  first  of  which  completes  the  previous  syllable,  and  the 
second  begins  the  syllable  which  follows :  D'^'^^'n  =  D"''b?nn 
liaz-zklidrim. 

2.  In  addition  to  this  it  is  to  be  remarked  that  Sh'va  is 
vocal  after  what  may  be  called  intermediate  syllables ;  that 
is  to  say,  when  the  consonant  under  which  it  stands  per- 
forms, as  it  occasionally  does,  the  double  office  of  completing 
one  syllable  and  beginning  the  next.  Thus,  when  it  follows 
a  consonant  from  which  Daghesh-forte  has  been  omitted, 
^T^I??!'!!  vayhhak'shu  for  vay-y  bhak-k' shu,  or  the  first  of  two 
similar  letters,  in  order  that  the  reduplication  may  be  made 
more  distinct,  '^r\  haVlu,  n^bp?  kiVlath,  iSbs  tsirio,  "'pbs? 
aVlay,  ''ppfH  JiMk'kB,  and  in  several  other  cases,  which  will  be 
more  particularly  described  in  §  22. 

a.  The  same  double  office  is  performed  by  gutturals  beginning  one 
syllable  and  yet  inclining  to  complete  the  one  before  it.  §  18.  2.  c.  In 
n?n,  for  example,  S  belongs  in  a  measure  to  both  syllables.  It  properly 
begins  the  second,  and  yet  it  is  preceded  by  a  short  vowel  just  as  if  il 
ended  the  first,  which  is  accordingly  to  be  reckoned  an  intermediate  sylla- 
ble, being  in  strictness  neither  simple  nor  mixed,  but  partaking  of  the 
nature  of  both. 


Daghesh-Lene.  j/ 

§  21.  The  second  class  of  signs  added  to  the  Hebrew 
text  are  those  which  are  designed  to  guide  in  the  pronuncia- 
tion of  the  consonants.  These  are  the  diacritical  point  over 
Shin,  Daghesh-lene,  Daghesh-forte,  Mappik,  and  Raphe. 
The  use  of  the  first  of  these  has  already  been  sufficiently 
explained,  §3.  1. 

1.  Daghesh-lene  (b)?  t^^)  is  a  point  inserted  in  the  six 
letters  ri  B  D  "1  r;  n  (technically  called  B'yhadh  K'^Jiatli), 
to  indicate  the  loss  of  their  aspiration,   e.  g.  n  /5/^,  a  b,  etc. 


28  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  21 

As  these  letters  arc  always  aspirated  after  a  vowel-sound, 
however  slight,  and  never  as  an  initial  utteranee  or  when  fol- 
lowing a  consonant,  they   invariably  require   Daghesh-lene 
whenever  they  are  not  immediately  preceded  by  a  vowel  or 
a  vocal    Sh'va.     It  is  consequently  inserted  in  the  initial 
aspirate  of  a  word  which  begins  a  verse,  IT'C^?")^  Gen.  1  :1, 
or  which  follows  a  word  bearing  a  disjunctive  accent  (inas- 
much as  this  represents  a  pause  of  longer  or  shorter  dura- 
tion), ^.sa  in^n^  Ex.  1  -.  1,  is  i  np?  Gen.  3  :  22,  or  ending  in  a 
consonant,  ^:3-bi{ ,  ^sn"!  n^bi^a  Gen.  24  :  42  ;  but  not  if  it  fol- 
lows a  word  ending  in  a  vowel  and  having  a  conjunctive 
accent,  Dinn  ''^s,  ^nn  nn'^n  Gen.  1:2.     The  sacred   name 
ri^n"}  is  followed  by  Daghesh-lene,  even  though  it  may  have  a 
conjunctive  accent.  Num.  10  :  29,  Deut.  3  :  26,  Josh.  10  :  30, 
11  :  8,  Ps.  18  :  21,  because  in  reading  the  Jews  always  sub- 
stitute for  it  the  word  ''5^i<,  which  ends  in  a  consonant.     In 
a  very  few  cases,  however,  e.  g.  D^  7t"^  ^^-  G8  :  18,  ^"hnp 
Isa.  34:11,  f^n  ib©  Ezek.  23:42,  Daghesh-lene  is  not  in- 
serted after  a  vowel-letter,  which  retains  its  consonant  sound. 
2.  Daghesh-lene  is  inserted  in  a  medial  or  final  aspirate 
preceded  by  a  voAvelless  consonant,  whether  this  be  accom- 
panied by  silent  Sh'va  or  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  ri^PC?,  n?^«; 
iDut  not  if  it  be  preceded  by  a  vowel  or  vocal  Sh'va,  whether 
simple  or  compound,  e.  g.  f^''i^^,  °'^7^^  • 


a.  The  primary  signification  of  the  name  Dagliesh  is  commonly  ex- 
plailicd  from  the  Syriac  ^-*^?  i^'i'^.),  to  which  Castellus  in  his  lexicon 
gives  the  sense  of  piercing.  This  is  by  some  applied  to  the  puncture  or 
point  which  is  its  written  sign,  hy  others  to  its  power  of  sharpening  the 
sound  of  letters  by  removing  their  aspiration  or  doubling  them.  Buxtorf, 
however,  in  his  Chaldee  Lexicon,  disputes  the  existence  of  such  a  root  in 
either  Syriac  or  Chaldee.  alleging  that  in  Prov.  12: 18,  the  passage  quoted 
to  prove  the  word,  the  true  reading  is  ll^  (sia:-i).  The  six  letters  which 
receive  Daghesh-lene  in  Hebrew  have  the  same  twofold  pronunciation  in 
Syriac,  a  red  dot  called  Rukhokh  (^oi  softness),  being  written  beneath 
them  when  they  were  to  be  aspirated,  and  another  called  Kushoi  (>-kAaj 
hardness),  being  written  above  them  when  they  were  not. 


§  23  DAGHESH-LENE.  29 

b.  Grammarians  are  not  agreed  whether  the  aspirated  or  unaspirated 
bound  of  these  consonants  was  the  original  one.  There  being  no  data  for 
the  settlement  of  the  question,  each  decides  it  by  his  own  theory  of  pho- 
netic changes.  The  correctness  of  the  Masoretic  punctuation  has  some- 
times been  questioned  in  regard  to  this  matter,  on  the  ground  of  the  im- 
probability of  such  fluctuation  in  the  sound  of  these  letters  in  the  same 
word.  But  besides  the  Syriac  analogy  just  referred  to,  the  Sanskrit  lan- 
guage shows  the  almost  unlimited  extent  to  which  euphonic  changes  may 
be  carried  by  a  people  possessing  a  sensitive  and  discriminating  ear.  The 
Sanskrit  aspirates,  besides  being  subjected  to  other  mutations  which  can- 
not here  be  detailed,  regularly  lose  their  aspiration  when  finals,  and  under 
certain  conditions  when  medials,  throwing  it  back,  where  this  is  possible, 
upon  a  previous  letter.  Bopp  Kritische  Grammatik,  pp.  30.  42.  Similar 
laws  prevail  to  some  extent  in  Greek,  e.  g.  6pi^,  rpixos;  rpicftoi,  Opiipw;  6vw, 
iTv6r]v ;  ovk  e^co,  oup(  ef  co ;  jxiO  vfuv. 


^  22.  The  absence  of  Dagliesli-lene  in  an  aspirate  some- 
times shows  a  preceding  simple  Sh'va  to  be  vocal  when  this 
would  not  otherwise  have  been  known.  In  most  of  the  cases 
referred  to,  a  letter  originally  belonging  to  the  succeeding 
syllable  is  by  the  prefixing  of  a  short  vowel  drawn  back  to 
complete  the  syllable  before  it ;  instead,  however,  of  giving 
up  its  previous  connection  altogether,  it  forms  an  interme- 
diate syllable,  §  20.  2,  tlie';Sh'va  remaining  vocal  though  the 
antecedent  vowel  is  short ;  thus,  innb  Vbhabli  with  the  prefix 
3  becomes  ii^S  hirbJiabJi,  not  SS'^S  bil-babh. 

a.  The  particular  instances  in  which  this  may  occur  are  the  following. 
viz.  :  (I)  The  Kal  imperative  of  verbs  and  the  Kal  infinitive  with  suffixes, 
e.  g.  ^^25,  113:3,  ^~^'^j  ^-l??  from  13?'.;  yet  with  occasional  exceptions,  as 
C3QD5<a  Lev.' 23  :  39.'  (2)  Those  forms  of  Pe  Guttural  verbs  in  which  the 
first  radical  assumes  a  short  vowel  in  place  of  the  silent  Sh'va  in  the  reg- 
ular inflexion,  e.  g.  siia?;:,  oissn  for  nss":,  niarn.  (3)  The  construct 
plural  of  nouns  "11225  from  Diias  ,  niEins  from  nisrs,  nidin  from  niim, 
though  witlT  occasional  exceptions,  as  "'OOl  Cant.  8  :  6,  but  "'2^1  Ps.  76  : 4, 
•ii^i:  Isa.  5  :  10,  m'Sin  Ps.  69  :  10,  ^313  Gen.  50:  23,  but  cn-iSIS  judg.  7:6; 
1153. 1123  from  1";3  are  peculiar  in  omitting  Daghesh  in  the  singular  with 
suffixes.  (4)  Three  feminine  nouns  ending  in  ri,  nlDbia  from  T(^p,  r^'i^!! 
from  ib/^,  ni3:)  (only  occurring  with  suffixes)  from  I3r,  but  not  n>i':Ti'2 
Also  a  few  other  nouns  ofdifl"erent  forms,  viz.:  C^nsiV  but  ''nsi'^,  "^t^^; 
•^313,  •J^'31t;:,  n-'isi^,  ■,13N,  bxpp;  Josh.  15 :  38^  ' cyip:j  Josh.  15':'56. 
(5)  After  prefixes,  as  He  interrogative,  e.g.  cnsi'in  Gen.  29:5  fi-om 
^^^'^7'  ^"'^  inseparable  prepositions,  e.  g.  i^^ilb  from  1''3':; ,  nal3  from  r?'^ , 
"i3i3  from  "i3'n.    Usage  is  not  uniform  in  the  case  of  Kal  infinitives  follow- 


30  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^23 

ing  inseparable  prepositions,  e.  g.  3"in2b,  sinsa;  ^233,  bbrs,  Vsjb;  xa^lb 
Isa.  31  :  I,  n'i^h  Num.  4:23,  8:24;  nnEb,  nsi'S) .  (G)  Tiie. suffixes  of  the 
second  person  ",  cs,  ")3  never  receive  Uagliesli-lene,  r,3a,  ci:"]'.;?a. 

These  rules  are  .sometimes  of  importance  in  etymolog'y ;  thus,  TlT^Siay? 
Ezek.  27:12  must  have  as  its  ground  fjrm  li-jr,  not  "2T3 ;  and  ca"ix 
Hos.  7:6,  nafi^  Ps.  90:10  cannot  be  infinitives  with  suffixes,  but  must  be 
from  the  segiiolates  a"i!!<,  anh. 

b.  The  omission  of  Daghesh-lene  in  the  final  letter  of  wiOin  Prov.  30:  6, 
abbreviated  from  wi"'D'in  or  JTiOiri,  is  exceptional.  The  Daghesh  occasion- 
ally occurring  in  initial  aspirates  afler  words  ending  in  a  vowel  and  having 
a  conjunctive  accent,  is  best  explained  not  as  an  exception  to  the  ordinary 
rules,  but  as  Daghesh  forte  conjunctive.  §  24,  e.  g.  "|^'?2  '^^■?^.  Gen.  11:31 
and  elsewhere,  'vi  ns-ix  Gen.  46:28,  nxj  nxa  Ex.  15':l.'2i,  nbxj  ^IT  Ex. 
15:  13,  nCE  r\-'t'S'\  Deut.'' 16  :  1  (comp.  ^:\  n-'CS  Gen.  20:9),  Da  ny^.si 
Dcut.  3l:28'(cx)mp.  "-^  !t^^5>xi  Isa.  S:2),'nl=3  -^r^-])  Josh.  8:24,  lo':20, 
•pD  r,;;b2  Gen.  35:29,  ia  nat-j'isa.  40:7.  See  alsS'  Gen.  39: 12,  Ex.  14: 
4.  17,  isa.  10:  9,  Job  9:2.  Ex."l5:  11.  16,  Ps.  35: 10,  Isa.  54:  12,  Jar.  20:  9, 
Dan.  3:3.  5:11.  The  old  strife  as  to  the  Daghesh  in  the  word  D'i'rttJ  two 
is  not  yet  settled.  Kimchi  explained  it  as  Daghesh-lene  upon  the  suppo- 
sition that  the  word  was  abridged  from  C^FiiTK  ;  Schultens  as  Daghesh- 
forte  arising  from  an  assimilated  3,  contending  that  it  was  for  C^ntU  from 
C^n:© ;  Nordheimer  as  an  anomalous  Daghesh-lene,  introduced  as  a 
euphonic  expedient  to  prevent  the  combination  of  an  aspirated  n  with  a 
Bibilant,  such  as  is  obviated  in  the  Hithpael  of  verbs  by  a  transposition 
that  would  here  be  inadmissible.  The  puzzle  is  still  further  perplexed  by 
the  circumstance  that  it  once  appears  with  the  preposition  "|^  Avithout  the 
Daghesh,  "^nffiii  Judg.  16  :  28,  and  againj^ith  the  same  preposition  with  it, 
Cn'^^  Jon.  4:  11,  the  Methegh  showin^the  Sh'va  to  be  vocal,  as  might 
also  be  inferred  from  the  fact  that  Daghesh-forte  has  been  omitted. 


Daghesh-Forte. 

§  23.  1.  When  the  same  consonant  was  repeated  with  a 
vowel  or  even  the  shghtest  hiatus  intervening,  so  that  suc- 
cessive movements  of  the  organs  of  speech  were  required  in 
the  pronunciation,  the  Hebrews  invariably  wrote  the  letter 
twice.  AVhcn,  however,  there  was  no  interval  between  the 
reduplicated  consonants,  and  the  only  audible  result  was  a 
more  protracted  or  vehement  utterance  of  the  same  sound 
effected  by  a  single  effort  of  the  organs,  the  letter  was  written 
but  once.  This  fact  the  ;Masoretic  punctuators  have  indi- 
cated by  placing  a  point  called  Daghesh-forte  (prn  ir^'v)  in 
the  bosom  of  a  letter  so  affected,  to  show  that  it  is  to  be 


§  24  DAGHESH-FORTE.  31 

doubled  in  the  pronunciation ;  thus,  ^i^"}"]  vayyimmal.  Da- 
ghesh-forte  may  be  found  in  any  letter  with  the  exception 
of  the  gutturals  i5  n  n  y ,  which  on  account  of  their  weak- 
ness do  not  admit  of  reduplication.  The  letter  i,  par- 
taking of  this  with  other  peculiarities  of  the  gutturals,  re- 
ceives it  only  in  a  very  few  exceptional  cases,  e.  g.  '^iJii'nTlJ , 

2.  The  aspirates,  when  doubled,  always  at  the  same  time 
lose  their  aspiration  ;  thus,  Ips^  yijipdktdli.  Daghesh-forte 
in  these  letters  is  readily  distinguishable  from  Daghesh-lene 
by  the  consideration  that  a  consonant  cannot  be  pronounced 
double  except  after  a  vowel.  A  point  in  one  of  the  aspirates 
is,  therefore,  Daghesh-forte  if  a  vowel  precedes,  otherwise  it 
is  Daghesh-lene. 

3.  Daghesh-forte  in  1  may  be  distinguished  from  Shurek 
in  the  same  way.  Inasmuch  as  two  vowels  cannot  come  to- 
gether in  the  same  word,  if  a  vowel  precedes  it  is  Daghesh- 
forte,  if  not  it  is  Shurek. 

a.  Some  Grammarians  speak  of  Daghesh-forte  implicilum  in  the  gut- 
turals, by  which  they  mean  that  these  letters  appear  in  certain  cases  to 
complete  a  foregoing  syllable  as  well  as  to  begin  that  in  which  they  prop- 
erly stand,  in  spite  of  the  omission  of  Daghesh,  which  analogy  would  re- 
quire them  to  receive.  As  these  are  included  under  what  have  already, 
§20.  2.  a,  been  explained  as  intermediate  syllables,  it  is  not  thought  neces- 
sary to  employ  an  additional  term. 

6.  The  Arabs  have  a  sign  of  reduplication,  Teshdid  (  «-  ),  Avhich  is 
written  above  the  doubled  letter.  The  Syrians  have  no  written  sign  for 
this  purpose,  and  it  is  disputed  whether  their  letters  were  ever  doubled  in 
pronunciation.  According  to  Asseman  Biblioth.  Orient.  III.  2.  p.  379,  the 
Western  differed  from  the  Eastern  Syrians  in  this  respect,  "  Occidentales 
nuUibi  literas  geminant." 


§  24.  Different  epithets  have  been  applied  to  Daghesh- 
forte  to  describe  its  various  uses  or  the  occasions  of  its  em- 
ployment. 1.  When  separate  letters,  whether  originally 
alike,  or  made  so  by  assimilation,  are  by  the  inflection  or 
formation  of  words  brought  into  juxtaposition,  the  Daghesh- 


32  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  24 

forte  Avliicli  represents  such  a  doubling  is  called  compensa- 
tive; e.  g.  ■'li^'b?,  formed  by  appending  the  syllable  "'H  to  the 
root  Tn^ ;  ipri3  composed  of  the  same  syllable  and  the  root 
■jn: ,  Avhose  last  letter  is  changed  to  ri  to  conform  with  that 
which  follows  ;  ■'SO  from  sio.  2.  When  the  reduplication  is 
indicative  of  a  particidar  grammatical  form  the  Daghesh- 
forte  is  called  characteristic,  e.  g.  in  the  Piel,  Pual,  and 
Ilithpael  of  verbs ;  as,  tj'jn,  ^3np,n,  and  certain  forms  of  nouns, 
as,  ^"ia^ .  3.  AVhen  it  has  arisen  from  the  necessity  of  con- 
verting a  previous  simple  syllable  into  a  mixed  one  in  order 
to  preserve  the  quantity  of  a  short  vowel  which  it  contains, 
it  is  Daghesh-forte  conservative ;  e.  g.  is©!'  for  26;) .  4.  When 
the  initial  letter  of  a  word  is  doubled  under  the  influence  of 
the  final  vowel  of  the  word  preceding,  it  is  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive;  e.  g.  "T-n'a,  'r|b-n;^n;»,  ^X22  ^^^p.  5.  AVheu  the 
last  letter  of  an  intermediate  syllable  is  doubled  in  order  to 
make  the  following  hiatus  or  vocal  Sh'va  more  distinct,  it  is 
Daghesh-forte  dirimens  or  separative,  because  the  letter  which 
receives  it  is  thus  separated  in  part  from  the  syllable  to  which 
it  belongs ;  e.  g.  '^ify  innbM  for  "^isy  inbhE.  G.  When  the 
first  letter  of  a  final  syllable  is  doubled  under  the  influence 
of  a  previous  vowel  bearing  the  accent  (mostly  a  pause  ac- 
cent, §  3G.  2.  r/.)>  foi'  t^i6  sake  of  increased  fullness  and  force 
of  pronunciation,  it  is  Daghesh-forte  emphatic ;  e.  g.  ^^in  for 
^v'ln .  In  the  first  three  uses  named  above  Daghesh-forte  is 
said  to  be  essential,  in  the  last  three  it  is  euphonic. 


a.  Drighcsh-forte  conjunctive  occurs  regularly  after  the  pronoun  Mt?. 
e.  T.  n">i;i~n^!i  ~ia  nia  Ps.  133:  1,  and  in  a  multitude  of  cases  after  final  Ka- 
mets  or  Segliol  in  words  accented  on  the  penult  or  followed  by  Makkeph, 
§  43,  c.  g.  rxT-nn;?|3  Gen.2 :  23,  cu-nbsx  Deut.27 :  7,  ii  nr-ini  Num.  25 :  13, 
•i2-nr:s  Gen.  3'oT33;  iT.nr"?.  Num.' 34 : 6,  7,  9.  -iTix^'  n'ria  .^x.  13:1 
(where  the  accent  is  on  tlic  ultimate),  T|'n-n:rT5  Prov.  15:  1  (in  some  edi- 
tions), more  rarely  afler  other  vowels,  c.  g.  ^SSi  >l -^p  Gen.  19 :  14,  K*!  ^"'^X';'' 
1  Sam.  8:  19,  once  after  the  liquid  ^,  e.  g.  N^  "I'^S*']  1  Kin.  11 :  22.  Sec 
also  §  22.  b.  In  a  few  instances  words  thus  united  are  written  as  one,  e.  g. 
nj«  Ex.4:  2  for   nt  .TQ,  so  C3|ia  Isa.  3:15,  nxbnia  Mai.   1:  13,  nsSXDa 


§25 


DAGHESH-FORTE. 


33 


Isa.   27:8,  and  possibly  C^X'^S  Isa.    33:7.     See    Dr.  Alexander's   Com 
mentary  upon  this  passage. 

b.  Daghesh-forte  separative  occurs  only  in  the  following  examples  : 


'  pshsn 


\      •   :    • 


Hos.  3:2. 
Ps.  45:  10. 
Am.  5 :  25. 
Gen.  18:21. 
Gen.  37 :  32. 
Gen.  17:17. 

1  Sam.    10: 

24,    17  :  25, 
2  Kin.  6: 32. 
Job  17:2. 
Ex.  2 : 3. 

(?)  Judg.20: 
43. 

1  Sam.  1:6. 

Isa.  57:6. 

Gen.  49:10. 

Prov.30:17. 


•r^nis'^  1  Sam.  28:10 
n22"'nir53  (?)     Ezek. 
13:20. 
r,nibs3  Isa.  33:1. 
i^n^'^aoriinii^Ps. 
89 :  45. 
nii^a??  Joel  1:17. 
c-i-ina^  Job  9:18. 
Ti^'iTr^  Nah.  3:17. 
'O'j'^-q  Ex.  15  :  17. 
nniJo  Deut.  23:11. 
^ix'sa  Job  30  : 8. 
n-iu?  Ps.  141--3. 
nns;  Prov.  4:  13. 
sin^Jisnj  Judg.20: 32. 
I'a'ao  Jer.  4 :  7. 


ibao  Isa.  9:3,  10: 

t:   ■.  ' 

27. 
•^ars  Deut.  32:32. 
■iphb  2    Sam.   23: 
'  27,  Jer.  29: 27. 
DS-'na?  Isa.  58 :  3. 
nqi'n-iss  Am.  5:21. 
'■"  ^^py  (?)  Cant.  1  : 8. 
PiaisS  Ps.  89  :  52. 
r,^ni3I3y  Ps.  77  :  20. 

riiriy  Prov.  27 :  25. 
■^snnas  Ps.  119;  139. 
''SWnss  Ps.  88  :  17. 
cniriV;^  (?)  Ps.  37: 
15.  Isa.  5:  28. 
■^bailJ  Zech.  4  :  12. 
bitijaaj  Ps.  58  :  9. 


This  list  is  corrected  and  enlarged  from  Gesen.  Lehrg.  pp.  86  ff.  Those 
words  which  are  followed  by  a  note  of  interrogation  (?)  are  found  in  some 
editions  but  not  in  others.  Daghesh  separative  may  be  found  after  He 
interrogative  in  some  instances  not  included  in  the  above  list. 

c.  Daghesh-forte  emphatic  occurs  only  in  ^^T'^  Judg.  5 :  7,  1  Sam.  2:5: 
i\kh^)  Job  29  :  21  ;  ^t^hl  or  iinn;;  Job  21:13;  Wa":  Isa.  33 :  12,  Jer.  51 :  58  ; 
n-jnb  Ezek.  21:  15;  rjipj  Ezek.  6:9;  npBs  Jer.  51:  30;  ^iSn;  Ezek,  27: 
igV^^ij?  (?)  Isa.  19  :  6 ;  and  proba.bly  l^nnn  Job  13  :  9  (not  in  pause). 


§  25.  In  order  to  the  distinct  utterance  of  a  reduplicated 
consonant,  it  must  be  followed  as  well  as  preceded  by  a 
vowel-sound.  Daghesh-forte  is  consequently  never  written 
in  a  final  vowelless  letter,  with  the  exception  of  the  two  words 
rx ,  ntip ,  both  of  which  end  in  aspirates  whose  pronuncia- 
tion would  be  changed  by  the  removal  of  the  Daghesh.  In 
every  other  instance  the  doubling  is  neglected,  even  though 
the  letter  be  an  aspirate,  which  will  for  this  reason  resume 
its  aspiration ;  e.  g.  bp ,  r^j>;  no,  136;  ?in^^  abridged  from 
f^in^^ ;  ^^'?^  from  nss"'^ .  In  a  medial  letter  with  Sh'va 
Daghesh  may  be  written,  because  the  Sh'va  being  thus  ren- 
dered vocal  the  reduplication  can  be  made  audible  by  means 
3 


34  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  26,  27 

of  the  hiatus  which  it  represents ;  it  is,  however,  quite  as 
frequently  omitted,  the  Sh'va  commonly  remaining  vocal  as 
if  it  were  inserted,  and  compound  Sh'va  being  occasionally 
substituted  for  simple  to  indicate  this  fact,  ^  IG.  3.  h.;  e.  g. 
n'^niy  for  D"''ii3? ,  ixcs  for  1X53 ,  particularly  after  prefixes,  as 
Vav  conversive,  the  article  and  preposition  tt,  so  "'n^l ,  ©]^attn. 
It  is  seldom  omitted  from  a  medial  aspirate  on  account  of  the 
change  in  its  sound  involved  :  yet  even  this  is  done  occasion- 
ally, c.  g.  1^^312  Judg.  8  :  2  for  n-'sa)?,  u^nn  Isa.  22  :  10  for 
^jrnn,  "jinsT  from  piST-  In  a  few  rare  instances  it  is  dropped 
from  a  letter  followed  by  a  vowel,  when  the  laws  of  syllables 
will  permit  and  the  pronunciation  will  not  be  materially 
affected ;  e.  g.  nsiyn  Ruth  1:13  for  nui^n . 

Mappik. 

§  26.  Mappik  (p''B'a  bringing  out  or  uttering),  is  a  point 
in  one  of  the  letters  i5  n  1  i,  showing  that  it  represents  a 
consonant  and  not  a  vowel,  or  in  other  words  that  it  does 
not  quiesce  in  the  preceding  vowel-sign.  It  is  unnecessary, 
however,  to  employ  any  notation  for  this  purpose  in  the  case 
of  55  1  and  "^ ,  for  their  quiescence  can  be  readily  determined 
in  aU  cases  by  the  rules  already  given,  §  13.  Although  it  is 
much  more  extensively  used  in  manuscripts,  therefore,  Map- 
pik is  in  modern  editions  of  the  Hebrew  Bible  only  inserted 
in  final  n  when  it  retains  its  consonantal  power ;  c.  g.  ^i^s? 
artsdh,  ns'nx  artsd,  -^njjb  VkdhhCth,  '^TVp^  laklihd.  The  point 
four  times  found  in  X,  ^ii'^i^i  Gen.  43:26,  Ezra  8:18, 
^x-^nn  Lev.  23 :  17,  is'^  Job  33  :  21,  though  called  aDaghesh 
in  the  IMasoretic  notes  in  the  margin,  is  probably  to  be  re- 
garded as  Mappik. 

Raphe. 

%  27.  Raphe  (nsn  iceak),  is  a  small  horizontal  stroke 
placed  over  a  letter,  and  denotes  the  opposite  of  Daghesh- 


^  28  ACCENTS.  35 

lene,  Dagliesh-forte,  or  Mappik,  as  the  case  may  be.  As  no 
inconvenience  can  arise  from  its  omission,  it  is  only  occa- 
sionally used  in  modern  Bibles,  and  not  witli  entire  uni- 
formity in  the  different  editions.  It  is  chiefly  found  where 
a  Mappik  has  been  omitted  in  n ,  which  according  to  analogy 
might  be  expected  to  be  inserted,  e.g.  n'lC^r^  Ex.  9:18, 
mta^  Lev.  13:4,  ntos  Num.  15:28,  f^b  Num.  32:42, 
r^)2ym  Job  31 :  22  in  some  copies.  In  ?l^-nto?n  Ex.  20 : 4, 
Deut.  5:8,  it  is  the  opposite  of  Daghesh-forte,  and  shows 
that  b  may  either  be  doubled  agreeably  to  the  point  in  its 
bosom  or  not.  In  n^nn  iib  Ex.  20  :  13,  Deut.  5  :  17,  it  is  the 
opposite  of  Daghesh-lene,  and  shows  that  the  T\  may  either 
have  its  unaspirated  sound,  as  the  Daghesh  indicates,  or 
may  be  aspirated.  It  is  often  referred  to  in  the  marghial 
Masoretic  notes  even  where  it  is  no  longer  found  in  the  text, 
e.g.  Judg.  16:16,  28. 


Accents 

§  28.  The  third  class  of  Masoretic  additions  to  the  text 
are  those  which  relate  to  the  words.  These  are  the  accents, 
Makkeph,  Methegh,  and  the  K'ri.  An  accent  (Q?t2)  is  writ- 
ten upon  every  word  with  a  twofold  design,  1st,  of  marking 
its  tone-syllable,  and  2dly,  of  indicating  its  relation  to  other 
words  in  the  sentence.  The  great  number  of  the  accents 
has  respect  entirely  to  this  second  function,  there  being  no 
difference  in  the  quality  of  the  stress  laid  upon  particular 
syllables,  such  for  example  as  is  marked  by  the  Greek  acute, 
grave,  and  circumflex,  but  only  that  difference  in  its  amount 
which  arises  from  the  unequal  emphasis  naturally  laid  upon 
the  different  members  of  a  clause  or  period.  The  punc- 
tuators have  attempted  not  only  to  indicate  the  pauses  to  be 
made  in  reading,  as  is  done  by  the  stops  in  use  in  other  lan- 
guages, but  to  represent  to  the  eye  the  precise  position  held 


'6Q  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  29 

by  each  A\ord  in  the  structure  of  the  sentence,  and  the 
various  grades  of  attraction  or  repulsion  arising  from  the  re- 
lations whether  co-ordinate  or  subordinate  which  subsist 
among  them.  Every  sentence  is  fancifully  regarded  as  a  ter- 
ritory, which,  partitioned  into  its  several  clauses,  forms  em- 
pires, kingdoms,  and  principalities,  ruled  by  their  respective 
sovereigns,  each  of  whom  has  his  ovm.  train  of  inferiors  and 
dependants.  The  accents  are  accordingly  divided  into  Dis- 
junctives or  Rulers  (Q''ib)3),  and  Conjunctives  or  Servants 
(D'na?).  The  former  indicate  that  the  w^ord  upon  which 
they  are  placed  is  more  or  less  separated  from  those  that 
follow ;  they  mark  thus  the  end  of  a  clause  or  of  the  section 
of  a  clause  over  which  they  exert  control.  The  latter  indi- 
cate that  the  word  over  or  under  which  they  are  written  is 
connected  with  what  follows  and  belongs  to  the  clause  or 
section  ruled  by  the  next  succeeding  Disjunctive. 

a.  The  stress  of  voice  denoted  by  the  accent  must  not  be  confounded 
with  quantity.  An  accented  syllable  may  nevertheless  be  short,  the 
energy  with  which  it  is  pronounced  not  necessarily  affecting  its  length. 

6.  The  Jews  made  use  of  the  accents  as  musical  notes  in  the  cantilla- 
tion  of  the  synagogue,  whence  they  are  also  called  ri'i:'^53.  In  the  judg- 
ment of  some  this  is  a  part,  and  perhaps  a  leading  part,  of  their  original 
design.  Their  great  variety,  the  frequent  occurrence  of  accents  of  oppo- 
site powers  upon  the  same  word,  and  the  distinct  system  of  poetical 
accents,  favor  this  opinion.  Such  as  are  curious  to  know  the  details  may 
find  the  mode  of  their  employment  for  this  purpose  explained  at  length  in 
Bartoloccii  Bibliotheca  Magna  Rabbinica,  vol.  iv.  pp.  427-444. 

§  29.  The  Disjunctive  accents  may  be  divided  into  four 
classes  of  various  rank  or  power,  as  follows,  viz : 


Class  I.  Emperors. 

*1.   Silluk 

(,) 

5p!|lbt3 

*2.  Athnahh 

u 

nsnst 

^29 


ACCENTS. 

Class  II.  Kings. 

3. 

S'gholta 

(•■•) 

xnbiD 

postp. 

4. 

Zakeph  Katon 

C) 

Ti'^i?  ^m 

5. 

Zakeph  Gadhol 

.     C) 

^•i^a  m 

*6. 

Tiphhha 

(J 

Class  III.  JDuJces. 

IT  :  ■ 

*7. 

R'bhr 

(■) 

s-'bn 

*8. 

Shalsheleth 

(') 

rVblsi^ 

*9. 

Zarka 

(~) 

xps-it 

postp. 

10. 

Pashta 

O 

x-ja:3 

postp. 

11. 

Y'thibh 

(<) 

•  :< 

prep. 

12. 

T'bhir 

Class  IV.  Counts. 

•J'  •■ 

*13. 

Pazer 

O 

-ITQ 

"    T 

14. 

Karne  Phara 

C) 

nns  '>i-\p_ 

15. 

T'lisha  Gh'dhola          (  ') 

nbiia  ^t-^^V} 

prep. 

16. 

Geresh 

(') 

aj-iJi 

17. 

G'rashayim    ' 

n 

c^izJna 

*18. 

P'sik 

(') 

ip-^os 

37 


The  Conjunctive  accents,  or  Servants,  are  tlie  following, 


VIZ. 


*19. 

Meika 

\»  J 

♦20. 

Munahh 

\  J  / 

21. 

Merka  Kh'phula 

^  ji' 

*22. 

Mahpukh 

\<  ) 

23. 

Darga 

\t  J 

*24. 

Kadhma 

/  "*  \ 

*25. 

Yerahh  ben  Yomo 

\  V'' 

26. 

T'lisha  K'tanna 

f'K , 

JT 

/IT        :         T  :   •.• 

nrjp  x^'ibtn    postp. 


38  ORTIIOGllAPIIY.  ^  30 

a.  Merka  Kh'phula  has  sometimes  been  reckoned  among  the  Disjunc- 
tives, as  by  Gesenius  in  his  Lehrgebaude  ;  but  the  absence  of  Daghesh- 
lene  in  the  word  following  that  on  which  it  stands  in  Ex.  5:15,  Ezek. 
14:4,  proves  that  it  is  a  Conjunctive. 

b.  According  to  their  most  probable  significations,  the  names  of  the 
accents  appear  to  be  in  part  borrowed  from  their  forms  and  in  part  from 
their  uses.  Thus  the  Disjunctives:  Silluk,  e?if/;  Athnahh,  res/;  Segholta, 
bunch  of  grapes  ;  Zakepli,  small  and  great,  causing  suspension  ;  Tiphhha. 
palm  of  the  hand;  IVhhi".  square  or  reposing;  Shalsheletii,  chain;  Zarka, 
dispersion;  Piishla,  crpansion  or  letting  doicn  (the  voice);  Y'thibh.  szV- 
ting  still;  T'hhir,  interruption ;  Pazcr,  separator ;  Karne  Phara,  a /jeJ/er's 
hor7is ;  T'lisha,  great  and  smaU,  shield ;  Gercsh,  expidsion ;  G'rashayim. 
double  Geresh ;  P'sik,  cut  of.  Conjunctives:  Merka,  prolonging;  Mu- 
nahh,  (a  trumpet)  at  rest,  i.  e.,  in  its  proper  position ;  Merka  Kh'phula, 
double  Merka ;  Mahpakh,  (a  trumpet)  inverted;  Dnrga,  progress ;  Kadh- 
ma,  beginning  ;  Yerahh  ben-Yomo,  7noon  a  day  old. 

Other  names  are  given  to  some  of  these  accents,  particularly  where  they 
occur  in  certain  situations  or  combinations;  thus  Tiphhha  is  also  called 
Tarhha  (xn".:? ),  Munahh  with  P'sik  is  called  L'gharmeh  (  nansb  ).  etc. 

c.  The  classification  of  the  Disjunctives,  according  to  their  respective 
powers  and  the  laws  of  their  consecution,  has  been  the  work  of  Christian 
writers,  from  whom  all  accurate  investigations  of  the  accentual  system 
have  proceeded.  In  fact,  this  whole  subject  is  treated  by  the  Jewish 
grammarians  in  the  crudest  and  most  perplexed  manner.  Buxtorf  says,  in 
his  Thesaurus  Grammaticus.  p.  45:  Accentuum  ratio  hactenus  nee  a  quo- 
quam  nostrorum  nee  ab  ipsis  etiam  Hebraeis  sufficienter  explicata  est. 
The  division  exhibited  above  is  the  one  now  commonly  adopted.  The 
current  names,  Imperatores,  Reges,  Duces,  Comites,  are  those  used  by 
Wasmuth  in  his  Institutio  Accent.  Heb.  1664,  Others  have  divided  them 
differently.  The  learned  Pfeiffer,  author  of  the  Dubii  Vexata,  distin- 
cruishes  one  Emperor,  one  Archduke,  four  Dukes,  seven  Counts,  and  five 
Barons.  Boston,  the  well-known  author  of  the  Fourfold  State,  in  an  elab- 
orate Latin  treatise  upon  this  subject  left  by  him  in  manuscript  and  pub- 
lished shortly  after  his  death,  distributes  them  into  three  classes  of 
superior  and  one  of  inferior  rank.  Mention  is  made,  in  a  commendatory 
preface  by  Mill,  the  distinguished  critic  of  the  New  Testament,  of  another 
manuscript  in  English,  in  which  Boston  applied  liis  views  practically  in  a 
twofold  translation  of  the  first  twenty-three  chapters  of  Genesis,  with 
copious  notes,  both  philological  and  theological.  This,  it  is  believed,  has 
never  been  published.  A  curious  little  book  upon  the  Canon  by  Ferdinand 
Parkhurst,  London,  16G0,  makes  six  Regal  and  ten  Principial  Disjunctives, 
Y'thibh  and  P'sik  being  omitted  altogether. 

§  30. 1.  rourtcen  of  the  accents  are  written  over,  and  eleven 
under,  the  -svords  to  which  they  are  attached.  P'sik,  whose 
only  nse  is  to  modify  the  power  of  other  accents,  is  written 
after  the  word  to  which  it  belongs,  and  in  the  same  line 


§  30  ACCENTS.  39 

with  it.  The  place  of  the  accents  is  either  over  or  under  the 
letter  preceding  the  tone-vowel,  with  the  exception  of  the 
prepositives  Y'thibh  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  which  always  ac- 
company the  initial  letter  of  the  word,  and  the  postpositives 
S'gholta,  Zarka,  Pashta,  and  T'lisha  K'tanna,  which  stand 
upon  the  final  letter.  Y'thibh  is  only  used  when  the  first  is 
the  tone-syllable.  Pashta  is  repeated  if  the  word  on  which 
it  stands  is  accented  on  the  penult,  e.  g.  ^nn  Gen.  1  -.  2,  or 
ends  with  two  vowelless  letters,  e.  g.  riTC^l  Ruth  3  : 7,  or  if 
the  last  letter  has  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  ^1'^  Gen.  33  :  13,  and 
in  some  manuscripts  and  editions  there  is  a  like  repetition  of 
S'gholta  and  Zarka.  When  a  word  bears  the  other  preposi- 
tive or  postpositives,  there  is  nothing  to  mark  its  tone-syllable 
unless  this  may  chance  to  be  the  one  upon  which  the  nature 
of  the  accent  in  question  requires  it  to  be  placed. 

2.  Silluk  has  the  same  form  as  Methegh,  §  44 ;  but  the 
former  invariably  stands  on  the  tone-syllable  of  the  last 
word  in  the  verse,  while  Methegh  is  never  Avritten  under  a 
tone-syllable.  Pashta  is  likewise  distinguished  from  Kadhma 
only  by  its  position  upon  the  last  letter  of  the  word,  and 
after  the  superscribed  vowel,  if  there  be  one,  e.  g.  '^^»^|:  Gen. 
1 : 7,  ^2i<b'a  Gen.  24 :  7,  while  Kadhma  is  placed  upon  the 
letter  preceding  the  tone-vowel,  e.  g.  "tcn  Gen.  2:19:  where 
this  chances  to  be  a  final  letter  the  laws  of  consecution  only 
can  decide ;  thus,  in  ^vy.  Gen.  26  : 4,  ^rinss  Deut.  16:3,  the 
accent  is  Pashta,  but  in  ^V^])"^  Gen.  17:8,  "ririss;  1  Sam. 
29 : 6,  it  is  Kadhma.  Y'thibh  is  distinguished  from  Mahpakh 
by  being  written  under  the  first  letter  of  the  ^A^ord  and  taking- 
precedence  of  its  vowel  if  this  be  subscribed,  e.  g.  2 to  5?  Gen. 
1  :  11,  "-s  Gen.  31 : 6,  Deut.  10:17;  Mahpakh  belongs  under 
the  consonant  which  precedes  the  tone-vowel,  and  after  its 
vowel-sign  if  this  be  subscribed,  e.  g.  "iJ^sn  Gen.  2:14,  ''I 
Gen.  32  :  33,  Deut.  4  :  7.  When  the  initial  syllable  bears  the 
tone  and  there  is  no  subscribed  vowel,  the  laws  of  consecu- 
tion must  decide ;  thus,  in  «^n  the  accent  is  Y'thibh  in  Gen. 


40  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  31 

3:15,   44:17;    Deut.    10:17;    but   Malipakli   in    Josh. 
17:1. 

§  31 .  The  accents  ah'cady  explained  are  called  the  prosaic 
accents,  and  are  found  in  all  the  books  of  the  Old  Testament 
with  the  exception  of  the  Psalms  (D'^ljnn),  Proverbs  (•'l?TDtt), 
and  the  poetic  portion  of  Job  (si''X),  whose  initials  form  the 
technical  word  niax .  Here  a  different  system  of  accentua- 
tion prevails.  Thirteen  of  the  prosaic  accents,  one-half  of  the 
whole  number,  nowhere  occur  in  the  books  just  named,  viz. : 
S'gholta,  Zakeph-Katon,  and  Zakeph-Gadhol  of  the  Kings, 
Pashta,  Y'thibh,  and  T'bhir  of  the  Dukes,  Karne  Phara, 
T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  Geresh,  and  G'rashayim,  of  the  Counts, 
Merka  Kh'phula,  Darga,  and  T'lisha  K'tanna  of  the  Con- 
junctives. Such  as  are  common  to  both  systems  are  in  the 
previous  table  distinguished  by  an  asterisk.  The  powers  of 
some  of  these,  however,  are  altered,  so  that  a  new  arrange- 
ment of  them  is  necessary ;  and  they  are  supplemented  by 
additional  signs  formed  by  combinhig  the  prosaic  accents  or 
assigning  them  unusual  positions.  The  scale  of  the  poetical 
or  metrical  accents  thus  constituted  is  as  follows,  viz.  : 


Disjunctive  Accents. 

Class  I. 

1. 

SiUuk 

(=,) 

:  Tissf^ 

2. 

Athnahh 

(J 

lizsn 

3. 

Merka-Mahpakh 

C) 

Clata  IT. 

"^'=1^! 

4. 

R-bhi" 

(■) 

Tiasrj 

5. 

Pazcr 

C) 

lissn 

6. 

R'bhi"  Geresh 

(■') 

i-iisri 

7. 

Tiphhha  initial 

(>) 

prep. 

8. 

Zarka 

D 

•nisrn 

postp. 

9. 

P'sik 

(0 

1  "liasn 

posfp. 

^32 


POSITION    OF   THE   ACCENT. 


41 


10.  Merka 

11.  Merka-Zarka 

12.  Mahpakh 

13.  Mahpakh-Zarka 

14.  Munahh 

15.  Munahh  superior 

16.  Yerahh  ben  Yomo 

17.  Kadhma 

18.  Tiphhha 

19.  Shalsheleth 


OoNJiTNOTivB  Accents. 

C)  "Tiisn 

(v)  "^^'^^^ 

C)  ^^^'^^. 

L)  ^^^^. 

(')  'Ti^^n 


a.  It  will  be  perceived  that  there  are  fewer  Disjunctives  but  more 
Conjunctives  than  are  exhibited  by  the  prosaic  accents.  Merka-Mahpakh 
answers  substantially  to  S'gholta;  RMibi^-Geresh  to  Tiphhha  before  Silluk, 
and  Tiphhha  initial  to  Tiphhha  before  Athnahh.  Tiphhha  and  Shalshe- 
leth are  transferred  from  the  list  of  Disjunctives  to  that  of  the  Conjunc- 
tives, whence  it  comes  to  pass  that  if  a  word  bearing  either  of  these 
accents  terminates  in  a  vowel,  Daghesh-lene  will  not  be  inserted  in  a  fol- 
lowing initial  aspirate,  e.  g.  D?ia  ^^^'^'i  P^.  31 :  10,  Qinrs  ai^'Q  Prov.  8:  3, 
pii53TB2  iiiusn';!  Ps.  10:2. 

b.  P'sik,  in  the  poetic  as  in  the  prosaic  accents,  is  never  used  alone  but 
always  in  conjunction  with  another  accent.  It  serves  to  strengthen  Dis- 
junctives and  to  reduce  the  power  of  Conjunctives  without  disturbing  the 
order  of  their  consecution.  It  is  thus  used  with  Merka-Mahpakh  Ps.  5  :  13, 
Pazer  Ps.  10: 14,  Tiphhha  initial  Ps.  31:4,  Mahpakh  Ps.  5 :  9,  Munahh 
Prov.  1:22,  Merka  Ps.  10:13,  Kadhma  Ps  10:5,  Shalsheleth  Ps.  7:6. 


Position  of  the  Accent 


§  32.  The  accent  in  Hebrew  may  fall  either  upon  the 
\iltimate  or  the  penultimate  syllable,  but  never  at  a  greater 
remove  from  the  end  of  the  word.  In  the  former  case 
words  are  technically  termed  Milra  (^bf^  from  beloiv),  and 
in  the  latter  Milel  {^^b'^vc^  from  above). 


42  ORTHOGRAPHY.     '  ^  33 

1.  The  position  of  the  accent  may  be  considered  in  reia- 
tion  cither  to  the  syllabic  or  to  the  etymological  structure 
of  a  Avord,  that  is  to  say,  as  affected  by  the  nature  of  its  syl- 
lables on  the  one  hand  or  of  the  elements  ot  which  it  is  com- 
posed as  a  significant  part  of  sj)ccch  on  the  other.  It  is  so 
far  determined  by  the  syllabic  structure  of  words,  that  a 
long  mixed  syllable  or  a  short  simple  syllable,  whether  in  the 
ultimate  or  the  penultimate,  must  receive  the  accent,  §  18.  2. 
thus:  pns;^,  nnia^ni,  n^iij,  n-}^ . 

2.  Considered  in  reference  to  their  etymological  structure, 
words  exist  in  two  conditions,  (1.)  their  primary  uninflected 
state,  by  w^hicli  their  essential  and  proper  meaning  is  con- 
veyed ;  (2.)  with  added  affixes  and  prefixes,  by  which  that 
meaning  is  variously  modified.  In  their  nude  or  primary 
state  all  words,  whether  primitives  or  derivatives,  are  ac- 
cented upon  the  ultimate,  and  so  continue  to  whatever  flexion, 
involving  no  terminational  appendages,  they  may  be  sub- 
jected. Thus,  "1^3,  ips,  npb,  'ips,  "ips,  ^ps^,  "ipcnn;  ynsi , 
■jinDT ;  na^^ ,  na-i^a ;  l^anx ;  obi^ ;  ■'by:: . 

3.  The  only  exception  is  a  class  of  words  called  Se- 
gholates,  in  which  the  last  vowel  does  not  belong  originally 
or  essentially  to  the  form,  but  is  introduced  for  the  sake  of 
softening  the  pronunciation,  §01.  2;  these  are  accented  on 
the  penultimate,  as  ^b)a,  -isb,  ns?,  n^i,  T(r\,  n:n3,  ba^,  bail, 

a.  "Ti'3>2  Is.  50:  8  is  said  to  be  the  only  instance  of  a  word  accented  on 
ihe  antepenult.  The  proper  tone-syllable  of  this  word  is  the  ultimate,  but 
upon  the  recession  of  the  accent  by  §  35,  the  vowel  ne.xt  preceding,  which 
has  arisen  from  Sli'v^a  and  is  unessential  to  the  form,  cannot  receive  it,  so 
that  it  necessarily  falls  upon  the  one  still  further  back. 

^  33.  The  additions  which  w^ords  may  receive  at  the  be- 
ginning or  end  affect  the  accent  in  proportion  to  the  respect- 
ive weight  accorded  to  them.  Additions  to  the  end  of  words 
are  of  two  sorts,  which  may  be  distinguished  as  affixes  and 
suffixes.     Affixes  are  so  welded  to  the  word  or  merged  in  it 


^33  POSITION    OF    THE    ACCENT.  43 

that  in  the  popular  consciousness  they  have  become  an  in- 
tegral part  of  it,  and  their  independent  existence  or  separate 
origin  is  no  longer  thought  of ;  such  are  the  personal  inflec- 
tions of  verbs  and  the  terminations  indicating  gender  and 
number  in  nouns  and  adjectives.  Suffixes  are  not  so  inti- 
mately blended  with  the  word  to  which  they  are  attached  as 
to  have  lost  their  individual  identity  and  independent  charac- 
ter, and  consequently  are  of  greater  weight  as  respects  the 
accent;  such  are  the  fragmentary  pronouns  appended  to 
verbs,  nouns,  and  prepositions. 

1.  If  the  appendage  consists  of  a  vowel  (as  n^,  ri,  ^, 
i,  ''.,  ■'..),  or  begins  with  one  (as  fn^,  '^.,  "i"'^,  D"!.,  ni,  1\^,  tj..,  d^, 
)^,  wj,,  1\'^_),  and  can  consequently  only  be  pronounced  by 
the  aid  of  the  final  consonant  of  the  word  to  which  it  is  at- 
tached, it  will  attract  the  accent  to  itself  or  to  its  initial  vowel 
from  a  noun,  adjective,  participle,  or  preposition,  as  "^^y^ , 
ini'i,  ninn^,  ^nn^,  '^^^^l ,  '"''^?\i  fi'om  nn^;  n'^ir'i)^,  itc'ij^, 
from  TS'ip .  Such  an  appendage  to  a  verb,  if  a  suffix,  will 
so  far  accord  with  the  rule  just  given  as  to  carry  the  accent 
forward  one  syllable ;  but  the  accent  will  remain  in  its  origi- 
nal position  if  it  be  an  affix,  unless  it  is  either  dissyllabic  or 
causes  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  previously  accented ;  D'^inn 
with  a  suffix  a^^'?.nn ,  but  with  an  affix  TO^"^nn ;  ^a^  with  a 
suffix  i'in?? ,  but  with  an  affix  'liny ,  Ti^y  -,  o^  ,  n^^  ,  ^)2j: ;  bJ5 , 
n>J5 ,  ^^i? ,  ^tl'i'^ ;  nnsj ,  nnns ,  ^innTOs .  It  is  to  be  observed, 
however,  that  a  paragogic  n^  or  n  ,  ^61.  6,  attached  to 
nouns,  pronouns,  and  adverbs,  and  occasionally  a  paragogic 
■•.  does  not  disturb  the  position  of  the  accent,  e.  g.  f'lX , 
na-is ;  nb ,  nn: ;  so  n^n ,  n^s  ,  r.Tsi? ,  ■'nan  Lam.  1:1,  but 
"^nijib):  Isa.  1:21;  neither  does  the  feminine  ending  fi. , 
which  is  a  Segholate  formation,  e.  g.  "lii^'a ,  r^'^S'i^ . 

a.  Paragogic  !i^  receives  the  secondary  accent  Metliegh  in  Dnx   n:^ta 
Gen.  28  :  2,  5,  6,  7. ' 

2.  The   appending  of   a   simple  syllable,   such   as   the 


44  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  33 

suffixes  "'^ ,  'IS ,  in ,  n ,  i^ ,  or  the  verbal  affixes  n ,  "^n ,  ^3 ,  np , 
will  not  alter  the  position  of  the  accent  provided  it  originally 
stood  upon  the  ultimate ;  if,  however,  its  original  place  was 
the  i)enult,  or  if  the  syllable  in  question  be  attached  to  the 
word  by  a  union  vowel,  the  accent  must  be  carried  forward 
one  syllable  to  prevent  its  standing  on  the  antepenult,  which 
is  never  admissible:  ncs,  inss,  iises,  ''pn&S;  tkii,  poi?^, 
irncx"!:;  >{?,  ^liip,  '^^'i'p .  Suffixes  appended  to  a  word  ending 
with  a  consonant  mostly  require  a  connecting  vowel,  and  con- 
sequently shift  the  position  of  the  accent.  Affixes,  by  reason 
of  the  less  weight  accorded  to  them,  commonly  do  not.  The 
suffix  ^  follows  the  general  rule  when  preceded  by  a  union 
vowel,  but  draws  the  accent  upon  itself  when  it  is  not,  e.  g. 
"r  J  '^0'^  J  '^^.T  >  ^"^^^  '  -^  consonantal  appendage  to  a  long  un- 
accented vowel,  inasmuch  as  it  converts  the  ultimate  into  a 
mixed  syllable,  necessarily  draws  the  accent  upon  it  from  the 
penult,  §  32.  1,  e.  g.  "^ncx^ ,  Tncs^ ,  amnesia ;  in^'b;',  yh^'o'^ . 

3.  A  mixed  syllable,  whether  an  affix  as  DI^ ,  ]l^,  or  suffix 
asD?,  "js ,  ori,  )T},  will  attract  the  accent  to  itself,  Dr)3;n 
from  ^^n ;  OD^ba ,  Ds^Db^ ,  from  ^b-ia ;  Qnbpn  from  D'^nn .  In 
the  unusual  form  Dribs  2  Sam.  23  :  6,  the  accent  stands  upon 
the  union  vowel. 

4.  The  only  prefixes  which  exercise  any  influence  upon 
the  position  of  the  accent,  are  the  Vav  conversive  of  the 
futm'c,  which  draws  back  the  accent  from  a  mixed  idtimate 
to  a  simple  penult,  ii2S-',  nias^^,  nfe:^,  2'e}^  -,  and  the  Vav  con- 
versive of  the  preterite,  which  throws  it  forward  from  the 
penult  to  a  simple  ultimate,  r^';»^x,  ^1"^^),  ^^^?,  ^^^^^ , 

I*    -;  I- 

a.  Some  languages  invariably  accent  the  same  part  of  the  word  ;  thus, 
Bohemian  and  Lettish  the  initial  syllable,  Polish  and  Lazian,  one  of  the 
Caucasian  tongues,  the  penult  of  all  polysyllables.  Others,  in  which 
more  freedom  is  allowed,  have  no  respect  to  the  etymological  structure  of 
words,  but  are  guided  entirely  by  the  character  of  their  syllables.  Thus, 
in  Arabic  and  Latin  words  are  accented  according  to  the  quantity  of  the 
penult;  the  accent  is  given  to  the  penult  if  it  is  long,  to  the  antepenult 


§  34,  35  POSITION    OF    THE    ACCENT.  45 

if  the  penult  is  short.  In  others  still  the  etymological  principle  is  the 
prevailing  one,  and  this  ofien  has  a  wider  scope  than  in  Hebrew.  Thus, 
in  Greek  the  accent  has  the  range  of  the  last  three  syllables.  In  San- 
scrit it  may  stand  upon  any  syllable  whatever  even  of  the  longest  words. 
In  English  it  is  almost  equally  free,  e.  g.  peremptorily,  inconsiderdtion,  its 
removal  from  its  primary  position  upon  the  radical  portion  of  the  word 
being  conditioned  by  the  respective  weight  of  the  formative  syllables  ap- 
pended, e.  g.  person,  personate,  personally,  personify,  personality,  per- 
sonijicdtion. 


§  34.  The  location  of  the  accent  being  thus  influenced 
by  the  etymological  structure  of  words,  it  may  serve  to  dis- 
tinguish words  of  like  appearance  but  different  formation. 
Thus,  nn'a  Gen.  30  : 1,  nsa  Gen.  29 :  6,  are  participles,  but 
nnia  Gen.  35:18,  nsji  Gen.  29  :  9,  are  preterites,  the  femi- 
nine affix  receiving  the  accent  in  one  case  but  not  in  the  other, 
§  33.  1.  So  ^23  thei/  built  from  nb,  but  ^:3  in  us;  ^nto  they 
carried  captive  from  TOtt ,  but  ^3tc  thei/  returned  from  l^io ; 
THX  he  has  seized,  but  Trts  Job  23  :  9  I  shall  see  from  nrn  j 
V^*!  it  shall  be  evil  from  2??n ,  yn^  he  shall  feed  from  n^n  ; 
rci'a  he  was  rebellious,  nnb  it  teas  bitter  from  yi2  ;  irnj?  arise 
thou  (fem.),  '^'n'^'p  my  rising  up. 

§  35.  The  position  of  the  accent  may  be  shifted  from  the 
following  causes,  viz. : 

1 .  A  Conjunctive  is  frequently  removed  from  the  ultimate 
to  the  penult  if  a  Disjunctive  immediately  follows,  whether 
upon  a  monosyllable  or  a  dissyllable  accented  on  the  penult, 
in  order  to  prevent  the  unpleasant  concurrence  of  two  ac- 
cented syllables  in  closely  connected  words,  e.  g.  nb'^b  xnp^ 
Gen.  1:^5,  ^-^V  niia  Gen.  4:17,  t  ^^T«  Dent.  32:36, 
Xf)  r\y&f\)  Ps.  2  :12,  T^b  nnb  Isa.  36:8.  In  a  few  excep- 
tional cases  the  secondary  accent  Methegh  remains  to  mark 
the  original  tone-syllable,  after  the  principal  accent  has  been 
thrown  back,  r]5  nynb  Num.  24  :  22,  T^  ^5,5  Isa.  40  : 7, 
bs  y^^n  Dent.  4  :  33. 

2.  The  special  emphasis  given  to  the  last  word  of  a 
clause  or  section,  and  represented  by  what  are  called  the 


4G  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^86' 

pause  accents,  §  30,  '2,  a,  is  sometimes  rendered  more  distinct 
by  a  change  of  the  accented  syllabic  from  the  ultimate  to  the 
penult,  e.  g.  ''pbs ,  "ipbij ;  nnx  ,  nrx  ;  nn? ,  npy ;  ^33 ,  ^bs ;  or 
from  the  penult  to  the  ultimate,  particularly  in  the  case  of 
forms  with  Vav  conversive  of  the  future  ^b^^ ,  ^b;;ii  j  so 
b^5i^n ,  Dj?^'i ,  "I'^S'^i .  The  accent  is  in  a  few  instances  at- 
tracted to  a  short  final  syllable  ending  in  a  weak  letter,  which 
either  loses  its  sound  entirely,  converting  the  syllable  into  a 
simple  one,  or  requires  considerable  effort  and  energy  of  voice 
to  make  it  distinctly  heard,  c.  g.  xn;i  Gen.  41  :  33  for  55")il ; 
so  x-in  Zech.  9  :  5,  Mic.  7:10,  yiiJn  Ps.  39  :  14  for  ytcn . 


Consecution  of  Accents  in  Prose. 

^36.  1.  The  second  use  of  the  accents  is  to  point  out 
the  relation  of  words  to  one  another.  The  Disjunctives  in- 
dicate a  greater  or  less  separation  between  the  word  on  which 
they  stand  and  the  following  one  ;  the  Conjunctives  indicate 
a  connection.  The  greatest  separation  of  all  is  effected  by 
Silluk,  which  is  written  under  the  last  word  of  every  verse, 
and  is  followed  invariably  by  two  dots  vertically  placed  ( : ), 
called  Soph  Pasuk  (pXB  Cjio  end  of  the  verse).  The  next  in 
power  are  Athnahh  and  S'gholta.  When  a  verse  was  to  be 
divided  into  two  clauses,  Athnahh  was  placed  under  the  last 
word  of  the  first  clause,  Silluk  maintaining  its  position  at 
the  end  of  the  verse.  If  it  was  to  be  divided  into  three 
clauses,  which  is  the  greatest  number  that  any  verse  can 
have,  the  last  word  of  the  first  clause  receives  S'gholta,  the 
last  word  of  the  second  Athnahh,  and  the  last  of  all  Silluk. 
Verses  of  one  clause  range  from  Gen.  26  :  C,  containing 
three  words,  to  such  as  Jer.  13:13  and  1  Chron.  28  : 1,  con- 
taining more  than  twenty :  the  most  common  division  is  into 
two  clauses,  e.  g.  Gen.  1:1:  V^sn  .  .  .  D^nbj!: ;  three  clauses 


§37  CONSECUTION    OF    ACCENTS    IN    PROSE.  47 

are   much   less    frequent,    Gen.    1:7  H?  •  ^''i?'^'?  •  •  •  ?''P'?0» 
23  :  16,  24  :  30,  26  :  28. 

a.  In  Job  1  :  8   S'gholta  occurs  in  a  verse  of  two  clauses  without  Alh- 
nahh,  probably  because  the  accentuation  is  conformed  to  that  of  Job  2  :  3. 

2.  Each  of  these  clauses  is  capable  of  subdivision  to 
whatever  extent  its  length  or  character  may  seem  to  demand 
by  the  Disjunctives  Zakeph  Katon,  Zakeph  Gadhol,  R'bhi'\ 
Pazer,  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  according  to  the  number  of  sec- 
tions to  be  made  and  the  various  degrees  of  their  completeness. 
Thus,  in  Josh.  1  : 8  the  clause  of  Athnahh  is  divided  into 
five  sections,  "^n  ,  niir?b  . .  rh^^  . . .  t;^s^  . . .  ttj^^;« ,  in  2  Kin. 
1  :  6  into  six,  "ji^ip?  .  .  .  ti^^b  nSiij  .  bscnto^^a  . .  rsSh-}  . .  t^^s  . 
The  choice  of  the  accent  to  govern  a  particular  section  de- 
pends not  only  upon  its  power,  but  likewise  upon  its  rank, 
the  more  exalted  officer  standing  in  ordinary  cases  nearer 
the  sovereign.  Accordingly  toward  the  beginning  of  a  clause 
an  inferior  Disjunctive  will  be  used,  even  though  the  separa- 
tion is  such  as  would  require  an  accent  of  much  higher 
power  to  indicate  it  in  a  more  advanced  portion  of  the  same 
clause.  These  accents,  moreover,  have  not  a  fixed  value  like 
the  stops  in  other  languages ;  their  power  is  not  absolute  but 
relative,  and  varies  endlessly  with  the  circumstances  of  the 
case.  Athnahh  in  Gen.  1 : 1  marks  the  greatest  division  in  the 
verse,  but  that  is  not  sufficient  to  require  a  comma.  In  the 
next  verse  Zakeph  Katon  is  equal  to  a  semicolon  in  the  first 
clause  and  less  than  a  comma  in  the  second.  In  Gen.  27  :  16 
the  separation  indicated  by  R'bhi''  is  wholly  rhythmical. 

a.  Those  accents  which,  as  above  described,  mark  the  limits  of  clauses 
and  sections,  are  denominated  pause  accents, 

§37.  In  the  sections  thus  created  the  accents  are  dis- 
posed relatively  to  the  Disjunctive  which  marks  its  close. 
Each  ruler  has  his  servant  and  subordinate  officer,  whose 


48 


ORTHOGRAPHY. 


^37 


function  it  is  to  wait  upon  him.  In  other  words,  each  Dis- 
junctive is  regularly  preceded  by  a  particular  Conjunctive  and 
inferior  Disjunctive ;  and  the  train  of  accents  in  each  section 
is  formed  by  arranging  the  Disjunctives  in  their  fixed  order 
of  succession  with  or  without  their  regular  Conjvuictives  until 
all  its  words  are  supplied.  The  trains  proper  to  the  dijBferent 
sections  are  shown  in  the  following  table  : 


Primart 

Sections. 

H 

a 
r. 

1= 

0 
0 

0  S 

So 
ft 

u 

H 
0 
Y. 

0 

c 

0 

Sy 

0 
I'. 

V. 

0 

0 

ft 

u 

H 

Y. 

t> 

S5 
0 
0 

1 

) 

■  V 

-(,.) 

•/ 

.c)b' 

,'(") 

l)\.L 

A 

J 

.'. 

..(.) 

PO 

.(.)>.)' 

Seconpart 
Skctions. 

• 

J  J 

\'<) 

sSl) 

:i 

• 

jIjVs  j|j'.l  j 

H 

J  J  J  J 

1 

/> 

UupsnAL 
Sections. 

i 

1 

-t/- 

y  J  J  J  J  J 

§  38  CONSECUTION    OF    ACCENTS    IN    PROSE.  49 

a.  Accents  of  like  forms  are  readily  distinguishable  in  the  table  by  the 
column  in  which  they  stand.  Where  perspicuity  requires  it  the  distinction 
will  hereafter  be  made  by  appending  their  initial  letters,  thus  :  Kadhma  * 
Pashta  '^,  Mahpakh  '"',  Y'thibh'^ 

§  38.  Exjjlanation  of  the  Table. — The  trains  preceding 
the  three  principal  accents  are  exhibited  in  the  horizontal 
lines  of  the  uppennost  division ;  those  of  the  ordinary  de- 
pendent sections  in  the  middle  division,  and  those  of  rare 
occurrence  at  the  bottom. 

1 .  Train  of  Silluk. — If  Silluk  be  immediately  preceded 
by  a  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Merka ;  if  a  Disjunctive  precede 
it  in  the  same  section,  with  or  without  an  intervening  Merka, 
it  will  be  Tiphhha,  Gen.  1:1.  If  there  be  a  Conjunctive 
before  Tiphhha,  it  will  be  Merka,  Gen.  1:1;  if  two  Con- 
junctives, which  occurs  but  fourteen  times,  they  will  be 
Merka  Kh'phula  and  Darga,  Gen.  27  :  25,  Lev.  10:1,  2 
Chron.  20  :  30.  The  next  Disjunctive  before  Tiphhha,  in 
the  same  section,  will  be  T'bhir,  Gen.  1:4.  If  T'bhir  be  pre- 
ceded by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Darga,  Gen.  1  :  12,  or 
Merka,  Gen.  1  :  26 ;  if  by  two,  the  second  will  be  Kadhma, 
1  Sam.  15  :  33,  or  Munahh,  Gen.  2:4;  and  if  by  three, 
the  third  will  be  T'lisha  K'tanna,  Gen.  2:19.  The  next 
Disjunctive  before  T'bhir,  in  the  same  section,  will  be  Geresh, 
Gen.  26  :  11,  27  : 4,  or  G'rashayim,  Ex.  23  :  4.  If  Geresh 
be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Kadhma,  Gen. 
24  :  7,  or  Munahh,  Isa.  60  :  17 ;  if  by  a  second,  it  will  be 
T'Hsha  K'tanna,  Gen.  2  :  5,  or  Munahh  with  P'sik,  Gen. 
28:9;  if  by  a  third,  it  will  be  Munahh,  1  Sam.  14  :  34 ;  if 
by  a  fourth,  it  will  also  be  Munahh,  Deut.  1:19. 

a.  The  parentheses  of  the  table  contain  alternate  accents.  Thus, 
Merka  is  substituted  for  Darga  and  for  Mahpakh  (before  Pashta  in  the 
clause  of  Zakeph  Katon)  if  no  more  than  one  vowel  intervenes  between 
the  Conjunctive  and  the  king  which  it  precedes,  e.  g.  Gen.  1  :  22,  Gen. 
1 :  24,  26  ;  Gen.  5  :  17,  Deut.  1 :  2,  35.  Munahh  is  also  regularly  substi- 
tuted for  Kadhma,  whenever  the  accent  stands  on  the  initial  letter  of  the 
word,  Gen.  25:8.  Gen.  19:35;  1  Kin.  19 :  7,  Deut.  1:28;  Gen.  19:12: 
4 


50  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  38 

Eccl.  5  :  7.  G'rashayim  takes  the  place  of  Geresh  provided  the  accent  is 
on  the  ultimate  and  it  is  not  preceded  by  Kadhma  either  on  the  same  or 
the  previous  word,  Ex.  IG  :  23,  36  :  3.  When  two  accents  are  included  in  a 
parenthesis  the  meaning  is  that  if  an  additional  accent  is  required,  these 
two  will  take  the  place  ol'  the  one  before  tlie  parenthesis.  P'sik  has  no 
separate  place  in  the  consecution,  but  is  joined  with  the  other  accents  to 
modify  their  power.  It  is  constantly  associated  with  the  Disjunctive 
Shalsheleth  to  add  to  its  strength,  and  occasionally  with  the  different 
Conjunctives  to  reduce  their  strength,  but  without  disturbing  the  order 
of  their  consecution,  e.  g.  with  Merka  Ex.  16:5,  Munahh  Gen.  46:2, 
Mahpakh  Ex.  30  :  34,  Kadhma  Lev.  11:32,  Darga  Gen.  42:13,  T'iisha 
K'tanna  1  Sam.  12  :  3. 


2.  Train  of  Aihiahh. — If  Atliiiahli  be  preceded  by  a 
Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1:1;  if  by  a  Disjunc- 
tive in  its  own  section,  it  will  be  Tiphhha,  Gen.  1:1.  The 
accents  which  precede  Tiphhha  have  already  been  mentioned 
in  explaining  the  train  of  Silluk. 

3.  Train  of  S'(/hoUa. — The  first  Conjunctive  before 
S'gholta  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  3:3;  if  there  be  two,  the 
second  will  be  Munahh,  Lev.  8  :  31,  or  Merka,  Gen.  3  :  14. 
The  first  Disjunctive  in  its  section  will  be  Zarka,  Gen.  1  :  28; 
and  if  this  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  it  will  be  Mu- 
nahh, Gen.  1  :  7,  or  Merka,  1  Chron.  5:18;  if  by  two,  the 
second  will  be  Kadhma,  Gen.  30  :  16,  31  :  32 ;  if  by  thi-ee, 
the  second  will  be  Munahh  and  the  third  Kadhma,  Lev. 
4:35.  The  next  Disjunctive  before  Zarka  will  be  Geresh, 
Gen.  24  :  7,  or  G'rashayim,  Ex.  39  : 3.  The  accents  pre- 
ceding these  have  been  explained  in  1. 

4.  Train  of  Zahejoh  Kaion. — The  first  Conjunctive  before 
Zakeph  Katon  will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1:2,  the  second  like- 
wise Munahh,  Gen.  27  :  45.  The  first  Disjunctive  will  be 
Pashta,  Gen.  1:2;  or,  if  the  proper  place  of  the  accent  be 
the  first  letter  of  the  word,  Y'thibh,  Gen.  1  :11,  2:11. 
The  first  Conjunctive  before  Pashta  will  be  Mahpakh,  Gen. 
1:9,  or  Merka,  Gen.  1:2;  the  second,  Kadhma,  Gen. 
39  :  19,  or  Munahh,  Gen.  1  :  12;  the  third  will  be  T'iisha 
K'tanna,  Ezr.  3  :  11.     The  Disjunctive  before  Pashta  will  be 


§  38       CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.         51 

Geresh,  Gen.  1  :  24,  or  G'rashayim,  Gen.  1:11;  the  further 
consecution  is  explained  in  1. 

a.  In  some  instances  Pashta  is  found  not  in  the  train  of  Zakeph  Katon, 
but  seeming  to  govern  an  independent  section,  e.g.  Ex.  29:20.  Deut. 
9:6,  Josh.  10:11,  2  Sam.  14:7,  2  Chron.  18:23.' 

5.  Zakeph  Gadhol  is  mostly  used  instead  of  Zakeph 
Katon  when  no  other  accent  precedes  it  in  its  own  section, 
whether  upon  the  same  word  or  one  before  it :  "ips  1\^  Gen. 
9  :  4  (in  some  editions),  in  which  it  is  preceded  by  Munahh, 
is  exceptional. 

6.  Train  of  R'bJii'^. — The  first  Conjunctive  before  R'bhia'* 
will  be  Munahh,  Gen.  1:9;  the  second,  Munahh  commonly 
with  P'sik,  Gen.  2:5,  or  Darga,  Gen.  6:15;  the  third, 
Munahh  with  P'sik,  Gen.  7 :  23,  31 :  29,  or  Merka,  Ex. 
14  :  10.  The  Disjunctive  before  R'bhi''  will  be  Geresh,  Ex. 
16:3,  or  G'rashayim,  Deut.  1  :  11,  which  are  preceded  as 
inl. 

7.  Train  of  Pazer. — Pazer  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Munahh,  1  Sam.  14  :  34,  by  two,  Ezek.  9:2,  by  three,  1 
Sam.  14  :  34,  or  by  four,  Isa.  66  :  20. 

8.  Train  of  Tlislia  6'^V/^o/«.— Tlisha  Gh'dhola  is  the 
weakest  of  the  Disjunctives  which  are  ever  set  to  rule  inde- 
pendent sections.  Its  weakness  is  in  fact  such,  that  it  is 
sometimes  drawn  into  the  section  of  a  stronger  Disjunctive  ; 
thus,  in  Gen.  1  :  12,  Lev.  4  :  7,  1  Sam.  17  :  51,  Isa.  9  :  5, 
Neh.  5  :  18,  it  takes  the  place  of  T'Hsha  K'tanna  among  the 
antecedents  of  Pashta,  standing  between  it  and  Geresh  or 
G'rashayim ;  in  Gen.  13  : 1,  21  :  14,  Deut.  26  :  12,  it  stands 
similarly  between  T'bhir  and  Geresh  or  G'rashayim.  And 
in  many  cases,  perhaps  in  most,  when  it  rules  a  section  of 
its  own,  this  is  a  mere  subsection,  not  so  much  a  division  of 
one  of  the  principal  clauses  as  a  fragment  broken  off  from 
one  of  the  larger  sections  at  a  point  where  T'lisha  K'tanna 
would  have  stood  had  the  connection  been  sufficiently  close 


52  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  39 

to  require  a  Conjunctive,  e.  g.  Gen.  19  :  2,  1  Kin.  20  :  28. 
That  this  is  not  always  so  appears,  however,  from  examples 
like  2  Sam.  14  :  32,  Gen.  7  :  7,  Isa.  G6  :  19,  Jer.  39  :  5,  and 
particularly  Gen.  31  :  52,  where  nrix-as"!  corresponds  to  the 
preceding  "^rij'D^  •  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  may  be  preceded  by 
one  Munahh,  Gen.  27  :  4G,  by  two.  Josh.  2:1,  by  three, 
or  by  four,  1  Kin.  2:5. 

9.  Shalsheleth  occurs  but  seven  times,  viz..  Gen.  19:16, 
24  :  12,  39  :  8,  Lev.  8  :  23,  Isa.  13  :  8,  Am.  1  :  2,  Ezr.  5:12, 
and  in  eveiy  instance  stands  upon  the  initial  word  of  the 
verse,  and  is  accompanied  by  P'sik.  It  has  consequently  no 
antecedents. 

10.  Karne  Phara  is  only  used  sixteen  times.  Its  section 
never  contains  less  than  three  words :  its  immediate  prede- 
cessor is  always  Yerahli  ben  Yomo,  to  which  may  be  added 
one  Munahh,  Num.  35  :  5,  Neh.  5  :  13,  13:5,  2  Cliron. 
24  :  5  ;  two,  2  Kin.  10  :  5,  Jer.  38  :  25,  Est.  7  :  9,  Neh.  1 : 6, 
2  Chron.  35:7;  three,  Josh.  19  :  51,  2  Sam.  4  : 2,  Jer. 
13:13;  four,  1  Chron.  28  : 1 ;  or  five,  Ezek.  48: 21. 

§39.  1.  The  complete  trains  of  the  several  accents  con- 
tain one  Disjunctive  from  each  of  the  inferior  orders,  dis- 
posed in  due  succession  of  rank,  with  one  Conjunctive 
immediately  preceding  the  first  class  of  Disjunctives,  two 
Conjunctives  preceding  the  second  class,  three  the  third  class, 
four  or  more  the  foiu'th  class.  These  trains  are  adapted  to 
sections  of  different  length  and  character  by  omitting  such 
of  the  Conjunctives,  and  more  rarely  by  repeating  such  of 
the  Disjunctives,  as  the  mutual  relations  of  the  words  may 
seem  to  require,  and  breaking  off"  the  series  as  soon  as  every 
word  in  the  section  is  supplied.  Thus,  while  the  general 
order  of  consecution  is  fixed  and  invariable,  there  is  the 
utmost  liberty  and  variety  in  particular  cases. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  Conjunctives  go  beyond  the  number 
here  assigned.     Thus.  Athnahh  is  preceded  by  two  Munahhs  in  Ex.  3  :  4, 


§.  39        CONSECUTION  OF  ACCENTS  IN  PROSE.         53 

and,  according  to  some  editions,  in  Isa.  48  :  11.  T'bhir  is  preceded  by  four 
Conjunctives,  Josh.  10:  11,  2  Chron.  22:  11,  Isa.  66:20;  Pashta  by  four, 
Ex.  5  :  8.  2  Kin.  5  :  1,  and  even  by  five.  Josh.  19  :  51. 


2.  If  a  section  consists  of  but  a  single  word,  this  will  re- 
ceive the  appropriate  Disjunctive,  the  entire  antecedent  series 
of  the  table  being  then  omitted  as  unnecessary ;  thus,  Silluk 
:  nb^'l  Gen.  5:5;  Athnahh  n-as'^T  Gen.  24  :  34 ;  Zakeph 
Katon  nhsn  Isa.  I  :  30 ;  R'bhi^  D^isrn  Gen.  7:19;  Pazer 
n^s^i  Gen.  22  :  2  ;  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  p5  Gen.  19  :  8.  This, 
as  has  been  already  said,  is  the  regular  length  of  the  sections 
of  Zakeph  Gadhol  and  Shalsheleth;  but  those  of  S'gholta 
are  never  composed  of  less  than  two  words,  and  those  of 
Karne  Phara  never  of  less  than  three. 

3.  In  sections  of  greater  length  there  is  a  disposition 
towards  a  regular  alternation  of  Disjunctives  and  Conjunc- 
tives upon  successive  words,  e.  g.  Gen.  23  :  11  *•  ,  ,  ^  ,  .^  . , 
Gen.  24  :  7  .,  "j  '  '^"j  and  consequently  though  two  or  more 
Conjunctives  may  be  allowed  before  a  particular  Disjunctive, 
only  the  first  of  these  is  in  the  majority  of  cases  employed. 
The  actual  relations  of  words  may,  however,  so  interfere  with 
this  regularity  as  on  the  one  hand  to  cause  the  intervening 
Conjunctives  to  be  dropped  entirely,  e.  g.  Gen.  1:22  ,  ,  .^  . , 
1  Chron.  15  :  18  '  '  '',/''',  or,  on  the  other,  to  introduce 
as  many  Conjunctives  as  the  table  will  admit,  e.  g.  Gen. 
3:14  "\,  ,  \^  '^■\  But  if  either  of  the  three  primary  sec- 
tions consist  of  but  two  words,  the  first  must  have  a  Dis- 
junctive accent,  however  close  its  relation  may  be  to  the 
second,  e.  g.  J  tr\3  y^i^T  Gen.  9:20,  Q3^r?  "Hj^sii  Gen.  3  :  5, 
^±id^  anp  Gen.  19:4. 


a.  In  Gen.  24 :  15,  where,  however,  editions  differ,  Silluk  is  in  a  section 
of  two  words  immediately  preceded  by  Merka. 

b.  Sometimes  an  excluded  term  of  the  series  will  take  the  place  of  the 
secondary  accent  Methegh,  §44.  Tiphhha  is  thus  five  times  WTitten  upon 
the  same  word  with  Silluk,   e.  g.  Num.  15 :  21,  and  eleven  times  with 


54  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  40 

Athnahh,  e.  g.  Num.  28  :  26,  Munahh,  Gen.  21  :  17,  for  which  Kadhma  is 
sometimes  substituted,  Gen.  18:  21,  often  stands  upon  the  same  word  with 
Zakeph  Katon.  Kadiima  is  also  joined  in  tin's  manner  with  Munaiih,  Lev. 
10:12,  Merka,  Judg.  21:21,  Neh.  12:41.  Mahpakli,  Lev.  25 :  46,  and 
Geresh,  E.\.  16  :  lo,  21  :  22,  35.     Malipakh  with  Munalih.  Lam.  4  :  9. 

4.  Occasionally  a  subordinate  Disjunctive  or  its  alternate 
is  repeated  in  the  same  section  with  or  Avithout  its  ante- 
cedents. Thus,  T'bhir,  Deut.  26:2  ,_  ,  ,  .  ''.,  .  '',  so 
Deut.  30  :  20,  I  Sam.  20  :  21,  2  Kin.  17  :  36.  Zarka,  2  Kin. 
1 :  16  /  /  "  /,  so  ver.  6,  Gen.  42  :  21,  Jer.  21 : 4,  Neh. 
2:12.  Pashta,  Gen.  24:14,  42,  48,  65;  1  Kin.  20:9. 
Pashta,  Pashta  and  Y'thibh,  2  Kin.  10:30,  Ezr.  7:25. 
Geresh  and  G 'rashayim.  Gen.  28  :  9. 

a.  There  is  a  double  accentuation  of  part  of  Gen.  35  :  22,  and  of  the 
entire  decalogue,  both  in  Ex.  20:  2-17,  and  Deut.  5;  6-21.  wliich  involves 
a  double  vocalization  in  certain  words,  e.g.  !^33  Ex.  20:3,  i.e.  either 
:'^5S  or  "^is.  Single  words  also  occur  with  alternative  accents,  e.g.  with 
G'rashayim  or  Geresh  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola  n"f  Gen.  5 :  29.  iiinp  Lev. 
10  :  4,  !i2a'  2  Kin.  17  :  13,  nhkh^  Ezek.  48  :  10,  nsY  Zeph.  2:15. 


Poetic  Consecution. 

§40.  1.  The  principle  of  the  consecution  is  the  same  in 
the  poetic  as  in  the  prosaic  accents,  although  there  is  consid- 
erable diversity  in  the  details.  There  is  a  like  division  of 
verses  into  clauses  and  sections  ruled  by  a  Disjunctive  at  the 
end,  which  imposes  upon  them  its  own  special  train  of 
accents.  The  sections  are  fewer,  however,  and  the  trains 
shorter  than  in  prose,  on  account  of  the  greater  brevity  of 
the  sentences  in  poetry  for  the  most  part.  But  this  reduc- 
tion is  more  than  compensated  by  the  new  complexity  arising 
from  the  latitude  allowed  in  the  choice  of  Conjunctives, 
which  it  seems  impossible  to  reduce  to  fixed  rules,  and  is 
probably  to  be  referred  to  their  use  as  musical  notes  for  the 


^  40  POETIC    CONSECUTION.  5^5 

cantillation  of  the  synagogue.  It  should  be  added,  that  the 
embarrassment  arising  from  this  inherent  complexity  of  the 
subject  is  seriously  aggravated  by  the  numerous  discrepancies 
in  the  different  editions  of  the  Bible,  by  which  the  true  ac- 
centuation in  the  three  poetical  books  is  often  involved  in 
doubt  and  uncertainty. 

a.  In  addition  to  availing  himself  of  the  researches  of  others,  particu- 
larly of  Nordheimer  and  Ewald  in  their  discussions  of  this  subject,  the 
author  has  examined  verse  by  verse  the  entire  book  of  Proverbs  and  the 
first  division  of  the  Psalms  (Ps.  1-41),  as  well  as  other  selected  Psalms 
and  portions  of  Job.  As  the  result,  he  confesses  himself  quite  unable  to 
disentangle  the  mystery;  and  as  the  only  contribution  he  can  make 
towards  its  solution  he  has  concluded  to  present  in  detail,  and  in  as  conr 
venient  a  form  as  possible,  the  facts  observed,  hoping  that  some  future  ex- 
ploration may  discover  the  principle  of  order,  if  any  such  principle  there 
be,  in  this  apparently  inextricable  confusion. 

2.  Verses  may  consist  of  one,  two,  or  three  clauses,  dis^ 
tinguished  by  the  three  Disjunctives  of  the  first  class.  If 
the  verse  contain  but  one  clause,  Silluk  will  be  written  uponj 
the  last  word,  Ps.  4  : 1 ;  if  it  contain  two  clauses,  the  divi-f 
sion  will  be  made  by  Athnahh,  Ps.  1:4,  or  by  Merka' 
Mahpakh,  Ps.  1  :  2.  3  :  3,  upon  the  last  word  of  the  first 
clause  ;  if  it  contain  three,  the  last  word  of  the  first  will  have 
Merka-Mahpakh,  the  last  word  of  the  second  Athnahh,  and 
the  last  word  of  the  third  Silluk,  Ps.  1  :  1.  Clauses  may 
consist  of  a  single  section  when  no  subdivision  of  them  is 
necessary;  or  they  may  consist  of  two  or  more  sections; 
when  the  subdivision  is  effected  by  R'bhi^  or  Pazer,  e.  g. 

: ■  Ps.  18:51,  :, '  Prov.   1  :  10, '.  '  Ps' 

41:7, •  ."  Ps.  7:'6,,  : ■  .."Ps.  17:14. 


56 


ORTHOGRAPHY. 


HI 


HI-  'i^iic  order  of  the  accents  in  the  various  sections 


is  exhibited  in  the  following;  table 


Principal 

Sections. 

is 
a 

COKJCXCTIVES. 

a 

COSJCNCTITES. 

1 

^c):  oio^T 

•  r 

.;,(,)j. 

or  -'a                  :       *  : 
:      -■'■ 

I  ^  '. 

i     -J 

A 

1     :         .1 
J-;  »•  y .  j<  ^  > .  J''  js  [■ 
1      •          -1 
u  J  •     l< ,  •    {<  J 

,0 

^  in. 

•h-!h:i 

-npiVo] 

< 
J 

•n 

c*o 

.0:,X):,(;);. 

< 

subordisate 
Sectioss. 

• 

•i^'tH;!:!-! 

H 

-BH'l^-" 

Explanation  of  the  Table. 

a.  Train  of  Silhik. — If  Silluk  is  preceded  by  a  single  Conjunctive,  it 
will  be  Munabh,  Prov.  1 : 4,  or  Merka  either  alone  as  Prov.  1:2,  or  com- 
pounded with  Zarka,  Ps.  10:5,  and  P'sik,  Ps.  10  :  3.  If  it  be  preceded  by 
two  Conjunctives,  they  will  be  Ps.  5:5,  Ps.  10:6,  Prov.  12:1 
(in  some  editions),  ^  ^  Prov.  25  :  26,  ■"  ^^  Ps.  18  :  7,  ^  ■"  Ps.  36 :  1,  or  ■"  '  Prov. 


^41  POETIC    CONSECUTION.  57 

8: 13.    If  it  be  preceded  by  three  Conjunctives,  they  will  be  ^  .  ^  Ps.  24:6, 

'Ps.  10:2  (or        *Ps.7:6),  Prov.  26:25  (or         "Ps.  28:8  or 

Prov.  29:13),  ^  .  ■"  Ps.  4:8,  ^  ^  '  Prov.  3:27,  ■"  ■*  .  If  it  be  preceded  by 
four  Conjunctives,  they  Avill  be  ^  ^  ,  \  Ps.  89: 2,  ^  ^  /  ^'  Ps.  32:5,  or 
■*  ■*  *  Ps.  3  :  3  (in  some  editions  ""  ''  *  J.  If  it  be  preceded  by  five  Con- 
junctives, they  will  be  ^  ^  *^  ^  Job  32:  6,  37:  12  (in  this  latter  example 
some  editions  substitute  a  Makkeph  for  Merka). 

If  Silluk  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its  own  section,  it  will  be 
R'bhi^-Geresh,  Ps.  1:1,  5:3,  10.     R'bhi^-Geresh  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Conjunctive,^   Ps.  5:  4  ;  by  two,^  ^  Ps.  8:2,  or,  ^  Ps.  31:10.  19;  by  three, 
or  Ps.  73:4. 

There  are  occasional  deviations  from  the  Conjunctives  of  the  table ; 
thus,  R'bhi''-Geresh  is  in  Ps.  34:8  preceded  by  ^  "  ^.  In  some  of  these 
cases,  however,  editions  differ  in  their  notation  of  the  accents.  Thus,  in 
Ps.  5:7  some  editions  have  ^  *  before  Silluk,  others  "  ;  in  Ps.  18:36, 
Prov.  30:17,  some  have  ,  others  :  in  Ps.  20:2  some  have  .  others 
.  ;  in  Prov.  24 : 8  some  have  ,  ,  ,  others ,  ,  the  two  words  being  joined 
by  Makkeph.  So,  again,  some  editions  have  in  Ps.  9: 11^  before  R'bhi"- 
Geresh,  in  Ps.  18:44^,  in  Prov.  27:19,^,  in  Prov.  21:17,^;  while 
other  editions  do  not  depart  in  these  passages  from  the  order  given  in  the 
table.     Similar  discrepancies  exist  in  the  other  sections  likewise. 

h.  Train  of  Athnahh. — Athnahh  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive, 
^  Ps.  5:8  (or  ^^  Prov.  8:30,34),,  Ps.  5 : 3  (or  ^,  Ps.  35:21,,  "  Ps.  69:2), 
.Prov.  23:3,^  Ps.  14:3,  Prov.  6:3  (or  _  ^  Prov.  16:10);  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps. 
6:8  (or^  _^  Ps.  7:17),  ^  ^  Prov.  28:25,  Ps.  5:2  (in  some  editions  the 
latter  example  has  _  ^  ^  ),  _,  ,  Ps.  14:5, ,  ^  Prov.  11:12,  14-.21, ,  '  Ps. 
37:1.        Prov.  8:21,        Ps.  25 :  16 ;  by  three,  Prov.  24:21,  Ps. 

6:6  (or^  .  /  Ps.  9:10,  or  ^  ^  ^^  Ps.  16:10),  _,  ,  '  Ps.  10:17,  ^  ]  '  Prov. 
8;13,  ^^,^  Ps.  18:50,  ,,  ^  ,,  Ps.  10:13,  ^  \  Prov.  6 :  27,  /  Vps.72:3; 
by  four,  Prov.  3:12,  Prov.  24:16,  Ps.  34:7,        ■"    Ps. 

32:2  (in  some  editions),  ■"  Prov.  1 :  19,  "    *  ■"    Ps.  65:2. 

If  Athnahh  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  its  own  section,  it  will  be 
Tiphhha  initial,  Ps.  1 :  6,  26  :  4.  Tiphhha  initial  may  be  preceded  by  one 
Conjunctive,^  Ps.  5:6;  by  two,  ^  ^  Ps.  9:19(or        "  Ps.  14:1,  or  Ps. 

16  : 9),  ^  ■■  Ps.  32 :  11,^  ^  Ps.  35  :  14,  15,  ^  /  Prov.  25 :  20 ;  by  three,  \\  ,  ^ 
Ps.  23:6,,  .  ,'  Ps.  27:1,^  ,'  ,  Ps.  12:5  (or  ^  /  /  Prov.  27:  14),^'^ 
Ps.  9:14. 

c.  Train  of  Merka- Mahpakh.—Merksi-Mahpakh.  maybe  preceded  by 
one  Conjunctive,  which  is  almost  always  Yerahh  ben  Yomo,  Ps.  1:1 


58  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §42 

though  occasionally  it  is,  in  some  editions  at  least,  Merka,  Ps.l5:5.  35:  10, 
or  Malipakh,  Ps.  24:  8,  31 :  10.  If  it  be  preceded  by  a  Disjunctive  in  ita 
own  section,  Zarka  will  be  employed,  Ps.  1 : 1,  Prov.  1:11. 

Zarka  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  Ps.  12:7  (or  ^  Prov. 
1:22),^  Ps.  6:3,  _,Ps.  12:3,  /  Ps.  31  :  12;  by  two,  ^  /  Prov. 30:  15  (in 
some  editions      *),        Ps.  24 :  10  (or  Ps.   13:6),  Ps.  21  :  10,     ' 

Ps.  27 :  2  (or  ,\  "  Ps.  35  :26),  ^  *  ■*  Ps.  7  ;  10 ;  by  three,  ^  /  ^  Ps.  29  :  9, 

'     Ps.  31  :  14.     '     "       Ps.  10  :  14:  or  by  four,  '     Ps.  40  :  6. 

d.  Train  of  R' bid". — R'bhi*  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  Ps. 
5  :  1,  ^  Ps.  8  : 2  (or  /  Ps.  23  :  4,  or  ^  ^  Ps.  6  :  7),^  Prov.  28  :  22,  ■*  Ps.  22  :  2?, 
'  Ps.  11  :2  (or/  Ps.  5:  11);  by  two,  ^  Prov.  8  :  33,  ^  ^  Ps.  28  : 7  (or  ^ 
Ps.  18  :  3),  ,  /  Ps.  9  :  7,  ^  "  _  ,  Ps.  1 1 :  4,  ^  /  Ps.  26  :  1,  \  Ps.  27  :  6  (or  ■" ',] 
Ps.  5:9).  'Prov.  6:22.  '  Ps.  18:1  (or  '  "  Ps.  7 : 7,  or  '  "  Ps. 
39 :  5),  ,  '   ■■  Job   16  :  10 ;  or  by  three,  ^  /  ^  Ps.  40 :  7,  ^  _  \  Ps.  41  :  7  (or 

"     *     Ps.  39:6,  or     '     '     "  Ps.  3 : 8,  or        '     "   Ps.  41:14),  '    '      Ps. 
19:  14  (or'     '     "  Ps.  39  :  12),  ■*    ''Ps.  40:11.  "  '  Prov.  21 :  31. 

e.  Train  of  Pazer. — Pazer  may  be  preceded  by  one  Conjunctive,  ^  Ps. 
89:20  (or^  ^  Prov.  .30:8),*  Ps.  32:5  (or/  Ps.  17:14);  by  two,  ^^  Ps. 
5 :  10,  Prov.  7  :  23  (or  ^  ^^  Ps.  28  :  5),     '  Ps.  13:3  (or  ^  /  Prov.  27  :  10), 

Ps.  90:4.  '  Ps.  7:6.  '  Ps.  39:13,  Ps.  11:2,  'Ps.  5:12;or 
by  three,  '  ^  Ps.  22:35,  23 :  4,  ^  ^  ^  Prov.  23:29  (where  some  editions 
have  , ,  '  )• 

§42.  The  trains  of  these  several  accents  are  adjusted 
to  sections  of  varying  length  by  expedients  similar  to  those 
employed  with  the  prose  accents,  viz. :  1 .  Omitting  the  Con- 
jmictives  in  whole  or  in  part.  2.  Repeating  the  Disjunc- 
tives, e.  g.  "  Ps.  14  : 1,  "  Ps.  17  :  14,  or  their  equivalents,  e.  g. 
Tiphhha  initial  before  "  Ps.  7:10,  before  "  Ps.  9:1;  "  before 
■'  Ps.  18  : 1,  before  •  Ps.  22  :  15  ;  "  before  Tiphhha  initial  Ps. 
16 :  17.  3.  Writing  two  accents  upon  the  same  word, 
an^hi23?'72)a  Ps.  5:11,  ^i^in  Ps.  27:11,  vi*"?:!!  Ps.  18:16. 
4.  Uniting  two  or  more  words  by  IMakkcpli,  so  that  they 
require  but  a  single  accent.  5.  Writing  the  different  parts 
of  a  compound  accent  upon  separate  words ;  thus,  Merka- 
Mahpakli  ^:x  ^^las  Ps.  6  : 3,  Merka-Zarka  rsn  ^5  Ps.  22:9, 
Mahpakh-Zarka  ns3  ^^  Prov.  6  :  3. 


§43  MAKKEPH.  59 

a.  Sometimes  when  two  accents  are  written  upon  the  same  word,  one 
is  the  alternate  of  the  other;  thus,  5^2  Prov.  1 :  19,  may  be  either  S3*a  or 
?S3  according  as  the  accent  remains  in  its  proper  position  in  tlie  ultimate, 
or  is  thrown  back  upon  the  penult  in  consequence  of  the  next  word  being 
accented  upon  its  initial  syllable. 


Makkeph. 

§43.  Makkepli  (^y^  joining)  is  a  horizontal  stroke  by 
wliicli  two,  three,  or  even  four  words  may  be  united. 
^^■1^«,  ''^™?n-DX  Gen.  30:31,  "ib-h-t^^  Gen.  33:11, 
iS-myrb3-nsi  Gen.  13  :  20,  25  :  5,  Ex.  20  :  11,  yi^s-iin-bs-by 
Ex.  22  :  8,  fn'r''.?^"^r^?  Job  41 :  26.  It  belongs  properly 
to  the  accentual  system,  words  which  are  closely  related 
being  often  connected  in  this  manner  in  order  to  obviate 
the  necessity  of  unduly  multiplying  Conjunctive  accents. 
Thus,  the  first  fifteen  words  of  Ex.  22  : 8  are  in  this  manner 
reduced  to  eight.  Monosyllabic  particles  are  frequently,  and 
some  almost  constantly,  linked  with  the  succeeding  or  pre- 
ceding word,  of  which  they  may  be  regarded  as  in  a  manner 
appendages ;  thus,  bx ,  b:? ,  nx ,  bi: ,  bx ,  12,05,  ss ,  etc.  Exam- 
ples are  not  wanting,  however,  of  longer  words  similarly 
united,  e.  g.  D-'irni^bio  Deut.  19:15,  ^b|:n-ffi2D  1  Kin.  17  :  21, 
nin^i-nax  Isa.  31:4.  This  use  of  Makkeph  is  not  to  be  con- 
founded with  that  of  the  hyphen  in  modern  languages  between 
the  members  of  a  compound,  as  selfsame,  master-builder. 
Words  united  by  Makkeph  are  still  as  separate  as  ever  in  char- 
acter and  signification ;  but  they  are  pronounced  together  and 
are  accented  as  though  they  formed  but  one  word.  Hence, 
whatever  number  of  words  be  thus  joined,  the  last  only  will 
receive  an  accent.  And,  as  a  further  consequence,  if  a  word 
preceding  Makkeph  properly  ends  in  a  long  mixed  syllable, 
this  will,  by  the  loss  of  the  accent,  be  shortened,  '^i'dSTiX , 
fjiarbs,  H3"^bnnn,  or  failing  this,  will  commonly  receive  the 
secondary  accent  Methegh,  Cioi'^'DTS ,  ns'i'i'-'jis . 


60  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  44 

a.  Tsere  remains  before  Makkeph  in  *(3,  "i3,  IS,  "J'S  ;  it  sometinaes  re- 
mains and  is  ponietimcs  sliortcned  in  CO,  ^'ii  six,  rs  e.g.  Gen.  16:13 
rtin^'CllJ,  but  vcr.  15  "isa'Cd .  It  once  remains  according  to  some  editions 
in  "PN  Job  41:26,  a  word  which  is  tliree  times  written  rx  without 
Makkcpli,  Ps.  47  :  5,  60 :  2,  Prov.  3  :  12.     Comp.  §  19.  2,  a. 

b.  Makkeph  is  occasionally  found  in  the  middle  of  a  long  word,  which 
has  been  erroneously  divided  into  two,  e.  g.  rt^B'liE'J  Jer.  46 :  20,  and 
perhaps  HipTllTB  Isa.  61 :  1.  Sometimes  words  are  thus  divided  without 
a  Makkeph  to  unite  the  sundered  parts,  e.  g.  D^!5  '['S  Lam.  4:  3,  Cp'^rh  "^na 
2  Chron.  34:  6,  and  probably  ^lin  ^zrtii  Hos.  4:  18.  nnD  non^  Isa.  2:20'. 
(See  Dr.  Alexander's  Commentary  on  this  passage.)  The  last  two  ex- 
amples are  plainly  intended  by  the  punctuators  to  be  read  as  separate 
words.  This  miuht  likewise  be  done  in  the  preceding  examples  if  they 
were  pointed  W^'i'J  "'S  and  ch^na  "ina  . 


Methegh. 

§>44.  Methegli  (.^n'^a.  drid/e),  a  smaW  perpendicular  stroke 
under  the  initial  letter  of  the  syllable  to  Avhich  it  belongs, 
is  a  secondary  accent  denoting  a  stress  of  voice  inferior  to 
the  main  accent.  As  this  latter  always  has  its  place  in 
Hebrew  either  upon  the  ultimate  or  the  penult,  distinctness 
was  promoted  and  monotony  relieved,  especially  in  long 
words,  by  giving  prominence  to  one  or  more  of  the  antece- 
dent syllables.  There  is  a  natural  tendency  to  heighten  the 
force  of  the  accent  by  passing  lightly  over  the  immediately 
preceding  syllable,  this  diminished  force  creating  in  its  turn 
a  new  stress  upon  that  next  beyond  it,  and  so  on  in  alternate 
elevations  and  depressions  to  the  beginning  of  the  word. 
Agreeably  to  the  principle  just  stated,  Metliegh  regularly 
stands  in  polysyllables  upon  the  second  syllable  before  the 
accent,  and  again  upon  the  fourth  if  the  word  have  so  many, 
e.  g.  D^sn,  qcij;;,  ''is w  ,  nh'^na,  on'^nin^Disia ,  ni:iD''prip^ . 
And  so  upon  two  or  more  words  connected  by  Makkeph, 
which  are  pronounced  as  one,  e.  g.  ^^""^i?'}.'!'  Gen.  22  :  8, 
DnVDi5-^3  1  Sam.  21 :  7. 

a.  Sometimes,  however,  particularly  Avhen  the  nature  of  the  syllables 
requires  it,  §32.  1,  Methegh  takes  the  place  of  the  principal  accent  before 


§45  METHEGH.  61 

Makkeph  irrespectii^e  of  Ihe  position  of  the  accent  upon  the  following 
word,  ii-n-^xilJn  Num.  21:35,  "ican-'b^.  Num.  21:  33,  ^i3-r,b^  Jer.  34:1° 
t5!in-na-bDn  Gen.  30:  32,  nj-xibn/l  Sam.  21 :  12,  "'H-iS  Ex.  I'o":  5. 

b.  It  is  to  be  observed  that  the  position  of  Methegh  is  determined  by 
that  of  the  tone-syllable,  not  by  that  of  the  accentual  sign  when  these  are 
not  coincident,  as  fi-equently  happens  with  prepositives  and  postpositives, 
e.g.  '■'n^^sn  Deut.  4:26.  ?,2''ni-ii'n  Josh.  22:27,  where  the  tone  falls  on 
the  penult,  n"'p^in"j  Jer.  26 :  21,  where  the  tone  is  upon  the  ultimate. 


§45.  The  secondary  accent  is  liable  to  be  shifted  from 
its  normal  position  for  the  following  reasons,  viz. : 

1.  If  the  syllable  which  should  receive  it  is  mixed,  it 
may  be  given  in  preference  to  an  antecedent  simple  syllable, 
e.  g.  fT:^r>T2Jsi  2  Sam.  22  :  24,  ^?nnna^  Job  1 : 7,  niihnpjj'a 
Ezek.  42  :  5,  'i»''s?n-bxia  Gen.  43:7;  or  if  none  such  precede, 
it  may  be  omitted  altogether,  e.  g.  DOSJ'a^;i  Jer.  33  :  24, 
''?i5??:iT^n  1  Kin.  21 : 1,  nia^n-bs-nx  Deut.  6  :  25. 

2.  It  is  always  given  to  simple  syllables  when  followed 
by  a  vocal  Sh'va,  whether  simple  or  compound,  or  a  vowel 
which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va,  the  sHght  pronunciation  proper 
to  the  Sh'va  or  its  derivative  giving  new  prominence  to  the 
preceding  vowel,  r^'n^^^ ,  n^jn^. ,  ^mb,  nin^m  Gen.  30:38, 
'^'V'^2  >  sometimes  to  intermediate  syllables,  §  20.  2,  e.  g. 
''int?  Isa.  9:17,  10 :  34,  ^iW  Obad.  ver.  11,  particularly 
after  He  interi'ogative  or  when  Daghesh-forte  has  been 
omitted  as  after  the  article,  Vav  conversive,  and  the  prepo- 
sition 1^,  e.  g.  bir^an ,  n|T»nn ,  ^bbn ,  tiinps ,  D-'^'n^B^n ,  nb^b , 
''jHf !l ;  rarely  and  only  as  an  exception  to  a  mixed  syllable 
standing  in  the  first  place  before  the  principal  accent,  e.  g. 
STC^n  Gen.  1:11,  n^nan  Ex.  12:7,  Zech.  14 : 2. 


a.  It  hence  appears  how  Methegh  comes  to  be  of  use  in  distinguishing 
the  doubtful  vowels,  §  19,  and  to  what  extent  it  can  be  relied  upon  for  this 
end.  As  it  invariably  accompanies  the  vowel  of  a  simple  syllable  when 
followed  by  vocal  Sh'va,  it  must  always  be  found  with  a,  z,  and  u  preced- 
ing Sh'va,  inasmuch  as  this  will  necessarily  be  vocal.  Initial  ^l  u,  the  un- 
emphatic  conjunction,  is  an  exception,  with  which  it  is  commonly  not 
written,  e.  g.  ni;?2!i  Gen.  6: 19,  nxbbii  Gen.  31  :  4,  though  it  is  sometimes, 


62  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  45 

e.  g.  b''^:nl;>i  Gen.  1  :  18,  rir>a^j  Judg.  5  :  12.  The  absence  of  Methegh, 
except  in  the  case  just  mentioned,  is  consequently  conclusive  evidence  of 
the  silorlness  of  the  vowel.  As,  however,  sliort  v6wels  in  intermediate 
syllables,  and  in  a  few  rare  instances  even  in  mixed  sylhibles,  may  receive 
Methegh,  the  presence  of  this  sign  does  not  of  itself  determine  the  vowel 
to  be  long;  the  ultimate  decision  must  in  this  case  depend  ou  other  con- 
siderations. 


3.  When  by  the  operation  of  the  preceding  rule  Me- 
thegli  comes  to  stand  in  the  first  place  before  the  accent, 
another  Methegh  is  nevertheless  occasionally  found  in  the 
second  place,  the  two  thus  standing  in  immediate  succession, 
c.  g.  nbriiaa  Gen.  32  :  22,  ^li?^.T  Gen.  45  :  25  ;  and  even  three 
occur  upon  successive  syllables,  e.  g.  ?i7^?^i3i  Isa.  22  :  19. 
But  commonly  where  there  is  more  than  one  Methegh,  their 
position  relatively  to  each  other  is  governed  by  the  same 
iTiles  as  the  position  of  Methegh  generally  Mith  relation  to 
the    principal    accent,    e.  g.    ?]n^iTC''b ,    nhcni ,    ^t^'';?r|^^ , 

4.  Methegh  is  sometimes  WTitten  imder  a  letter  with 
Sh'va,  e.  g.  s^i-nbis  Job  1 :  11,  2  :  5,  '^i^'^^f^  Job  19  :  G,  rij:n53 
Ps.  2  :  3,  nieri^s  Jer.  49  :  18,  ^if^^  Ruth  1 :  11. 


a.  A  Methegh  so  situated  is  called  Gaya  (St^J?  bellowing)  by  Jewish 
grammarians,  and,  according  to  Elias  Levita,  it  occurs  eighty-four  times, 
the  number  yielded  by  its  name  arithmetically  reckoned.  Methegh  upon 
a  short  vowel  before  a  compound  Sh'va  was  called  Ma"rlkh  (Tp'^X^  pro- 
longing), with  a  short  Hhirik  it  was  called  Hhiruk  (p^"'"'n  g7iashing). 


5.  The  place  of  Methegh  is  frequently  supplied  by  an 
accent  chosen  agreeably  to  the  laws  of  consecution,  ^  39. 
3.  d.,  e.  g.  a3^n?i«  Isa.  66  :  13,  Dh-^nbsb  Deut.  12  :  31, 
D'l^cs)  Zech.  7:14,  xns-b?n  Num.  10:23,  ibn]|t'5  Josh. 
22:12. 


a.  The  want  of  consistency  or  of  uniformity,  which  may  be  occasion- 
ally observed,  in  regard  to  the  insertion  or  omission  of  Methegh,  e.  g. 
nanxa  Cant.  1 :  7.  t^inx^  Cant.  3:1;  cn'J  Cant.  6 :  5.  nn'i  Lam.  4:9; 


§46  k'ri  and  k'thibh.  63 

niany  Num.  31:12,  riia"i?  Jobh.  4:  13,  and  the  discrepancies  between 
different  manuscripts  and  editions,  e.  g.  nbbx  or  nibx  Gen.  45 :  28, 
nn^T-iisb  or  nn^1"!ixb  Ps.  81  :  3,  if  not  arising  in  the  first  instance  from 
clerical  errors,  are  probably  to  be  attributed  to  the  inferior  importance  of 
the  sign  itself,  whose  place  might  be  presumed  to  be  sufficiently  determined 
even  if  not  written. 


K'ri  and  K'thibh. 

§46.  Various  notes  extracted  from  the  Masora  (H'liD'a 
traditio7i),  a  collection  of  remarks  upon  the  text,  are  found 
in  the  margin  of  the  Hebrew  Bible,  which  are  explained  in 
the  glossary  at  the  end  of  most  editions.  The  most  im- 
portant of  these  are  the  various  readings  known  as  the  K'ri 
(■''^p  read),  and  K'thibh  (^"'ris  writte?i).  If  in  any  instance 
traditional  usage  sanctioned  a  reading  different  from  that 
which  was  written  in  the  text  or  the  K'thibh,  the  punctuators 
did  not  venture  to  alter  the  text  itself  for  the  sake  of  making 
the  correction ;  they  went  no  further  than  to  connect  with 
the  letters  of  the  text  the  vowels  of  the  word  to  be  substi- 
tuted for  it  in  reading  or  the  K'ri,  with  a  reference  to  the 
margin  where  the  letters  of  the  substitute  might  be  found. 
Thus,  with  the  word  ■i'^.'ai5'''i  Josh.  6 : 7  is  connected  the 
marginal  note  ''"ip  "TQi^'^l.  The  vowels  here  attached  to  the 
K'thibh  belong  not  to  it  but  to  the  unpointed  word  in  the 
margin,  which  is  accordingly  'yi^'^''^ .  The  proper  vowels  for 
the  pronunciation  of  the  K'thibh  are  not  written,  but  must 
be  supplied  from  a  knowledge  of  the  form  indicated  by  the 
letters,  which  in  this  case  is  T\'q'^'^^ .  Again,  in  ver.  9,  ll^p'ri 
in  the  text  refers  to  ]?  ''ypri  in  the  margin ;  the  K'ri  is  here 
■lypn ,  and  the  K'thibh,  Avliose  voAvels  are  left  to  be  deter- 
mined by  the  reader,  ^spri.  Jer.  42:6  has  li?s!J  where  the 
marginal  note  is  ''"^P  i:n5K ;  the  K'ri  is  accordingly  ^:n?i5 , 
and  the  K'thibh  ^ii? .  In  order  to  indicate  that  a  given  word 
was  to  be  omitted  in  reading,  it  was  left  unpointed,  and  the 


64  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  47 

note  ''"ip  Kbi  niMD ,  written  but  not  read,  placed  in  the  margin, 
e.g.  z-cn  Ezek.  48:16,  X3  2  Kin.  5:18,  TT  Jer.  51:3. 
If,  on  the  other  hand,  a  word  was  to  be  suppHed,  its  vowels 
were  inserted  in  the  text  and  its  letters  placed  in  the  margin, 
Avitli  the  note  S^nD  sbi  i-)p,  read  but  not  written,  e.  g.  Judg. 
20:13  in  the  text  _...  ^  and  in  the  margin  "^in,  to  he  read 
:.:a ;  so  Jer.  31 :  38  D\s:3  .  In  1  Kin.  21 :  8  the  first  letter 
of  Di"i£cn  is  left  unpointed  as  superflnous,  and  in  Job  2 : 7 
n?,  is  explained  by  the  margin  to  stand  for  ^^i :  so  Jer.  18 :  23 
^•'n.T  for  r^Yi^ . 

a.  The  number  of  these  marginal  readings  differs  in  different  editions. 
Elias  Levita  states  that  there  are  848.  Others  have  computed  them  to 
be  1,000;  others  still,  1,200. 

§47.  Sometimes  a  different  reading  from  that  of  the  text 
is  suggested  by  the  points  alone  without  a  marginal  note 
being  added  in  explanation,  as  when  a  particular  word  or 
orthography  is  regularly  substituted  for  another  of  frequent 
occurrence.  These  cases  are  presumed  to  be  so  famihar  to 
the  reader  as  to  require  no  other  index  of  their  existence 
than  the  presence  of  the  appropriate  vowels.  Thus,  the 
divine  name  Mirri ,  which  the  Jews  had  a  superstitious  dread 
of  pronouncing,  was  and  still  is  read  by  them  as  if  it  were 
''nij:  Lord,  whose  points  it  accordingly  receives,  n^h';' ,  unless 
these  two  names  stand  in  immediate  connection,  when,  to 
avoid  repetition,  it  is  read  D'^n'bi?  and  pointed  J^^n.^  Gen. 
15:2,  Hab.  3:19.  The  antiquity  of  this  superstition  is 
attested  by  the  Kvpco<i  of  the  Septuagint,  followed  in  the 
English  as  well  as  in  other  modern  versions  by  the  rendering 
Lord.  The  true  sound  of  the  name  never  having  been 
noted,  is  now  lost ;  the  only  clue  that  is  left  being  its  ety- 
mology and  the  form  which  it  assumes  in  composition, 
§G2.  1,  from  which  the  conclusion  has  been  variously  drawn 
that  it  was  '!^^.^'!,  '"00- >  or  nin;^ .  The  common  pronunciation 
Jehovah  is  manifestly  founded  upon  the  error  of  combining 


§48  k'ri  and  k'thibh.  65 

the  consonants  of  this  word  with  the  vowels  of  another  and 
an  entirely  different  one.  There  is,  however,  especially  as  it 
is  uncertain  whether  Yaltve  or  Yah^va,  or  either  of  these,  was 
its  original  sornd,  no  good  reason  for  abandoning  the  pro- 
nunciation familiar  to  the  Christian  world  and  hallowed  by 
the  association  of  constant  usage  for  the  sake  of  adopting 
another  which  is,  or  is  supposed  to  be,  phonetically  more 
exact,  any  more  than  we  need  be  guilty  of  the  pedantry  of 
preferring  YeshayaUu  to  Isaiah  because  it  approaches  more 
nearly  to  the  original  pronunciation  of  the  prophet's  name. 
Other  standing  K'ris,  unnoted  in  the  margin,  are  i^in ,  the 
form  of  the  pronoun  of  the  third  person  feminine  which  is 
used  throughout  the  Pentateuch ;  this  is  designed  to  be  read 
ii'^n ,  though  the  sound  indicated  by  the  letters  is  in  all  proba- 
bility S'ln .     So  niwte:'  read  'liis^ ,  and  P?t»^i;'  read  D:^^T?in;' . 

§48.  In  the  absence  of  definite  information  respecting 
the  origin  and  sources  of  these  various  readings,  it  is  difficult 
to  determine  with  absolute  precision  the  weight  to  which 
they  are  respectively  entitled.  The  current  opinion  of  the 
ablest  Hebraists,  based  upon  a  careful  scrutiny  of  their  in- 
ternal character  and  the  relation  which  ordinarily  appears  to 
subsist  between  them,  is  that  while  the  K'ri  may  perhaps,  in 
a  few  cases,  correct  errors  in  the  K'thibh,  and  so  restore  the 
original  reading,  it  is  in  the  great  majority  of  instances  an 
explanatory  gloss  rather  than  an  emendation.  With  the  rare 
exceptions  already  suggested,  the  K'thibh  is  esteemed  the 
true  reading,  the  object  of  the  K'ri  being  to  remove  ortho- 
graphical anomalies,  secure  grammatical  uniformity,  substi- 
tute usual  for  unusual,  prevailing  for  obsolete  words  and 
forms,  and  occasionally  to  introduce  euphemistic  expressions. 
While  the  K'ri  is  probably  not  to  be  esteemed  the  original 
reading,  therefore,  it  deserves  attention  as  the  grammatical 
or  exegetical  comment  of  a  steadfast  tradition. 


66  orthography.  ^  49 

Accuracy  of  the  Points. 

§49.  1.  All  the  Masoretic  additions  to  the  text  designed 
to  facilitate  its  reading  have  now  been  considered.  The  cor- 
rectness of  the  pronunciation,  which  they  yield,  is  vouched 
for  not  only  by  the  esteem  in  which  they  are  universally 
held  by  the  Jews,  but  by  the  scrupidous  minuteness  of  the 
system,  its  consistency  with  itself  and  with  the  vowel-letters 
of  the  text,  its  affinity  with  and  yet  independence  of  the 
vocalization  of  the  kindred  languages  the  Arabic  and  Syriac, 
and  the  veneration  for  the  already  established  text  which 
evidently  characterized  its  authors,  since  they  did  not  venture 
to  change  the  text  even  in  the  slightest  particular. 

2.  The  only  additional  information  which  has  come  down 
to  us  respecting  the  true  sound  of  Hebrew  words,  is  furnished 
by  the  mode  of  writing  proper  names  in  the  Septuagint 
version,  and  the  few  Hebrew  words  preserved  by  ancient 
authors,  particularly  Origen  and  Jerome.  These  have  been 
subjected  to  an  elaborate  comparison  with  the  Masoretic 
punctuation,  and  the  result  has  been  to  establish  their  sub- 
stantial agreement  in  the  main,  with,  however,  not  a  few 
remarkable  points  of  divergence.  In  relation  to  this  subject 
it  should  be  observed,  that  the  Hebrew  pronunciation  of  the 
Seventy  is  inferred  entirely  from  their  mode  of  spelling 
.proper  names,  not  from  words  in  living  use  in  the  language. 
The  chances  of  inaccuracy,  on  the  part  of  the  translators,  are 
here  peculiarly  great.  Many  names  were  not  familiar  and 
were  of  rare  occurrence ;  and  as  no  system  of  vowel  notation 
then  existed,  they  were  left  entirely  to  their  independent 
knowledge  of  the  sound  of  each  individual  word.  These 
<words  were  written  by  them  in  a  foreign  alphabet,  whose 
sounds  did  not  coincide  precisely  with  those  of  the  Hebrew, 
and  in  which  the  proper  equivalents  varied  somewhat  accord- 
ins  to  their  combinations.     The  true  sound  was  also  de- 


^49  ■    ACCURACY    OF    THE    POINTS.  67 

parted  from  sometimes  because  the  laws  of  Greek  euphony 
forbade  its  exact  reproduction.  The  neghgence  with  which 
they  are  chargeable  elsewhere  was  also  probably  aggravated 
here,  and  in  fact  there  are  many  instances  in  which  they  not 
merely  deviate  from  the  vowels  but  transpose  or  change  the 
letters.  Leaving  out  of  view,  therefore,  such  incidental  dis- 
crepancies as  are  to  be  accounted  for  in  the  ways  now  sug- 
gested, a  thorough  and  extended  examination  of  the  subject 
reveals,  with  all  the  general  agreement,  a  number  of  regular 
and  systematic  deviations. 

a.  These  are  thus  stated  by  Ewald,  Lehrbuch,  p.  1 16.  (1.)  An  e  or  i  de- 
rived from  a  is  written  a,  as  nnn  @apa,  crbs  BaXaayu,.  'O^Sli  Ta^awv,  C^l^ 
MaptajLt ;  and  on  the  other  hand,  a  is  sometimes  written  e,  n532"^brisj 
0Ai/3e/Lta,  T:p  Kcvc^.  rj  TeS^,  especially  before  n ,  as  Pl-^'p  Kope,  n^T  Zape. 
(2.)  e  is  written  for  i  and  6  for  u,  n'^ns  XcTxatot,  c'snij  Feevva,  'pS'ia 
TcSewv,  n^-n::^  Meo-pai/A,  runx^  Oxo^a.^,  n».:r  o^ia.  (3.)  for  the  diph- 
thongal e  and  o  their  constituents  ai  and  au  are  substituted,  "(J"^!?  Katvav, 
i:3  Na/3ai;.  (4.)  The  vowel  letters  are  softened  into  their  homogeneous 
vowels  S'lp*;!  ovLKpa,  i?^"^;!  ovL8aj3r)p.  (5.)  Vocal  ShVa  is  written  as  a 
full  vowel,  commonly  a,  or  if  an  0  follow,  o,  nixas  Sa^uw-^,  ^XSlJ'n  TayovrjX, 
Ca^liS  Xcpov^iyu,,  nno  2o8o/x,a ;  the  final  vowel  of  Segholates  is  also 
written  6  if  o  precedes,  Tjbb  MoA.ox,  ■"?."  yop.op. 

3.  The  regularity  of  these  deviations  seems  to  be  best 
accounted  for  by  the  assumption  that  the  pronunciation 
represented  in  the  Septuagint  is  that  which  prevailed  among 
the  Jews  in  Egypt,  which  would  naturally  be  less  pure  than 
that  of  Palestine  represented  in  the  vowel  points,  and  which, 
moreover,  betrays  in  the  particulars  recited  above  a  strong 
leaning  to  Aramaean  forms  and  sounds.  Accordingly  the 
view  now  commonly  entertained  is  that  the  vowel  notation 
of  the  Masorites  is  correct,  at  least  in  all  essential  particulars, 
and  that  it  is  properly  to  be  put  at  the  basis  of  all  investiga- 
tions into  the  phenomena  of  the  language. 


68  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §50 


Orthographic  Changes. 

§50.  The  signs  thus  far  described  represent  all  the 
sounds  of  the  Hebrew  language.  Its  stock  of  words  is 
formed  by  combining  these  in  various  significant  ways.  The 
laws  of  such  combinations,  and  especially  the  mutations  to 
which  they  are  subject,  or  which  they  occasion,  next  demand 
attention.  When  a  particular  idea  has  been  attached  to  a 
certain  combination  of  sounds,  its  different  modifications 
may  naturally  be  expressed  by  slightly  varying  those  sounds. 
This  may  take  place, 

1.  By  the  substitution  of  one  letter  for  another  of  like 
character,  and  for  the  most  part  of  the  same  organ,  e.  g. : 

?^^'^  to  he,  exist,  n^n  to  live  ;  ?33  to  pour  forth,  N^s  the  same  idea  ap- 
plied to  words,  to  prophesy ;  p^r  to  encircle  the  neck  with  an  ornament, 
pan  to  strangle,  p:x  applied  to  sounds  uttered  in  strangulation,  to  groan; 
bs"!  to  go  about  as  a  spy,  i'3'n  to  go  about  as  a  merchant ;  DIS  to  collect, 
D'^TSa  treasures;  S"':;5  a  cup,''SZis  or  i'^ip  a  helmet  (of  similar  shape); 
Tp  tender,  delicate,  pT  thin  ;  "15pi  to  make  straight,  "(2ri  to  straighten  the 
beam  of  the  balance,  to  weigh  ;  "iiD3  firstborn,  n03  first  ripe,  "ipb  the  first 
portion  of  the  day,  the  morning  ;  n^n  to  suspend,  fib'n  applied  to  a  bucket, 
to  let  down;  ^ta  to  cut,  "i:*!?  to  reap;  Ziyt  gold.,  zn:i  yellcno ;  '{^li  to  con- 
ceal, "(S^a  and  "|E^  to  hide  away  as  treasures,  "ES  to  cover  with  boards ; 
yrj  to  destroy  by  tearing  down,  irrs  to  destroy  by  uprooting ;  n::a  to  slay, 
nzj  to  sacrifice;  isari  to  bind,  b:a  to  bound ;  nna  to  break  up,  Jlee,  n^Q 
to  break  out,  blossom,  p"]Q  to  break  in  pieces ;  srip?  to  cut  off,  ran  to  hew 
stone,  -^n  to  cut  wood  ;  inS  to  surround,  "i::s  to  encircle  the  head  with  a 
crown  ;  T^^T^}  to  pour  out,  "03  to  pour  in  libation  or  in  casting  metals  ;  "ins 
to  shine,  ina  to  be  pure;  nnn  to  engrave,  ttinn  to  plough;  '(tia  to  prove, 
■1H3  to  approve,  choose  ;  t^ni^a  /o  (Zn"?j/f,  its  causative  ni^t'n  ;  "irn  to  break 
through,  ipn  to  investigate  ;  3SD  to  place,  its  reflexive  3Sf;jn!i. 

2.  By  the  transposition  of  letters,  e.  g. : 

"l^no  to  deal  violently,  "iss  to  urge;  "iSp  to  cut  with  the  sickle,  reap,  yij? 
to  cut  with  the  teeth,  bite;  Ci'-jj  to  blow,  dE3  breath;  Di3  to  collect,  D3J 
riches,  niJSO^  storehouses. 

3.  By  the  addition  of  a  letter  : 

Thus,  from  the  letters  i::,  in  which  inheres  the  idea  of  compression, 
are  formed  nns  to  bi7id,  n^ia  to  press  together,  "i:sx  to  heap   vp,  "is;   to  he 


^  51  ORTHOGRAPHIC    CHANGES.  69 

straitened,  12£3  to  guard,  besiege,  "i:22  to  restrain,  "''S.n  an  enclosure  ;  from  Ti 
are  formed  *iTa  to  cut,  tna  to  cut  off,  T^S  to  cut  loose,  go  away,  tta  to  shear, 
bra  to  plunder,  rr^Ta  hewn  stone;  tT'^Q  to  unfold,  make  distinct,  ^C'^Q  to 
spread  out ;  CiS  a  vineyard,,  btjns  a  garden. 

§  51.  Such  literal  changes  as  those  just  recited  not  only 
serve  to  express  new  shades  of  meaning,  but  even  where  the 
meaning  remains  precisely  the  same,  they  may  represent 
diversities  of  other  sorts.     Thus,  the  distinction  may  be, 

1.  In  point  of  currency  or  style  :  One  form  of  the  word 
being  in  more  common  and  familiar  use,  the  other  more  rare 
and  savoring,  perhaps,  of  the  elevated  or  poetic  style,  e.  g. : 

"iSJ  to  guard,,  i:25  poetic;  \ai"i3  cypress,  rii3  once  in  poetry;  "iJO  to 
shut,  rarely  i^O ;  '"'"^^'^  storm,  "T^y'^^  rare  and  poetic;  "30  to  cover,  once 
r|?b :  T|?^  to  be  quenched,  once  Ti^J ;  3"Fi  to  abhor,  once  3XPi ;  ^30  to  be 
foolish,  once  bos ;  nbi:y  iniquity,  once  ^i;^?  . 

2.  Of  antiquity :  The  pronunciation  of  a  word  or  its 
form  may  undergo  changes  in  the  lapse  of  time.  Of  the 
few  instances  of  this  sort,  which  our  imperfect  data  enable 
us  to  fix  upon  with  some  measiu-e  of  confidence,  the  follow- 
ing may  be  taken  as  specimens,  e.  g. : 

To  laugh  in  the  Pentateuch  pfi^ ,  in  other  books  ( Judg.  16 :  25  ex- 
cepted) pnb  ;  to  cry  out  in  the  Pentateuch  p?^  ,  only  once  (Ex.  2  :  23) 
p?T  which  is  the  more  frequent  form  in  other  books  ;  2b3  ,  nabr^  a  lamb, 
occur  in  the  Pentateuch  interchangeably  with  b33  ,  nbas,  which  are  the 
only  forms  found  in  other  books ;  a  sceptre  UD'a  ,  but  in  the  book  of  Esther 
a'^aniy  ;  Damascus  pca'n  ,  in  Chronicles  pb^n'n  ;  how  1  Chron.  13:12, 
Dan.  10  :  17  Tpn  ,  in  earlier  books  Tpx  . 

3.  Of  Dialect :  The  same  word  may  come  to  be  pro- 
nounced differently  by  those  who  speak  distinct  though  re- 
lated languages.  Thus,  the  Aramaean  dialects,  the  Chaldee 
and  Syriac,  in  very  many  words  regularly  substitute  i«  for  the 
Hebrew  final  n ,  and  the  corresponding  Unguals  for  the  He- 
brew sibilants,  S  being  sometimes  still  further  weakened  by 
the  loss  even  of  the  lingual  sound  to  that  of  the  guttural  3? , 
e.  g. : 


70  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  52 

Heb.  nrn  to  wander,  Chald.  xra ,  Syr.  \Ll  ;  Heb.  =nj  gold,  Chald. 
-ri'^,    Syr.  J.SOI?;  Heb.  n^s  a  rocAr,  Chald.   -.rj ,    Syr.  ]ili ;  Heb.  tbo 

,  6   '    - 

fAree,  Chald.  r)v\ ,  Syr.  £^.<: ,  Arab,  o^' !  Heb.  yns  //te  earlh,  Arab. 
^jO.f ,  Chald.  5nx,  Syr.  li»?)  .  Other  consonant  changes:  Heb.  "|3  a  son, 
Arab.  \J\  ,  Chald.  ^3,  Syr.  ji ;  Heb.  bo;?  fo  /f//Z,  Arab.  JJci;  Heb. 
bbp?-;!,  Syr. '\a4ai5;  Heb.  XSS  o /Arone,  Chald.  "oniis.Syr.  ^lajis,  Arab. 
tLS;  Heb.  np^bn  «  >/(/,  Chald.  i<bp;n ,  Syr.  illl ,  Eth.  ih4>A. :  . 

4.  Of  simple  euphony :  An  alternate  form  of  a  word 
may  be  produced  to  facilitate  its  pronunciation  or  make  its 
sound  more  pleasing,  e.  g. : 

*Bynx ,  •J5"i5<  purple;  cab ,  'li'^  to  hate;  S^S'^^  ,  J^SUJ?  chamber, 
^55,'-i=S  Achan;  -ss:*!:!):? ,  isxn'i2i23  Nebuchadnezzar ;  Sxn,  av>l 
Doeg ;  CJ^bx,  CB^iybx  almug  or  algum  trees  ;  nirnb^  ,  ris^r^s  ?ee//j. 

a.  Mere  varieties  of  orthography  must  not  be  mistaken  for  consonantal 
changes,  e.  g.  N?  occasionally  for  "ib  and  vice  rersrt,  probably  P^b2"j  for 
wbro,  and  such  permutations  of  gutturals  as  abound  in  the  manuscripts 
of  the  Samaritans,  who,  making  no  distinction  in  the  sounds  of  these 
letters,  perpetually  confounded  tliem  in  writing,  Gesen.  Sam.  Pent.  p.  52. 
A  like  faulty  pronunciation  has  been  attributed  to  the  Galileans,  to  which 
there  is  a  probable  allusion  in  Matt.  26:73.  ,  Buxtorf  Lex.  Chald.  p.  434. 

§.  52.  The  changes  thus  far  described  result  in  the  pro- 
duction of  distinct  words,  and  belong  to  the  domain  of  the 
lexicon  rather  than  of  the  grammar.  The  lexicographer  re- 
gards such  words  as  cognate,  and  traces  them  back  to  their 
common  source ;  but,  in  the  view  of  the  grannnarian,  they 
are  totally  distinct.  The  mutations  with  which  the  latter 
concerns  himself  are  such  as  take  place  in  the  direct  deriva- 
tion and  inflection  of  words.  These  are  altogether  euphonic, 
are  more  restricted  in  their  character,  and  take  place  within 
far  narrower  limits,  than  those  heretofore  considered.  When 
words  are  subjected  to  grammatical  changes  their  sounds 
are  brought  into  new  connections,  attended,  it  may  be,  with 


^  53  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  71 

a  difficulty  of  utterance  which  demands  some  measure  of 
rehef,  or  they  pass  readily  and  naturally  into  other  sounds, 
which  are  easier  of  pronunciation  or  more  agreeable  to  the 
ear.  The  mutations  thus  induced  are  of  three  sorts,  viz. : 
Consonant  Changes,  the  Conversion  of  Consonants  into 
Vowels,  and  Vowel  Changes.  These  will  require  to  be  con- 
sidered separately. 


Consonant  Changes. 

§  53.  The  first  class  of  changes  embraces  those  which 
affect  the  consonants.  These  mostly  arise  from  the  concur- 
rence of  two  consonants,  creating  a  difficulty  in  the  pronun- 
ciation or  yielding  a  sound  displeasing  to  the  car.  This  may 
take  place  either  at  the  beginning  or  the  close  of  a  syllable. 
Syllables  in  Hebrew  may,  and  often  do,  begin  with  two  con- 
sonants, §18.  1  ;  but  the  necessity  of  this  is  avoided  in 
certain  cases  by  the  following  expedients  : 

1.  In  the  beginning  of  words  the  weak  letter  M  is  some- 
times prefixed  with  a  short  vowel,  thus  creating  a  new  initial 
syllable  to  which  the  first  consonant  may  be  transferred. 

a.  The  only  instances  of  this  are  afforded  by  the  second  and  seventh 
conjugations  of  verbs,  the  Niphal  and  Hithpaei,  e.  g.  il3|5fi  =  ^i^i^?n  ^^^ 
b'j;?: ;  Vjj^pn  probably  for  Vj;^n  §82.  5.  6.  In  ti^'ns  Ezek,  14 :  3  St  is 
prefixed  instead  of  n  .  Prosthesis  is  more  common  in  the  domain  of  the 
lexicon,  where  X  is  always  the  letter  used,  e.g.  S-'i^T ,  si'^^tx  arm;  biifl, 
Ijianx  yesterday.  A  prefixed  S.  is  even  occasionally  employed  to  soften 
the  pronunciation  without  the  necessity  stated  above,  e.  g.  D"'n::ax ,  0"^35X  , 
n'lib'J'lX, ,  tJ-'JsIS^.  So  in  Chaldee  nns  hlood,  Heb.  Cn  ;  ^SX  garden,  Heb. 
"jS.  In  Arabic  the  concurrence  of  two  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  a 
word  is  regularly  obviated  by  prefixing  ( .     Comp.  Greek  x^^"^'  ^X^^^' 

2.  The  first  of  the  concurrent  consonants,  if  it  has  a 
comparatively  feeble  sound,  is  sometimes  dropped. 


72  ORTHOGRAPHY.  ^  53 

a.  This  occurs  regularly  in  verbs  whose  first  radical  is  ^  or  3 ,  and  in 
nouns  derived  from  such  verbs,  e.g.  -tJ  for  -^3^ ,  nr"n  for  nr"!^.  b'3  for 
b^ii ,  ',n  for  "(r? .  "^n  Ezck.  2 :  10  for  "^n? ,  bn'rn  EzcU.  1 : 4  for  H'^T? ,  and 
perhaps  "X3  Am.  8  :  8  for  "ii<''3. 

X  is  thus  dropped  in  ^isni  for  ^isn:!*,  ui  for  "iCX;  also  in  a  few  instances  from 
the  beginning  of  the  second  syllable  of  words,  e.  g.  "jIt.^'^t  Ezek.  28:16 
for  ?i'735?X.',  ;  "riX  Job  32:  11  for  *,'''tnx  ;  c^-'^iion  Eccl.  4:  14  for  n">-,!lOxn; 
niJ3nn'2  Cliron.  22:5  for  c-^k^X  n ;  p-iDia  Ezek.  20:37  for  r'iCX.53;  rVsa 
1  Kin.  5:25  with  Daghcsh-forte  conservative  for  pbbx'?:  ;  -fix  Prov. 
8:17  for  ::nx!<;  T!^  Prov.  17:4  for  T\^^.\  MrblT)  1  Sam.  "l :  17  for 
T.nVx^  .  These  examples  likewise  admit  ol"  a  dili't'rent  explanation;  K 
may  give  up  its  consonantal  power,  losing  its  sound  in  that  of  the  pre- 
ceding vowel,  agreeably  to  §57.  2  (2),  after  which  it  may  readily  be 
dropped  altogether. 

a  is  occasionally  dropped  from  the  participles  of  the  Pual  or  fourth 
conjugation,  as  njsb  for  nfsbTS  ;  b  in  n;^  for  Hj^b ;  n  in  r?b  Ex.  3:2  for 
f^?'!'.^;  ^n""^^  Ex.  7:22  for  cn-iKrib  Ex.  7:11;  and  perhaps  3  in  nreo 
Gen.  49 :  11,  which  appears  to  be  for  nhlCS  . 

b.  The  rejection  of  a  consonant  from  the  beginning  of  a  syllable,  when 
not  immediately  followed  by  another  consonant,  is  exceptional  ;  as  "IT 
Judg.  9:11  for  *in; ;  nnn  2  Sam.  22:41  for  nnnD ;  nn  Ezek.  33:30  for 
nnx  ;  mE'rn  Neh.  3:13Vor  niQ'i;xri;  ■'nbnnn  Judg.  9:9  for  Ti^'^nnri,  and 
perhaps  sio  Jer.  42:  10,  which  seems  to  be  ibr  aicv 


3.  The  second  consonant  is  sometimes  dropped,  if  it  is  a 
letter  of  feeble  sound. 


a.  This  is  regularly  the  case  with  i^  of  the  article  and  of  verbal  pre- 
fixes, and  "^  as  the  final  radical  of  verbs,  e.  g.  P'^sb  for  r^sfib ;  V'i:;?';'  for 

It  occurs  besides  in  a  few  sporadic  examples  with  these  same  letters, 
and  more  rarely  still  with  X  ,  "1 ,  and  "S ,  e.g.  it  for  ^'r^\ ,  "^S  Ezek.  2;  10  for 
•^ns,  WEii'i"^  for  UEdin"!,  "^ap"]  and  IpB^p  with  Daghesh-forte  conserva- 
tive forWD^::;?';'  and  iinn^a'p ;  I'n*?  Lani.  3:53  for  W^'^l,  "ii'v!  Gen. 
3  :  16  for  r,:'i''ii^  ;  ^3E^^  .Job  35  :  11  for  >i3E^Xtt  ,  D-^rn  Ex.  26':  24  for  c^sXPi, 
\>ryi  Isa.  13  :  20  for  bnx-^ ,  "'intn]  2  Sam.  22  :'40  for  ■'3'!}Txni ;  -^s  Isa.  3  :  24 
for  ■^'3,  ''S  for  "i;!?. ,  Cn^  for  dai"^ ;  "^3  as  a  particle  of  entreaty,  probably 
for  •'ra,  nprs  Am.  8:  8'  (K'thibh)  for  i^^Tt'? ;  ^2  the  name  of  a  Baby- 
lonish deity  for  i>S3  is  a  foreign  contraction.  The  conjecture  that  "isa 
Mic.  1 :  10  is  for  "is^a  in  Accho  is  ingenious  and  favoured  by  the  occurrence 
of  n53  in  Gath  in  the  parallel  clause;  but  it  is  at  variance  with  the  points, 
which,  upon  this  hypothesis,  should  be  isa. 

6.  In  rare  cases  this  rejection  occurs  even  after  a  mixed  syllable, 
whose  final  consonant  is  thus  drawn  forward,  e.g.  !n:X  for  nnrx ,  Men 
Job  29:6  for  nxisn,  akrn  Ex.  2:4  for  as^nn  and'probably  pcx  Ps. 
139  :  8  with  Daghesh-forte  conservative  for  PrOJ* . 


§54  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  73 

§  54.  Wlien  the  concurrence  takes  place  at  the  close  of 
a  syllable,  whether  the  second  consonant  belongs  to  the  same 
syllable  with  the  first  as  at  the  end  of  words,  or  to  a  differ- 
ent syllable  as  in  the  middle  of  words,  the  following  changes 
may  be  produced. 

1.  An  aspirate  following  another  consonant  loses  its 
aspiration,  §21 ;  or  if  it  be  brought  into  juxtaposition  with 
its  like  so  as  to  form  a  doubled  letter,  the  aspiration  of  both 
will  be  removed,  §23.  2,  unless  the  combination  occurs  at 
the  end  of  a  word,  Avhere  the  reduplication  is  not  expressed, 
§  25.  Thus,  rra  for  nn^  ,  Disnn  for  Disnnn ,  "jnab  for  innnb , 
but  n^  from  an^n,  nnia^a  1  Kin.  1 :  1*5  for  nn^iTSia  or  J^^'iia^, 
nnn^.  Ezek.  4  :  3  for  nnin^. ,  nhiaia  Mai.  1:14  for  t^JnriTSia . 

2.  The  first  of  two  concurring  consonants  is  in  certain 
cases  assimilated  to  the  second,  the  doubling  thus  occasioned 
being  expressed  as  in  the  case  of  letters  originally  alike  by 
Daghesh-forte,  except  at  the  end  of  words,  §25,  where 
Daghesh  disappears  or  is  only  virtually  present,  being  re- 
sumed upon  the  addition  of  a  fresh  vowel  or  syllable.  This 
is  most  frequently  the  case  with  the  liquid  3 ,  rarely  with  b 
and  "1  and  only  in  particular  words ;  so  n  of  the  Hithpael 
of  verbs  before  ^  and  t: ,  and  in  a  few  instances  before  sibi- 
lants and  other  letters,  and  T  at  the  end  of  a  few  words 
before  n.  Thus,  )k^  for  )k}^ ,  nn)a  for  r^SP?^ ;  n^:'  for  npb^, 
ni;3  Ezek.  27  :  23  for  nibs  Am.  6:2;  ^f^.  for  "-b  ^m ;  ^ss^:' 
for  ^i5^^^^^  in^^'i  for  st;t:n\  iiitr;  for  littin,  Q^iiifi?  for 
DiaiTXJrin ,  ^i^asn  for  ^s«3?nn ,  nssn  for  n&sriri ;  nb  for  prf? ,  nns 
for  n'lns? . 

a.  So  perhaps  3  in  nsp  according  to  Gesenius  for  i103^  and  6tt  for 
Sa^ .  Compare  Greek  cruyyevi/s  for  o-wyev^s,  rtrv/i/Aai  for  Tervirfiai,  and 
Eng.  il-logical,  ir-religion,  im-mature  formed  by  the  negative  prefix  in. 

3.  A  few  isolated  cases  occur  of  the  reverse  process  more 
common  in  Chaldee  and  Syriac,  by  which  a  doubled  letter  is 
resolved  into  two  different  consonants  by  the  change  of  the 


74  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  55 

first  or  the  second  ineiuber  of  the  rcduphcation  to  a  Kquid 
1  or  3 ,  e.  g.  ^^';i2^  for  ^yn ,  pic-ann  for  pTri^ ,  ri-^ir:?^  Isa. 
23  :  11  for  ^'^''V^,  >*3p  Job  18:2  in  the  judgment  of  some 
for  ^k?  cuds,  though  others  make  the  2  a  radical,  and  give 
the  word  the  sense  of  snares.  The  conjecture  that  t.12T\  Ps. 
C4  :  7,  Lam.  3  :  22  is  for  ^^n  is  unnecessary  and  unwar- 
ranted. 

4.  When  M  of  the  Ilithpacl  of  verbs  would  stand  before 
a  sibilant,  it  is  transposed  with  o  and  tJ ,  and  with  s  it  is  in 
addition  changed  to  '^ .  Thus,  nrno^  for  "ipcnia,  n-i?!?©:  for 
n:airn:' ,  nynis;!  for  nyisn:' ,  prjs:  for  Pv?^i? . 

a.  In  n:::airrin  Jer.  49 :  3  the  transposition  does  not  take  place  in  con- 
sequence of  the  number  of  similar  letters  wiiich  would  thus  be  brought 
into  proximity.  In  the  cognate  hmguages  n  is  likewise  transposed  with  T 
and  changed  to  i:  thus,  Chald,  "B'lTn  for  "iBTnn;  so,  also,  in  Syriac  and 
Arabic.  The  only  example  of  a  Hebrew  verb  wiiose  first  letter  is  T  ap- 
pearing in  this  conjugation  is  >l3Tn  Isa.  1:16,  where  n  is  assimilated 
agreeably  to  2.  Compare  with  these  transpositions  the  frequent  Doric 
change  of  ^  (=  Scr)  into  crS,  as  crvpicrSo)  for  (rvpii^o). 

§  55.  The  occurrence  of  a  consonant  at  the  end  of  a 
word  may,  inasmuch  as  the  succeeding  word  must  necessarily 
begin  with  one,  be  regarded  as  an  additional  case  of  the  con- 
currence of  consonants.  As  the  contact  is  less  close,  how- 
ever, than  when  they  meet  in  the  same  word,  it  is  less  fruitful 
of  changes  than  in  the  cases  already  considered. 

1.  There  are  three  instances  in  which  it  has  been  doubt- 
fully conjectured  that  a  final  "J  has  been  assimilated  to  a  fol- 
lowing initial  "a;  viz.  UW'O'^  Isa.  35:1  presumed  to  be  for 
l^irir;' ;  ni^ns?  Num.  3  :  49  for  li^'iB  Ex.  21 :  30,  Ps.  49  :  9  ; 
d3d  Gen.  28:12. 


a.  Final  consonants  are  in  Sanskrit  perpetually  modified  by  the  initia. 
letter  of  the  following  word.  But  it  is  by  no  means  clear  that  this  is  so  in 
Hebrew,  even  in  the  examples  alleged,  as  the  forms  admit  of  a  different 
explanation.  See  in  regard  to  the  first  passage,  Dr.  Alexander's  Com- 
mentary. 


§  56  CONSONANT    CHANGES.  75 

2.  A  few  cases  occur  of  the  rejection  of  a  letter,  chiefly 
■}  and  "a ,  from  the  end  of  a  word. 

a.  ■(  of  the  verbal  endings  'i^l  and  'p.  is  almost  always  dropped,  being 
only  retained  as  an  archaeic  or  emphatic  form,  and  chiefly  at  the  end  of  a 
clause,  e.  g.  lISi;^  Dent.  8  :  16,  but  mostly  dn;;;  'nann  Gen.  32:20,  com- 
monly inaTP. ;  'pii;"n  Ruth  3:4,  commonly  "brn.  So,  too,  in  some 
proper  nouns,  '|i^5ia  Zech.  12:11,  i^:^  Josh.  12:21;  "^^"O,,  whose  original 
"i  is  sliown  in  the  derivative  "'3'^"'^  and  is  perpetuated  in  the  modern  name 
Seiliin. 

h.  In  like  manner  73  is  rejected  from  the  dual  and  plural  terminations 
of  nouns  upon  their  entering  into  the  close  connection  of  the  construct 
state  with  the  following  word,  "'ilX  ii-om  C^siX,  "'na  from  D'^na . 

c.  If  the  feminine  endings  ri_  and  n^  have,  as  is  probable,  a  common 
origin,  this  may  be  best  explained  by  the  assumption  that  ri  is  in  many 
cases  rejected  li-om  the  termination,  leaving  only  the  vowel,  though  it  is 
always  retained  when  any  addition  is  made  to  the  word:  thus,  the  con- 
struct state  n^r'7)  absolute  ni=ri ,  but  with  a  suffix  "inTaDn ;  n^::;:? 
(comp.  ri^TX  Deut.  32  :  36),  "^ipBljp.  It  is  to  be  observed  here,  that  this 
phenomenon  does  not  establish  the  possibility  of  an  interchange  between 
the  consonants  n  and  n,  because  tn  in  this  case  represents  not  h  but  the 
vowel  a. 

^56.  A  few  other  changes  remain  to  be  mentioned  which 
are  due  to  special  causes. 

1.  Nun  is  often  inserted  in  certain  forms  of  verbal 
suffixes  to  prevent  the  hiatus  between  two  vowels,  '"•f'^^?^. 
Jer.  5  :  22,  or  §  53.  3.  a.  ^2^n?^.  Isa.  33  :  21  for  ^nnn?;: , 
^TOTbiaini!:  Ex.  15:2  for  ^n^tiinif! .  Comp.  Gr.  avoam  and 
English  indefinite  article  a7i. 

2.  Vav  at  the  beginning  of  words  is  changed  to  "^ ,  e.  g. 
n?;!  for  ";?i ,  "i^,^  for  iV) ,  Vibp^  for  bbjpT .  The  only  exceptions 
are  the  four  words  1^,  nn  Prov.  21  :  8,  "i^i  Gen.  11  :  30, 
ibn  2  Sam.  6  :  23  (K'ri),  and  the  prefixes  Vav  Conjunctive 
and  Vav  Conversive. 

3.  Vav,  though  capable  of  being  reduplicated,  e.  g.  "y^s 
is  in  most  instances  relieved  from  this  necessity  by  the  sub- 
stitution of  '',  or  by  doubling  the  following  letter  in  its 
stead,  e.  g.  D^piit  or  D'aT^?  for  u^;^^^ . 


76  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  57 

a.  In  ono  instance  after  such  a  change  of  1  lo  ''j  a  following  "^  suffers 
the  contrary  change  to  i  to  prevent  tlie  triple  recurrence  of  the  same 
letter,  r|^.t"^5<,  Isa.  6:9  for  Ti^I^'iX^. 

4.  Yodli  before  the  plural  termination  D"^.  is  in  a  few 
cases  changed  to  N  to  prevent  the  conjunction  of  hke 
sounds,  n^xibn  Hos.  11  :  7  for  D^^bn  Josh.  10  :  2G;  n^s-ins 
Hos.  11:8  for  a'i'hs  Gen.  10  :  19 ;  n\sn^i  from  ""n^i;  d\n!22 
(also  nis2i*)  for  D^'i'ns ;  ''Ni^  Jer.  38  :  12  for  ''iba  (or  as  some 
read,  ^':i^)  ver.  11. 


a.  In  like  manner  "i  is  changed  to  X  before  ni  in  the  word  niS3  for 
ni"i3  from  ni3;  it  is  consequently  unnecessary  to  assume,  as  Gesenius  does, 
a  singular  nx:  which  never  occurs. 


Change  of  Consonants  to  Vowels. 

§57.  The  second  class  of  changes  is  the  conversion  of 
consonants  into  vowels,  or  the  substitution  of  the  latter  for 
the  former.     This  occurs, 

1.  Occasionally  in  reduplicated  syllables  or  letters,  aiis 
for  nsns ;  ni£t:rj  for  nfe-j;  b^^i  for  ^ba  Gen.  11:9;  riinbs 
2  Chron.  35  :  13  from  nri^2  Prov.  19  :  24. 

2.  Much  more  frequently  with  the  quiescents. 

(1)  A  prefixed  ")  is  softened  to  its  homogeneous  voAvel  u 
before  other  labials  or  vowelless  letters,  e.  g.  nii^,  ^^'^•,  the 
softening  of  an  initial  "^  to  i  only  occurs  in  ''ic'^sc  1  Chron. 
2  :  13  for  ^^D^  ver.  1 2,  BX  2  Sam.  14:19,  Mic.  G  :  10  for  ©.? . 

(2)  Medial  or  final  quiescents  without  vowels  of  their 
own  often  lose  their  sound  in  that  of  a  preceding  vowel. 
This  is  invariably  the  case  with  1  and  "^  following  their  homo- 
geneous vowels,  e.  g.  Tiin  for  ^"I'ln  §  59,  Mi^n'^a  for  n^'n^a, 
unless  they  are  doubled,  as  ■'ii^^'a ,  n^2,  and  occasionally  even 


§  57  CHANGE    OF    CONSONANTS    TO   VOWELS.  77 

then,  e.  g.  '^'ia''^  for  '^h'^'n .  Final  x  always,  and  medial  N  fre- 
quently, gives  up  its  consonant  sound  after  any  vowel  what- 
ever, e.  g.  »2^ ,  S2r^ ,  nxib  for  nxib . 

a.  Medial  x  regularly  loses  its  consonantal  power  in  the  Cuture  Kal  of 
Pe  Aleph  verbs,  e.  g.  bis'i  ;  in  "ibx  preceded  by  b,  thus  laxb ;  in  D''n'bi< 
and  certain  forms  of  "iix  preceded  by  the  prefixes  3^31,  thus,  CiVpxb , 
inbxb  but  ni'isxb;  ^inxb,  "r^inxb,  -^hxb  but  'liT^.b,  ^iSxb ,  ^jiixxb .  The 
following  examples  are  of  a  more  individual  character,  e.g.  MiXJ  for  JtIns, 
nb'Xi  1  Kin.  11:39  for  ^hii.^.,  ^OSOxn  Num.  11:4,  c-^f^Txia  Jer.  46:1, 
n"'nxaxi:  Isa.  14:  23.  In  a  few  cases  this  has  led  to  a  change  of  ortho- 
graphy, the  X  which  is  no  longer  heard  being  dropped,  or  another  vowel 
letter  substituted  for  it,  e.  g.  ibsi-*  Ezek.  42:5,  and  b^iix  Hos.  11 :4  from 
bix,  '(ia-in  Job  8:8  for  ',-;a5<-i,'iai-i  Deut.  32:32  for  irx-i,  and  the  exam- 
ples cited  §53.  2,  a. 

h.  The  consonant  ii  never  loses  its  sound  in  that  of  a  preceding  vowel 
like  the  rest  of  the  quiescents.  The  letter  n  is  often  used  to  denote  a 
vowel,  but  if  in  any  word  it  properly  expresses  a  consonant  this  is  never 
converted  into  a  vowel,  or  vice  versd.  The  exceptions  are  apparent  not 
real,  as  in  the  frequent  abbreviation  of  the  ending  in^  in  proper  names  to 
n^ ,  thus  in»;?Tn ,  M^i?7n  .  The  change  here  does  not  consist  in  the  rejec- 
tion of  the  vowel  1  and  the  softening  of  the  consonant  n,  but  the  syllable 
in  is  dropped,  whereupon  final  Kamets  is  written  by  its  appropriate  vowel 
letter,  §11.  1,  a,  just  as  in^D^a  after  the  rejection  of  ^in^  becomes  ni'^a  . 
So  in  those  rare  cases  in  which  n  is  substituted  for  the  suffix  n,  e.g. 
nnsb  Lev.  13:4  for  i^yo.  The  proper  name  bxnne  Num.  34:23  is  de- 
rived not  from  iTiS  but  HtB,  a  root  of  kindred  meaning,  of  whose  exist- 
ence, though  otherwise  unattested,  this  word  is  itself  a  sufficient  voucher. 

(3)  Medial  X  often  gives  its  vowel  to  a  preceding  vowel- 
less  letter  and  rests  in  its  sound;  "^  occasionally  does  the 
same  with  a  homogeneous  vowel,  when  preceded  by  a  vowel- 
less  prefix. 

a.  Thus,  X:  n^ijxn  for  n-'ax") ,  nxan  for  nxan;  ^ax^  Ezek.  25:6 
from  axir  ver.  15;  X^liij  Ps.  139:20  for  *!X"va,3  ,  so  M&j";  Jer.l0:5;  ''33!lX"i 
from  *|i'ix"i;  DX'n'ia  Neh.  6:8  for  cxnia ;  xin  Isa.  51:20,  ixFi  Deut.  14:5; 
D^v^■^  1  Sam. 'l 4: 33  for  D-^x-jn ; 'niaxs  Isa.  10:13  for  vaxs;  icsx] 
Zech.  11 :  5  for  "iiiJyx^ ;  this  even  occurs  after  mixed  syllables,  e.  g.  t^sxb^ 
for  nixbT?;  yxj;;  for  7^X3^;  f^X'^h'b  for  nxipb,  particularly  in  proper 
nouns'bxs^O":  for  bxy^air^  /bxinp  for  bxsnn.'  So,  '' : "p-inis  Eccles.  2:13 
for  ■I'i'in'^S;  nbbii  Jer.  25:36  for  nbb-^i;  nni3'<b  Prov.  30:17  for  rii-ip_ib. 
There  is  no  instance  of  this  with  1.  on  the  contrary,  niSip  Cant.  5:2,  12. 

(4)  At  the  end  of  words  1  and  "^ ,  when  without  a  vowel 
of  their  oAvn  and  preceded  by  a  vowelless  letter,  invariably 


78  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  58 

quiesce  in  their  homogeneous  vowels,  i  in  an  unaccented  u, 
■^  in  J,  "vvhich  draws  the  accent  upon  itself  and  frequently 
causes  the  dissolution  of  a  previous  syllable  and  the  rejection 
of  its  vowel,  ^nin  for  )r\2 ,  ^.npr^  for  innffi-^ ;  ^t]-^  for  "^n;^ ,  "he 
for  'J'-}^  ,  ■''OT  for  '}'0'^  . 

(5)  When  preceded  or  accompanied  hy  heterogeneous 
vowels,  1  and  "^  are  sometimes  dropped,  or  if  the  vowel  be  a, 
they  not  unfrequently  combine  with  it,  foraiing  the  diph- 
thongal 0  and  c,  §  02.  1,  c.  g.  T-k-^^  for  pi^n ,  "'ba  for  "'"'ia,  rSi 
for  ''h ,  D)i  for  an]^ ,  a^pn  for  o^ipn ,  n^  for  nnri ;  n-'cin  for 
n'^cnn ,  TjD'H;  for  icin? ,  Hi's  construct  state  of  rij'a ,  rr^a  const, 
of  n^i ,  !:^S^n  for  ^''^^n ,  niv  for  ^b^ . 

a.  Vav  rarely  remains  with  a  heterogeneous  vowel  unless  accompanied 
by  weak  letters,  by  contrast  witli  which  it  becomes  comparatively  strong. 

e.g.  n:,n,  nb,'ni-j. 


Vowel  Changes. 

^58.  1.  The  thii'd  class  of  changes  embraces  those  which 
take  place  in  the  vowels.  The  primary  office  of  the  vowels 
is  to  aid  in  pronouncing  the  consonants,  to  which  conse- 
quently they  are  quite  subordinate,  merely  occupying,  so  to 
speak,  the  interstices  between  them.  Their  number  and 
variety  being  greater,  however,  than  is  demanded  for  this 
single  purpose,  they  have  besides  to  a  certain  extent  an  in- 
dependent value  and  meaning  of  their  own  in  the  constitu- 
tion of  words.  (1)  Changes  of  vowels,  while  they  cannot 
like  a  difference  of  consonants  create  distinct  verbal  roots,  are 
yet  fruitful  of  those  minor  modifications  of  which  etymology 
takes  cognizance,  such  as  the  formation  of  deri^•atives  and 
grammatical  inflexions,  e.  g.  ''ia  to  be  (jreat,  bna  greatness, 
bi-ia  (^rcat;  "Jt:;?  he  killed,  Isiti;?  to  kill,  Vip  kill  thou,  'siJp 
killing,  ^'^^?  killed;  c^D  a  horse,  no^D  a  mare.  (2)  They 
may  indicate  diflTerences  in  the  forms  of  words  which  have 


§58  VOWEL    CHANGES.  79 

arisen  in  the  lapse  of  time;  n??  in  tlie  Pentateuch  means  in- 
differently girl  or  hoy,  in  later  books  (jirl  is  nS?? ;  s^n  in  the 
Pentateuch  he  or  she,  in  other  books  site  is  always  S'^n ;  the 
form  of  the  demonstrative  nr'jn  is  found  only  in  Genesis, 
T^n  in  writers  after  the  time  of  Moses,  iTsn  in  Ezekiel; 
the  plural  of  the  demonstrative  in  the  Pentateuch  ^X  or  n^s , 
elsewhere,  with  a  single  exception,  n5X  .  The  imperfect  no- 
tation of  the  vowels  in  the  original  mode  of  writing  by  letters 
alone  has,  however,  left  us  without  the  means  of  ascertaining 
to  what  extent  such  changes  may  have  taken  place.  (3)  They 
may  indicate  diversity  of  dialect,  e.  g.  b'jjp  to  kill,  Cliald.  b'j)?, 

Syr.  V?^  ,  Arab.  Jjii ,  Ethiop.  ^-tA: . 

2.  The  vowel  changes  with  which  orthography  is  con- 
cerned, on  the  other  hand,  are  purely  euphonic,  being  in 
themselves  void  of  significance,  and  springing  solely  from  the 
natural  preference  for  what  is  easier  of  utterance  or  more 
agreeable  to  the  ear.  Orthographically  considered,  vowels 
are  either  mutable  or  immutable,  the  latter  being  unaffected 
by  those  circumstances  which  occasion  changes  in  the  former. 
A  vowel  may  be  immutable  by  natm'e,  or  made  so  by  posi- 
tion. A  short  vowel  in  a  mixed  syllable  before  the  ac- 
cent is  ordinarily  immutable  by  position,  being  beyond  the 
reach  of  the  common  causes  of  mutation,  e.  g.  '^%y^,  '^VmV^  - 
Long  vowels  are  immutable  by  nature  in  certain  words  or 
classes  of  words ;  but  they  are  only  distinguishable  as  such 
by  a  knowledge  of  the  etymological  forms  which  require 
them.  It  may,  however,  be  observed,  as  a  general  though 
not  an  invariable  rule,  that  the  vowels  of  such  words  and 
forms  as  are  prevailingly  written  with  the  vowel  letters  are 
less  liable  to  mutation  than  those  which  are  prevailingly 
written  without  them.  Mutable  vowels  are  liable  to  changes 
both  of  quantity,  from  long  to  short,  and  the  reverse,  and 
of  quality  from  pure  to  mixed  {ii  to  o,  i  to  e,  a  to  c)  and  the 
reverse,   these  changes  being  confined,  except  in  rare  in- 


80  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  59,  60 

stances,  to  the  cognate  forms ;  thus,  i  never  passes  into  u  or 
0,  nor  these  into  a.  Only  as  r  stands  in  relation  to  both  i 
and  6r,  it  serves  to  mediate  the  interval  between  them,  and 
thus  accounts  for  the  occasional  changes  of  i  to  a  or  the  re- 
verse, e.  g.  b-'i:;::! ,  nVjj^n ;  ra  for  r:n ,  "^na ;  d"!  ,  ciis^  conip. 

a.  Tlie  exceptional  change  from  ?«  or  o  to  ^  occurs  only  in  the  pro- 
nouns, e.g.  cnb::p ,  belbre  sudixes  lPi^::p  ;  aiul  in  the  particle  rs ,  before 
BufTixes  rx .  There  arc  also  a  few  examples  of  tlie  cliange  of  sliort 
vowels  in  mixed  syllables  before  the  accent,  e.  g.  nasnri ,  construct  nssna, 
plural  r-isn^.. 

§  59.  The  mutations  of  vowels  are  due  to  one  or  other 
of  the  following  causes,  viz. :  1.  Syllabic  changes.  2.  The 
influence  of  consonants.  3.  The  influence  of  vowels.  4.  The 
accent.  5.  The  shortening  or  lengthening  of  words.  As  the 
vowel  of  unaccented  mixed  syllables  is  always  short,  and  that 
of  simple  syllables  long,  §18.  2,  it  is  evident  that  a  change 
in  the  character  of  a  syllable  will  involve  a  corresponding 
change  in  its  vowel,  imless  the  accent  interfere  to  prevent. 
Accordingly,  w^hen  for  any  cause  a  mixed  syllable  becomes 
simple,  its  short  vowel  will  be  converted  into  a  long  one  ; 
and  when  a  simple  syllable  becomes  mixed,  the  reverse 
change  will  take  place,  e.  g.  ^n ,  Q'^nn ;  nrjb ,  prj? .  In 
the  case  of  the  vowels  i  and  u  there  is  frequently  an  addi- 
tional change  of  quality,  viz.,  of  T,  to  e  and  u  to  o,  e.  g.  D'^pn 
for  D''ii:n ;  p^is  for  ins  in  place  of  1^3  §  5G.  3. 

a.  Daghesli-forte  is  thus  resolved  by  the  prolongation  of  the  previous 
vowel  in  "'liiffl;^.  tiiii'^p ;  ^5^53,  ^'5^''B;  ''i'^n,  ''a"<^n  ;  ci?-ii^,  c^rii-^; 
ipn.  ipiin;  n-^i-pr^i"'  Eccles.  9-12  forc-^ir;?^^  §.'53. 2. a;  ""ipenn  for  !i"i~Bni-!; 
M'i"'?  Lam.  1:8,  if  tliis  is  for  n~3  see  ver.  17;  and  if  the  conjecture  of 
Gesenius  (Tliosaurus,  p.  4S3)  be  correct  as  to  the  true  reading  in  1  Chron. 
23:0,24:3  cnjbn;!  for  C|^bnv 

§C0.  Contiguous  consonants  may  give  rise  to  vowel 
changes  by  their  individual  peculiarities,  as  is  the  case  with 


§  60  VOWEL    CHANGES,  81 

the  gutturals,  or  by  their  concurrence.     The  pecuharities  of 
the  gutturals  are  fourfold,  viz. : 

1.  A  preference  for  the  vowel  Pattahh  of  the  same  organ, 
into  which,  consequently,  a  preceding  or  accompanying  vowel 
is  frequently  converted,  e.  g.  nbii^  for  nbt^;  d??  for  D?B;  t^i^'^ 
for  Ti'h': ;  r^p  for  ^izt ;  ?]5|::Tr  from  siis . 

a.  The  instances  in  which  this  permutation  occurs  cannot  easily  be 
embraced  under  any  general  rules.  In  some  cases  it  was  optional;  in 
others,  usage  decides  for  it  or  against  it  without,  however,  being  absolutely 
uniform.  The  following  statements  embrace  what  is  of  most  importance. 
(1)  The  stability  of  the  vowel  often  depends  upon  the  weight  attached  to 
it  in  the  etymological  form  ;  thus,  5?3\l"  in  the  imperative  but  not  in  the  in- 
finitive for  ytd;  rnir^  for  ypii'^,  but  riii:  not  "rir  lor  rao.  (2)  The- 
vowel  preceding  the  guttural  is  more  liable  to  change  than  that  which 
succeeds  it,  e.  g.  "Siy^l  always,  but  ^?^7  and  I'i'^^n ;  nini  but  Onni ;  ^pV\ 
but  IT^^J ,  (3)  An  accented  vowel  is  sometimes  retained  where  one  un- 
accented would  suffer  change,  e.  g.  ^in"^  but  "iH^i;  "in^v,  cnB .  (4)  O  and 
u  are  less  subject  to  alteration  than  i  and  e,  e.g.  ^?Q  for  ^j^Q  ;  a  which  is 
already  cognate  with  the  gutturals  is  mostly  retained,  though  it  occasion- 
ally becomes  a  before  n  .  e.  g.  C^nN  from  nx,  '■h'SZ'Ci  Job  31 :24  (in  most 
copies)  from  n::r^,  'ni^')  from  nna^ .  (5)  X  in  many  cases  prefers  the 
diphthongal  vowels  e  and  o,  tlius  itipx,  ""nxirs,  ^"xiTSPi,  -iDN";  but  t:n'iox]'_; 
ith"^ ,  5::5<i.  (6)  1  partakes  of  this  preference  for  a  to  a  limited  extent, 
e.g.  ■"'P!|'!!  for  "ipfl  or  1D^];  N"i^l  from  •^^<"^7 . 

2.  The  reception  of  Pattahh  furtive,  §  17,  at  the  end  of  a 
word  after  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  (i.  e.  any  other  than 
a),  or  before  a  vow^elless  final  consonant,  e.  g.  T) ,  ^'^%'^fl,  ^3, 


a.  This  is  necessary  when  the  vowel  preceding  a  final  guttural  cannot 
be  converted  into  Pattahh.  Sometimes  the  form  with  Pattahh  and  that  with 
Pattahh  furtive'  occur  interchangeably,  e.  g.  ^1"^^.  and  n^ab ,  or  with  a 
slight  distinction,  as  nl'i^N,  in  pause  infeds;  nsT^,  construct  riatia.  In 
a  few  instances  a  guttural  preceding  a  final  vowelless  letter  takes  simple 
Sh'va  instead  of  Pattahh  furtive,  e.  g.  P-pb  1  Kin.  U  :  3,  and  in  most 
editions  nriDiiJ  Jer.  13  :  25.  As  final  S  is  always  either  quiescent  or  otiant. 
it  never  receives  Pattahh  furtive.  The  letter  1  never  takes  it  unless  it  be 
in  a  single  instance,  and  that  in  a  penultimate  syllable  Cli".*  Ps,  7:6, 
which  is  probably  to  be  read  yCrdophj  though  it  might  be  pronounced 
yiraddoph,  which  some  conceive  to  be  an  anomalous  form  for  Tp^.^  ,  after 
the  analogy  of  pn:i^  Gen.  21:6,  the  compound  Sh'va  being  lengthened 
into  a  vowel  followed  by  euphonic  Daghesh,  as  in  the  related  words 
6 


82  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  60 

n^nsn  Isa.  1:6.  am)  nnsn  Isa.  53:5,  while  others  adopt  the  explanation 
of  tlie  old  Jewish  Grammarians,  that  it  is  a  peculiar  combination  of  the 
Kal  ti'^1']  and  the  Piel  Ti^n^ . 

3.  A  preference  for  compound  rather  than  simple  Sh'va, 
§>1G.  3,  whether  silent  or  vocal,  inasmuch  as  the  gutturals 
are  more  readily  made  audible  at  the  beginning  than  at  the 
close  of  a  syllable,  and  the  hiatus  accompanying  them  as- 
sumes more  of  the  complexion  of  a  vowel  than  is  usual  with 
stronger  consonants. 

a.  The  gutturals  occasionally  retain  simple  ShVa  when  silent.     This 
is  regularly  done  hy  a  final  radical  n,  n  or  5,  followed  by  a  servile  letter, 

'  e- ?•  P^i?)  I2?n;',  crir'i';',  cpsr'rp .  inns-di:,  with  kw  exceptions  as 
"h.T.  'Hos.  8 : 2,  r,!i:r;,3'  Gen.  26:  29,  njrj^in'  2  Sam.  21 :  6.  Other  cases 
have  more  of  a  casual  or  sporadic  character,  and  occur  chiefly  with  the 
stronger  gutturals  n  and  n.  Pi.nn-;.  -cn:,  si^r}-;; .  banp,  Tirn^rn.  mrrna 
but  ma'i'np,  uiin^i^  but  Vi'sn^,  n^n:  a  posstssiun,  but  n^nj  from  bri  a 
brook;  more  rarely  with  X  and  5,  C^r3  Lev.  4 :  13,  NOra  1  Kin.  15:16, 
c-js?  Isa.  11:15,  nyM  Deut.  25:7  but  in  pause  inni'a  Isa.  28 :  6,  '''1^X3 
Ex.  15  :  6;  "i  has  for  the  most  part  simple  Sh'va  m2"i ,  CC157,  though  in 
a  few  instances  it  has  compound  "1313,  1'^?'!'.2?] . 

b.  (1)  Among  the  compound  Sh'vas  the  preference,  unless  there  is  some 
reason  for  choosing  another,  is  ordinarily  given  to  Hhateph  Pattahh.  as 
the  simplest  and  most  in  accordance  with  the  nature  of  the  gutturals,  and 
to  this  an  antecedent  Hhirik,  when  unessential  to  the  form,  is  commonly 
made  to  correspond,  e.  g.  *i"S?. .  I^^.^l  for  1^^7  •  Sometimes,  particularly 
with  X  (see  1.  a.  5.)  Hhateph  Seghol  is  taken  n^i^^s  .  ni^rx  ,  n^jx ,  rrj*, 
~^x,  ci-ix.  cn^-^n,  iAi^_,  r!i:s,  -in>;  Joel  2:5,  Ti^rrnx^  Jer.  13  :'21,  which 
not  infrequently  becomes  Hhateph  Pattahh  upon  the  prolongation  of  the 
word  '?]"}^x,  -- irx  Prov.  25:7,  iPi-ax  ,  "'iiiiJ*^ ,  iniiriX";  Judg.  10:2,  or  the 
carrying  forward  of  its  accent  "'niixn,  ■^nn^xni .  ■'n^'inn ,  "'r.^tT^ni . 

(2)  If,  however,  Z  or  o,  characteristic  of  the  form,  precede,  this  commonly 
determines  the  ShVa  to  be  selected,  e.  g.  ''■^'ai;^'"^  for  T^st'rt,  *i~7^  for  I'iSJ^j 
""^rD  (or  ""^^S;  though  sometimes  Hhateph  Pattahh  is  retained  and  the 
intermediate  syllable,  §20.  2,  resolved  into  a  simple  one  by  prolonging  the 
vowels,  e.  g.  ri"ii?.n  Josh.  7  :  7,  ''^^?''7,  ''^.'"S  Isa.  1  :  31.  Hhirik  may,  how- 
ever, remain  siiort,  c.  g.  T|^n.r} ,  3.*u3".W,  lin^"  Job  6:  22.  particularly  if  a 
Daghesh-forte  has  been  omitted  from  the  guttural,  e.g.  !^£X3  Jer.  3:8, 
though  even  in  this  case  the  assimilation  sometimes  takes  place,  e.  g. 
^im  Gen.  30  :  39  for  ^::ni,  si-inx  Judg.  5  :  28  for  liRX  .  If  a  vowel  has 
been  rejected  from  the  form,  (he  corresponding  Hhateph  is  generally  pre- 
ferred, e.g.  c-'^.ss  from  "lEr.  Qiann,  •''inrpi  Ezek.  16:33,  ^xn  Gen. 
16:13;  "is-'ttjn  I'kin.  13:20  from  aH'v! ; '"is"'^"^:  Gen.  37  :  22  fromr-in. 
There  are  occasional  instances  of  the  same  word  being  variously  written 
in  this  respect,  e.g.   "'inx   Ruth  3:15,   ^imx  Cant.  2:15;  iJ^ilX^^^    and 


^61  VOWEL    CHANGES.  83 

iinnxn';  Isa.  44: 13  ;  ^i^r'^^n  Job  16: 16  (K'ri  in  some  copies),  lia-i??!!  Lam. 
1 :  ^U.'  •i-is/n  Isa.  52  :  14,  inxn  1  Sam.  28  :  14. 

c.  Before  another  guttural  the  compound  ShVa  is  frequently  re- 
placed by  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  e.  g.  "i.^^p  for  Ti.^Nfi,  iniisn 
for  "'n'^^^r?.  5  CD/^nNIi  ibr  C3"'nj<.ri. ;  and  occasionally  under  N  by  a  long 
vowel  before  other  letters  as  well  as  gutturals,  or  by  a  short  vowel  with 
Daghesh,  e.g.  cp'^x  for  niynx,  i-innix,  Dsiis  for  D^iix ,  "liix  for  -liix , 
"lEX  tor  ^05t.  This  disposition  to  render  the  gutturals  more  audible  by  the 
aid  of  a  vowel  is  further  shown  by  their  attracting  to  themselves  the 
vowel  of  another  letter,  particularly  in  triliteral  monosyllables,  e.  g.  yiT 
for  S-1T  (ynt),  ?an,  y6:,  vs-q,  rnp  2  Kin.  12:9,  cxa  for  t;N2,  ^xa', 
also'  'li^-ip  Ex.  2  :  20  for'  ;(X'^p  Ruth  1  :  20,  ^inxtn  Prov.'l :  22  lor  "anxn, 
inBsxpi "Job  20:26  for  ^in^^xn,  D':?D5<'1  Zech.  7 ':  14  for  Cl^yosi ,  and  by 
their  sometimes  causing  an  antecedent  or  accompanying  vowel  to  be  re- 
tained where  analogy  would  require  its  rejection,  e.  g.  ''Xaiia  for  ''iiliia 
from  xiia,  •'Xifri,  '''S'O-q,  ''D'^'iO  and  ^0"''?D,  cnwa  from  "i^ina  comp'. 
1.  a.  (4)',  ^HK^ia^  Deut.  32:10;  rrira,  r^rn ! 

4.  An  incapacity  for  being  doubled,  whence  they  never 
receive  Daghesh-forte,  and  the  previous  syllable  thus  becom- 
ing a  simple  one,  its  vowel  is  generally  lengthened,  §  59,  a  to 
a,  I  to  e,  u  to  0,  e.  g.  )^'Q  for  "JSt?  ,  )iki2  for  )^'a ,  ;}Sn;i  for 

a.  Sometimes  an  intermediate  syllable,  §20.2,  is  formed,  and  the  vowel 
remains  short.  (1)  This  is  commonly  the  case  before  n,  frequently  be- 
fore n,  less  often  before  5,  rarely  before  N,  never  before  "i,  e.g.  Dn3, 
ind,  "'H'?,  -?n  ,  7^*?  •  (2)  It  is  more  likely  to  occur  in  the  body  of  a  word 
than  after  a  prefix,  e.  g.  "'Pi^n':  Ps.  119:43  from  bn';,  but  p^li;;  Job  38 :  24 
from  p^n  .  (3)  When  the  guttural  comes  to  stand  at  the  end  of  the  word 
the  short  vowel  is  often  resumed,  e.  g.  "nnn  Prov.  22  :  24  from  ny'^nPi,  "I'rn 
Ps.  141:8  from  trn^ri  but  "iSTFi  Deut.  2:9.  There  are  a  very  few  in- 
stances in  which  Daghesh-forte  is  found  in  1,  e.  g.  7]"^'^  n'nS  Ezek.  16:  4, 
nt!^  Prov.  14:  10,  r)'^-n3?^75  Prov.  15:  1  (in  some  editions),  '^^X'n^  Cant. 
5:  2,  see  also  §24.  b. 

§61.  The  concurrence  of  consonants  gives  rise  to  the 
following  vowel  changes,  viz. : 

1 .  When  two  vowelless  letters  come  together  at  the  be- 
ginning of  a  syllable  in  contravention  of  the  law  in  §  18,  the 
impossible  combination  is  relieved  by  giving  to  the  first  of 
them  a  shorfr  vowel.  This,  if  there  be  no  reason  for  prefer- 
ring another,  will  be  the  briefest  of  the  vowels,  Hhkik,  e.  g. 


84  OllTIlOGllAPHY.  §01 

■"nn^  for  ^"inn ,  ni^a  for  "in^a ,  ^pm  for  ^prn .  If  a  vowel  has 
been  omitted  from  the  word,  the  corresponding  short  vowel 
is  frequently  employed,  e.  g.  ''i^^  for  "^s'p'a  from  ip'Q  (^^'Q); 
Sibtt  from  0^ ;  "'Isnn  from  b^n ,  ^ifn;  for  T-n^  from  in-; .  Or 
if  one  of  the  consonants  be  a  guttural,  the  vowel  mostly  con- 
forms to  tlie  compound  Sh'va,  which  it  has  or  might  have, 
c.  g.  T!2V  for  ''"3? ,  ipTn_^  for  ^pTn_:: ,  "iSrib  for  ''rn: ,  nbnb  for 
"isnb ,  ?}byB  for  Tib?^ . 

a.  Vav  before  a  guttural  follows  the  rule  just  given;  before  '',  and 
sometimes  before  n  or  n  followed  by  "^ ,  it  takes  Hhirik;  before  other 
voweiless  letters  it  gives  up  its  consonant  sound  and  quiesces  in  its  homo- 
geneous vowel  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (1),  thus  i'l^?;  ,  ''^"'1 ,  i^ni  and  rrjin^ ,  sib^ , 

6.  In  triliteral  monosyllables  or  final  syllables  with  the  vowel  Pattahh, 
the  first  letter  sometimes  receives  an  accented  Seghol.  to  which  the  fol- 
lowing Pattahh  is  then  assimilated,  e.g.  r.rs  for  Cirs  construct  of  r;P3. 
rsBTSi:  for  rabtt:a  ,  the  Seghols  being  liable  to  be  changed  to  Pattahhs  by 
the  presence  of  a  guttural  rne  w^  for  rns'^iia . 

c.  In  six^^  Gen.  32  :  20  for  C2J<:i:a  the  voweiless  letters  belong  to 
different  syllables,  and  the  introduction  of  the  new  vowel  makes  it  neces- 
sary to  lengthen  the  one  before  it. 

2.  Although  two  voweiless  letters  are  admissible  at  the 
end  of  a  word,  §18,  the  harshness  of  the  combination  is 
commonly  relieved  by  the  insertion  of  Seghol,  e.  g.  3'^'?  for 
3"i';» ,  rsb  for  pd^  .  If  either  letter  is  a  guttural,  Pattahh  is 
mostly  used  instead,  e.  g.  nsi ,  b^h ,  in"; .  If  either  letter  is 
•'j  its  homogeneous  vowel  Hhirik  is  used;  if  the  second  letter 
is  n,  it  will  rest  in  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (4.),  e.  g.  ri^i ,  *'^3,  ^nn, 
but  n-i-a . 

a.  When  the  penultimate  letter  is  n  or  n,  it  in  a  few  instances  takes 
Seghol,  as  hrrsK,  yii  ,  on]?,  cnv  When  the  final  letter  is  X,  it  either 
remains  otiant,  §16,  or  requires  Seghol,  X1D,  K'J!;! ,  ^"5-5  **"?■?;  a  penulti- 
mate it  cither  quiesces  in  the  antecedent  vowel  or  attracts  it  to  itself. 
§60.3.  c,  nx?\  nxb  or  rsb,  tixn.  The  alternate  mode  of  facilitating 
the  pronunciation  of  gutturals  before  a  voweiless  letter  at  the  end  of  a 
word  by  means  of  Pattahh  furtive,  has  been  explained  §60.  2. 

3.  When  the  same  letter  is  repeated  with  .or  without  a 
mutable  vowel  intervening,  there  is  often  a  contraction  into 


^61  VOWEL    CHANGES.  85 

one  doubled  letter,  and  the  vowel  is  rejected  or  thrown  back 
upon  the  preceding  consonant,  e.  g.  ^SDi  for  '^335'? ,  20^  for 
nap;'  (Daghesh-forte  disappearing  at  the  end  of  the  word), 
nb  for  nib,  r^^^z-^  Job  31  :  15  for  ^sspn;'  (see  4.  below);  if 
another  consonant  immediately  follow  the  contracted  letters, 
a  diphthongal  vowel  '^..  or  i  may  be  inserted  to  render  the  re- 
duplication more  audible  and  prevent  the  concurrence  of 
three  consonants,  T'^^?,  f'?"'^Dn. 

4.  In  accented  syllables  the  diphthongal  vowels  e  and  o 
are  employed  before  two  consonants  or  a  doubled  consonant 
in  preference  to  the  pure  t  and  ii,  e.  g.  n*'TiJp,  r.snipn;  Q^p, 
n:T3p ;  b^jpn ,  n;b-jpri ,  so  ''nbn ,  "ju^p ,  lyn^i .  This  is  still  the 
case  when  at  the  end  of  a  word  an  auxiliary  Seghol  or  Pattahh 
has  been  inserted  between  the  letters  (according  to  2.),  e.  g. 
)^b ,  "120 ,  ^?2,  ^pr^  from  P^'d'i'Q  ,  or  the  reduplication  of  the 
doubled  letter  is  no  longer  heard  and  the  Daghesh-forte  does 
not  appear,  §  25,  e.  g.  npn  comp,  '^■'ispn . 

a.  The  vowel  e  is  in  like  circumstances  often  reduced  to  one  of  its  con- 
stituents a,  e.  g.  •'nVjpn  from  ^"'iprj ,  Tibbp?  ^^'^'^  ^'^P?  "Ji^"^  ''""o"^  "^"^j 
nanyn ,  na^.b-vri ,  >izibn ,  and  occasionally  to  its  other  constituent  i,  e.  g. 
cn'ia'njrrri  from  dTi^rri,  cr)d-.";i  from  t^^.  The  only  example  of  Shurek 
in  a  Segholate  form  is  rri/lbri  Lev.  5  :  21. 

5.  In  unaccented  syllables  ^  and  u  are  preferred  to  c  and 
o  before  doubled  letters,  "ns ,  ''Sris ;  -nn ,  ^nn ;  nspn  from 
npn ;  30^^ ,  i;ao;' ;  irs^  comp.  b-jpis ,  -pn ,  ipn ,  though  such 
forms  as  "'psn,  i\'V ,  r,"n3,  rr^'a  likewise  occur. 

6.  A  vowel  is  occasionally  given  to  a  final  consonant  to 
soften  the  termination  of  the  word,  and  make  the  transition 
easier  to  the  initial  consonant  of  that  which  follows ;  thus, 
^:^^,  nb;'?;  "i^r^  for  nba;  dh,  n:2ri;  bx,  nbx;  ''s?,  n^X;  ^eJ^, 
ipsh;  rn^h^,  ^n->3^^;  n^n,  irrn;  i^tss  Ex.  15:10;  ^^^P?!' 
Ex.  15:5. 

a.  These  paragogic  vowels  have  established  themselves  in  the  cur- 
rent forms   of  certain  words,  as  ■"i?'^^,  HBii,  i"i2X,  ''ix ,  "^nx, '"'S.     But, 


86  oiiTiiOGiiAPHY.  ^  02 

with  these  exceptions,  llicy  are  cliiefly  found  in  poetry.  The  vowels  "^  , 
and  i  are  mostly  attached  to  words  in  wliat  is  called  the  construct  state, 
n  to  words  in  tlie  absolute;  and  all  of  them  to  the  feminine  ending  n. 
Examples  of  i:  ira  Num.  23:  18,  2'J :  3,  15,  if.^n  several  times  -i-rr  Ps. 
114:8.  Examples  of  ■<.:  TiZHX  Ho.s.  10  :  11.  "'npx  Gen,  49:11,  "'Jn  ibid., 
•'nrra  Gen.  31:30,  ^r.7;n  1'^.  110:4.  -=S:n  Ps.  114:8.  -"ir-;  Ps.  i23:l, 
•'n-!:;'?  I's.  113:5,  ''^'3'^?  ver.  (3,  ^h^P.^  vit.  7,  "^i'^Cf'n  vt;r.  8,  "'i"'w"'iT3 
ver.  0,  "rsb-a  I.sa.  1  :21,  -"nrixs  Ex.  15:0,  ""ilji"  Zcch.  11  :17.  'PS"!  Lam! 
1  :  ],  •'nV.U  ibid.,  "'i^ia  Deut.  33  :  16.  It  is  also  attached  to  the  first  member 
of  the  compound  in  many  proper  names,  e.g.  bic'^nsj,  pnk— 'sb'a,  to  certain 
particles,  as  "nba,  ""r^'f,  "^i^,  and  perhaps  to  such  participial  forms  as 
•'naiiji  Jer.  22:23.  oVn^:  nri^X  Ex.  15  :  16,  nsnx  Isa.8:  23.  Job  34  :  13, 
37  :  12,  nonn  Judg.  14  :  18,  nnrvr^  Ps.  3  :  3, ,80  :  3,  Jon.  2 :  10.  nb";^  almost 
constantly,  nn^i  Ps.  116  :  15,  nbni'  Num.  34  :  5,  Ps.  124 : 4,  rir^:.i'  Ps.  92: 16 
(K'ri),  125  :  3.' Ezek.  28  :  15,  Hos.  10:  13.  nrVi?  Job  5:  16,  ^'y^^_  Ps.  44:27. 
63:8,  94:  17,  nrk^_  Job  10:22,  nrirri  Josl"  19:43,  Judg.  14:  1,  and  regu- 
larly in  the  third  person  feminine  of  the  preterite  of  l^i'  verbs.  In 
modern  Persian  i  is  similarly  appended  to  nouns  in  close  connection  with  a 
Pillowing  word,  to  remove  the  obstruction  of  the  final  consonant  and  serve 
as  a  uniting  link. 

§  G2.  The  changes  due  to  the  influence  of  vowels  may 
arise  from  their  concurrence  or  proximity. 

1.  Concurring  vowels  may  coalesce;  a  uniting  with  a 
forms  a,  uniting  with  i  or  u  it  foiTns  the  diphthongal  e  or  o, 
e.  g.  nisirn  Neh.  3:13  from  nisrsrj  after  the  rejection  of  n 
by  §  53.  2.  d ;  T\'^k  after  the  softening  of  "^  to  i  becomes  n*"? ; 
inS^i5  by  the  rejection  of  n  becomes  i^Vi? ;  "^"O  prefixed  to 
proper  names  is  from  ^rr;   for  ^ri^ ,  §  57.  2  (4). 

2.  One  of  them  may  be  hardened  into  its  corresponding 
semi-vowel ;  i  *^  .  with  i  "^  may  form  «  ** . ,  or  the  first  i  may 
be  changed  to  ty,  which,  upon  the  reduplication  of  the  "^  to 
preserve  the  brevity  of  the  antecedent  vowel,  §  24.  3,  becomes 
■•! .,  c.  g.  '^nny  with  D^ .  becomes  D^nny  or  D-'^nn^ .  So,  \  be- 
fore n ,  forms  n^  ,  and  before  i  forms  i' . ,  e.  g.  nHny , 
ni'^nay ;  in  like  manner  ^  is  changed  before  i  into  uv,  form- 
ing ii.  ,  which,  by  §  50.  3,  becomes  i''.  ,  e.  g.  i^"2b^ ,  by  the 
substitution  of  m"  for  n ,  ni'^Db^ .  /  ^  followed  by  u  ^  forms 
iv,  in^nb-jjp,  rnb-jp;  ^in-'B,  i^e;  i^6)2n  for  ^"^b^n  Josh.  14  :  S. 
U  "^ ..  before  J  "^ .  or  w  ^  is  resolved  into  li?/,  which,  joined  with 
the  appropriate  semi-vowels,  becomes  '' .  and  v  , ,  the  virtual 


§  63  VOWEL    CHANGES.  87 

reduplication  of  the  final  consonant  in  the  one  case  preserv- 
ing the  short  vowel,  which  is  lengthened  in  the  other ;  thus 
101D  with  "• .  becomes  ''biD ,  and  with  ^n ,  1*^0^0 .  The  same 
resolution  of  '' ..  occurs  before  final  ^,  forming  1^"!  _,  and  by 

§GL  2  1\: .,  thus  '^n^y?  with  tj  becomes  V^'^'^^_  . 

a.  Grammarians  have  disputed  whether  in  such  words  as  d^^^aSJ, 
ri'3b?3  ihe  point  in  "^  is  Daghesh-forte  or  Mappik,  §26,  and  accordingly 
whetlier  they  are  to  be  read  ibhriyyini,  vialkhiiyyolh,  or  ibhnylm, 
malkhuyolh.  If  the  explanation  given  above  be  correct,  it  is  Daghesh- 
Ibrte  Conservative.   Comp.  c;^p,  C^|5  . 

b.  Such  forms  as  "^^"iS.  i^"i9,  C^"iS  from  "^"iD  are  only  apparent  excep- 
tions to  the  above  rules.  The  word  is  properly  ^''^ ,  and  to  this  the  addi- 
tions are  made,  the  auxiliary  Hhirik  being  dropped  with  the  cessation  of 
the  cause  from  which  it  originated,  §57.  2.  (4).  In  D"'i<^2'i>'  2Chron.  17:11 
from  ■'^"13  and  C  _  the  vowels  are  kept  separate  by  an  interposed  X. 

c.  In  words  of  nb  formation,  such  as  nibs',  iib?,  cirs  from  niiis  and 
M^,  i,  C  ,  it  might  appear  as  though  one  vowel  were  rejected  before 
another.  But  the  correct  explanation  is  that  "^  is  the  true  final  radical, 
and  the  forms  above  given  are  lor  "^^^y,  i^irr,  C^'iiiir  (like  D"'b::p)  from 
which  "^  is  rejected  by  §53.  3.  In  the  same  way  ^h'J,  M-'i?!  ^**^-i  from  niL'5 
are  for  1"'b^ ,  ^"'t:?.  In  such  alternate  forms  as  ii^"iQ  from  rrib.  the  radi- 
cal "1  is  retained  by  preserving  the  antecedent  vowel,  which,  before 
Daghesh-forte  Conservative,  becomes  Hhirik,  §61.  5. 

§  63.  The  following  euphonic  changes  are  attributable  to 
the  proximity  of  vowels,  viz.  : 

1.  Pattahh  before  a  guttural  is  often  changed  to  Seghol 
if  another  a  follows,  and  the  same  change  sometimes  occurs 
after  a  guttural  if  another  a  precedes. 

The  particular  cases  are  the  following  : 

a.  When  (.)  stands  before  a  guttural  with  (^)  always  before  n,  e.g. 
snn  for  :nn,  nn-j::T3  Prov.  21:22.  c=nn,  '^nrnrn  (also  when  n  has 
Hhateph  Kamets,  e.g.  n-iunnri ,  '^rib'inn  Judg.  9:9),  often  before  n  and  r, 
particularly  if  it  receives  the  secondary  accent,  e.g.  D"'^lnii  lor  C'liii, 
•^^''i^.  but  r::nb,  1"in::n;  nbrn,  n^^y  n?3.  rarely  before  s  and  "i,  nnn 
Gen.'  14: 10,  'nTSwSD  Neh.  9  :  18,  26'  but  ni'rnsx3  Ezek.  35: 12. 

b.  When  (_)  before  a  guttiiral  is  folIoAved  by  another  consonant  with 
(-)  Of  (J  ^'^ir'!!)  'i-^^n'?.  l^ut  >iH'nn^,  xinj  but  nsina,  t^ijn;;,  once  before 
the  liquid  b,  e.g.  ^bsx  Ex.  33:3  lor  ^^^x ,  and  once  before  3,  e.g. 
n::nb  for  t^ijnb. 

c.  In  Msnpxj  1  Sam.  28:15  and  the  combination  ISJ  ti^is  a  similar 
change  takes  place  after  a  guttural  to  prevent  the  repetition  of  the  vowel 
a;  so  in  niffin-;!  Ps.  20:4,  and  n:Xj  n:x  after  the  liquid  3. 


88  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §  64,  65. 

2.  Pattalili  is  sometimes  assimilated  to  a  follo\\Ting 
Seghol,  or  to  a  preceding  Kamcts  or  Tscre. 

a.  The  assimilation  to  (  )  takes  place  regularly  in  what  are  called 
Segholate  forms,  in  which  an  auxiliary  Seghol  lias  by  §G1.  2  been  intro- 
duced between  two  vowelless  letters.  T\?'Ci  (or  T\?.^,  -"!?.  for  2"!"^,  yiit.  for 
y"iS,  but  rfa ,  eye  ;  only  before  1,  which  can  combine  with  a  and  not 
with  e,  a  is  retained  and  lengthened  to  (J  by  §59,  "X,  ~*rj.  Rarely  in 
other  cases  cbn;^  for  ^kll,  where  the  change  is  facilitated  by  the  pre- 
ceding "^ . 

I).  The  assimilation  to  (J  occurs  in  a  few  cases  aller  a  guttural  with  rt 
prefixed,  c.  g.  crn  for  nrn,  nrn  for  "^riri,  ^ixn  for  ""ixn. 

c.  The  assimilation  to  (  )  occurs  in  the  Kal  future  of  Pe  Yodh  verbs 
where  the  alternate  forms  are  -t;)  and  "|'p"'7 . 

^  64.  The  following  vowel  changes  arc  due  to  the  accent, 
viz. : 

1.  If  a  long  vowel  in  a  mixed  syllable  be  deprived  of  its 
accent,  it  will  be  shortened,  §18,  e.g.  "Tairn,  "i^irn;  no;", 

nc^n ;  D't^  nic^n;  nt?^':;,  -nry^ . 

a.  If  a  vowel  preceding  Makkeph  is  incapable  of  being  shortened,  it 
will  receive  the  secondary  accent  Methegh,  agreeably  to  §43. 

2.  The  accent  prefers  to  be  immediately  preceded  by  a 
simple  syllable  and  a  long  vowel.  Accordingly  an  antece- 
dent vowelless  letter  often  receives  what  may  be  called  a  pre- 
tonic  vowel.  This  is  connnonly  the  simplest  of  the  long 
vowels  (7,  e.  g.  ^tojp ,  zz"^ ,  r.npb ,  y^'T^"] ,  occasionally  e,  e.  g. 
bp^:,  ni-isTiJ,  )r;b^_,  )-i?s?n,  rarely  o,  e.g.  )r\'^^'> .  Such  a 
vowel  is  sometimes  inserted,  even  though  a  pre-existing 
mixed  syllable  is  thereby  destroyed,  e.  g.  in  the  plm-als  of 
Segholates  and  of  feminine  nouns  derived  from  them,  Q'^i^^ 
from  ^'p^,  niiby  from  nibia . 

§65.  The  special  emphasis,  with  which  the  last  word  of 
a  clause  is  dwelt  upon,  gives  rise  to  certain  vowel  changes 
in  connection  with  the  pause  accents,  ^36.  2.  «.  These  are 
(1)  lengthening  short  vowels,  viz.,  (J  and  not  infrequently 
(..)  which  has  arisen  from  (.)  to  (J,  e.  g.  1t^!,  "i^N;  l??^?, 
nnn2;  fnx,  ynsj;   ^n:b,  ^ny,  and  bringing  back   Kamets 


^  66  VOWEL    CHANGES.  89 

Hhatupli  shortened  from  Hholem  to  its  original  length  ^'qH, 
nb^l .  (2)  Restoring  vowels  which  have  been  dropped 
in  the  conrse  of  inflection,  e.  g.  ^^ny ,  M'2^ ;  T\2"^ ,  T\2'^ ; 
ri'av ,  Ti'qv_ .  (3)  Changing  simple  Sh'va  in  triliteral  sylla- 
bles and  before  the  suffix  ^  to  Seghol,  e.  g.  ^ty^^_,  'r^n'^a ;  T^"} , 
in;j ;  DDTa ,  DDU? .  (1)  Changing  compound  Sh'va  to  the  cor- 
responding long  vowel,  e.  g.  "i?!?,  ^SX;  ^in  (i'^ian),  ^%n  j  ^Sn, 

•  * 

a.  Pattahh  sometimes  remains  without  change,  e.g.  IS  Ps.  132:  12, 
n-12'n  2  Sam.  2:27,  si3bS3  Jer.  7:10,  '^32.5  Prov.  30:9,  Tipnri  Job  34:5, 
:  irtrx  Neh.  5:14.  Seghol  more  frequently,  Ti^c,  pn-j:,  c"!]?,  rp^  and 
T("!'^  .  Long  vowels  are  mostly  unaltered ;  only  Tsere  is  in  mixed  syllables 
occasionally  changed  to  Pattahh,  e.g.  '>'^^'i^_  Isa.  18:5  lor  Tr.n,  so  i^rn 
Isa.  42:22,  :-sn  Gen.  17:14,  ^^.5*1  Gen.  21:8,  -^^.^2  Gen.  25:34,  which, 
in  one  Avord  of  Segholate  formation,  is  converted  to  Seghol,  e.  g.  S-'^Ji;) 
Sir^.  Where  the  same  word  has  alternate  forms,  one  is  sometimes  se- 
lected as  the  ordinary  and  the  other  as  the  pausal  form,  thus  "j^sn^ ,  I'Sn;; ; 
tjin^,  ^'an;;;  rin:?^,  ^rv^l;  "^nbb'ci,  :"'nbrd  Gen.  43:14;  'i^'i'i  Ec'cl. 
12:  il,  r^"]"^  1  Sam.  13:21;  T^, ':T3  Gen. '49:3,  racn ,  n3"i;n  Lev. 
26:34,  35;  ^T^'E'?,  ^-i^S?  •  Sometimes,  instead  of  changing  the  Sh'va  be- 
fore ?]  to  Seghol,  its  vowel  is  shifted,  thus  t^3,  "3;  ~^.  "52",  T|t^i< ,  and  in 
Ex.  29 :  35  l^^f^J^t.  The  position  of  the  pause  accent,  so  far  as  it  differs 
from  that  of  the  ordinary  accent,  has  been  explained  §35.  2. 

h.  Of  the  pause  accents,  or  those  which  mark  the  limits  of  clauses  and 
sections,  the  first  class,  viz.,  Silluk,  Athnahh,  and  Merka  with  Mahpakh, 
almost  always  give  rise  to  the  vowel  changes  Avhich  have  been  described; 
the  second  and  third  classes,  S'irholta.  Zakeph  Katon,  Zakeph  Gadhol, 
R'bhi"  and  Shalsheleth,  e.  g.  ^-Hr?!!  ^^•^-  13:  8.  do  so  frequently  ;  the  fourth 
class,  Pazer,  e.g.  2  Kin.  3  :  25,  Prov.  30:4,  and  T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  e.g. 
Ezek.  20  :  21,  but  seldom.  Pausnl  forms  are  occnsionally  found  with  other 
Disjunctives,  thus,  Tiphhha  ^i^^n  Deut.  13:5,  Pashta  !i-i?2'in  ibid.,  Geresh 
"a':3  Ezek.  40:  4,  and  even  with  Conjunctives,  e.  g.  "'rx  Isa.  49: 18,  riy.i7rT 
Ezek.  17  :  15,  '^t^  2  Chron.  29  :  31. 

§66.  1.  The  shortening  and  lengthening  of  words  has  an 
effect  upon  their  vowels.     The  shortening  may  take  place 
(1)  At  the  end  of  a  word  by  the  rejection  of  a  vowel. 

This  occurs  only  with  ( .)  or  (..)  in  certain  forms  of  rib  verbs,  e.  g.^^in  from 
n]3^n,  li^ii  for  nii.:i-:i,  ^^h^  1  Sam.  21 :  14  for  n'-ir-i],  'r\^\\  for  nnt"»l .  In 
the  last  two  examples  the  short  vowel  is  lengthened  upon  its  receiving  the 
accent,  comp.  §64.1.  If  the  rejected  vowel  was  preceded  by  two  con- 
sonants, these  will  now  stand  together  at  the  end  of  the  word,  and  be  lia- 
ble to  the  changes  described  §61.  2.  c.  g.  vj"]n  for  iic'nn  . 


90  ORTHOGRAPHY.  §66 

{'2)  In  the  body  of  a  word  by  shortening  a  long  vowel  in 
a  mixed  syllable,  which  nmst,  of  course,  be  the  one  bearing 
the  accent,  §32. 1,  or  rejecting  a  long  vowel  in  a  simple  syl- 
lable before  the  accent  (the  pretonic  vowel,  §  G4.  '2),  li"! , 

a.  Tliis  is  in  j^rencral  the  only  reduction  possible.  Tlie  vowel  of  a 
mixed  syllable,  if  short  already,  is  capable  of  no  further  abbreviation;  and 
it  cannot  be  rejected,  or  tiierc  would  be  a  concurrence  of  vowelless  con- 
sonants whicli  the  laiigiiiige  seeks  to  avoid  (~p"n  Prov.  30:G  is  an  excep- 
tion). And  the  vowel  of  a  simple  syllable,  if  short,  must  have  the  accent, 
§32.  1,  which  preserves  it  from  rejection.  The  changes  above  recited  are 
confined  to  tlie  last  two.  or,  in  case  the  accent  is  upon  the  penult,  the  last 
three  syllables  of  the  word;  for  the  antecedent  portions  of  polysyllables 
are  already  abbreviated  to  the  utmost.  Contractions  due  to  the  peculiari- 
ties of  certain  letters,  as  the  gutturals  and  quiescents,  which  have  been 
before  explained,  are  not  here  taken  into  the  account,  e.g.  ?^"J,  "'?'>:?; 
nio,  ri^;  n"n;,  "^nv 

b.  Where  the  last  vowel  cannot  be  shortened,  it  sometimes  experiences 
a  change  of  quality  from  pure  to  diphthongal,  such  as  is  produced  by  the 
pressure  of  two  following  consonants,  §61.4,  e.  g.  b"'n3^.  ^'ns"  ;  :;"c;in, 
rl;;'n;  r.ic^,  rb;i ;  zrc"^.  I'i^;  c-c-o,  ""C^o. 

2.  If  a  word  be  lengthened  by  additions  at  the  end,  its 
vowels  are  liable  to  changes  in  consequence. 

(1)  Such  additions  create  a  tendency  to  shorten  the  pre- 
vious part  of  the  word  in  the  manner  just  described.  Tor 
the  normal  length  of  Avords  in  Hebrew  being  dissyllabic,  the 
genius  of  the  language  is  opposed  to  transcending  this  limit 
any  further  than  is  absolutely  necessary.  If  the  addition  is 
not  of  sufficient  Aveight  to  affect  the  position  of  the  accent, 
no  abbreviation  residts.  But  if  it  is  of  weight  enough  to 
remove  the  accent,  an  abbreviation  follows  if  it  is  possible  for 
one  to  be  made,  e.g.  nn"!,  Q^^^^,  DD^-in^  for  ci-'liini  by 
§61.  1. 

(2)  They  produce  changes  in  an  iiltimate  mixed  syllable. 
If  the  appendage  begin  with  a  consonant,  the  antecedent 
vowel  Avill  now  be  succeeded  by  two  consonants  and  be  liable 
to  the  changes  consequent  upon  such  a  ])osition,  §61.  4,  e.  g. 
n:bi:pr\  from  b^iii^r^ ;  n:)2p  from  09 ;  ^p''^:)?"  from  ^■'iipn; 


§66  VOWEL    CHANGES.  91 

inbrap  from  b^p .  If  the  appendage  begin  with  a  vowel,  it 
will  attach  itself  to  the  final  consonant,  which  will  in  conse- 
quence be  drawn  away  from  its  own  syllable  to  begin  the  new 
one.     This  may  occasion  the  following  changes  : 

{a)  If  the  preceding  vowel  is  an  auxiliary  Seghol  or 
Pattahh,  introduced  to  facilitate  the  pronunciation  of  the 
second  of  two  vowelless  consonants,  §61.2,  it  will  be  rejected, 
inasmuch  as  it  is  no  longer  required  for  this  purpose,  e.  g. 
i3bi2  from  ^jb-b  ,  innp  from  nnb . 

{b)  If  it  be  a  short  vowel,  it  must  either  be  lengthened 
to  adapt  it  to  the  simple  syllable  in  wdiicli  it  now  stands,  or 
rejected  on  account  of  the  disposition  to  abbreviate  words 
upon  their  receiving  accessions  at  the  end,  e.  g.  f^^'^JP  and 
nb::)5  from  bbj? .  The  cases  are  very  rare  in  w^hicli  a  short 
vowel  remains  unchanged  in  consequence  of  its  having  the 
accent,  §  18.  2,  e.  g.  rni'i^  1  Kin.  19:15  from  ^a^ia,  nb^brn 
Ezek.  8  :  2  from  b"aTj:ri . 

(c)  If  it  be  a  long  vowel,  it  may  be  rejected,  as  ^^"9)5? 
from  bi3jp;i ,  '^izt  from  Dtt? ,  or  retained  either  unaltered,  as 
niib-'pn  from  Q^pD ,  ^isi^'^  from  "jsiEia ,  or  with  a  change  of 
quality  from  pure  to  diphthongal  or  the  reverse,  njj^n^  from 
pin^ ,  ^tyx^ti  from  y\b} ,  ^:^pn  from  D^pn ,  D^bbs  from  ts^Ss . 

TABLE  SHOWING  THE  CHARACTER  AND  AFFINITIES  OF  THE  VOWELS 
AND  THE  ORDINARY  LIMITS  OF  EUPHONIC  CHANGES. 

ORGAN.  QUALIXy.  QUANTITY 

Long.  Short. 

Guttural,  .     .       .  J)iire  a 

C  diplitliongal    e 


Palatal,     . 


j3?ire  I 


[  drjplitliongal   b 
Labial,     .      •     •  < 

(  pure 


PART  SECOND. 

ETYMOLOGY. 
Roots  of  AVords. 

§>G7.  Etymology  treats  of  the  various  kinds  of  ^vords, 
their  formation  and  inflections.  Three  successive  stages  are 
here  to  be  distin2;uished.  The  first  is  the  root  or  radical 
portion  of  words.  This  embraces  those  fundamental  sounds, 
in  which  the  essential  idea  originally  inheres.  Roots  do 
not  enter,  in  their  nude  or  primitive  form,  into  the  current 
use  of  language,  but  they  constitute  the  basis  upon  which  all 
actually  occurring  words,  with  the  exception  of  the  inorganic 
interjections,  are  constructed.  The  second  stage  is  the  word 
itself  in  its  simple  uninflected  state ;  this  is  formed,  if  a  prim- 
itive, directly  from  the  root,  if  a  derivative,  from  a  pre-existing 
primitive,  by  certain  changes  or  additions,  which  serve  to  con- 
vert the  radical  idea  into  the  precise  conception  intended, 
which  is  as  yet,  however,  expressed  absolutely.  The  tliird 
and  only  remaining  stage  is  the  word  as  it  appears  in  the  ac- 
tual utterances  of  speech,  so  modified  by  inflections  as  to 
suggest  the  definite  qualifications  of  the  idea,  such  as  the 
tense  of  verbs,  the  gender  and  number  of  nouns,  and  the  de- 
gree of  adjectives,  or  its  relations  whether  of  agreement  or 
subordination,  such  as  the  persons  and  modes  of  verbs  and 
the  cases  of  nouns. 

^G8.  There  are  in  Hebrew,  as  in  most  languages,  two 
classes  of  roots,  wliich  may  be  denominated  respectively  pro- 


§  08  ROOTS    OF    WORDS.  93 

nominal  and  verbal.  Pronominal  roots  form  the  basis  of  such 
words  as  express  the  relations  of  things  to  the  speaker  or  to 
one  another,  viz.,  pronouns  and  certain  prepositions,  adverbs, 
and  other  particles.  From  verbal  roots,  which  arc  by  far 
the  more  numerous,  spring  words  expressive  of  ideas,  viz., 
verbs,  nouns,  and  such  particles  as  are  derived  from  them. 
Verbal  roots  consist  exclusively  of  consonants,  and  are  almost 
invariably  triliteral.  The  introduction  of  a  vowel  or  vowels, 
even  for  the  sake  of  pronouncing  them,  destroys  their  abstract 
radical  character,  and  converts  them  into  specific  w^ords  of 
this  or  that  description.  Nevertheless,  for  reasons  of  conve- 
nience, the  letters  of  the  root  are  usually  pronounced  by  the 
aid  of  the  vowels  belonging  to  them  in  the  simplest  form  of 
the  corresponding  verb,  which  is  mostly  the  third  person  sin- 
gular of  the  preterite,  e.  g.  ^h]^ ,  tj^ti .  This  must  not  be 
suffered,  however,  to  lead  to  the  confusion  of  identifying 
that  particular  verbal  form  with  the  proper  radical,  nor  of 
supposing  the  verb  to  be  the  radical  part  of  speech  from 
which  nouns  in  all  cases  are  derived :  verbs  and  nouns  are 
rather  to  be  regarded  as  co-ordinate  branches  springing  from 
a  common  root. 


a.  The  few  quadrililerals  and  quinqueliterals  which  occur  are  mostly 
formed  from  pre-existing  triliterals  by  the  addition  of  a  weak  letter,  or  a 
letter  similar  to  one  of  the  original  radicals,  e.  g.  t:D"i3  to  lay  xcasLe  comp. 
cb3;  t\vjy[  to  hum  comp.  t\V];  •lE^'^D  a  branch  comp.  <iS?p  ;  CiB:y'ib 
thoughls  comp.  QiQ^b ;  aii~ia  a  sceptre  comp.  t:3'J ;  'ix^lli  ii-anquil 
comp.  "SX.^;  t'if'^Q  to  spread  comp.  ^"^S  ;  or  by  blending  two  different 
roots,  e.g.  ll"SU^"i  to  be  fresh  composed  of -I3"i  and  t'sa  ;  "'372^3  a  certain 
one  =  ^i'dbii  ^iSa  ;  ?^"ie:i  a  frog-  from  "EiS  to  leap  rnn  (in  Arabic)  a 
marsh.  Some,  which  are  not  thus  reducible,  may  perhaps  be  of  foreign 
origin. 

b.  Many  of  the  triliteral  roots  appear  to  be  based  upon  pre-existing 
biliterals.  Thus,  the  cognates  *i]a ,  bb,  TT5,  nia,  na,  Tia ,  have  in  com- 
mon the  two  letters  TA  with  the  associated  idea  of  cutting.  §50.3.  The 
frequent  examples  of  this  description,  together  with  the  fact  of  the  exist- 
ence of  a  few  biliterals,  e.  g.  3X  father,  HiJ  brother,  CX  mother,  have 
suggested  the  thought  that  the  ultimate  roots  may  in  all  cases  have  been 
biliterals,  and  that  the  triliterals  were  a  secondary  formation.  Various  in- 
genious but  unsuccessful  attempts  have  been  made  to  demonstrate  this 


9 1  ETYMOLOGY.  §  69 

position  by  an  actual  analyfiis,  and  lo  vffoct  the  reduction  of  all  roots  to 
two  primitive  letters.  Still  more  fxtrava<ratit  and  ranciliil  is  the  endea- 
vour, wliich  lias  actually  been  niade,  to  ex])lain  the  ori<rin  of  roots  from  the 
individual  letters  of  which  they  are  composed,  and  to  deduce  tlicir  mean- 
ings (rom  the  names,  the  shapes,  or  other  peculiarities  of  those  letters. 
The  existence  of  roots  and  the  njeanings  attached  to  them  must  be  ac- 
cepted as  ultimate  facts.  Some  have  arisen,  no  doubt,  from  the  imitation 
of  sounds  in  nature;  but  in  most  cases  no  satisfactory  reason  can  be  given 
why  a  given  combination  of  sounds  has  that  particular  sense,  which  is  in 
fact  connected  with  it. 

§  GO,  The  formation  of  words  and  their  inflection  are  ac- 
coniplished  partly  by  internal  changes  and  partly  by  external 
additions.  The  internal  changes  are  the  insertion  of  vowels 
and  the  reduplication  of  consonants  in  various  significant 
ways,  e.  g.  -i?)?,  -t?p ,  ^k? ,  'vl^  •  '^^^^  external  additions  are 
significant  syllables  welded  to  the  root  or  to  the  word,  either 
at  the  beginning  or  the  end,  e.  g.  ^'^1? ,  P'p'jp ,  bibp^ ,  ^:'5i3):rn . 

a.  The  triiiteral  and  exclusively  consonantal  character  of  Semitic 
roots  is  their  most  remarkable  peculiarity  in  distinction  from  those  of  the 
Indo-European  languages  which  are  as  prevailingly  monosyllabic,  the 
vowel  being  an  essential  constituent,  while  the  number  of  consonants  is 
variable.  The  fact  of  the  vowel  being  an  integral  part  of  the  root  in 
these  languages  interferes  with  their  employment  of  internal  changes  for 
purposes  of  derivation  and  inflection,  and  confines  them  almost  entirely  to 
external  additions,  e.  g.  voco,  vocabam,  vocatio,  vocabuhnn.  vocilo,  etc. 
The  composition  of  words  of  which  such  large  use  is  made  in  the  Indo- 
European  tongues,  e.  g.  ad-voco,  in-voco,  etc.,  is  eilmost  unUnown  in  He- 
brew except  in  the  formation  of  proper  names. 

6.  Different  languages  differ  greatly  in  their  flexibility,  that  is  to  say, 
in  the  variety  of  words  which  may  spring  from  a  common  root,  and  the 
number  of  forms  which  the  same  word  may  assume  to  express  the  various 
relations  into  which  it  enters.  Relations,  which  in  some  languages  are 
expressed  by  flection,  as  the  cases  of  nouns,  tenses  of  verbs,  concord 
of  adjectives,  are  in  others  indicated  by  additional  words,  as  prepo- 
sitions, auxiliary  verbs,  etc.,  or  suggested  by  the  order  of  words  in  the 
sentence. 

c.  Formative  syllables,  added  either  at  the  beginning  or  the  end  of 
words  for  the  sake  of  inflection,  arc,  in  the  ordinary  consciousness  of  those 
who  use  the  language,  completely  amalgamated  with  them,  so  that  their 
separate  origin  and  signification  is  never  thought  of.  They  are  thus  to 
be  distinguished  from  those  words  which,  by  reason  of  their  dependent 
character,  are  attached  to  others  as  prefixes  or  suffixes,  but  yet  preserve 
their  separate  identity  as  prefixed  conjunctions  and  prepositions  and  suf- 
fixed pronouns. 


§70,  71  PRONOUNS.  95 

§70.  The  parts  of  speech  in  Hebrew  are  either  dechna- 
ble  as  pronouns,  verbs,  and  noims  (including  adjectives) ;  or 
indechnable,  as  the  article,  adverbs,  prepositions,  conjunc- 
tions, and  interjections.  As  most  if  not  all  of  the  syllables 
employed  in  the  formation  and  inflection  of  verbs  and  nouns 
are  of  pronominal  origin,  it  will  be  necessary  to  consider  the 
pronouns  first. 

a.  The  classification  usual  with  the  Jewish  grammarians  is  into  verbs 
(D'^y^'Q  actions),  nouns  (niad  names),  and  particles  (o*'^a  words). 


Pronouns. 

PERSOXAL     PRONOUNS. 

§  71.  The  HebrcAv  pronouns  are  personal,  demonstrative, 
relative,  and  interrogative  or  indefinite.  The  personal  pro- 
nouns are  the  following,  viz. : 

SINGULAR.  PLURAL. 

1.     I  ""i-^J,     ''5^?  We      ^:n:N,    r.t}2,  1:55 

2  j  Thou  m.  ni-iK  Ye  m.     dps 

\  Thou/,      ni? ,    ''i^s  Ye/.      if^s? ,  n:ps? 

o  J  He  i5^n  They  m.  nn ,    n^n 

^•(She  N^n  They/     in,     n:n 

There  are,  it  will  be  perceived,  distinct  forms  for  singular 
and  plural  in  the  three  persons,  and  for  masculine  and  fem- 
inine in  the  second  and  third.  There  is  no  form  for  the 
neuter,  as  that  gender  is  not  recognized  in  Hebrew. 

a.  (l)  The  alternate  forms  of  the  first  person  singular  '^rbl*  (in  pause 
•'Sbsj  with  the  accent  on  the  penult  except  Job  33 :  9),  and  ''3X  (in  pause 
''?»)  are  used  interchangeably  and  with  perhaps  equal  frequency.  It  has 
been  observed,  however,  that  while  the  former  is  the  more  common  in 
the  Pentateuch,  it  never  occurs  in  the  books  of  Chronicles,  and  but  once 
in  Ezekiel,  viz.,  36 ;  28,  a  passage  borrowed  from  the  Pentateuch.  The 
usual  plural  of  this  person  is  ^^nrx;  Ijni  occurs  but  six  times,  viz.,  Gen. 


96  ETYMOLOGY.  §71 

42:  11.  Ex.  IG:  7.  8,  Num.  32:32.  2  Sam.  17  :  12,  Lam.  3  :  42  ;  ^:x  though 
common  in  later  Ili-brew,  occurs  but  once  in  tlio  Old  Tostainent,  viz.,  Jer. 
42:  G  K'lliibh,  where  the  K'ri  eubstilutcs  tlic  usual  form. 

(2)  Tlie  second  person  masc.  .sing,  nnx  (in  pause  occasionally  npx  Ps. 
2  :  7,  25  :  27,  40  :  IS.  70  :  G,  but  mostly  nnx )  is  in  five  instances  written  nx 
without  the  final  He,  wliich  is  however  restored  in  the  K'ri,  viz.,  1  Sam. 
24  ;  19,  Ps.  G  :  4,  Job  1  :  10,  Eccles.  7  :  22,  Neh.  9 :  6.  and  in  three  instances 
riX  without  the  final  vowel  Num.  1 1  :  15,  Deut.  5  :  24,  E/ek.  28  :  14.  The 
leminine  tnx  is  occasionally  written  TiX  Judg.  17:2.  1  Kin.  14:2,2  Kin. 
4  :  16.  23,  8  :  1,  Jer.  4  :  30,  Ezek.  36  :  13  ;  the  K'ri  invariably  retrenches  the 
superfluous  ■",  though  it  is  probable  that  the  original  pronunciation  proper 
to  this  orthography  was  ''nx  .  The  !"'miiunc  plural  "nx  occurs  only  Ezek. 
34:31,  where  a  few  manuscripts  read  "inx  ;  the  alternate  form  i^jrx  oc- 
curs Gen.  31 :  6.  Ezek.  13  :  11,  3i :  17 ;  in  Ezek.  13  :  20  most  editions  have 
nsnx . 

(3)  The  third  person  fern.  sing.  X'^n  occurs  but  eleven  limes  in  the 
books  of  IMoses.  viz.,  Gon.  14  :  2,  20:  5,  38:  25,  Lev.  2:  15  (in  some  editions), 
1 1  :  39,  13  :  10.  21.  16 :  31,  21 :  9.  Num.  5  :  13,  14.  In  its  stead  is  found  X-n 
a  combination  of  the  letters  of  the  masculine  with  the  vowel  of  the  fem- 
inine. Tlie  explanation  of  this  is  that  xin  ha  was  at  that  early  period  of 
common  gender  and  used  indiii'erently  for  both  niascuiiiie  and  feminine. 
As  this  primitive  usage  subsequently  became  obsolete,  the  word,  when 
used  for  the  feminine,  was  read  X'^n  la  according  to  the  uniform  practice 
of  the  later  books,  and  the  punctuators  have  suggested  this  by  giving  it 
the  corresponding  vowel,  §47.  According  to  Kimchi  *n  Ruth  1:13  and 
fi|n  2  Sam.  4  :  6,  Jer.  50:5,  stand  for  the  masculine  plural;  this  assump- 
tion is  unnecessary,  however,  as  in  the  first  passage  the  feminine  may 
have  the  sense  of  the  neuter  ^^  these  Ihingsy  and  in  the  last  two  it  is  an 
adverb  of  place,  meaning  here. 

b.  (I)  The  pronoun  "'iilX  unites  the  palatal  found  in  the  nominative 
singular  of  the  first  person  in  Indo-European  languages,  Gr.  eyw,  Lat  ego. 
Goth,  ik,  with  the  nasal  of  its  otiier  parts  Gr.  fie,  vwi.,  Lat.  me.  vos.  Goth. 
viik.  The  same  combination  is  found  in  the  Coptic  and  the  Phoenician. 
The  Arabic  and  Syriac  have  retained  only  the  abbreviated  form  in  the 
singular  and  the  prolonged  form  in  the  plural.  Tlie  second  person  "RX 
is  based  upon  the  lingual  n  as  the  Doric  tv,  Lat.  f".  Ger.  du.  Eng.  ihuu  ; 
and  tlie  third  person  Xin  upon  the  guttural  n  as  tlie  Zend  ho,  Gr.  6. 
Lat.  hie,  Eng.  he. 

(2)  Words  in  such  constant  and  familiar  use  as  the  pronouns  are  sub- 
ject to  more  or  less  irregularity  in  all  languages.  The  original  plural 
termination,  as  will  he  shown  more  fully  hereafter  in  the  case  of  verbs 
and  nouns,  is  Ci.  In  the  first  person  D  is  omitted  to  prevent  the  concur- 
rence of  nasals  in  the  same  syllable,  ''3X  ,  !i:x  ;  the  plural  of  the  prolonged 
form  seems  to  be  best  explained  by  supposing  it  to  have  been  originally 
•'SJSX  ,  which  was  in  the  singular  softened  to  ''bix  by  §57.  1,  and  in  the 
plural  by  a  transposition  and  weakening  of  the  palatal  to  a  guttural  (comp. 
Gr.  e'yu,  Sans,  a/u/m),  became  !i:n;X  or  by  §53.2,  13113.  The  plurals  of 
the  second  and  third  persons  were  originally  C'nx,  Cin,  which  are  still 


§  72  PRONOUNS.  97 

preserved  in  the  Arabic,  and  have  left  their  traces  in  the  inflections  of 
verbs,  e.  g.  'i^^^p?,  ''^"''Pi^^p  •  The  vowel  u,  however,  which  in  the  plu- 
rals of  masculine  nouns  has  been  converted  into  I,  has  in  the  pronouns 
undergone  a  still  further  modification  into  the  diphthongal  e  cn  or  e  cnx  . 
The  distinction  of  gender  is  indicated  in  the  plural  not  by  affixing  the 
characteristic  termination  of  that  gender  as  in  nouns,  but  by  a  change  of 
the  final  nasal.  An  unaccented  n  ^  is  often  added  by  §61.  6.  to  relieve  the 
harshness  of  the  consonantal  ending.  ' 

c.  In  the  technical  language  of  the  Jewish  grammarians  pronouns  arc 
called  ^17^33  cognomina ;  the  first  person  is  "i?"]^  the  speaker,  the  second 
sa^a  present,  the  third  ^rips  hidden  or  absent. 

§  72.  Wlien  the  pronouns  are  used  in  tlieir  separate  form 
as  distinct  words  they  have  the  forms  already  given.  When, 
however,  they  stand  in  a  relation  of  dependence  to  verbs, 
nouns,  and  particles,  they  are  appended  to  them  in  the  follow- 
ing abbreviated  forms,  called  the  pronominal  suffixes  : 


1 .     Com. 

o  j  3fasc. 
'^-  {  Fern. 

„  j  Masc. 
'^'  \  Fern. 


SINGULAR. 

PLURAL. 

V          ""^ 

^3 

^ 

DD 

'^ 

1? 

iin 

a       an 

n         n 

1        10 

In  the  first  person  singular  '^ .  is  attached  to  nouns,  and 
''?  to  verbs.  In  the  second  person  the  palatal  3  is  substituted 
for  the  lingual  M  of  the  separate  pronoun.  For  a  similar 
change  in  the  first  person  see  §  85.  a.  (1).  The  modifications 
in  the  forms  of  the  suffixes,  occasioned  by  the  endings  of  the 
words  to  which  they  are  attached,  will  be  considered  here- 
after, §§101,220.  The  third  plural  forms  an,  "jn  aroused 
with  plural  nouns ;  a ,  "j  with  verbs  and  singular  nouns. 

The  suffixes  of  the  second  and  third  persons  plural  aD , 
1? ,  an ,  in  are  called  p-ave,  the  rest  are  liffJd.  The  former 
being  mixed  syllables,  always  receive  the  accent,  §  33.  3,  and 
tend  more  strongly  to  shorten  the  words  to  which  they  are 
attached  than  the  latter. 
7 


98  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  73,  74 


Demonstrative  Pronouns. 
^73.  1.  The  ordinary  demonstrative  is — 

Masc.     Fern.  Common, 

Singular,   ht    nsT  t/ds        Plural,   bs    n^x  these. 

The  poetic  form  ^T  is  sometimes  a  demonstrative,  Ps. 
12:8,  Hab.  1:11,  but  more  frequently  a  relative  (like  the 
English  t/iat),  in  which  case  it  is  used  without  change  for 
both  genders  and  numbers.  The  feminine  is  occasionally 
written  without  tlic  final  n  and  with  a  different  vowel  letter 
nV  or  it .  The  plural,  coming  from  a  different  root,  is  suffi- 
ciently distinguished  without  the  usual  termination ;  bx  occurs 
eight  times  in  the  books  of  Moses  and  once  in  1  Chron.  20:8; 
in  all  other  places  the  consonantal  termination  is  softened  by 
an  appended  n  .. . 

2.  The  singular  of  this  pronoun  is  in  a  few  instances 
compounded  with  b  either  without  any  change  of  meaning,  or, 
as  Ewald  and  Nordheimer  follow  Jarchi  in  supposing,  in  the 
sense  of  the  remote  demonstrative  t/iat.  Thus  (with  the 
article  n  prefixed) — 

Masc.  Fern.  Ccm. 

Sing,   this  or  t/iai     r\\)n         ^T^n         Tsn 

a.  The  first  form  occurs  twice  in  Genesis  (24  :  65,  37: 19),  the  third  six 
times  in  the  post-Mosaic  books  as  a  masculine  (Judg.  6  :  20,  1  Sam.  14  :  1, 
17:26,  2  Kin.  23:17,  Dan.  8:16,  Zech.  2:8),  and  once  as  a  feminine 
(2  Kin.  4:25),  the  second  once  in  Ezekiel  (36  :  35). 

3.  The  personal  pronoun  of  the  third  person  i^'.n  is  used 
for  the  remote  demonstrative  t/iaL 


Relative  Pronoun. 

§  74.  The  relative  7c/to,  zv/dc/i.  is  *it3X ,  which  may  be  em- 
ployed as  a  separate  word,  or  may  be  shortened  to  a  prefix  to 


^75         INTERROGATIVE    AND    INDEFINITE   PRONOUNS,  99 

with  Daghesh-forte  compensative  in  the  following  letter, 
unless  it  be  a  guttural  and  consequently  incapable  of  receiv- 
ing it,  §23.  1.  In  a  few  instances  the  prefix  t5  takes  the 
vowel  (.)  followed  by  Daghesh-forte,  Judg.  5  :  7,  Cant.  1 : 7, 
Job  19  :  29  ;  once  it  has  (J  before  i«  Judg.  6:17,  and  twice 
{.)  Eccl.  2  :  22  (in  some  copies),  3:18.  The  relative  suffers 
no  change  for  gender  or  number  either  in  its  separate  or  its 
prefixed  state.  Its  objective  relation  to  verbs  and  particles 
and  its  possessive  relation  to  nouns  are  expressed  without 
changing  the  relative  itself,  or  removing  it  from  its  position 
at  the  beginning  of  its  clause  by  appending  the  appropriate 
pronominal  suffix  to  the  governing  word,  e.  g.  itibto  mrsj:  tf/io 
he  sent  Mm,  i.  e.  wdiom  he  sent,  'i5'"iT  ni^x  tuhich  its  seed,  i.  e. 
whose  seed.  It  may  also  receive  an  adverbial  sense  from 
being  followed  by  the  pronominal  adverb  Dts  there,  e.  g. 
DT»  —  nuJN  tchere,  nia© — ^mri?  tohither,  m|ia  —  "iTrx  ichence. 

a.  The  prefix  ^  occurs  to  the  exclusion  of  the  full  form  of  the  relative 
in  the  Song  of  Solomon,  and  with  great  frequency  in  another  production 
of  Solomon's,  Ecclesiastes.  There  are  besides  occasional  examples  of  it  in 
otherbooks,  e.g.  Judg.  5:7,  6:17,  7:12,8:26,2  Kin.  6:11,  1  Chron.  5:20, 
Job  19:29,  Ps.  122-124,  129,  133-137,  144,  Lam.  2:  15,  16.  The  word 
cijuia  Gen.  6:3  is  in  several  ancient  versions  and  in  the  common  English 
translation  rendered  as  though  it  were  made  up  of  the  preposition  3  ,  the 
relative  'O  and  the  particle  t,^  for  that  also;  but  the  most  recent  inter- 
preters derive  it  from  the  verb  55'*5  to  err^  and  translate  in  their  erring. 

b.  "irx  or  V  is  also  used  for  the  conjunction  that.     Comp.  Lat.  quod. 

Interrogative  and  Indefinite  Pronouns. 

§75.  1.  The  pronouns  ''^  luho  ^^  or  ^//o^ye'r  relating  to 
persons,  and  Ti'D  what  ?  or  whatever  relating  to  things,  are 
employed  both  as  interrogatives  and  in  an  indefinite  sense. 
They  experience  no  change  for  gender  or  number. 

The  vowel  of  n-a  is  regulated  by  the  initial  sounds  of 
the  succeeding  word.  Before  a  letter  capable  of  receiving 
Daghesh-forte  it  is  pointed  rra  and  the  following  letter  is 
doubled,  e.  g.  iTbffi-nia  Ex.  3:13.     Before  the  stronger  gut- 


100 


ETYMOLOGY. 


§7G 


turals  n  and  n  it  also  commonly  receives  (.),  c.  g.  ^''n-r.'a 
Ps.  39  :  5,  TSEjn  tvq  Gen.  31  -.  30.  Before  the  weaker  gut- 
turals X ,  7  and  "I ,  it  commonly  takes  (J,  e.  g.  n^x-n'a  Zech. 
1 :  9,  ^nn?  m?  2  Kin.  8:13,  nn\s:-i  n^a  Judg.  9  :  48.  Before 
T^ ,  ''^,  and  :?  "with  Kamets,  and  occasionally  before  other  let- 
ters it  takes  (,),  §  G3. 1.  a,  e.  g.  i5  n;'n-m2  Ex.  32  : 1,  ^nx•j^-^)? 
Gen.  20 : 9,  n'^s?™  ib.,  bip  nia  1  Sam.  4  -.  14,  "cit-Q  ma 
2  Kin.  1:7.  In  a  few  instances  the  final  vowel  letter  is 
omitted  and  the  interrogative  is  joined  with  the  following 
word,  e.  g.  HTia  Ex.  4  :  2,  a?>)3  Isa.  3:15,  nkbp^  Mai.  1 :  13, 
nn-Q  Ezek.  8  :  G  K'thibh. 

2.  Another  interrogative  is  formed  by  prefixing  the  par- 
ticle "'X  to  the  pronoun  !"iT ,  r.i5T ,  thus  nr  ^n  wldch?  or  icltat? 
1  Kin.  13:12, Eccles.  11  :G,  rsrb  ^)^Jor  ichat?  ^chj?  Jer.  5:7. 

3.  The  words  ''ibbx  "libs  which  are  always  used  in  com- 
bination, or  contracted  into  one  ''ibbB ,  are  in  usage  equivalent 
to  an  indefinite  or  indeterminate  pronoun,  Eng.  a  certain  one, 
Lat.  qiiidaw,  Gr.  6  helva ;  they  are,  however,  derived  not  from 
pronominal  but  verbal  roots. 

Verbs. 

THEIE    SPECIES. 

§70.  1.  Hebrew  verbs  have  seven  different  forms  which 
have  been  denominated  species  or  conjugations  (0"'^^?^  build- 
inj/s).  These  represent  as  many  modifications  of  the  verbal 
idea,  and  are  as  follows,  viz. : 


1. 

!'^- 

Kal 

Simple  active. 

2. 

'?£? 

Niphal 

passive. 

3. 

bys 

Piel 

Intensive  active. 

4. 

-  % 

Pual 

"          passive, 

5. 

b^ysn 

Iliphll 

Causative  active. 

G. 

^?sn 

Ilophal 

"          passive 

7. 

byDnn 

Hithpael 

Reflexive. 

§77  SPECIES    OF   VERBS.  101 

a.  The  term  conjugations  was  introduced  by  Reuchlin,  and  is  very  gen- 
erally employed  in  Hebrew  grammars  and  in  those  of  the  cognate  lan- 
guages. It  must  be  borne  in  mind,  however,  that  Hebrew  conjugations 
are  totally  unlike  the  conjugations  of  Latin  and  Greek.  The  latter  denote 
the  various  modes  of  inflection  adopted  by  different  roots.  The  former  are 
modifications  of  the  same  root,  whicli  differ  in  meaning  while  their  inflec- 
tions are  substantially  alike.  They  correspond  rather  with  voices  or  with 
derivative  verbs,  such  as  frequentatives  and  causatives,  although  they  not 
infrequently  require  to  be  translated  by  words  radically  distinct.  The 
term  species  proposed  by  Schultens,  though  less  commonly  adopted,  is 
more  descriptive. 

2.  Kal  means  li(/Jd,  and  denotes  that  species  in  which  no 
other  than  the  three  radical  letters  appear,  and  these  only  in 
their  single  power.  The  other  species  are  called  Jieavi/ 
(ni^nsj,  because  burdened  by  the  reduplication  of  the  radi- 
cals or  the  addition  of  other  letters.  Their  names  are  de- 
rived from  bys)  to  do,  which  was  the  model  for  inflection,  the 
form  assumed  by  this  verb  in  each  species  serving  as  its 
designation.  Unusual  verbal  forms  are  in  like  manner  de- 
noted by  the  corresponding  forms  imposed  upon  its  radicals. 

3.  Other  technical  expressions,  such  as  the  names  of  the 
various  classes  of  verbs,  are  also  to  be  traced  to  this  source. 
A  verb  whose  first  radical  is  a  guttural,  a  Nun,  or  a  Yodh,  is 
called  a  Pe  Guttural,  Pe  Nun  (fE),  or  Pe  Yodh  C^b)  verb, 
Pe  as  the  initial  of  bya  becoming  the  technical  designation 
of  a  first  radical  generally.  So  a  verb  whose  second  radical 
is  Vav  is  called  an  Ayin  Vav  ("'y ) ;  one  whose  third  radical 
is  He,  a  Lamedh  He  (!^^) ;  one  whose  second  and  third  rad- 
icals are  alike  an  Ayin  Doubled  (^b),  etc. 

§77.  The  general  idea  of  the  several  species  already 
stated  is  hable  to  certain  modifications  in  the  variety  of  cases 
to  which  it  is  applied. 

1.  The  Niphal  is  commonly  the  passive  of  Kal  or  of  the 
simple  idea  of  the  verb,  sia  to  steal,  Ni.  to  be  stolen ;  2t]3  to 
lorite,  Ni.  to  be  ivritten. 

2.  Sometimes,  like  the  Greek  middle  voice  which  coin- 
cides with  the  passive  in  certain  of  its  forms,  it  has  a  reflex- 


102  ETYMOLOGY.  ^78 

ive  signification,  ']'b"J  to  hide,  Ni.  to  hide  ones  self;  n^o  to 
keep,  Ni.  to  keep  ones  self,  ^vkdrreadat,;  Dnp  Ni.  to  repent, 
lit.  to  grieve  one's  self  fj-eTa/xeXea-daL;  or  expresses  reciprocal 
action,  y?"^  to  eo//?isel,^i.  to  take  counsel  together ;  cnb  Ni.  to 
fi(/ht,  fid^eadat,  lit.  to  devour  one  another.  In  some  verbs  it 
has  both  a  passive  and  a  reflexive  sense,  1213  Ni.  to  be  sold 
and  to  sell  one's  self;  nxn  Ni.  to  be  seen  and  to  let  one's  self 
be  seen,  to  appear. 

3.  Sometimes  when  the  Kal  is  intransitive  and  does  not 
admit  of  a  proper  passive,  the  Niphal  is  either  identical  with 
it  in  signification,  nnjp  K.  and  Ni.  to  approach,  or  retains  a 
shade  of  its  original  force  by  representing  the  state  or  condi- 
tion not  absolutely  as  in  Kal,  but  as  something  efiected  and 
involving  a  change  from  another  previous  condition,  ^^^  to 
be  full,  Ni.  to  be  filed,  n'Jn  to  be,  Ni.  to  become. 

§  78.  1.  The  Piel  gives  new  intensity  to  the  simple  idea 
of  the  verb,  by  which  its  meaning  is  variously  modified  ac- 
cording to  the  nature  of  the  case,  12?^  to  be  few.  Pi.  to  be 
very  feio ;  ^l""!  to  follow,  Yi.  to  folloiv  ardently,  to  pursue; 
^HB  to  fear,  Pi.  to  fear  constantly,  to  be  timid;  '»©  to  ask. 
Pi.  to  ask  repeatedly  and  earnestly,  to  bey ;  ^5'^a  to  create, 
as  God,  Pi.  to  form  w^th  pains  and  labour,  as  man ;  ins  to 
write.  Pi.  to  lorite  much  with  the  imphcation  that  it  is  to  little 
purpose,  to  scribble ;  "i2J5  to  bury.  Pi.  to  bury  yreat  numbers. 

2.  The  energy  resident  in  this  species  displays  itself  by 
signifying  the  producing  or  causing  of  that  which  is  denoted 
by  the  simple  idea  of  the  verb,  thus  quickening  intransitive 
verbs  into  transitives,  and  making  such  as  were  transitive 
before  to  be  doubly  so.  In  this,  which  is  the  more  frequent 
case,  it  becomes  virtually  equivalent  to  a  causative,  ^ix  to 
perish.  Pi.  to  make  to  pterish,  to  destroy ;  ^^  to  learn.  Pi.  to 
teach,  i.e.  cause  to  learn.  Both  these  senses  are  occasionally 
found  united  in  the  same  verb,  S"!)?  Pi.  to  be  very  near  wx^' to 
briny  near ;  fiHO  Pi.  to  be  very  corrupt  and  to  corrupt  or  de- 
stroy. 


§79,80  SPECIES   OF   VERBS.  103 

3.  Pual  is  the  passive  of  Piel,  and  therefore  can  only  exist 
when  the  sense  of  the  latter  is  such  that  a  passive  is  possible. 

§79.  1.  The  Hiphil  denotes  the  causing  or  producing  of 
that  which  is  signified  by  the  simple  form  of  the  verb,  and, 
as  in  the  corresponding  case  of  Piel,  intransitive  verbs  become 
transitive,  and  such  as  admitted  of  one  object  before  are  now 
capable  of  receiving  two :  Ti^  to  descend.  Hi.  to  cause  to  de- 
scend, bring  doion ;  i5i3  to  come.  Hi.  to  bring ;  •lij'^  to  see.  Hi. 
to  shoio. 

2.  In  some  verbs  Hiphil  has  an  intransitive  sense,  but 
in  most  of  these  cases  there  is  either  an  eUipsis  of  the  object 
or  the  idea  of  production  and  causation  can  still  be  obscm'ely 
traced,  St?]?  Hi.  to  be  attentive,  prop,  to  mahe  {ones  ear)  at- 
tend;  pfi'a  Hi.  to  be  sweet,  prop,  to  cause  sioeetness ;  ^ii?  Hi. 
to  be  loise,  prop,  to  act  iviselg,  exhibit  wisdom ;  Y^^  Hi-  ^^  ^^ 
brave,  prop,  to  act  bravely;  "JiPJ  Hi.  to  grow  old,  prop,  to  acquire 
age.  In  a  few  instances  both  senses  are  found  united  in  the 
same  verb,  nns  Hi.  to  cause  to  bud  and  to  put  forth  buds ; 
1\y^  Hi.  to  prolong  and  to  be  long ;  lt?y  Hi.  to  enrich  and  to 
grow  rich ;  'J'QTri  Hi.  to  make  fat  and  to  become  fat  (comp. 
'Eng.fatte7i). 

3.  Hophal  is  the  passive  of  Hiphil. 

a.  When  Kal  has  both  a  transitive  and  an  intransitive  sense,  Hiphil, 
as  the  causative  of  the  Jatter,  becomes  substantially  identical  with  the 
former,  nB3  K.  to  extend  or  to  bend,  trans,  and  intrans.,  Hi.  id.  trans.  In 
Job  23  :  11,  Ps.  125:5,  Isa.  30  :  H,  where  the  Hiphil  of  this  verb  appears  to 
be  used  intransitively  in  the  sense  of  turning  aside,  there  is  an  ellipsis  of 
its  proper  object,  to  bend  (the  steps). 

§80.  1.  The  Hithpael  is  reflexive  or  reciprocal  of  the 
idea  of  the  verb,  mostly  as  this  is  expressed  in  the  Piel  spe- 
cies (from  which  it  is  formed,  §  82.  5),  the  particular  shade 
of  meaning  being  modified  according  to  the  circumstances 
of  the  case.  (1)  It  indicates  that  the  subject  is  likewise  the 
direct  object  of  the  action,  "o^^  Pi.  to  deliver,  Hith.  to  escape, 
deliver  one's  self-  P^?  Pi.  to  justify,  Hith.  to  justify  ones  self ; 


104  ETYMOLOGY.  ^80 

iutn  Pi.  to  seek,  Hith.  to  disguise  ones  self,  prop,  to  let  ones 
self  he  sought  fur ;  rijn  Pi.  to  make  sick,  Hith.  to  make  ones 
self  sick  whether  in  reahty  or  in  the  esteem  of  others,  i.  e.  to 
feign  sickness  ;  Din  Hith.  to  s/ioio  one's  self  wise  whether  in 
reahty  or  in  his  own  conceit.  (2)  Or  that  he  is  the  indirect 
object  of  the  action,  which  is  for  his  benefit,  or  relates  en- 
tirely to  him,  nriE  Pi.  to  oj^en,  Hith.  to  open  for  one's  self; 
^n?  Hith.  to  inherit  {for  one's  self) ;  l^n  Pi.  to  make  gracious, 
Hith.  to  implore  favour,  prop,  to  make  to  be  gracious  to  ones 
self  (3)  Or  that  the  action  is  mutual  between  two  or  more 
parties,  "li'p  Pi.  to  hind,  Hith.  to  conspire,  prop,  to  hand  to- 
gether;  fTJ*"!  to  see,  Hith.  to  look  upon  one  another. 

2.  This  species  is  sometimes  a  mere  passive  like  the 
Niphal  riDTC  to  forget,  Hith.  to  be  forgotten ;  "i£2  Pi.  to  atone, 
Hith.  to  be  atoned ;  ^i?^  Pi.  to  prepare,  Hith.  to  he  prepared. 
In  a  few  instances  the  reflexive  and  the  passive  senses  are 
found  in  the  same  verb,  "li"?  Hith.  to  sell  one's  self  and  to  he 
sold. 

a.  (1)  The  aflinity  between  the  Piel  and  Hiphil  species  is  such  as  in 
very  many  verbs  to  render  it  unnecessary  to  retain  them  both,  and  one  or 
the  other  has  been  allowed  to  fall  into  disuse.  Where  both  exist,  they 
are  often  nearly  or  quite  synonymous,  and  are  used  indiscriminate!}',  u;~p 
Pi.  and  Hi.  to  sanctify^  or  differ  only  in  the  frequency  of  their  employment, 
n^U  Pi.  and  Hi.  (rare)  to  send,  yaiy  Pi.  (rare)  and  Hi.  to  cause  to  hear. 
In  other  cases  they  are  distinguished  by  adhering  to  those  significations 
of  the  species  in  which  they  depart  palpably  from  one  another,  nr:i  Pi. 
(intens.)  to  grow  luxuriantly,  Hi.  (caus.)  to  make  to  grow,  b:o  Pi.  (cans.) 
to  make  foolish.  Hi.  (intrans.)  to  act  foolishly  ;  or  by  developing  them  from 
different  significations  of  the  root,  biua  Pi.  to  cook  (food),  Hi.  to  ripen 
(fruit);  T)'n2  Pi.  to  bless  (prop,  to  kneel  in  worship),  Hi.  to  cause  to  kneel 
(as  a  physical  act),  cis  Pi.  to  break  the  bones  (cs5),  Hi. /o  render 
strong;  or  by  restricting  them  to  special  applications,  "lUJ?  Pi.  to  burn  in- 
cense (to  idols).  Hi.  to  burn  incense  (to  God);  !r^n  Hi.  to  change,  Pi.  to 
change  (the  clothes) ;  aiL'Q  Hi.  to  strip.  Pi.  to  stri})  (the  slain  in  battle). 

(2)  It  is  still  less  common  to  find  both  Niphal  and  Hithpael  in  the  same 
verb.  Where  this  does  occur  they  are  sometimes  used  interchangeably, 
at  others  a  distinction  is  created  or  adhered  to,  T\k^  Ni.  and  Hith.  to  be 
poured  out;  "li'n  Ni.  and  Hith.  to  talk  with  one  another;  T\^Z  Ni.  to  be 
blessed,  Hith.  to  bless  one^s  self;  C^n  Ni.  to  be  ploughed,  Hith.  to  keep  (o?ie'5 
self)  quiet ;  lUJ]^  Ni.  to  be  bound,  Hith.  to  conspire. 

(3)  When  in  particular  verbs  two  species  have  substantially  the  same 


§81  PERFECT   VERBS.  105 

sense,  it  sometimes  happens  that  parts  only  of  each  are  in  use,  one  supple- 
menting the  deficiencies  of  the  other,  or  that  one  of  the  active  species, 
losing  its  proper  passive,  is  supplied  by  another  whose  corresponding 
active  is  wanting.  Thus  bb^  to  be  able  has  a  Kal  preterite  and  infinitive  ; 
but  its  future  is  Hophal  (strictly,  to  be  made  able,  but  in  usage  the  equiva- 
lent of  Kal)  ;  rjDS  to  be  pale,  t'jj  to  draw  near,  "OJ  io  be  poured  mil,  have 
their  futures  in  the  Kal  but  their  preterites  in  the  Niphal;  r)©^  to  add  has 
both  a  Kal  and  a  Hipliil  preterite,  which  are  synonymous,  but  only  a 
Hiphil  future.  Again,  in  b  jS  to  separate  and  lsi:J  to  destroy,  the  Kal  has 
yielded  to  the  Hiphil  (strictly,  ^o  (•a?;se  separation,  destruction),  but  the 
Niphal  is  retained  as  its  passive ;  yti"!!  lo  bathe  and  p"J  'o  sprinkle,  have 
in  the  active  the  Kal  form  and  in  the  passive  the  Pual. 

(4)  All  verbs  are  found  in  one  or  more  of  these  species  or  conjugations, 
but  very  kw  in  the  whole  of  them.  Of  the  1,332  triliteral  verbs  in  the 
Hebrew  Bible,  530  appear  in  some  one  species  only.  360  in  two  species, 
235  in  three,  118  in  four,  70  in  five,  12  in  six,  and  but  7  in  the  entire  num- 
ber, viz.:  ypa  to  cleave  asunder,  n^a  to  uncover,  Win  to  be  sick,  sn'^  to 
know,  ^i>^  to  bring  forth,  li^Q  to  visit,  C^"i  to  be  high.  The  number  of 
species  in  which  a  given  verb  appears,  is  sometimes  limited  by  the  ne- 
cessity of  the  case,  as  when  its  meaning  will  not  admit  of  the  modifica- 
tions denoted  by  all  the  species;  or  by  usage,  as  when  certain  species  are 
dropped  as  unnecessary,  the  ideas  which  they  would  convey  being  ex- 
pressed in  another  manner;  or  by  the  circumstance  that  in  the  small  vol- 
ume of  the  Old  Testament,  examples  may  not  occur  of  all  the  species 
which  actually  were  in  use. 

b.  Instances  occur  in  which  the  active  species,  and  less  frequently  the 
passives,  derive  their  meanings  not  directly  from  the  root,  but  from  some 
noun  which  has  sprung  from  it.  These  are  called  Denominatives.  Thus, 
vl'ny  K.  to  break  the  neck  {'^\'}P);  "''CV  K.  to  tithe  (I'wi;  ten);  '^zh  to  make 
bricks  (p2^h) ;  33b3  Ni.  to  be  possessed  of  understanding,  or,  according  to 
others,  to  be  devoid  of  imder standing  (23^  heart);  ')n3  Pi.  to  act  as  priest 
Civl^);  'ir.P.  Pi-  io  build  a  nest  ("i^);  S^'^i^  Pu.  part.  sg?/are  (S3"iX /oz;r) ; 
^'ptT:i  Pu.  almond-shaped  {^p^^);  J"^ri'?  P"-  f'^Z/e'^  scarlet  (s^l'p) ;  i^'^^'H  Hi. 
to  snow  (sV'r!);  'pi^v!  Hi.  to  give  ear  {'}ii);  nsn  Hi.  lo  snare  (ns);  n^";n 
Ho.  to  be  salted  (nbi);  in^nn  Hith.  to  make  one''s  self  a  Jew  {'•y^n'^); 
'I'^V^n  Hith.  to  supply  one's  self  with  provision  (■'■'^).  A  verbal  form  may 
occasionally  arise  even  from  an  adverb,  !^5<f'!',,3  Ni.  part,  removed  far  away 
(nxbn),  or  an  interjection.  Din*]  Hi.  and  he  stilled  (Dtn  hush!). 


Perfect  Verbs. 

§  81.  There  is  one  normal  standard  for  the  formation  of 
these  several  species  and  their  further  inflection,  to  which  all 
verbs  conform  unless  prevented  by  the  character  of  their 
radicals.     There  are  no  anomalous  or  irregular  deviations 


106  ETYMOLOGY.  §82 

from  this  standard,  such  as  are  found  in  other  languages,  for 
which  no  explanation  can  be  given  but  the  fact  of  their  oc- 
currence. AVliatever  deviations  do  occur  result  from  the 
presence  of  letters  in  the  root  -which  do  not  admit  of  certain 
combinations  and  forms,  and  compel  the  adoption  of  others 
in  their  stead.  Verbs  are  hence  distinguished  into  perfect 
and  imperfect.  They  are  styled  perfect  when  their  radical 
letters  are  capaljle  of  entering  into  all  those  combinations 
and  exhibiting  all  those  forms  which  conformity  with  the 
standard  requires.  They  are  imperfect  when  the  root  con- 
tains a  weak  letter,  §7.2,  or  is  otherwise  so  constituted  as 
to  lead  to  a  departure  from  the  standard,  inflections. 

§S2.  1.  In  perfect  verbs  the  Kal  is  formed  by  giving 
Pattahh,  or  more  rarely  one  of  its  compounds,  Tsere  or 
Hholem,  to  the  second  radical  as  its  essential  or  characteristic 
vowel,  and.  to  the  first  radical  a  pretonic  Kamets,  §64.  2, 
thus:  bb;?,  ^ns,  y6j; . 

a.  The  number  of  verbs,  perfect  and  imperfect,  whose  second  radical 
has  Tsere  or  Hholem,  or  as  they  are  technically  called  middle  c  and  viid- 
dle  0,  is  quite  incousitlerable.  They  are  mostly  of  an  intransitive  sig- 
nification. 

(1)  The  following  have  Tsere,  viz. : 

•,j?t  to  be  old,  "lis  (Isa.  24:20  ^33)  to  be      na  to  die. 

yen  to  delight.  heavy.  baj  to  fade. 

sicn  to  hew.  "1^3  to  be  right.  i<h^  to  tfiirst. 

ina  to  be  clean.  UJib  and  ^ii^  to  put  07i.  hhp^  (Isa.   33:9  ^^j^)  to 

Kra  to  be  unclean.  iCs'O  trans. or  intrans.(Esth.  wither. 

Ca;;  to  be  dry.  7  :  5  iCi^  trans.)  to  N3b  to  hate. 

Kn^  to  fear.  fill  or  be  full.  ^hyi  to  be  brought  low. 

(2)  The  following  have  Tsere  in  pause,  ?  65. 3.  a,  or  as  a  pretonic  vowel, 
§  64.  2,  before  a  suffix,  but  Pattaiih  in  other  cases.  Such  as  only  occur  in 
pause  or  with  suffixes  are  printed  with  Tsere. 

-nx  to  love.  bna  to  be   or  become  hhn  to  cease. 

ccx  to  be  guilty.  great.  yen  to  be  leavened. 

psta  to  swell.  pa'n  to  cleave  to.  tisn  to  be  profaned. 

*iaa  to  prevail.  *,l^'n  to  grow  fat.  "On  to  lack. 


^  82  PERFECT    VERBS.  107 

isn  to     blush     (distin-  tsiiS  to  be  strong.  y^'^  to  be  sated. 

guishedfrom  "isn  nb's  to  come    vpon,  to  TOb  to  rejoice. 

to  dig).  prosper.  nsi:)  to  forget. 

t)?^  to  be  weary.  ii'nrs  to  be  holy.  )i^  to  dwell. 

^"1^  to  possess.  -"If?  to  come  near.  CtJd  to  be  desolate. 

dya  ^0  6e  pleasant.         isn  fo  6e  hungry.  'S')y6  to  hear. 

Several  others  are  marked  with  Tsere  in  the   lexicon  of  Gesenius,  in 
which  that  vowel  does  not  occur. 
(3)   The  following  have  Hholeni : 

nix  to  shine.  Vi^  to  be  able.  -n  (Ps.  IS  :  15  sn  )  to 

tJia  to  be  ashamed.  dp^  to  snare.  shoot. 

Si-j  to  be  good.                  hh  (see '^SQ.a)toJlow.  iiS'i  (Gen.43:14  "ipi^sd) 

n;^  to  dread.  *|bf3  to  be  small.  to  be  bereaved. 

2.  The  Niphal  is  formed  by  prefixing  ?  to  the  letters  of 
the  root ;  thus,  ist:]?; ,  which  by  §  61. 1.  becomes  bbjpp . 

3.  The  Piel  and  Pual  are  formed  by  doubhng  the  second 
radical   and  attaching  the  appropriate  vowels;  thus,  bcip?, 

4.  The  Hiphil  and  Hophal  are  formed  by  prefixing  n 
with  the  proper  vowels ;  thus,  b''t2)5n ,  b-jjpn . 

5.  The  Hithpael  is  formed  by  prefixing  tin  to  the  con- 
struct infinitive  of  the  Piel ;  thus,  ^iajPinn .  If  the  first  radi- 
cal be  one  of  the  sibilants  D ,  tj  or  to ,  the  n  of  the  prefixed 
syllable  will  be  transposed  with  it,  Marion,  t^snirn,  Dinnton. 
If  the  first  radical  be  2: ,  the  T\  will  be  transposed,  and  in 
addition  changed  to  t: ,  e.  g.  PTJSn  .  If  the  first  radical  be 
one  of  the  Unguals  "l ,  t:  or  n ,  the  n  will  be  assimilated  or 
united  to  it  by  Daghesh-forte,  pS'in ,  inan ,  Disrin . 

a.  In  one  instance  njaaicrn  Jer.  49:3  n  remains  before  la  without 
transposition,  which  would  bring  three  linguals  in  close  connection,  and 
once  it  is  assimilated  to  d,  Eccl.  7:  16  DTaiTiJ"],  elsewhere  ciind^ ;  n  is 
likewise  assimilated  to  the  sibilant  1  in  the  only  Hithpael  form  in  which 
that  letter  is  the  initial  of  the  root  ^illi  Isa.  1 :  16.  In  one  instance 
0''pQ'^n?3  Judg.  19:22  n  remains  without  assimilation  before  1.  The  n 
may  either  be  assimilated  or  not  to  the  initial  3  of  two  verbs  Nrj,  xai, 
and  the  initial  3  of  two  "i^is,  "i£3.  It  is  assimilated  to  the  3  of  023.  which 
occurs  but  twice  in  the  Hithpael,  to  the  3  of  7^3 ,  which  only  occurs  once, 
and  in  one  instance  to  1,  viz.  c^iij^  Isa.  33:10  but  tai-ir}")  Dan.  11:36. 


108  ETYMOLOGY.  §83 

b.  The  seven  species  nmy,  agreeably  to  their  formation,  be  reduced  to 
three  vvitli  their  derivatives,  viz.  : 

Active  1.  Kal  2.  Piel  3.  Hiphil 

Passive  Pual  Hophal 

Middle  Niphal  Hithpael 

(1)  The  prefixed  letters  of  the  Niphal  and  Hithpael  3  and  n  (witli  n 
prosthetic,  §53.  1.  a)  are  probably  in  their  origin  fragmentary  pronouns 
signifying  self;  whether  they  are  referable  to  "'3X.  and  tiriX  of  the  first 
and  second  persons  must  be  left  to  conjecture.  The  idea  primarily  sug- 
gested is  tliat  of  performing  an  action  upon  one's  self;  but  in  the  Niphal 
usually,  and  in  the  Hiilipael  occasionally,  the  reflexive  signification  has, 
as  in  certain  tenses  of  the  Greek  middle  and  in  the  reciprocal  verbs  of 
some  modern  languages,  given  place  to  the  passive.  In  the  Arama?an 
the  forms  with  a  prefixed  rs  have  not  only  quite  lost  their  original  char- 
acter as  reflexives,  but  have  superseded  all  other  passives. 

(2)  The  idea  of  causation  in  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal,  if  the  author  may 
venture  to  offer  his  own  opinion  upon  this  perplexed  subject,  is  not  due, 
as  in  the  Indo-European  causatives,  to  the  introduction  of  a  syllable 
directly  suggesting  it.  It  appears  to  be  primarily  another  intensive  form, 
with  which  usage  has  ordinarily  connected,  as  it  frequently  has  with  the 
Piel,  the  notion  of  productive  energy  or  the  quickening  of  an  intransitive 
into  a  transitive.  As  in  the  Piel  and  its  derivatives,  the  idea  of  intensity 
is  suggested  by  giving  a  doubled  and  consequently  more  intense  pronun- 
ciation to  the  central  radical ;  so  in  the  Hipiiil,  by  a  like  symbolism,  the 
power  of  the  root  is  augmented  by  the  accession  of  a  new  initial  syl- 
lable, whether  the  weak  letter  M  is  merely  for  the  sake  of  pronouncing 
the  vowel,  which  seems  likely  from  the  corresponding  K  in  Aranij^an  and 
Arabic,  or  is  itself  significant,  in  which  case  it  must  be  of  pronominal 
origin,  related  possibly  to  Wn  of  the  third  person,  and  having  a  prepo- 
sitional or  intensive  force. 

(3)  The  distinction  between  active  and  passive  in  the  intensive  and 
causative  species  is  made  by  the  vowels  alone,  and  that  in  a  way  perfectly 
simple,  and  yet  as  clearly  marked  as  possible.  Of  the  three  pure  vowels 
i  and  n  ofler  the  most  striking  contrast,  and  these  are  severally  set  in  op- 
posite syllables  in  the  forms  to  be  distinguished;  i  or  its  cognate  e  marks 
the  second  syllable  of  the  actives,  ?<  or  its  cognate  o  the  first  syllable  of  the 
passives,  the  other  syllable  receiving  in  every  case  the  simplest  and  only 
remaining  vowel :  thus,  ^"'lipn  ,  ^i^!  —  '^P ;  '^P-^  •  For  that  a  primarily 
belonged  to  the  first  syllable  of  both  Piel  and  Hiphil  is  apparent  from  its 
retaining  its  place  throughout  these  species  with  the  exception  of  the 
preterite,  and  from  its  preservation  in  the  cognate  languages. 

§83.  If  -i;!?  /o  kill  be  taken  as  the  representative  of  the 
regular  verb,  the  various  species  -with  their  significations  will 
be  as  follows,  viz. : 


^  83  PERFECT    VERBS.  109 


1. 

Kal 

b-jjp 

to  HI. 

2. 

Niphal 

bb;?D 

to  he  killed. 

3. 

Piel 

^i^p 

to  kill  many  or  to  massacre. 

4. 

Piial 

^fel? 

to  he  massacred. 

5. 

Hiphil 

^'''^P'7 

to  cause  to  kill. 

6. 

Hoplial 

^'^PO 

to  he  caused  to  kill. 

7. 

Hithpael 

^i"^^^ 

to  kill  ones  self. 

a.  It  is  in  each  case  the  third  person  masculine  singular  of  the  preterite 
which  is  given  above,  and  the  strict  signification  therefore  is  he  has  killed, 
etc.  These  being  the  simplest  forms  of  the  various  species,  however,  and 
destitute  of  any  sign  of  tense  or  person,  are  commonly  used  to  represent 
the  species;  and  in  this  sense  the  proper  equivalent  is  the  infinitive,  which 
is  the  form  used  for  designating  verbs  in  English. 

b.  The  verb  I^l:;^  is  well  fitted  for  a  model,  and  is  now  generally  so 
employed.  The  consonants,  which  compose  its  root,  have  no  pecuharities 
to  interfere  with  its  inflection,  it  has  a  signification  capable  of  being  car- 
ried through  all  the  species,  and  as  it  exists  likewise  in  the  cognate  lan- 
guages, it  offers  a  good  basis  for  their  comparison.  It  occurs,  indeed,  but 
three  times  in  the  Bible,  Job  13:15,  24:14,  Ps.  139:19,  and  in  but  one 
species;  still  the  very  rarity  of  its  occurrence  only  restricts  it  more  com- 
pletely to  its  use  as  a  representative  or  typical  verb.  The  old  Jewish 
model  Vi'Q,  §76.2,  is  objectionable  on  account  of  its  weak  letter  V,  and 
on  account  of  the  twofold  sound  of  its  initial  radical  3,  which,  with  its 
Daghesh-lene,  might  prove  perplexing  to  beginners. 

c.  (1)  The  existence  of  other  and  less  usual  species  is  a  needless  as- 
sumption. The  Poel,  Pilel,  Pilpel  and  the  like,  are  not  additional  species 
but  identical  in  character  and  signification  with  those  already  named.  The 
more  copious  Arabic,  with  its  nicer  shades  of  distinction,  has  greatly  mul- 
tiplied the  number  of  its  species  or  conjugations,  incorporating  into  its 
standard  paradigm  forms  corresponding  to  some  of  these  which  the  He- 
brew only  occasionally  employs.  In  the  latter  language,  however,  they 
are  at  the  utmost  alternate  forms  substituted  in  place  of  the  ordinary 
ones,  and  found  for  the  most  part  in  the  imperfect  verbs,  to  the  nature  of 
whose  radicals  they  owe  their  peculiarities  of  structure.  When,  as  is  the 
case  in  a  very  few  instances,  there  is  a  double  form  to  a  particular  species 
in  the  same  verb,  usage  has  mostly  created  an  arbitrary  distinction  be- 
tween them,  e.g.  Pi.  d^UJ  to  uproot  and  ^JJjia  to  take  root;  Pi.  D^p  to 
cause  to  stand,  applied  to  covenants  and  oaths,  to  ratify,  and  B'iip ,  in  a 
pliysical  sense,  to  raise  up;  Hi.  H"'?'!  'o  cause  to  rest,  to  set  down,  and 
n"'3n  to  leave,  to  let  alone.  There  is  no  objection  to  the  employment  of 
these  names  as  convenient  designations  of  particular  modes  of  formation, 
provided  it  is  understood  that  they  mean  nothing  more. 

(2)  There  are  very  few  instances  of  what  may  be  called  compound 
species;  thus,  Niphal  of  Pual  ^^X^J?  Isa.  59:3,  Lam.  4:14,^0  he  exceed- 


110  ETYMOLOGY.  §84 

ingly  defiled,  stronger  than  tlie  simple  Niphal  -Xi: ;  Nipluil  of  Hithpael 
.inenj  Ezek.  23:48,  1023  Deut.  21  : 8,  :  ninr?  Prov.  27:  15. 

§84.  To  cacli  of  these  species  belong  a  preterite  and  fu- 
ture, two  forms  of  the  infinitive,  an  absolute  and  a  construct, 
a  participle,  and,  except  to  tlic  Pual  and  Hophal  which  as 
pure  passives  cannot  express  a  command,  an  imperative.  The 
Kal  has  both  an  active  and  a  passive  participle,  one  more,  con- 
sequently, than  the  other  species.  The  preterite  of  each 
species  is  the  form  already  described,  §83.  The  remaining 
parts  are  formed  in  the  following  manner,  viz. : 

1 .  The  absolute  infinitive  is  formed  by  changing  the  last 
vow^l  in  lliphil  and  Hophal  to  Tsere,  and  in  each  of  the 
other  species  to  Hliolem,  observing  likewise  that  Ilhirik  in 
the  penult  of  Picl  and  Hiphil  is  to  be  changed  to  Pattahh. 
(See  Paradigm  of  the  Perfect  Verb.)  This  rule  gives  to 
Niphal  the  infinitive  Vibjp: ,  which  form  actually  occurs,  §91.  <5. 
If,  however,  the  original  Sh'va  be  suffered  to  remain  after 
the  prefixed  2,  §82.  2,  thus,  ^^Ip2,  a  prosthetic  n  will  be  re- 
quired in  order  to  its  pronunciation,  §  53. 1.  a,  after  which  2 
will  be  assimilated  to  the  following  letter,  §  54.  2,  and  a  pre- 
tonic  Kamets,  §  64.  2,  added  to  the  p  in  order  to  give  full 
effect  to  the  reduplication ;  thus  Vujjn ,  wdiicli  is  the  form 
written  in  the  paradigm. 

2.  The  construct  infinitive  is  formed  from  the  absolute 
in  the  Kal  by  rejecting  the  pretonic  Kamets,  §82.  1,  in 
Niphal  by  changing  the  last  vowel  to  Tsere,  and  in  the  re- 
maining species  by  making  the  last  vowel  conform  to  the 
corresponding  vowel  of  the  preterite, 

3.  The  futiu-e  is  formed  from  the  construct  infinitive  by 
the  appropriate  personal  prefixes ;  if  the  first  letter  of  the 
infinitive  be  n,  it  is  rejected,  §  53.  3,  and  its  vowel  given  to 
the  prefix. 

a.  (1)  Some,  vrrbs  take  Pattahh  in  the  last  syllable  of  the  Kal  future 
instead  of  the  Ilholem  of  the  construct  infinitive.  This  is  particularly  the 
case  with  intransitive  verbs.     Such  as  have  Tsere  in  the  preterite  regu- 


§84 


PERFECT  VERBS. 


Ill 


larly  lake  Pattahh  in  the  future;  of  the  list  given  §82.  I.  a.  (1)  and  (2) 
but  three  -Stn,  ^ia,  '|id  take  Hholem,  and  two  ■J'Dn  and  Dffliy  take  indif- 
ferently Hholem  or  Pattahh.  Of  verbs  with  middle  0  in  the  preterite 
three  bn,  'fjjs  and  bbta  take  Pattahh  in  tiie  future;  the  rest  either  do  not 
occur  in  the  future,  or  have  imperfect  letters  in  their  root  which  obscure 
their  true  formation. 

(2)  The  following  verbs  with  Pattahh  in  the  preterite  have  Pattahh 
likewise  in  the  Kal  future.  Those  which  do  not  occur  in  theKal  preterite, 
or  occur  only  in  forms  which  do  not  reveal  the  character  of  the  vowel  fol- 
lowing the  second  radical,  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk.  Verbs  having 
a  Pattahh  in  the  future,  which  is  due  to  imperfect  letters  in  the  root,  (e.  g. 
Pe  Yodh,  Ayin  Guttural,  Lamedh  Guttural),  are  not  included  in  this  list. 


?5X  to  mourn. 

*  r)Hx  to  learn. 

*  f'?^  io  be  strong. 

*  Si^.X  to  be  angry. 
*bart  to  become  vain. 

pin  to  be  strong. 
Can  to  be  wise. 
Tjiun  to  be  dark. 
*bD3  to  be  foolish. 

^ab  to  learn. 
'p7\i2  to  be  sweet. 


y5"i  to  lie  down. 
tin  to  rage  or  tremble. 
*  r-Jn  to  be  wet. 
-31  to  ride. 


\U?3  to  come  near. 
bvi  (intrans.)  io  fall 
of. 

*  "r}3  to  be  poured. 
pbo  (^SQ.b.)toasce7id.  *1st  to  spread. 
')1!is  to  smoke.  ^-p"^  to  rot, 

*pny  to  be  removed.  2Db  to  lie  down. 

*  pi::  to  be  righteous.         aV^^  to  rule. 

b^r?  to  be   lightly  es-    *cba  to  be  complete 
teemed,  *  "(SO  to  grow  fat. 

*aii3|5  to  be  attentive. 


(3)  The  following  with  Pattahh  in  the  preterite  have  both  Pattahh  and 
Hholem  in  the  future. 


153  to  deal  treacher-      can  to  be  hot. 

ously.  'i^n  to  be  gracious. 

in  fut.  6,  to  tear,  fut.  *dnn  fut.  0.   fo  plough, 
a,  to  resolve.  fut.  a,  to  be  silent. 

T\?>^  (mostly  fut.  e)  ^0^0.  t)ia  to  tear. 
Ci'T  to  curse.  "ik^  to  form. 

*L'in  to  bind.  b?a  to  trespass, 

*ilibn  fut.  0,  to  subdue,      lij  to  fee. 
fut.  a,  to  be  weak.       113  to  vow. 


TjUi;  to  bite. 

iiTD  to  do. 

1:1^3  to  strip  off. 

CD|5  to  use  divination. 

li]:?  (iit.o,tocutoffj\it. 

a,  to  be  short. 
I151U  to  rest. 
Crn  to  be  finished. 


b.  Some  imperfect  verbs,  chiefly  Pe  Yodh,  take  Tsere  in  the  second 
syllable  of  the  Kal  future,  e.  g.  '2.h^_,  "jri'? . 

4.  The  imperative  lias  the  same  form  with  the  construct 
infinitive  except  in  Hiphil,  where  the  last  vowel  is  Tsere  as 
in  the  infinitive  absolute. 


113  ETYMOLOGY.  §85 

a.  Where  the  Kal  future  has  Pattahh  or  Tsere  the  imperative  takes 
the  same. 

5.  The  Kal  active  participle  takes  the  form  ^up  and  the 
passive  ^tJ)?.  The  participle  of  the  Niphal  lengthens  the 
last  vowel  of  the  preterite  from  Pattahh  to  Kamets ;  those 
of  the  other  species  are  formed  by  prefixing  ^  to  the  con- 
struct infinitive,  rejecting  n  where  this  is  the  initial  letter, 
§53.3,  and  lengthening  the  last  vowel  where  this  is  short. 

§85.  1.  The  preterite  and  future  are  inflected  through 
three  persons,  the  imperative  only  in  the  second  person,  a 
command  presupposing  the  form  of  direct  address.  There 
are  also  distinct  forms  for  the  singular  and  plural  numbers 
and  for  the  masculine  and  feminine  genders.  Verbal  inflec- 
tions are  made  by  means  of  pronominal  fragments  added  to 
the  end  of  the  preterite  and  imperative,  and  for  the  most  part 
prefixed  to  the  futm-e. 

a.  The  following  are  the  fragments  used  for  this  purpose  in  the  various 
parts  of  the  verb : 

Preterite  C^?:?). 

(1)  Singular.  3rdpers.  masc.  The  third  person  alone  has  no  per- 
sonal ending  in  any  of  its  forms;  as  each  of  the  others  has  such  a  termi- 
nation, none  was  needed  for  the  sake  of  distinction.  Nothing  more  was 
required  than  to  indicate  the  gender  and  number.  The  masculine  singu- 
lar is  expressed  by  the  simple  form  of  the  species  with  no  appended  sign 
whatever. 

3 fern.  The  original  feminine  termination  is  n_,  which,  appended  to 
the  masculine,  would  give  f^^^^?,  a  form  used  before  suffixes,  §101. 1,  in 
Lamedh  He  verbs  and  occasionally  elsewhere,  §S6.  6.  Commonly,  how- 
ever, in  verbs  as  in  nouns  and  adjectives,  the  final  n  is  dropped,  §55.  2.  c, 
and  the  previous  vowel,  which  thus  comes  to  stand  in  a  simple  syllable,  is 
lengthened,  fi^^I]^. 

2  masc.    The  appended  n  is  derived  from  finx . 

2 fern,    n  from  fix  . 

1  com.  T}  changed  from  ''3  of  ''ibx  ;  compare  the  similar  relation  of 
the  suflixes  r, ,  CD  to  the  pronouns  nnx  ,  crix  §72.  The  Ethiopic  retains 
the  k  unaltered,  katalku. 


§85  PERFECT   VERBS.  113 

Plural.  3  com.  The  original  plural  termination  §71,  6.  (2)  is  a  nasal 
D  or  1  preceded  by  the  vowel  >l .  The  full  ending  "i^l  is  still  found  in  a 
very  few  instances,  §  S6.  b,  generally  the  ")  is  dropped,  §  55.  2.  a. 

2  masc.    nPi  from  crx  . 

2  fern.     'iFi  from  '(tnx  . 

1  com,    15  from  ^IJX  . 

Future  (Tn^). 

(2)  Singular.  3rd  pers.  masc.  The  prefixed  ''  is  from  KW ;  the 
vowel  u,  which  distinguishes  the  masculine  pronoun,  is  changed  to  the 
corresponding  semivowel  1,  and  this  at  the  beginning  of  words  becomes  •>, 
§56.2. 

3  fern,     n,  the  sign  of  the  feminine,  is  here  prefixed. 

2  masc.  and  fern.  The  prefixed  n  is  from  !^PX,  Tix,  from  the  latter 
of  which  is  derived  the  appended  ^ ,  of  the  feminine. 

I  com.     The  prefixed  X  is  from  ''^N  . 

Plural.  3  masc.  and  2  masc.  The  same  plural  termination  as  in  the 
preterite  is  appended  to  the  corresponding  singular  forms. 

3  fern.,  and  2  fern.  The  feminine  plural  is,  as  in  the  pronouns  Jiirt , 
iljrix ,  denoted  by  tia  appended  to  the  singular,  the  2  fem.  sing,  termina- 
tion "^ .  being  dropped  as  superfluous. 

1  com.     The  prefixed  2  is  from  13S  . 

Imperative  (''^'i?),  etc. 

(3)  No  designation  of  the  person  is  here  necessary  as  the  second  is  the 
only  one  in  use.  Gender  and  number  are  indicated  by  the  same  termina- 
tions as  in  the  corresponding  person  of  the  future.  The  future  forms  will, 
in  fact,  in  every  case  directly  yield  those  of  the  imperative  by  rejecting 
the  prefixed  n,  the  sign  of  the  second  person,  and  restoring  the  n  in 
those  cases  in  which  it  has  been  suppressed. 

(4)  The  Infinitive  (""ip^  fountain,  whence  other  forms  are  derived)  is 
an  abstract  verbal  noun  commonly  masculine,  but  sometimes  with  a  femi- 
nine termination. 

(5)  The  Participle  C^i'ii''?  intermediate  between  the  preterite  and  the 
future)  shares  the  inflections  of  nouns  and  adjectives. 

2.  The  inflections  of  the  perfect  verb  in  all  the  species 
are  shown  by  the  paradigm  of  bb^  upon  the  next  page. 


Paradigm  ol 

KAL. 

NU'llAL. 

PIEL. 

PUAL. 

Phet. 

3  TO. 

^^ 

^'^P?' 

^^P 

bbp 

r. 

3/. 

^5pp. 

n^t2p2 

nbtcp 

nbifii^ 

2  m. 

nbtp 

nbtjp? 

i?bt2p 

ipr^P 

2/. 

^^^I? 

Pb^^p? 

p^^'^P 

nbtap 

1  c. 

T'rt2l5 

"liibbp? 

"i^b^P 

^nbibp 

Plur. 

3   c. 

^5t:p 

:  'it 

^btfp? 

^btpp 

^bifp 

2  TO. 

Qr}bt2p 

C2pbt:p2 

D^nb^p 

cii:)bT2p_ 

2/ 

■)j?bt:p 

li^b-jj:? 

"pbT^p 

l^btsp 

\  ; 

1  c. 

^Dbbp 

sijbibpD 

^2b6p 

^:b^i^ 

Infin. 

absol. 

bit:;^ 

bbpri 

btop 

bi2p 

* 

const  r. 

btbp 

"^^P" 

^^P 

•(^^P) 

Fur. 

3  TO. 

btbp: 

^% 

^tap: 

^^P*: 

3/. 

btipn 

>;?pn 

-tspn 

bbpn 

2  TO. 

btbfjn' 

bbpn 

^topri 

btspn 

2/ 

'btJi^J^ 

^btpjsn 

^btopn 

^bippn 

1  c. 

bt2pi< 

^^P^? 

^^p2S5 

^^p!?ii 

Plur. 

3  TO. 

^brpp: 

^^ppr 

^btcp:^ 

•ibtpp:' 

3/ 

rijbcjpn 

T  :      •:    • 

n:bt:pn 

T  :    "It    • 

»^?btopn 

a-^fep^ 

2  m. 

^btppn 

^bppn 

^bppn 

^bi2pn 

2/ 

riDbtipn 

r.:bt:pn 

r;:btopn 

M:b^pn 

1   c. 

^^1?? 

^i?? 

^t0p3 

^top3 

Impeh. 

2  TO. 

blip 

-*?]?" 

^t?P 

2/ 

'^PP 

•     :  liT   • 

'l^tpp 

Plur. 

2  TO. 

iibtpp 

iibtsp^n 

^btpp 

wanting 

1 

2/ 

n:btip 

inrbibpn 

t;     •  Ir    . 

^.-H^P 

Part. 

act. 

^t?P 

^tspJ? 

pass. 

-'t2p 

^W 

114 


/Perfect  Verbs. 

4A         nipniL. 

HOPHAL. 

niTHPAEL. 

KAL  (mid.  e). 

KAL  (»IZ(Z.  (>). 

/        ^'^j1^I 

^fe|?\? 

bbpr^ri 

-i3 

-  r 

b'i^D 

r 

/    nb'bpr; 

nbtipn 

nbtfpnn 

n^ns 

■»    :   rr 

rbibpn 

T  ;  — ':    • 

^r^hO 

J^^fep.^'H 

mis 

T  :  — T 

nb'Dir 

T  :       r 

Siibbj^ri 

r^ibapnn 

^7^1 

nbDtJ 

:  :       T 

^ribi:pr! 

^nbt:pri 

^nbtbpnn 

•  :  —  r 

^rbb-iT 

•  :       T 

^b^tpj^r; 

^bippn 

^biapriri 

:  IT 

Dip^^I^n 

□nbt:pn 

cnb^prn 

^^'5? 

(Dnbsir) 

■,nbt:|^ri 

■jnb^pn 

■rb^prii 

■jn-^s 

(|i?^?^) 

^:bt:pri 

^:bi2pn 

^^^^P^'^J 

:  — T 

:       T 

^"^1?^ 

^^i?0 

(btipnn) 

T 

bii'jj 

r 

^"^I?" 

btipri 

^^nrr* 

lis 

bii^ 

bot:p2 

^^K 

^i2r^? 

"^?': 

b^^^ 

^'^ifJD 

bibpn 

bfiptin 

ispri 

b|tn 

^"^i?^ 

b-jpn 

btapnn 

'^^?2? 

bt-u:n 

'^'pi?^ 

''pppn 

^bi2pr.n 

"7^?l? 

'b?i:ri 

b^tppi^ 

^^1?^ 

b"bpri< 

■55^ 

^?^'^ 

'iib-tpp:^ 

^bipp: 

"  ^bt:pr;i: 

^^^?' 

^b^iii:;^ 

»^j^t?i?^ 

Hjbtspn 

T  :  — •:    T 

nsbtppinpi 

"J7t?p> 

njbsiJ^n 

iib^tppn 

^bt:pn 

:  ':    T 

iibtopnn 

^nsDn 

^bsTi-n 

•^If'^i^JD 

MjbDpn 

rabibpnn 

misn 

njbs^n 

^''Pi?^ 

^^1?5 

^^)2^'? 

^1?? 

bs^ED 

^^Pl! 

^topr^ri 

^?? 

'^"^l?fl 

''btppnn 

'7?? 

^b^^pn 

wanting 

6tcpnr; 

^ins 

5^5t^)?u 

nsb^pnn 

T  :    •••—  :     • 

^?75? 

b^pg 

!"?l?9 

^^P'f?''? 

115 


IIG  ETYMOLOGY.  §  SG 

a.  In  order  to  a  belter  understanding  of  the  preceding  paradigm,  it 
should  be  observed  tliat  certain  changes  result  from  attaching  the  per- 
sonal inflections  to  the  verb,  which  are  to  be  explained  by  the  general 
laws  of  sounds  and  syllables. 

(1)  The  prefixes  of  the  future  occasion  no  changes  unless  they  stand 
before  n  which  is  rejected,  and  its  vowel  given  to  the  prefix,  §53.  3,  e.  g. 
bi;?"^  for  Vajsn^,  or  stand  before  a  vowelless  letter  when  the  Sh'va  of  the 
prefix  becomes  Hhirik.  §61.  I,  thus  forming  a  new  syllable  to  which  the 
initial  radical  is  attached,  c.  g.  Vip';'  for  'i^F?'?.  Where  X  of  the  first  per- 
son singular  would  receive  Hhirik,  it  takes  the  diphthongal  Seghol  in- 
stead, §60.  l.a(5),  e.  g.  ^tips,  ^'Ji'X. 

(2)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  vowel,  viz.,  M^  and  "^ .  of  the  femi- 
nine singular  and  1  of  the  plural,  occasion  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  in 
the  ultimate,  §66.  2,  which  is  no  longer  needed,  except  in  the  Hiphil  whose 
long  ■•  .  is  retained  in  the  preterile  and  future,  and  takes  the  place  of  (  ) 
in  the  imperative,  e.g.  ^^^^l;^,  "r'^h'f]  l>ut  n^''i:~r} .  In  the  Kal  impera- 
tive the  rejection  takes  place  although  it  creates  a  necessity  for  the  forma- 
tion of  a  new  syllable,  •'^ap,  ^iS-jp  for  •'P'^p,  ^5'JP  Trom  bi!:p,§61. 1. 

(3)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  consonant  in  or  of  a  simple  syllable 
n,  •'n.  >13,  iij  occasion  no  change,  except  the  compression  of  the  antece- 
dent vowel,  which  now  stands  before  two  consonants,  to  (.)  in  the  preterite, 
and  from  "^ .  to  (_)  in  the  future,  inbbpn ,  nsbapr,  §61.4.  But  verbs 
with  middle  o  retain  the  Hholem  in  the  Kal  preterite,  "'Pijs^  • 

(4)  Terminations  consisting  of  a  mixed  syllable  crn,  in  occasion  the 
same  compression  of  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate,  and  inasmuch  as  they 
always  receive  the  accent,  §33.3,  they  likewise  cause  the  rejection  from 
the  penult  of  the  Kal  preterite  of  the  pretonic  Kamets.  which  owes  its  ex- 
istence to  the  proximity  of  the  tone  syllable,  §S2. 1,  cnVap  from  Vi^;?. 


Remarks  on  the  Perfect  Verbs. 


§86.  o.  Preterite.  Verbs  with  middle  Tsere  exchange  this  for  Pat- 
tahh  upon  the  accession  of  a  personal  affix  beginning  with  a  consonant. 
Those  with  middle  Hholem  retain  this  vowel,  unless  it  be  deprived  of  the 
accent  when  it  is  shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph,  ln"i5^.  ■'Fin:^,  ''nbb^, 
Pibs^i ,  vpibsv  The  second  vowel,  whatever  it  be,  is  regularly  dropped 
before  aflixes  beginning  with  a  vowel,  but  here,  as  elsewhere  throughout 
the  paradigm,  is  restored  and  if  need  be  lengthened  on  the  reception  of  a 
pause  accent,  e.g.  ^ipQ,  :H^sn,  l^-V  The  words  ^"?T3  Judg.  5:5, 
:!|^T3  Isa.  63:ia  64:2"'are  byKimchi'  Mikhol  fol.  5,  regarded  as  Kal 
preterites  from  ^^'i  Jlowed.  in  which  case  the  second  must  be  added  to  the 
list  of  forms  with  Daghcsh-forte  emphatic,  §24.  c,  by  Gesenius  as  Niphal 
preterites  from  bSl  shook,  comp.  riHsJ  Gen.  11:7,  Vfis  Am.  3:11  from 
Isba,  TT3. 


^87 


REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT   VERBS.  117 


b.  Sing.  3  fern.  The  old  form  with  n  is  found  constantly  in  Lamedh 
He  verbs,  occasionally  in  Lamedh  Aleph,  and  in  two  instances  besides, 
nbTN  Deut.  32  :  36  (with  the  accent  on  the  penult  because  of  a  following 
monosyllable,  §35.  1.),  and  rid  Ezel<,  46 :  17  from  -VO.  The  vowel  letter 
8<  is  once  written  in  place  of  n,  Nrjna  Ezek.  31 :  5  JCthibh,  §  11.  1.  a. 

2  masc.  The  vowel  letter  H  is  sometimes  appended  as  in  the  pro- 
noun nriS  from  which  the  termination  is  taUen,  f^nn/S  Mai.  2  :  14,  nFi::rd 
Jar.  17:4;  so  in  other  species  besides  Kal,  ntiso^:  Gen.  31 :  30,  nn^'n'^ 
Job  38 :  12  KHhibh,  nrnasri  Ps.  73  :  27.  In  the  last  example  the  n  of  the 
root  is  united  by  DagJiesh-forte  with  the  n  of  the  personal  affix ;  this 
union  regularly  occurs  between  roots  ending  with  T\  and  affixes  beginning 
with  the  same  letter  ^nr:J5  Job  23  :  17,  nrrri  Ps.  89 :  45,  "^narn  Isa. 
16:10,  cnairi-i  Ex.  5:5,  rin^  Ezek.  28:8,  'Tii?  Gen.  19:19,  "^nnnni 
Jer.  49:37. 

2  fern.  The  full  termination  Ti  of  •'t^X  is  frequently  added  in  Jere- 
miah and  Ezekiel  and  occasionally  elsewhere,  ^'P}'ik]  Ezek.  16;  22,  and 
repeatedly  in  the  same  chapter,  "Ti"!"!!^  Ruth  3:3;  so  in  other  species 
"•nni-i  Jer.  3:5,  "^n^Hb  Jer.  13:21.   'See  also  Jer.  4  :  19,  22:23,  46;  11. 

1  com.  The  vowel  letter  "^  is,  contrary  to  the  ordinary  rule,  §11.  1.  a, 
omitted  in  four  instances  in  the  K'thibh,  though  it  is  supplied  by  the  K'ri, 
Pis-n;!  Ps.  140  :  13,  Job  42  :  2,  n^:3  1  Kin.  8  :  48,  r\^'V'J  Ezek.  16  :  59. 

Plur.  3  com.  The  full  ending  "il  only  occurs  in  "t'^'y'^l  Deut.  8  :  3,  16 
•jiipa  Isa.  26:16,  and  •,>nf3p';i  Isa.  29:21  from  dp;,  the  restoration  of  the 
Hholem  before  the  pause  accent  causing  the  rejection  of  the  Kamets, 
which  is  a  pretonic  vowel  and  can  only  remain  in  the  immediate  vicinity 
of  the  accent;  the  form  is  thus  sufficiently  explained  without  the  neces- 
sity of  assuming  it  to  be  the  future  of  a  verb  dip  which  nowhere  else 
occurs.  An  otiant  X,  §16. 1.  is  twice  added  to  this  person,  as  is  regularly 
the  case  in  Arabic,  Nsiibn  Josh.  10:24,  X>iix  Isa.  28:  12.  The  forms  of 
similar  appearance  N^dj  Ps.  139 :  20,  NldS"^  Jer.  10 : 5,  are  in  reality  of 
different  character  as  the  N  is  in  these  a  radical,  whose  vowel  has  been 
shifted  to  the  preceding  letter,  §57.  2.  (3).  The  occasional  omission  of  the 
vowel  letter  1  from  the  K'thibh,  e.  g.  "i^sx  1  Sam.  13  :  19,  ^3p  Esth.  9:27, 
nisd  Deut.  21:7,  i-i'^'n  Josh.  18  :  12.  14.  19  indicates  a' difference  of 
reading.  The  words  of  the  text  are  in  the  singular,  and  require  the 
pointing  "i^x  etc.  nisd  etc.:  the  K'ri  has  substituted  ^^'OH,  iiisd  etc. 
for  the  sake  of  a  more  exact  concord  of  the  verbs  with  their  subjects,  §48. 

2  masc.  and  fern.  There  is  no  example  of  a  verb  middle  o  in  the 
second  person  plural ;  the  forms  in  the  paradigm  are  inferred  from 
analogy,  to  indicate  Avhich  they  are  enclosed  in  parentheses.  In  njnsbdn 
Am.  4:3,  n^  is  added  to  the  2  fern,  as  to  the  corresponding  pronoun. 

§87.  Infinitive.  The  Hholem  of  the  construct  is  usually  written  with- 
out 1,  *J5a  Isa.  33  :  1,  though  not  invariably,  ''{:>':i  and  "pii^.  'i'is  and  '^"'-S, 
and  before  Makkeph  is  shortened  to  Kam.ets  Hhatuph,  §64.  1,  "cop  Ezek. 
21 :26.  28.  34.     The  Hholem  of  the  absolute  infinitive  is  usually  though 


118  ETYMOLOGY.  §88 

not  invariably  written  with  1,  e.  g.  Tiia  Isa.  48 : 8  but  23iy  Lev.  15:24, 
and  is  iniinutuhlc.  The  construct  infinitive  has  Pattaiih  in  place  of  Hho- 
lem  in  23'J  1  Kin,  1 :  21  el  passim  and  bed  Eccles.  12  :4.  The  feminine 
form  of  llie  construct  infinitive  occurs  repeatedly  in  imperfect  thoujjh  it  is 
of  rare  occurrence  in  perfect  verbs,  e.  g.  Hfrri'n  Deut.  11  :  22,  30  :  20.  Josh. 
22:5,  «"ij<3a,  ni:nx,  nij-i^,  riis;i  Jer.  31;'l2^ni!rn  Ezeli.  16:5,  nxr-j 
Lev.  15 :  32.  In  Pe  Yodli  and  Lanicdh  lie  verbs  the  feminine  is  the  cus- 
tomary form. 

§88.  Future.  Z  rnasc.  The  Hholem  is  commonly  written  witliout  Vav, 
though  often  with  it  Ti'"^",  -'ns^  and  ~ir,3'^,  and  before  Makkeph  is 
shortened  to  Kamcts  Hhatuph,  §64.  1,  Tj^^?  Isa.  32:  1.  the  Vav  being  in 
such  cases  rejected  by  the  K'ri  if  found  in  the  K'tliibh,e.  g.~"ri3X  Hos. 
8: 12  ;  in  "bisr  Josh.  18  :  20  the  Hholem  remains.  The  vowel  of  the  last 
syllable  is  rejected,  as  is  the  case  throughout  the  paradigm,  upon  the  recep- 
tion of  a  vowel  affix,  §66.  2,  unless  retained  or  restored  by  the  pause  accent, 
§65.2,  ^i^bTa-)  Prov.  8:  15,  lia^n  Jer.  10:  12;  twice,  however,  instead  of  re- 
jection Hliolem  is  changed  to  Shurek  !i-l:!!53C3'  E.x.  IS  :  26,  ''''}i:?.ri  Ruth  2:8. 
Alike  ibrm  appears  in  the  K'thibh,  Prov.  4  :  16  "ib'TTS"' . 

3 fern.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  is  in  two  instances  added  both  at  the 
beginning  and  the  end  of  the  verb,  viz.  :  nrxi^n  Deut.  33:16,  fiTxi^n 
Job  22:21,  paragogic  n^  being  appended  to  the  former,  §97.  1,  and  a 
pronominal  suffix  to  the  latter.  A  like  duplication  of  the  sign  of  the 
second  person  feminine  occurs  in  rxin  1  Sam.  25  :  34  K'ri,  where  the 
K'thibh  has  the  fuller  ending  ""nsan  . 

2 fern.  ■)  is  sometimes  added  to  the  long  vowel  with  which  this  person 
ends  Tpa'in  Ruth  2:8,  'pii'n  Ruth  3;  4,  ■f'^Snt'n  1  Sam.  1:14.  Occa- 
sionally the  feminine  ending  is  omitted  and  the  masculine  form  used  in- 
stead, e.  g.  "^1-7^  Isa.  57  :  8. 

1  com.  ^'^'^.  Ps.  139:  8,  though  by  some  grammarians  referred  to  pC3, 
is  probably  for  pBpx  from  p^O,  the  liquid  h  being  excluded,  and  Daghesh- 
forte  conservative  inserted  in  the  previous  letter,  §53.  3. 

Plur.  2  masc.  and  3  masc.  The  full  plural  termination  "1  is  of  more 
frequent  occurrence  here  than  in  the  preterite,  the  vowel  of  the  second 
radical  being  either  retained  or  rejected,  •|1"ii:p'^  Ruth  2  :  9,  "j'l^n  Josh. 
24:15.  "i^iH'nn";  Ex.  9:29,  'I'l^xii:'?  Josh.  4:6,  "iVjpb-i,  ■jirai";'  Ps.  104:28, 
',= S'j-;  1  Sam.'  2  :  22.  Josh.  2  :  8'  iln^cn  Deut.  1 1  *:  22,  ^^Nn  Jer.  21:3;  so 
in  other  species,  ^nrS":  Job  19:23,  -(Si^El?-:  Job  21 :21,  V^^-in  Gen.  32:20 
and  )'^'}^1'P\  Ps.  58:2'  "i^Op^P  2  Kin.*6ri9,  '(Vjren  Mic."2':8,  :iis^3n7 
Job  9:6.  It  is  chiefly  found  at  the  end  of  a  clause  or  verse,  the  pausal 
emphasis  deligliting  in  lengthened  forms,  or  before  words  beginning  with 
a  weak  letter,  to  separate  the  final  vowel  more  completely  from  that  of  the 
following  initial  syllable.  In  the  judgment  of  Noniheimer  CiCw"'  Isa. 
35  :  1  preserves  this  ending  in  a  still  older  form  :  Ewald  thinks  the  final  *| 
has  been  assimilated  to  the  initial  a  of  the  following  word,  §55.  1;  in  all 
probability,  however,  D  is  here,  as  it  usually  is,  the  3  plur.  suffix,  and  it  is 


§89  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT   VERBS.  119 

properly  so  rendered  in  the  common  English  version  shall  he  glad  for 
them. 

3  fern.  In  a  very  few  cases  the  initial  "^  of  the  masculine  form  is  re- 
tained, the  distinction  of  gender  being  sufficiently  marked  by  the  termina- 
tion npay^  Dan.  8:22.  nj^n;]  Gen.  30:38,  HDnia^  1  Sam.  6:12;  or,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  termination  1  of  the  masculine  is  retained,  the  gender 
being  sufficiently  indicated  by  the  prefixed  O,  :!inarpi  Jer.  49  :  11,  ^-"1^:1 
Ezek.  37  : 7;  sometimes  the  gender  is  neglected  entirely  and  the  masculine 
form  used  for  the  feminine,  e.  g.  VUbi^  Hos.  14  :  1.  The  assumption  that 
the  3  fern.  plur.  is  used  for  the  3  fern.  sing,  in  n::<n;rr!  Ex.  1  :  10,  •"'J'l'in 
Job  17:16.  njO^'^n  Isa.  28  :  3,  ns-jiirn  Isa.  27  :  ll.'njnSrn  Judg.  5':'26, 
is  unnecessary;  in  the  first  passage  nrnb^ ,  the  subject  of  the  verb,  is 
used  in  a  collective  sense,  wars  shall  occur;  the  others  are  to  be  similarly 
explained  with  the  exception  of  the  last,  where  na  maybe  the  suffix  with 
Nun  epenthetic  in  place  of  the  more  usual  form  nsnbuiT}  her  hand  —  she 
puts  it  forth.     Comp.  Obad.  ver.  13. 

2  and  3  fern.  The  vowel  letter  fi  is  occasionally  in  the  Pentateuch, 
and  more  rarely  in  other  books,  omitted  from  the  termination  fij ,  particu- 
larly when  there  are  other  vowel  letters  in  the  word,  ^"pflr^?  Gen.  27  :  1, 
;ixi:n  Gen.  30:38,  't^'^V}}  Gen.  33:6,  ^"lajn  Ezek.^3:'20,  ^pilfin  nine 
times  in  the  Pentateuch,  three  times  in  Ezekiel,  and  once  in  1  Samuel. 

When  the  root  of  the  verb  ends  with  ")  this  is  united  by  Daghesh-forte 
with  the  affix  nj,  §25,  n|3ian  Ezek.  17:23,  nriipn  Ezek.  32  :  16,  or  with- 
out Daghesh,  njijrn  Ruth  1 :  i3,  :  njONP)  Isa.  60  :  4,  Hjl^n  Ps.  71 :  23  ir  most 
editions.     So  in  the  fem.  plur.  imperative,  njixn  Gen.  4 :  23. 

§89.  Imperative.  Sing.  masc.  The  Hholem  of  the  last  syllable,  as  in 
the  future  and  infinitive  construct,  is  mostly  written  without  1,  e.  g.lpQ , 
yet  not  always,  7(S'J  and  T\^t^,  ;  before  Makkeph  it  is  shortened  to  Kamets 
Hhatuph  ""i^'?  Judg,  9  :  14.  It  may  perhaps  be  similarly  shortened  with- 
out Makkeph  in  ISO  Judg.  19  : 5,  comp.  ver.  8,  §  19.  2.  a,  or  the  vowel  may 
be  Kamets  lengthened  from  Pattahh  by  the  accent,  which  does  occur, 
though  rarely,  with  conjunctives.  §65.  3.  b. 

Fem,  sing,  and  masc.  plur.  The  vowel  of  the  first  syllable  is  com- 
monly Hhirik,  but  under  the  influence  of  the  rejected  Hholem  it  is  occa- 
sionally Kamets  Hhatuph,  §61.1,  "'i^a  Judg.  9:10,  sib^aa  Ezek.  32:20 
(but  >lb"rTa  Ex.  12:21,  for  the  Methegh  see  §45.2),  ^^!^^  Zeph.  3:14, 
Ti'irs  Mic.  1 :  16,  and  (with  n  retained  in  the  K'thibh)  "'^loi?'  1  Sam.  28:  8, 
Judg.  9:  12.  Upon  the  restoration  of  the  original  vowel  by  the  pause  ac- 
cent, the  vowel  under  the  first  radical  is  dropped  as  no  longer  necessary, 
vShd  Zech.  7  :  9,  *nt?  Nah.  2  :  9.  When  the  third  radical  is  an  aspirate 
it  rarely  receives  Dagesh-lene  in  this  mood  though  preceded  by  Sh'va, 
§22.  a.  (I);  such  cases  as  "'ean  Isa.  47:2,  ''isox  Jer.  10:17,  are  excep- 
tional. 

Fem.  plur.  The  final  vowel  n^  is  dropped  in  ')i'5a"ji  Gen.  4 :  23,  §90; 
occasionally  n  is  not  written  though  the  vowel  remains,  /)5<:J^  Ruth.  1:  9. 


1~0  ETYMOLOUY.  '§,90 

§90.  Pahticiim.ks.  Actin'.  Tlic  II1io!liii  of  tlio  first  syllable  is  written  in- 
dilFercntly  witli  or  without  Vav,  ^ia  and  "ir^'a,  mostly  without  when  addi- 
tions arc  iuad«;  to  the  word.  In  n^r'-J  Prov.  25:  19  ISiuirck  is  substituted 
for  Hholein,  unless,  as  Ewald  eu^jgcsts,  it  is  a  Pual  participle  with  73 
omitted ;  or,  as  others  propose,  it  is  to  be  taken  as  an  abstract  noun.  The 
Tscre  of  the  second  syllable  is  written  without  "^  except  -"rb  2  Kin.  8:21 ; 
it  is  shortened  to  Segliol  in  cbin  Isa.  41:7,  upon  the  recession  of  the  ac- 
cent. r|"'5?in  Ps.  10:  5  and  r|Cn->  Isa.  29:  14,  38  :  5,  Eccles.  1 :  18,  have  been 
improperly  regarded  as  participles  with  Hhirik  in  place  of  Tsere.  The 
former  is  the  Hiph.  fut.  of  the  verb  T)'?'' ,  which  is  found  in  Arabic  though 
it  occurs  only  in  this  place  in  Hebrew,  and  means  Ihoii  wilt  enlarge ;  the 
latter  is  the  ordinary  Hiphil  future  ofrjO];,  and  the  construction  is  ellip- 
tical, I  (am  he  who)  will  add,  see  Dr.  Alexander's  Commentaries.  Partici- 
ples are  rarely  formed  from  neuter  verbs,  yet  b::b  fading,  crii  desolate, 
verbal  adjectives  of  the  same  form  with  the  preterites  middle  e  and  0 
being  mostly  used  instead,  sSa  full,  )p_1  old,  "i5;j  afraid. 

Passive.  This,  in  the  few  cases  in  which  it  is  in  use  in  intransi- 
tive verbs,  has  the  sense  of  the  active,  uri;)  and  t'lnb  wearing,  'zja  and 
*)!|3D  dwelling,  nii:3  trusting ;  there  are  occasional  instances  of  the  same 
thing  in  transitive  verbs,  "i^lST  remembering,  t^inx  holding.  The  last 
vowel  is  with  few  exceptions  as  Ca3  Deut.  32 :  34,  cr'vU,  CX3  written 
with  Vav. 

There  are  a  very  ^cw  instances  in  which  participles  appear  to  be  in- 
flected in  the  different  persons  by  means  of  the  terminations  proper  to  the 
preterite.  This,  aU.hough  common  in  Chaldee  and  Syriac,  occurs  in  He- 
brew only  in  the  following  examples  : 

2  fern.,  sing.  Pi*iHi  Gen.  16  :  11,  Judg.  13  :  5,  7 ;  and  with  the  fuller  end- 
ing Tia'^J"',  ''n]2p?i3' Jer.  22  :  23,  "'PiJia  Jer.  51  :  13.  The  punctuators  mnst 
have  regarded  these  terminations  as  personal  inflections,  because  the 
simple  form  of  the  feminine  participle  and  that  which  it  always  has  when 
joined  with  a  noun  of  the  third  person,  is  n"!^"!  Gen.  17:  19,  and  with  "^ 
paragogic  in  the  K'tiiibh  "'nairi  Ezek.  27  :  3. 

2  masc.  plur.  cn-^inncJo  Ezek.  8  :  16,  the  Hithpael  participle  of  nn'i. 
There  is,  it  is  true,  an  abruptness  and  difficulty  in  the  construction,  they, 
ye  were  worshipping,  which  can  only  be  explained  upon  the  assumption 
that  after  describing  these  bold  transgressors  in  the  third  person,  Ezekiel 
turns  to  them  and  directly  addresses  them  in  the  second,  or  that  his  mean- 
ing is,  not  only  they  but  ye  too  (the  people)  were  worshipping  in  these 
your  representatives.  J?ut  in  view  of  tlie  frequent  and  sudden  changes  of 
person  found  in  the  prophets,  and  the  unusual  forms  and  bold  constructions 
which  abound  in  Ezekiel,  almost  any  explanation  seems  preferable  to  an 
unauthorized  change  of  the  text,  with  most  modern  interpreters,  to  the 
ordinary  plural  ti'^itintJa  which  is  contained  in  a  very  few  manuscripts, 
but  not  enough  to  overcome  the  presumption  in  favor  of  the  more  difficult 
reading;  or  the  supposition  of  a  mongrel  word  compounded  of  the  two 
roots  MH'^  to  icorship,  and  r.nd  to  corrupt,  in  order  to  suggest  the  idea  of 
a  corrupt  or  corrupting  service. 


§91  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT   VERBS.  121 

3  pliir.  t'^5'1^^1?^  they  are  cursing  vie,  Jer.  15:10.  Kimchi  explains 
this  word  as  a  compound  of  tlie  roots  hh^  to  curse,  and  ribj!?  to  treat  as 
vile;  Gesenius,  as  a  confusing  of  two  distinct  readings,  tiie  participle 
ijlibj^xs  and  the  preterite  ''i^hh^ ;  and  Ewald  clianges  the  text  to  '^::Bb^a, 
though  his  conjecture  is  unsustained  by  a  single  manuscript,  and  Nun 
epenthetic  never  occurs  with  participles.  The  suggestion  is  here  offered 
that  the  letters  of  the  word  may  be  regarded  as  the  plural  of  the  partici- 
ple inflected  after  the  manner  of  the  preterite,  with  the  added  suffix,  so 
that  the  proper  pointing  would  be  "'3^5b;rT3  ;  the  punctuators,  however,  have 
sought  here,  as  not  infrequently  elsewhere,  §48,  to  establish  a  more  exact 
agreement  between  the  participle  and  its  subject  n'^s  by  pointing  the 
former  as  a  singular,  whereupon  the  Vav  must  be  looked  upon  as  epen- 
thetic or  superfluous,  !  "'iibbf:^  as  if  ibr  ;  ''ihhp_'>2 .  In  fact,  a  few  manu- 
scripts omit  the  Vav.  while  others  remark  that  it  is  superfluous;  the 
weight  of  authority  is  certainly  in  favor  of  retaining  it,  though  the  other 
reading  may  be  accepted  as  an  explanatory  gloss. 

NIPHAL. 

§91.  a.  Preterite  Sing.  3  masc.  Some  copies  have  ynSJ  Jer.  50:23 
with  Seghol  under  the  prefixed  Nun  for  J"!!??. 

b.  Infinitive.  The  following  may  be  mentioned  as  examples  of  the 
shorter  form  of  the  absolute  Tibsj  Gen.  31 :  30,  cnba  Judg.  11 :25,  iT?J3  1  Sam. 
2 :  27,  i!*"!^?  2  Sam.  1:6;  of  tlie  longer  form  given  in  the  paradigm  'ptfi 
Jer.  32  :  4,  which  once  appears  with  prosthetic  X  in  place  of  n  Ezek.  14  :  3 
lli*Tnx,  §53.  1.  a.  The  construct  infinitive  usually  has  Tsere  "Eii'n  Ezek. 
16:  36.  but  is  in  one  instance  ^{^-1^  Ps.  68  :  3,  formed  as  in  Kal  by  rejecting 
the  pretonic  Kamets  from  the  absolute.  There  are  a  few  examples  of  the 
construct  form  used  for  the  absolute  iji^en  1  Kin.  20  :  39,  ^"C^T}  Deut. 
4  :  26.  The  prosthetic  ii  is  commonly  retained  after  prefixed  prepositions 
"ij^Qr.b  which  are  less  closely  connected  with  the  word  than  the  formative 
prefixes  of  the  future;  it  is,  however,  rejected  in  iblTSa  Prov.  24:17, 
comn.  cb'dsna  Dan.  11  :  34.     The  Tsere  of  the  last  syllable  of  the  con- 

•  T     :  IT    ■   :  -' 

struct  infinitive,  as  well  as  of  the  future  and  imperative  which  are  formed 
from  it,  is  shortened  to  Seghol  upon  losing  its  accent,  "ifiE!!  Job  34 :  22, 
cnb'n  Judg.  9:38,  *12^7  Eccles.  7:26,  rarely  to  Pattahh,  sirn  Job  18:4. 
In  the  Imperative  "^.i^H  the  form  with  Seghol  is  the  usual  one,  that  with 
Tsere  only  occurring  in  Isa.  7:4.  The  pretonic  Kamets  of  this  species  is 
singular  in  not  being  liable  to  rejection  on  the  shifting  of  the  tone,  e.  g. 
BDn=7n  Ezek.  21 :  29,  'i^n'iS':  Ps.  37  :  9. 

c.  Future  Sing.  1  com.  The  prefixed  S  occasionally  has  Hhirik, 
asrs  Ezek.  20  :  36,  1  Sam.  12  :  7,  un-tX  Ezek.  14  :  3,  !T7=3X  Ex.  14 : 4,  17. 

PLUR.yem.  Tsere  rarely  remains  in  the  second  syllable  t^jSSP!  Ruth 
1:13,  being,  as  in  the  Piel  preterite,  commonly  changed  to  Pattahh  before 
the  concurring  consonants,  njbixn  Jer.  24:2,  so  with  a  pause  accent, 
n:2=;rn  Isa.  13  :  16  K'ri,  ZechVl4:'2  K'ri,  M=pp,-.n  Isa.  28  :  3;  the  first,  as 
the  original  form,  is,  however,  placed  in  the  paradigm. 


122  ETYMOLOGY.  §92 

(/.  Impkuative.  Ewalil  regards  ^.k^'pi  Ua.  43:0.  Joel  4:11.  iiib:  Jer. 
50 :  5,  as  imperatives  without  the  usual  n  prosthetic  ;  but  this  assumption 
is  needless,  for  they  can  readily  be  cxi)iained  as  preterites. 

e.  Participle.  In  1  Sam.  15:9  fi]'^^}  contemplible/\s  in  form  afilphaX 
participle  from  the  noun  Mt"^  contempt. 


§92.  a.  The  intensive  species  is  usually  formed  by  doubling  the 
second  radical;  in  bbs:  Ezek.  28:23,  and  the  passive  form  b^^X  the 
third  radical  is  doubled  instead,  an  expedient  resorted  to  repeatedly  in 
Ayin  Vav  verbs  and  occasionally  in  Ayin  guttural.  In  "';!irrss  Ps.  88  :  17 
both  radicals  are  doubled;  the  entire  second  syllable  is  repeated  in  "n^no 
Ps.  38:11.  !in^"irn  Lam.  2:  11,  1:20  a  passive  Ibrm,  as  shown  by  the 
Hhateph-Kamets,  l82.  5.  b  (3),  and  in  ^rns^nx  Hos.  4  :  IS.  provided  this 
is  to  be  read  as  one  word,  §43.  b;  if.  according  to  the  division  in  the 
Masoretic  text,  12<1  is  a  separate  word,  it  is  the  imperative  of  1T\'^  to  give, 
though  this  is  always  elsewhere  pointed  isn .  In  ^''3^?^  ^^-  45:3,  the 
first  syllable  is  repeated,  the  6  under  the  first  letter  indicating  it  to  be  a 
passive  form. 

b.  Intensity  may  likewise  be  denoted  without  a  reduplication  by  insert- 
ing the  long  vowel  Hholem  in  the  first  syllable  of  the  root.  This  is  often 
done  in  Ayin  doubled  verbs,  but  only  in  the  following  instances  in  others, 
pret.  ■'Pirnii  1  Sam.  21:3,  dni:  Lsa.  40  :  24,  ^h-^)  Ps.  77:  18,  •'ni'lis  Isa. 
10:13/m<.  ^yp"",  Hos.  13:3.  inf.  abs.  Sah  and  inh  Isa.  59:  13,  inf.  const. 
ciodia  Am.  5:11,  ;3ar/.  "^bsii;^  Job  9:15.  •^sdlbia  Ps.  101:5  K'thibh. 
Tliese  are  called  Poel  forms  by  many  grammarians,  and  those  in  the  pre- 
ceding paragraph  Pilcl,  Puial.  Pealal,  etc.  They  are  in  reality,  how'ever, 
only  modified  forms  of  the  Piel,  whose  signification  they  share. 

c.  Preterite  Sing.  3  masc.  The  original  Pattahhof  the  first  syllable 
§82.  5.  b  (3)  is  preserved  in  ^i^l  Gen.  41 :  51.  The  second  syllable  has 
Seghol  in  ^k'n  (in  pause  ^2'^).  "?3.  CsS  (twice  023).  Pattahh  in  12X,  bna 
(b'niJ  in  pause),  pin.  :23  .  d'ip,  c^O  (in  pause  :l-^t"  Isa.  19:  21),  and  before 
Makkc'ph  in  ■^ab,  "^\'q  (:  ub^  in  pause);  « appears  likewise  in  the  pausal 
form  nS2|5  Mic.  1 :  7.  The  Tsere  is  always  retained  in  the  infinitive  con- 
struct and  future,  and  with  the  exception  of  5^3  Ps.  55:  10,  in  the  impera- 
tive; though  throughout  the  species  it  is  shortened  to  Seghol  upon  losing 
the  accent,  r,:£3p  Deut.  30  :  3,  "Ui'ii?  Ex.  13  : 2,  -cb'Cl  Deut.  7: 10. 

d.  Infinitive.  The  primitive  form  of  the  infinitive  ab.=;olute  is  of  rare 
occurrence,  e.  g.  "iD^  Ps.  118:  18,  NJ:;?  1  Kin.  19:  10,  Ks'n  Ex.  21:  19.  rpna 
Josh.  24:  10.  Most  commonly  it  has  Tsere  in  the  second  syllable  like  the 
infinitive  construct,  12X  Jer.  12:  17,  isb  Jer.  32:33,  -jb'-a  Jer.  39:18,  f2p 
Mic.  2  :  12,  cVt:  Ex.  21 :  36;  and  in  one  instance  it  has  Hhirik  in  the  first 
syllable  like  the  preterite  "('X?  2  Sam.  12  :  14.  There  is  no  need  of  assum- 
ing a  similar  form  for  the  infinitive  construct  in  y^n  Lev.  14:43,  which 
can  readily  be  explained  as  a  preterite.  Tsere  of  tiie  construct  is  short- 
ened to  Seghol  before  Makkeph,  "is-n  Isa.  59: 13,  or  on  the  recession  of  the 


§93  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  123 

accent,  pni  Gen.  39:  14,  17,  and  in  one  instance  besides,  cnb  Judg.  5:8. 
There  are  a  few  examples  of  the  construct  infinitive  with  a  ieminine  ter- 
mination, rrns^  Lev.  26:18,  n^at  Ps.  147:1,  nr^sd  Isa.  6:13,  riHp'nS 
Ezeli.  16:52.' 

e.  Future  Sing.  1  com.  X  is  commonly  prefixed  with  Hhateph-Pat- 
tahh ;  it  has,  however,  the  diphthongal  Hhateph-Seghol  in  nnjN  Lev. 
26:  33,  §60.  3.  6,  and  draws  to  itself  the  full  vowel  which  has  hence  arisen 
to  a  preceding  I,  in  onJ^oxi  Zech.  7:  14  for  nn?^DS.".,  §60.  3.  c. 

Plur.  2  and  '3  fern.  Tsere  under  the  second  radical  is  sometimes 
changed  to  Pattahh,  though  not  with  the  same  frequency  as  in  the  Niphal, 
ns^dnn  Isa.  13:  18,  but  i^JlllPi  Job  27:  4,  and  in  pause  Prov.  24  :  2. 

PUAL. 

§93.  a.  Of  the  vowels  proper  to  the  first  syllable  of  the  passive, 
§82.  5.  6  (3),  Pual  ordinarily  has  u,  which  is  preferred  before  a  doubled 
consonant  cfe'iU,  §61.  5,  and  Hophal  6  before  concurrent  consonants  ij^Sfi. 
This  distinction  is  not  steadfastly  adhered  to,  however,  and  Pual  occasion- 
ally appears  with  Kamets  Hhatuph,  P'ns  Ezek.  16:4,  ^j"^^,  Nah.  3:7, 
!1^3  Ps.  72:  20,  ^6z  Ps.  80: 11,  Prov.  24 :  31,  r^-irn-i  Ps.  94  :  20,'  cixri  passim. 
This  seems  to  furnish  the  best  explanation  of  the  disputed  words  "flU'iri  or 
iin:snn  Ps.  62:4,  ii"3a  Ps.  101:5  K'ri,  ^n]?2Nn  Job  20:26.  Geseniu's're- 
gards  these  as  Piel  forms  with  (.)  lengthened  to  (^)  on  the  omission  of 
Daghesh-forte,  §59.  a  ;  but  the  absence  of  Methegh,  which  Gesenius  in- 
serts without  authority,  shows  the  vowel  to  be  6  not  a.  Others  think  that 
sinbaxn  is  the  Kal  future  for  ^nb^xn,  the  vowel  being  attracted  to  the 
guttural  from  the  previous  letter,  §60.  3.  c.  There  is  no  difficulty,  however, 
in  regarding  them  all  as  Pual  forms,  and  translating  severally  may  you  be 
slai7i,  armed  with  the  tongue  (of  a  slanderer),  shall  be  made  to  consume 
him.  In  Ps.  62:  4  the  reading  of  Ben  Naphtali  wa"in  is  probably  to  be 
preferred  to  that  of  Ben  Asher,  which  is  found  in  the  common  text;  the 
former  is  a  Piel  and  has  an  active  sense:  (how  long)  will  ye  slay  or  mur- 
der?   See  Alexander  and  Delitzsch,  in  loc. 

b.  The  vowel  u  of  the  first  syllable  is  occasionally  written  with  Vav, 
nht  Ezek.  16:34,  \^h\^n  Ps.  78:63,  n^'l^  Judg.  18:29,  13:8,  Job  5:7, 
bma  Ezek.  27  :  10,  but  mostly  without  it. 

c.  Preterite  Sing,  o  viasc.  An  instance  of  paragogic  n_  appended  to 
the  preterite  is  found  in  naby  Ezek.  31 :  15. 

d.  Infinitive.  The  absolute  form  occurs  in  -sa  Gen.  40:  15;  there  is 
no  example  of  the  construct. 

e.  Participle.  As  "20^,  T|1^"^^  ,  '^i5^''2  ;  in  a  few  instances  the  initial 
a  is  omitted,  njsb  2  Kin.' 2:10  for  f^isb'ia,  Mania  (with  Daghesh-forte 
euphonic)  Ezek.  21:15,  16,  Q^^;?!!-!  Ecclea.  9:12  for  t3''iiJ|3;;a ,  §59.  a. 
Some  of  the  forms  in  which  this  has  been  alleged  may  however  be  better 
explained  as  preterites. 


124  ETYMOLOGY.  §94 


§94.  a.  PRETEniTE.  The  first  vowel  is  usually  Hhirik  but  occasionally 
Seghol,  e.g.  C!i:^brri  l  Sam.  25:7,  particularly  in  Pe  guttural  and  a  few 
Laniedh  He  verbs.  Once  X  is  prefixed  instead  of  n,.:  "^nlsxax  Isa.  63:3; 
in  Isa.  ]9:6  >in'':isn  is  not  a  double  Hiphil  with  both  N  and  n  prefixed, 
but  is  a  denonninative  from  nrix,  a  derivative  of  ri:t,  wiiich  does  not 
indeed  occur  in  its  simple  form  but  is  justified  by  the  analogy  of  Stsx  from 
ST3.  n  takes  the  place  of  n  in  Tibj'^n  Hos.  11:3;  so  likewise  the  future 
rrnnnn  Jer.  12:5,  and  participle  iTTitjnTa  Jer.  22:  15,  though  the  corres- 
ponding preterite  is  <"i~Ov!  ^'»ih.  3:20. 

Sing.  3  masc.  The  i  of  the  second  syllable  is  almost  always  written 
with  Yodh,  rarely  without  it,  e.  g.  b':i:n  1  Sam.  12  :  24.  but  in  every  other 
place  i"''n;n«     So  in  the  participle  cB:t3  Job  11 :  3  but  cHria  Judg.  18  :  7. 

h.  Infinitive.  Absolute.  The  Tsere  of  the  second  syllable  which  be- 
fore Makkeph  is  shortened  to  Seghol  "nsn  Prov.  24  :  23.  28:  21,  is  mostly 
written  without  "^ ,  thusb^rin,  "i3:n,  ^iSibn,  birn,  ",|cn,  cnpn,  rsrri, 
T\i':i^,  though  sometimes  with  itT'itn' Am.  9:  8  but  is'rn  Isa.  14:23, 
is-'Sirn  and  bsbn,  twice  c-^scn,  nine  times  csrn.  "I'^ipf!!,  'T'^?:V!-  Hhirik 
in  this  syllable  is  rare  and  exceptional,  b'^B^'n  Ezek.  21 :  31,  i'^3?f]  Josh. 
7:7.  N  is  prefixed  instead  of  n  in  c^S-'S  Jer.  25:3  and  -nrs  Gen.  41:43, 
provided  the  latter  is  a  Hebrew  and  not  a  Coptic  word. 

ConsirKct.  The  second  vowel  is  commonly  Hhirik  written  with  ^^ 
ttJi'npn,  TpVw'rt  rarely  and  as  an  exception  without  ■*,  1^c"5  Isa.  23:11, 
or  with  Tsere  bnin  Deut.  32:8,  irrb  Deut.  26:12,  Neh.  10:39,  '{kV^ 
Dan.  11:35.  In  a  few  instances  the  first  vowel  is  Hhirik  as  in  the 
preterite  ^il^irn  Deut.  7:24.  28:48.  Josh.  11:14,  1  Kin.  15:29,  f'hn 
Jer.  50:  34/n=-'nnn  Jer.  51:33,  niripn  Lev.  14:43.  The  initial  n  is 
mostly  retained  alter  prefixed  prepositions,  though  it  is  sometimes  rejected, 
as  n-'i^b  Am.  8:4  but  n-^ai^'flb  Ps.  8:3,  ni'ib  once  but  T's^r^nb  fifteen 
times. 

c.  FuxrRE  Pluh.  In  a  very  ^e\y  instances  Hhirik  is  rejected  upon  the 
addition  of  the  masculine  plural  termination  ''pa*!!'!  1  Sam.  14:22.  31:2, 
131")!!!  Jer.  9:2.  There  is  no  example  of  this  without  the  presence  of 
Vav  conversive  unless  it  be  "!l">rriPi  Job  19:3,  which  may  be  regarded 
as  Kal. 

d.  Imperative  Sing.  wasc.  The  second  syllable  usually  has  Tsere 
without  Yodh  1:^ in ,  "b'rn,  find  before  Makkeph,  Seghol  "sp'^  Job 
22:21,  "isn  1  Sam'.  23:  U,  "Jari  Isa.  64:8.  There  are  a  very  few  ex- 
amples with  Hhirik  in  pause,  :?"'2'in  Ps.  94: 1,  to  which  some  would  add 
tf^iin  Isa.  43:  8,  but  see  Alexander,  rp^^n  Prov.  19:25,  N'^in  Jer.  17:  IS. 

e.  Participle.  In  ^tJf'iB  Ps.  135:7,  Tsere  is  taken  in  place  of  Hhirik 
upon  the  recession  of  the  accent;  "nO"?  Isa.  53:  3  is  not  a  participle  but  a 
noun,  Alexander  in  loc.     Hhirik  is,  in  a  few  exceptional  cases  occurring  in 


§95,  96  REMARKS    ON    THE    PERFECT    VERBS.  125 

the  later  books,  rejected  in  the  plural,  Cii;!:!-!:^  Zech.  3:7  for  D''2i>n7a, 
D-^abnia  Jer.  29:8,  B-int???  2  Chron.  28:23,  n^'i:rri^  1  Chron.  15:24  K'ri,' 
2  Chron.  7:6  K'ri.     Comp.  Chald.  'pibfl^  Dan.'3':25. 


HO  PHAL, 


§95.  a.  The  first  vowel,  though  mostly  Kamets  Hhaluph  Ti^trt,  ^libsn, 
nibrri,  is  occasionally  Kibbuts,  both  vowels  even  appearing  in  the  same 


b.  Preterite.  In  Ti^'inri  am  I  obliged  to  leave!  Judg.  9:9,  11.  13, 
the  characteristic  ti  is  rejected  after  n^  interrogative. 

c.  Infinitive.  The  absolute  has  Tsere  in  the  second  syllable,  bnnn 
Ezek.  16:4,  ikn  Josh.  9:24.     The  construct  has  Pattahh,  "iDsin  Ezr.  3:liJ 

d.  Imperative.  This  mood  occurs  twice,  tniS'IJn  Ezek.  32:  19,  iJEii 
Jer.  49 : 8. 

e.  Participle.  In  nisspn^  Ezek.  46:22  n  remains  after  the  pre- 
formative  53 . 

HI THP ael. 

§96.  a.  Preterite.  In  two  instances  tix  is  prefixed  instead  of  rri, 
viz.,  ^snrx  2  Chron.  20 :  35,  ""ibiwiJN  Ps.  76 :  6!  In  the  verb  "ipS  Daghesh- 
forte  is  omitted  in  the  second  radical  and  the  previous  vowel  lengthened, 
§59.  a.  >i'^i:;Qnf7,  "pQ"":  Judg.  20:  15,  17,  'ij^sari'i  Judg.  21 :  9,  in  addition 
to  which  the  vowel  of  the  prefixed  syllable  is  6  in  >npQnri  Num.  1 :  47, 
2  :  33,  26:  62,  1  Kin.  20  :  27.  In  three  verbs  upon  the  assimilation  of  n  to 
the  first  radical,  the  prefix  takes  it,  §61.  5,  •^JUJ'^ri  (the  accentuation  is 
unusual)  Isa.  34:6,  nxkan  Deut.  24 :  4  (but  in  the  future  always  ^"k'S] 
Lev.  21  :  1  and  repeatedly  elsewhere),  02311  {inf.  const.)  Lev.  13:  55,  56. 
These  are  sometimes  called  Hothpaal  and  regarded  as  passives  of  Hith- 
pael.  Where  both  forms  exist  in  the  same  verb,  however,  as  in  if?S  and 
K52:: ,  there  appears  to  be  no  distinction  in  their  meaning ;  they  seem 
rather  to  have  arisen  from  a  disposition  to  give  to  the  Hithpael,  where  it 
has  a  passive  signification,  §80.  2,  the  vowels  of  a  proper  passive  species, 
§82.  5.  b  (3).  In  >ia^.Hrn  Jer.25: 16,  TOr^n^  Jer. 46:8  (elsewhere  vr?,sn'^), 
and  '•7^^^  ^S'^-  52:5,  o  prolonged  from  m,  on  account  of  the  absence  of 
Daghesh-forte,  is  for  a  like  reason  given  to  the  first  radical. 

b.  The  last  vowel  of  the  preterite,  infinitive  construct,  future,  impera- 
tive and  participle,  is  Tsere  written  Avithout  Yodh,  Tj^nnrj ,  b'nsn^ , 
SSSn"^,  aJ'^i^nn  inf.  const..,  ^kv^!n  impp/:,  I2?riri,  which  before  Makkeph 
is  shortened' to  Seghol,  "'>::'ni:?rn  Isa.  30 :  29,' -"r^bnnri  Gen.  6:9,  "=1?^'^ 
Job  6  :  16.  Frequently,  however.  Pattahh  is  used,  or,  with  a  pause  accent, 
Kamets,  ?|^p:nn  pret.,  p-Tnnn  pre.!.  n:n\  imper.  (but  iiif.  const,  and  part. 


126  ETYMOLOGY.  §9? 

witli  c,  fut.  a  iiiul  c).  ri'r^^r)^^,  cHj^n-^,  •.^PBrn.  r^/J2f3,  iT^-'lJl^ri'i , :  vj^rr';', 
:  ^I3bp7 ,  :  •priscr-' ,  :  i-|?n"?  Ezt-k.  21 :  3o'^ :  •'q*Ern  Mic.  1 :  lo"  K'ri,  :  Y^-^ 
\sA.  .')2  : 5.  I'littahli  is  aLso  sometinu's  found  in  the  feminine  plural  of  the 
future.  n::^nrn  Zccli.  6:7but  nDrcr.i!|n  Lam.  4:1,  wliere  some  copies 
have  nszcnrn.  Hhirik  occurs  instead  of  Pattahh  in  the  preterites, 
•'ribnarnV,  '^•'ni:;n;?rn'i  EzeU.  38 :  23,  cnii"n;?rni  Lev.  11 :  44,  20 : 7,  each  of 
wliicii  has  Vav  convcrsive,  throwing  the  accent  more  strongly  on  the  final 
syllable. 

f.  There  is  no  example  of  the  infinitive  absolute. 


Paragogic  and  Apocopated  Future  and  Imperative. 

§  97.  The  paucity  of  moods  in  Hebrew  is  partially  com- 
pensated by  modifications  of  the  future,  known  as  the  para- 
gogic and  apocopated  futures. 

1.  The  paragogic  or  cohortative  is  formed  from  the  ordi- 
nary future  by  appending  the  termination  n^  to  the  first  person 
singular  or  plural,  and  in  a  very  few  instances  to  the  third 
person  singular,  thus  converting  it  from  a  simple  declaration 
of  futurity  to  an  expression  of  desire  or  determination, 
n^cx  I  shall  keep,  •"0'?^'?  I  will  surely  heeji  or  let  me  keep y 
Ps.  39  :  2 ;  n|5P33  let  us  break,  ro'^Stra  let  us  cast  away,  Ps. 
2:3;  ntD^li;'  let  him  hasten,  Isa.  5:19. 

a.  The  third  person  of  the  paragogic  future  occurs  besides  the  example 
just  given,  in  nxi^n  Itt  U  come  Isa.  5:  19,  i^Eyn  he  it  dark  (bj'  some  ex- 
plained as  a  noun,  darkness)  Job  11 :  17,  J^.'^ll?  may  he  accept  (as  fat),  or, 
according  to  Kimchi,  viaij  he  reduce  to  ashes.  Ps.  20  :  4,  f^pn  Prov.  1  :  20, 
8:  3.  and  after  Vav  conversive  ni::.:;ni  Ezelc.  23:20,  and'vcr.  16  K'ri.  It 
has  also  been  suspected  in  Jin-p''  Lev.  21  :  5  K'thibh. 

6.  Instead  of  n  ^ ,  n..  is  appended  in  nx'^ps;  1  Sam.  28:15,  ^iMl"! 
Ps.  20 :  4.  §G3.  1.  c/so  in  the  imperative  nr'n  or  n?T  Prov.  24  :  14. 

2.  The  apocopated  or  jussive  future  is  an  abbreviation  of 
the  second  or  third  persons  singular  and  expresses  a  wish  or 
command,  or  with  a  negative,  dissuasion  or  prohibition.  In 
the  perfect  verb  it  has  a  separate  form  only  in  the  Iliphil 
species,  the  ''.  of  the  ultimate  being  changed  to  („),  or  before 
Makkeph  to  (,.),  p"^^^-  ^^^'  ^'^^^  cause  to  cleave,  p3H^  may  he  or 
let  him  cause  to  cleave ;  ^"'^isn  thou  wilt  understand,  ^sicn 


§  98  PARAGOGIC    FUTURE,    ETC.  127 

thou  mayest  understand  or  understand  thou,  Dan.  9  :  25, 
libirn-bx  may  it  not  or  let  it  not  rde^  Ps.  119  :  133.  In 
some  classes  of  imperfect  verbs,  as  in  the  Ayin-Vav  and  par- 
ticularly the  Lamedli-He,  it  is  used  in  other  species  still. 

a.  The  only  instances  of  the  abbreviated  future  occurring  in  the  first 
person  are  pinx  Isa.  42:6  and  xns  Isa.  41:23  K'thibh,  where  the  K'ri 
has  nxna. 

h.  The  paragogic  and  apocopated  futures  may  be  regarded  as  mutually 
supplementary,  and  as  forming  together  something  like  a  complete  Opta- 
tive or  Subjunctive  mood.  The  apocopated  future  has,  it  is  true,  no  sep- 
arate form  for  the  second  fern.  sing,  or  the  second  and  third  pers.  plur.,  in 
which  the  verb  has  terminal  inflections,  but  it  may  be  regarded  as  coin- 
ciding in  these  with  the  ordinary  future,  except  that  it  never  has  the 
final  "j .  So  in  those  species  in  which  it  is  indistinguishable  from  the 
ordinary  future,  it  may  yet  be  regarded  as  included  under  it.  Neither  the 
apocopated  nor  the  paragogic  futures  occur  in  the  strictly  passive  species, 
viz.,  the  Pual  and  Hophal,  self-determination  and  command  both  implying 
that  the  subject  is  the  originator  of  the  action.  The  more  flexible  Arabic 
has  three  varieties  of  the  future  in  addition  to  the  ordinary  one,  to  express 
as  many  modifications  or  moods. 

c.  The  apocopated  future  derives  its  name  from  the  apocopation  of  the 
final  letter  by  which  it  is  characterized  in  rib  verbs;  the  brevity  of  its 
form  is  adapted  to  the  energy  and  rapid  utterance  of  a  command.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  speaker  dwells  upon  the  word  expressive  of  his  own 
desire  or  determination,  thus  giving  rise  to  the  prolonged  form  of  the 
paragogic  future.  The  appended  n^  may  perhaps  be  identical  with  a  like 
termination  added  to  nouns  to  indicate  motion  or  direction,  denoting  as  it 
does  the  direction  of  the  speaker's  will  or  wishes  towards  that  which  the 
verb  e.xpresses. 

§98.  1.  Paragogic  n^  is  sometimes  appended  to  the 
masculine  singular  of  the  imperative,  softening  the  command 
into  an  earnest  entreaty  or  expression  of  strong  desire,  ^'^w 
hear  (thou),  filb'a©  oh,  hear!  or  pray,  hear!  ^©Ipn  listen, 
nniiEjpn  pray,  listen!  The  addition  of  this  vowel  to  the  im- 
perative and  to  the  future  causes,  as  in  the  regular  inflections 
of  the  paradigm,  §  86.  h.  (2),  the  rejection  of  the  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  syllable,  except  in  the  Hiphil  where  "^ .  remains  in 
the  future  and  is  restored  in  the  imperative.  In  the  Kal  im- 
perative this  rejection  occasions  the  concurrence  of  two 
vowelless  consonants,  the  first  of  which  must  accordingly 
take  a  short  vowel,  §61.  1 ;  if  the  rejected  vowel  was  Hho- 


128  ETYMOLOGY.  §  99 

Icui  this  will  be  Kamets-IIhatupli,  otlicnvise  it  will  be  the 
briefest  of  the  vowels,  Hhirik,  nf? ,  nir?  Jer.  49:11;  nSr , 
nJDT  2  Chron.  C :  43,  nitj ,  niac  Gen.  39  :  7.  12. 

a.  In  a  few  instances  the  vowcl-lettcr  remains  in  the  K'thihh  though 
invariably  thrown  out  in  the  K'ri.  e.g.,  nsiis  K'lhihli.  nsi::  K'ri  Ps. 
26:2.  i-i^-ib-O  K'thibh,  nib^  K'ri  Judg.  9:8;  nbiprxi  K'tliibh'  n)f,rirxi 
K'ri  Ezr.  8  :  25;  rrjiprx' K'thibh,  nij^.i^N  K'ri  Isa.  IS  :  4.  This  may  not 
indicate,  however,  the  retention  of  the  full  vowel  but  only  of  an  audible 
remnant  of  it.  §  13.  a,  whicli  is  likewise  attested  by  the  occasional  appear- 
ance ofHhateph  Kamcts,  -np^^ii_  1  Kin.  19:20,  nrr;rNj  Dan.  8:  13  (in 
some  copies)  or  Hhatcph  Pattahh  !^^pirj<l  Ezr.  8  :  2(3,  Jer.  32  :  9,  and  by 
the  fact  tliat  tlie  resulting  Sh'va.  even  when  simple,  is  always  vocal, 
§22.  a  (I).  Occasionally  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  found  in  the  paragogic  im- 
perative when  the  vowel  of  the  ordinary  imperative  is  Pattahh  ;  thus, 
rnp  Lev.  9:7,  ns'ij?  Ps.  69:  19.  and  on  the  contrary,  nn=B  Gen.  25:  31, 
fill'.  ^3^-]  Ex.  2lV7^  nnS3  (with  Daghesh  separative)  Ps.'l41 :3. 

2.  As  the  imperative  is  itself  a  shortened  form  there  is 
little  room  for  further  abbreviation ;  it  sometimes,  however, 
suffers  apocopation  of  the  final  n^  of  the  feminine  plural, 
l^-btj  Gen.  4:23  for  n:y"a© ,  §61.  2,  ixnp  Ex.  2:20  for 
n:Nnp ,  §  GO.  3.  c,  and  in  Lamedh  He  verbs  of  final  r.  of  the 
masculine  singular,  '^n  2  Kin.  G  :  18  for  nin  Ezek.  6:11, 
ba  Ps.  119  :  18  for  nsa;  iqnn  Deut.  9  :  14  for  nss-in  Judg. 
11 :  37,  but  without  any  evident  change  of  meaning. 


Vav  Conversive. 

§99.  1.  The  primary  tenses  are  supplemented  by  two 
others,  formed  in  a  peculiar  manner  by  what  is  called  Vav 
Conversive  (^'^.sn  li).  This  prefix  has  the  remarkable  effect, 
from  which  its  name  is  derived,  of  converting  the  ordinary 
future  into  a  preterite  and  the  ordinary  preterite  into  a  future. 
The  following  appear  to  be  the  reasons  of  this  singular  phe- 
nomenon. Past  and  future  are  relative  and  depend  for  their 
signification  in  any  given  case  upon  the  point  of  time  from 
which  they  are  reckoned.  This  may  be  the  moment  of  speak- 
ing, when  aU  anterior  to  that  moment  will  be  past,  and  all 


§99  VAV    CONVERSIVE.  129 

posterior  to  it  future.  Or  by  some  conventional  method 
understood  between  the  speaker  and  his  hearers.,  an  ideal 
present  may  be  fixed  distinct  from  the  real  present  and  the 
measurements  of  past  and  future  made  from  the  former. 
Now  Vav  Conversive  placed  before  a  future  indicates  tliat  its 
tense  is  to  be  reckoned  not  from  the  actual  present  but  from 
the  time  denoted  by  some  previous  word,  whether  verb, 
noun,  or  adverb.  And  when  the  stand-point  is  thus  taken 
in  the  past,  events  may  be  described  as  future  with  reference 
to  it,  though  they  have  actually -taken  place  at  the  time  of 
narration.  Vav  is  properly  the  copula  and ;  when  this  is 
prefixed  to  the  future  for  the  purpose  already  designated,  it 
is  followed  by  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte,  which  give  to  it  the 
force  of  and  then  or  and  so,  indicating  that  what  follows  is 
the  sequel  of  what  precedes.  Consequently  a  narration  be- 
gun in  the  preterite  may  be  continued  in  the  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  the  opening  words  fixing  the  initial  point  from 
which  all  that  come  after  proceed  in  regular  succession ;  and 
the  future  so  employed  is  converted  into  what  may  be  called 
a  continuative  preterite.  Thus,  in  the  account  of  the  crea- 
tion in  Gen.  1,  the  original  condition  of  things  is  described 
in  the  preterite,  ver.  2,  //te  earth  was  nn^n  withoid form  and 
void.  The  subsequent  scene  is  then  surveyed  from  this  point. 
The  next  statement  is  accordingly  made  by  a  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  ver.  3,  "i"as''i  and  God  said,  in  its  primitive  im- 
port, and  then  God  sai/s  or  will  say,  his  speaking  being  future 
to  the  state  of  things  previously  described.  This  fixes  a  new 
stand-point  from  which  the  next  step  in  the  process  is  a  fresh 
advance ;  it  is  hence  followed  by  another  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  ver.  4,  snh  and  he  saiu ;  and  so  on,  ^i^^i  and 
he  divided,  ver.  5,  '&y^^'[  and  he  called,  etc. 

a.  Tlio  nature,  of  this  prefix  would  lie  more  precisely  expressed  perhaps 

by  calling  it  Vav  Consecutive,  as  Ewald  and  others  propose.     But  as  Vav 

Conversive  is. the  name  in  common  use,  and  as  this  sufficiently  cliaracterizes 

its  most  striking  effect,  it  is  here  retained.     There  have  been  various  con- 

9 


130  ETYMOLOGY.  ^99 

jectures  respecting  its  origin.  In  the  judgment  of  some  5  is  an  abbrevia- 
tion of  tlie  verb  nin  was,  hence  i':i<'!!  Ite  uas  or  it  was  (so  tliat)  he  will 
say  i.  e.  he  was  about  to  say  or  was  saying,  vvliich  is  tlien  likened  to  the 
Ariibic  combination  of  the  preterite  of  the  substantive  verb  with  the 
future  tense  to  express  past  action;  but  ^  evidently  has  the  sense  of  the 
conjunction  and,  "'^X'l  does  not  mean  he  said,  but  and  he  said.  Others 
regard  it  as  an  abbreviation  of  ■"'"•"J^  and  he  was  ;  Ewald  of  TSt^  aiid  then. 
ROiiiger  thinks  that  the  vowel  has  no  inherent  significance,  but  is  attached 
to  the  conjunction  on  account  of  the  emphasis  of  its  peculiar  use.  Perhaps 
the  best  suggestion  is  that  of  Sclmlteris,  Jnstit.p.  421,  that  "i^X'T  maybe  for 
lT;X!'ni,  by  §  53.  3  ;  rt  prefixed  to  a  noun  is  the  definite  article,  and  points 
it  out  as  one  previously  known  ;  its  use  in  tliis  particular  case  is  to  define 
the  time  of  the  action  of  the  verb  before  which  it  stands  by  pointing  it  out  as 
known  from  what  preceded.  The  vowel  of  this  prefix  is  upon  this  hypothesis 
analogous  both  in  its  origin  and  its  effects  to  the  augment  c  in  Greek,  or  a 
in  Sanskrit,  by  which  a  preterite  is  formed  from  a  present  or  a  future, 
Tt'TTTw,  tTVTTTov',  TvipM,  cTvi/'a,  and  which  is  traced  by  Bopp  to  a  pronominal 
root  having  a  demonstrative  sense,  Vergleichende  Grammatik  pp.  786  ff. 
The  fact  that  the  Samaritan  Pentateuch  sometimes  substitutes  M  for  1 
conversive  might  seem  to  lend  confirmation  to  this  theory  of  its  derivation. 
But  as  n  stands  with  equal  frequency  for  1  copulative,  and  ^  for  the  arti- 
cle n,  it  is  probable  that  these  commutations  are  to  be  classed  with  the 
other  numerous  inaccuracies  of  this  edition. 

2.  This  employment  of  Vav  Conversive  to  alter  the  mean- 
ing of  the  tenses  by  transporting  the  mind  of  the  hearer  or 
reader  to  an  ideal  present  in  the  past  or  future  is  one  of  the 
most  remarkable  idioms  of  the  Hebrew  language,  and  one 
which  may  appear  to  be  extremely  arbitrary,  as  it  certainly 
is  in  some  of  its  applications,  at  least,  quite  difficult  of  con- 
ception and  foreign  to  our  habits  of  thought.  It  neverthe- 
less imparts  a  beauty  and  a  vividness  to  Hebrew  description 
which  are  altogether  pecidiar  and  which  are  incapable  of 
being  adequately  transferred  to  any  other  language.  The 
narrator  lives  in  the  midst  of  that  which  he  records,  and 
watches  its  progress  step  by  step  telling  what  he  sees.  This 
peculiarity  of  the  Hebrew  tenses  may  perhaps  be  illustrated 
by  an  analogous  though  far  more  restricted  usage  in  English, 
by  which  certain  tenses  may  be  transferred  to  another  sphere 
than  that  which  they  describe  if  measured  from  the  time  of 
narration,  without  any  confusion  or  liability  to  mistake  re- 
sulting from  it.     Thus,  the  present  may  be  used  of  past 


§99  VAV    CONVERSIVE.  131 

events,  as,  Then  the  devil  taheth  him  up  into  an  exceeding 
high  mountain  and  shciceth  him,  etc.  Or  the  present  and  the 
perfect  may  be  used  of  what  is  still  future,  as.  When  thou 
art  converted  strengthen  thy  brethren ;  When  he  is  come  he 
will  reprove  the  world  of  sin. 

3.  Vav  Conversive,  it  has  already  been  stated,  is  prefixed 
to  the  future  with  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte  in  the  follow- 
ing letter,  yl'^':^ ,  ^D-'Snp^ ,  T}b .  If  the  first  letter  of  the 
future  be  Yodh  with  Sh'va,  Daghesh  is  commonly  omitted, 
§  25,  but  rarely  if  it  be  5 ,  and  never  if  it  be  R ,  since  its  re- 
moval in  this  case  would  change  the  sound  of  the  letter  by  re- 
storing its  aspiration,  "^Ti^ ,  ""io^^  but  ^%'^}T\^ ,  nsos^ .  Before 
K  of  the  first  person  singular,  which  cannot  receive  Daghesh, 
§23.  1,  Pattahh  is  lengthened  to  Kamets,  §00.4,  ^!?sn, 
^1^!^ .  In  the  Hiphil  "^  .  is,  with  few  exceptions,  e.  g.  V^y}^^ 
Ps.  105  :  28,  compressed  to  (..)  as  in  the  apocopated  future, 
^f  It!!!!  ,  ^IJfi?^ ,  and  before  Makkeph  it  is  shortened  to  (..) 
■^^3.1 ,  In  the  first  person  singular,  however,  "^  .  remains  in 
the  Hiphil,  and  a  paragogic  n  ^  is  not  infrequently  appended 
in  all  the  species,  e.  g.  ti-^^Trs;i ,  ^^t^si  or  n?^?T»«,'i ;  'T'SNI  or 
^5X1 ;  ^"^^TrNi ;  !^t:bi25<:i ;  ^S'jiitn  or  nna^ij*;; ;  paragogic  n , 
also  occurs  though  more  rarely  in  the  first  pers.  plur.  nibbns^ 
Gen.  41  :  11,  7rq^k}^ ,  nirpnai  Ezr.  8  :  23,  n:^B?i  ver.  31. 

a.  The  tendency  to  abbreviation  produced  by  Vav  Conversive  is  much 
more  apparent  in  some  classes  of  imperfect  verbs.  Thus,  final  n  is  re- 
jected from  n"b  verbs  as  in  the  apocopated  future  ^'~y].  ^-i^ ,  '"^^i',  '?^^; 
the  accent  is  drawn  back  from  a  mixed  uhimate  to  a  simple  penult  in  the 
Kal  and  Hiphil  of  Ayin  doubled  verbs  and  of  those  which  have  a  quiescent 
for  their  first  or  second  radical,  in  consequence  of  which  the  vowel  of  the 
last  syllable,  if  long,  is  shortened,  §64.  1,  ro^,  ZxM;  bbxi ,  bsx'] ;  ruj;;, 
n^J^l;  2"'qi'i,  ^'iJ'i''];  C!ip;j,  Cfj^T;  n"')?;,  Cp,^i.  The  same  drawing  back 
of  the  accent  and  shortening  of  the  ultimate  syllable  occurs  in  the  Piel 
of  the  following  verbs,  whose  middle  radical  is  "i,  T("^37l ,  ^IJ';) ,  n'nia'^i 
but  not  in  Pl^in"^! ;  so  in  lliia";!;!  Hab.  3:  6,  and  the  Hithpael  crsnti^  Dan. 
2 : 1.  It  occurs  also  in  the  Niphal  of  a  few  verbs,  which  form  the  ex- 
ception, however,  not  the  rule,  r;5:»i,  on^^T,  Cipx'i'l  or  ClD5$*^ ,  ^^7^] 
but  nns";!!,  'la^*^,  Ti.^'S*!!,  "'ii''!'],  "fi^'^,  etc.  The  first  person  singular 
is  mostly  exempted  from  shortening  or  change  of  accent,  ^?i<,'',  -^'?,J) 


132  ETYMOLOGY.  §100 

c^pxi  or  Cpxi ,  t;*'pSJ ,  though  it  soniRtimcs  sufTcrs  apocopation  in  in"b  verbs 
fi<"iNl ,  ''nx'i .  Tlie  prolonged  plur:xl  eliding  )^  is  very  rarely  used  alter  Vav 
Coiivcrsive;  it  does,  however,  occur,  c.  g.  *|'i2"ipri]  Ueut.  1:22,  '(^'Tsrn^ 
Deut.  4:11,  ',^2^,!^  Judg.  11  ;  IS. 

b.  In  a  very  few  iiit?tances  Vav  Conversivc  takes  Pattahh  before  X.  its 
vowel  being  conformed  to  the  compound  Sii'va,  wiiicii  follows,  e.  g.  W'l^JX]! 
Judg.  6:9.  iinnnbxi  2  Sam.  1 :  10,  T|E=SJ.  Ezek.  16:  10  but  nsas^i  ver.  8, 
f^^n^.X,!  Job  30':26,  fiS^'ij^:?.  Ps-  73:  16.' 

§100.  1.  Vav  Conversivc  prefixed  to  the  preterite  makes 
of  it  a  continuative  fiitm-e  or  imperative,  by  connecting  with 
it  the  idea  of  futurity  or  command  expressed  in  a  preceding 
verb.  It  is  properly  the  conjunction  )  and,  whose  pointing  it 
takes,  its  pecuhar  force  being  derived  from  its  connecting 
power.  Accordingly,  in  speaking  of  coming  events,  the 
stand-point  is  first  fixed  in  the  future  by  the  opening  words, 
and  the  description  is  then  continued  by  the  preterite  with 
Vav  Conversivc.  Thus,  in  Samuel's  recital,  1  Sam.  10 : 1-8, 
of  what  was  to  happen  to  Said,  he  first  refers  the  whole  to 
the  future  by  the  word,  ver.  2,  ^"^^^  vpon  ihj  dejmrt- 
ing,  and  then  proceeds  with  preterites  with  Vav  prefixed, 
inxiiai  tliou  shaltfind,  ^"^^2)51  a?id  iheij  shall  say,  ver.  3,  r.fibni 
and  thou  shall  jkiss  on,  etc.  etc.  In  like  manner  injunctions 
begun  in  the  imperative  are  continued  in  the  preterite  with 
Vav  Conversivc.  Thus  the  Lord  directed  Elijah,  1  Kin.  17:3 
^^  (imper.)^o,  Xp'-'^^  (pret.)  and  turn,  J?';iPiC2i  (pret.)  andhide, 
n^ni  (pret.)  and  it  shall  he. 

2.  This  prefix  commonly  has  the  effect  of  removing  the 
accent  to  the  ultimate  in  those  forms  in  which  it  ordinarily 
stands  upon  the  penult ;  and  if  the  penult  be  a  long  mixed 
syllable,  as  in  the  Kal  preterite  of  verbs  with  Ilholcm,  it  Avill 
in  consequence  be  shortened,    X^pi ,   ^^Ti . 

a.  The  shifting  of  the  accent,  wliich  served  in  some  measure  to  indicate 
to  the  ear  the  alteration  in  the  sense,  takes  place  chiefly  in  the  following 
cases,  viz. : 

(1)  It  occurs  with  great  regularity  in  the  first  and  second  persons  sin- 
gular of  every  species,  l^r^'^  '/'«»  ^'^•'^  go7ie.  ^^^^^  and  thou  shall  go, 
iriDbn^,  and  I  will  go,  so  n-ianv  "^nbiiJni,  ■'nabnnni,  though  "'n'lsn.i 
Zeph.   1:17,   except  in  i<'b  and  n'b  verbs,  where  the  accent  usually  re- 


§101  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  133' 

mains  in  its  original  position  although  the  usage  is  not  uniform,  *'n"':S!i 
Lev.  26  :  9,  -^nsi!!  1  Kin.  18  :  12.  ry::!-}^:^  1  Cliron.  4  :  10,  Tn-'inndnn  1  Sam. 
15:30,  '^n-'Sn;^  Isa.  8:  17  but  n^EXi'Lev.  24:5,  nx^si  Gen.  6:'l8,  -rfanni 
•'n-'^iEni  Lev.  26:9,  rsrni  Ex.  26':  33.  In  the  first  person  plural  of  all 
verbs  the  accent  generally  remains  upon  the  penult,  "rin  Ex.  S :  23, 
nsDbm,  !i5npbi  Gen.  34;  17. 

S  4T    T  :    '  ;  '-  T  ; 

(2)  It  occurs,  though  less  constantly,  in  the  third  feminine  singular 
and  third  plural  of  the  Iliphil  of  perfect  verbs,  and  of  the  various  species 
of  Ayin-Vav  and  Ayin-doubled  verbs.  nBi-nsn;!  Ex.  26:33,  nx'^sni  Lev. 
15:29,  r^m-i  Isa.  11:2,  i{ip_\  ^^^ni  Hab.' iVs 'but  !i=^3'rn^  Ezek.  43 :  24, 
Wh^  Hab."i :  8. 


Verbs  with  Suffixes. 

§101.  Pronouns  are  frequently  suffixed  to  the  verbs  of 
which  they  are  the  object.  The  forms  of  the  suffixes  have 
akeady  been  given  §  72.  It  only  remains  to  consider  the 
changes  resulting  from  their  combination  wath  the  various 
parts  of  the  verb. 

1.  The  personal  terminations  of  the  verbs  undergo  the 
following  changes : 

Preterite. 

Sing.   3/?;;?.     The  old  ending  n_ ,  §  85.  a  (1),  takes  the 
place  of  n^  . 

2  masc.  r\  sometimes  shortens  its  final  vowel  be- 
fore the  suffix  "^p  of  the  first  person. 
2  fern.  The  old  ending  ''ri ,  §  86.  a,  instead  of  r^ . 
Plur.  2  masc.  W  from  the  old  pronominal  ending  D^n , 
§  71 .  ^  (2),  takes  the  place  of  an .  The  fem- 
inine of  this  person  does  not  occur  with 
suffixes. 

Future. 

Plur.  2  and  S /em.  The  distinctive  feminine  termina- 
tion is  dropped,  and  that  of  the  masculine 
assumed,  i^ippn  for  nsbajpn . 


134  ETYMOLOGY.  §101 

a.  In  several  of  these  cases  it  would  be  more  correct  fo  say  that  it  is 
the  uncompouiided  state  of  the  verb  in  which  the  change  has  taken  place, 
and  that  before  sudixes  tlic  ori<rinaI  form  has  been  preserved,  the  added 
syllable  having  as  it  were  protected  it  from  mutation. 

2.  Changes  in  the  suffixes  :  The  suffixes  arc  joined 
directly  to  those  verbal  forms  which  end  in  a  vowel ;  those 
forms  which  end  in  a  consonant  insert  before  the  suffixes  of 
the  second  pers.  pliir.  dd  ,  "j?  ,  and  the  second  masc.  sing,  t;  ,  a 
vocal  Sh'va,  and  before  the  remaining  suffixes  a  full  vowel, 
which  in  the  preterite  is  mostly  a  and  in  the  future  and  im- 
perative mostly  e. 

The  3  fem.  sing,  preterite  inserts  a  before  the  suffixes  of 
the  third  pers.  plural,  and  c  before  the  second  fem.  singular; 
when  it  stands  before  the  third  sing,  suffixes  ^^ ,  n ,  there  is 
frequently  an  elision  of  n ,  requiring  Daghesh-forte  conserva- 
tive in  the  verbal  ending  ri  to  preserve  the  quantity  of  the 
previous  short  vowel,  ^nVjjp  for  innS-jjp  ^  nprj;?  for  nn^t:j3 , 
see  §57.3.  b. 

When  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  ^n  is  preceded  by  (J, 
the  n  may  be  elided  and  the  vowels  coalesce  into  i ,  i^VP  for 
inS'Jip ;  when  it  is  preceded  by  "^ . ,  Shurek  may  be  hardened 
to  its  corresponding  semi-vowel  i ,  l"'Pfi?Ip  for  in^ib-jp  §62. 1. 

When  the  third  fem.  suffix  n  is  preceded  by  (J,  final 
Kamets  is  omitted  to  prevent  the  recurrence  of  the  same 
sound,  fnS-jp  for  nVj]?. 

Wlien  ^n ,  n  of  the  third  pers.  singular  arc  preceded  by 
(„),  the  vowel  of  imion  for  the  future,  a  3 ,  called  Nun  Epen- 
thetic, is  sometimes  inserted,  particularly  in  emphatic  and 
pausal  forms,  to  prevent  the  hiatus  between  the  two  vowels, 
(..)  being  at  the  same  time  shortened  to  (..)  j  n  is  then  com- 
monly elided  and  a  euphonic  Daghesh-forte  inserted  in  the 
Nun,  ^3'?"9)5''  for  "nVjjp;' .  The  same  shortening  of  the  (..)  and 
insertion  of  Daghesh  may  occiu-  in  the  first  person  singular 
and  plural  and  the  second  masculine  singular ;  this,  like  the 
preceding,  takes  place  chiefly  at  the  end  of  clauses. 


§101  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  135 

a.  The  Nun  Epenthetic  of  the  future  and  the  Preterite  vowel  of 
union  a.  which  is  abbreviated  to  Sh'va  before  T] ,  C3 ,  "|3,  may  be  reUcs 
of  old  forms  of  the  verb  still  represented  in  the  Arabic,  where  the 
Preterite  ends  in  a,  and  one  mode  of  the  future  has  an  appended  Nun. 
Daghesh-forte  in  the  suffixes  of  the  first  and  second  persons  may  be  ex- 
plained, as  is  usually  done,  by  assuming  the  insertion  and  assimilation  of 
Nun  Epenthetic,  ^^i?r??  for  "ij^^k'?  ;  or  it  may  be  Daghesh-forte  emphatic, 
§24.  6,  and  the  few  cases  in  wliich  Nun  appears  in  these  persons  may  be 
accounted  for  by  the  resolution  of  Daghesh,  §54.  3,  instead  of  theDaghesh 
having  arisen  from  the  assimilation  of  Nun,  so  that  r|3bap'  may  be  for 
^1?^P?  instead  of  the  reverse. 

6.  The  suffixes,  since  they  do  not  in  strictness  form  a  part  of  the  word 
with  which  they  are  connected,  are  more  loosely  attached  to  it  than  the 
pronominal  fragments  Avhich  make  up  the  inflections;  hence  vowels  of 
union  are  employed  with  the  former  which  serve  to  separate  as  well  as 
to  unite.  Hence  too  the  vocal  Sh'va,  inserted  before  the  suffixes  of  the 
second  person,  does  not  so  completely  draw  the  final  consonant  of  the  verb 
to  the  appended  syllable  as  to  detach  it  from  that  to  which  it  formerly  be- 
longed ;  this  latter  becomes,  therefore,  not  a  simple  but  an  intermediate 
syllable,  §20.  2.  A  like  distinction  exists  between  prefixed  prepositions, 
etc.,  and  the  personal  prefixes  of  the  future.  The  latter  form  part  and 
parcel  of  the  word,  while  the  former  preserve  a  measure  of  their  original 
separateness.  Hence  when  they  form  a  new  initial  syllable  by  the  aid  of 
the  first  consonant  of  the  word,  this  is  properly  a  mixed  syllable  after  a 
personal  prefix  but  intermediate  after  a  preposition,  -iri3"^  but  Sinaa, 
§22.  a.  Hence,  too,  a  liability  to  contraction  in  one  case  which  does  not 
exist  in  the  other,  ^i^^l  but  pi;5nb.  bb-i  but  Vs3a. 

3.  Changes  in  the  body  of  the  verb  : 

Except  in  the  Kal  preterite  those  forms  which  have  per- 
sonal terminations  experience  no  further  change  from  the 
addition  of  suffixes ;  those  which  are  without  such  termina- 
tions reject  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable  before  suffixes  re- 
quiring a  vowel  of  union  and  shorten  it  before  the  remainder, 
^^tpjp:",  ''2l'3i5)?\  Vi:;?\  ^iT^T>  ^r^I?^;  t)ut  \  of  the  Hiphil 
species  is  almost  always  preserved,  ''?^''t?pn ,  ''pp'^Pip;] . 

In  the  Kal  imperative  and  infinitive  the  rejection  of  the 
vowel  occasions  the  concurrence  of  two  vowelless  letters  at 
the  beginning  of  the  word,  which  impossible  combination  is 
obviated  by  the  insertion  of  Hhirik  to  form  a  new  syllable ; 
or,  if  the  rejected  vowel  was  Hholem,  by  the  insertion  of 
Kamets  Hhatuph. 


136  ETYMOLOGY.  §102 

In  the  Kal  preterite,  where  both  vowels  are  liable  to  mu- 
tation, a  distinction  is  made  by  rejecting  the  first  before  suf- 
fixes and  the  second  before  personal  inflections  where  this  is 
possible,  e.g.  'b;^,  '"'?9I^,  ^^'^2  hnt  J^^wfp,  i5*j;p.  Accordingly 
upon  the  reception  of  a  suffix  the  vowel  of  the  second  rad- 
ical, whether  it  be  o,  e,  or  o,  must  be  restored,  and  if  need 
be  lengthened,  whenever,  in  the  course  of  regular  inflec- 
tion, it  has  been  dropped,  and  the  vowel  of  the  first  rad- 
ical, wherever  it  remains  in  the  regular  inflection,  must  be 
rejected. 

a.  Final  mixed  syllables,  as  shown  in  2  b,  ordinarily  become  interme- 
diate upon  appending  C3.  "3,  r^,  and  consequently  take  a  short  vowel 
notwithstanding  the  following  vocal  Sh'va.  This  is  invariably  the  case 
before  CD  and  "|3,  unless  the  word  to  which  they  are  attached  lias  a  long 
immutable  vowel  in  the  ultimate  which  is  of  course  incapable  of  being 
shortened;  it  is  also  usually  the  case  before  ?],  the  principal  exception,  so 
far  as  verbal  forms  are  concerned,  being  the  a  and  e  of  the  Kal  preterite, 
a  of  the  Kal  future,  and  i  of  the  Hiphil,  '^?f;3 ,  V'!??)  ^\^\}.^:!  'H^,^-'^  > 
V|5nDw'<,  ria-^w^n^  but  ^")?=n,  ^\^,^P. ,  m")^^*.      •'•_•• 

§102.  1.  The  first  and  second  persons  of  the  verb  do 
not  receive  suffixes  of  the  same  person  with  themselves,  for 
when  the  subject  is  at  the  same  time  the  object  of  the  action 
the  Hithpael  species  is  employed  or  a  reciprocal  pronoun  is 
formed  from  the  noun  TTSi  soul,  self,  as  "'tts?  myself.  Suffixes 
of  the  third  person  may,  however,  be  attached  to  the  third 
person  of  verbs,  provided  the  subject  and  object  be  distinct. 

a.  There  is  a  single  example  of  a  verb  in  the  first  person  with  a  sufRx 
of  the  first  person,  but  in  this  case  the  pronoun  expresses  the  indirect 
object  of  the  verb,  "'in^bs  /  have  made  for  me.  Ezek.  29  :  3. 

2.  Neuter  verbs  and  passive  species,  whose  signification 
does  not  admit  of  a  direct  object,  may  yet  receive  suffixes 
expressive  of  indirect  relations,  such  as  would  be  denoted 
by  the  dative  or  ablative  in  occidental  languages,  ^-^yt^  ye 
fasted  for  me  Zech.  7  :  5,  ''?i??3r|\  thou  shall  he  forgotten,  by  me. 
Isa.  44  :  21. 


§103  VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  137 

3.  The  infinitive  may  be  viewed  as  a  noun,  in  which  case 
its  suffix  is  to  be  regarded  as  a  possessive,  and  represents  the 
subject  of  the  action ;  or  it  may  be  viewed  as  a  verb  when 
its  suffix  represents  the  object,  e.  g.  ^^I2)5  my  killing,  i.  e.  that 
which  I  perform,  ^iT^y>  killing  me.  The  participle  may  also 
receive  the  suffix  either  of  a  verb  or  a  noun,  the  pronoun  in 
either  case  denoting  the  object,  '^3is:"-i  seei7ig  me  Isa.  47  :  10, 
''i?5p  hating  me,  lit.  mg  haters,  Ps.  35  :  19. 

a.  The  infinitive  with  a  verbal  suffix  represents  the  subject  in  "^JZIffiS 
at  my  returning^  Ezek.  47  ;  7. 

§  103.  The  paradigm  upon  the  next  page  exhibits  certain 
portions  of  the  regular  verb  "^tJjp  with  all  the  suffixes. 

a.  The  parts  of  the  verb  selected  are  sufficient  representatives  of  all 
the  rest,  and  by  the  aid  of  tlie  rules  already  given  will  enable  the  student 
to  determine  any  other  required  form  for  himself.  The  third  person  sin- 
gular of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  which  undergoes  no  change  in  the  body  of 
the  verb,  will  answer  mutatis  mutandis  for  all  the  forms  in  that  species 
ending  with  Ihe  final  radical.  The  third  singular  of  the  Piel  preterite, 
which  suffers  a  change  in  its  last  syllable  only,  will  in  like  manner  answer 
for  all  the  forms  in  that  species  ending  with  the  final  radical.  The  Kal 
preterite  is  given  in  all  the  persons,  both  on  account  of  the  peculiarity 
of  that  tense,  which  suffers  changes  in  both  its  vowels,  and  in  order  to 
exhibit  the  changes  in  the  personal  terminations  which  apply  equally  to 
the  preterites  of  the  other  species.  The  Kal  infinitive  and  imperative 
are  peculiar  in  forming  a  new  initial  syllable  which  echoes  the  rejected 
vowel.  The  third  person  singular  of  the  Kal  future  affords  a  type  of  all 
the  forms  in  that  tense  which  end  with  the  final  radical ;  and  the  third 
plural  of  the  same  tense  is  a  type  of  all  the  future  forms  in  this  and  in 
the  other  species  which  have  personal  terminations  appended.  The  par- 
ticiples undergo  the  same  changes  in  receiving  suffixes  with  nouns  of  like 
formation,  and  are  therefore  not  included  in  this  table. 


Paradigm  or  the  Perfect 

1  com. 

Singular. 
2  masc.         2  fern.        3  mase.            3 /em. 

Kal  Preterite. 

SiNO.  3  masc.       ^pS'Jp         iTjbtip  TjSt^p       ^"blip  )        r^'Sx^'p 

3/^m.    ^:n5:^p    ^nb^p  tinBt:p  ^nn?i:p )   nnbtip 

^:ribt:p  f  inbt2p 


"TP^^^i? ) 

ico7n.     ^"ri^t:p  T^nbtap    rnbt:p  r;"nbt:p 

Plur.  3  coin.     ^:^bt:p     ?j^br:p     l^ib^p    ^n-,bt:p  M^bi:p 

2  7na«c.  ^5^nbt:p     ^-^nbt:p  M^nbt:p 

icom.     '^J^ibtip    "^^-r"^)?  ^~^:bt:p  v^^t'^I? 


Infinitive.  ^Stpp  )      iTjbtip         Tjbtpp  ibtpp  nbtpp 


^-^ 


i:p 


Future. 
Sing.  3  masc.     ^jSpp^  )     ^b^ip^  )     ^bt;p^     ^^btip;'  ^      •7?PP'! 


Plur.  3  masc.    ^'p^Spp;     ^^Btpp:      T'^^I?^    ^~^^P|?r       V^^^l? 


Imperative. 
Sing.  2  masc.       ^'J.t'Pp 

^nbtjp 

n'JpI? 

PiEL  Preterite. 
Sing.  3  masc.       ""ibtpp 

^^^p 

n^?p 

ibtip 

T    :  •  • 

HiPHiL  Preterite. 

Sing.  3  masc.  ''Drtppri 

nV^pr^ 

•q^'^^pr! 

ib-tppn 

nb"t:pn 

T      •  •:    • 

138 


Verbs  with  Suffixes. 

Plural. 

1  com. 

2  wasc. 

2 /em. 

3  masc. 

8/m. 

^=?^I? 

D5bt:j^ 

I^.f^l? 

o5bi? 

f?^)? 

^:^biDp 

Dir;>^?p 

|?^^9l? 

—  T  Tf; 

I^^^l? 

iiinbtip 

T  :  — ': 

Dnbt2p 

T  :  — ': 

Wr^i? 

iiri^b^j^ 

Q^lhbtip 

r^r^i? 

t3?T'^^P 

■ji^nbt^p 

D*nbt:p 

V^^^P 

ii:^bt2p 

ni^btip 

it': 

i^^^^P 

d^bt:p 

?^^p 

rj^tbq^) 

D^nbt:p 
Dtbt:p 

■j^nbt:p 

13i^;bt:p 

l^^^f'PI? 

^3bt:i: 

DDbt:p 

V  :    T  • ; 

i^^^i? 

Dbt:p 

T    :  It 

l^^i? 

^='^^rr:/ 

Qibt^p^ 

)?^^i?r 

t:!?Pp: 

i!?pp: 

^2^^p: ) 

^-^^^pr 

t^i^bti]:;^ 

l?^^^i?r 

D^btppi 

)^%pr 

il'St^L) 

i^Btpj^ 

"    :  'r 

^sBisp 

T    :  •• 

nibtsp 

i?^^p 

dbtpp 

f^"^p 

siib'^tpj:!! 

Diytpi^ri 

)9r"?pn 

Db^tpi^ri 

•b-tpiDn 

139 


140  etymology.  §  104 

Remarks  on  the  Perfect  Verbs  with  Suffixes. 


PRETEEITE. 


§  104.  a.  There  arc  two  oxnmples  of  (  )  as  the  union  vowel  of  the 
preterite,  'i^,^"!  Isa.  8:11,  "^X'j  Jiuig.  4:20.  Daghesii-lbrte  euphonic  is 
eometinies  inserted  in  the  suUix  ol"  the  first  pers.  sing.,  "'i'^B^  Ps.  118:  18, 
•"Sin  Gen.  UO  :  G. 

fe. The  suffix  of  the  serond  masc.  sing,  is  occasionally  T],  in  pause  :  T\'^i<^. 
Isa.  55  :  5,  so  witli  tiie  infinitive.  TQ"t^"'"!  Ueut.  28  :  24.  45;  and  a  similar 
form  with  the  future  rnay  perliaps  be  indicated  by  the  K'thibh  in  Hos.  4:6 
■JXCS-2X.  Hi.  l.fi,  wiiere  the  K'ri  lias  '^ox^x.  With  xb  and  rib  verbs 
this  form  of  the  suffix  is  of  frequent  occurrence,  :  T^5^  Isa.  30:  19.  Jer.23:37, 
r|X"i3n  Ezck.  28  :  15.  In  a  (bw  instances  the  final  a  is  represented  by  the 
vowel  letter  ti,  and  the  suffix  is  written  ns.  n^^S?.]^  1  Kin.  18:44, 
r\zn^:r\  Prov.  2:11,  nriiDna:  Ps.  145:  10,  n2l:?^;i  Jer. '7:27. 

c.  The  suffix  of  the  second  fcm.  sing,  is  commonly  T\^,  T)i<7P  Isa.  54:6, 
Ti'^N.S  Isa.  60  :  9,  except  after  the  third  fern.  sing,  of  the  verb,  when  it  is 
'i\.,'  Ti~^r!^:  Ruth  4:  15.  Ti"??''''^  I^'^-  47:  10;  sometimes,  especially  in  the 
later  Psalms,  it  has  the  form  ""3  corresponding  to  the  pronoun  "^HJ* , 
^:nrTx  Ps.  137  :  6,  ■'svj^rn  Ps.  103  : 4. 

fZ.  The  suffix  of  the  third  masc.  sing,  is  written  with  the  vowel  letter  n 
instead  of  T  in  niy-^is  Ex.  32  :  25,  nM;?  Num.  28  :  8,  and  in  some  copies  nbax 
1  Sam.  1:0,  where  it  would  be  feminine;  this  form  is  more  Irequently  ap- 
pended to  nouns  than  to  verbs. 

e.  In  a  few  instances  the  rt  of  the  third  fern,  suffix  is  not  pointed  with 
Mappik,  and  consequently  represents  a  vowel  instead  of  a  consonant, 
nn'2  J  (with  the  accent  on  the  penult  because  followed  by  an  accented 
syllable)  Am.  1:11.  so  with  the  infinitive,  iT^IPJ"  Ex.  9:  18,  i^^^"?!!  Jer. 
44:  19,  and  the  future,  nnrnni  Ex.  2:  3. 

f.  The  suffix  of  the  third  masc.  plur.  receives  a  paragogic  i  once  in  prose, 
■irfn-r":!?  Ex.  23:31,  and  repeatedly  in  poetry,  iaNb::n,  i^ii-inin  Ex.  15:9; 
once  1  is  appended.  I'2"p3';i  Ex.  15:5;  DH  is  used  but  once  as  a  verbal 
suffix,  cn\SEX  Deut.  32:26. 

g-.  The  suffix  of  the  third  feni.  pkir.  )  is  seldom  used,  'i'^n^'n'^  Isa.  48:7, 
'jr-n'^  Hah.  2:  17;  more  frequently  the  masculine  D  is  substituted  for  it, 
ClTanp  Gen.  20 :  15,  18,  nril-ia'^'i  Ex.  2: 17,  cinps*:.  1  Sam.  6  :  10.  so  Num. 
17 : 3,  4,  Josh.  4  :  8,  2  Kin.  18':  13,  Hos.  2  :  14,  Prov!  6:21;  *,n  is  never  used 
with  verbs.  WIumi  attached  to  infinitives  a  paragogic  M  is  sometimes 
added  to  T,  n:i<'2  Ruth  1  :  19,  njnnb  Job  39 :  2. 

h.  Verb.s,  which  have  Tsere  for  the  second  vowel  in  the  Kal  preterite,  re- 
tain it  before  suffixes,  '^jsnx  Deut.  7  :  13,  crab  Lev.  16:4,  fnXJb  Deut. 
24:  3.  siwjin-;  Job  37:24.  The  only  example  of  a  suffix  appended  to  a 
preterite  whose  second  vowel  is  Hholem,  is  Vribs"^  Ps.  13:5  from  ''nbi'', 


§  105  PERFECT   VERBS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  141 

the  Hholem  being  shortened  to  Kamets  Hhatuph  by  the  shifting  of  the 
accent.  Tsere  of  the  Piel  species  is  mostly  shortened  to  Seghol  before 
¥],  C3,  )D  J  Tjijap  Deut.  30:3,  ^^^3^7  ver.  4,  but  occasionally  to  Hhirik, 
ci2J52XX  (the  Methegh  in  most  editions  is  explained  by  §J5.  2)  Job  16  :5, 
^iri-ainvN!  Isa.  25:1,  csi'np^  Ex.  31  :  13,  cs'j-is  Isn.  1:  15.  Hhirik  of  the 
Hiphil  species  is  retained  before  all  suffixes  with  very  few  exceptions, 
!i3"iiriyi_  1  Sam.  17:25,  Ps.  65:  10;  in  r,-)?^  Deut.  32:7.  the  verb  has  the 
form  of  the  apocopated  future. 

i.  The  third  fern,  preterite  sometimes  takes  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  in 
its  full  form,  ^nr^rr.  Prov.  31 :  12,  *inn^3x  Ezek.  15 :  5,  so  in  pause  :  inrnnx 
1  Sam.  1S:2S,  ^nn^^ax^  Gen.  37:20,' :  ^inrcao  Isa.  59:16.  and  sometimes 
contracted  by  the  exclusion  of  n ,  iiPi^^r.  1  Sam.  1:24,  innb^  Ruth  4:  15, 
inzja  Job  21  :  18.  The  third  fem.  suffix  is  always  contracted,  nninx  Jer. 
49:24,  njri|b^n  Isa.  34:  17,  nrn6?3  1  Sam.  1  :  6.  The  suffix  of 'the  third 
masc.  plural  is  o_,  not  D^,  with  this  person  of  the  verb,  the  accent 
falling  on  the  penult,  ori^ja  Gen.  31 :  32,  crkii^  Ex.  IS :  8,  or'^SD  Ps. 
119:129,  crsnb  Isa.  47:14.'  In  the  intermediate  syllable  before' ?j  the 
vowel  is  usually  short  in  this  person,  "1^}"'^';'  Jer.  22:26,  ~)!7^=i<  Ezek. 
2S:  18,  though  it  is  sometimes  long,  'r^nban  Cant.  8  :5,  as  it  regularly  is  in 
pause  :  ^jnnb;'  ibid.;  so  before  ''3  and  ^13  of  the  first  person,  ■'Sr^Dy;.  Pa. 
69:  10,  !!l3nxs^  Num.  20  :  14. 

_;".  The  second  masc.  sing,  preterite  usually  takes  Pattahh  before  ''S  ex- 
cept in  pause,  '^Sp.'^P'^:  Ps-  139:  1,  ''innn  Job  7:14,  "^^nSTiy  Ps.  22:2.  It 
takes  the  third  masc.  sing,  suffix  either  in  its  full  form.  t^inn'^SS  Ezek. 
43:20,  or  contracted,  inSDX  2  Kin.  5:6,  lni:b  Hab.  1:  12,  ira;^  (accent 
thrown  back  by  §35.  1)  Num.  23:27,  "ihtirn  Ps.  89:  44. 

k.  The  second  fem.  sing,  preterite  assumes  (_),  commonly  without  Yodh, 
§11.  1.  a,  before  suffixes,  and  is  accordingly  indistinguishable  from  the  first 
person  except  by  the  suffix  which  it  receives,  §  102.  1,  or  by  the  connection 
in  which  it  is  found,  •'iPin^^  Jer.  15:10,  "^iPi^S^  Cant.  4:9,  '^?r"'fi"i  1  Sam. 
19: 17,  wni'Ja  Ex.  2: 10;  once  it  takes  (J.^innnln  Josh.  2: 18.  and  in  a 
few  instances  the  masculine  form  is  adopted  in  its  stead,  :  ^iJOyaiTH  Josh. 
2:17,  20,  Cant.  5:9,  ^innb^  Jer.  2:27  K'ri,  insan  2  Sam.  uVlO.' 

/.  The  plural  endings  of  the  verb  may  be  written  fully  1  or  defectively 
(.),  thus,  in  the  third  person,  "'i^r^D  Ps.  18:6,  ''Sil^O  Hos.  12:1;  the 
second  '':n?2S  Zech.  7:5,  ^sntbrn  Num.  20:5,  21:5;  and  the  first  ^rt'r^^Z'^. 
1  Chron.  13:3. 

§105.  <7.  The  union  vowel  a  is  sometimes  attached  to  the  future,  thus  *'3., 
•'?l?3"]f?  Gen.  19:19,  ''inns';;.  Gen.  29:32,  •'ixn'^  Ex.  33:20,  Num.  22:33, 
isb^a^  Isa.  56:3,  -iSSabVjob  9:18;  !l3^,  13;;"'3:  Isa.  63:16;  i  (for  ^n J, 
■iS^"!-!' Hos.  8:3,  i'lrVpi  Ps.  35:8,  'isi^n'^  'Eccles.4:  12.  irC";!  ISam. 21:14, 
so  in  the  K'thibh,  l'  Sam.  18:  1  lans-^l,  where  the  K'ri  has  sinins^^i;  R^ 
(for  rjj.  tnys*']  Gen.  37:33,  niPinl  2  Chron.  20:7,  rib'-QllJ^  Isa'.  26:5; 
n^,  ncab^  Ex.  29:30,  c^^t-!  Deut.  7:15,   cn-^?  Num'.  2l':  30,  c:-'?  Ps. 


143  ,      ETYMOLOGY.  §106 

74:8,  eV^^s^  Ps.  118:10;  T,,  irdi;"  Ex.  2:17.  In  1  Kin.  2:24  the  K'ri 
has  ■':2"'U;i''.  while  the  K'tliibh  has  the  vowel  letter  "^  representing  the 
ordinary  e,  ''i'^Z'^'C''' . 

b.  The  sufTixes  with  Daghesh  inserted  occur  chiefly  in  pause  ;  thus  "'S_, 
•'2nri-«  Jer.  50:  44;  "'2.,  "^rDnrn  Gen.  27:  19,  5  "'S^r  =n  Job  7  :  14,  9:  34  ;  «. 
{\6\.  plvir.).  ^n'^z-}  Job  31:15;\-.,,  :,"l?3p5<.  Isa.  43:5.  "QTS?  Isa,  44:2, 
j^inix  Ps.  30:  13;  siS  .  (3  niasc.  sing.),  i:^r^Bn.  :  is^nrn  Job' 7:  18,  1:^.1?'' 
Job  41:2  K'ri,  ^ik^^.  Hos.  12:5;  ns...  'n:-;t"yn  Ps.'65:  10,  or  without 
Daghesh.  ninVrtn  Judg.  5:  26,  Obad.  ver.  13  ;  the  uneniphatic  form  of  the 
sulfix  and  that  with  Daghesh  occur  in  conjunction.  ny"'Cir^  nry^'CC^  lea. 
26:  5.  There  are  a  very  few  examples.  Ibund  ordy  in  poetry,  of  3  inserted 
between  the  verb  and  tlie  sutTix  without  further  change,  •'rpsi*'  Ps.  50  :  23, 
\"i?i^'^'?.  J*^""-  22:24.  W:nj;y;i  Jer.  5:  22,  twrsn:-;!  Ps.  72:  iSjiirina-)  Deut. 
32 ":  10,' !  wr-c^n.s;  Ex.  15 : 2. 

c.  The  plural  ending  )^  is  in  a  few  instances  found  before  suffixes,  chiefly 
in  pause,  ■'?3!«7k'''  ,  ''-??';T!'^'? ,  :  ""t?*^^^?  Prov.  1 :  28.  :  Ti:!irsil'7  Ps.  63  :  4. 
r^i^ii'^ii"!  Ps.  9iM2,  'r;:'in-^d':  Isa.' 'u6:'7,  10,  nns^rr^  Jer.  '5':2'2,  inriix^x"^ 
Jer.  2:24;  twice  it  has  the  union  vowel  a,  •'sr^sznri  Job  19:2,  13731='^ 
Prov.  5 :  22. 

d.  When  the  second  vowel  of  the  Kal  future  is  o,  it  is  rejected  before 
suffixes  requiring  a  union  vowel,  compound  Sh'va  being  occasionally  sub- 
stituted for  it  in  the  place  of  simple,  CiSX  Hos.  10:10.  ^iE^"!!  Num. 
35:20,  :n2;;;ax  Isa.  27:3,  :  12=;5^  Isa.  62 :  2?  Tip.-i-i-i  Ezel<.  35:"(3,'nS3r!3X 
Jer.  31  :  33  ;  once  the  vowel  remains,  but  is  changed  to  Shurek,  !C^!i"2\iri 
Prov.  14 :  3 ;  a,  on  the  other  hand,  is  retained  as  a  pretonic  vowel.  §64.  2. 
'^iiiz'hn  Job  29:14,  ct'sb^  Ex.  29:30,  nsrs^X  Cant.  5:3,  ''Sfrann  Gen. 
19:19.  Hholem  is  shortened  before  Tj,  C3 ,  "3,  though  the  vowel  letter 
T  is  occasionally  written  in  the  K'lhibh,  '^"'"iJ^t  Jer.  1 :  5. 

e.  The  following  are  examples  of  feminine  plurals  with  suffixes:  2  fern. 
plnr.  ''?«"jn  Cant.  1 :  6,  3fein.  plur.  ''siujnn  Job  19:  15.  "ns'n  Jer.  2 :  19. 
The  masculine  form  is  sometimes  substituted  for  the  feminine,  ri^"i^"!i<7  > 
n^^^v!^  Cant.  6:9. 

INFINITIVE    AND    IMPERATIVE. 

§  106  a.  Kal  Iiijinitice.  Before  ~.  C3 ,  'a.  Hholem  is  shortened  to  Ka- 
mets  Hhatuph,  i^b^x  Gen.  2:  17,  ?^"irs  (iVIethegh  by  §45.  2)  Obad.  ver. 
11,  nibzs  Gen.  3:5,  cin^X  Mai.  1:7.  Pattahh  remains  in  the  single 
example,  nDJjn  Isa.  30  :  18  ;  sometimes  the  vowel  of  the  second  radical 
is  rejected  before  these  as  it  is  before  the  other  suflixes,  and  a  short 
vowel  given  to  the  first  radical,  commonly  Kamets  Hliatuj)h.  ^|"i35  Deut. 
29:11,  'Tir^sb  2  Kin.  22:19,  cin:;?  Deut.  27:4.  once  Kibbuts,  C=-i:X]3 
Lev.  23:  22,  sometimes  Hhirik,  nisi;  Gen.  19:  33,  35  but  "iiso  Ruth  3:'4' 
i3-Jb  Zech.  3:1.  iSE?  2  Sam.  I:i0,  inrQ  Nch.  8:5.  and  occasionally 
Pattahh,  ^k.P!'^  Ezek.  25  :  6.  In  the  feminine  form  of  the  infinitive,  as  in 
nouns,  the  old  feminine  ending  n  is  substituted  for  n,  inriaa  Isa.  30:19, 
insrn  Hos.  7  :  4.  The  Niphal  infinitive  retains  its  pretonic  Kamets  before 
puffixcs,  ni-irjrn  Ezek.  21 :  29. 


^107  IMPERFECT   VERBS.  143 

b.  Kal  Imperative.  The  first  radical  commonly  receives  Kamets  Hhatuph 
upon  the  rejection  of  Hholem,  ""STlrlt  ''V}!?.^  -^er.  15  :  15,  but  occasionally  it 
takes  Hhirik,  f^'^si?  (with  Daghesh-lbrte  euphonic)  Prov.  4:  13. 


Imperfect  Verbs. 

§107.  Imperfect  verbs  depart  more  or  less  from  the 
standard  already  given,  as  the  nature  of  their  radicals  may 
require.     They  are  of  three  classes,  viz. : 

I.  Guttural  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a  guttural  letter 
in  the  root. 

II.  Contracted  verbs,  two  of  whose  radicals  are  in  cer- 
tain cases  contracted  into  one. 

III.  Quiescent  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a  quiescent  or 
vowel  letter  in  the  root. 

These  classes  may  again  be  subdivided  according  to  the 
particular  radical  affected.  Thus  there  are  three  kinds  of 
guttural  verbs : 

1.  Pe  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  a 
guttural. 

2.  Ayin  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  second  radical  is 
a  guttural. 

3.  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  or  those  whose  third  radical 
is  a  guttural. 

There  are  two  kinds  of  contracted  verbs  : 

1.  Pe  Nun  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  Nun, 
and  is  liable  to  be  contracted  by  assimilation  with  the  second. 

2.  Ayin  doubled  verbs,  or  those  whose  second  and  third 
radicals  are  alike,  and  are  liable  to  be  contracted  into  one. 

There  are  four  kinds  of  quiescent  verbs  : 

1.  Pe  Yodh  verbs,  or  those  whose  first  radical  is  Yodh. 


144  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  108,  109 

2.  Ay  in  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodli  verbs,  or  those  whose 
second  radical  is  Vav  or  Yodh. 

3.  Lamcdh  Aleph  verbs,  or  those  whose  third  radical  is 
Alepli. 

4.  Lamedh  He  verbs,  or  those  in  which  lie  takes  the 
place  of  the  third  radical. 

The  guttnral  differ  from  the  perfect  verbs  in  the  vowels 
only  ;  the  first  division  of  the  contracted  verbs  differ  only  in 
the  consonants  ;  the  qniescent  and  the  second  division  of  the 
contracted  verbs  differ  from  the  perfect  verbs  in  both  vowels 
and  consonants. 

a.  Tlie  tliird  class  of  imperfect  verbs  may  either  be  regarded  as  hav- 
ing a  quiescent  letter  in  the  root,  which  in  certain  forms  is  changed  into 
a  vowel,  or  as  having  a  vowel  in  the  root,  which  in  certain  forms  is 
changed  into  a  quiescent  letter.  As  the  settlement  of  this  question  is 
purely  a  matter  of  theory,  the  usual  name  of  quiescent  verbs  has  been 
retained  as  sufficiently  descriptive. 

h.  The  origin  of  these  various  technical  names  for  the  different  kinds 
of  imperfect  verbs  is  explained  §  76.  3. 

Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

§108.  Gutturals  have  the  four  following  peculiarities, 
§00,  viz.  : 

1.  They  often  cause  a  preceding  or  accompanymg  vowel 
to  be  converted  into  Pattahh. 


o    f 


They  receive  Pattahh  furtive  at  the  end  of  a  word 
after  a  long  heterogeneous  vowel  or  before  a  vowcUess  final 
consonant. 

3.  They  take  compound  in  preference  to  simple  Sh'va. 

4.  They  are   incapable   of  being   doubled,  and  conse- 
quently do  not  receive  Daghesh-forte. 

§109.  Pe  guttural  verbs  are  affected  by  these  pccidiari- 
ties  as  follows,  viz. : 


§  109  PE  GUTTURAL  VERBS.  145 

1.  The  Hhirik  of  the  preformatives  is  changed  to  Pat- 
tahh  before  the  guttural  in  the  Kal  future,  if  the  second 
vowel  be  Hholem,  "1)3?':  for  "1^5;' ;  but  if  the  second  radical 
has  Pattahh  this  change  does  not  occur,  because  it  would 
occasion  a  repetition  of  the  same  vowel  in  successive  sylla- 
bles, §63. 1.  h.  In  the  Kal  future  a,  therefore,  in  the  Niphal 
preterite  and  participle,  where  the  vowel  of  the  second  sylla- 
ble is  likewise  a,  and  in  the  Hiphil  preterite,  where  i  is 
characteristic  and  therefore  less  subject  to  change,  Hhirik  is 
compounded  with  Pattahh,  or,  in  other  words,  is  changed  to 
the  diphthongal  Seghol,  ptn^^ ,  "i)3S^D ,  n^^S^n  .  Seghol  accom- 
panying i?  of  the  first  person  singular  of  the  Kal  future, 
§60.  1.  a  (5),  and  Kamets  Hhatuph,  characteristic  of  the 
Hoplial  species,  suffer  no  change.  The  same  is  true  of 
Hholem  in  the  first  syllable  of  the  Kal  participle,  Hhirik  of 
the  Piel  preterite,  and  Kibbuts  of  the  Pual  species,  for  the 
double  reason  that  these  vowels  are  characteristic  of  those 
forms,  and  that  their  position  after  the  guttural  renders  them 
less  liable  to  mutation,  §  60. 1.  «  (2) ;  the  second  reason  ap- 
plies hkewise  to  the  Hhu^ik  of  the  feminine  singular  and 
masculine  plural  of  the  Kal  imperative,  which,  as  the  briefest 
of  the  short  vowels,  is  besides  best  adapted  to  the  quick  ut- 
terance of  a  command,  '^I'Ja^ ,  T^"ip_  . 

2.  As  the  guttural  does  not  stand  at  the  end  of  the  word, 
there  is  no  occasion  for  applying  the  rule  respecting  Pattahh 
furtive ;  this  consequently  does  not  appear  except  in  "inf" , 
apocopated  future  of  Stih  ,  and  in  one  other  doubtful  exam- 
ple, §114. 

3.  Wherever  the  first  radical  should  receive  simple  Sh'va 
the  guttural  takes  compound  Sh'va  instead  j  this,  if  there  be 
no  reason  for  preferring  another,  and  especially  if  it  be  pre- 
ceded by  the  vowel  Pattahh,  will  be  Hhateph  Pattahh,  whose 
sound  is  most  consonant  with  that  of  the  gutturals ;  this  is 
the  case  in  the  Kal  second  plural  preterite,  construct  infini- 
tive, future  and  imperative  with  Hholem,  and  in  the  Pliphil, 

10 


146  ETYMOLOGY.  §110 

infinitives,  future,  imperative,  and  participle,  onn)??,  ^W^. 
If,  however,  the  guttural  be  preceded  by  another  vowel  than 
Pattahh  the  compound  Sh'va  will  generally  be  conformed  to 
it ;  thus,  after  Seghol  it  becomes  llhateph  Seghol  as  in  the 
Kal  future  and  imperative  a,  the  Niphal  preterite  and  par- 
ticiple, and  the  Hiphil  preterite,  p'lTl^y  *^"''2l^n,  and  after 
Kamets  Hhatuph  it  becomes  Hhateph  Kamets  as  in  the 
Hophal  species,  '^'^.  If  this  compound  Sh'va  in  the 
course  of  inflection  comes  to  be  followed  by  a  vowelless 
letter,  it  is  changed  to  the  coiTcsponding  short  vowel,  §61.1, 
thus,  (.)  becomes  (.)  in  the  second  feminine  singular  and  the 
second  and  third  masculine  pliu-al  of  the  Kal  future ;  ( ,)  be- 
comes (.,)  in  the  third  feminine  singular  and  the  third  plural 
of  the  Niphal  preterite ;  and  {J  becomes  (J  in  the  corres- 
ponding persons  of  the  preterite  and  future  Hophal,  "^i^yp , 

T    :   viv  '  T    :    r    IT 

a.  The  simple  Sh'va  following  a  short  vowel  thus  formed,  remains 
vocal  as  in  the  corresponding  forms  of  the  perfect  verb,  the  new  syllable 
being  not  mixed  but  intermediate,  and  hence  a  succeeding  aspirate  will 
retain  its  aspiration,  thus  ^'^'^S^  yaavi'dhu.  not  ^"^?,^  yaamdu,  §22.  a. 
In  like  manner  the  Kal  imperative  has  •''712s,  ins?  not  ■'"i'as,  l^a?,  show- 
ing that  even  in  the  perfect  verb  "'rUp,  ll5»R  were  pronounced  kit'li, 
kilUu,  not  killl,  kitlu. 

4.  The  reduplication  of  the  first  radical  being  impossible 
in  the  infinitive,  future  and  imperative  Niphal,  the  preceding 
vowel,  which  now  stands  in  a  simple  syllable,  is  lengthened 
in  consequence  from  Hhirik  to  Tsere,  §  60.  4,  "i^n  for  1tJl?n. 
§110.  1.  The  verb  "yiys  to  stand,  whose  inflections  are  shown 
in  the  following  paradigm,  may  seiTC  as  a  representative  of 
Pe  guttm-al  verbs.  The  Piel,  Pual,  and  llithpael  are  omit- 
ted, as  they  present  no  deviation  from  the  regular  verbs. 
The  Niphal  of  TQ^  is  not  in  use,  but  is  here  formed  from 
analogy  for  the  sake  of  giving  completeness  to  the  paradigm. 


Paradigm  of 

Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

t 
1 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

HIPHIL. 

nOPHAL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

—  r 

— VSIV 

TtVtl 

—  Tl    IT 

3/. 

nn)^2 

T   :  viv 

m-^-bs^n 

T       •  v:  IV 

ni72yn 

T      :    T    IT 

2  m. 

T  :   —  r 

T  :   — vav 

m/bs^ri 

T   :    —  t:   IT 

2/ 

rn^j:? 

m?j:>3 

m7jyn 

riTbsn 

\c. 

•  :   —  T 

^TTilZ^: 

^ni?b>"n 

.    :    —  t:   IT 

Plur.  3  c. 

^^W 

^TJ3>3 

•  V  IV 

:  T  IT 

2  m. 

^^y^?. 

Drn':23?D 

C)n^53:?n 

Qni7^^^n 

2/ 

1^7*^? 

1^7'S? 

"iSni^js^n 

■n-7jj;M 

1  c. 

:  —  T 

^^7'^?,?. 

^^n^b^r; 

'^'jT/2^i'i 

:  —'-IT 

Infin.  ^550?. 

ni7b:? 

T    1" 

it^^ti 

-i7b:*M 

Cows^r. 

la:; 

i7b:5?n 

..  X    1" 

"!"'b5;ri 

—  t;  it 

FuT.  3  OT. 

ii:T 

i7b:>^ 

••  Tl" 

•  -:i- 

—  t:it 

3/. 

ii2^r\ 

^b^r\ 

T)2^r\ 

I7b>*n 

—  t:  it 

2  m. 

iia3>n 

ibi^n 

T7b5n 

"i7b5>n 

—  t:  it 

2/ 

^i^jyn 

'  :  IT  •• 

^Ti2^'T\ 

•    ;  t  IT 

Ic. 

113  5-5^ 

nrb5?« 

112'M 

—  t:  IT 

PZ«r.  3  m 

^^^T 

^r/2T 

:  IT" 

ii^rbs?'' 

:  TIT 

3/ 

nj^'ii^n 

n5i7b3?n 

n^ji/byn 

T  :   ••  -:  1- 

n2i7j3>n 

T  :   —  t;  IT 

2ot. 

il^7J!?n 

^i^ji'n 

^T)2Sr\ 

:  T  IT 

2/ 

n!3n'i3?n 

riDi^bsn 

T  :    ••  T  !•• 

j-!3Tb:?n 

n2i7byn 

T  :  —  t:  IT 

1  c. 

^533>?. 

^7by5 

••  Tl" 

i'^^?? 

n7b:>5 

—  t;it 

Imper.  2  w. 

1:25 

I7b:?n 

2/ 

•^1^5 

•    :  IT  ■• 

'^Tt^'tl 

■wanting 

Plur.  2  wi. 

Sli525> 

^nssyn 

^T7b5n 

2/ 

n5l'535> 

T ;       -: 

OTb?n 

T  :   ••-;  1- 

Part.  Act. 

112^ 

^i^t$)2 

Pass. 

T 

T  •.•:iv 

rr:  it 

147 


148  ETYMOLOGY.  §111 

2.  The  Kal  imperative  and  future  of  those  verbs  which 
have  Pattalih  in  the  second  syllable  may  be  represented  by 
pTH  to  be  strong. 

Imperative. 

Singular.  Plural. 

nnasc.  fern.  masc.  fern. 

pit)         "PT"  ^pjt^        H3j^Tn 

Future. 

3  masc.  Zfem.  2  masc.  2fem.         1  com. 

Sing.        ptT^^       pinn        pTnn       ^j^trin     pin^ 

plue.     ^pin;'.    ™piv?     ^P?'^S    »^?Pi"p     pin?. 

3.  Certain  verbs,  whose  first  radical  is  i< ,  receive  Hholeni 
in  the  first  syllable  of  the  Kal  futui-e  after  the  following, 
which  is  distinctively  called  the  Pe  Aleph  (ss)  mode. 

Future  of  Pe  Aleph  A^erbs. 


3  masc. 

Zfem. 

2  masc. 

2  fern. 

1  com. 

Sing. 

bi^"^ 

bixn 

bi5<n 

*  •        1 

bb^ 

Plue. 

^b5&<"' 

TObi^^n 

^ibswsn 

nibisn 

bisD 

Five  verbs  miiformly  adopt  this  mode  of  inflection,  viz.  : 
TiK  to  jperish,  fthx  to  he  willing,  bix  to  cat,  ^^'^  to  say,  r.BS 
to  bake ;  a  few  others  indifferently  follow  this  or  the  ordinary 
Pe  guttural  mode,  sn«  to  love,  vnx  to  take  hold,  vJDX  to 
gather. 

Remarks  on  Pe  Guttural  Verbs. 

§  111.  1.  The  preformative  of  the  Kal  future  a  has  (J  in  one  instance, 
abni  Ezek.  23  :  5.  That  of  the  Kal  future  o  has  (..)  in  rj^ri;^.  Prov.  10 :  3, 
quini  pg.  29 :  9.    Three  verbs  with  future  o,  B^n ,  onn ,  i»n  have  Pat- 


§111  REMARKS    ON    PE    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  149 

tahh  in  the  first  syllable  when  the  Hholem  appears,  but  Seghol  in  those 
forms  in  which  the  Hholem  is  dropped.  Oiin:^.  Job  12 :  14,  icr]^.  2  Kin. 
3:25  but  ^ifenn;:  Ex.  19:21,  24;  so  vvilh  suffixes,  "^ss^r),^  Ps!  141:5, 
^jo-in;;  Isa.  22':  19,  -innpni  Isa.  53 : 2.    lEtn  has  >i"iQn^  but  'i'lsn;; . 

2.  a.  If  the  first  radical  be  X ,  which  has  a  strong  preference  for  the 
diphthongal  vowels,  §60.  I.  a  (5),  the  preformative  takes  Seghol  in  most 
verbs  in  the  Kal  future,  whether  a  or  o,  p35<!^ ,  t]bx;] ,  "i:iNri,  iriNn  as  well 
as  Y^^2 ,  P|?it,!:,  ^isjt!?,  vi^NPi ;  in  a  few  with  future  a.  §  110.  3,  it  takes  the 
other  compound  vowel  Hholem  when  to  complete  the  diphthongal  charac- 
ter of  the  word  the  (.)  of  the  second  syllable  usually  becomes  (_)  in  pause, 
and  in  a  few  instances  without  a  pause  accent,  13!:<'',  '^J.^"' ?  ''"'5^'^!  fH'^'^j 
and  in  two  verbs  it  becomes  ( .)  after  Vav  conversive,  "I'SX'!! ,  inx'T . 

6.  As  X  is  always  quiescent  after  Hholem  in  this  latter  form  of  the 
future,  §57.  2.  (2)  a,  Pe  Aleph  verbs  might  be  classed  among  quiescent 
verbs,  and  this  is  in  fact  done  by  some  grammarians.  But  as  N  has  the 
double  character  of  a  guttural  and  a  quiescent  in  different  forms  sprung 
from  the  same  root,  and  as  its  quiescence  is  confined  almost  entirely  to  a 
single  tense  of  a  single  species,  it  seems  better  to  avoid  sundering  what 
really  belongs  together,  by  considering  the  Pe  Aleph  as  a  variety  of  the 
Pe  guttural  verbs.  In  a  few  instances  X  gives  up  its  consonantal  charac- 
ter after  (..)  which  is  then  lengthened  to  (..),  nnxn  Mic.  4 :  8.  When 
thus  quiescent  after  either  Tsere  or  Hholem,  N  is  always  omitted  in  the 
first  person  singular  after  the  preformative  S ,  "iHS  Gen.  32  :  5  for  "'^i<^J , 
anx  Prov.  8: 17  for  ^i^xx,  bix  Gen.  24:33  for  i>ixx,  and  occasionally 
in  other  persons,  ''BTn''Ver.  2 :  36  for  "'^Txrn ;  so  xn;]  Deut.  33  :  21,  itrh 
Prov.  1:10,  ribh  Ps.'"l04:29,  sin^an  2  Sam.  19:14,  Tnni  2  Sam.  20 : 9, 
^nbni  1  Sam.  28  :24;  in  a  Cew  instances  the  vowel  letter  I  is  substituted 
for  "it,"  il^Di^  Ezek.  42  :  5  for  ^^jdx^,  niis  Neh.  2  :  7,  Ps.  42:  10. 

c.  A  like  quiescence  or  omission  of  tt  occurs  in  ^2fX*1  Num.  11:25  Hi. 
fut.  for  ^^x,!5,  b^=n  Ezek.  21 :  33  Hi.  inf  for  ^^i^^O ,'  'H^  Job  32 :  11  Hi. 
fut.  for 'I'^ixN,  -pTia  Prov.  17:4  Hi.  part,  for  j'^i^'o',  §53.  2.  a,  ^:hk-q  Job 
35:  11  Pi.  part,  for  ^UD^x^ ,  §53.  3,  ''Dntri  2  Sam.  22:  40  Pi.  fut.  for  "'i^jxri, 
3'^^}  1  Sam.  15  :  5  Hi.  i'ut.'  for  n-ix^^l ,  ^-inn  Isa.  21  :  14  Hi.  pret.  for  l^rxri , 
i>ni  Isa.  13 :  20  Pi.  fut.  for  brix-j ,  and  after  prefixes  ijixb  for  nax^. ,  the 
Kal  infinitive  of  n^X  with  the  preposition  b,  ^j^ai^J  Ezek.  28  :  16  Pi.  fut. 
with  Vav  conversive  for  ^jnasNl  ,  "lUJyXT  Zech.'  11 : 5  Hi.  fut.  with  Vav 
conjunctive  for  "^SXl ,  C'^^ion  Eccles.  4:14  Kal  pass,  part,  with  the 
article  for  D'^niitjxn .' 

-:iT 

d.  The  diphthongal  Hholem  is  further  assumed  by  Pe  Aleph  roots 
once  in  the  Niphal  preterite,  siTnx3  Num.  32  :  30  for  ITHNJ  ,  and  five  times 
in  the  Hiphil  future,  •Ti'^^ix  Jer.  46:8  for  .Ti-iaxs* ,  b^^iix  Hos.  11:4  for 
b-^DXX,  nnaiws;  Neh.  13:'l3  for  i'Ti''^5<,5< ,  ^^^^  I  Sam.  14:24  abbreviated 
from 'nyx^V for  n^N^*:; ,  ^ni'ii  2Sam.26:5  K'ri  for  '1^^k*^. 

e.  K  draws  the  vowel  to  itself  from  the  preformative  in  'lanxn  Prov. 
1 :  22  Kal  fut.  for  ^rinsn  in  pause  ^anxtn  Zech.  8 :  17,  Ps.  4  : 3,  §60.  3.  c. 
Some  so  explain  inB^Ntn  Job  20:26,  regarding  it  as  a  Kal  future  for* 


150  ETYMOLOGY.  ^112 

^ribssin  with  the  vowel  attracted  to  the  K  from  the  preformative  ;  it  is 
simpler,  however,  to  regard  it  as  a  Pual  future  with  Kamets  Hhatuph  in- 
stead of  Kibbuts,  as  n^jja  Nah.  2:4,  ^"2H";  Ps.  94:20. 

3.  a.  Kamets  Hhatuph  for  the  most  part  remains  in  the  Kal  infinitive 
and  imperative  with  sulfixes,  as  fi~r?)  'H't;!^  r ''"?'??  >  being  rarely  changed 
to  Pattahh,  as  in  ^r\'^zn  Prov.  20:16,  or  Seghol,  as  "HEpX  Num.  11:16, 
'^^"'?  Job  33:  5.  In  the  inflected  imperative  Seghol  occurs  once  instead 
of  Hhirik,  "^Sbn  Isa.  47 :  2,  and  Kamets  Hliatupli  twice  in  compensation 
for  the  omitted  Hholem,  "^'ih'J  Zeph.  3:14  but  ^libs  Ps.  68:5,  ^inn  Jer. 
.2:12  but  ^3"itn  Jer.  50:27,  tliough  the  o  sound  is  once  retained  in  the 
compound  Sli'va  of  a  pausal  form,  "'^^n  Isa.  44:27.  Ewald  explains 
D-nayPi  Ex.  20  :  5,  23  :  24,  Deut.  5  :  9,  and'onarj  Deut.  13  :  3  as  Kal  futures, 
the  excluded  Hholem  giving  character  to  the  preceding  vowels;  the  forms, 
however,  are  properly  Hophal  futures,  and  there  is  no  reason  why  the 
words  may  not  be  translated  accordingly  be  induced  to  serve.  In  a  few  Kal 
infinitives  with  a  feminine  termination  n  has  (_ ),  nH?an  Ezek.  16:5. 
Tnsan  Hos.  7:4. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  Pattahh  is  found  in  the  first  syllable  of  the 
Niphal  and  of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  "I'-iya  Ps.  89:  8,  cn^nn  Judg.  8  :  19. 

§112.  1.  The  guttural  invariably  receives  compound  Sh'va  in  place  of 
simple,  where  this  is  vocal  in  the  perfect  verb  ;  and  as  in  these  cases  it 
stands  at  the  beginning  of  the  word,  it  is  more  at  liberty  to  follow  its  na- 
tive preferences,  and  therefore  usually  takes  (..).  In  cn"^";:!  2  plur.  pret., 
ri'^H  inf.,  n^n  imper.  of  l^^'^,  the  initial  n  has  (...)  under  the  influence  of 
the  following  "^ ;  X  receives  (..)  in  the  second  plural  of  the  Kal  preterite, 
and  in  the  feminine  and  plural  of  the  passive  participle,  Dnnrx  .  cnbsN, 
niWSX. ,  but  commonly  (..)  in  the  imperative  and  infinitive,  §60.  3.  6,  bi'x 
imper.,  bzx  and  h'zii,  inf,  thx  and  thx^  inf,  yrs  imper.,  itDX  inf  and 
imper.  (but  "laxn  Job  34:  IS  with  n.  interrogative),  piii ,  CiCX  (with  n^ 
paragogic  nsox),  and  in  a  very  few  instances  the  longvowel  (..).  §60.  3.c, 
^SX  Ex.  16:  23  for  sien,  l-^nx  Isa.  21 :  12. 

2.  Where  the  first  radical  in  perfect  verbs  stands  after  a  short  vowel 
and  completes  its  syllable,  the  guttural  does  the  same,  but  mostly  admits 
an  echo  of  the  preceding  vowel  after  it,  inclining  it  likewise  to  begin  the 
syllable  which  follows.  In  the  intermediate  syllable  thus  formed,  §20.  2, 
the  vowel  remains  short,  only  being  modified  agreeably  to  the  rules 
already  given  by  the  proximity  of  the  guttural,  which  itself  receives  the 
corresponding  Hhateph.  The  succession  is,  therefore,  usually  (.. .),  (..  .)  or 
(,.  ^).  In  a  very  few  instances  this  correspondence  is  neglected;  thus,  in 
T,bnn  3  fern.  fut.  of  T\?f}  to  go  (comp.  pns|;i  from  pns  to  laugh)  the  Hhirik 
of  the  preformative  remains  and  the  guttural  takes  Hhateph  Pattahh ;  in 
nb'yn  (once,  viz.,  Hab.  1 :  15  for  i^^^n)  and  nbrh  Hiphil  and  Hophal 
preterites  of  inbs  to  go  up,  and  Pi"iisn  (once,  viz..  Josh.  7:7  for  Pinsrri) 
Hi.  pret.  of  "i2S  to  pass  over,  the  guttural  is  entirely  transferred  to  the 
second  syllable,  and  the  preceding  vowel  is  lengthened.  The  forms  ni'^nb, 
n|;n|;i,  t3n''>'ni,  r^'-^rti  from  r^^n  to  be,  and  rrt]'^  from  n|;n  to  live,arQ  pecu- 
liar in  having  simple  vocal  Sh'va. 


^112  REMARKS    ON    PE    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  151 

3.  Where  (.,)  or  (._  ^)  are  proper  to  the  form  these  are  frequently 
changed  to  (..)  or  (..  _.)  upon  the  prolongation  of  the  word  or  the  removal 
of  its  accent  forward.  Thus,  in  the  Kal  future,  r/ox;;  2  Kin.  5 :  3,  >lEpN'^ 
Ex.  4 :  29,  •'SEDX;  Ps.  27  :  10,  ''poxn  Josh.  2  :  18  ;  JiJ^X,:!  Isa.  59:  5,  ■'W'<n 
Judg.  16:13;  the  Niphal,  D^S3  i  Kin.  10:3,  nnbyf  ivah.  3:11,  Q^'-obh'l 
Ps.  26:4;  and  especially  in  the  Hiphil  preterite  with  Vav  conversive. 
in^sxr]  Job  14:19,  tn-i^xn']  Deut.  7:24,  cni2Nri;i  Deut.  9:3  (comp! 
Dnb=Nn  Ps.  80:6),  '^n'inNni  Lev.  23:30;  •^Pi^VxriV  'isa.  49:26;  ''npTnn 
Neil. "5  :  16,  "'npinni  EzeL  30  :  25  ;  ^"'Pi'^n^rri '  Isa.  43  :  23,  ?^'^Pin3snV  Jen 
17:4;  -pixn  Deut.  1:45,  natxni  Ex.  15:26,  "^nnnni  Jer.  49:" 37;  after 
Vav  conjunctive,  however,  the  vowels  remain  unchanged,  Tlpinn')  1  Sam. 
17:35,  ■'nirnnn'i  Ps.  50:21.  The  change  from  (,_  J  to  (.^j' after  Vav 
conversive  occurs  once  in  the  third  person  of  the  Hiphil  preterite,  "pfNt^T 
Ps.  77 :  2,  but  is  not  usual,  e.  g.  rp'^3.;!^^  .  .  .  "il'^^sit^l  Lev.  27 :  8.  There 
is  one  instance  of  (_,)  instead  of  (..  ^_)in  the  Hiphil  infinitive,  "'p'^THn 
Jer.  31:32. 

4.  A  vowel  which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va  in  consequence  of  the  rejec- 
tion of  the  vowel  of  a  following  consonant,  will  be  dropped  in  guttural  as 
in  perfect  verbs  upon  the  latter  vowel  being  restored  by  a  pause  accent, 

5.  Sometimes  the  silent  Sh'va  of  the  perfect  verb  is  retained  by  the 
guttural  instead  of  being  replaced  by  a  compound  Sh'va  or  a  subsidiary 
vowel  which  has  arisen  from  it.  This  is  most  frequent  in  the  Kal  future, 
though  it  occurs  likewise  in  the  Kal  infinitive  after  inseparable  preposi- 
tions, in  the  Niphal  preterite  and  participle,  in  the  Hiphil  species,  and 
also  though  rarely  in  the  Hophal.  There  are  examples  of  it  with  all  the 
gutturals,  though  these  are  most  numerous  in  the  case  of  n,  which  is  the 
strongest  of  that  class  of  letters.  In  the  majority  of  roots  and  forms  there 
is  a  fixed  or  at  least  a  prevailing  usage  in  favour  either  of  the  simple  or 
of  the  compound  Sh'va;  in  some,  however,  the  use  of  one  or  the  other  ap- 
pears to  be  discretionary. 

a.  The  following  verbs  always  take  simple  Sh'va  under  the  first  radical 
in  the  species,  whose  initial  letters  are  annexed  to  the  root,  viz. : 

tni<  Hi.  to  be  red.  hiti  K.  Hi.  to  be  vain.  nsn  K.  to  gird. 

"inx  Ni.  Hi.  to  be  illus-    n:n  K.  Hi.  to  meditate,  ^"^n  K.    (not   Ho.)    to 

trious.  tl"fn  K.  to  thrust.  cease. 

oasj  Hi.  to  close.  "Tin  K.  Ni.  to  honour.  -lin  K.  to  cut. 

*-t6i<  K.  to  shut.  n;r;  K.  Ni.  fo  6e,  ^^rj  K-    (not    Hi.)     to 
fl^X  K.  to  learn.            *"iD!n  K.  to  i7ijure, wound.              live. 

lin  K.  to  gird  on.  xsn  Ni.  Hi.Ho.  tohide.  Dsn  K.  Hi.  to  be  wise. 

ftTJJsj  K.  Ni.  (not  Hi.)  'czn  K.  to  beat  off .         *i:yn  K.  meaning  doubt- 

to  be  guilty.  "i^n  Hi.  to  join  together.  ful. 

*  oJra|  XeySfieyov. 


152 


ETYMOLOGY. 


§  112 


icn  K.  Ni.  to  desire.       "ifcn  K.  to  dig. 
i>rn  K.  to  spare.  ieH  K.  Hi.  to  blush. 

can  K.  Ni.  to   do  vio-    L'sn  K.  Ni.  <o  search. 

lence  to.  zkn  K.(notH'i.)  to  hew. 

yhn  K.  to  be  leavened,  t"!?:'^  K.  Ni.  fo  incesti- 
nin  K.  to  ferment.  gate. 

T|3n  K.  ^0  dedicate.  *  I'nn  K.  /o  tremble. 
bbn  K.  /o  devour.  nnn  K.  ?o  /aA'e  t^p. 


con  K.  /o  muzzle. 
l6n  K.  Hi.  ;o  /ac/f. 
ntn  Ni.  to  cover. 


T|r.n  Ni.  to  be  destined. 
bnn  Ho.  to  be  swaddled. 
crn  K.  Ni.  Hi.  to  seal. 


Tsn  K.  Ni.  /o  be  panic-  Pifin  K.  to  seize. 

struck.  "inn  K.  to  break  through, 

ykn  K.  /o  delight.  'z'y'S  K.  to  tot-e,  c/oto. 


nns  K.  to  /)?//  on  as  an 
ornament. 

tl"!?  Hi.  to  gather  much. 

"ins  Ni.  to  6e  wanting. 

-12S  K.  Ni.  to  trouble. 

^23  Hi.  /o  6e  presump- 
tuous. 

t")5S  K.  Ni.  to  pervert. 

ncr  K.  Hi.  to  tithe. 
*nr5  Ni.  to  6e  burnt  up. 

pr?  K.   Hi.   to    fie  re- 
?norerf. 

-IPS  K.  Ni.  Hi.   to  en- 
treat. 


b.  The  following  are  used  with  both  simple  and  compound  Sh'va,  either 
in  the  same  form  or  in  dilferent  forms,  viz. : 


"bx  to  bind.  Mon  to  trust. 

TjEli  to  turn.  Tjiri'^  to  withhold. 
bin  to  take  in  pledge.     r)bn  to  imcover. 

Dnn  to  bind.  rlin  /o  //i/n/c. 

ptn  to  6e  strong.  M'^^'l  ''^  ^^  dark. 

nbn  to  6e  sicA;.  "i23  to  pass  over. 
pbn  to  divide.  "i]^  to  /le/p. 


nas  ^>  irear. 

*::3  to  encircle. 

Cpy  to  conceal. 

"iks  to  s/i2<<  ?;j9,  restrain. 

-1^5  to  supplant. 

Y'^S  to  smoke. 

"iL's  to  &e  nc^. 


c.  The  following  have  simple  Sh'va  only  in  the  passages  or  parts  al- 
leged, but  elsewhere  always  compound  Sh'va,  viz. : 


rnx  2  Chr.  19  :  2,  Pr.  15  :  9,  to  love 
ntx  Ps.  65 : 7,  to  gird. 
tjos  Ps.  47  :  10,  to  gather. 
r,^n  Ps.  109:23,  to  g-o. 
C^n  Job  39  :  4,  Jer.  29 :  S,  to  dream.      t'j'J  Jer.  15  :  17,  Ps.  149 : 5,  and 
q^n  Job  20  :  24,  to  change,  pierce.       y^S  Ps.  5  :  12,  to  exidt 


"rnn  Ezek.  26: 18,  to  tremble. 
iTin  Hi.  part,  /o  be  silent. 
rnn  Jer.  49  :  37,  to  6e  dismayed. 
'lis  Eccl.  5  :  8,  to  serre. 


All  other  Pe  guttural  verbs,  if  they  occur  in  forms  requiring  a  Sh'va 
under  the  first  radical,  have  invariably  compound  Sh'va. 

The  use  or  disuse  of  simple  Sh'va  is  so  uniform  and  pervading  in  cer- 
tain verbs,  that  it  must  in  all  probability  be  traced  to  the  fixed  usage  of 
actual  speech.  This  need  not  be  so  in  all  cases,  however,  as  in  other  and 
less  common  words  its  occurrence  or  non-occurrence  may  be  fortuitous; 
additional  examples  might  have  been  pointed  differently. 


*  oTTof  \(y6tii(vov. 


\  Except  Ps.  44 :  22. 


§113-116  AYIN    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  153 

§113.  1.  The  Hhirik  of  the  prefix  is  in  the  Niphal  future,  imperative 
and  participle,  almost  invariably  lengthened  to  Tsere  upon  the  omission 
of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical,  "lOn,?.,  "^^N,?.  Isa.  23  :  IS,  asn;]  (the  re- 
trocession of  the  accent  by  §35.1)  Isa.  28:27,  pV.n;:  Job  38:24,  y^TO 
Num.  32  :  17,  P^2'7,--  ^  Sam.  17  :  23,  which  is  in  one  instance  expressed  by 
the  vowel  letter  "^ ,  fii;:.y"'n  Ex.  25  :  31.  The  only  exception  is  5^|^2  (two 
accents  explained  by  §42.  a)  Ezek.  26:  15  for  5niin2 ,  where  the  vowel 
remains  short  as  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  only  being  changed  to 
Seghol  before  the  guttural  as  in  the  Niphal  and  Hiphil  preterites.  Ac- 
cording to  some  copies,  which  differ  in  this  from  the  received  text,  the 
vowel  likewise  remains  short  in  nJSN  Job  19 : 7,  wi">:^^n  Ezek.  43 :  18, 
0|5^n;5  1  Chron.  24:3,  rfJra  Lam.Y :'"ll. 

2.  The  initial  n  of  the  Hiphil  infinitive  is,  as  in  perfect  verbs,  rarely 
rejected  after  prefixed  prepositions,  as  p^'nb  Jer.  37: 12  for  pbnnb ,  6<'ii:nib 
Eccles.  5  :  5,  n-'iisb  2  Sam.  19: 19,  "^isb  Deut.  26:  12,  itra  Neh.  10:39, 
"iiTsb  2  Sam.  18  :  3  K'thibh;  and  still  more  rarely  that  of  the  Niphal  infin- 
itive, :ii:S3  Lam.  2: 11  for  vjirna,  snna  Ezek.  26  :  15. 

§114.  The  letter  "i  resembles  the  other  gutturals  in  not  admitting 
Daghesh-forte,  and  in  requiring  the  previous  vowel  to  be  lengthened  in- 
stead, c^"i^^T  Jon.  1 :  5,  ^33^5!!  Ps-  106 :  25.  In  other  cases,  however,  it 
causes  no  change  in  an  antecedent  Hhirik,  tf^'^1  Deul.  19 :  6,  t5~7  2  Sam. 
7 :  10,  ria2*i!7  Ps.  66 :  12,  except  in  certain  forms  of  the  verb  nk*!  to  see, 
viz.,  X"}*]  Kal  future  with  Vav  conversive,  shortened  from  nxT";i ,  nstnri 
which  alternates  with  nx"iri  as  Hiphil  preterite,  and  once  with  Vav  con- 
versive preterite,  "'riisin^  Nah.  3  :  5.  It  is  in  two  instances  preceded  by 
Hhirik  in  the  Hiphil  infinitive,  S-i-in,  f'S'nn  Jer.  50:34.  In  the  Hophal 
species  the  participles  ti'^ip  Isa.  14:6,  P=2"i?  Lev.  6:  14  take  Kibbuts  in 
the  first  syllable,  but  nxn ,  hb")  have  the  ordinary  Kamets  Hhatuph. 
Resh  always  retains  the  simple  Sh'va  of  perfect  verbs  whether  silent  or 
vocal,  tp-i  Gen.  44 : 4,  ''3!isn"i  Ps.  129 :  86,  except  in  one  instance,  C|^n^ 
Ps.  7  :  6,  where  it  appears  to  receive  Pattahh  furtive  contrary  to  the  ordi- 
nary rule  which  restricts  it  to  the  end  of  the  word,  §60.  2.  a. 

§115.  The  verb  box  reduplicates  its  last  instead  of  its  second  radical 
in  the  Pual,  b^^S  ;  "lin  reduplicates  its  last  syllable,  sin^anrn  Lam.  2  :  11, 
§92.  a.  ■'Pibs'in  Hos.  11:3  has  the  appearance  of  a  Hiphil  preterite  with 
T\  prefixed  instead  of  n. 

bnn  is  a  secondary  root,  based  upon  the  Hiphil  of  b^n.     See  ^"v  verbs. 

For  the  peculiar  forms  of  PjOiJ  and  T|bi"j  see  the  '"s  verbs,  f]©^  and  T\:'^ . 


Ayin  Guttural  Verbs. 

§116.  Ayin  guttural  verbs,  or  those  wliicli  have  a  gut- 
tural for  their  second  radical,  are  affected  by  the  peculiarities 
of  these  letters,  §  108,  in  the  following  manner,  viz. : 


154  ETYMOLOGY.  §117 

1.  The  influence  of  the  guttural  upon  a  following  vowel 
being  comparatively  slight,  this  latter  is  only  converted  into 
Pattahh  in  the  future  and  imperative  Kal,  and  the  feminine 
plural  of  the  future  and  imi)crative  Niphal,  Picl,  and  Hith- 
pael,  where  the  like  change  sometimes  occurs  even  Avithout 
the  presence  of  a  guttural,  bi?.^:'  for  bH^.'^ ;  robxan  for  rcbsan . 

2.  No  forms  occur  which  could  give  rise  to  Pattahh 
furtive. 

3.  When  the  second  radical  should  receive  simple  Sh'va, 
it  takes  Hhatcph  Pattahh  instead  as  the  compound  Sh'va 
best  suited  to  its  nature ;  and  to  this  the  new  vowel,  formed 
from  Sh'va  in  the  feminine  singular  and  masculine  plural  of 
the  Kal  imperative,  is  assimilated,  *'?s«a  for  ''^^5, . 

4.  Daghesh-forte  is  always  omitted  from  the  second  radi- 
cal in  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael,  in  which  case  the  preceding 
vowel  may  either  remain  short  as  in  an  intermediate  syllable, 
or  Hhirik  may  be  lengthened  to  Tsere,  Pattahh  to  Kamets, 
and  Kibbuts  to  Ilholcm,  §  GO.  4,  in? ,  bsa . 

§117.  The  inflections  of  Ay  in  guttural  verbs  may  be 
shown  by  the  example  of  bs5 ,  which  in  some  species  means 
to  redeem,  and  in  others  to  pollute.  The  Hiphil  and  Hophal 
are  omitted,  as  the  former  agrees  precisely  with  that  of  per- 
fect verbs,  and  the  latter  difl'crs  only  in  the  substitution  of 
compound  for  simple  Sh'va  in  a  manner  sufficiently  illus- 
trated by  the  foregoing  species. 

a.  The  Pual  infinitive  is  omitted  from  the  paradigm  as  it  is  of  rare 
occurrence,  and  there  is  no  example  of  it  in  this  class  of  verbs.  As  the 
absolute  infinitive  Piel  mostly  gives  up  its  distinctive  form  and  adopts  that 
of  the  construct,  §92.  cZ,  it  is  printed  with  Tsere  in  this  and  the  following 
paradigms. 


Paradigm 

OF  Ayin 

Guttural  Verbs 

KAT,. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

PUAL. 

niTHPAEL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

bxs 

—  T 

^^^f? 

^^^3 

bi^b 

bk^rn 

3/ 

lnbs3 

nbui.-3 

T  ~: ; ' 

5^5^,5 

nbx3 

T  -:  1 

tib^i^ru 

2  TO. 

nbxs 

nb^ro 

T  ;    ^  ;  • 

^)^) 

nbij^b 

nbssnn 

2/ 

J^^^i* 

ipb^5:o 

^^^^ 

nbsb 

nbi^^nn 

Ic. 

^'^)^^ 

^nb^ro 

'I^^^S 

^nb^b 

T.bi<5nn 

PZwr.  3  c. 

~:iT 

^-1^?? 

6^55 

iibjstr. 

^by;snn 

2  TO. 

Dnb^n 

DPb^<:o 

t^nbsjir) 

Qr^ibi^h 

nnb^5rl^n 

2/. 

1^^^? 

■nb^ro 

■)P}^'>?.5 

-nbi^b 

■jnb.^^r.inn 

1  e. 

:  — T 

^2b^{:o 

^Db^r, 

^jbi^b 

^:b^^5^n 

Infix.  ^JsoZ. 

biif<5 

bi<5M 

b>53 

■'  T 

Cons^?' 

bi<5 

"  T      • 

••  T 

••  T   :    • 

FUT.    3  TO. 

b^r^ 

bj^r 

bi^T 

bksn^ 

3/ 

bi^r^n 

••  T      • 

bj^jn 

bi<bri 

bk^nn 

2  TO. 

bik:n 

bj!<3n 

••  T     • 

bi<:n 

••  T    : 

bi^bn 

bj5r.r,n 

"  T    ;     • 

2/ 

^?^fi^ 

'?^5^ 

•    -:iT   ; 

^bsbn 

'5^5<5rin 

1  c. 

^^?^ 

^^5^ 

b:j^:*j5 

••T  -: 

b^bist 

^-"i^i'r^ 

PZwr.  3  TO. 

^^^tO 

^^^:^C 

iibi^rr 

-:it: 

^^^tC 

^b.sj^n,'^ 

8/ 

n^b^r^n 

n!)b!krin 

T  ;  —  T    • 

rijbikrin 

nab^bn 

Hjbi^-i^Fi 

2  TO. 

iib.s;:»n 

^b^isri 

^^^^ 

^b.sbi;i 

^^-"^snn 

2/. 

j-iDb5<:»n 

!^?""i^5Ji^ 

fuhkjFi 

n:b!kbn 

nDbikrinn 

le. 

^^V? 

b^5: 

bj^ro 

"T ; 

''^b3 

bNr.n3 

"  T    ;  • 

IjIPER.  2  TO. 

bjkri 

bJ5-in 

•*  T      " 

^^'^ 

bjisnn 

•■  T   :    • 

2/ 

^b^a 

^b^^•^n 

^b5^5 

•   -:iT 

wanting 

'5^^,^*^'*> 

Plur.  2  TO. 

^3^^5 

-:iT   • 

^^^.^ 

^^^^'R'^ 

2/ 

^3b^5 

nDb>5!in 

T  :  — T   -^ 

T  ;  — T 

njb^isnri 

Part.  Act. 

b^h 

bi5"j 

•'T   : 

Pass. 

b^xa 

^^?? 

bxb:^ 

r       ; 

155 


156  ETYMOLOGY.  ^118,119 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Guttural  Verbs. 

§118.  1.  If  the  second  radical  i.s  i,  the  Kal  future  and  imperative 
commonly  have  Hholem;  but  the  following  take  Pattahh.  T\'^i<  to  belong, 
Z'-.n  to  be  dried  or  desolate,  1"n  to  treuible,  Ti'^n  to  reproach,  to  winter, 
ynn  to  sharpen,  a'^s  to  be  sweet,  Zn'^s  to'coine  near,  Cnjr  to  cover ;  Cin::  to 
tear  in  pieces,  has  either  Hholem  or  Pattaiih  ;  Tlinn  to  plough  has  fut.  0, 
to  be  silent  has  fut.  a. 

2.  With  any  other  guttural  for  the  second  radical  the  Kal  future  and 
imperative  have  Pattahh ;  only  sn;  to  roar,  and  cnn  to  love,  have  Hho- 
lem;  est  to  curse,  b?^  to  trespass,  andbi'Q  to  do,  huve  either  Pattahh 
or  Hholem;  the  future  of  tnx  to  grasp,  is  tHn^  or  Tnxi. 

3.  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate  is  as  in  perfect  verbs  commonly  prolonged 
to  Kamets  before  sufTixes,  w.here  Hholem  would  be  rejected,  f^^i^X  Prov. 
4:6,  crjniT';  2  Kin.  10:14,  cfrndx  2  Sam.  22:43,  '':i^i<ia  Isa.  45:11, 
■'Sinx;:  Ge'n.  29:32. 

4.  The  feminine  plurals  of  the  Niphal  and  Piel  futures  have  Pattahh 
with  the  second  radical  whether  this  be  i  or  another  guttural,  njbrian 
Ezek.7:27,  ri3sn;i-n  Prov.6:27,  rtD^-^nn  Ezek.  16:6,  :n:EN:ti  Hos.'4:f3, 
but  Tsere  occasionally  in  pause,  njnnisn  Jer.  9  :  17. 

§119.  1.  With  these  exceptions  the  vowel  accompanying  the  guttural 
is  the  same  as  in  the  perfect  verb;  thus  the  Kal  preterite  mid.  c  ! -^X 
Gen.  27  :  9,  ?;nnx  Deut.  15  :  16;  infinitive  j:i']  1  Sam.  7  :  8,  rno  Jer.  15:3, 
with  Makkeph!  "nns  1  Kin.  5:20;  Nipharinfinitive,  cnbn  Ex.  17:10, 
with  suffixes,  ^j^Sl^H  2  Chron.  16:  7,  8,  with  prefixed  3,  cribs  Judg.  11  :25, 
bxr?  1  Sam.  20  :  6,  28,  and  once  anomalously  with  prefixed  N .  'ii^N  Ezek. 
14:  3  (a  like  substitution  of  S  for  n  occurring  once  in  the  Hiphil  preterite, 
:'inbs5X  Isa.  63:3);  future  cn|";i  Ex.  14:14,  with  Vav  conversive, 
:  bSB^l '  Job  7  :  5,  bn;3*l  Ex,  32  :  l',  psj'i  Judg.  6  :  34.  insni  Ex.  9  :  15, 
yrik^'i  Num.  22 :  25.  or  with  the  accent  on  the  penult,  cn^^]  Ex.  17 : 8, 
DSEFi]  Gen.  41 : 8 ;  imperative,  Cin^n  1  Sam.  18 :  17,  or  with  the  accent 
thrown  back,  TUCn  Gen.  13:9;  Hiphil  infinitive,  'ii'k'zr:  1  Sam.  27:12, 
pn-in  Gen.  21  :  16,  C^nn  Deut.  7:2,  apocopated  future,  csn^  I  Sam. 
2:  10,  hhp-^  1  Kin.  8:1  (in  the  parallel  passage,  2  Chron.  5:2,  binp;^), 
rn'rn  Deut.  9:26,  nns;;  Ps.  12  :  4,  with  Vav  conversive,  Orr^i  1  Kin.  22  :  5-1, 
nnr'xi  Zech.  11:8;  imperative,  S-ipn  Ex.  28  : 1,  with  Makkeph.  "nnn  Ps. 
81 :  iT,  "P?7n  2  Sam.  20  :  4,  "bnpnDeut.  4  :  10,  with  a  pause  accent  the 
last  vowel  sometimes  becomes  Pattahh,  P^'^rl  Job  13:21,  :  "'?'C^!  Ps.  69 :  24, 
though  not  always,  ^^JP.^  Lev.  8  :  3.  Hophal  infinitive,  y^.^.\}  2  Kin.  3 :  23. 
Tsere  is  commonly  retained  in  the  last  syllable  of  the  Piel  and  Hithpael, 
which  upon  the  retrocession  or  loss  of  the  accent  is  shortened  to  Seghol, 
trq  Lev.  5:22,  viriz-^  Hos.  9:2,  pnib  Gen.  39:14,  -prydh  Ps.  104:26, 
qi'n^  74  :  10,  nn(i;iV  Gen.  39  :  4,  crBPn^.  Dan.  2:1,  ^irr'n  2  Kin.  18  :  23, 
and  occasionally  before  suffixes  to  Hhirik.  csd^.a  Isa.  1  :15,  :r,psn^  (fem. 
form  for  ?}nn?n^,  §61.  5)1  Sam.  16:  15  but  M^nnb   Isa.  30:'i8,  "nnttj 


4  120,  121    REMARKS    ON    AYIN    GUTTURAL    VERBS.  157 

Ezek.  5  :  16;  in  a  few  instances,  however,  as  in  the  perfect  verb,  Pattahh 
is  taken  instead,  thus  in  the  preterite,  tinb  Mai.  3:  19,  cnn  Ps.  103: 13, 
pnn  Isa.  6  :  12,  Uins  Deut.  20  :  7,  Tj^a  Gen.  24  :  1  (rp?  rarely  occurs  ex- 
cept in  pause),  Tlins  Isa.  25:11,  and  more  rarely  still  in  the  imperative, 
2np3  Ezek.  37  :  17,  and  future  31^"ri?  Prov.  14  :  10,  bs  jn-^ , :  bxsn^  Dan.  1  :  8. 

2.  bx'J^,  which  has  Kamets  in  pause,  bxiU ,  ll^Niij,  but  most  commonly 
Tsere  before  suffixes,  ?i^5^^,  '^J^bxCJ,  exhibits  the  peculiar  forms,  CnbjjfD 
1  Sara.  12:13,  :T'nbxui' l' Sam.  l":  20,  ^n-^nbxuj  Judg.  13:6,  W-'r.^.xi'n 
1  Sam.  1 :  28. 

3.  Kamets  Hhatuph  sometimes  remains  before  the  guttural  in  the  Kal 
imperative  and  infinitive  with  suffixes  or  appended  n,  Dl^Hij  Hos.  9:10, 
ti^xa  Ruth  3:  13,  DDNa  Am.  2:4,  ciox^a  (by  §61.  1)  IsaV3b :  12,  C33n|5 
Deut.  20  :  2  (the  alternate  form  being  ^^^'i^^  Josh.  22 :  16),  nin-i  Ex.  30 :'  Is", 
nj^O"!  Ezek.  8:6.  and  sometimes  is  changed  to  Pattahh,  T\P.?.}  Isa.  57  :  13, 
t=yVi^Ezek.20:27,  n-jqu  Hos.  5 :  2.  n:^n  x  Deut.  10:15,  nii^  Jer.31:12, 
or  with  simple  Sh'va  under  the  guttural,  rj'^ir::  Ps.  68:8,  isST  2  Chron. 
26:  19.  In  nhv\  Num.  23:7,  Kamets  Hhatuph  is  lengthened  to  Hholem 
in  the  simple  syllable.  Once  the  paragogic  imperative  takes  the  form 
nbxd  Isa.  7:11,  comp.  nnb'o,  nrruJ  Dan.  9 :  19,  nxE-i  Ps.  41 :  5. 

4.  Hhirik  of  the  inflected  Kal  imperative  is  retained  before  "i,  'in'iS 
Josh.  9:  6,  and  once  before  n,  !i"ini!i  Job  6 :  22 ;  when  the  first  radical  is  X 
it  becomes  Seghol,  ^linx  Ps.  31 :  24,  "ITnx  Cant.  2: 15  ;  in  other  cases  it 
is  changed  to  Pattahh,  "■'psj.  Isa.  14:  31,^^pr,t  Judg.  10:14. 

§  120.  1.  The  compound  Sh'va  after  Kamets  Hhatuph  is  (^.),  after 
Seghol  ( .),  in  other  cases  (..),  as  is  sufficiently  shown  by  the  examples 
already  adduced.  Exceptions  are  rare,  "'inx  Ruth  3:15,  "''indln  Ezek. 
16:  33.  iniNni  y'tha'rehu  Isa.  44: 13. 

2.  The  letter  before  the  guttural  receives  compound  Sh'va  in  pHS|^ 
Gen.  21:6;  in  iXiyN3  Ezek.  9:8,  this  leads  to  the  prolongation  of  the 
preceding  vowel  and  its  expression  by  the  vowel  letter  X,  §  11.  1.  a.  This 
latter  form,  though  without  an  exact  parallel,  is  thus  susceptible  of  ready 
explanation,  and  there  is  no  need  of  resorting  to  the  hypothesis  of  an  error 
in  the  text  or  a  confusion  of  two  distinct  readings,  "ix^?  and  "itf^ii^X  . 

3.  Resh  commonly  receives  simple  Sh'va,  though  it  has  compound  in 
some  forms  of  rp3,  e.g.  Jli^ain  Num.  6:23,  Ts-^a  Gen.  27:27. 

§121.  1.  Upon  the  omission  of  Daghesh-forte  from  the  second  radical 
the  previous  vowel  is  always  lengthened  before  ^,  almost  always  before 
X,  and  prevailingly  before  V,  but  rarely  before  ti  or  H.  The  previous 
vowel  remains  short  in  Pisa  to  terrify^  GSS  to  provoke^  i::?^  to  be  few,  i53 
to  shake,  and  p?^  to  cry.  It  is  sometimes  lengthened,  though  not  always, 
in  "1X3  to  make  plain,  f)X3  to  commit  adultery,  'J'XJ  to  despise,  "ixj  to  re- 
ject, bxiu  to  ask;  "iJ'S  to  consume,  "z'^a  to  sweep  axoay  by  a  tempest,  -i'Pi  to 
abhor;  bna  to  affright,  nna  to  be  dim,  bnj  to  lead.  It  is  also  lengthened 
in  fiin|5  to  be  dull,  which  only  occurs  Eccl.  10:  10.     The  only  instances  of 


158  ETYMOLOGY.  §  122, 123 

the  prolongation  of  the  vowel  before  n  are  crib  Pi.  inf.  Judg.  5  :  8,  '|n2  Pu. 
prct.  Ezek.  21:  IS,  inn  Pu.  pret.  Ps.36:  13,  •'nrinnnn  Job  9:  30,  the  first  two 
of  which  may,  however,  be  regarded  as  nouns.  Uaghesh-lbrtc  is  retained 
and  the  vowel  consequently  remains  short  in  trns  Ezek.  16:4,  :  INI  Job 
33:21,unless  the  point  in  the  latter  example  is  to  be  regarded  as  Mappik.  §26. 

2.  When  not  lengthened,  Hhirik  of  the  PicI  preterite  commonly  re- 
mains unaltered  before  the  guttural,  ^i^ns  Job  15:18,  inno  Jer.  12:10, 
though  it  is  in  two  instances  changed  to  Seghol,  1"inx  Judg.  5:  28,  '^rnrti'' 
Ps.  51:7. 

3.  Wheii  under  the  influence  of  a  pause  accent  the  guttural  receives 
Kamets,  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  converted  to  Seghol,  §63. 1.  a,  •'nrn:n 
Ezek.  5:13,  cnsn^  Num.  23:  19,  -A-^r^'^rj  Num.  8:7. 

§122.  I.  )i?.'^  and  '\i^'^  are  Piel  forms  with  the  third  radical  redupli- 
cated in  place  of  the  second  ;  in"inD  doubles  the  second  syllable  ;  and  l^iiX 
l-H  Hos.  4  :  18,  is  by  the  ablest  Hebraists  regarded  as  one  word,  the  last 
two  radicals  being  reduplicated  together  with  the  personal  ending,  §92.  a. 

2.  UinD  and  ^?0  have  two  forms  of  the  Piel,  'ind  and  tjrai ,  njo  and 
nrb,  §92.6.;  and  u:ra  two  forms  of  the  Hithpael,  ic^sn-^,  >ib?5n7  Jer. 
46:7,  8 J  :fx:^  Isa.  52:5,  follows  the  analogy  of  the  latter;  yxr  Eccl. 
12:  5,  is  sometimes  derived  from  yikz  to  despise,  as  if  it  were  for  y^i^^l ; 
such  a  form  would  however  be  unexampled.  The  vowels  show  it  to  be 
the  Hiphil  future  of  "J^IJ  or  rather  ys3  tojiourish  or  blossom,  the  N  being 
inserted  as  a  vowel  letter,  §11.  \.  a.  ibxJJ  Isa.  59:3,  Lam.  4:  14  is  a 
Niphal  formed  upon  the  basis  of  a  Pual,  §83.  c.  (2).  rrn^  Ezra  10:  16 
is  an  anomalous  infinitive  from  C'^'i ,  which  some  regard  as  Kal.  others 
as  Piel. 


Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 

§123.  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  or  those  which  have  a 
guttural  for  their  third  radical,  are  affected  by  the  peculiari- 
ties of  these  letters,  §  108,  in  the  following  manner,  viz.  : 

1 .  The  vowel  preceding  the  third  radical  becomes  Pat- 
tahh in  the  future  and  imperative  Kal,  and  in  the  feminine 
pliu-als  of  the  futm-e  and  imperative  Piel,  Hiphil,  and  Hith- 
pael, nStD;i. 

2.  Tsere  preceding  the  third  radical,  as  in  the  Piel  and 
Hithpael  and  in  some  forms  of  the  other  species,  may  either 
be  changed  to  Pattahh  or  retained ;  in  the  latter  case  the 
guttural  takes  Pattahh-furtive,  §17,  after  the  long  heteroge- 
neous vowel,  e.  g.  H'io^  or  nl?©^ . 


§124  LAMEDH  GUTTURAL  VERBS.  159 

3.  Hhirik  of  the  Hiphil  species,  Hholem  of  the  Kal  and 
Niphal  infinitives,  and  Shurek  of  the  Kal  passive  participle, 
suffer  no  change  before  the  final  guttural,  which  receives  a 
Pattahh-furtive,  T}^'?^^ ,  ri^  . 

4.  The  guttural  retains  the  simple  Sh'va  of  the  perfect 
verb  before  all  affbrmatives  beginning  with  a  consonant, 
though  compound  Sh'va  is  substituted  for  it  before  suffixes, 
which  are  less  closely  attached  to  the  verb,  nri^i^ ,  ^nJ^P  . 

5.  When,  however,  a  personal  affbrmative  consists  of  a 
single  vowelless  letter,  as  in  the  second  feminine  singular  of 
the  preterite,  the  guttural  receives  a  Pattahh-furtive  to  aid  in 
its  pronunciation  without  sundering  it  from  the  affixed  ter- 
mination, nnS-iO  . 

/ 

'~^  a.  Some  grammarians  regard  this  as  a  Paltahh  inserted  between  the 
guttural  and  the  final  vowelless  consonant  by  §61.  2,  and  accordingly  pro- 
nounce finely  sha,lahhat  instead  of  shdla''hht.  But  as  these  verbs  do 
not  sufler  even  a  compound  Sh'va  to  be  inserted  before  the  affixed  per- 
sonal termination,  it  is  scarcely  probable  that  a  full  vowel  would  be  ad- 
mitted. And  the  Daghesh-Iene  in  the  final  Tav  and  the  Sh'va  under  it 
show  that  the  preceding  vowel  sign  is  not  Pattahh  but  Pattahh-furtive, 
§  17.  a. 

6.  There  is  no  occasion  in  these  verbs  for  the  application 
of  the  rule  requmng  the  omission  of  Daghesh-forte  from  the 
gutturals. 

§124.  The  inflections  of  Lamedh  guttural  verbs  maybe 
represented  by  npffl  to  send.  The  Pual  and  Hophal,  which 
agree  with  perfect  verbs  except  in  the  Pattahh-furtive  of  the 
second  feminine  preterite  and  of  the  absolute  infinitive,  are 
omitted  from  the  paradigm.  The  Hithpael  of  this  verb  does 
not  occur,  but  is  here  formed  from  analogy,  the  initial  sib- 
ilant being  transposed  with  n  of  the  prefix,  according  to 
§82.5. 

a.  Instead  of  the  Niphal  infinitive  obsolute  with  prefixed  fi ,  which 
does  not  happen  to  occur  in  any  verb  of  this  class,  the  alternate  form  with 
prefixed  5,  §91.  &,  is  given  in  the  paradigm,  ri'bia?  being  in  actual  use. 


Paradigm  of  Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 


3/.  nnbuj  nnbuJD  nnVj?  nn^'bajri  nn^r'^rn 

•^  t:it  t::-  t:-  t-:-  t:-:* 

2  7n.  rir;5aj  nnbiTD  nnb'j:  rnbirn  nnbrrn'ri 

t:-t  t:-:-  r:--  t:-:«  t:--:» 

2/  rinb'^  rrib'i"?  ri^^?"^  i^~b'^~  rin'inirn 

1  c  Tin5ir  ^rinS'Jp  w'i^r  Tiribupn  Tir;>n^ri 

pzur.  3  c.  ^fib;23  ^nbd]  ^ihbuj  Trbrn  ^fibriTn 

2ot.  Dnnb'i  Qnr;b'j:p  tDnnr^z:  n)n"b"iJn  DriMbri'i*?! 

2/  "pribtp  "iririVjJp  "nvV^  l^vV^'»7  l^v'^^"^'*^ 

ic.  ii3nbi3  ^jnbirD  ^Dnb-^j  ^;nbujn  ^i-nbrxn 


LvFi^f.  ^5soz.     nibia       t6'Qi        ms^d      Mbxn 


cowsfr.      ribuj      nbTsn        nrd      r:-b':Jn      M^sn'tr'n 


FcT.  3  7«.       nb^p;'  nbis^  nb-jj-  n^b"^';;  '^bn^? 

3/.       nb'iin  nbi^n  nb-i-n  rj^?"^'^  '■'^iT'^pi 

2  m.      nb'^D'n  nb^n  nbtn  rf}t7\  nbri'^n 

2/.      ^nb^n  "ribTgn  ^inbian  ^n-b-jpn  "ribn^n 

ic.       nb'^\^  nb'^^  nb'ijy?  M"b"j:i<  Mbn-^;^ 

pzur.  3  m.     ^ihbir:.''  ^nbi^;'  ^,nbi?:'  ^n^b*^:  ^i^bn-^^ 

3/    nsnbirn  nDnb^zin  n:nbujn  nsnbm'n  ninbnain 

t:-:*  t:-t*  t;--:  t;-;-  t;--:- 

2  m.     ^nbpn  irbif\  ^nVuin  -in^b-dn  ^nbn-^rn 

2/.   riDnb^'n  n:nbTrn  n:inb'j3n  n:nb'i^n  n:Mbnii:n 

t:":*  t:-t'  t:--:  t;-:-  r:--:« 

ic.       nbuJD  r-hm  nb^iJD  r-b-as  ntes 


iMPEB.2m.       nb'^      nbi^n        nb-*?      nb-^n     Mbr-^cr; 

2/.       ''nbuj     ^nbirr;       ^fibis    'r;^b"i)'n    "ribn'^n 

piur.im.      iifib^     ^i^b^n       ^nb-^    TryzT}    ^fibnirn 


paht.  ^c«.       nb"is  ribic-j     ri^b'O'j     ^bn^:j 

Pa^s.      mbiii       r:bu:2 

-  T  T     :  • 

160 


§125,126     REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    GUTTURAL  VERBS.         161 


Remarks  on  Lamedh  Guttural  Verbs. 

§  125.  1.  The  Kal  I'uture  and  imperative  have  Pattahh  without  exception ; 
in  one  instance  the  K'tliibh  inserts  l.  mbox  Jer.  5:7,  where  the  K'ri  is 
~nbpx.  The  vowel  a  is  retained  before  suffixes,  remaining  short  in  csia 
Am.  9 :  1,  but  usually  lengthened  to  Kamets,  f]^i'|52';i  2  Chron.  21  :  17, 
•':r:9';y  Gen.  23:11.  In  the  paragogic  imperative  a  may  be  retained. 
nnbo  .  ns'^aia  Dan.  9  :  19,  or  rejected,  and  Hhirik  given  to  the  first  radical. 
-nrriy  Job'32  :  10,  nnbir  Gen.  43  :  8.  Hhirik  appears  in  rrnari  Gen.  25  :  31. 
but  verbs  whose  last  radical  is  *i  commonly  take  Kamets  Hhatuph  like 
perfect  verbs  both  before  paragogic  n^,  and  suffixes,  "rrn^ad  1  Chron. 
29 :  18,  tri'iip^  Prov.  3:3. 

2.  The  Kal  infinitive  construct  mostly  has  0,  i'brb  Jon.  2:1,  :  "i:ib 
Num.  17:28,  "lyj  Isa.  54:9,  rarely  a,  nbo  Isa.  58:9,  si?  Num.  20:  3. 
t]nt^^  1  Sam.  15:  1.  With  a  feminine  ending,  the  first  syllable  takes 
Kamets  Hhatuph,  i^f^"?  Zeph.  3:11;  so  sometimes  before  suffixes,  inn: 
2  Sam.  15  :  12,  -ifri^  Neh.  1 :  4,  cbsrtj  Josh.  G :  5,  but  more  commonly 
Hhirik.  crpa  Am.'l':  13,  irSQ  Num.'  2o\  19,  inrs  Neh.  8:5,  rarely  Pat- 
tahh, T^?^pV  Ezek.  25  :  6.       ' 

3.  Most  verbs  with  final  "1  haveHholem  in  the  Kal  future  and  impera- 
tive. But  such  as  have  middle  e  in  the  preterite  take  Pattahh,  §82. 1.  a  ; 
and  in  addition  the  following,  viz. :  ~I3X  to  shut,  'iTSX  to  suy,  "nri  to  honour. 
"i]n  to  grow  pale,  "iri3  to  shake,  "illJi'  to  be  rich,  "inrj  to  entreat,  "ilJQ  to  slip 
away,  i:iQ  to  press,  "od  to  drink  or  he  drunken.  The  following  have 
Pattahh  or  Hholem,  "iTJ  to  decree,  ITJ  to  vow,  "i^(3  fut.  0,  to  reap,  fut.  a. 
to  be  short. 

§  126.  1.  Tsere  is  almost  always  changed  to  Pattahh  before  the  guttural 
in  the  preterite,  infinitive  construct,  future  and  imperative;  but  it  is  re- 
tained and  Pattahh-furtive  given  to  the  guttural  in  pause,  and  in  the  in- 
finitive absolute  and  participle  whicli  partake  of  the  character  of  nouns 
and  prefer  lengthened  forms.  Thus,  Niphal :  infin.  constr.,  2Jst'n  Estli. 
2:8,  nnan  Isa.  51 :  14,  future,  niiT";  Ps.  9:19,  \t'i^y\'^.  Job  17 :  3,"  impera- 
tive, even  in  pause,  'T2'$r!.  Piel:  preterite,  n^a  Lev.  14:8,  yvta  2  Chron. 
34  :  4,  infin.  constr.,  5*^3  Hab.  1:13,  ?^^3  Lam.  2  :  8,  future,  n^E^  Job  16:  13. 
!?i^?P  2  Kin.  8  :  12,  ',W^;n  Deut.  7  : 5," imperative,  n^a  Ex.  4:23.  Hiphil : 
apocopated  future,  nos^  2  Kin.  18:30,  fut.  with  Vav  conversive,  3.'33*' 
Judg.  4:23,  fem.  plur..'  njran  Ps.  119:171,  imperative,  jain  Ps.  86:' 2. 
and  even  in  pause,  nb^n  1  Kin.  22 :  12.  Hithpael:  i'li'l^n  Prov.  17:14. 
^i-T]')  Dan.  11:40,  nandri  Ps.  106:47;  this  species  sometimes  has 
Kamets  in  its  pausal  forms,'  ^"|52rn  Josh.  9:13,  :  i'|3rri  Ps.  107  :  27.  On 
the  other  hand,  the  absolute  infinitives:  Piel,  n^iy  Deut.  22 :  7,  Hiphil. 
nisn  Isa.  7:11,  Hophal,  n^^an  Ezek.  16:4.  Participles:  Kal,  nib  Deut. 
28:52,  but  occasionally  in  the  construct  state  with  Pattahh,  "tib  Ps.  94:  9. 
3?5i  Isa.  51:15,  yjbi  Isa.  42:5,  rba  Lev.  11:7,  Piel,  nat^  1  Kin.  3:  a 
Hithpael,  Sjrida  1  Sam.  21 :  15.  Tsere  is  retained  before  suffixes  of  the 
second  person  instead  of  being  either  changed  to  Pattahh  or  as  in  perfect 
11 


162  ETYMOLOGY.  ^127,128 

verbs  shortened  to  Seghol,  Pi.  inf.  const,  r^^b^  Dcut.  15  :  18.  fut.  ?i^^'::!< 
Gen.  31  :  27.  There  is  one  instance  of  Puttahh  in  the  Hiphil  inf  const., 
nsin  Job  G  :  26. 

2.  In  verbs  with  final  "i  Pattahh  takes  the  place  of  Tsere  for  the  most 
part  in  tlic  Piel  preterite  (in  pause  Tsere),  and  frequently  in  the  Hithpael 
(ill  pause  Kamcts) ;  but  Tsere  (in  pause  Tsere  or  Pattahh.  §65. a)  is  com- 
monly retained  elsewhere,  "i?C  Ps.  76:4,  :i3i0  Ex.  9 :  25,  "I'^nrPi  Prov. 
25:  6,  ijjxnn  Ps.  93: 1,  -ijgj*;;  Gen.  22:  14,  nT^x-;  Gen.  10:  19,  5"i^rr)  Zeph. 
2  :  4.  Tw;o  verbs  have  Seghol  in  the  Piel  preterite,  "i?^  (in  pause,  "iz'n) 
and  1C3. 

§  127.  1.  The  guttural  almost  always  has  Patlahh-furtive  in  the  second 
fem.  eing.  of  the  preterite,  nr^ia  Ruth  2:8,  :n5=i^  Ezek.  16:28,  Pirsfl 
Esth.  4  :  14,  nn^Tan  Ezek.  16  :  4,  scarcely  ever  simple  Sh'va,  f?n;?b  1  Kin. 
14:3,  nnbd  Jer.  13:5,  and  never  Pattahh  (which  might  arise  from  the 
concurrence  of  consonants  at  the  end  of  a  word,  §61.2),  unless  in  rnjrb 
Gen.  30:  5,  and  Jrrisb  Gen.  20:  16,  the  former  of  which  admits  of  ready 
explanation  as  a  construct  infinitive,  and  the  latter  may  be  a  Niphal  par- 
ticiple in  the  feminine  singular,  whether  it  be  understood  as  in  the  common 
English  version  "s/te  was  reproved.^''  or  il  is  adjudged  (i.  e.  iusl\y  due 
as  a  compensation)  to  thee ;  the  latest  authorities,  however,  prefer  to 
render  it  Ihou  art  judged,  i.  e.  justice  is  done  thee  by  this  indemnification. 
Pattahh  is  once  inserted  before  the  abbreviated  termination  of  the  feminine 
plural  imperative,  *|?aia  Gen.  4  :  23  for  n:rro  . 

2.  The  guttural  takes  compound  instead  of  simple  Sh'va  before  suf- 
fixes, not  only  when  it  stands  at  the  end  of  the  verb,  ?(>2^  Num.  24:  11, 
Vj?2b7  Prov.  25 :  17,  but  also  in  the  first  plural  of  the  preterite,  r,!!;n:;y 
Ps.''44  :  18  (!i3ni',y  ver.  21),  cii?^'?  Isa.  59  :  12,  !in!i:r?2  Ps.  35  :  25,  Cl3?,;?";n 
2  Sam.  21:6,  fil-y^T^  Ps.  132:6;  i  retains  simple  Sh'va  before  all  per- 
sonal terminations  and  sufiixcs,  Pi-;^X  Judg.  4:20,  ciniax  Mai.  1:7,  cinas 
Josh.  4 :  23. 

3.  In  a  few  exceptional  cases  the  letter  before  the  guttural  receives 
compound  Sh'va,  nrbBX  Isa.  27  : 4,  "nni^b  Gen.  2 :  23. 

§128.  The  Hiphil  infinitive  construct  once  has  the  feminine  ending  W, 
Mr^irn  Ezek.  24:26;  nrnaspi;]  Ezek.  16:50  for  njnispi  perhaps  owes 
its  anomalous  form  to  its  being  assimilated  in  termination  to  the  following 
word,  which  is  a  Lamedh  He  verb.  In  npira  Am.  S  :  8  K'thibh  for  nrpc? 
the  guttural  2>  is  elided,  §53.  3. 


Pe  Nun  (fs)  Verbs. 

^120.  Nun,  as  the  first  radical  of  verbs,  has  two  pecu- 
Harities,  viz. : 

1.  At  the  end  of  a  syllable  it  is  assimilated  to  the  fol- 


§130  PE    NUN    VERBS.  163 

lowing  consonant,  the  two  letters  being  written  as  one,  and 
the  doubling  indicated  by  Daghesh-forte.  This  occurs  in  the 
Kal  future,  Niphal  preterite  and  participle,  and  in  the  Hiphil 
and  Hophal  species  throughout ;  thus,  12J53^  becomes  t:5.>;' , 
written  tk"! ,  so  tJ5?  for  tJ5;3,  ffi-'in  for  tt5^ii:n.  In  the 
Hophal,  Kamets  Hhatuph  becomes  Kibbuts  before  the 
doubled  letter,  §61.5,  T»5n  for  I2?5:n . 

2.  In  the  Kal  imperative  with  Pattahh  it  is  frequently 
dropped,  its  sound  being  easily  lost  from  the  beginning  of  a 
syllable  when  it  is  without  a  vowel,  to'^  for  053 ,  §  53.  2.  A 
like  rejection  occurs  in  the  Kal  infinitive  construct  of  a  few 
verbs,  the  abbreviation  being  in  this  case  compensated  by 
adding  the  feminine  termination  fi ;  thus,  twi  for  rit^s  (by 
§  33.  2.  a),  the  primary  form  being  isis . 

a.  In  the  Indo-European  languages  likewise,  n  is  frequently  conformed 
to  or  affected  by  a  following  consonant,  and  in  certain  circumstances  it  is 
liable  to  rejection,  e.  g.  iyypdcjiw,  e/A^aAXw,  o-uctt/de^w. 

§  130.  1.  The  inflections  of  Pe  Nun  verbs  may  be  repre- 
sented by  tJi?  fo  approach.  In  the  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael, 
they  do  not  differ  from  perfect  verbs.  The  last  column  of 
the  paradigm  is  occupied  by  the  Kal  species  of  "jns  to  give, 
which  is  peculiar  in  assimilating  its  last  as  well  as  its  first 
radical,  and  in  having  Tsere  in  the  future. 

a.  The  Kal  of  053  is  used  only  in  the  infinitive,  future,  and  imperative, 
the  preterite  and  participle  being  supplied  by  the  Niphal,  which  has  sub- 
stantially the  same  sense:  the  missing  parts  are  in  the  paradigm  supplied 
from  analogy. 

h.  The  future  of  "jPJ  has  Pattahh  in  one  instance  before  Makkeph, 
-jtnD  Judg.  16  :  5. 


Paradigm  of  P 

E  Nun  V 

EllBS. 

KAL. 

NIPUAL. 

nipniL. 

nOPHAL. 

KAL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

—  r 

'0  3) 

t^iti 

ITiin 

n 

3/ 

T  :  IT 

T  ;  • 

T         •      • 

1  t'Oiit  1 

1      ''  '■" 

2  m. 

T    ;  — T 

r    :  — • 

ntari 

rrdari 

r   — T 

2/ 

n-jro 

ri'^'^? 

ni2:i.n 

rman 

ntt 

\e. 

•    ;  — T 

•Tl'Zi^^ 

™5ri 

"ni2:'iin 

^n^2 

Plur.  3  c. 

^ujro 

VC55 

iiTij^an 

vc'in 

:  IT 

2  m. 

Dn^ro 

Dn3a3 

Drii2:-;n 

Dri'iJiin 

Dnn2 

2/ 

l^'^^"? 

li?'^'5? 

■J;}Pi»n 

■pi*^r"5ri 

l^'^? 

Ic. 

:  — T 

^r^55 

^riran 

^raan 

ii-lhD 

Infix.  Absol. 

T 

T      • 

i*3i;ri 

uitn 

"in: 

Comtr. 

^'^^ 

u32n 

••T     • 

nn 

FuT.  3  m. 

123  .V 

i::"|i1 

u'r 

"p: 

3/ 

ir^n 

••T      • 

•^j^an 

Iran 

■jSDn 

2  m. 

"irin 

wiiri 

is^an 

izan 

"ibr? 

2/ 

^•^rsn 

^iD':2n 

^•d^iin 

^ib'an 

^irri 

Ic. 

■'^s^ 

■•T    V 

"^>^ 

D^i< 

•jn^ 

PZ«r.  3  TO. 

^izjr 

:  IT  • 

r^^r 

vi'a^ 

":n: 

3/. 

CTsn 

T     :   -T    • 

r;3"rijn 

nrdan 

(-l^in) 

2  m. 

^iTsn 

vc:in 

v::"ar) 

vi'an 

^i:nn 

2/ 

nriD^n 

T     :    •T    • 

r;rir"r)n 

MJuDan 

T    :  —  •.. 

(^|r)3?) 

1  c. 

'iD35 

■•T  ' 

12:70 

ir'a: 

-n^ 

Lmpee.  2  m. 

IDS 

••  r    • 

m'sn 

)F) 

2/. 

-ia 

^iD:»2n 

^ir-^an 

wanting 

^3n 

PZwr.  2  TO. 

^b'ii 

;  IT    • 

vd'in 

^Dn 

2/ 

T    :  — 

™irn 

n^is'iin 

(J^lfe) 

Pabt.  -4c^. 

•d:o 

■d^rj 

ir)"3 

Pa»«. 

T 

123  r>2 

T    • 

xor2 

T     •.. 

]^h; 

164 


§131,132  REMARKS    ON    PE    NUN    VERBS.  165 


Remarks  on  Pe  Nun  Verbs. 

§  131.  1.  If  the  second  radical  be  a  guttural  or  a  vowel  letter,  Nun  be- 
comes strong  by  contrast  and  is  not  liable  to  rejection  or  assimilation, 
hn:  Num.  34:18,  :ri3  2  Kin.  4:24.  ^:nri  Gen.  24:48,  iini:x  Ex.  15:2. 
It  i.s,  however,  always  assimilated  in  CH:  the  Niphal  preterite  of  cns  to 
repent,  and  occasionally  in  rn:  to  descend,  e.  g.  nn|]  Jer.  21  :  13,  nnn 
Prov.  17: 10,  Av.ni  Ps.  38:  3  but  nn:ri  ibid.,  nnsn  Joel  4:  11. 

2.  Before  other  consonants  the  rule  for  assimilation  is  observed  with 
rare  exceptions,  viz.:  :  >itr5;n  Isa.  58:3,  ?|'^;ri  Ps.  68:3,  "liii?";'  Jer.  3:5, 
:inis57  Deut.  33:  9  (and  occasionally  elsewhere),  'Zp^^l  Job  40:  24.  •,^tipi''_ 
Isa." 29:1,  rpW^j  Ezek.  22:20,  bhh  (for  ^rnb)  Num.  5:22,  r^r^bt^  (ibr 
Tjn'bjns  with  Daghesh-forte  separative,  §21.  5)  Isa.  33:  1,  *ipri:n  Judg. 
20^31.' 

3.  Nun  is  commonly  rejected  from  the  Kal  imperative  with  a,  t'a 
2  Sam.  1 :  15  (once  before  Maklceph,  "Uis  Gen.  19:  9,  in  plural  it"?  1  Kin. 
1^:30  and  >l'ra  Josh.  3:9),  -hw  Ex.  3^5,  S'J  Job  1  :  11,  ^irp  Deut.  2:24, 
"ns  Ezek.  37  :  9,  "'"'i^^.l'  Gen.  27 :  26,  though  it  is  occasionally  retained, 
IS'BS  2  Kin.  19  :  29,  NC3  Ps.  10  :  12,  or  by  a  variant  orthography,  no?  Ps. 
4 :  7  but  always  elsewhere  Nb  .  In  imperatives  with  o,  and  in  Lamedh  He 
verbs  which  have  e  in  the  imperative.  Nun  is  invariably  retained,  t"'i:3 
Prov.  17:  14,  ^ii3  Ps.  24:14,  rps  Num.  31:2,  yri3  Ps.  58:7,  n::p3  Gen. 
30:27,  ni:3  Ex.  8:1. 

4.  The  rejection  of  Nun  from  the  Kal  construct  infinitive  occurs  in  but 
few  verbs;  viz.:  nua  (with  suffix,  iri'iSi)  from  B33,  nns  from  riD3 ,  nsa 
(twice)  and  ?53  from  1*53 ,  Pra  (once)  and  rbs  Irom  rij ,  Kiij  has  TN'JJ 
(by  §60.  3.  c),  with  the  preposition  h,  rsib  by  §57.  2.  (3),  once  niu 
(§53.  3)  Job  41:17,  once  without  the  feminine  ending,  Hi'h  Ps.  89:  10,  and 
twice  S<liJ3 ;  "jris  has  commonly  rn  (for  r:ri),  with  suffixes  TiPi,  but  'hi 
Num.  20  :'21,  and  "iW  Gen.  38  :  9.  ' 

5.  The  absolute  infinitive  Niphal  appears  in  the  three  forms  "jriirt  Jer. 
32  :  4,  ?|^3n  Ps.  68  :  3,  and  rpsj  Judg.  20  :  39. 

6.  The  ri  of  the  prefix  in  the  Hithpael  species  is  in  a  few  instances 
assimilated  to  the  first  radical,  §82.  5.  a,  '^n'ansn  Ezek.  5:13,  ''nx23ri 
Ezek.  37: 10,  Jer.  23:  13,  n'iiT\  Num.  24 :  7,  Dai^.^ll:  14,  tyxria  Isa.  52:5. 

§132.  ].  The  last  radical  of  'inS  is  assimilated  in  the  Niphal  as  well  as 
in  the  Kal  species,  Br.ns  Lev.  26:25.  The  final  Nun  of  other  verbs  re- 
mains without  assimilation,  ri3S2,  I^32'd,  riR-3.  In  2  Sam.  22:41  nPtn  is 
for  npnj  which  is  found  in  the  parallel  passage  Ps.  18:41.  'FilTi  1  Kin. 
6:  19,  17:14  K'thibh,  is  probably,  as  explained  by  Ewald,  the  Kal  con- 
struct infinitive  without  the  feminine  ending  {'(r\)  prolonged  by  reduplica- 
tion, which  is  the  case  with  some  other  short  words,  e.  g.  ISM^  from  '^; 
''5g''a  for  "^a ;  others  regard  it  as  the  infinitive  nn  with  the  3  fern.  plur.  suffix 
or  with  ')  paragogic ;  Gesenius  takes  it  to  be,  as  always  elsewhere,  the 


166  ETYMOLOGY.  §133,134 

2  masc.  eing.  of  the  Kal  future.  ri:n  Ps.  8:2,  is  not  Ihe  Kal  infinitive 
(Kimchi),  nor  the  3  fem.  King.  prct.  lor  n:r3  (Nordheiiner),  but  the  im- 
perative with  paragogic  n^.     See  Alexander  in  loc. 

2.  The  peculiarities  of  Pe  Nun  verbs  are  shared  by  r.jrb  to  take,  whose 
first  radical  is  assimilated  or  rejected  in  the  same  manner  as  3,  Kal  inC 
const,  pnj?  (with  prop.  b.  rtij^b,  to  be  distinguished  from  PHj^b  2  fern, 
sing,  pret.),  once  "rnp  (by  iCU.  3.  r)  2  Kin.  12:9,  with  eulTixes  "rnp?, 
fut.  nf3\  imper.  r{?,  ■'hp  rarely  nj^b,  "^ripb,  Hoph.  fut.  r^"^,  but  Niph. 
pret.  nf?b3.  In  llos.  11:3  nn;5  is  the  masculine  infinitive  with  the  suffix 
for  Cnn;5  ;  the  same  form  occurs  without  a  suffix,  n|?  Ezek.  17:  5,  or  this 
may  be  explained  with  Gesenius  as  a  preterite  for  n;rb  . 

3.  In  Isa.  64 :  5  bsii  has  the  form  of  a  Hiphil  future  from  bb'a.  but  the 
sense  shows  it  to  be  from  bsj  for  brn ,  Daghesh-forte  being  omitted  and 
the  previous  vowel  lengthened  in  consequence,  §59.  a. 


Ayin  Doubled  (3?^)  Verbs. 

§133.  The  imperfect  verbs,  thus  far  considered,  differ 
from  the  perfect  verbs  either  in  the  vowels  alone  or  in  the 
consonants  alone ;  those  Avhich  follow,  differ  in  both  vowels 
and  consonants,  §107,  and  consequently  depart  much  more 
seriously  from  the  standard  paradigm.  The  widest  diver- 
gence of  all  is  found  in  the  Ayin  doubled  and  Ayin  Vav 
verbs,  in  both  of  which  the  root  gives  up  its  dissyllabic 
character  and  is  converted  into  a  monosyllable ;  a  common 
feature,  which  gives  rise  to  many  striking  resemblances  and 
even  to  an  occasional  interchange  of  forms. 

§134.  1.  In  explaining  the  inflections  peculiar  to  Ayin 
doubled  verbs,  it  will  be  most  convenient  to  separate  the  in- 
tensive species  Piel  and  Pual  with  their  derivative  the  Hitli- 
pael  from  the  other  four.  That  which  gives  rise  to  all  their 
peculiar  forms  in  the  Kal,  Niphal,  lliphil,  and  Hophal 
species,  is  the  disposition  to  avoid  the  repetition  of  the  same 
sound  by  uniting  the  two  similar  radicals  and  giving  the  in- 
tervening vowel  to  the  previous  letter,  thus,  sp  for  ino, 
no  for  sno  §01.3. 

2.  In  the  Kal  species  this  contraction  is  optional  in  the 
preterite ;  it  is  rare  in  the  infinitive  absolute  though  usual  in 


^135  AYIN  DOUBLED  VERBS.  167 

the  construct,  and  it  never  occurs  in  the  participles.  With 
these  exceptions,  it  is  universal  in  the  species  akeacly  named. 
§135.  This  contraction  produces  certain  changes  both  in 
the  vowel,  which  is  thrown  back,  and  in  that  of  the  preced- 
ing syllable. 

1 .  When  the  first  radical  has  a  vowel  (pretonic  Kamets, 
§  8:3. 1),  as  in  the  Kal  preterite  and  infinitive  absolute,  and 
in  the  Niphal  infinitive,  future  and  imperative,  this  is  simply 
displaced  by  the  vowel  thrown  back  from  the  second  radical, 

thus  359  y  ^^-  >  ^^^^  >  ^°  '   =^^^^' '  ^^^^  >   ^^^^  '  '^^^  • 

2.  When  the  first  radical  ends  a  mixed  syllable  as  in  the 
Kal  future,  the  Niphal  preterite,  and  throughout  the  Hiphil 
and  Hophal,  this  will  be  converted  into  a  simple  syllable  by 
the  shifting  of  the  vowel  from  the  second  radical  to  the  first, 
whence  arise  the  following  mutations  : 

In  the  Kal  future  3M07  becomes  ^6"}  with  z  in  a  simple 
syllable,  contrary  to  §18.2.  This  may,  however,  be  con- 
verted into  a  mixed  syllable  by  means  of  Daghesh-forte,  and 
the  short  vowel  be  retained,  thus  35;i ;  or  the  syllable  may 
remain  simple  and  the  vow^el  be  lengthened  from  Hhirik  to 
Tsere,  §  59,  thus,  in  verbs  fut.  a,  'T5a.';i  for  I'l'sa"? ;  or  as  the 
Hhirik  of  this  tense  is  not  an  orisfinal  vowel  but  has  arisen 
from  Sh'va,  §  85. 2.  c;  (l),it  may  be  neglected  and  d,  the  simplest 
of  the  long  vowels,  given  to  the  preformative,  which  is  the 
most  common  expedient,  thus  3b^ .  The  three  possible 
forms  of  this  tense  are  consequently  3b^ ,  no;'  and  TQ!;' . 

In  the  Niphal  preterite  359?  becomes  by  contraction  30? . 
In  a  few  verbs  beginning  with  n  the  short  vowel  is  retained 
in  an  intermediate  syllable,  thus  "in?  for  "iinp ;  in  other  cases 
Hhirik  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  "jn?  for  ]in3 ,  or  as  the  Hhirik 
is  not  essential  to  the  form  but  has  arisen  from  Sh'va, 
§  82.  2,  it  is  more  frequently  neglected,  and  Kamets,  the 
simplest  of  the  long  vowels,  substituted  in  its  place,  thus  30? . 
The  forms  of  this  tense  are,  therefore,  3pp ,  )n^ ,  nnp . 

In  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  species  the  vowels  of  the  pre- 


168  ETYMOLOGY.  §  136 

fixed  n  arc  characteristic  and  essential.  They  must,  there- 
fore, either  be  retained  by  inserting  l)aghcsh-forte  in  the  first 
radical,  or  be  simply  lengthened ;  no  other  vowel  can  be  sub- 
stituted for  them,  ncn  for  n^icn ,  ns^  or  no"^  for  n^io^ ,  non 
(Kibbuts  before  the  doubled  letter  by  §G1.  5)  or  aD^^  for 
nion. 

3.  The  vowel,  which  is  tlu-own  back  from  the  second  radi- 
cal to  the  first,  stands  no  longer  before  a  single  consonant,  but 
before  one  which,  though  single  in  appearance,  is  in  reality 
equivalent  to  two.  It  is  consequently  subjected  to  the  com- 
pression which  affects  vowels  so  situated,  §01.  4.  Thus,  in 
the  Niphal  future  and  imperative  Tsere  is  compressed  to 
Pattahh,  nio:*,  n©-';  nncn,  asn  (comp.  bop,  ribiip)  though  it 
remains  in  the  infinitive  which,  partaking  of  the  character  of 
a  noun,  prefers  longer  forms.  So  in  the  Hiphil  long  Ilhirik 
is  compressed  to  Tsere,  i'^ion,  ^cn  (comp.  ^"'tb]?^ ,  n:bt:;?ri). 

§136.  Although  the  letter,  into  wdiicli  the  second  and 
third  radicals  have  been  contracted,  represents  two  con- 
sonants, the  doubling  cannot  be  made  to  appear  at  the  end 
of  the  word.     But 

1 .  When  in  the  course  of  inflection  a  vowel  is  added,  the 
letter  receives  Daghesh-forte,  and  the  preceding  vowel,  even 
where  it  would  be  dropped  in  perfect  verbs,  is  retained  to 
make  the  doubling  possible,  and  hence  preserves  its  accent, 
§33.1,  nao,  'lao^. 

2.  Upon  the  addition  of  a  personal  ending  which  begins 
with  a  consonant,  the  utterance  of  the  doubled  letter  is  aided 
by  inserting  one  of  the  diphthongal  vowels,  0  (i)  in  the 
preterite,  and  e  ( *'..)  in  the  future.  By  the  dissyllabic  append- 
age thus  formed  the  accent  is  carried  forward,  §32,  and 
the  previous  part  of  the  word  is  shortened  in  consequence 
as  much  as  possible,  aon ,  mor\ ;  no; ,  npaon . 

3.  When  by  the  operation  of  the  rules  already  given, 
§135.  2,  the  first  radical  has  been  doubled,  the  reduplica- 
tion of  the  last   radical  is  frequently  omitted  in  order  to 


^137,138  AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS.  169 

relieve  the  word  of  too  many  doubled  letters.  In  this  case 
the  retention  of  the  vowel  before  the  last  radical,  contrary  to 
the  analogy  of  perfect  verbs,  and  the  insertion  of  a  vowel 
after  it,  are  alike  unnecessary,  and  the  accent  takes  its  accus- 
tomed position,  ^'0'! ,  rczDn , 

§137.  The  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpael  sometimes  preserve 
the  regular  form,  as  b^n ,  b^n ,  b'jnnn .  The  triple  repetition 
of  the  same  letter  thus  caused  is  in  a  few  instances  avoided, 
however,  by  reduplicating  the  contracted  root  with  appro- 
priate vowels,  as  -fCDp ,  bj^bj^nn .  Or  more  commonly,  the 
reduplication  is  given  up  and  the  idea  of  intensity  conveyed 
by  the  simple  prolongation  of  the  root,  the  long  vowel 
Hholem  being  inserted  after  the  first  radical  for  this  purpose, 
as  nniD ,  bbiinn . 

§  138.  In  the  following  paradigm  the  inflections  of  Ayin 
doubled  verbs  are  shown  by  the  example  of  sio  ^<^  surround. 
The  Pual  is  omitted,  as  this  species  almost  invariably  follows 
the  inflections  of  the  perfect  verb ;  certain  persons  of  the 
Hoplial,  of  which  there  is  no  example,  are  likewise  omitted. 
An  instance  of  Piel,  with  the  radical  syllable  reduplicated,  is 
given  in  ^odd  to  excite. 

a.  The  Hithpael  of  ~D  does  not  actually  occur  ;  but  it  is  in  the  para- 
digm formed  from  analogy,  the  initial  sibilant  being  transposed  with  the  n 
of  the  prefix,  agreeably  to  §82.  5. 

b.  In  his  Manual  Lexicon,  Gesenius  gives  to  T|D::d  the  meaning  to 
arm,  but  the  best  authorities  prefer  the  definition  subsequently  introduced 
by  him  into  his  Thesaurus,  to  excite. 


Paradigm 

OF  Ayin 

KAL. 

NIPUAL. 

PIEL. 

Pjjet.  3  m. 

—  T 

1 

nc3 

— T 

nnio 

3/. 

nino 

T    :  IT 

nno 

r;nc2 

nnnio 

T   :      1 

2  m. 

(!?=??) 

T               — 

nizios 

nnnio 

2/. 

(f????) 

niio 

ninop 

I^T^''^ 

Ic. 

•   :  —  T 

"niio 

^ninop 

-rnnio 

Plur.  3  c. 

ililD 

^30 

imb3 

— T 

^nnio 

2  m. 

(Dnnnc) 

□ninD 

Dninop 

Dn^5'''9 

2/ 

(i^?=?) 

l^!'^"-? 

■jninop 

m^'R 

1  c. 

:   —  T 

^:i3D 

ii^inop 

^Dnnio 

Infin.  Ahsol. 

T 

.  1 

no 

nibn 

nnio 

Constr. 

nip 

no 

^bn 

nnio 

FuT.  3  7?i. 

T 

.r 

noi 

-b: 

-r'i!^'; 

3/. 

T 

nbn 

non 

nnion 

2  «i. 

nin 

T 

non 

nbn 

nnion 

2/. 

•           T 

^non 

^nbn 

'i^'icn 

Ic. 

nc5< 

T 

nbiij 

^b5$ 

^4''b^?? 

PZwr.  3  m. 

iino;: 

^no: 

^ns: 

^nnio^ 

3/ 

•^r^'r^ 

|-;:nbn 

T   : 

n^nbn 

nrnnion 

T  :  ••         : 

2  m. 

iinbr, 

T 

iinon 

^non 

^nnicn 

:     1    : 

2/. 

.1 
H.non 

T   ;        • 

ranbn 

r;:nnicn 

1  c. 

nD3 

T 

n©p 

-b? 

^4'icp 

Impeh.  2  m. 

no 

nbn 

nnio 

2/ 

^%b 

"nbri 

^nnio 

•    :      1 

Plur.  2  «2. 

iinb 

iinon 

^nnio 
1 

2/ 

nrnbn 

T   :  —   • 

J^^nnio 

Part.  Act. 

^ib 

nnlo?^ 

Pass. 

T 

nD5 

TT 

170 


Doubled  Verbs. 

HIPHIL. 

HOPHAL. 

niTHPAEL. 

PIEL. 

uCil 

ncn 

-i'ir'pn 

Tjfcrp 

T    "•     •• 

T   — 

T   :       1    :    • 

T          •  -: 

T   :  —         :    • 

^T^T? 

niicri 

nnninpri 

nsc^o 

^riinpn 

^npninpn 

TP^rP 

^^?n 

iiSD^in 

iiinipcn 

^ipip 

Dhincn 

Dnn^incn 

DnSCSD 

■jnincri 

■jnnniripr; 

1^???^ 

^Dinpri 

iiDniirpn 

^wpppp 

••     T 

■qpsp 

i6n 

••     T 

niinpr; 

t]p^c 

"T 

ncv 

nnintp: 

■^P?^: 

••    T 

np^n 

siincn 

■^P?^^ 

nfcn 

••    T 

nc^in 

niinpn 

^P?cn 

•     ••     T 

^s6^n 

•    :       1    :    • 

'?PP?ri 

••    T 

::cix 

2iiinp^ 

■^Pr'?^ 

••T 

^np^^ 

^iiiinc" 

^DCpp^ 

T     V  •    : 

nsnnincn 

M^scscn 

^ncn 

iinp^n 

:      1   :    • 

^lipppn 

T     V  •    : 

T   :   ••          :    • 

nrsfcxn 

■•T 

np^5 

nninpp 

^^T?? 

noil 

"     T 

niiricn 

■^PP? 

•     ••     T 
••     T 

wanting 

^inirpn 

'P?9? 

^ippp 

s^rl^n 

njininpn 

njspro 

^?"^ 

T 

nninc/j 

Tlw?p'^ 

171 


172  ETYMOLOGY.  §139,140 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Doubled  Verbs. 

§139.  1.  The  uncontractcd  and  tlic  contracted  fijrms  of  the  Kal  preter- 
ite are  used  with  perhaps  equal  frequency  in  the  third  person;  the  Ibrmer 
is  rare  in  the  first  person,  Ti^^t  Zech.  8:14.  15,  "H?  Deut.  2:35.  and 
there  are  no  examples  of  it  in  tiie  second;  'lai  Gen.  49:23  and  1Bi  Job 
24  :  24  are  preterites  with  Hholem,  §82. 1.  In  Ps.  1 18: 11,  ■':!i32D-=a  •':i20 
the  uncontracted  is  added  to  the  contracted  form  for  the  sake  of  greater 
emphasis.  Compound  Sii'va  is  sometimes  used  with  these  verbs  instead 
of  simple  to  make  its  vocal  character  more  distinct,  §16.  1.  b,  1235  Gen. 
29  :  3,  8,  ^^V'-i  Ex.  15 :  10,  r,!iy^n  Isa.  C4:  10,  ■'i??  Gen.  9  :  14,  l^^pn  Num. 
23:25. 

2.  The  following  are  examples  of  the  contracted  infinitive  absolute, 
2p  Num.  23:25,  i>6  Ruth  2:16,  niD  Isa.  24:19,  nrS  (with  a  para- 
goiric  termination)  ibid.;  of  the  uncontracted,  "^''X,  *|133 ,  'l^n  ,  rps:: , 
nir3,  nira,  nind;  of  the  infinitive  construct,  fia  and  t'i.  220  and  2D, 
DO'S,  iTi)  ''^ !  ^^ ;  once  with  u  as  in  Ayin  Vuv  verbs,  ".13  Eccles.  9:  1, 
and  occasionally  with  «.  "Ti  Isa.  45 :  1,  T\'^  Jer.  5  :  26,  C^s  (with  3  plur. 
Buf.)  Eccl.  3 :  18,  =333^  Isa.  30:  18  (njjn  Ps.  102 :  14);  crnb  Isa.  17  :  14, 
though  sometimes  explained  as  the  noun  cnb  with  the  suffix  their  bread, 
is  the  infinitive  of  Cfzn  to  grow  warm;  DVia  Gen.  6  :  3  Eng.  ver.  for  (hat 
also,  as  if  compounded  of  the  prep.  3,  the  abbreviated  relative  and  Ba,  is 
by  the  latest  authorities  regarded  as  the  infinitive  of  avj  in  their  erring ; 
"isn  Job  29 :  3  has  Hliirik  before  the  suffix.  The  feminine  termination  ni 
is  appended  to  the  following  infinitives,  r.irn  Ps.  77  :  10,  Job  19:  17,  rriisd 
Ezek.  36  :  3.  "^r'ST  Ps.  17  :  3.  The  imperative,  which  is  always  contracted, 
Jias  mostly  Hholem,  3b,  ni'H  and  CT  but  sometimes  Pattahh,  hi  Ps.  119:22 
(elsewhere  '?a),  n:?  Ps.  80  :  16.  Fiirst.  regards  rn  as  a  contracted  par- 
ticiple from  nnn  .  analagous  to  the  Ayin  Vav  form  Cf? . 

3.  The  following  uncontracted  forms  occur  in  the  Kal  future,  "in^  Am. 
5:  15,  li^:  and  Tnn  from  inj ;  in  the  Niphal,  zzb^  Job  11:12;  Hiphil, 
cidn  Mic.  6:  13,  n-'tdiq  Ezek.  3  :  15,  "'r.nnni  Jer!  49: 37,  and  constantly 
in  "(in  and  hi"^  ;  Hophal,  ln^  Job  20:8  from  TiJ .  In  a  few  instances 
the  repetition  of  the  same  letter  is  avoided  by  the  substitution  of  X  for 
the  second  radical,  ibxa*;  =  lopa^  Ps.  58:8  and  perhaps  also  Job  7:5, 
Vxo-az=T^^a^  Ezek.  28:  24,  LcV  13:51,  52,  -i'^Dxa  =  r('?CDiiJ  Jer.  30:  16 
K'lhibh.  Comp.  in  Syriac  »-£|?  part,  of  wc> .  According  to  the  Rabbins 
!iJ<Ta  =  lTT2  Isa.  18  :  2,  but  sec  Alexander  in  loo. 

§140.  1.  Examples  of  different  forms  of  the  Kal  future:  (1)  With 
Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical,  c^%  n'sx,  35%  n'p7,  c4"7,  cn^ ;  or 
with  a  as  the  second  vowel,  ^537,  ^37,  il^n?.  (2)  With  Tsere  under  the 
personal  prefix,  cri^ ,  nn^,  IB7,  '^n^,    bf?tn,   isn"; .  e  being  once  written 

by  means  of  the  vowel    letter  "^ .  Cn'^x .      (3)  With   Kanicts    under  the 

•  >         -I         .1         .1     *'   ".1  .1  , 

personal   prefix,  'n";,  30^,   Tr%  "i:i7 ,   p-17,   r-17,   nil';;   this  occurs  once 

with  fut.  a,  in"^    Prov.  27: 17,     With  Vav  Conversive  the  accent  is  drawn 


§  140      REMARKS  ON  AYIN  DOUBLED  VERBS.        173 

back  to  the  simple  penult  syllable  in  this  form  of  the  future,  and  Hholem 
is  consequently  shortened,  §64.  1,  U^n,  loj],  TS'n] ,  cn^l,  "(n^] .  There 
are  a  few  examples  of  u  in  the  future  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  "|l"i^  Prov. 
29:6,  'J'ln;  Isa.  42:4,  Eccles.  12:6,  DPn  Ezek.  24:  11  and  perhaps  1:'; 
Gen.  49  :  19,  Hab.  3:  16,  l^liii;  Ps.  91 :  6,'though  Gesenius  assumes  the  ex- 
istence of  1^2  and  I^UJ  as  distinct  roots  from  *1TJ  and  TiO  . 

2.  The  Niphal  preterite  and  participle:  (l)  With  Hhirik  under  the 
prefixed  3 ,  nins?  Job  20  :  28,  bna ,  in? ,  nri? .  (2)  With  Tsere  under  the 
prefix,  •'nam  Jer.  22:23,  n^nND  Mai.  3:9,  QiinD  Isa.  57:5.  (3)  With 
Kamets  under  the  prefix,  -03,  bp_:,  "inj,  -1:^3 ;  sometimes  the  repetition 
of  like  vowels  in  successive  syllables  is  avoided  by  exclianging  a  of  the 
last  syllable  for  Tsere,  hp_i  and  bp: ,  Dr3  and  0^3,  nscj  Ezek.  26:2, 
or  for  Hholem  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs,  ^ifhs,  yn;  Eccl.  12:6,  ^ifis  Am. 
3  :  11,  >lti53  Nah.  1 :  12,  51^53  Isa.  34  :  4. 

3.  The  Niphal  future  preserves  the  Tsere  of  perfect  verbs  in  one  ex- 
ample, b'n'P  Lev.  21  :  9,  but  mostly  compresses  it  to  Pattahh,  bil,  bj}"},  H-T^, 
1537,  T\kl ,  0^7,  Ti^"!,  t{S^;  like  the  preterite  it  sometimes  has  Hholem, 
tiin  Isa.  24  :  3,  P'i2n  ibid.  If  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural  and  incapable 
of  receiving  Daghesh,  the  preceding  Hhirik  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  "ini) , 
bhii ,  en;; ,  yi'^^ri,  ^5a"i7.  The  Kal  and  Niphal  futures,  it  will  be  perceived, 
coincide  in  some  of  their  forms  ;  and  as  the  signification  of  these  species 
is  not  always  clearly  distinguishable  in  intransitive  verbs,  it  is  often  a 
matter  of  doubt  or  of  indifference  to  which  a  given  form  should  be  referred. 
Thus,  b^l ,  T\h'!,  ^^"7  are  in  the  Niphal  according  to  Gesenius,  while 
Ewald  makes  them  to  be  Kal,  and  Fiirst  the  first  two  Niphal  and  the 
third  Kal. 

4.  The  Niphal  infinitive  absolute  :  nan  Isa.  24:  3,  p^in  ibid.,  or  with 
Tsere  in  the  last  syllable,  DKn  2  Sam.  17: 10.  The  infinitive  construct: 
din  Ps.  68 :  3,  Bnn  Ezek.  20 : 9,  and  once  with  Pattahh  before  a  suffix, 
iSnn  Lev.  21  :4.     The  imperative:  !l"i2n  Isa.  52:  H,  ^ann  Num.  17:  10. 

5.  In  the  Hiphil  preterite  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable  is  compressed 
to  Tsere,  -On ,  nsn  (in  pause  ^sn,  so  :l52'J;:n,  iiann).  or  even  to  Pat- 
tahh, p'^n,  bpr\,  "iTin,  nivli  T\h^^,  snn,  nii;n,  isnn,  ^ison.  Both  infini- 
tives have  Tsere,  thus  the  absolute:  pjn,  nan,  nsn ,  12")  ^nrj ;  the 
construct:  Ian,  r^hf},  ^tr\  (I'^sn  Zech.  11:10),  nin ,  hpri^  cnn,  in 
pause  *. i^n,  py^.,  with  a  final  guttural,  3.nn,  ^.yi-  The  imperative: 
acn ,  ncn ,  bprj ,  iinn ,  ruin ;  ^isirn  Job  21 :  5  is  a  Hiphil  and  not  a  Hophal 
form  as  stated  by  Gesenius,  the  first  vowel  being  Kamets  and  not  Kamets 
Hhatuph.  Futures  with  a  short  vowel  before  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first 
radical:  rc7 ,  Cin^,  ikn,  >in37 ;  with  a  long  vowel,  ^i"^,  w'a'; ,  "1S7 ,  bn^ 
or  ^n7, 'v!7,  3'IPi  and  i''^';,  T|Dn ,  'j'X:';  (e  expressed  by  the  vowel  letter 
X,  §11.  1.  a)  Eccles.  12:5.  When  in  this  latter  class  of  futures  the 
accent  is  removed  from  the  ultimate,  whether  by  Vav  Conversive  or  any 
other  cause,  Tsere  is  shortened  to  Seghol,  bi^'^ ,  p"i;j,  IS^V  ii;]],  "07  j 
inn,  and  in  one  instance  to  Hhirik,  yin]  Judg.  9:  53  (7'irii  would  be 
from  Y^^)  before  a  guttural  it  becomes  Pattahh,  5."n^l,  in^,  "ISV  Par- 
ticiples: ao-a.  nia,  bri^,  bi-q  Ezek.  31:3,  Sna  Prov,  17:4,     In  a  very 


174  ETYMOLOGY.  §  141 

few  instances  tlic  Uliirik  of  tlic  perfect  paradigm  is  retained  in  tlic  last 
syllable  of  this  species  as  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs.  TpD^  Judg.  3:21,  D"'lt'^  Jer. 
49:20,  ct?]  Num.  21:30. 

G.  Hoplial  preterites:  bmn.  nnniin ,  lian;  futures:  C?!)"',  ns'l"',  p^sii, 
•,n^,  ^sn.  lii'^-',  rei"',  ps;',  T(C'J;  particii)ies:  teiia,  -lir  or  in  some 
copies  12^  2  Sam.  23  :  6  ;  infinitive  with  sufli.x,  MfiT^'fJ  Lev.  2(3:34,  with 
prep.,  il52'wn2  ver.  43. 

§141.  1.  Upon  the  addition  of  a  vowel  alTix  and  the  consequent  inser- 
tion of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  last  radical,  the  preceding  vowel  and  the 
position  of  the  accent  continue  unchanged,  ^3\.  ivh;,  nsrj  (distinguished 
from  the  fern.  part.  Hiai":),  l^n^ ;  il"  the  last  radical  does  not  admit 
Daghesh-forte  a  preceding  Pattalih  sometimes  remains  short  before  n, 
but  it  is  lengthened  to  Kamets  bclbre  other  gutturals,  n^o,  iirni  (100.  2), 
^nin ,  nniy  and  lAtU.  When  the  first  radical  is  doubled.  Daghesh  is 
omitted  from  the  last  in  the  Kal  fut.  o,  'i^\  ^"^P."^  j  ''^f???  f^"d  occasionally 
elsewhere  ins^  Hi.  fut.  I253n  Ho.  pret.  Other  cases  are  exceptional, 
whether  of  the  shifting  of  the  accent,  la":!  Ps.  3:2.  ssn  Pg.  55:22,  l^js 
Jer.  4 :  13,  and  consequent  shortening  of  the  vowel.  ''■":.  Jer.  7  :  29  lor  "'^a , 
lin,  'IST  for  •'Sn,  Jin,  ^itio  Jer.  49:28  (with  the  letter  repeated  instead 
of  being  simply  doubled  by  Daghesh,  so  likewise  in  C!!"!^'"?  Jer.  5  :  6,  ''SJIH 
Ps.  9:  14),  for  iiniU;  the  omission  of  Daghesh,  nji:;  1  Sam.  14:36,  njrn 
Prov.  7:  13,  12:n  Cant.  6:  11,  7  :  13,  :  >ipn;;  Job  19:' 23,  "nr^  Num.  22:'llj 
17  (Kal  imper.  with  H^  parag.  for  "n3)5  shortened  by  Makkeph  from  ^^^P, 
so  "iTHX  orri  Num.  23 :  7),  or  in  addition,  the  rejection  of  the  vowel,  l^n 
K.  futV^Gen.  11:6  for  ^sn,  nr23  Gen.  11:7  K.  fut.  for  nVij,  n;^=5  Isa. 
19:3  Ni.  pret.  for  ripz^  or  n;3i:3,  nnpJ  Ezek.  41:7  Ni.  fut.  for  nscj ; 
liys  Judg.  5:5  according  to  Gesenius  ibr  ^^'Ij  Ni.  pret.  of  libt  to  shake, 
according  to  others  K.  pret.  of  Vt:  to  Jlow ;  1!5?ni  Ezek.  36:3  for  lk?Fil 
(Evvald)  from  i>bs  to  enter,  or  for  i^'Hl  Ni.  fut.  of  nW  to  go  vp.  !i;ri_3 
Ezek.  7  :  24  Ni.  pret.  for  sisn? ,  -snns  Cant.  1:6  Ni.  pret.  for  "-l"^™.  Once 
instead  of  doubling  the  last  radical  "^  is  inserted,  I'^^'n  Prov.  26  :  7  for  I^^J, 
comp.  tr^y\  Ezr.  10  :  16  for  'Qvh\ . 

2.  Upon  the  insertion  of  a  vowel  before  affixes  beginning  with  a  con- 
sonant, the  accent  is  sliifted  and  the  previous  part  of  the  word  shortened 
if  possible;  thus,  with  0  in  the  preterite,  ri^p ,  "'iniiX'}  (Kamets  belbre  1 
which  cannot  be  doubled),  cn-sr  ,  ^3VT3  ,'''ri;t? ;  ^'T^'^h  "^'PI'l  >  T''^?^! 
(the  vowel  remaining  long  before  i),  nnnti  (Pattahh  instead  of  compound 
Sh'va  on  account  of  the  following  guttural.  §60.  3.  c),  •'r'snn  ,  once  with 
a,  !i:Tr3  Mic.  2:4:  with  e  in  the  future,  nsison ,  n3-'^sn .  ns^nn .  If  the 
first  radical  be  doubled,  Daghesh  is  omitted  from  the  last,  and  the  cus- 
tomary vowel  is  in  consequence  not  inserted.  Mjp^n  ,  rijbsFi ;  other  cases 
are  rare  and  exceptional,  i^O'icn ,  tn^ns ,  TiJn? ,  Cpbrj ,  ^iJTin  which  is 
first  plur.  pret.  for  1:530  not'third  plur.  for  :i"sri  (EwaJd),  §54.3;  T'^"^ 
Deut.  32:41,  "^nixin  Isa.  44:16,  "'ni^'n  Ps.  116:6,  have  the  accent  upon 
the  ultimate  instead  of  the  penult. 

3.  Before  suffixes  the  accent  is  always  shifted,  and  if  possible  the 
vowels  shorteaed,  ■»52Di,  sinio-^  from  SO"",  120"'.  nsilai  from  ^Y^.  >i:inrT 


^141 


REMARKS    ON    AYIN    DOUBLED    VERBS. 


175 


from  onn,  BnEH^  from  "in;  in  Tjsn';  Gen.  43:29,  Isa.  30:19,  from  ^p'^ , 
D3"isn  Lev.  2l3:  15  from  ^tii ,  the  original  vowels  have  been  not  only  ab- 
breviated but  rejected,  and  the  requi-site  short  vowel  given  to  the  first  of  the 
concurring  consonants,  §61.  1.  In  a  very  few  instances  a  form  resembling 
that  of  Ayin  Vav  verbs  is  assumed,  Daghesh  being  omitted  from  the  last 
radical  and  the  preceding  vowel  lengthened  in  consequence,  "ipPl  Prov. 
8:29  for  ipn  ver.  27,  Tj^a-^rri  Isa.  33: 1  for  ?(anq .  in-^ni^Dcn  Ezek.  14:8 
for  wniairn ,  n^b'i-Tn  Lam.  1 :  S  for  t^^hri  Hi.  pret.  of  ^^'j,'  -n-n-i  Hab. 
2  :  17  for  'inm  Hi.  fut.  of  nnn  with  3  fern.  plur.  suf,  Cj^nx/  2  Sam.' 22  :  43 
in  a  [ew  editions  for  CiSlx  .  Nun  is  once  inserted  before  the  suffix  in  place 
of  doubling  the  radical,  "ijnp;  Num.  23  :  13  for  "ia;?  . 

§  141.  1.  Of  the  verbs  which  occur  in  Piel,  Pual,  or  Hithpael,  the  fol- 
lowing adopt  the  forms  of  perfect  verbs,  viz. : 

■I'nx  to  curse.  12^  to  cry.  "i?!?  to  make  a  nest. 

7T3  to  plunder.  nns  to  smile,  break.  Y^T^  to  cut  off. 

"i*]3  to  purify.  23b  to  take  away  the  ^i^  to  be  many. 

TlJuia  to  grope.  heart.  "3"^  to  be  tender. 

Pi^t  to  refine.  pjjb  to  lick.  Tib  to  harroio. 

can  to  warm.  duj^  to  feel,  to  grope.  "i"ib  to  rule. 

ysn  to  divide.  ITS  to  leap.  'illi  to  sharpen. 

nnn  to  be  broken.  bbo  to  judge,  to  inter-  crn  to  be  perfect. 
"bb'J  in  cover.                               cede. 

2.  The  following,  which  are  mostly  suggestive  of  a  short,  quick,  re- 
peated motion,  reduplicate  the  radical  syllable,  viz.  : 


"I'ln  to  burn.  tnn^  to  linger. 

■i"n3  to  dance.  T|?0  to  excite. 

PTiib  to  be  mad.  ClSS  to  chirp. 

3.  The  following  insert  Hholem  after  the  first  radical,  viz 


"?T^  to  sport,  delight. 
pf?d  to  nm. 
yypi  to  mock. 


'JJ*  to  complain. 
bba  to  mix. 
pjra  to  empty. 
Its  to  cut. 
^■la  to  sweep  away. 
D^'n  to  be  still. 
nrn  to  break  loose 


in;  to  fly.  yyn  to  break. 

CD3  to  lift  up.  '^h"'V  ^0  sink. 

!:)£0  to  occupy  the  thres-   b^i^  to  spoil. 

hold.  naffi  to  be  desolate  or 

"ins  ^0  bind.  amazed. 

CiDJ5  ^0  CMf  off.  r,En  fo  6ea^. 
l^'Cfs  to  gather. 


4.  The  following  employ  two  forms,  commonly  in  different  senses,  viz. : 

bjba  and  Viii,  to  roll.  '{in  to  make  gracious,   •jbin   to  be 

VsT)  to  praise,  b^in  to  make  mad.  gracious. 

\>\n  to  profane,  b^in  to  wound.  Vi'a  to  speak,  bb'ia  to  mow. 


170  ETYMOLOGY.  §142,143 

23D  to  change,  -iiO  to  surround.  b^p_  to  curse,  ^f>^p  to  whet. 

"(??  if^  gather  clouds,  "jbis  to  prac-  ys"i  and  yiii  to  critsh. 

tise  sorcery.  ITJ  and    *Tia    to    treat    with   vio- 
■I'nio  to  burst,  IC'^0  to  shake  to  pieces.  lence. 

5.  The  following  use  difTcrent  forms  in  different  species,  viz. : 

p^n  Pi.  to  decree,  Pu.  pisn.  '^i'^\  Pi.  to  shoict,  Hith.  'liinnn.* 

^^^  Pi.  io  measure,  Hith.  *Titrin .  TTUJi  Pi.  /o  break,  Pu.  'i't'-i , 

"it'T?  Pi-'o??taA-e6j7/cr,I-Iith.-i72-i^rn.  'jtiy  Pi.  to  inculcate,  Hith.   TJincn 

iipso  Pi.  /o  e.ra//,  Hith.  ^y^ncn  .  to  pierce. 
\>'^'S  Pi.  to  maltreat,  Hith.   Kr^f^H 
and  bHirnn. 

6.  The  following  examples  exhibit  tlie  effect  of  gutturals  upon  redu- 
plicated forms:  Preterite,  riTSd  Isa.  11:8;  Infinitive,  ""P^'^nb  Prov. 
26:2],  nrnisrn  Ex.  12 :  39;  Future,  riijyniywNt  Ps.  110:47,  ^ruiya-:  Ps. 
94:19;  Imperative,  !irarnrn  Isa.  29:9;  Participle,  rri~niQ  Gen.  27":  12, 
n]tnbnT2  Prov.  26 :  18.    '    '    " 

§142.  1.  The  Pual  species  adheres  to  the  analogy  of  perfect  verbs 
with  the  exception  of  the  preterites,  inij  Nah.  3: 17.  b^i3  Lam.  1 :  12,  the 
future  :!iria?u;n  Isa.  66:12,  and  the  participles,  n^bi;^  Isa.  9:4,  V^'n-a 
Isa.  53 :  5. 

2.  :  Jiiri?-:  Isa.  15  :  5  is  for  :  l^^ny-;  Pi.  fut.  of  nn?  .  §  57.  1 .  isrin  2  Sam. 
22: 7  is  contracted  for  "i^^jsrip  Ps.  18:27,  probably  with  the  view  of  as- 
similating it  in  form  to  the  preceding  :n5snn;  in  regard  to  :bBnn  in  the 
same  verse,  Nordheimer  adopts  the  explanation  of  Alting  that  it  is  a  simi- 
lar contraction  of  the  Hithpacl  of  bbs  thou  wilt  show  thyself  a  judge,h\xt  as 
it  answers  to  ibnorn  Ps.  18:27,  the  best  authorities  are  almost  unanimous 
in  supposing  a  transposition  of  the  second  radical  with  the  first  and  its 
union  with  n  of  the  prefix. 

3.  brrj  and  bpn .  The  prefixed  n  remains  in  the  Iliphil  future  of  b^n, 
e.  g-  ^ki^li  'i^bO?)  ''^r}'7'\'  ^"J  i"  the  derivative  nouns  C"^i>rri,  ni'^nnra, 
■whence  these  forms  are  in  the  lexicons  referred  to  the  secondary  root  bptn  . 


Pe  Yodh  C^d)  Verbs. 

§143.  In  quiescent  verbs  one  of  the  original  radicals  is 
i< ,  1  or  "^ ,  which  in  certain  forms  is  converted  into  or  ex- 
changed for  a  vowel.  As  i5  preserves  its  consonantal  charac- 
ter when  occupying  the  second  place  in  the  root,  and  also 

*  '?.''"'r"3    Ps.    78:65   is   not  from  "i  (Gescnius)   but  from   "ji";,  see 
Alexander  in  loc. 


§144  PE    YODH    VERBS.  177 

(with  tlie  exception  of  the  Pe  Aleph  future,  §110.  3,  and  a 
few  occasional  forms,  §111.  2)  when  it  stands  in  the  first 
place,  verbs  having  this  letter  as  a  first  or  second  radical  be- 
long to  the  guttural  class ;  those  only  in  which  it  is  the  third 
radical  (Lauiedh  Aleph)  are  properly  reckoned  quiescent.  On 
the  other  hand,  if  the  first,  second,  or  third  radical  be  either 
Yodh  or  Vav,  the  verb  is  classed  as  quiescent.  All  verbs 
into  which  either  1  or  "^  enter  as  a  first  radical  are  promiscu- 
ously called  Pe  Yodh,  as  the  modes  of  inflection  arising  from 
these  two  letters  have  been  blended,  and  Yodh  in  either  case 
appears  in  the  Kal  preterite  from  which  roots  are  ordinarily 
named,  §  S3.  «.  In  the  second  radical  the  Vav  forms  (Ayin 
Vav)  preponderate  greatly  over  those  with  Yodh  (Ayin 
Yodh).  In  the  third  radical  the  Yodh  forms  have  almost 
entirely  superseded  those  with  Vav,  though  the  current  de- 
nomination of  the  verbs  is  derived  from  neither  of  these 
letters  but  from  He  (Lamedh  He),  which  is  used  to  express 
the  final  vowel  of  the  root  in  the  Kal  preterite  after  the 
proper  radical  has  been  rejected. 

a.  Verbs  whose  third  radical  is  the  consonant  M  belong  to  the  guttural 
class,  e.  g.  Piil,  '^550,  and  are  quite  distinct  from  the  quiescent  verbs  rib 
in  which  n  always  represents  a  vowel,  e.  g.  nia  ,  n3Q . 

§144.  1.  In  Pe  Yodh  verbs  the  first  radical  is  mostly 
Yodh  at  the  beginning,  §  56.  2,  and  Vav  at  the  close  of  a 
syllable.  It  is  accordingly  Yodh  in  the  Kal,  Piel,  and  Pual 
species,  and  commonly  in  the  Hithpael,  sio^,  31?^,  ^'1^, 
ai?^rin .  It  is  Vav  in  the  Niphal  and  commonly  in  the 
Hiphil  and  Hophal  species,  niris ,  n-^ioin ,  sicin . 

2.  In  the  Kal  future,  if  Yodh  be  retained,  it  will  quiesce 

in  and  prolong  the  previous  Hhirik,  and  the  second  radical 

will  take  Pattahh,  e.  g.  tJi*'? ;  if  the  first  radical  be  rejected 

the  previous  Hhirik  is  commonly  lengthened  to  Tsere,  'ij?.'? , 

the  Pattahh  of  the  second  syllable  being  sometimes  changed 

to  Tsere  to  correspond  with  it,  §  63.  2.  c,  e.  g.  iii?.^ ;  in  a  few 

instances  Hhirik  is  preserved  by  giving  Daghesh-forte  to  the 
12 


178  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  145,  146 

second  radical  as  in  Pe  Nun  verbs,  the  following  vowel  being 
either  Pattahli  or  Ilholem,  rk;^ ,  ^'h . 

3.  Those  verbs  which  reject  Yodh  in  the  Kal  future,  re- 
ject it  likewise  in  the  imperative  and  infinitive  construct, 
where  it  would  be  accompanied  by  Sh'va  at  the  beginning 
of  a  syllable,  §  53.  2.  a,  the  infinitive  being  prolonged  as  in 
Pe  Nun  verbs  by  the  feminine  termination,  aiz? ,  risi? . 

^145.  1.  In  the  Niphal  preterite  and  participle  Vav 
quiesces  in  its  homogeneous  vowel  Hholcm,  ntcis ,  nfeis ;  in 
the  infinitive,  future,  and  imperative,  where  it  is  doubled  by 
Daghesh-forte,  it  retains  its   consonantal  character,  sic^n, 

2.  In  the  liiphil  Vav  quiesces  in  Hholem,  S'^irJin,  y^iDV ; 
a  few  verbs  have  Yodh  quiescing  in  Tsere,  S'^ii'^H,  n'^'b^i; 
more  rarely  still,  the  first  radical  is  dropped  and  the  preced- 
ing short  vowel  is  preserved,  as  in  Pe  Nun  verbs,  by  doubling 
the  second  radical,  ^'^^n ,  y^k^ . 

3.  In  the  Hophal  Vav  quiesces  in  Shurek,  aT?"n,  2'X'^i; 
occasionally  the  short  vowel  is  preserved  and  Daghesh-forte 
inserted  in  the  second  radical,  5^^ . 

a.  The  Hholem  or  Tsere  of  the  Hiphil  arises  from  the  combination  of 
a,  the  primary  vowel  of  the  first  syllable  in  this  species,  §82.  5.  b.  (3), 
with  u  or  i,  into  which  the  letters  1  and  ^  are  readily  softened,  §57.2.(5). 
The  Hholem  of  the  Niphal  is  to  be  similarly  explained  :  the  Hhirik  of 
this  species,  which  has  arisen  from  Sh'va  and  cannot  combine  with  Vav, 
is  exchanged  for  the  simplest  of  the  vowels  a  (comp.  -03 ,  Bip3),  and  the 
union  of  tiiis  with  1  forms  0.  The  Hophal  retains  the  passive  vowel  u, 
which  is  occasionally  found  in  perfect  verbs,  §95.  a. 

§146.  The  inflections  of  Pe  Yodh  verbs  may  be  repre- 
sented by  those  of  sfe;'  to  sit  or  diceU.  The  Piel,  Pual, 
and  Ilithpael  are  omitted  from  the  paradigm,  as  they  do  not 
differ  from  perfect  verbs.  The  ultcmate  form  of  the  Kal 
future  is  shown  by  the  example  of  tJi;"  to  be  dry. 


Paradigm  of 

Pe  Yodh 

Verbs. 

KAL. 

NIPKAL. 

nipniL. 

nOPHAL. 

KAL. 

Peet.  3  m. 

—  r 

STTID 

n^tjin 

iTT^in 

"T 

3/ 

T    :  IT 

T    :    1 

r       • 

T    :       1 

nib" 

T   :  IT 

2  m. 

T   :   — 

nn-jjin 

n:2ii;^|-i 

T   :  — T 

2/ 

nn-j:'" 

nziTiD 

mir^n 

nn^^n 

n-irn- 

Ic. 

'^nnizj-' 

^nniii] 

"FiniiJin 

^nn-ij'r; 

^n-xD.'' 

Plur.  3  c. 

:  IT 

^2-iJi3 

^2^irin 

:       1 

^{ijnn 

2  m. 

DrilTT^ 

DFG-diD 

Dnnujin 

Drcir^n  i 

DJ;]*^?^ 

2/ 

1^?^- 

l^^"'^"'? 

•,n2Trin 

1  V   :   -      1 

W^5: 

1  c. 

iiii-ij^ 

^Dn-iji3 

^rnirin 

iirnir^n 

:  — T 

Infin.  ^5so?. 

r 

im 

! 

T 

Constr. 

ri:^"^' 

••r    • 

n^to 

niT^n 

tn;' 

FuT.  3  m. 

=1^?. 

••T    • 

i^^r 

mr^^ 

ird^^ 

3/ 

^^p) 

•T     • 

n^T^in 

2^^n 

^rn^n 

2  wi. 

^^^ 

n^TTin 

n-i;^n 

irn^n 

2/ 

.    :  1" 

•    :iT  • 

^n^i23in 

•  =  1 

Ic. 

^■i??i< 

"T     • 

n^icii^ 

nuj^i^ 

iri^Ns 

PZwr.  3  m. 

:  1" 

:'T  • 

iQ^iai^ 

^n-ij!]^ 

ilia"" 

8/ 

T   :  —  •• 

T  :    "T    • 

T  :    •" 

T  :   — 

r:r*rn"Pi 

2  w. 

:  1" 

:iT  ■ 

^n-^-iin 

:       1 

2/ 

T  :  —  •• 

T   :    "T    • 

T   :    — 

nim-n 

Ic. 

n^3 

••T» 

n^-i:i3 

niD'^2 

iri^D 

Impeb.  2  m. 

^^ 

•T      • 

n^Bin 

^i!* 

2/ 
PZwr.  2  m. 

•    :iT   • 
;iT    * 

wanting 

"ic!2" 

2/ 

T   :    "T   ♦ 

T   :    •• 

Hjiri^ 

Paet.  -4c«. 

3-ij^ 

n^TSTj 

■en'-' 

Pass. 

T 

T 

T 

r 

179 


180  ETYMOLOGY.  §  147 


Remarks  on  Pe  Yodii  Verbs. 

§147.  1.  The  following  verbs  retain  Yodh  in  the  Kal  future,  viz. : 

t'i*  to  he  dry.  TjO^  to  he  poured.  xn^  toftar. 

rs"^  to  toil.  ^5^  to  appoint.  Pin^  to  cast. 

"in^  to  delay.  C]?^  to  he  weary.  CJn^  to  possess. 

nj*  to  oppress.  yv"^  to  counsel.  CC^  to  put. 

p3^  to  suck.  ns^  to  he  beautiful.  *|ia;j  to  sleep. 

The  concurrence  of  Yodhs  in  the  third  person  of  the  future  is  some- 
times prevented  by  omitting  the  quiescent  'O'Z'^ .  1i<n|^,  m3wj),  the  long 
vowel  receiving  Methegh  before  vocal  Sh'va.  and  thus  distinguishing  the 
last  two  words  from  the  Lamedh  He  forms,  ^Ni';'  from  rixn  and  ^i:^"^  from 
nid,  §45.  2. 

2.  The  following  have  Tsere  under  the  preformative;  those  in  which 
the  second  vowel  is  likewise  Tsere  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk : 

ST*  to  know.  *  1^''  to  hear.  Tp"^  to  he  dislocated. 

'in''  to  be  joined.  *  NS^  to  go  out.  *  T^^  to  go  down. 

Cn^  to  conceive.  "^^  to  he  straitened.     *  -iu^  to  sit,  dwell. 

The  second  syllable  has  Pattahh  in  Inn  Jer.  13:  17,  Lam.  3:48,  and 
in  the  feminine  plurals,  nj'i^n,  nnnri;  njxijn  has  Seghol  after  the 
analogy  of  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs;  !n:3d"'n  (with  the  vowel-letter  ^  for  e) 
occurs  only  in  the  K'thibh,  Ezek.  35 :  9,  and  of  course  has  not  its  proper 
vowels.  In  '•>|7|;'?  Ps.  138  :6  the  radical  Yodh  remains  and  has  attracted 
to  itself  the  Tsere  of  the  preformative.     Comp.  §  GO.  3.  c. 

3.  The  following  insert  Daghesh-forte  in  the  second  radical,  viz. :  10^ 
to  chastise,  instruct,  rk^  to  hum.  In  ^ir^n  Isa.  44 :  8  short  Hhirik  re- 
mains before  a  letter  with  Sh'va;  "^sun"^  Job  16 :  11  is  explained  by  some 
as  a  Kal  future,  by  others  as  a  Piel  preterite. 

4.  The  following  have  more  than  one  form  :  -U'J  to  he  good  fut.  -li'*'^ . 
once  •'i:'J''n  Nah.  3:8;  pk^  to  pour  p^"],  once  ps';;]  1  Kin.  22:35;  lij 
to  form,  -ii?  and  1^?1 ;  lp^  to  burn,  Ip;;  Isa.  10 :  16,  and  ipiR  Deut. 
32:22;  yp^"  to  awake,  yVT''!  once  "j'p";'  1  Kin.  3:15;  "ip^  to  he  precious, 
"p''^  and  "ipl) ,  or  with  a  vowel  letter  for  e,  "'p'^l] ;  CC^  to  he  desolate,  C\L"P1 
once  Mititij^n  Ezek.  6:6;  ^b;;  to  be  right, '^b'''^,  once  npTi"';!  (3  fem.plur., 
§88)  1  Sam.  6  :  12.     Some  copies  have  sirs':  Isa.  40  :  30  for  !i?57 . 

5.  In  futures  having  Tsere  under  the  preformative,  the  accent  is  shifted 
to  the  penult  after  Vav  Conversive  in  the  persons  liable  to  such  a  change, 
viz. :  3  sinor.,  2  masc.  sinfif.,  and  1  plur.,  Tsere  in  the  ultimate  being  in  con- 

O    )  c    1  1,(1 

sequence  shortened  to  Seghol.  S"!*?,  I?n1,  T;;.?] .  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate 
becomes  Seghol  in  "i:?:',  "i^*'!"  (with  a  postpositive  accent)  Gen.  2:7, 19, 
cbi'1'3  Gen.  50:26;  but  aa"'"],  ^^'^''.1,  l-I"''!'?,  7P''?!!,  only  once  before  a 


§148-150  REMARKS    ON    PE    YODH    VERBS.  181 

monosyllable,  §35.  1,  yp,""^^  Gen.  9:24.  The  accent  remains  on  the  ulti- 
mate in  the  Lamedh  Aleph  form  5<S*1 ,  unless  the  following  word  begins 
with  an  accented  syllable,  e.  g.  SS^l  Gen.  4:  16,  S  :  18.  The  pause  re- 
stores the  accent  in  all  these  cases  to  its  original  position.  ! -w*]  Ruth 
4  : 1,  '.r^ni  Ps.  139  :  1,  ^-:*^  Ps.  18  :  10,  §35.  2. 

§148.  1.  Kal  construct  infinitives  with  Yodh  :  C3';i  and  with  a  feminine 
ending  n'ri^,  rbb^ ,  ib"^  with  suf.  ''io^,  once  Avith  prep.  Tisib  2  Chron. 
31  :  7,  Daghesh  conservative  after  Z,  §14.  ay  n^fl"?,  §87,  once  X*!";!  Josh. 
22:25  and  with  prep.  N-ib  1  Sam.  18:29  from  Nn^;  riA-i  once  S^in';'  2  Chron. 
26:  15  from  Sri^  ,  y^"! . 

2.  Infinitives  without  Yodh  :  nr^  (with  suf  "'RS'!?))  ^k'^.  Ex.  2  : 4,  and 
without  the  feminine  termination  i'T ,  rn^  (with  suf.  '^ri'i^)  andnnb,  once 
py  1  Sam.  4:19,  §54.  2,  nxs  (vvitii  suf!  "^rxsc),  Ppk.',  ^11.  (with  suf 
'^Pi'1-i)  once  nnn  Gen.  46:3,  nilin  (with  suf.  npii:3-i),  Vi3ir'  (nno  ,  with 
suf  ''risia  once  Tiav::  Ps.  23:6).  Yodh  is  perhaps  dropped  from  the  ab- 
solute infinitive  -ilb  Jer.  42: 10,  which  is  usually  explained  to  be  for  niii"^; 
it  may,  however,  be  derived  from  the  Ayin  Vav  verb  zi'd  . 

3.  Imperatives  with  Yodh:  iin"^,  K-i-^ ,  Irn'i  .  Without  Yodh:  V^  (with 
n  parag.  ny'n  Prov.  24:  14),  Zf]  (with  n  par'ag.  rcri;  for  ^zr^  Hos.  4:18, 
see  §92.  a),  ki  (nxk,  fem.  plur.  nrs^J  Cant.  3:11),  zb  {'ZZi ,  ndir). 
With  both  forms :  pi  and  pi"}  (^ip^^),  l^'  i^i"}),  twice  Tn^  Judg.  5:13,'Dn 
ai  and  nir'i"' . 

§  149.  1.  The  Niphal  of  rii^  has  u  instead  of  5,  ^m  Zeph.  3  :  18,  nia^is 
Lam.  1:4;  >i-.b.3  1  Chron.  3  :  5,  20  :  8  has  tl  followed  by  Daghesh.  Pas , 
which  according  to  Gesenius  is  from  r^^  ,  has  i;  Ewald  assumes  the  root 
to  be  nns ,  and  refers  to  it  likewise  the  Kal  future  and  the  Hiphil  ascribed 
to  rk^,  §147.3.  and  §150.4.  In  that  case  the  Daghesh  in  WS":  Isa.  33: 12, 
Jer.  51 :  58,  will  not  require  the  explanation  suggested  in  §  24.  c,  but  the 
K'thibh  nin-'Sin  2  Sam.  14:30  will  be  unexplained,  tpii  Ps.  9:17  is 
not  the  Niphal  preterite  or  participle  of  Cp^ ,  but  the  Kal  participle  of  Eipj . 

2.  Yodh  appears  in  the  Niphal  future  of  two  verbs  instead  of  Vav, 
bn^'^T  Gen.  8 :  12,  1  Sam.  13:8  K'ri,  nn^-^  Ex.  19  :  13.  In  the  first  person 
singular  X  always  has  Hhirik,  rnjx,  I^JN,  "iCJX,  bnjx,  ?t:jx  ,  'irjx. 

§  150.  1.  In  the  Hiphil  the  following  verbs  have  Yodh  preceded  by 
Tsere,  viz. :  -l?'^  to  be  good,  hb^  to  hoicl,  )'h'^  to  go  to  the  right,  "n'j  to 
change,  p3'J  to  suck.  Yodh  is  likewise  found  in  "'3C73'^n  Judg.  16:26 
K'thibh,  and  in  the  following  instances  in  which  the  prefix  has  Pattahh  as 
in  perfect  verbs,  Cn'^D'^X  Hos.  7 :  12,  ITlb";:  Prov.  4 :  25,  lir'^n  Ps.  5:9 
K'ri  (K'thibh  lain),  NS-^n  Gen.  8 :  17  K'ri  (K'thibh  i<:i'in),  eiji^s^'a 
1  Chron.  12  :  2.  ' 

2.  In  n'^-J!!'?  Job  24 :  21  (elsewhere  ^a-'i'i;;)  and  b^^;;":  (once  ^Y'?^'^.  ^ic 
1  :  8),  the  radical  Yodh  attracts  to  itself  the  vowel  of  the  preformative, 
comp.  §  147.  2.  He  remains  after  the  preformative  in  ib'^fi'^n'?  Isa.  52  :  5, 
nni.-r;  Neh.  11:17,  Ps.  28:7,  ^'^cin-j  1  Sam.  17:47,  Ps.  116:6.  Both 
Yodh  and  Vav.  quiescing  in  their  appropriate  vowels,  are  liable  to  omis- 
sion, V'?'^ ;  'P'^?r??  "^"'r'^)  !lilj"'::n,  and  once  the  vowel  Tsere  is  dropped 
before  a  suffix,  'np"'?n  Ex.  2 :  9  for  ^npipri . 


182  ETYMOLOGY.  §150,151 

3.  Vav  conversive  draws  the  accent  back  to  the  penultimate  Tsero  or 
Hholem  of  tlie  Hipliil  future  in  the  persons  liable  to  be  adectcd  by  it, 
§147.5.  and  shortens  the  final  vowel,  :a''!] ,  PJ'^Pi,  rri'i  ,  -^^3,  JEn^ ; 
but  with  a  pause  accent  !"rh^  Ilulh  2  :  14. 

4.  The  following  verbs  insert  Daghesh  in  the  second  radical  in  the 
Hipliil,  viz.:  5:i^  to  set.  place,  ?^^  to  spread,  ps^  to  pour,  except  :  r;r^i:a 
2  Kin.  4:5  K'ri  (K'thibh  rp^i^),  r!i;  to  bimi,  except  nT-'Sin  2  Sam. 
14 :  30  K'thibh. 

5.  In  the  Hophal  a  few  examples  occur  of  u  followed  by  Daghesh,  53)' 
Ex.  10:24,  ra;]  Isa.  14:  11,  Esth.  4:3,  ib^i-a  Isa.  28:16.  pSJ-a  Job  11:  15; 
and  a  few  of  Hholem,  r^in  Lev.  4  :23,  28,  N^.i""  Prov.  1 1  :  25*  for  n-ji-"  from 
nn*' .  The  construct  infinitive:  ibin  Ezr.  3:11,  and  with  the  feminine 
termination  r-isin  Ezek.  16:4,  pfin  Gen.  40:20,  Ezek.  16:5. 

§  150.  1.  In  the  Kal  preterite  Yodh  is  once  dropped,  *i^  Judg.  19  :  11  for 
in'' .  Hhirik  occurs  with  the  second  radical  of  "13^  and  TlJ^^  in  the  first 
and  second  persons  singular  with  suflixes,  and  in  the  second  person  plural, 
which  is  perhaps  due  to  the  assimilating  power  of  the  antecedent  Yodh, 
e.  g.  •^snnb'i',  nntn'j,  cnii":7. 

2.  In  the  Piel  future  the  prefix  Yodh  of  the  third  person  is  contracted 
with  the  radical  after  Vav  conversive,  inira?}  Nah.  1:4  for  lir^'S!!^],  ns^l 
Lam.   3:33,    l^»i    Lam.   3:53,    cnffi!]    2    Chron.    32:30   K'ri    (K'thibh 

3.  Three  verbs  have  Vav  in  the  Hithpael,  n^^nn,  s^i'rn .  ns'rn;  n 
is  assimilated  to  the  following  1  and  contracted  with  it  in  liSs^J  Ezek. 
23:48  for  I^O^r:  a  peculiar  Niphal  formed  on  the  basis  of  a  Hithpael, 
§83.  c.  (2).  In  skrn  Ex.  2:4  for  ik^rn  Yodh  is  rejected  and  its  vowel 
given  to  the  preceding  letter,  §53.  3.  b. 

§151.  1.  T(rf3  and  Tj^V  T\?^  to  go  hi  theHiphil  and  for  the  most  part  in 
the  infinitive  construct,  future  and  imperative  Kal  follows  the  analogy  of  Pe 
Yodh  verbs,  as  though  the  root  were  T\^'^  ■  Thus.  Kal  inf  const.  r=H  (nab , 
with  suf  ^Pisb)  rarely  Ti'bn  ;  fut.  T\?2  (once  with  the  vowel  letter  ">  for  5. 
nb^i*  Mic.  1:8,  fern.  pi.  n32^Pi),  occasionally  in  poetry  "-n;:  (3  fem.  sing. 
T|;H.ri);  imper.  "b  (with  <i  ^  parag.  nbb ,  or  without  the  vowel  letter  ?]b, 
fern.  pi.  njsi!  and  ;i=B)  once  ^isbn  Jer.  51:50.  Iliphil:  ""iJin  once  in 
the  imper.  ■'3"'b''n  Ex.  2:9,  and  once  in  the  participle  cbbnia  Zech.  3:7 
for  cb-'bna,  §94.  e. 

2.  "bx  to  gather  and  ?,b^  to  add  are  liable  to  be  confounded  in  certain 
forms.  In  the  Hiphil  future  of  tp_\  6  is  twice  represented  by  the  vowel 
letter  X,  riOS']  1  Sam.  18:29.  -(isoxn  Ex.  5:7;  :;b5<  drops  its  N  in  the 
Kal  future,  when  it  follows  the  Pe  Aleph  inflection,  §  110.  3,  which  it  does 
only  in  the  following  instances,  ClD>']  2  Sam.  6:  1,  tpPi  Ps.l04  :29,  nfaox 
Mic.  4  :  6,  ?]S?0!<  1  Sam.  15  :  6,  where  the  Hhirik,  being  abbreviated  from 
Tsere,  is  short,  notwithstanding  the  Methcgh  in  the  intermediate  syllable, 
§45.  2.  a.  The  apoc.  Hiph.  fut.  of  rb'J  when  joined  with  the  negative 
particle  bx  is  accented  on  the  penult,  CiO"n-bx  Dent.  3  :26,  and  in  one  in- 
stance the  vowel  of  the  ultimate  is  dropped  entirely,  r,D'in"bx  Prov.  30:6. 


§152,153     AYIN    VAV    AND    AYIN    YODH    VERBS.  183 

3.  Q^riSiain  Zech.  10:6  is  probably,  as  explained  by  Gesenius  and 
Hengstenberg,  for  cnaiain  from  3'!^^  to  dwell,  thougii  Ewald  derives  it 
from  -lilj  to  return,  as  if  for  0'^ni:'i;n  ,  and  Kimchi  supposes  it  to  be  a 
combination  of  both  words  suggesting  the  sense  of  both,  in  which  he  is 
followed  by  the  English  translators,  I  will  bring  them  again  to  place  them. 

'd''nzh  Isa.  30:  5  '"is  regarded  by  Gesenius  as  an  incorrect  orthography 
for  d''2'n ;  but  Maurer  and  Knobel  read  it  lli'^xan  and  assume  a  root  CJX3 
synonymous  with  Tai3  ".     Alexander  in  loc. 

rpfflin  Ps.  16:5,  see  §90. 


Ayin  Vav  (I'i^)  AND  Ayin  Yodh  C"'^)  Verbs. 

§152.  Yodh  and  Vav,  as  the  second  radical  of  verbs, 
have  the  following  peculiarities,  viz  : 

1.  They  may  be  converted  into  their  homogeneous 
vowels  i  and  u. 

2.  They  may  be  rejected  when  accompanied  by  a  hetero- 
geneous vowel,  which  is  characteristic  of  the  form.  Yodh 
forms  are  confined  to  the  Kal  of  a  few  verbs ;  in  the  other 
species  Vav  forms  are  universal. 

a.  Yodh  is  never  found  as  a  quiescent  middle  radical  in  any  species 
but  Kal:  it  enters  as  a  consonant  into  the  Piel  of  two  verbs,  and  the  Hith- 
pael  of  two,  §  161. 1,  the  Niphal  of  n'lri  to  be,  and  the  Hiphil  of  n'jn  to  live. 

§153.  1.  In  the  Kal  preterite  and  active  participle  and 
in  the  Hiphil  and  Hophal  species,  the  quiescent  is  rejected 
and  its  vowel  given  to  the  preceding  radical.     Thus, 

Kal  preterite :  D)5  for  uh^  where  a,  which  arises  from 
blending  a  with  the  pretonic  Kamets,  §62.  1,  is  in  partial 
compensation  for  the  contraction,  tih  for  fii^ ,  ti  for  t^ia , 
ST  for  3^n  .     For  an  exceptional  formation,  see  §  158.  1. 

Active  participle  :  Qj?  for  njl? ,  rh  for  ni^ ,  tJa  for  c^ , 
3*1  for  ^"^"y ,  the  ordinary  participial  form  being  superseded 
by  that  of  another  verbal  derivative,  as  is  the  case  in  some 
perfect  verbs  of  a  neuter  signification,  §  90. 


184  ETYMOLOGY.  §154 

Hipliil  and  Ilophal :  U^pr\  for  D^i;^n,  cj?;'  for  C^i)??, 
DJi^n  for  Dirpn,  the  sliort  vowel  of  the  prefix  being  pro- 
longed in  a  simple  syllable,  §  j1). 

2.  In  the  Kal  construct  infinitive,  future,  imperative  and 
passive  participle,  the  quiescent  is  softened  into  its  homo- 
geneous vowel,  D^p ,  y^^ ;  in  the  future  the  preformative 
commonly  takes  the  simplest  of  the  long  vowels  a,  D'p;;', 
a"^n;>,  comp.  no;. 

3.  In  the  Kal  absolute  infinitive  and  in  the  Niphal 
species  a  similar  softening  of  1  occurs,  w-hich,  with  the 
accompanying  or  preceding  a,  forms  0,  §  57.  2.  (5),  Dip  (kom= 
kaum)  for  Di'ip  j  Dip3  for  Dip: ,  the  prefix  usually  taking  the 
simplest  of  the  long  vowels  a  j  Dip;'  for  Dip;" . 

4.  In  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Niphal  and 
Hipliil  preterites  0  ( i )  is  inserted  before  the  affixed  termina- 
tion in  order  to  preserve  the  long  vowel  of  the  root  from  the 
compression  incident  to  standing  before  two  consonants, 
§61.4;  in  the  feminine  plurals  of  the  Kal  future  c  ("'..)  is 
sometimes  inserted  for  a  similar  reason,  this  prolongation  of 
the  word  being  attended  by  a  shifting  of  the  accent  and  a 
consequent  rejection  of  the  prctonic  vowel  of  the  first  sylla- 
ble, Dniiaipp,  niri^pn,  nrbipn.  In  the  Niphal  preterite, 
when  the  inserted  i  receives  the  accent,  the  preceding  i  is  for 
euphony  changed  to  ^ ,  e.  g.  TiiTaipl! . 

5.  In  the  Kal  and  Hiphil  species  the  apocopated  future 
takes  the  diphthongal  vowels  0  and  €  in  distinction  from  the 
ordinary  future,  w^iich  has  the  pure  vowels  u  and  i,  §  65.  2. 3, 
thus  nin^ ,  Die;" .  With  Vav  Conversive  the  accent  is  di*awn 
back  to  the  simple  penult,  and  the  vowel  of  the  last  syllable 
is  shortened,  Doh  ,  ms'^T . 

§154.  1.  In  the  Piel,  Pual,  and  Hithpacl,  the  form  of 
perfect  verbs  is  rarely  adopted,  the  second  radical  appearing 
as  1 ,  e.  g.  "lii?,  or  as  1 ,  e.  g.  oi;p . 

2.  Commonly  the  tliird  radical  is  reduplicated  instead 


§155       AYIN  VAV  AND  AYIN  YODH  VERBS.        185 

of  the  second,  wliicli  then  quiesces  m  Hholem,  Pi.  D'^V, 
Pu.  Diaip ,  Hith.  Q^ipnn . 

a.  In  the  Pual  o  is  the  passive  vowel  here  adopted  in  preference  to  it: 
in  the  Piel  and  Hithpael  it  arises  from  the  combination  of  u,  to  which  1  is 
softened,  with  the  antecedent  a,  C^ip  for  n^i;^ .  §82.  5.  h  (3). 

3.  Sometimes  the  quiescent  letter  is  omitted  from  the 
root,  and  the  resulting  bHiteral  is  reduplicated.  Pi.  ^iV?, 
Pu.  bibs. 

a.  The  two  forms  of  the  intensive  species,  which  depart  fronn  the  regu- 
lar paradigm,  precisely  resemble  in  appearance  those  of  Ayin  doubled 
verbs,  though  constructed  upon  a  different  principle,  as  already  explained. 

§155.  The  inflections  of  Ayin  Vav  verbs  are  shoAvn  in 
those  of  D^p  to  stand  or  rise,  in  the  following  paradigm ;  the 
divergent  forms  of  Ayin  Yodli  verbs  in  the  Kal  species  are 
exhibited  by  Sin  to  contend. 

a.  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  are  named  not  from  the  Kal 
preterite,  in  which  the  quiescent  is  rejected,  but  from  the  construct  infini- 
tive, the  simplest  form  in  which  all  the  radicals  appear. 

h.  No  Hophal  forms  occur  in  those  persons  in  which  the  inflective  ter- 
minations begin  with  a  consonant.  The  same  is  true  of  the  Ayin  Yodh 
imperative. 


Paradigm  of 

Ayin  Vav 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

PUAL. 

rilET.  3  7tl. 

t=fe 

Dip: 

Diip 

DTjip 

3/ 

-rl? 

M'il-^-p 
T    :     >, 

^•tTi? 

2  m. 

^rP 

ni:b^p: 

n-;:r:p 

r)r^P 

2/ 

^Ti2 

nit^ips 

n-;-^ip 

^r='P 

Ic. 

■'J^tP 

"rii-::^p3 

T-fjip 

"n*fbip 

Plur.  3  c. 

^-I? 

rripD 

^-TI? 

^"i'f'i? 

2  TO. 

^T^'^'il 

Dihi--ipD 

cjn'fri'p 

t=i?*f=^'Ir 

2/ 

m^ 

^ni-ipD 

m^^ 

l^'r^'^l? 

Ic. 

t-:)2 

ii:i:b^p3 

^rfbip 

^j-fiip 

Infin.  yiJsoZ. 

Dip 

Dipn 

Constr. 

D^p 

Dipn 

^'tV 

FcT.  3  «i. 

d^p: 

Dip-; 

^'^V] 

D*bip^ 

3/ 

D^pn 

Dipn 

D-b-^pn 

D-bipn 

2«i 

D^pn 

Dipn 

C!"iipn 

D^rpn 

2/ 

^/jiipn 

^23ipn 

rb:aij:n 

rb!aipn 

1  c. 

D^p.^ 

Dipij 

D'i?T!^ 

D-rpy? 

PZ!/r.  3  wi. 

^•-T>. 

vrip: 

^■j'^ip^ 

•    'l  : 

-^^ 

3/. 

n:rb^pri 

-rfpn 

nrj^bipn 

nrrbipn 

T   :  —   1     : 

2  m. 

^-..pn 

^•rlpn 

^-f'^'ir^ 

riaipn 

2/. 

rir^^b^prp 

nr^pn 

nrrbipn 

Mrrbipn 

Ic. 

dT:^ 

Dip? 

D-;ip3 

D-bipj 

Imper.2  m. 

Dnp 

Dipn 

t3'^ip 

2/ 

r;^p 

^/^ipn 

^:;^ip 

wanting 

PZwr.  2  771. 

ii^j^p 

Tjipn 

^■^rt 

2/ 

""rP 

,  1 

nj*2ipri 

nrfbip 

Paht.  Act. 

^1? 

D-bip:^ 

Pass. 

D^p 

DipD 

D^bipa 

186 


AND    AyIT^ 

YoDH  Verbs. 

HIPHIL. 

HOPHAL. 

IIITIIPAEL. 

KAL. 

D-pn 

Qp^n 

D^bipnr; 

1                                 1 

^■9?^ 

n:bp^n 

T 1;        1 

rii2"jipnri 

T    ;     ',    :    • 

T   T 

C^^''^'pn 

{T)-2P_^-) 

n'j:^ipnri 

T   :  — 

T                 • 

nrj^pn 

(n-2p^n) 

rrrj^.pnri 

nnn 

TT-^pq 

(^n-^]2^-) 

T,"fbipriri 

^r?:^^ 

^nin-n 

^-^pri 

^■jp^n 

Tiaipnn 

T 

^-"? 

dnrj-ipn 

(Dnipp^r:) 

nri-fjipnri 

nrii-1 

i^.^-^i?q 

(iferP^'V) 

•|n52:aipnri 

i               I^T^ 

^3ti^pn 

(^"rP^n) 

^r;:bipnri 

^:nn 

C3P0 

nin 

1 
nn 

n:-Pv 

Dibipnn 

n-^n 

qt: 

Dp^" 

Q-bipsn;' 

•  r 

D-pn 

UfATl 

D'biprn 

•     T 

n-pn 

upjin 

D-jipnn 

n^nn 

'"^"Pi? 

rb'^ipnn 

•         •     T 

Q-p^^ 

Qp^i^ 

^■^Ti?'!!< 

•    r 

^■^■p: 

^/jp^: 

^■2'gipn^ 

•  r   • 

a'^p^ 

(r:;53p^n) 

nrfj^prin 

T   :  ••  T 

rrpn 

^5bp^n 

^•j-fprn 

•     T 

^r^PJ? 

(npjp^n) 

rij-fbiprn 

nrnnn 

T   :  ••  r 

Q"P5 

np^3 

n'bipnj 

•  r 

Dpn 

D^bipnn 

in. 

^'rPO 

wanting 

Tb53Spnri 

^n-n 

Tj^pri 

^'ij-jipnn 

:    'i    :    • 

iQ^n 

^."tPs? 

nrj/bipnr; 

(-5?^^) 

t3"P"^ 

ntipn^j 

in 

C3p^^:3 

• 

l^-i 

187 


188  ETYMOLOGY.  §156,157 


Remarks  on  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  Verbs. 

§  156.  1.  Medial  Yodh  and  Vav  remain  without  quiescence  or  rejection 
in  a  few  verbs,  whose  root  contains  another  feeble  consonant  by  contrast 
with  which  these  letters  acquire  new  strength.  This  is  always  the  case 
in  Lamedh  He  verbs,  e.  g.  fi^n.  !^^^  ;  so  likewise  in  the  following  guttural 
verbs  and  forms.  sJ|J  to  expire,  •'^"^^.'^.  Isa.  29:22.  :  ^in^^i  Isa.  42:11, 
s'-^X  to  be  an^enemy,  "i^is  1  Sam.  18:9  K'ri  (K'thibh  "f?),  HE-'S  Jer. 
4:  31,  which  are  confined  to  the  Kal  species,  and  in  n^n  to  be  airy  or  re- 
freshing, which  is  besides  Ibund  in  the  Pual  participle. 

2.  The  Kal  preterite  has  Pattahh  in  two  instances  as  in  Ayin  Vav 
verbs.  ^2  Zech.  4  :  10,  ni  Isa.  44  :  IS  but  nb  Lev.  14  :  42.  It  has  Tsere 
in  r'b  to  die,  TJ  Isa.  17  :  11  but  n'j  Jer.  50  :  3,  and  Hholem  in  nix  (o  shine, 
iria  to  be  ashamed.  Sia  to  be  good,  §82. 1.  a,  and  in  'isii  Jer.  27:  IS,  else- 
where >1X3,  !i"t  Isa.  1:6,  Ps.  58:4,  elsewhere  ^nj.  Hhirik  once  occurs 
instead  of  Pattahh  in  the  second  person  plural,  CPi'^S  Mai.  3 :  20.  The 
following  participles  have  Tsere,  c^;b ,  y^  ,  yh ,  nt? ,  ^b  ;  the  following 
have  Hholem,  C-'Din,  u^bi^  ,  C^ifip  2  Kin.  1G:7  (comp.  cn->:cip  Ex.  32:25 
in  the  Samaritan  copy),  elsewhere  C''rp3 . 

3.  The  vowel  letter  X  is  written  for  a,  §  11.  1.  a,  once  in  the  preterite, 
CM]^  Hos.  10:14,  and  occasionally  in  the  participle,  UX^  Judg.  4:21, 
ni^c'xn  Prov.  24:7,  lyx";  2  Sam.  12:1,  4,  Prov.  10:4,  ^3 :  23,  c-iiiXd 
despising  Ezek.  16  :  57,  2S  :  24,  26,  to  be  distinguished  from  n"^Z3'r  roicing 
Ezek.  27:8,  26.  The  consonant  N  is  once  introduced  in  place  of  the 
omitted  1 ,  "^^J*.^  Zech.  14 :  10  for  H72'n ;  the  ancient  versions  favour  the 
assumption,  that  "'■^r?.3  Ps.  22  :  17  is  in  like  manner  for  C"'")3  piercing, 
though  the  most  recent  and  ablest  expositors  take  it  to  be  a  preposition 
and  noun  like  the  lion.    Alexander  in  loc. 

4.  The  accent  regularly  remains  upon  the  radical  syllable  before 
affixes  consisting  of  a  vowel  or  a  simple  syllable,  though  with  occasional 
exceptions,  e.  g.  ns)^  Lev.  18  :  28,  ■^br\  Gen.  26  :  22,  !iib  Gen.  40  :  15,  si-in 
Num.  13  :  32.  In  a  few  instances  it  is  shifted  by  Vav  conversive  preterite, 
§100.2.  irbi  Obad.ver.  16,  siSDi  Am.  3  :  15,  nm^  Isa.  11:2,  w:i  Isa.7:19 
but  >1S3!1  ibid.,  i^x^l  Zech.  5  :  4,  fijbl  ibid.,  where  the  feminine  ending  is 
n  .  instead  of  n    ;  so  in  the  passive  participle,  irntT  Isa.  59  :  5  for  tT^IT . 

§157.  1.  Hholem  is  in  a  few  instances  found  instead  of  Shurek  in  the 
construct  infinitive,  Nia ,  dia  Judg.  3  :  25,  ai^,  ni:  and  Tflil,  Sii  Isa.7:2, 
elsewhere  5^3,  Tii  Isa.  30:2.  which  is  not  from  tTS.  ai  Josh.  2:  16,  else- 
where rvj,  and  with  suf.  crin  Ezek.  10:  17,  "'Tia  Ps.  71 :  G.  which  is  not 
the  participle  from  tnta  (Gesenius),  '^nJ  my  breaking  forth,  i.  e.  the  cause 
of  it  Vs.  22:  10,  see  Alexander  in  loc;  Gesenius  explains  this  form  as  a 
participle,  but  is  obliged  in  consequence  to  assume  a  transitive  sense 
which  nowhere  else  belongs  to  the  verb.        • 

2.  The  following  imperatives  have  Hholem,  '''I'ix  Isa.  60: 1,  NSi,  ttiia, 


§158  AYIN    VAV    AND    AYIN    YODII    VERBS.  189 

'^ri   Mic.  4:10,    "^dii  Mic.  4;  13.      With  paragogic  .1,    ni^p   or    nr^ip, 
ii'z^V  or  n2VJ.     Examples  of  the  feminine  plural,  nj-cp,  njrui. 

3.  The  ibllowing  futures  have  Hholem.  Xii";,  "li'i^  Gen.  6:  3,  elsewhere 
'ji'7^,  Jio;  Ps.  SO:  19,  Gin;  and  cw;i,  lyii":  where  the  Hhirik  of  the  per- 
fect paradigm  is  lengthened^to  Tsere  under  the  preformative.  Examples 
of  tiie  feminine  plural  :  nrxhri  and  njssri,  nriiiiaFi,  nj-'klin  and  Zech. 
1 :  17  n:a;isri  (in  some  editions  without  Daghesh),  n3"'i!iu.'ri  and  iiis'cn, 
njnxpi,  Hirn^n  Ezek.  13: 19.  The  accent  is  shifted  and  Kamets  rejected 
from  the  preformative  upon  the  addition  of  a  suffix  or  paragogic  Nun,  the 
latter  of  which  is  particularly  frequent  in  this  class  of  verbs  both  in  the 
Kal  and  Hiphil  future,  "^iSVi^,  T]w"t2N,  nn^Tn,  C^=D%  "i^p":,  "iW^Tcn, 
ni5"n  Ezek.  4:  12,  with  Daghesh  euphonic  in  the  5  which  is  omitted  in 
some  copies.  Apocopated  future:  ra^ ,  a'J'^  and  "3';^^ ,  ibn,  "fpri,  'iirn, 
Cp';  with  the  accent  thrown  back  to  the  penult  Cp'^ .  Future  with  Vav 
conversive:  n52*'i  (in  pause  nb^i),  riU^T  (niy^l) ,  b^*l ,  Cpjfn ,  ypf?,  ci^*l 
the  last  vowel  is  changed  to  Pattahh  before  a  final  guttural,  ??*] ,  n:*lj 
and  sometimes  before  i  or  after  an  initial  guttural  "il*D  but  "i5^i.  C)?^^  he 
teas  weary,  Cl^'^l  hejleio,  t3nn];tthe  vowel  of  the  preformative  is  likewise 
changed  to  Pattahh  in  vonn^  Job  31 :  5,  ar^l  I  Sam.  14:  32,  arn;;  1  Sam. 
15 :  19  but  -Jr'jl  1  Sam.  25 :  14. 

§158.  1.  The  verbs  which  exhibit  peculiar  Ayin  Yodh  forms  in  Kal, 
with  unimportant  exceptions,  either  do  not  occur  in  the  Hiphil  or  retain 
the  same  signification  in  both  these  species.  This  has  led  some  gram- 
marians to  entertain  the  opinion  that  these  are  not  Kal  but  abbreviated 
Hiphil  forms,  while  others  suppose  that  the  Hiphil  in  these  verbs  is  a 
secondary  formation,  and  has  arisen  from  the  Kal  future  having  the  form 
of  the  Hiphil.  Only  three  examples  occur  of  quiescent  Yodh  in  the  Kal 
preterite,  niiin  Job  33: 13  (nrn  Lam.  3:58).  ^rra  Dan.  9:2  (nnrn  Ps. 
139:2)  wii'"'^  Jer.  16  :  IG.        " 

2.  The  following  verbs  have  ^  in  the  Kal  future  and  imperative,  'pa 
to  understand,  Tj^i  (once  ■'Ha  Mic.  4:10)  to  break  forth,  b'^K  (once  blj"! 
Prov.  23  :  24  K'thibh)  to  exult,  V^  (once  "lin^  Gen.  6 :  3)  to  judge,  "p^  to 
lodge,  a"'n  to  contend,  n'^'il  to  muse,  cb  (once  C^'ci  Ex.  4:11)  to  put, 
b-'b  (once  nilib^  Isa.  35  : 1)  to  rejoice,  ">-'ilJ  (once  iB;  Job  33  :  27)  tosmg, 
r.ia  to  place;  bnn  or  h-^n  to  twist,  n-rilhe,  has  both  Yodh  and  Vav.  To 
these  are  to  be  added  11"' 3  Jer.  4  :  3,  Hos.  10:  12,  nb-^n  Ps.  71  :  12  K'thibh, 
K'ri  nb^in  as  always  elsewhere;  'fi^"^  to  urge,  y^"^  to  flourish,  T^'^';  to 
wander,  are  in  the  Hiphil  according  to  Gesenius  :  but  as  the  corresponding 
preterites  are  not  Hiphil  but  Kal,  and  there  are  no  other  forms  of  the  Kal 
future,  they  might  with  equal  propriety  be  regarded  as  Kal  futures  of 
Ayin  Yodh  roots  ;  the  second  of  them  is  so  regarded  by  Ewald.  Apoco- 
pated futures:  '{Z1.  bi^  and  h';,  a-A^ ,  Dib^ ,  ntr  '^7)  and  :i^n.  With 
Vav  conversive  :  bj^l ,  '^hjl ,  Db^i ,  )Z7}^ ,  briFil ,  ninn ,  "nrni .  With  para- 
gogic Nun  and  suffixes:  "|^^"'a7,  "r^"'nf?;  C^s-^bv     Feminine  plural:  njbsn. 

3.  The  infinitives  show  a  stronger  disposition  to  adopt  Vav  forms. 
Yodh  is  only  retained  in  the  following  absolute  infinitives:  ']''3  Prov. 23:  1, 
in^i  and  na,  b^a  Prov.  23:24  K'ri  (b:a  K'thibh),  a^n  Jer.  50:34,  else- 


190  ETYMOLOGY.  ^59,100 

where  sS.  Construct  infinitives:  "p^ .  ',•!:  Gen.  24:23,  elsewhere  ]^'i , 
I'l'S  once  m  Jiuig.  21  :  22  K'tiiihh.  Ti^b  and  r.TJ,  c^ib  Job  20:4,2  Sam, 
14:7  K'ri,  elsewhere  Wij,  VU?  1  Sam.  IS :  G  K'ri  (K'thihh  nrr),  ir^vu, 
also  with  suf.  •lii^'n  Deut.  25:4,  elsewhere  C^l'n .  In  the  tliflicult  verse 
Hos.  7:4  1^?^  has  been  variously  explained,  as  the  Kal  infinitive  pre- 
ceded by  the  preposition  '|^  or  as  the  Hiphil  participle.  The  only  certain 
instance  of  a  Kal  passive  participle  of  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  is  nrro  2  Sam. 
13:  32  K'ri  (K'thibh  ms-'b) ;  some  e.xplain  n-^ii?  Num.24:  21.  Obad.  ver.4, 
as  a  passive  participle,  others  as  an  infinitive. 

4.  Ayin  Yodh  verbs  adopt  the  Vav  forms  in  nil  the  derivative  species, 
e.g.  Tiibj,  -pij,  w?.p2^  ■liiarn,  rrsi-' ;  i-'n  cooked,  i.  e.  pottage,  is  the 
only  instance  of  a  Niplial  participle  with  Yodh. 

§159.  1.  Examples  of  the  Niphal  preterite:  air;,  Jio; ,  yiD3,  "iis<5; 
the  accidental  Hhirik  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  preserved  in  biss  by 
means  of  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  radical  ;  in  "ii"2  it  is  lengthened  to 
Tscre  before  the  guttural;  in  :  irD  Jcr.  48:  11  the  radical  1  is  rejected, 
which  gives  it  the  appearance  of  an  Ayip  doubled  verb.  Inflected  forms  : 
.131=3  (part.  fern.  "iHs?),  !i=23 ,  Jijij ,  rjirj ,  fibas ,  'vi^t): ,  "'riss? ,  tsniair? , 
crt:'f33 .  ' 

2.  Infinitive  absolute:  Visn .  Construct:  iisn,  riii" ,  with  n  re- 
jected after  the  preposition  "lisb  Job  33:  30.  §91.  b  ;  once  it  has  Shurek, 
'Ci^'hrj  Isa.  25:  10.     Imperative,  ■,'i3n.  siban . 

3.  Future:  •is:,  aia^,  bifi"^,  •p:':  Ps.  72 :  17  K'ri  (K'thibh  'f-""),  ''S"*'? ; 
r-;:i,  -in;^,  sir.N;^,  -Ah-  Participle:  "(iij ,  Ti":;3 ,  c-^i£3 ,  c-'iios ,  c^!::? , 
c-iliija? . 

§  160.  1.  The  short  vowel  of  the  perfect  paradigm  is  in  a  few  instances 
preserved  in  the  Hipiiil  by  doubling  the  first  radical,  thus  ti'^in  and  H^jn, 
n-'G'n  and  IT'Dn  ,  ^■'■Tn  ,  f''^T ,  'f  ^^ ,  and  )''^1  ,  "i"'n'J  and  "ri.'l  2  Sam. 
22 :  33. 

2.  Iliphil  preterite  inflected:  ni^-^kn,  is-'sn,  sir^in  and  ^irnn,  with 
syllabic  affixes :  Pirs?:.  .  riiia"'2ii ,  n'i^"'"iri  and  n":  jH  ,  crJ'"'';}?^  and 
tri."^?!. ,  crh'^uin,  irirj-'Eni ,  or  when  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural, 
•>nin"'2;n,  nn">rri  and  nnnjn,  or  without  the  inserted  Hholem.  Psitn, 
•^nnr'n  and  •'nin''3n  ,  sirin  and  ^:i3''=n ,  oifiSr^^:  and  crx-'^n^ ,  •'Pirn  and 
tto,  §61.  4.  a.    With  suffixes,  'iran,  r^^^on,  r,ri-'^n,  ''sjj^an,  insj^n^. 

3.  Hiphil  future  inflected:  13'^=';,  ^'^''^^,  feminine  plural  !^32CJn , 
ns^'^pn ,  n:t!"'nn.  With  Nun  paragogic  and  suffixes:  "pujir"^,  CP"'?:'] . 
Apocopated  future  :  yh^  ,  sb^  ,  Pis'; ,  nyi  .  With  Vav  conversive  : 
nis^?,  Ci?*],  n;?*i,  "lyxj  and  T'r'JV  if  the  last  radical  be  a  guttural,  ?"!*!], 
npi,  P'i>^l,  or  N,  xb^'"  once  *<"'=*]  and  once  S<"'i:^;) ;  upon  the  reception 
of  a  suffix  the  vowel  is  restored  to  its  original  length,  nr"<(a^] ,  ilHE^?"^]. 

4.  Hiphil  infinitive  absolute:  2Cn,  P«n,  cf?n  once  C^j^n  Jer.  44:25; 
construct,  b-'in  ,  P-^rn,  s-^in  ,  C^pP  ,  with  suffix  "^^"'IP,  "("'"'orj!  '^i^?'':? 
ciB"i3P.  and  once  with  a  feminine  termination  POJP  Isa.  30  :  28. 


§161,162  LAMEDH    ALEPH    VERBS.  191 

5.  In  a  few  instances  u  is  found  in  the  Hophal  before  Daghesh-forte  or 
Sh'va,  r^rr^ln  Zech.  5:11,  n:^  Ezek.  41:9,  11  but  t\\^n  Lam.  5:5,  and 
in  some  editions  Cjjn  2  Sam.'  23:1,  '.Vo"^^  Job  41:1,  sinrn  2  Sam.  21:9, 
though  others  read  npn  ,  ;  h'O'' ,  sihon . 

§161.  1.  The  following  verbs,  which  are  only  found  in  one  or  more  of 
the  three  reduplicated  species,  double  the  middle  radical  either  as  Vav  or 
as  Yodh,  viz. :  i;^n  to  render  liable.  h^^'S  to  do  wickedly,  "ins  to  blind.  P^S 
to  pervert,  ST::  to  cry  for  help,  ^y^l'C^t]  Josh.  9:12,  l"'];^:?'?  Josh.  9:4;  so 
also  c^p  fut.  ^'JP.']  and  crip]!,  l^y  fut.  i^i?"?,  which  have  quiescent  Vav 
in  other  species,  and  h-n ,  which  has  consonantal  Vav  likewise  in  the  Kal. 

2.  The  following  omit  the  quiescent  in  the  Piel  and  double  the  result- 
ing biliteral,  bsbs  to  sustain,  rfrsi-JXi:  Isa.  14:23.  X^_'ch'^jq  Lsa.  22:17, 
^^??^"!'3  Hab.  2:7,  '^:is::a':  Job  16:  12  but  y^S'?  Jer.  2'3':29,'  ^p"ip  Num. 
24:17  and  "ip'JP'a  Isa.  22:' 5,  "^Spacn  Isa.  17:11;  : 'i-Si'':  Isa.  15:5  is  for 
''i^r-l??'  §57.  i;  'li'b?'^  Job  39:  3  'is  perhaps  for  iBybi^  "from  h^b ,  comp. 
pax  Ps.  139:8  for  Pr^^. .  §S8,  though  Gesenius  conjectures  that  it  is  an 
erroneous  reading  for  ^vh'sh  from  y^b  .  The  only  Hithpael  formed  by  a 
like  reduplication  is  bnbnnn  Esth.  4:  4,  elsewhere  bSinnn. 

3.  Other  verbs  double  the  third  radical  in  the  Piel  and  Hithpael.  Ex- 
amples of  the  feminine  plural :  njnnispi ,  nspipn.  tnDJaiann,  nsiibiirnpi. 
Hholem  is  changed  to  u  before  the  doubled  letter  in  the  contracted  form, 
*l2i«:i  Job  31 :  15  for  isisi^^] ,  §61.  3.  Flirst  explains  siJi^^ni  Isa.  61 :  6  as 
in  like  manner  for  1255i^ril ,  while  Gesenius  makes  it  a  Kal  future,  used  in 
this  single  instance  in  a  transitive  sense.  CSOTTia  Am.  5  :  11  is  probably  a 
variant  orthography  for  DDCOia  ,  §  92.  b. 

4.  The  following  are  the  only  examples  of  the  Pual  in  Ayin  Vav  verbs, 
viz.:  With  1  doubled,  nba  Eccles.  1:  15,  n-^nj-iTa  Jer.  22:  14.  Redupli- 
cated biliteral,  ^^=^3  1  Kin.  20 :  27.  The  third  radical  reduplicated,  bBin 
to  be  born,  JilJjis  'Ezek.  28  :  13,  Ps.  37  :  23,  njtibiin  Ps.  75:  11  and  cai-,a 
Neh.  9:5.  vr^-]  Isa.  16;  10,  ISSiTj  Job  26:  ll'  'rssida  Ezek.  38  : 8.    ' 

5.  ci'^rn'sisn  Jer.  25  :  34  is  an  anomalous  preterite  from  yiQ  to  scatter, 
with  ri  prefixed  and  inflected  after  the  analogy  of  Niphal ;  some  copies 
have  the  noun  ci/'nisiEFt  your  dispersions. 

In  T^'Jni  Ezek.  36:  11  for  "'n'a-jn]  from  Zih ,  Tsere  is  retained  under 
the  prefix  as  though  the  word  were  from  the  related  Pe  Yodh  verb  "i?"', 
e.  g.  ■'nn-Jinn.  On  the  other  hand,  in  inp-^Dnj  Ex.  2:  9  from  pi;,  Tsere 
is  rejected  as  though  it  were  from  an  Ayin  Vav  verb. 


Lamedh  Aleph   (S5b)  Verbs. 

§162.  1.  Aleph,  as  the  third  radical  of  verbs,  retains  its 
consonantal  character  only  when  it  stands  at  the  beginning 
of  a  syllable,  r\k:^)2 ,  qs^iian . 


192  ETYMOLOGY.  §163 

2.  At  the  end  of  the  word  it  invariably  quiesces  in  the 
preceding  vowel,  §57.2.  (2),  i«i^ ,  ^k)2 ,  x-^iisn .  If  this 
vowel  be  Pattahh,  as  in  the  Kal  and  Niphal  preterites  and 
in  the  Pual  and  Ilophal  speeies,  it  is  in  the  simple  syllable 
lengthened  into  Kaniets,  §  59,  si^  for  .viia ,  J^i*^?  for  si^a? ; 
so  likewise  in  the  Kal  fnture  and  imperative,  where  i5  as 
a  guttural  requires  a,  N^i^:'  for  Ni^:> ,  NS^  for  si^ .  A  hke 
prolongation  of  Pattahh  to  Kamets  occurs  before  medial  x 
in  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Kal  preterite,  ^i^^"^ , 

3.  With  the  single  exception  just  stated,  medial  x  quiesces 
in  the  diphthongal  vowel  e  before  syllabic  affixes ;  thus,  in  the 
first  and  second  persons  of  the  preterites  of  the  derivative 
species  in  Tsere,  Jixa^a ,  Tisi'an ,  in  the  feminine  plurals  of 
all  the  futures  and  imperatives  in  Seghol,  r.fssiin ,  n:ss'a . 

o.  Tliis  e  may  arise  from  the  diphthongal  preferences  ofX.  §60.  l.a(5). 
or  it  may  be  borrowed  from  the  corresponding  forms  of  nb  verbs,  between 
which  and  Nb  verbs  there  is  a  close  affinity  and  a  strong  tendency  to 
mutual  assimilation.  In  Chaldee  and  Syriac  no  distinction  is  made  be- 
tween them. 

§1G3.  This  class  of  verbs  is  represented  in  the  follow- 
ing paradigm  by  i?2'a  to  find ;  the  Piel  and  Hithpael,  though 
wanting  in  this  verb,  are  supplied  from  analogy.  The  Pual 
and  Ilophal  are  omitted  because  they  are  of  rare  occurrence, 
and  they  present  no  peculiarities  but  such  as  are  common  to 
the  other  species. 

a.  In  their  ordinary  inflection  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  differ  from  the 
perfect  paradigm  in  the  vowels  only. 


Paradigm  of  Lamedh  Aleph  Verbs 

• 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

PIEL. 

IIIPIIIL. 

niini'AEL. 

Peet 

.  3  m. 

T     T 

T    ;  • 

j^r^ 

5^-2"^ri 

2^^'=J?n  . 

3/ 

T   :   IT 

T    ;     ;  • 

T    :    • 

T      *    :    • 

nsjr^rri  \ 

2  m. 

T        T    r 

T        •'    ;  ■ 

T             ••     • 

T            ..   —     ;      • 

2/ 

T     T 

rj!<i-^3 

Tii^k'n 

nj^k^ar; 

n.sk'^nn  ! 

1  c. 

■             T     T 

'n.s:i-;2 

"nsr^ 

^n^^r^ri 

^rwsr^nn  j 

Plur 

3  c. 

;  IT 

^i^'^T? 

^^!2!a 

^5j;-k5:ri 

^i<2iarn  , 

2  in. 

T    ; 

Dr)J<:i;"^3 

onx^-; 

Dr)i5r;ri 

Dn^ss'^riM 

2/ 

t^^ 

1^!^?'?? 

1^}.^^^ 

■,r)sr^r; 

■|ni52i"^rr; 

1  c. 

T     T 

rji<T2j 

^:^k'2 

ii:^r;ri 

r.!^ii-jnj7  ; 

Infix 

.  Absol 

T 

S^i'JD 

ikk'2 

^^^L! 

' 

Constr 

i^±2 

••     T      • 

^k'^ 

^5■r^^ 

i5^»nr; 

FUT 

3  w. 

■•     T  • 

^k'T 

j^-rr 

^k-2T\-;  : 

3/. 

■   ^rjri 

••     T      • 

^k^^ 

!^^r;n 

N^=^'^  ; 

2  w. 

••     T      • 

^i'~^ 

«^i^p] 

jf^k-^nn  I 

2/. 

^js;rjn 

'i^-?^^ 

^^^'2T^. 

"^"T?^ 

\s2i^nri  ' 

1  c. 

T    :    V 

^4"=^ 

!}5-i:^^ 

i^r^r:^ 

Plur 

3  m. 

^!^-?r? 

^i<"4'^: 

^kTT 

^>5^rr 

^k^.^2t^]':  , 

3/. 

nr^i^n 

nji^k^cn 

nr^r^n 

rr.^krrr] 

2  TH. 

^s:^*;n 

^J^^^J^i 

^^■l'2V\ 

^5<-r;r! 

^m-2T\T}  ' 

2/. 

ru^T2r\ 

T       V    :    • 

T           V     T     • 

nza^k'ziT] 

rt:«r;n 

rr.i^k'2m 

1  f . 

••     T  • 

^k'2: 

^^k-2: 

^k'2t)': 

^ —  1 

Imper 

.  2ot. 

T   : 

^^^•7 

^1112 

^k^y} 

^k-2tu ; 

2/ 

^Nirj 

^i^'lIT} 

^k2r2 

^j^^'^rn 

^jij^-iriri ! 

Plur 

2  wz. 

^^^^■^ 

^.4i:^n 

^^•2 

^x^'r^n 

^.^r^nr; 

2/ 

T            V     T      • 

|-;:5^!i"g 

n:w^r:Jj 

T       V  -  :    •     1 

Paet.  Act. 

5^^b 

^si'r^ 

i^^is-f^ 

«k-^r:j 

Pass. 

i^^T2 

T    ;  • 

13 


19c 


194  ETYMOLOGY.  §164,165 


Remarks  on  Lamedii  Alepii  Verbs. 

§1G1.  1.  Verbs  having  Tsere  as  their  second  vowel,  §S2.  1.  a.  retain  it 
in  the  first  and  second  persons  of  the  Kal  preterite,  riN^i,  rxr:: ,  ^rsiio. 

2.  Quiescent  x  is  occasionally  omitted  from  the  body  of  the  word, 
e.  g.  Kal  pret.  Tis^  Job  l:;^!  for  "^rxi^,  Tsia  Num.  H:  11,  •'rfc^  Judg. 
4:19,  ^ri-Q  Job  32:' 18,  !i:a  1  Sam.  25:8  for  ^rVa:  fut.  n:'^n  and  nSN^iarT; 
rk^  Dent.  28:57  part.  fern.  sing,  for  rxk^  ;  "vr^^-q  Job  4i:17  for  "rx"^^^ 
const,  inf.  with  prep,  and  suf.  from  Xii'J .  ]\iph.  pret.  crsnj  Josh.  2:16, 
CnT:a3  Lev.  11:43.  Oliant  X,  §  IG.  1,  may  in  like  manner  be  dropped 
from  the  end  of  tlie  word  afier  quiescent  Vav  or  Yodh.  e.  g.  ""i-n  Gen. 
20:6  for  S<vjq,  "iiiji  1  Kin.  12:12  lor  xii^^  "'-Jnn  2  Kin.  13: 6,  '■'i:nri 
Jer.  32:35,  "'r  Ps.'l41:5,  ■'Ti':  Ps.  55:16,  '^'rij  1  Kin.  21:29,  Mic.  1 : 1's" 
■'i'O  2  Sam.  5:2,  and  in  three  other  passages;  "'bri  Rulh  3:15  is  Hiph. 
imper.  fem.  for  "'X'^^rj,  §62.2. 

3.  The  vowel  following  X  is  in  a  few  instances  given  to  a  preceding 
voweliess  consonant,  and  the  X  becomes  otiant  or  quiescent,  §57.  2  (3), 

xnij  Ps.  139:20  for  ^xrj,  xvir  Jer.  10:5  for  ^ixtr,  ^xn^  imp.  for  ixn-^, 
xi^  Ecclcs.  10:5  Kal  part.  fern,  for  nx:i^ .  C^xin  1  Sam.  14:33  for 
cV-r",  cxnia  Neh.  6:8  Kal  part,  with  suf.'  for  CX'i'ia,  >1XQ-J3  Ezek.  47:8 
for  1XQ"^3;  and,  on  the  contrary,  quiescent  X  attracts  to  itself  tlie  vowel 
of  tiie  preceding  consonant  in  *|X"^p  Ex.  2:20  Kal  imp.  for  i^JXip  and 
nrx::i   Cant.  3:11  for  n:xk   from'xi^. 

4.  Final  X  resumes  its  consonantal  character  upon  the  addition  of 
sufTi.xcs  ixCJ.  receiving  (_)  before  T],  CD  and  '3.  in  consequence  of  which 
a  previous  Tsere  or  Sh'va  is  converted  into  Pattahh,  §60.  1,  'fjx*'^'? .  ^^r,;">Oj 
T]X^2,  7^x;]3f7}  ^^.';]'3  Pi-  in*v  ^r.^:-'^)  C?.^:^'2  Kal  inf.  for  C=X,^^,'§61.  1.  c. 

5.  Kamets  in  the  ultimate  is  mostly  retained  before  suffi.xes  and  para- 
gogic  n,  ^|5t,:i^'?,  f^5<S"i  Ps.  41:5,  nx-ipxi  1  Sam.  28:15,  but  nx2p3  Isa. 
56:12.  Tsere  is  rejected  J^X'JX  Neh.  2:13,  2  Chron.  1:10,  or  retained 
only  in  pause  :  nxs  Judg.  9:  29. 

§1G5.  1.  He  is,  in  a  few  instances,  substituted  for  X,  nD"i  Ps.  60:4  for 
xcn,  n^nn  Jer.  19:  H  for  XE-^n,  nOJ  Ps.  4:7  for  xii'S ,  §3.  1.  a,  nsns  Jer. 
49':"lO  for'xin:,  ninn  l  Kin.'  22:25,  2  Kin.  7:12  Vor  xinn  n^cV  Job 
8:21  for  xl'a': .  ' 

2.  Sometimes  X  remains,  but  the  vowels  arc  those  of  nb  forms,  "^rixs; 
Ps.  119:101   for  T^^?,  x-j'n  Ecrl.  8: 12,  9:  18.  Isa.  65:20  for  xih,  XirJ 

1  Sam.  22:2,  Isa.  24  :'2',  x:ii-3  Eccl.  7:26,  x\L"?  1  Kin.  9:11,  Am.  4:2  Pi. 
pret.  for  X^i ,    XS"  Ps.    143:3  for  XST  ,  X£"2    Jer.  51:34  for  X^r?,  "'rXDI 

2  Kin.  2:21  lor  TXC"i  ,  !i:XE-i  Jor.  51:9  for  "-XBi,  "XrJ";'  Job  39:21  for 
-X53J-:,  X^iEn  Deut.  28:59  Iliph.  pret.  for  X-^p-rn  ,  xii-DPs.  133:7  Hiph. 
part,  const,  for  X"'i:i^  from  xi'; ;  to  which  may  be  added  riJ'^X'iapi  Ezek. 
23  :  49    nrxsrn  Jer.  50  :  20,  with  "^  inserted  as  in  T\h  verbs. 


^  166-168  LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  195 

3.  Sometimes  the  fih  form  is  adopted  both  in  consonants  and  vowels. 
!1P^  Ezek.  28:16   for  ixbis,  f.^s  1    Sam.    6:10,  si'^lij    Ezek.  39:26,  "'Snbs 

1  Sam.  25:  33  for  "'^nxbs',  rMs'Ruth  2:9  for  rsis ,  nBs'^  Gen.  23:6  for 
sHd-^,  nrs-iPi  Job  5:  18  Ibr  nDSCnn  comp.  Jer.  8:  11,  51:9,2  Kin.  2:22, 
^sir:  Ps.'32  :'l  for  »r<ri: ,  r^a;  'jer'.  26  :  9  for  rs23 ,  n''2:rin  l  Sam.  10  :  6, 
rii?nn  l  Sam.  10:13,  ?i'n-^:£rri  2  Sam.  3:8,  n-'i:is'lsa.'29 :  7  for  n^N^bi; 
I'^ip'O  Ezek.  8  :  3  is  by  some  interpreters  thought  to  be  for  Jf'jp^  procok- 
ing  to  jealousy,  and  by  others  exphiined  in  the  sense  of  the  ii'b  vevh  selling 
(Israel  to  their  foes). 

§166.  1.  The  3  fern,  preterite  has  the  old  ending  n^,  §86.  b,  in  nxin 
Ex.  5:  16  for  nxan,  nxn;5  Deut.  31 :29,  Isa.  7:  14,  Jer.  44:23,  nxin  Gen. 
33:11  Hoph.  from  Nii'  rx^s:  Ps.  118:23  (rx^B?  Deut.  30 :  11  'is  the 
feminine  participle),  to  which  the  customary  ending  ii^  is  further  added 
in  nnxbsj  2  Sarn.  1 :  26.  nnssnn  Josh.  6 :  17  f()r  nx-^arn . 

2.  A  feminine  termination  n^,  D,  or  as  in  l^P  verbs  ri,  is  occasionally 
added  to  the  construct  infinitive,  e.  g.  Kal,  nsi2a .  nxi-i,  njki'q ,  rx-np  from 
xnp  to  meet,  distinguished  from  X"ip  and  mxip  Judg.  8  :  1  from  X'^p  to 
call,  nx^ia  and  rixU^  never  X^ri,  nx':b  Prov.  8:13,  with  suf  ihx'jn 
Ezek.  33:12.  Niphal,  "inxasn  Zech.  13:4.  Piel,  mx^ia  and  X_f  13  j 
■inxsp  2  Sam.  21  : 2;  nix\a^  Ezek.  17 :  9  is  a  Kal  inf  const,  formed  as  in 
Chaldee  by  prefixing  a. 

3.  There   are  two  examples  of  the  Niphal  infinitive  absolute.  X~Ik? 

2  Sam.  1  :  6  and  xian  Ex.  22  :  3:  the  analogy  of  tlie  former  has  been  re- 
tained in  the  paradigm  for  the  sake  of  distinction  from  the  construct.  Piel 
infinitive  absolute:  x:p,  xsn  ,  xna.     Hiphil  inf.  abs. :  xi:Bn  ,  Xliin  . 

4.  The  Hiphil  future  with  Vav  conversive  commonly  has  Tsere  in  the 
ultimate,  thougii  Hhirik  also  occurs  xnpni ,  Xp*T ,  xin^l ,  xanni ,  X^i'T 
and  xii'},  xaj'l,  once  X^a;;}  Ezek.  40:3,  and  once  Xia;!]  Neh.  8  :  2. 

5.  Kamets  sometimes  occurs  in  the  ultimate  of  the  Hithpael  future, 
X-^aan^  Num.  23:24  but  XT23nn  Ezek.  29:  15,  so  X-Jnn^,  xai:-;',  x^Dnn, 
;*|iXi>T3n'^;  more  rarely  in  the  preterite,  nxiaan. 

§167.  1.  The  following  are  the  only  Pual  forms  which  occur.  Pret. : 

!5X3T ,  ixan ,  xVp .  Put. :  xsi";! .  Part. :  X3"iia ,  nxs'J'? ,  D^xbris ,  oixsp^ , 
nixrjtt,  with  suf.  "ixipTa  . 

2.  The  following  are  the  only  Hoplial  forms:  Pret.  isanii,  nxi>in, 
xaW,  rxari,  finxan,  ^xa^n.    Fut.:  xani,  ^xa^i-'.    Part.:  xa^^,  nxs^ia. 

3.  For  the  anomalous  forms,  nnxian  Deut.  33:  16,  Vjnxian  Job  22: 21. 
rxan  1  Sam.  25  :  34  (K'thibh  Tixan),  see  §88  (sing.  3  fern.)  ' 


Lamedh  He  (nb)  Verbs. 

§168.  In  these  verbs  the  third  radical,  which  is  Yodh  or 
Vav,  does  not  appear  at  the  end  of  the  word  except  in  the 


19G  ETYMOLOGY.  ^ 1C9 

Kal  passive  participle,  c.  g.  "^iba ;  in  all  other  cases  it  is  re- 
jected or  softened,  the  resulting  vowel  termination  being 
usually  expressed  by  the  letter  n ,   §  1 1 .  1 .  «. 

In  the  various  preterites  n  stands  for  the  vowel  a,  and 
is  hence  pointed  n  ^  . 

In  the  futures  and  participles  it  stands  for  c,  and  is 
pointed  n   . 

In  the  imperatives  it  stands  for  e,  and  is  pointed  n    . 

In  the  absolute  infinitives  it  stands  for  6  or  e ;  in  the 
Kal  it  is  pointed  ri ,  in  the  liiphil  and  Hophal  n  ,  in  the 
Niphal  and  Piel  n  or  n .  .  There  are  no  examples  in  Pual 
and  Ilithpael. 

The  construct  infinitives  have  the  feminine  endino;  m' . 

a.  In  this  class  of  verbs  tlie  Yodh  forms  liave  almost  entirely  super- 
seded those  with  Vav.  The  latter  are  confined  to  the  construct  infinitive 
wiiere  ni ,  occurringf  in  all  the  species,  is  best  explained  by  assuming  1  to 
be  radical  (comp.  '"iJNn  Ezck.  28:  17  as  an  alternate  ol"  nix^)  and  to  a  few 
otlier  sporadic  cases,  viz.:  a  single  Kal  preterite,  ''P';V:3  Job  3:25,  the 
reduplicated  forms  of  three  verbs,  •'^;X3 ,  "'i;ri>:'a,  n^nndn,  and  the  pecu- 
liar form,  "';''!)>?.  Isa.  16:9. 

6.  In  the  Kal  preterite,  Yodh  is  rejected  after  the  heterogeneous 
vowel  Pattahh,  §57.  2.  (5),  which  is  then  prolonged  to  Kamets  in  the  sim- 
ple syllable,  nbj  for  "'br..  As  Pattahh  is  likewise  the  regular  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  in  the  preterites  of  Niphal  and  Hophal,  and  occasionally  appears 
in  Piel.  §  02.  c,  and  Hithpael,  §96.  h,  the  final  Kamets  of  these  species  may 
be  similarly  explained.  The  ending,  thus  made  uniform  in  the  other 
species,  passed  over  likewise  into  the  Iliphil  preterite,  which  it  did  the 
more  readily  since  a  belongs  at  least  to  some  of  its  persons  in  the  perfect 
verb.  Yodh  is  in  like  manner  rejected  after  the  heterogeneous  Hholem 
of  certain  infinitives,  while  it  leaves  the  homogeneous  Tsere  of  others  un- 
modified. 

c.  The  futures,  imperatives,  and  participles  of  certain  of  the  .species 
have  e  as  the  normal  vowel  of  their  ultimate;  in  this  Yodh  can  quiesce, 
leaving  it  unchanged.  Those  of  the  other  species  (except  the  Hiphil, 
which  is  once  more  attracted  into  conformity  with  the  rest)  have  or  may 
have  a  in  the  ultimate  ;  this,  combined  with  the  /  latent  in  "^ .  will  again 
form  e..  In  the  future  this  becomes  e  (..)  in  distinction  from  the  ending  e(..) 
of  the  more  energetic  imperative ;  and  the  absolute  is  distinguished  from 
the  construct  state  of  the  participle  in  the  same  way. 

§169.  1.  Before  personal  endings  beginning  with  a 
vowel  the  last  radical  is  occasionally  retained  as  "^ ,  particu- 


§170  LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  197 

larly  in  prolonged  or  pausal  forms,  ri;'cn ,  r^^n ,  :  'ji'^cri'! ;  it 
is,  however,  commonly  rejected  and  its  vowel  given  to  the 
antecedent  consonant,  "^^  for  ^^^=5 ,  iSsn  for  "^'^.^'yT\ ;  in  like 
manner  the  preterite  3  fern.,  which  in  these  verbs  retains  the 
primary  characteristic  n  ^ ,  §  80.  i5,  i^%  for  rr^bs ,  to  which  is 
further  appended  the  softened  ending  n  ^ ,  thus  nnba ,  in 
pause  nnb5 . 

a.  The  n^  of  the  3  fern.  pret.  is  frequently  explained  as  a  second  fem- 
inine ending  added  after  the  first  had  lost  its  significance  in  the  popular 
consciousness.  It  might,  perhaps  with  equal  propriety,  be  regarded  as 
paragogically  appended.  §61.6,  comp.  such  nouns  as  nryV-";!,  iirVs , 
rinr'^X ,  in  order  to  produce  a  softer  termination  and  one  more  conformed 
to  that  which  obtains  in  the  generality  of  verbs.  Nordheimer's  explanation 
of  the  f\  as  hardened  from  n,  ""iri^J  for  nin^a,  labours  under  the  double 
difficulty  that  there  is  neither  proof  nor  probability  for  the  assumption  that 
the  consonant  n  could  be  exchanged  for  n  ,  and  that  n  in  the  preterite  of 
these  verbs  is  not  a  radical  nor  even  a  consonant,  but  simply  the  represen- 
tative of  the  vowel  a. 

2.  Before  personal  endings  beginning  with  a  consonant 
the  third  radical  "^  remains  but  is  softened  to  a  vowel,  so 
that  in  the  Kal  preterite  it  quiesces  in  Hhirik,  in  the  Pual 
and  Hophal  preterites  in  Tsere,  in  the  Niphal,  Piel,  Iliphil, 
and  Hithpael  preterites  in  either  Hhirik  or  Tsere,  and  in  the 
futures  and  imperatives  of  all  the  species  in  Seghol,  ri^?5 , 

3.  Forms  not  augmented  by  personal  endings  lose  their 
final  vowel  before  suffixes,  e.  g.  ''S^a ,  i\)^^  from  n55 ,  'T\by: 
from  ^}^"J ,  ^"'^n  from  ^%^.  The  preterite  3  fem.  takes  its 
simple  form,  e.  g.  ^nn^5  or  w^a ,  and  in  pause  'rinba . 

§170.  The  Lamedh  He  verbs  will  be  represented  by 
nbJa  to  uncover^  reveal^  which  is  used  in  all  the  species. 


Paradigm 

OF  Lamedh 

KAL. 

NIPHAL. 

riEL. 

Pret.  3  m. 

nba 

T    T 

T  :  • 

t  i>a 

T    • 

«/• 

nnbs 

T  :  rT 

T  ;  ;  • 

nn^a 

T  ;  • 

2  n». 

jn-br, 

T       •     T 

n-b'r- 

T     *'  ;  • 

T       •     • 

2/ 

•    r 

i^'b'ap 

rrba 

Ic. 

-n^ba 

^n-b':: 

*n-ba 

Plur.  3  c. 

^ba 

T 

^b:] 

^ba 

2  w». 

tii:^"br. 

t3r)"b:j 

ch-ba 

2/ 

"ih'ba 

I  V    •  : 

l^'^f? 

tn^ 

1  c. 

•     T 

^5"1?;»? 

xr% 

Infix.  ^&«oZ. 

rrba 

r 

nb'ro 

n^a 

Cons^r. 

n*'? 

niban 

r    • 

ni^a 

FcT.  3  m. 

n'ir 

nba* 

nb'a-' 

3/ 

nban 

nb'an 

nV^n 

2  w. 

nbjp 

nb'an 

Mb';.n 

2/ 

'!5:»n 

^b^an 

•    T     • 

'fen 

If. 

ri-'ji^ 

n&s 

nb:.s 

Plur.  3  m. 

^^?r 

T  • 

^ba^ 

3/. 

nrb:n 

T    V   :    • 

nrb'an 

T    V  r    • 

n;-"b:.ri 

2  w. 

iiban 

iiban 

T     • 

^•an 

2/ 

nr^b^n 

T    V   :    • 

Mw"^an 

T      V    T     • 

ri-'siiri 

Ic. 

nb?5 

nbaD 

V   T- 

"j'i? 

Imper.  2  VI. 

nba 

nban 

nba 

2/ 

^?a 

"ban 

•    T     • 

'% 

PZur.  2  771. 

^ba 

sibar; 

T     • 

«i 

^5a 

2/ 

nrba 

T    V  : 

t  u  >at  1 

T      V    T      • 

« 1 

r::'>a 

T      V   — 

Part.  -4cf. 

nba 

nVa^ 

Pa«5. 

^^ba 

T 

n^f? 

198 


He  Verbs. 

PUAL. 

niPHiL. 

nOPHAL. 

HITUPAEL. 

n& 

nb^rr 

T  :   T 

ti  ^iirii 

nhba 

T  :  :     • 

T  :  :    T 

nnbsnn 

n'& 

n"b'.-n 

n^Vsnn 

n-j3 

n^b'^-n 

n^bbn 

••  :   T 

n^b'snn 

'n-v'r, 

^n.^b'.-n 

T"b'3ri 

"n^^r.rn 

,& 

^^:- 

:    r 

^b-inn 

Qi^i? 

cir}"^;»n 

Dsh^b:..n 

V    ••  :   T 

Qh^burn 

it!'^? 

"P'^rV 

t%K^ 

"in^bsnri 

«'Va 

^rb'rn 

•• :   T 

^rbsrn 

(rt^) 

ri-'^n 

tl^jTl 

(n%n) 

ni^. 

n'fen 

(nib)3n) 

rib^rn 

-?<: 

-b'j'^ 

nb'3- 

nVsn^ 

nj;n 

nb'jn 

Mb':,n 

n^iirn 

n??^ 

f^.^';^^ 

nbrtFi 

V  ;    r 

nb'r.nn 

"??!? 

'?r»Ii) 

^b':.n 

^b'snn 

"v% 

nb'j&5 

nb;.i5 

nb'r,rs 

'^<: 

fe   • 

^b:.- 

^b5n^ 

"ii'^! 

nrb'^n 

nrb',-n 

T     V  ;    T 

ni^b'^nn 

r    V  —   :    • 

^H-JFt 

^S^ri 

^b-irn 

~5'^=ri 

nri-n 

Jirb'jn 

T     V  :     T 

riw^b'smn 

T    V  —  :    • 

")?: 

^fe 

nb'ra 

V  :  r 

?^.)'5t;^? 

wanting 

•'^^n 

■wanting 

» 1 

^^?tj 

^b'snn 

nj^b'^n 

j^r.)'5ri»7 

_<rl    _ 

rib'snt: 

ri^2 

V  ;   T 

199 


200  ETYMOLOGY.  §171,172 


SnORTENED  FUTURE  AND  IMPERATIVE. 

§  171.  1.  The  final  vowel  n  is  rejected  from  the  futures 
when  apocopated  or  when  preceded  by  Vav  conversive.  The 
concurrence  of  final  consonants  thence  resulting  in  the  Kal 
and  lliphil  is  commonly  relieved  by  inserting  an  unaccented 
Seghol  between  them,  §01.  2,  to  which  the  preceding  Pat- 
tahh  is  assimilated  in  the  lliphil,  §G3.  2.  r/,  the  llhirik  of 
the  Kal  either  remaining  unchanged  or  being  lengthened  to 
Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable. 

KAL.  XIPHAL.  riEL.  HIPniL.      UITHPAEL. 

Future.       m"!  Tih'!      hI^;'      nSro      n^an"' 

Apoc.  Fut.     b:\^  or   b:^        bi"'        '"i;'        bjj        b^n-} 
Vav.  conv.    bj^  or  b^^"]       bs^i       55;'i       b^fji       bsn^i 

2.  The  final  vowel  n .  is  sometimes  rejected  from  the  im- 
perative in  the  Piel,  lliphil,  and  llithpael  species,  e.  g.  Pi.  % 
for  r^h ,  Hiph.  b^n  for  n^.^n ,  Hith.  bsnn  for  nsann. 


Remarks  on  Lamedh  He  Verbs. 

§172.  ].  Kal  preterite  :  The  third  person  feminine  rarely  occurs  with 
the  simple  ending  n^ ,  nCS  Lev.  25 :  21,  n-n  2  Kin.  9 :  37  K'tliibh  ;  so  in 
the  Hiphil,  r^xbn  Ezek.'  24  :  12.  rk-in  Lev.  26  :  34,  and  Hophal,  rb^sn 
Jer.  13:19.  Yodh  is  occasionally  retained  before  asyllabic  affixes,  J^^on 
Ps.  57  :2,  the  only  instance  in  which  the  feminine  has  the  ending  usual  in 


-!     I 


2.  Infinitive:  Vav  is  sometimes  written  for  the  final  vowel  of  the  infini- 
tive absolute  instead  of  n,  iia,  isa,  ian,  i-in,  ina,  ids,  "i:;?,  ix";,  in"a, 
and  in  a  few  instances  the  feminine  termination  is  added,  nisx ,  nixi, 
nin^y.  There  are  also  examples  of  the  omission  of  this  termination  from 
the  construct  infinitive,  fi'CV  and  ii?  .  ni;? ,  nxi,  "inb ;  once  it  has  the 
form  n\sn  Ezek.  28  :  17.        ' 

3.  Future  :  There  are  a  very  few  examples  of  Tsere  as  the  last  vowel 
of  the  future,  nxnn  Dan.  1:13,  ntrn  Josh.  7:9,  rrbrt^  Josh.  9:24, 
-n;;nri  Jer.  17:  17;  60  in  the  Piel.  nb;n  Lev.  18:7  If.;  and,  on  the  other 


^173  REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  201 

hand,  there  is  one  instance  of  an  imperative  ending  in  Seghol,  viz.,  the 
Piel,  n?"]  Judg.  9 :  29.  The  radical  "^  remains  and  rests  in  Hhirik  in 
''JTm  (S'fem.)  Jer.  3:6,  in  the  Hiphii,  "in^n  (2  masc.)  Jer.  18:23,  and  in 
the  Kal  imperative,  "'in  (2  masc.)  Isa.  2(3:  20.  Yodh  appears  once  as  a 
consonant  before  a  suffix,  "^37^^*!!  Job  3 :  25,  and  once  before  n  pnragogic, 
iT'^nx  Ps.  77:4,  which  is  very  rare  in  these  verbs,  but  perhaps  displaces 
the  final  vowel  in  nyux  Ps.  119  :  117,  and  the  Hithpael,  WlncD  Isa.41:23. 
In  a  few  instances  "^  is  restored  as  a  quiescent  before  suffixes,  *3'^?n7  Hos. 
6:2,  "^J^sn  1  Kin.  20:35,  iT:"'fe?'?  Ps.  HO :  10  K'ri,  Cn-'NSK  Deut.  32  :  26. 
Examples  of  the  feminine  plur'd:  !ir2=ri ,  nD^nn  ,';fnr.rii ,  nrBsni , 
nrirtn  and  ns3.?.ri . 

4.  The  future  of  a  few  verbs  when  apocopated  or  preceded  by  Vav  con- 
versive  simply  drops  its  last  vowel,  either  retaining  Hhirik  under  the  per- 
sonal prefix  or  lengthening  it  to  T.sere,  np*]  ,  21-?'!'],  T\^?.'l ;  '^"'!!']  5  ^i^?.  j 
T\'Oj'\ ;  so  in  the  Pe  Nun  forms,  t^]  and  1^1  ,  a^  ,  and  Pe  Yodli  rp^l ,  with 
Pattahh-furtive  under  the  first  radical  of  the  Pe  guttural,  "^n*;,  §17.  ,  or 
the  vowel  of  the  personal  prefix  changed  to  Pattahh,  §60.  1,  riX^i,  N^^l 
but  X";!; ,  Xi.ri] .  Most  commonly  Seghol  is  inserted  between  the  concur- 
ring consonants,  ts^i,  •js'';,  ^7,  nni,  hz^_  and  ^:n,  "j^?;^],  )'D^'\  and  isn;:, 
rjs/;,  -(ir^T,  i;^'!'] ,  ^P.Tjj  ^'}.'''.  ^fid  ^I'^l,  i^?.!!) ,  VT.n.^  n1*i,  ^^P!!.  ^'^2,  or 
Pattahh  if  one  of  the  consonants  is  a  guttural,  §61.  2;  thus,  in  Ayin  gut- 
tural verbs,  S^*!),  !n?ri.  yyj  ,  rrn,  in  Pe  guttural  ',n^i  from  nin'i , 
§60.  l.a.  (3),  "in'!'  from  rrnnv  or  with  the  additional  change  of  the  vowel 
of  the  prefix  to  Pattahh,  nnni ,  mn  from  riTnn ,  "J^n^,^  from  n:in;] ,  irriT , 
L^r'T  Isa.  59:17  (in  1  Sam.  15:19,  14:32  K'ri,  this  same  form  is  from 
■^^^  or  a-i^,  §157.  3),  br^T  ,  )vv^,,  iar^V  The  rejection  of  the  final  vowel 
takes  place  frequently  even  in  the  first  person  singular,  which  in  other 
verbs  is  commonly  exempt  from  shortening,  §99.  3.  a,  "£^{^ .  K";X1  and 
^^•"j^,",  Plr^^  ^n-*,  ^--^^)  'I'-kl:  '^'.^"^  find  nibrxi.  In  a  few  instances 
the  final  vowel  is  retained  in  other  persons  after  Vav  conversive,  e.  g. 
niijr^l  1  Kin.  16  :  25,  ^.h^l  2  Kin.  1 :  10,  nin'^i  Josh.  19  :  50.  r.S2Pi:.  1  Sam. 
1:?,  "l??,!?  I  Ki'i-  16:17,  ^iiT.}  1  Sam.  17:42,  n-.2'_1  2  Kin.  6: 23,  ^rn 
Deut.  32:  18  is  fut.  apoc.  of  ri^TlJ  as  "^rt^  ^"^  ""n?  of  n^n . 

5.  The  passive  participle  drops  the  final  "^  in  ^o:i  Job  15:22  for  "'''O^, 
lib^*  Job  41:25  for  "'^O',  and  fem.  plur.  niTJ3  Isa.'  3:16  K'thibh  (K'ri 
n-'p"::?),  rrnbr  l  Sam.  25:  IS  K'thibh. 

§173.  1.  In  the  Niphal  preterite  Yodh  may  quiesce  in  either  Tsere  or 
Hhirik,  though  the  former  is  more  frequent,  n*^)??  and  "^n"*)?: ,  ri"'.^i3  and 
siS"^^;?,  cnT:-J3  and  I3"'b-j;,  "'n'^yss  and  I3"'^s3 . 

2.  Examples  of  the  infinitive  absolute  :  iip;3 ,  nia'is ,  rij^in  .  Construct : 
ni^jn  and  ni?;?,  niisn,  nijlcin  and  niinn;  with  suffixes,  in'byn,  ihibrn, 
once  as  though  it  were  a  plural  noun,  cb"'ninjii  Ezek.  6:8,  so  the  Kal 
infin.,  TJ^riSla  Ezek.  16:  31,  once  with  a  preposition,  tiis^  Ex.  10:3. 

3.  Future  apocopated  and  with  Vav  conversive:  b?ri,  nlpjni,  HEX", 
Vnn,  t'i'n,  xn;;],  "{s'T,  and  in  one  verb  with  Pattahh  before  n,  r.H'!'] 
Gen.  7:23,  Ps.  109: 13,  though  some  editions  omit  the  Daghesh-fortc  in  tlie 
former  passage,  thus  making  it  a  Kal  future. 


202  ETYMOLOGY.  §174,175 

§174.  1.  Piel :  Two  verbs,  riN3  to  be  becoming  and  Mna  to  draw  (the 
bow),  liiiving  a  criittunil  for  their  second  radical,  double  tlie  third  instead, 
whii'ii  ill  the  rediiphcatioii  appears  as  Vav,  though  tiie  general  law  is  ad- 
hered to  ri  quiring  its  rejection  from  tlie  end  of  ti)e  word  and  tlie  substitu- 
tion ol"  tlie  vowel  lelterH.  The  only  ibrms  which  occur  are,  of  the 
former,  the  preterite  nixj  Ps.  93:5,  liXJ  Cant.  1:10,  Isa.  52:7,  and  of 
the  latter  the  participle  plur.  constr.  ''l'!'.-?'^  Gen.  21  :  16.  There  are 
three  examples  of  Hholem  inserted  after  the  first  radical,  §92.  fc,  ''pi^'iiy 
Isa.  10:  13  from  nb':3,  the  b  being  an  orthographic  equivalent  for  O, 
§3.  1.  a,  and  in  the  infinitive,  iah,  inn  Isa.  59:  13. 

2.  In  the  first  person  singular  of  the  Piel  preterite  ^  sometimes  quicsces 
in  Tsere ;  in  all  the  other  persons,  however,  and  even  in  the  first  singu- 
lar, when  a  suffix  is  added,  it  invariably  quiesces  in  Hliirik,  ''ri"'^4  and 
•'n''|a,  ■'^■'iiK',  once  Ti">iip,  "'ri-'^s  and  "'H'^.'^s ,  r,in"'^5,  cn-^^s. 

3.  Infinitive  absolute:  rii;^  and  r\}\^,  n^3 .  n}?? ,  nb,  isn,  iVn .  The 
construct  always  ends  in  ri  with  the  exception  of  n^3  also  PisS ,  and 
■"sn  Hos.  6:9. 

4.  Future:  in  "'^"^X  Isa.  16:  9  from  n*"!,  the  second  radical  is  doubled 
as  •',  §153.  1,  and  the  third  appears  as  1,  §56.  3.  a ;  ^\^~^.  Ex.  33:  3  is 
for  ?j^35<.,  §63.  I.  t.  With  Vav  conversive  :  brv  bb"]! ,  ob":},  lif'^l, 
cpriT .  "iirri]  ,  so  in  the  first  person  singular,  isN^  ,  i^X.]i  ;  once  Pattahh  is 
lengthened  to  Kamets.  "n^i  1  Sam.  21 :  14  ;  so  in  pause.  :  53n  Prov.  25:  9. 

5.  The  imperative  has  Seghol  in  a  single  instance,  nan  Judg.  9:29 
and  sometimes  drops  its  final  vowel  bj ,  hn,  *|^  ,  D3,  i:i  and  iTiS . 

C.  Pual  infinitive  construct  with  suflix :  iriSS  Ps.  132:1. 

§175.  1.  Hiphil  preterite:  The  prefixed  n  has  occasionally  Seghol, 
rt^sn  and  "^Jn,  ^i<^^.,  P'-fSn,  J^xnn,  ~^r-x-in.  Yodh  may  quicsce  in 
Hhirik  or  Tsere,  n-i^jn,  •'n"'5;n ,  ri"';T.-i,  "'n^an .  Yodh  once  remains  as 
a  quiescent  in  the  3  masc.  sing.,  ""inn  Isa.  53:  10,  and  once  in  the  3  masc. 
plur.,  T'P^fi  Josh.  14:8  for  VD^n , '§62.  2. 

2.  The  infinitive  absolute  has  Kamets  in  fi2"i>T  by  way  of  distinction 
from  i^S'^ri  and  ns*!"]  Jer.  42:2,  which  arc  always  used  adverbially. 
Construct:  The  prefixed  n  has  Hhirik  in  one  instance,  riipn  Lev. 
14:43  ;  niinb  2  Kin.  19:  25  K'lhibh  is  for  mxirnb  . 

3.  The  future,  when  apocopated  or  preceded  by  Vav  conversive.  some- 
times simply  rejects  its  final  vowel.  PS"!  ,  N'^^^,  '^-}j.  P^!!?  "^"i']  fi"orn 
•^"^T'  ^--  '■'"'"  '^Ih  ^--  ^rom  nijj.  T\^2  from  <^~-;  commonly,  however, 
Seghol  is  inserted  between  the  concurring  consonants,  bs'i  from  nys, 
§111.2.  a,  hy'•^^,  -jt'^i,  ^J^rn:,  icn],  -.Ep,  a-i^i.  rj-ir^.  or  Pattahh  if  one 
of  the  consonants  is  a  guttural,  "n^i.  m;n,  brv  .  vr^'. .  Occasionally  the 
final  vowel  remains,  nbr.^i  i  Kin.  16:17.  18:42,  r.3-ri]  Ezclc.  23:19; 
once  the  radical  "^  appears  quiescing  in  Hhirik,  Tirn  (2  masc.  apoc.  for 
nrtn)  Jer.  18:23.  The  retention  or  rejection  of  the  vowel  is  optional  in 
the  first  person  singular,  niix;; ,  MpJUXl  ,  nsxi  and  T|X1  from  nbj,  bJXJ, 
ax  from  nb5. 


§176,177       REMARKS    ON    LAMEDH    HE    VERBS.  203 

4.  The  imperative  is  sometimes  abbrevinted,  H2"in  and  "in ,  inc'irt 
and  Slin,  b?rt  for  f^.^?.!^,  "^5^3  and  :;«i,  nsn  and  T^n ;  i'lrn  (accent  on 
the  ultimate)  Ps.  39:14  is  for  nsuin ,  the  same  word  Isa.  6 : 9  is  from 
yrb,  §  140.  5. 

5.  Hophal  infinitive  absolute:  tT^^f^  Lev.  19:20. 

§176.  1.  Hithpael:  One  verb  nn">!J  reduplicates  its  third  radical, which 
appears  as  1,  ninnpn  lo  worship,  I'ut.  ninpiT::^  with  Vav  conv.  ^rnir^l 
(or  I'nri'i'*^ ,  §61.  2,  plur.  vriri'.!'^] ,  infin.  mnr!':3n ,  and  once  with  suf. 
T'tj'!'.'!'^'^  2  Kin.  5:18,  the  accent  being  thrown  back  by  a  following 
monosyllable.  For  the  inflected  participle,  cniinpc^  Ezek.  8:16,  see 
§90,  page  120. 

2.  In  the  preterite  "^  mostly  qniesces  in  Tsere  in  the  first  person  singu- 
lar, and  in  Hhirik  in  the  other  persons,  "'ri''ixrn,  ■'ni'inn^rn,  ni-nn'rn, 
cn^innirn,  niss'nn.  n-'S-inn.  n-'^sm,  n"i'imrn. 

V     •   -:  1-    :    •   )     T       •  -    :     •  '      T       •  -    :     •   -  •  r    :    •  '  ■  -     :     • 

3.  The  future  apocopated  and  with  Vav  conversive:  ^Jr'^J  >  C3r'^  , 
innn,  'yri^_,  i^'^riri,  yncn,  or  with  Kamcts  in  the  accented  syllable, 
I^P'!!,  "^i-rf})  so  always  in  pause,  'Hr*!;  JCSrni  Gen.  24:65. 

4.  The  shortened  imperative  :  lyrip  ,  '^jrri . 

§  177.  1.  n"n  to  be,  fut.  i^Z'^.^.  i  Hhirik  being  retained  before  the  guttural 
under  the  influence  of  the  following  Yodh,  whence  the  Sh'va,  though 
vocal,  remains  simple  ;  so  in  the  inf  const,  with  prep,  ri'^i^a,  ni^nb,  ni'ina. 
though  without  a  prefix  it  is  rii^n ,  once  in;^n  Ezek.  21:  15.  The  apoco- 
pated future  ''h'^  (in  pause  "^n^)  and  with  Vav  conversive  "'n?''i  is  for 
'I'!!?;  the  vowel  of  the  prefix  returning  to  the  Sh'va  from  which  it  arose, 
§85.  2.  a  (1),  page  116,  when  the  quiescence  of  the  middle  radical  gives  a 
vowel  to  the  first.  The  .same  thing  occurs  in  the  peculiar  form  of  the 
future  Sin^  Eccl.  11 :  3,  where  the  second  radical  appears  as  1,  which  it 
sometimes  does  in  the  imperative,  in^n  and  n"]!!  Gen.  27:  29  or  N*n  Job 
37:6,  and  in  the  participle  nVn  Neh.  6  =  6,  Eccl.  2:22,  fern.  n;in  Ex.' 9:  3. 

2.  tTTl  tn  live.  The  root  "^in  is  usually  inflected  as  a  Lamcdh  He 
verb  pret.  IT^H ,  fut.  fTl^n*^ ,  apoc.  "^n^ .  with  Vav  conversive  ''n'^|i,  though 
in  the  preterite  3  masc.  it  occasionally  takes  an  Ayin  doubled  form.  Tj, 
e.  g.  Gen.  3:22,  5:5,  and  once  in  the  3  fern,  an  Ayin  Yodh  form  !  !T^H  Ex. 
1:  16,  or  it  may  be  explained  as  an  Ayin  doubled  form  with  Daghesh-ibrte 
omitted,  §25. 

3.  In  a  few  instances  X  is  substituted  for  the  third  radical  in  Lamedh 
He  verbs,  "^rsin  Ezek.  43:27,  xnx  Isa.  21:12,  NC3  Jer.  23:39,  Xin-i 
2  Chron.  26:  15,  xrn  Prov.  1 :  10  from'nrix  .  Nn*]  Deut.  33:  21  from  Tihii', 
^^D!'.'!  2  Chron.  16:12,  Nsd"^  Lam.  4:1,  nk:  2  Kin.  25:29,  HZtl  Eccl. 
8:  1,'  c^xb^n  2  Sam.  21  :  12  K'ri  for  C^iliri,  D-'V-n  Hos.  11:7,  Deuty2S:  66 
for  CiTJibn^  §56.  4,  cxnian ,  sixA^I  2  Sam.  11:21  from  r-n";  ;  the  vowels 
are  those  of  Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  in  isns  Jer.  3 :  22  for  ^J'^PN  ,  n^=ri  1  Kin. 
17  :  14  for  n]?2Pi,  nnp-^  Dan.  10  :  14  for  Vnp-.  ;  and  the  full  Lamedh  Alcph 
form  is  adopted  in  K""^:?^  Hos.  13:  15  for  nns'^. 


•201  ETYMOLOGY.  ^178,179 

Doubly  iMPEiirECT  Verbs. 

§  178.  Verbs  -which  have  two  weak  letters  in  the  root,  or 
whicli  arc  so  constituted  as  to  belong  to  two  different  classes 
of  imperfect  verbs,  connuouly  exhibit  the  peculiarities  of 
both,  unless  they  interfere  with  or  limit  one  another.  Thus, 
a  verb  which  is  both  i^'s  and  r\b  will  follow  the  analogy  of 
both  paradigms,  the  former  in  its  initial  and  the  latter  in  its 
second  syllable.  But  in  verbs  which  are  both  lb  and  rib 
the  1  is  invariably  treated  as  a  perfect  consonant,  and  the  n  5 
pecidiaritics  alone  preserved.  All  such  cases  have  been  re- 
marked upon  individually  under  the  several  classes  of  verbs 
to  which  they  respectively  belong. 


Defective  Verbs. 

§179.  1.  It  has  been  seen  in  repeated  instances  in  the 
foregoing  pages  that  verbs  belonging  to  one  class  of  imper- 
fect verbs  may  occasionally  adopt  forms  from  another  and 
closely  related  class.  Thus  a  i^'b  verb  may  appear  with  a 
n"b  form,  or  an  yj  verb  with  an  TJ  form  or  vice  versa.  The 
occurrence  of  an  individual  example,  or  of  a  few  examples 
of  such  divergent  forms,  may  be  explained  in  the  manner 
just  suggested  without  the  assumption  of  an  additional  verb 
as  their  source.  Sometimes,  however,  the  number  of  diver- 
gent forms  is  so  considerable,  or  tlie  divergence  itself  so  wide, 
that  it  is  simpler  to  assume  two  co-existent  roots  of  the  same 
signification,  and  differing  only  in  the  weak  letter  which  they 
contain,  than  to  refer  all  to  a  single  root. 

a.  Thus.  N53  means  to  shut  vp  or  restrain,  and  Jnbs  to  he  finished: 
yet  ii  few  nJ  Ibrms  occur  in  the  sense  not  of  llie  latter  but  of  tlie  Ibrmer 
verb.  Tliey  are  accordingly  held  to  be  from  N^2  .  but  assimilated  in  inflec- 
tion to  the  nb  paradigm.  On  the  other  hand,  ^^J>  means  to  call,  and 
nn;5  to  meet;  but  .so  many  ii'b  forms  are  found  with  this  latter  significa- 
tion that  it  seems  necessary  to  assume  a  second  root  X");3  having  that 


^180  QUADRILITEllAL    VERBS.  205 

meaning.  The  verb  to  run  is  ordinarily  •j'^in  ;  but  S'ik'n  Ezek.  1:  14  is  too 
remote  from  an  IS  form  to  be  referred  to  that  root ;  hence  it  is  traced  to 
another  verb  N^T  of  the  same  sense.  No  clear  line  of  distinction  can  be 
drawn  between  the  cases  in  which  divergent  forms  are  to  be  traced  to  a 
single  root,  and  those  in  which  the  assumption  of  a  second  is  admissible  or 
necessary.  This  must  be  decided  in  detail,  and  the  best  authorities  not 
inlrequently  differ  in  their  judgment  of  particular  examples. 

2.  Where  two  verbs  exist  which  are  thus  radically  con- 
nected and  identical  in  signification,  it  not  infrequently  hap- 
pens that  they  are  defective  or  mutually  supplementary,  that 
is  to  say,  that  one  of  them  is  in  usage  restricted  to  certain 
parts  or  species,  the  remainder  being  supplied  by  the  other. 

a.  The  following  are  examples  of  defective  verbs  :  Si^  to  be  good,  used 
in  the  Kal  species  only  in  tlie  preterite,  the  corresponding  future  is  from 
la^ ;  "iS'^  Kal  pret.  to  fear,  the  fut.  and  imper.  from  "i>li ;  p"!^  Kal  pret. 
and  inf.  to  spit,  fut.  from  pp'^  ;  yz^  Kal  pret.  and  inf  to  break  or  disperse, 
fut.  and  imp.  from  y"D;  3:p3  Kal  pret.  to  be  alienated,  fut.  from  "p^ ;  irnb 
K.  pret.  to  be  a  prince,  fut.  from  ">ib  ;  23T  Kal  pret.  and  inf  to  be  many, 
fut.  from  n^T  which  is  used  tiiroughout  the  species ;  tsH'J  Kal  fut.  to  be  hot, 
pret.  and  inf  from  crn  ,  which  is  also  used  in  the  future  ;  y^^  ^^  counsel, 
borrows  its  Kal  imper.  from  y^v ;  y^p  Kal  fut.  to  awake,  pret.  from  the 
Hiphil  of  yp^,  which  is  also  used  in  inf  imper.  and  fut.;  SS3  to  place,  the 
reflexive  is  expressed  by  -Sll'rii  from  Z^^  ;  i^n^  to  drink,  the  causative 
is  i^pwf7  from  <^p^;  u;"'::in  from  "CZ^  is  used  as  the  causative  of  Cia  to 
be  ashamed,  as  well  as  '^"^ir^ ;  T\?^  to  go,  derives  many  of  its  forms  from 
T^^l ;  -h'2  to  give,  is  only  used  in  the  Kal  imperative,  it  is  supplemented 
by  ')n3  of  totally  distinct  radicals. 


QUADRILITERAL    VeRBS. 

§180.  Quadriliteral  verbs  are  either  primitives  formed 
from  quadriliteral  roots,  whose  origin  is  explained,  ^GS.  a, 
or  denominatives,  the  formative  letter  of  the  noun  or  adjective 
being  admitted  into  the  stem  along  with  the  three  original 
radicals.  The  former  class  adopt  the  vowels  and  inflections 
of  the  Piel  and  Pual  species,  while  the  latter  follow  the 
Hiphil. 

a.  The  only  examples  of  quadriliteral  verbs  are  the  following,  viz. :  Piel 
pret.  IC"^?  he  spread,  Job  26  :  9,  where  the  original  Pattahh  of  the  initial 
syllable  of  the  Piel,  §82.  5.  b  (3),  is  preserved;  fut.  with  suf  <'^,4o"^?'?  he 


20G  ETYMOLOGY.  ^181 

shall  rrasfe  it,  Ps.  80  :  M.  Pual  pret.  l^'C'J^  it  freshened.  Job  33  :  25,  the 
Melhegh  and  the  Illiatej)!!  Puttalili  liciiiir  used  to  indicate  that  the  Sli'va 
is  vocal,  and  tliat  the  form  is  equivalent  to  ^"Ean;  part.  CCCma  scaled  off 
or  resembliiii^  ticales.  Ex.  IG:  14,  bs'^r'D  clothed.  1  Cliron.  15:27.  Hiphil 
pret.  in"'JTxn  the//  stank.  Isa.  19:  6  lor  wiTxn  as  1"irr3  for  1"iry3,  de- 
rived from  ni;X  putrescent^  which  is  simpler  than  to  make  it  with  Gesenius 
a  doidde  or  anomalous  Hiphil  i'rom  n:T,  §94.  a,  comp.  Alexander  in  loc. ; 
flit,  nb-^x^rx  Ill-ill  turn  to  the  h-ft,  Gen.  13:9;  'b-^X-orn  I.sa.  30 :  21.  part. 
C'^irs'Dil'^  1  Ciiron.  12  :  2  from  bxib  the  left  hand,  el-sewhcre  reduced  to  a 
triliteral  by  the  rejection  ol'X,  ^"'scnb  2  Sam.  14:19,  "^b^r^n  E/.ek. 
21  :2I.  To  these  may  be  added  the  form,  which  occurs  several  times  in 
the  K'thibh  C"'^:!r:fni3  l  Chron.  15:24,  etc..  and  n-iinsnia  2  Chron.  5:  12, 
for  which  the  K'ri  substitutes  C'"iSnT3  or  cnsnia.  As  it  is  a  denomina- 
tive from  n^:iijn  a  trumpet,  it  has  been  suspected  that  the  form  first  men- 
tioned should  be  pointed  cnssn^  ;  the  other,  if  a  genuine  reading,  is 
probably  to  be  read  C-'-nirn^a  . 

Nouns. 

THEIR     FORMATION. 

§181.  Nouns,  embracing  adjectives  and  participles  as 
well  as  substantives,  may  be  primitive,  i.  e.  formed  directly 
from  their  idtimate  roots,  or  derivative,  i.  e.  formed  from  pre- 
existing -words.  Those  which  are  derived  from  verbs  are 
called  verbals;  those  Avhich  arc  derived  from  nouns  are 
called  denominatives.  The  vast  multiplicity  of  objects  to 
which  names  were  to  be  applied  and  the  diversity  of  aspects 
under  which  they  are  capable  of  being  contemplated,  have  led 
to  a  variety  in  the  constitution  of  nouns  greatly  exceeding 
tliat  of  verbs,  and  also  to  considerable  laxity  in  the  significa- 
tions attached  to  individual  forms.  But  whatever  complexity 
may  beset  the  details  of  this  subject,  its  main  outlines  are 
sufficiently  plain.  All  nouns  are,  in  respect  to  their  forma- 
tion, reducible  to  certain  leading  types  or  classes  of  forms, 
each  liaAing  a  primary  and  proper  import  of  its  own.  The 
derivation  of  nouns,  as  of  the  verbal  species,  from  their 
respective  roots  and  themes  calls  into  requisition  all  the  expe- 
dients, Avhcthcr  of  internal  or  external  changes,  known  to  the 
language,  §  09.  Hence  arise  four  classes  of  nouns  according 
as  they  are  formed  by  internal  changes,  viz. : 


§182,183  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  207 

1.  The  introduction  of  one  or  more  vowels. 

2.  The  reduplication  of  one  or  more  of  the  letters  of  the 
root.     Or  by  external  changes,  viz. : 

3.  The  prefixing  of  vowels  or  consonants  at  the  begin- 
ning of  the  root. 

4.  The  affixing  of  vowels  or  consonants  at  the  end. 

a.  The  mass  of  nouns  are  to  be  regarded  as  primitives  and  not  as  de- 
rived from  their  cognate  verbs.  Many  roots  are  represented  by  nouns 
alone,  without  any  verbs  from  which  they  could  have  sprung,  e.  g.  3X 
father,  yix  earth.  And  where  verbs  of  kindred  meaning  do  exist,  it  is 
probable  that  they  are  not  the  source  or  theme  of  the  nouns,  but  that 
Ijoth  spring  alike  directly  from  their  common  root,  as  ~^T3  to  reign,  and 
Tj^Ta  king  from  the  root  ~^T3 .  Since,  however,  these  roots  or  elemental 
themes  are  destitute  of  vowels,  and  consequently  are  incapable  of  being 
pronounced  in  their  primitive  or  abstract  state,  it  is  customary  and  con- 
venient in  referring  to  them  to  name  the  verb  which  though  a  derivative 
form  has  the  advantage  of  simplicity  and  regularity  of  structure,  and  is 
often  the  best  representative  of  the  radical  signification.  Accordingly, 
Ti-?^  king  may  be  said  to  be  derived  from  the  root  T(?^  to  reign,  that  is,  it 
is  derived  from  the  root  "bia  of  which  that  verbal  form  is  the  conven- 
tional designation,  §68. 

h.  Infinitives,  participles,  nouns  which  follow  the  forms  of  the  secondary 
or  derived  species,  §  187.  2.  o,  and  some  others,  are  evidently  verbals. 
Most  nouns  of  the  fourth  class,  as  well  as  some  others,  are  denominatives. 


Class  I. — N'ouns  formed  hy  tJie  insertion  of  towels. 

§182.  The  first  class  of  nouns,  or  those  which  are 
formed  by  means  of  vowels  given  to  the  root,  embraces  three 
distinct  forms,  viz. : 

1.  Monosyllables,  or  those  in  which  the  trihteral  root 
receives  but  one  vowel. 

2.  Dissyllables,  in  which  tbe  second  is  the  principal 
vowel  and  the  first  a  pretonic  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

3.  Dissyllables,  in  which  the  first  is  the  principal  vowel 
and  the  second  a  mutable  Kamets  or  Tsere. 

1.   Triliteral  Monosyllables. 

§183.  The  formative  vowel  may  be  given  either  to  the 
second  radical  b'jj: ,  b^bj? ,  bi-jj? ,  bibp ,  or  to  the  first,  bt:J5 , 


208  ETYMOLOGY.  §184 

b'jfj,  b'jp;  in  tlic  latter  case  an  unaccented  Seghol  is  com- 
monly interposed  between  the  concurring  consonants,  §C1.  2, 
to  which  a  ju'cccding  Pattahh  is  assimilated,  §03.  2.  a,  ^'^fs , 
b'jp ,  'vd^ .  Forms  thus  augmented  by  the  introduction  of 
an  auxiliary  vowel  are  termed  Segholates. 

a.  In  this  and  the  following  sections  ^-p  is  useil  as  a  representative 
root  in  order  more  conveniently  to  indicate  to  the  eye  the  formation  of  tiic 
diU'orcnt  chisses  of  nouns.  No  root  could  be  selected  wliich  would  afibrd 
examples  in  actual  use  of  the  entire  scries  of  derivative  forms;  bap  has 
but  one  derivative  b:Jp  slavghler,  and  this  only  occurs  in  Obad.  ver.  9. 

b.  As  i,  6,  and  u  rarely  or  never  occur  in  mixed  accented  syllables,  §  19, 
they  arc  excluded  from  monosyllabic  nouns.  Every  other  vowel  is,  how- 
ever, ftiund  with  the  second  radical,  thus  a,  XSV'O  a  little  prop,  paucity, 
'Ob.'^  honey,  ^is  man;  a,  b^X  strength,  -ns  icriling:  ~X">:3  residue;  t",  csd 
shoulder,  T^ip_  bush;  e,  bH^  howling^' Zit'S  grief,  ZXT  a  wolf;  especially  i, 
<5,  and  u.  which  occur  with  greater  Ircqucncy  than  any  others.  Wlien  the 
first  radical  receives  the  vowel,  I  and  u  are  likewise  excluded,  inasmuch  as 
they  rarely  or  never  stand  before  concurrent  consonants,  §61.  4.  Few  of 
these  nouns  remain  without  the  auxiliary  Seghol  K'JJ  a  ralley,  a^V 
vanity,  N::n  sin,  'nn:  spikenard,  arp  tridh.  Kamets  is  only  found  before 
Vav,  §G3.  2.  a,  rii,  and  in  pause,  §65,  ".x,  C^S. 

c.  When  the  second  radical  receives  tlic  vowel,  there  is  a  concurrence 
of  conf<onants  at  the  beginning  of  the  word,  whicli  is  sometimes  relieved 
by  prefixing  X,  §53.  1.  a,  with  a  short  vowel,  mostly  e,  §60.  1.  a  (5).  but 
occasionally  rt,  s'3^ii_  finger  for  ris .  rj'i'X  lattice,  'S:zi<  belt,  ?i"i^5<  and 
>ini  arm,  biicrix  and  hi-ZT}  yesterday. 

§184.  These  nouns,  standing  at  the  first  remove  from 
the  root,  express  as  nearly  as  possible  its  simple  idea 
either  abstractly,  e.  g.  ^""^^  emptiness,  ^isio  bereavement,  T^w 
strenfjtli,  p*!!S  rigldeousness,  "iT?  help,  ^"l^  greatness,  or  as  it 
is  realized  in  some  person  or  object  which  may  be  regarded 
as  its  end)odiment  or  representative,  T'is  lord  from  "133  to  he 
mifjhtu,  iiJiix  mem  from  iiJisj  to  he  sick,  ^-ia  houndary,  ^o: 
libation  prop.  f)ourin(j  out,  P'a?  valley  prop,  deftth,  "pan  vine- 
gar prop,  sourness. 

a.  That  the  position  of  the  formative  vowel  before  or  after  the  second 
radical  docs  not  materially  affect  the  character  of  the  form,  appear-s  from 
the  following  considerations:  (1.)  The  sameness  of  signification  already 
exhibited,  and  which  may  be  verified  in  detail.  (2.)^  The  occasional  ap- 
pearance of  the  same  word  in  both  forms,  e.  g.  "i^J  and  "i2a  man,  y^l 


§185  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  209 

and  rb?  plmit,  N^.3  and  X'^'iJS  prison,  'na  and  'p'ria  thumb,  f^Sb  and  nni55 
brightness.  (3.)  The  concurrence  of  both  forms  in  the  Kal  construct  infi- 
nitive ^ip  and  n^-Jps,  §87,  iS::p3  and  oib-jp .  (4.)  The  fact  that  Segho- 
lates  may  arise  aliite  from  bip  and  ^^p ,  §61.1.6.  (5.)  The  cognate 
languages ;  monosyllables  in  Arabic,  whose  vowel  precedes  the  second  radi- 
cal, answer  to  those  whose  vowel  succeeds  the  same  radical  in  Aramaean, 
and  both  to  the  Hebrew  Segholates,  e.  g.  13:^  servant,  Aram,  "i??.,  Arab. 

s   o^ 

b.  The  presence  of  imperfect  letters  in  the  root  may  occasion  the  fol- 
lowing modifications: 

fc<'s  roots.  Aleph,  as  a  first  radical,  sometimes  receives  a  long  vowel  (,.) 
instead  of  Sh'va  (J,  §60.  3.  c,  '^'ro)<  fidelity  for  'i^iix,  "liTK  girdle  for  niix  . 

S  Guttural  and  h  Guttural.  If  the  third  radical  be  a  guttural,  Pat- 
tahh  is  substituted  for  the  auxiliary  Seghol.  §61.  2,  n^3  confidence,  vcv 
hearing,  t^^a  height ;  if  the  second  radical  be  a  guttural,  the  preceding 
vowel  if  Hholem  remains  unchanged,  otherwise  it  also  commonly  becomes 
Pattahh  "lyi  young  man,  l?3  youth,  ins^earbut  ^n'x  tent,  Dnb  bread. 

"I's  and  "i's  roots.  A  vowelless  "i  or  3  is  in  a  few  instances  rejected 
from  the  beginning  of  a  word,  §53.  2.  a,  ^^12  produce  for  b'i2'>,  "^iti  famil- 
iarity for  Tio'^ ,  X''b  elevation  for  ^"'^3,  Ti  lamentation  ^or  ''H: ,  particu- 
larly in  feminines  and  secondary  derivatives;  thus,  nrn  ,  Tvvj,  n^jy,  T\'C~\ 
drop  an  initial  Yodh,  and  nap ,  "'^"'3  an  initial  Nun.  Nun  may  also  ex- 
perience assimilation  when  it  is  a  second  radical,  C]i5  anger  for  Sl'^,  Ois 
cup  for  o:3 . 

13  a?iri  "i:?  roots.  In  Segholates  1  is  preceded  by  Kamets  V'?  (accord- 
ing to  Kimchi  blS  in  Ezek.  28  :  18)  wickedness,  T^n  midst,  unless  the  last 
radical  is  a  guttural,  nil  space ;  "i  is  preceded  by  Pattahh  and  followed 
byHhirik,  b';'^  night,  "j";^"  eye.  These  letters  frequently  give  up  their  con- 
sonantal character  and  become  quiescent,  §57.  2.  Vav  is  rejected  in  a  few 
words  as  "'S  brand  for  "'IS,  "^X  island  for  ''ix ,  i"}  watering  for  "ilT,  §53.  3. 

nb  roots.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  proper  final  radical  is  rejected, 
as  it  is  in  verbs,  and  the  final  vowel  written  ti,  as  n:p  bush,  .133  weep- 
ing, nstn  thought.  When  "^  ajjpears  as  the  radical,  it  prefers  the  form 
•'DS  weeping,  '^'^Q  fruit,  "'^3  vessel;  1  retains  its  consonantal  character  in 
inp  winter,  ibb  quail,  or  it  may  be  changed  to  its  cognate  vowel  u, 
which  combines  with  the  preceding  a  to  form  o,  §62.  1,  1*''^  (for  dhj&u) 
ink,  ixri  antelope.  In  Segholates  1  quiesces  in  Shurek,  §57.  2.  (4),  >inb 
swinuning  ibv  "iniy,  ^ins  emptiness;  the  lexicon  of  Gesenius  contains  the 
forms  17.'?  garment,  lap  enc/,  ibb  security,  but  these  words  only  occur  in 
the  plural  or  with  suffixes,  and  the  absolute  singular  is  quite  as  likely  to 
have  been  rro ,  ^irip  ,  -ibiii . 

2.   The  main  vowel  in  the  ultimate. 

§185.  1.   The  second  form  of  this  class  is  a  dissyllable 
with  one  of  the  long  vowels  in  the  second  which  is  its  prin- 
14 


210  ETYMOLOGY.  §185 

cipal  syllabic,  and  in  the  first  a  pretonic  Kamets,  for  which 
Tscrc  is  occasionally  substituted  when  the  second  vowel  is 
Kamets,  thus  bbj?  or  bbp ,  ^bp ,  b-^ipp ,  b-b;p ,  brjjp . 

2.  These  are  properly  adjectives,  and  have  for  the  most 
part  an  intransitive  signification  when  the  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  is  ^?,  C,  or  0,  and  a  passive  signification  when  it  is 
I  or  u,  )b'i^  and  fiiip  smr///,  i^^fat,  ©"H:  viadc  of  brass,  i"^nn 
c/ioscn.  Tliose  with  cl  and  I  in  the  ultimate  are,  however, 
prevailingly  and  the  others  occasionally  used  as  substantives, 
and  designate  objects  distinguished  by  the  quality  which 
they  primarily  denote,  P^^  /lerds  prop,  (jrccn,  "lii??  strong 
drink  prop,  intoxicating,  "i^3  leopard  prop,  spotted,  '^V4  and 
C]"32  turban  prop,  wound  around,  'Tiis  giorg,  that  which  is 
glorious. 

a.  The  intransitive  adjectives  supply  the  place  of  Kal  active  partici- 
ples to  neuter  verbs,  §90,  and  in  yj  verbs  they  have  superseded  the  regu- 
lar formation,  §153.  1.  Cp  for  c^J5.  Kal  passive  participles  are  verbals 
vvitli  u.  This  formation  with  I  in  the  ultimate  is  adopted  in  several  names 
of  seasons,  -"'ix  Abib,  the  time  of  ears  of  corn,  rrcs  ingathering  prop. 
the  being  gathered,  n-^ia  vintage,  "i^^rT  pruning-time,  O'^nn  ploughing- 
time,  i""^!?  harvest. 

b.  Adjectives  with  6  commonly  express  permanent  qualities,  those 
with  e  v;iriable  ones,  bina  great,  ^"13  growing  great ;  pjn  strong,  pm  be- 
coDiing  strong ;  *"i"i|^  near.  "^^P^  approaching ;  pinn  remote,  pnn  receding. 
Hence  the  former  are  used  of  tiiose  physical  and  moral  conditions  which 
are  fixed  and  constant,  such  as  figure,  colour,  character,  etc.,  TpX  long, 
VyJ  round,  pis  deep,  rnis  high;  cHs  red,  I'na  spotted,  "^p:  speckled,  pin  J 
green,  ips  striped,  "iri:i  white,  p"^a  bay.  ~ri":3  blade;  P'in'a  siceel,  "iina 
pui{;e,  llii^p  holij.  And  the  latter  are  employed  of  shifting  and  evanescent 
states  of  body  and  of  mind,  NS^  thirsty,  Ssn  hungry,  yjzo  sated,  C]?^ 
weary,  bzx  grieving,  yen  desiring,  'irx^  fearing,  Tb^'  exidting. 

c.  The  active  signification  asserted  for  the  form  ^"^15  in  a  few  instances 
cannot  be  certainly  established;  uiip^  or  t"ip;j /ou7t'r,  is  intransitive  in 
Hebrew  conception  as  is  shown  by  the  construction  of  the  corresponding 
verb,  comp.  Lat.  aucupari,  aucnpatus.  Other  alleged  cases  are  probably 
not  nouns  but  absolute  infinitives  of  Kal,  '|in3  Jer.  G :  27  may  as  well  be 
rendered  I  have  set  thee  to  try  as  for  a  trier  (of  metals)  ;  Y''>^T^  Isa.  1  :  17  is 
not  oppressor  nor  oppressed  but  wrong-doing,  to  dStK-eti',  see  Alexander  in 
loc. ;  and  even  P'^V'J  Jer.  22:  o  may  in  like  manner  be  oppression  instead 
of  oppressor. 

rf.  n  b  roots  are  restricted  to  forms  with  ;",  in  which  the  radical  ^ 
quiesces,  "'TJ //"t's/j,  ""is  ajlicted,  "^'-^i  or  N^pj  with  otiant  X,  §1G.  l,;;ure, 


§18G  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.  211 

or  with  a  which  combines  with  it  to  form  e,  n  ,  ^jb  and  trnb^e/c/,  ti2i 
fnir,  nxs  high;  in  a  few  nouns  this  final  vowel  is  dropped,  y^  Jish  for 
nsi ,  in  mark  for  nin ,  v'v  trte  for  nitr ,  '.a  .9o?z  for  nia  ,  nb  month  for  n^Q , 
unless,  indeed,  these  and  the  like  are  to  be  regarded  as  primitive  bilit- 
erals.  Vav,  as  a  final  radical,  may  be  preceded  by  a,  "^^^  meek,  or  e,  I^IU 
secure. 

3.   The  main  vowel  in  the  penult. 

^186.  1.  The  tliird  form  of  this  class  is  a  dissyllable 
having  an  innnutable  vowel,  mostly  Hholem,  though  occa- 
sionally Shurek  or  Tsere  in  the  first,  which  is  its  principal 
syllable,  and  a  mutable  Kamets  or  Tsere  in  the  second,  thus 
b-jip,  bbip,  bbip,  buip,  bb-i]?. 

2.  These  indicate  the  agent,  and  are  either  active  j^ar- 
ticiples,  btpip  killing,  or  substantives,  Dnin  signct-rwfj  prop. 
sealer,  i!lis  enemy,  one  practisinf/  Jiostiliti/,  bi'^tJ  fox  prop. 
digger,  v]p''3  liammer  prop,  pounder,  bp^n  morning  star  prop. 
shining  one. 

a.  A  number  of  nouns,  indicative  of  occupation,  follow  the  participial 
form,  which  thus  serves  to  express  permanent  and  professional  activity, 
"1)^13  herdsman,  'b'Z'n  sailor -prop,  rope-handler,  "d-yin  plovghnia7i,  "i^i"!  poller 
prop,  former.  0313  fuller,  '^rtb  priest,  C"i3  vine-dresser,  "iHiO  merchant, 
ISIO  scribe,  bbii  trafficker,  nyS  shepherd,  J<b'"i  physician,  n)b""i  dealer  in 
unguents,  t.'p^  embroiderer,  "Mzp  xcatchman,  "^^^^  porter 'pvop.  gate-keeper, 
UEid  judge. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances  ?<  in  the  first  syllable  is  shortened  and  fol- 
lowed by  Daghesh-forte  conservative,  SSW  and  355  pipe,  VH^a  pit. 

c.  VS  roots.  The  contraction  of  3?^  and  the  quiescence  of  IS'  roots,  by 
reducing  them  to  biliteral  monosyllables,  obliterates  to  a  considerable  ex- 
tent the  distinctions  v/hich  have  been  described  and  which  are  possible 
only  in  triliterals.  The  contracted  forms  which  arise  from  i'S  roots  are 
3D,  30,  30,  3b,  §183.6.  Of  these  30  =  330  belongs  to  the  monosylla- 
bic formation,  and  is  chiefly  used  of  abstracts,  "lii  purity,  3"^  midtitude,  BR 
integrity,  h''S  yoke  ;  and  30  =  330  to  the  first  species  of  dissyllables,  em- 
bracing adjectives  and  concrete  nouns.  On  perfect,  Sri  feast ;  while  30 
and  30  may  arise  indifferently  from  either,  pa  rottenness  is  an  abstract 
noun  for  ppia ,  but  TjT  tender  is  an  adjective  for  Tj^^  ,  Kamets  being  com- 
pressed to  Pattahh  before  the  doubled  letter,  comp.  §135.  3;  3^  heart  is 
for  the  dissyllable  33b,  but  'jH /at"o?/r  for  the  monosyllable  ."in. 

ly  and  '''J  roots.  Nouns  from  quiescent  *i'J  and  *'3'  roots  may  be 
divided  into  three  pairs  of  forms,  c;^  ,  3^  ;  nip  ,  3in  ;  cip  ,  3"'i .  Of  these 
the  last  pair  (with  the  exception  of  Kal  passive  participles)  belong  to  the 
primitive  monosyllabic  formation,   3-''i   strife,  3!ii  goodness,  the  first  pair 


212  ETYMOLOGY.  §1S7 

to  flio  first  species  of  dissyllables.  CT  poor,  ^l  proud,  bk  God  prop.ihe 
mighty  nni\  and  the  second  pair  may  belong  to  either,  li'^n  =:  UJ'^'i  poverty, 
p-^n  =  pi;n  eiii-ply,  'px  =."i!'^  strength,  -Vj  =:  s'l'::  g-oo(/. 

Class  II. — Nouna  with  reduplicated  radicals. 

§187.  1.  The  simple  form  proper  to  adjectives  is  ex- 
plained §185;  it  may  be  converted  into  an  intensive  by 
doubling  the  middle  radical,  retaining  the  long  vowel  of  the 
second  syllable  and  giving  a  short  z  or  a  to  the  first.  This 
reduplicated  or  intensive  form  denotes  what  is  characteristic, 
habitual,  or  possessed  in  a  high  degree.  Adjectives  of  this 
nature  are  sometimes  used  as  descriptive  epithets  of  persons 
or  things  distinguished  by  the  quality,  which  they  denote, 
iD^n  ver^  tveak,  n]J9  seeing  prop,  (having  eyes)  ivide  open, 
p'l'Ha  righteous,  "riaa  migldg  man,  "j^iin  full  of  grace,  a^n"! 
mercful. 

a.  As  a  general  though  not  an  invariable  rule,  the  first  syllable  has 
Pattahh  when  a  pure  vowel  a.  I,  or  u  stands  in  the  ultimate,  but  Hhirik 
Avhen  the  ultimate  has  one  of  the  diphthongal  vowels  e  or  o.  Several 
nouns  with  a  in  the  second  syllable  arc  descriptive  of  occupations  or 
modes  of  life,  comp.  §186.  2.  a,  "i2X  husbandman,  'y'l'^  fisherman,  "s^^,  judge, 
Tli'in  C=irTin")  xcorkman,  riiii  cook,  n^^a  seaman  (from  rib'o  salt),  b20 
hearer  of  burdens,  l^S  hunter,  rt";5  bowman,  sra  thief,  not  a  mere  equiva- 
lent to  25ia  one  who  steals,  but  one  who  steals  habitually,  who  makes  steal- 
ing his  occupation. 

b.  Since  the  idea  of  intensify  easily  passes  into  that  of  excess,  the 
form  bap  is  applied  to  deformities  and  defects,  physical  or  moral,  c^X 
dumb,  'jSa  hump-backed,  D^n  (=u;'r!n)  deaf,  niis  blind,  ns3  lame,  n-jip 
bald,  'i'lJS  perverse. 

c.  In  a  few  instances  instead  of  doubling  the  second  radical,  the  pre- 
vious Hhirik  is  prolonged,  §59.  a,  'aiap  and  ri73"'p  nettle  prop,  badly 
pricking,  "liij'T?  smoke,  "lirr^a  the  Nile  prop,  very  black,  pib"'!?  prison. 
nn-is  spark,  "line's  battle,  "jniij  spark. 

d.  The  following  double  the  third  radical  in  place  of  the  second,  nnns 
brood,  '|3Sn  green,  "jjsi.'r  quiet,  n^sj  comely  from  nx3,  the  last  radical 
appearing  as  1 ,  §  169,  b^tiX  feeble,  where  the  long  vowel  Tsere  is  in- 
serted to  prevent  the  concurrence  of  consonants. 

e.  3fS  and  more  rarely  "ly  roots  reduplicate  the  biliteral  formed  by  their 
contraction,  b3b^  and  bjbs  wheel  prop,  roller,  rnnn  frightful.  "I'^l'^I  girt, 
IpTp  crown  of  the  head  prop,  d  i  riding  (^tho.  hair) ;  so  fem.  i^bnbn  severe  pain, 
n^ab:3  casting  down.  rbr<b3  skull,  and  plur.  niifobo  baskets.  c*i?i3J  turning 


§  188  FORMATION  OF  NOUNS.  213 

upside  down  from  tilS  =  VS,  inixb'b  (sing,  "^^^ib)  loops  and  C^^in^  (sing, 
probably  nip^b  =  ii?jb)  winding  stairs  irom  n^">  =  115  ;  a  root  b^b  is  need- 
lessly assumed  by  Gesenius.  Sometimes  tlie  harsh  concurrence  of  con- 
sonants is  prevented  by  the  insertion  of  a  long  vowel,  biS^^  (const.  b^^S) 
cymbal  prop,  tinkling,  "li'i?  and  "'^'i"'?'.  stark  naked,  totally  destitute.  ^1^;'^^ 
despicable,  or  the  softening  of  the  former  of  the  two  consonants  to  a  vowel, 
§57.  1,  -^is  star  for  -333,  nisiiia  bands  worn  on  the  forehead  for 
nisijs:: ,  '(i^'i^'^p  (with  the  ending  'ji  added)  ignominy  for  *,ibfrbp,  ^33 
Babylon  for  ^2^3 ,  or  its  assimilation  to  the  succeeding  consonant,  "33 
something  circular^  a  circuit  for  "i3']3.  The  second  member  of  the  redu- 
plication suffers  contraction  or  change  in  •Ti^'li'hi  chain  for  trnui'iTa  and 
^\rp.  floor  for  i|^"i;5 . 

2.  Abstracts  are  formed  witli  a  doubled  middle  radical 
by  giving  ii  to  the  second  syllable  and  i  to  the  first,  psn 
folding  the  hands,  D^^p  retribution,  fiJJTD  abomination,  and 
in  the  plural  Q'^'is?  atonement,  D'^iips  commandments,  D"^f7i!?iD 
divorce. 

a.  These  may  be  regarded  as  verbals  formed  from  the  Piel.  A  like 
formation  is  in  a  few  instances  based  upon  other  species,  e.  g.  Hiphil  T,inn 
melting 'irom  T)r3 ,  nisSfi  cessation  from  the  ^S  root  5^3,  Niphal  C^bwSS 
wrestlings :  D'^rins  when  derived  from  the  Niphal  means  repentings,  when 
from  the  Piel  consolations. 

c.  ys  roots  reduplicate  the  biliteral  to  which  they  are  contracted,  "in'^n 
inflammation,  csiryd  delight. 

c.  A  few  roots,  which  are  either  "iS  or  :}  guttural,  or  have  a  liquid  for 
their  third  letter,  double  the  last  radical  with  u  in  the  fitml  syllable, 
y!i:i".3  thorn-hedge,  i^")XS  (^"liiiNQ)  ruddy  glow,  D'^'i'nrtn  upright  columns 
designed  for  way-marks,  nn^~i?d  horror,  CEISSJ  adulteries,  C*'Sp3a  ridges, 
also  with  0  or  I  in  the  last  syllable,  Hn"'3  acquiescence,  ''^'^T^.},  pasture, 
"|i"nJD  shower,  "i^'^ps  obscuration,  "'"'isJ^J  (K'thibh  "imsd)  tapestry,  b'^r'^H 
whence  "h'^b'zn  dark.  The  concurrence  of  consonants  is  relieved  in  b^bsD 
(in  some  editions)  snail  by  Daghesh-forte  separative. 

§188.  A  few  words  reduplicate  the  two  last  radicals. 
These  may  express  intensity  in  general,  l^T'^^I^s  complete 
oj^eninr/,  n^BTis^  veri/  beautiful,  or  more  particularly  repeti- 
tion, ^SDSn  twisted  prop,  turning  again  and  again,  p^p^n 
slippery,  ^p'pp?  crooked.,  b'Tbt^Q  perverse,  vjOEDi?  mixed  multi- 
tude prop,  gathered  here  and  there,  nina'iDn  spots  or  stripes, 
nins'isn  moles  prop,  incessant  diggers.  As  energy  is  con- 
sumed by  repeated  acts   or   exhibitions  and  so  gradually 


214  ETYMOLOGY.  §189,190 

weakened,  tins  form  becomes  a  diminutive  when  aj)plied  to 
adjectives  of  colour,  D'^^'!'^  reddlah,  p'blfT'!'  (jreenish,  'ixxyytn 
blackish. 

a.  Tlic  first  of  two  concurring  consonants  is  softened  to  a  vowel  in 
nn^rin  (rum pel  lor  nT::-i^n,   and  probubly  ^txt?  Lev.  IGiSlbr  ^.l^*". 

b.  "'b  roots  drop  their  initial  radical,  C'^:::n:in  gifts  from  ~n^,  Cit^IMS 
offspring,  issue  from  KS^ . 

Class  III. — Kouns  formed  hy  prefixes. 

§1S9.  The  third  class  of  noims  is  formed  by  prefixing 
either  a  vowel  or  a  consonant  to  the  root.  In  the  following 
instances  the  vowel  a  is  prefixed  with  a  in  the  ultimate  to 
form  adjectives  of  an  intensive  signification,  2Tds  utterly  de- 
ceitful^ "iTDX  violent,  'jri'^s  (r^in^s)  2icr6'^nial,  n:TN  (only 
represented  by  a  derivative,  §  94.  a)  very  foul,  fetid,  l^ix 
exceedinglij  (jross  or  thick  (applied  to  darkness,  Isa.  59  :  10), 
or  verbal  nouns  borrowing  their  meaning  from  the  Iliphil 
species,  nnsTi^  memorial,  ^"Oni?  declaration. 

a.  This  form  corresponds  with  JJcsl  the  Arabic  comparative  or  super- 
lative. Its  adoption  for  Hiphil  derivatives  corroborates  the  suggestion. 
§82.  5.  b  (2).  respecting  the  formation  of  the  Hiphil  species  and  the  origin 
of  its  causal  idea. 

6.  The  letter  X  is  merely  the  bearer  of  the  initial  vowel  and  has  no 
significance  of  its  own  in  these  forms;  fi  is  substituted  for  it  in  -3'"!J 
(=:bi";5<)  palace,  temple  prop,  vei-y  capacious  from  bi^  in  the  sense  of  its 
cognate  i"l3  tn  contain.  So.  likewise,  in  a  few  verbals  with  feminine  ter- 
minations, risiadn  Ezek.  24  :  26  causing  to  hear  used  for  the  Hiph.  infin., 
§123,  f^^an  delicerance  from  bkj,  <^n:n  grant  of  rest  (=nn^:ri)  from 
n!i: .         ' 

c.  The  short  vowel  prefixed  with  X  to  monosyllables  of  the  first 
species,  as  explained  §  1S3.  c,  has  no  effect  upon  the  meaning,  and  does  not 
properly  enter  into  the  constitution  of  the  Ibrm. 

§190.  The  consonants  prefixed  in  the  formation  of  nouns 
are  "Q,  r^,  and  "^ .  They  are  sometimes  prefixed  without  a 
vowel,  the  stem  letters  constituting  a  dissyllabic  of  them- 
selves, bb;>)3 ,  nnicTa ,  bVnn ,  "iTirsn ;  more  commonly  they 
receive  (7  or  t  followed  by  a  long  vowel  in  the  ultimate,  e.  g. 


§191  FORMATION    OP    NOUNS.  215 

a.  Pattahh  commonly  stands  before  e,  I,  and  u,  and  Hhirik  before  a.  and 
0,  unless  the  first  radical  is  a  guttural  or  an  assimilated  Nun,  when  Pattahh 
is  again  preferred,  ^ix^  food,  vh'q  planting^  "Svi^-q  saw,  O^nn  a  species 
of  bird,  c"bn;^  a  kind  of  gem.  Seghol  is  occasionally  employed  before  a 
guttural  or  liquid  followed  by  a,  §63.1.6,  ^r^nia  deptk,  33^13  chariot, 
cnirbia  pair  of  tongs.  These  rules  are  not  invariable,  however,  as  will 
appear  from  such  forms  as  n2T^,  "iSOto  ,  ''y^;q-^. ,  ^'P^^ ,  Jriipu'a .  A  few 
words  have  a  in  the  ultimate,  rb'n^  harp,  pino  strangling.  The  inser- 
tion of  Daghesh-forte  separative  in  the  first  radical  is  exceptional,  UJnpiS 
Ex.  15:  17.  cin'-ia?9  Job  9:  18,  niAa^ai?  Joel  1 :  17. 

h.  "^3  roots.  The  first  radical  appears  as  "^  resting  in  Hhirik  or  Tsere. 
"liir*'^  and  "11^^^  rectitude,  uiin'T)  new  wine,  'iTS-^n  south,  or  as  1  resting 
in  Hholem  or  Shurek.  *ii;i"2  appointed  time,  "Dl^  correction,  rlliin  sojourner, 
iliiW  sorrow.  In  a  few  instances  it  is  rejected,  bin  world,  or  assimilated 
to  the  following  radical,  rsi^  bed,  yHo  knowledge. 

'!y  and  "^'s  roots.  The  root  is  reduced  to  a  monosyllabic  biliteral  by 
the  quiescence  or  rejection  of  the  second  radical,  the  prefix  receiving 
Sh'va,  1^?3  citadel,  cn^  sound  place,  ciVin  ocean,  Cip7  living  thing,  or 
more  commonly  a  pretonic  Kamets  or  Tsere,  "lix^  luminary,  'jin^ ,  T^l^ 
and  'Q"^  strife,  V'"'"'P  race,  3"'^]'  adversary.  The  feminine  form  is  almost 
always  adopted  after  ri ,  njvjn  salvation,  riTS^in  oblation. 

V'S  roots.  The  root  is  mostly  contracted  to  a  biliteral  and  the  vowel 
compressed  to  a,  ft,  e  or  6,  §G1.  4,  the  prefix  sometimes  receiving  Sh'va 
which  gives  rise  to  a  Segholate  form,  §61.  1.  b.  03^  tribute  for  Odtd,  ^?:73 
bitterness  for  ISO,  ban  def lenient  for  b^n,  T)"l^  ^/ear  for  Tp'?.  IIPI  ??;as/ 
for  ")"iri;  more  frequently  it  receives  a  pretonic  Kamets  or  Tsere,  T\'0'C 
covering,  I50  shield,  tis"^  fortress,  "i^'O  angjdsh.  In  pl^"^  running,  the 
short  vowel  of  the  perfect  root  is  preserved  by  means  of  Daghesh-forte  in 
the  first  radical,  ri  is  almost  always  followed  by  the  feminine  ending, 
ilbnn  folly,  nbnn  beginning,  n^JSn  prayer. 

nb  roots.  The  ultimate  has  t^,_,  ■^H'?  disease,  '^s'.'l'O  pasture,  which 
is  apocopated  in  a  few  words,  bv'o  lifting  up,  bi'a  higher  part,  'V12  and 
"iS";  071  Gcco2i?i<  0/!  and  always  disappears  before  the  feminine  ending  n^. 
§62.  2.  c,  t^bra  ascent,  niao  commandment,  n|'pn  /io/je,  iixbn  weariness. 
Before  the  feminine  termination  n  the  final  radical  appears  as  quiescent 
■^  or  T,  ri'^aiP)  interest,  ri3tn  v^horedom,  m:nn  encamping,  Vt'^^'yo  pasture. 
Yodh  is  retained  as  a  consonant  after  >2,  d^bn^  diseases. 

§191.  The  letter  '52  is  a  fragment  of  the  pronoun  '''52 
w/io  or  m'52  tc/iat.     Nouns,  to  which  it  is  prefixed,  denote 

1.  The  agent  tv/io  does  what  is  indicated  by  the  root,  as 
the  participles,  §84.  5,  formed  by  an  initial  tt,  and  a  few 
substantives,  ^"'sic'a  didactic  psalm  prop,  instructor,  ^s^ 
(from  ^s?)  c/^q^prop.  ivliat  falls  off. 

2.  The  instrument  hy  which  it  is  done,  f^P^'a  key  from 


21G  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  192 

nns  to  open,  'Tcb'a  rjoad  from  Ta?  to  learn,  I'ii?''?  5«?6;  from 
lip:  to  saw. 

3.  The  place  or  time  in  KJiich  it  is  done,  niya  altar 
from  ri2T  /o  sacrifice,  '^krp.  lair,  lif'a  brick-kiln,  ^^D^!^  period 
of  residence. 

4.  The  action  or  the  quality  wJiich  is  expressed  by  the 
root,  n3i3'a  slaucjlder,  ^ECtt  monrnincj,  •'^7'?  sickness,  "iiTpa 
(?rror,  *ife"''a  strai^/itness.  Verbals  of  this  nature  sometimes 
approximate  the  infinitive  in  signification  and  construction, 
as  rosTO  overturning,  nisis^  Ezek.  17:9,  §1GG.  2.  In 
Chaldee  the  infinitive  regularly  takes  this  form,  e.  g.  ^tijptt 
to  kill. 

5.  The  object  upon  w/iick  the  action  is  directed  or  the 
subject  in  u7iic/i  the  quality  inheres,  ^ii^'a  food  from  >?sj  to 
eat,  ''\'y^'^^  psalm  from  ^^T  to  sing,  nipb)?  ^oo/y  from  njbb  /o 
/«/-^,  oiaira/r/if  ^/«"//y5  from  I^ts  /o  ^^/r^/,  nbi^^  that  which 
is  small,  yVT!^  that  lohich  is  remote. 

a.  These  difTcrent  significations  blend  into  one  another  in  such  a  man- 
ner that  it  is  not  always  easy  to  distinguish  the  precise  shade  of  meaning 
originally  attached  to  a  word:  and  not  infrequently  more  than  one  of  these 
senses  co-exist  in  the  same  word.  Thus,  "ixia  luminary,  may  suggest  the 
idea  of  agency,  dispenser  of  light,  or  of  place,  reservoir  of  light ;  rbsx.^ 
knife,  may  be  so  called  as  an  agent,  a  devourer,  or  as  an  instrument,  xised  in 
eating;  'O'^'p^'O  means  both  a  holy  thing  and  a.  holy  place ;  "2~'2  sale  and 
something  sold  or  for  sale;  HD^^^  i-oijal  authority  and  kingdom;  n:jT3  the 
act. place,  and  time  of  going  foith  and  that  ^chich  goes  forth  ;  2^"."3  the  place 
and  lime  of  sitting  or  dwelling  as  well  as  tliey  who  sit  or  dicell. 

§192.  Nouns  formed  by  prefixing  "^  or  n  denote  persons 
or  thinn-s  to  wliicli  the  idea  of  the  root  is  attached. 

1.  1  is  identical  in  origin  with  the  prefix  of  the  3  masc. 
future  in  verbs,  and  is  largely  used  in  the  formation  of  names 
of  persons,  pHSt*  Isaac,  nrs;i  Jephtha,  but  rarely  in  forming 
appellatives,  3''"i^  adversary  prop,  contender,  "iiD^  apostate 
prop,  depart cr,  "^"^PY-  ^"0  pi'op.  gatherer,  D'p^  living  thing 
prop,  that  iichich)  stands,  "^n^^  fresh  oil  prop,  that  {which) 
shines. 


^193  FORMATION    OF    NOUNS.     .  217 

2.  fi ,  probably  tlie  same  with  the  prefix  of  the  3  fem. 
future  of  verbs,  which  is  here  used  in  a  neuter  sense,  is  em- 
ployed in  the  formation  of  a  few  concrete  nouns,  T}'^'^  oah 
prop,  that  {ichich)  endures,  T''}'^'^  cloak  prop,  that  {which) 
wraps  up,  *i^3r\  furnace  prop,  that  {which)  hums,  n^sn  apple 
prop,  that  {ichich)  exhales  fragrance.  But  it  more  frequently 
appears  in  abstract  terms  like  the  feminine  ending  in  other 
forms,  l^nn  understanding,  ili^n  hittcrness,  ^^2?n  delight. 
It  is  very  rarely  found  in  designations  of  persons,  and  only 
when  they  occupy  a  relation  of  dependence  and  subordina- 
tion, and  may  consequently  be  viewed  as  things,  ^''''P^ri 
learner,  STCin  one  dwelling  on  another's  lands,  tenant,  vassal. 

a.  The  great  majority  of  nouns  with  n  prefixed  have  lilcewise  a 
feminine  ending,  «i^13'^n  deep  sleep,  nyicn  salvation,  rr^XEn  beauty, 
tT^J3~in  fraud. 

Class  IV. — Nouns  formed  hj  affixes. 

§193.  The  nouns  formed  by  means  of  an  affixed  letter 
or  vowel  are  chiefly  denominatives.  The  consonant  ]  ap- 
pended by  means  of  the  vowel  o,  or  less  frequently  a,  forms 

1.  Adjectives,  'i'i'^tl^?  last  from  "iHi?  after,  )^tii^^f?'st  from 
t'i?n  head,  )^b'^T\  middle  from  ^^ri  midst,  1J?iJJn5  brazen  from 
nt'n:  hrass.  A  very  few  are  formed  directly  from  the  root, 
■;i^:si5  poor,  'J'i'"'55'  most  high,  ^^fS?  icidowed. 

2.  Abstract  substantives,  the  most  common  form  of 
which  is  "ji^^p ,  e.  g.  ']T\p,  blindness,  "jini^a  confidence,  T'^^V 
pain,  'jip'^,!)  paleness,  though  various  other  forms  likewise 
occur,  e.  g.  1'i^?5i>  and  "j^^t?  destruction,  "jins  dominion,  "ji^TJJ? 
success,  IS'ip  offering. 

a.  In  a  few  words  the  termination  *i  lias  been  thought  to  be  intensive, 
P£'C3  sabbath,  '\^T\Z'a  a  ^reat  sabbath,  ^l  proud,  '|i"i"'_'l  exceedingly  proud, 
and  once  diminutive  Ty"'X  man,  *|iii:"'X  little  man,  i.  e.  the  pupil  of  the  eye, 
so  called  from  the  image  reflected  in  it.  The  word  "I'l^'^J?  Jeshurun  from 
*i1li^  upright,  is  by  some  explained  as  a  diminutive  or  term  of  endearment, 
while  others  think  that  the  termination  "p  has  no  further  meaning  than 
to  make  of  the  word  a  proper  name,  comp.  ',1^:T ,  See  Alexander  on 
Isaiah  44 :  2. 


218  ETYMOLOGY.  §194,195 

6.  1  is  occasionally  adixcd  with  the  vowel  e,  'i^a  a.re,  "jIBS  nail. 

c.  A  few  words  arc  (briiicd  by  aj)piMi(liiisf  Q,  e.g.  CTHE  and  "("'IS  ran- 
som.. C^O  huUlcr  from  bso  to  lift  up.  cbin  sacred  scribe  Irnin  a^n  stylus, 
Cin^  soiitk  Ironi  "it'H  /o  shine;  or  b,  e.g.  bTins  garden  from  C"i3  i-//if- 
yo/(/,  bi'ra  calij.T  or  cup  of  a  Jlower  li-om  y"'23  cff/j,  bb~i|5  ri/i/c/e  from  D";p. 
joint,  'S'jn  locust  Worn  5'^n  indicative  of  trcniulong  motion,  ^E'J?  //(/c/c 
darkness  lioiu  JT*"!^  cloud,  bna  j/on  probably  from  T"i3  /o  pierce. 

§194.  The  vowel  "^ .  forms  adjectives  indicating  relation 
or  derivation. 

1.  It  is  added  to  proper  names  to  denote  nationality  or 
family  descent,  '''Hny  Hebrew,  ''P^n^  Jebusite,  "'ritrbs  Philisthie, 
''ians  Aramean,  "'"'i^'a  Efjijptian,  ''i'^')'^''.  Israelitish,  an  Israel- 
ite, ''i?'^  Banite,  T^iP  Kohathitc,  '^kVJ}.  Gershonite. 

2.  It  is  also  added  to  other  substantives,  ''?"S2  northerner, 
"'^'y^^  foreigner.,  ''H?  villat/er,  "'P-'O  footman,  'T\'S!  timely,  '''C'':b 
?;???c;'  from  the  plural  D'^is) ;  to  a  few  adjectives,  ''"^pi?  and 
"IT2S?  violent,  "'^"i?  and  ^"^y^.,  foolish,  and  even  to  prepositions, 
''pnp  /o«r^5/  from  nnn,  -^z^h  front  from  '':2b  +  \  ,  §G2.  2. 

a.  The  feminine  ending  n^  is  dropped  before  this  ending,  "^"^in^  Jeir 
from  nniiiTi,  ''i)''"i3  Beiiile  from  n^'^"i3 ,  or  the  old  ending  n^  takes  its 
place,  T'Z'S^  Maachalhile  from  nr".^  ,  or  5  is  inserted  between  the  vowels, 
"^ibd  Shelanite  Irom  n^i??.  Final  "^ .  combines  with  the  appended  "i.  into 
«,  §62.  2,  "^^b  Levlte  and  LtTi.  "lirj  Shunile  and  Shunt. 

h.  In  a  very  few  instances  "^^  takes  the  place  of  "^ .  ,  e.  g.  ^■^"in  ir/n'/e 
stnjf's,  "^^11  basket,  "^pnb  /cio/>.  and  perhaps  ''I'lbn ,  in  a  collective  sense 
windous,  "'ETJn  uncovered,  "'b"'3  which  Gcsenius  derives  from  bs3  and 
takes  to  mean  cunning;  if  however,  it  is  derived  from  n^'s .  §187.  1.  c, 
and  means  spendthrift,  the  final  Yodh  will  be  a  radical. 


MULTILITERALS. 

§195.  1.  Quadriliteral  nouns  arc  for  the  most  part 
evenly  divided  into  two  syllables,  nn)??  scorjnon,  "Tata  treas- 
urer, tb'bnn  sickle,  li^ba  barren.  Sometimes  the  second  rad- 
ical receives  a  vowel,  that  of  the  first  radical  being  either 
rejected,  pT^^'7  damask,  bizin  frost,  "li'Qp  vine  blossom,  or  pre- 
served by  the  insertion  of  Daghesh-forte,  ©"'b^n  flint,  0"^ii3? 


§196  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  219 

spider,  l^^^S  and  tJ?^^3  concubine.     Occasionally   tlie   third 
radical  has  Daghesh-forte,  v]'?'^?  bat,  'y^h'yojin. 

2.  AVords  of  five  or  more  letters  are  of  rare  occurrence 
and  appear  to  be  chiefly  of  foreign  origin,  l^^ni?  pmyle,  T^y^'^ 
fro(j,  Ti)i:?i?  cloth,  V,^'^^'^..  mule,  IS'^^t^nN  satrap. 

3.  Compound  words  are  few  and  of  doubtful  character, 
niiaba  shadow  of  death,  H'a^S'a  anything  prop,  ivhat  and  what, 
T\'(i'hi  nothing  prop,  no  what,  ^?!|'?3  worthlessness  prop,  no 
profit,  n^bss'53  darkness  of  Jehovah,  TVTi'yrh'iD  fame  of  Jeho- 
vah, except  in  proper  names,  p*i"''3b'53  Melchizedeh,  king  of 
righteousness,  '^T&rys  Obadiah,  serving  Jehovah^  D'^p^in'^  Je- 
hoiakim,  Jehovah  shall  establish.    ■ 


Gender  and  Number. 

§196.  There  are  in  Hebrew,  as  in  the  other  Semitic 
languages,  but  two  genders,  the  masculine  (^^|)  and  the 
feminine  (s^ip?).  The  masculine,  as  the  primary  form,  has 
no  characteristic  termination ;  the  feminine  ends  in  n^  or  fi , 
e.  g.  btDp  masc.,  nrjp  or  nbt2p  fem. 

a.  The  only  trace  of  the  neuter  in  Hebrew  is  in  the  interrogative,  n^ 
what  being  used  of  things  as  "^a  who  of  persons.  The  function  assigned 
to  the  neuter  in  other  languages  is  divided  between  the  masculine  and  the 
feminine,  being  principally  committed  to  the  latter. 

b.  The  original  feminine  ending  in  nouns  as  in  verbs,  §85.  1.  a  (1),  ap- 
pears to  have  been  n,  which  was  either  attached  directly  to  the  word, 
T^klp  which,  by  §61.  2.  becomes  ri^^P,  or  added  by  means  of  the  vowel  a. 
vh'jip  or  rba'p,  which  by  the  rejection  of  the  consonant  from  the  end  of 
the  word,  §55.  2.  c,  becomes  "^^^p.  The  termination  n_  or  n^  is  still 
found  in  a  very  few  words,  r^pna  emerald.  r!X|5  pelican^  rirsij  cowpamj 
2  Kin.  9:  17,  ri-^'Hia  morrow,  ni^a  portion,  rip  e^id.  riD?.^  Josh.  13;  13,  and 
the  poetic  forms,  rin^t  song,  ri^n3_  inheritance^  J^"^??  help,  nnb  fruitful, 
ni^i  sleep.  Two  other  words,  n;n  Ps.  74  :  19  and  nrsa  Ps.  61 :  1,  have 
been  cited  as  additional  examples,  but  these  are  in  the  construct  state, 
which  always  preserves  the  original  n  final;  it  is  likewise  always  re- 
tained before  suffixes  and  paragogic  letters,  §61.  6.  a,  v^ns'lB^,  nnr^id^, 

c.  The  feminine  ending  M     receives  the  accent  and  is  thus  readily  dis- 


220  ETYMOLOGY.  ^197 

tinguished  from  the  unaccented  paragogic  M^ .  In  a  few  instances  cram- 
marians  have  suspected  that  forms  may  perliaps  be  feminine,  though 
the  punctuators  liave  decided  otherwise  by  phicing  the  accent  on  the 
penult,  e.g.  !t;J2  burning  Hos.  7  : 4,  nb-'^a  Galilee  2  Kin.  15:20,  nnfcp 
(leslrucliun  Ezek.  7 :  25,  '"i^nn  ruUure  Dent.  14 :  17,  '^;D'>^]  low  Ezelc. 
21  :31. 

(/.  The  vowel  letter  x,  whicli  is  the  usual  sign  of  the  fen)inine  in 
Chakiee  and  Syriac.  takes  the  ])hirc  of"  in  xr'n  tli  retching-  Jor.  50:11, 
Xjn  terror  Isa.  I'J:  17,  srn  u-rath  Dan.  H  :  44,  N^zb  lioness  Ezek.  19:2, 
S<naT3  mark  Lam.  3 :  12,  N^ia  bitter  Ruth  1 :  20,  kn-.;?  baldness  Ezek. 
27:31,  X3id  sleep  Ps.  127:2.  No  such  form  is  found  in  tiie  Pentateuch 
unless  it  be  n^t  loathing  Num.  1 1 :  20,  where,  however,  as  Ewald  sug- 
gests, X  may  be  a  radical  since  it  is  easy  to  assume  a  root  X'lJ  cognate  to 
11T.  The  feminine  ending  in  pronouns  of  the  second  and  thin)  persons,  and 
in  verbal  futures  is  I  "'.;  an  intermediate  form  in  e  appears  in  n-iin  I.sa. 
59  ;5  and  «T])w"!  the  numeral  /t»,  or  ratiier  teen,  as  it.  only  occurs  in  num- 
bers compounded  with  the  units.  For  like  unusual  Ibrnis  in  verbs  see 
§SG.  6.  and  §156.  4. 

e.  The  sign  of  the  feminine  in  tiic  Indo-European  languages  is  a  final 
vowel,  corresponding  to  the  vowel-ending  in  Hebrew;  tiie  Latin  ])as  a.  the 
Greek  a  or  rj,  the  Sanskrit  i.  And  inasmuch  as  the  feminine  in  Hebrew 
covers,  in  part  at  least,  the  territory  of  tlie  neuter,  its  con.«onantal  ending 
n  may  be  compared  with  t.  the  sign  of  the  neuter  in  certain  Sanskrit  pro- 
nouns, represented  by  d  in  Latin,  id,  illiid,  istnd,  quid;  in  Englisii  it. 
what,  that.  This  distinctive  neuter  sign  has,  however,  been  largely  super- 
seded in  Indo-European  tongues  by  m  or  v,  which  is  properly  the  sign  of 
the  accusative,  6o?n<??i,  /caAdv,  the  passivity  of  the  personal  object  being 
allied  to  the  lifeless  non-personality  of  the  neuter,  Bopp  Vergleich. 
Gramm.  M52.  In  curious  coincidence  with  thi.s,  the  Hebrew  sign  of  the 
definite  object  is  rx  prefixed  to  nouns;  and  its  principal  consonant  is 
affixed  to  form  the  inferior  gender,  the  neuter  being  comprehended  in  the 
feminine. 

§197.  It  is  obvious  that  this  transfer  to  all  existing 
things,  and  even  to  abstract  ideas,  of  the  distinction  of  sex 
found  in  living  beings,  must  often  be  purely  arbitrary.  For 
although  some  things  have  marked  characteristics  or  associa- 
tions in  virtue  of  which  they  might  readily  be  classed  Avith 
a  particular  sex,  a  far  greater  number  hold  an  indeterminate 
position,  and  might  with  quite  as  much  or  quite  as  little 
reason  be  assigned  to  cither.  It  hence  happens  that  there  is 
no  general  ride  other  than  usage  for  the  gender  of  Hebrew 
words,  and  that  there  is  a  great  want  of  uniformity  in  usage 
itself. 


§197 


GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS. 


221 


a.  The  following  names  of  females  are  without  the  proper  distinctive 
feminine  termination  : 


ck  mother.  "jinx  she-ass.        ^"ri?"^!?  concubine.       ^5^ 


queen. 


So  the  names  of  double  members  of  the  body,  whether  of  men  or  ani- 
mals, which  are  feminine  with  rare  exceptions : 


'|ti<  ear. 
SSSX  finger. 
'riii  thumb. 
71"^  3  knee. 


"int  arm. 
1^  hand, 
r^ri  thigh. 
jrjDS  wing. 


t\2  palm. 
tins  shoulder. 
*)??  eye. 
r^S  side. 


The  following  nouns  are  also  feminine 


nk  brazier. 
^il'rx  footstep. 
-iN3  well. 
'(■uja  belly. 
-"in  sword. 


sis  cup. 
*133  circuit. 


C']'?  Great  Bear. 
b"iS'  couch. 


2ri5  2  sWe. 


n53  brightness.    nd5>  workmanship.  S<i3"i  myriad. 
hv2  shoe.  ns  morsel.  b'z'n  world. 


&.  The  following  nouns  are  of  doubtful  gender,  being  sometimes  con- 
strued as  masculine  and  sometimes  as  feminine.  Those  which  are  com- 
monly masculine  are  distinguished  thus  (*)  j  those  which  are  commonly 
feminine  are  distinguished  thus  (f). 


t  "jnN  st07ie. 

*  -lix  light. 
r.ix  sign. 
i:s  fieet. 

•jiiij  ark. 
nnx  path. 
t  y";X  earth. 
t  dx  /re. 

*  "11^3  garment. 

*  ri*^?  house. 

^5';^  valley. 
"jJ  garden. 
t  "(SJ  rt«e. 


Tp.'n  'ifcty.  *  "i^^'^  fortress. 

*^3in  ?eH7;:)/e.        *  r]3Ta  aZ/ar. 
*  'ji^rt  multitude.     f^.?tj.^  camp. 
Ipt  beard.  *  ni:^  rocZ. 

"ji'sn  window.      *  nip^  place. 

ikn  court.  fi^il^?  brass. 

bz^"^  jubilee.         1;  "Cti  soul. 
t  r^t'  '"I'S"''*'  /ia??c/.     "i-ip  ;)o^. 


1n^  peo-. 
*  ni33  glory. 

13  pat'/. 
*  n"i3  vineyard. 

*  3b  heart. 

snb  bread. 


I  nbb_/7oz<r. 
3:y  cloud. 
*  C?  people. 
t  t:ii;  6one. 
3"ir  evening. 
t  ny  iime{dura- 
iioti). 
*  31  :q  /ace. 


f  dl'Q  iiHie  {repe- 
tition). 
•jis^  north. 
ntrp  6otp. 

t  n^in  spirit. 

,    .1 

J  3n'i  street. 

*  cn^.  womb. 

*  cri"i  juniper. 
bisd  /ic//. 

*  D311J  sceptre. 
nsd  sabbath. 

^?^j  g-a^e. 
tinri  ocean. 

*  "i"tn  razor. 


*  *|';ia  threshing-  f  I'i'^'^  tongue. 

fioor.         *  ^3X70  /oocZ. 
t  ^^T!  cZoor. 

Gesenius  ascribes  only  one  gender  to  a  few  of  these  words,  but  3^  is 
once  fem.  Prov.  12:25;  so  ^3X72  fem.  Hab.  1:16,  "ik3«  fem.  Hab.  1:10, 
nsta  fem.  Ezek.  43  :  13,  DS^  masc.  Ezek.  24  :  10.     The  list  might  be  re- 


222  ETYMOLOGY.  §198 

duced  by  rcforrinfj  the  vacillation  in  gender,  wherever  it  is  possible,  to  the 
syntax  rather  than  the  noun.  Verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns,  wiiich  be- 
long to  leniininc  nouns  may  in  certain  cases,  as  will  be  shown  liereafter,  be 
put  in  the  masculine  as  the  more  indefinite  and  primary  form.  While,  on 
the  other  hand,  tliose  which  belong  lo  masculine  names  of  inanimate  ob- 
jects arc  sometimes  put  in  the  leminiiic  as  a  substitute  for  the  neuter. 

c.  Some  species  of  animals  exhibit  a  distinct  name  for  each  sex,  the 
feminine  being  formed  from  the  masculine  by  the  appropriate  termination, 
"ID  bullock,  n-ig  heifer,  bay  calf,  fern.  ni;y,  nrs  lamb,  lem.  nirs.  or 
being  represented  by  a  word  of  different  radicals,  "liian  ass.  fem.  "lirx . 
When  this  is  not  the  case,  the  name  of  the  species  may  be  construed  in 
either  gender  according  to  the  sex  of  the  individual  spoken  of,  as  brj 
camel,  "iJ^S  cattle,  "lis^  bird,  or  it  may  have  a  fixed  gender  of  its  own 
irrespective  of  the  sex  of  the  individual;  tiius,  -^3  dng,  iST  uolf,  "liiiJ  ox, 
are  masculine,  ri^rnx  hare,  fiji""  dove,  hrn  sheep,  are  feminine. 

d.  The  names  of  nations,  rivers,  and  mountains  are  commonly  mascu- 
line, those  of  countries  '>nd  cities  feminine.  Accordingly,  such  word.<!  as 
Cinx  Edom,  -Nia  Mo  j,  nnnn^  Judnh,  CnilTa  Egypt.  S'^Vr?  Chuldces, 
are  construed  in  the  masculine  when  the  people  is  meant,  and  in  the  fem- 
inine when  the  country  is  meant. 

■^lOS.  The  feminine  ending  is  frequently  employed  in 
the  formation  of  abstract  nouns,  and  is  sometimes  extended 
to  the  formation  of  official  designations  (comp.  his  Honour, 
Ids  Excellency,  his  Reverence),  nns  governor,  ri:2  colleague, 
ti^np  ■preacher,  and  of  collectives  (comp.  humanity  for  man- 
hind),  ".v]  afsh,  '^'^^'^fish,  "yiV  a  cloud,  n::r  clouds,  )''?.  a  tree, 
Tkv  timber,  Tvii^  a  traveller,  '^'p;  caravan,  r.rVs  Zcph.  3:19 
the  haltiny,  rrj">bs  the  escaped. 

a.  (1)  The  feminine  ending  added  to  Segholates  gives  new  prominence 
to  the  originally  ab.'Stract  character  of  this  formation,  ix'n  and  ni'cn 
wickedness,  distinguished  by  Ewald  as  to  uSikov  and  dSiKia,  nc^n  shame, 
n^a?  slothfulness. 

(2)  So  to  monosyllables  whose  second  radical  receives  the  vowel,  •^I^'^S 
righteousness,  whi('h  is  more  abstract  and  at  the  same  time  u.scd  more  ex- 
clusively in  a  moral  sense  than  the  Segholate,  'p'}^  righlness,  n^iES  dark- 
ness, cqu'ivalcntio  bsN,  nrr.:  (=1^1:)  brightness,  nrn-'^  (^irir^)  salca- 
iion.  Or  nouns  of  this  description  might  be  supposed  to  have  sprung  from 
the  adjectives  belonging  to  the  second  form  of  Class  I.,  the  pretonic  vou'cl 
falling  away  upon  the  addition  of  the  feminine  ending,  -EX  dark,  rii'rx 
the  dark,  to  cTKoretm-,  nyTJ7  the  being  saved  from  ""C'^,  >^\h''};^  justice 
from  h'''b^  judge.  The  following  nouns,  descriptive  of  the  station  or  func- 
tions of  a  particular  class,  follow  tliis  form,  T\ph  king,  nz'bia  kingly  ojfice 
or  .fway,  X^2:  prophet,  nx^irj  prnj)hecy.  "t^S  ])ricst,  nrns  priesthood  or 
priestly  duty,  ban  merchant,  n^sn  traffic. 


§198  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  223 

(3)  The  feminine  ending  occasionally  gives  an  abstract  signification  to 
reduplicated  forms,  lis  blind,  ri"!|i.s'  blindness,  nsa  having  a  bald  fore- 
head, nnsa  baldness  in  front,  x::n  sinner,  rxi::n  and  nsan  sin,  nnsa 
terror,  noibp  scoffing,  i^^nbn  anguish,  or  to  those  which  have  a  prefixed 
letter  73,  niania  overthrow,  tihz'C/Z_  dominion,  n5;finri  co;?/'»s/o??,  or  particu- 
larly n,  ni'VJn  salvation,  rriiirn  ttstimuny,  n*~ri   hope,   nljbn  tceariness. 

(I)  It  is  likewise  added  to  forms  in  "'.,  «TJ'^''^S  judgment,  Ji-'Vbs  work- 
ing, ri'Ii'xn  beginning,  rri-inx.  end,  ri'i'iNd  remnant,  the  termination  M 
being  often  found  in  place  oflTi,  ni;::5En  2  Chron.  26:21  K'ri,  n'.lTSn 
K'thibh;  disease  prop,  freedom  from  duty,  ■'^'Sn  free,  r^llib^n  redness, 
iS^bqn  ret/,  n^inin^a  bitterness,  "'T'l^  6(7i!er,  nnssi  heaviness,  r^irbx 
w/f/oiij/ioocZ,  and  occasionally  ni,  nlnzn  wisdom,  T^^^hin  folly,  though  the 
latter  may  perhaps  be  a  plural  as  it  is  explained  by  Gesenius.  Ewald 
suggests  a  connection  between  the  final  "i,  of  the  relative  adjective,  which 
thus  passes  into  ^  and  even  to  i  in  this  abstract  formation,  and  the  old 
construct  ending  "',  and  "i.  The  further  suggestion  is  here  offered  that 
both  may  not  improbably  be  derived  from  the  p  oun  N^in,  which  Avas 
origitially  of  common  gender,  §71.  a  (o).  Thus,  ""l^N'irT^n  Gen.  1:24 
heast  of  earth  is  equivalent  to  7"iX  K^in  r^n  beast  viz.  that  of  earth,  and 
pi:£-i2b^  (which  may  be  for  sisb^  as  the  plural  ending  tr  _  for  W,  §  199.  e), 
is  equivalent  to  p^:i  Nln  "^^  king  viz.  ttiat  of  righteousness.  The  ap- 
pended pronominal  vowel  thus  became  indicative  of  the  genitive  relation; 
and  its  employment  in  adjectives,  involving  this  relation,  is  but  an  exten- 
sion of  this  same  use,  ibx'iO';!  of  or  belonging  to  Israel,  Lraelitish.  The 
further  addition  of  the  feminine  ending  in  its  abstract  sense,  has  mostly 
preserved  the  vowel  from  that  attenuation  to  t  which  it  has  experienced  at 
the  end  of  the  word,  com{>.  §  101.  1.  a.  M:T:bN  xvidoichood  prop,  the  state 
of  a  widow  "I'^bN  ,  ni^sn  ^visdom  prop,  the  quality  belonging  to  the  wise 
Dan.  The  rare  instances  in  which  the  termination  rA  is  superimposed 
upon  ■!,  viz.:  n^i'siTSX  ,  ri!i':a^ip,  may  belong  to  a  time  when  the  origin 
of  the  ending  was  no  longer  retained  in  the  popular  consciousness.  The 
termination  n"^_  or  M  in  abstracts  derived  from  tib  roots  is  of  a  different 
origin  from  that  just  explained  and  must  not  be  confounded  with  it;  "^  or  ^ 
is  there  the  final  radical  softened  to  a  vowel,  §  168,  as  ri"i^  or  ri^i-O  cap- 
tivity from  niu  to  lead  captive. 

b.  In  Arabic,  nouns  of  unify,  or  those  which  designate  an  individual, 
are  often  formed  by  appending  the  feminine  termination  to  masculines 
which  have  a  generic  or  collective  signification.  This  has  been  thought 
to  be  the  case  in  a  ^e\v  words  in  Hebrew,  "^z^feet,  friN  ship,  "irb  hair, 

nn?">25  a  hair,    ljt>  swarm,  nni:"!  a  bee. 

c.  Some  names  of  inanimate  objects  are  formed  from  those  of  ani- 
mated beings  or  parts  of  living  bodies,  which  they  were  conceived  to 
resemble,  by  means  of  the  feminine  ending,  taken  in  a  neuter  sense,  ex 
vwther,  nax  metropolis,  r^'v^^  thigh,  nb-i'^  hinder  part,  extremity,  t'^  palm 
of  the  hand,  tiBS  palm-branch,  nri'g  forehead,  r\h^^  greave,  ~E  mouth, 
IT'S  edge. 


224  ETYMOLOGY.  §  199 

^199.  There  are  three  numbers  in  Hebrew,  the  singular 

(Tii;^  "iiirb),  dual  (n^:;j:  liizjb),  and  phmil  (n^sn  yir)).  The 
plural  of  mascuHne  nouns  is  formed  by  adding  D"".  ,  or  de- 
fectively written  0 . ,  to  tlie  singuhir,  0^6  horse,  D"'y^iD  horses, 
yk;i  righteous  {man),  Cp'^'^?  or  Dp"^"!?  righteous  {men).  The 
plural  of  feminine  nouns  is  formed  by  the  addition  of  ni , 
also  written  n ',  the  feminine  ending  of  the  singular,  if  it 
has  one,  being  dro})pcd  as  superfluous,  since  the  plural  ter- 
mination of  itself  distinguishes  the  gender,  ois  cup,  t^iob 
cujjs,  nS^na  virgin,  nib^na  and  iTbirn  virgins,  rs?^n  sin, 
m's^n  sins;  in  two  instances  the  vowel-letter  X  takes  the 
place  of  1 ,  §11.  1.  r^  ns-^b  Ezck.  31 :  S,  nsiia  Ezek.  47  :  11. 

a.  The  masculine  plural  sometimes  has  'p,  instead  of  D^  ,  e.g.  'piJO 
oftcner  than  Ci^to  in  the  book  of  Job,  V=<^  Vrov.  31 : 3,  "p^n  2  Kin.  11 :  13, 
'p^5  Mic.  3:12,  T'i'?-!^^  Lam.  1:4,  "pbn' Ezek.  4:9,  V^?  Dan.  12:13. 
Tiiis  endinc:,  which  is  the  common  one  in  Chaldee,  is  chiefly  found  in 
poetry  or  in  the  later  books  of  the  Bible. 

h.  Some  grammarians  have  contended  for  the  existence  of  a  few  plurals 
in  "1  without  the  final  D,  but  the  instances  alleged  are  capable  of  another 
and  more  satisfixctory  explanation.  Thus,  "'"iS  2  Kin.  11:4,  "'nns,  "'fis 
2  Sam.  8: 18,  ^'JJ-V^  2  Sam.  23:8,  and  '^in  1  Sam.  20 :  38  K'thibh  (K'ri 
n^in),  arc  singulars  used  collectively;  •'fi?  2  Sam.  22:44,  Ps.  144:2, 
Lam.  3  :  14.  and  ''iis'i  Cant.  8  :  2,  are  in  the  singular  with  the  suffix  of  the 
first  person;  "^r^  Ps.  45  :  9  is  not  for  ci?^  stringed  inslrumenls,  hut  is  the 
poetic  form  of  the  preposition  '^^_  from ;  "^-jXS  Ps.  22:17  is  not  lor  C^S 
piercing,  but  is  the  noun  '^"'ix.  with  the  preposition  3  like  the  lion.  §  156.  3. 

c.  There  are  also  a  few  words  which  have  been  regarded  as  plurals  in 
■^_ .  But  "^y}  Zech.  14  :  5  and  ''".b  Judg.  5 :  15,  are  plurals  with  the  suffix 
of  the  first  person.  In  s'ljin  2  Chron.  33: 19.  whicii  is  probably  a  proper 
name,  and  "'ia  Am.  7  : 1,  Nah.  3  :  17,  which  is  a  singular  used  collectively, 
final  "^  is  a  radical  as  in  "inb  =:  rrnb.  i'^^^in  Isa.  19:  9  is  a  singular  with 
the  formative  ending  \  ,  §194.6;  •'bibn  Jcr.  22:  14  and  "'SV-n^  Isa.  20  :  4. 
might  be  explained  in  the  same  way,  tiioiigh  Ewald  prefers  to  regard  the 
former  as  an  abbreviated  dual  ibr  c^blkn  double  (i.  e.  large  and  shoivy) 
■windows,  and  the  latter  as  a  construct  plural  for  "^E^bfii^ ,  the  diphthongal  e 
being  resolved  into  oy,  comp.  §57.  2  (5).  "'n^  Ezek.  13:  18  is  probably  a 
dual  for  C^"^,  though  it  might  be  for  the  unabridged  singular  m^,  which, 
however,  never  occurs.  The  divine  name  "''no  j4/??;?g-/i/y  is  best  explained 
as  a  singular;  the  name  "'jns^  Lord  is  a  plural  of  excellence,  §201.2. 
with  the  suffix  of  the  first  person,  the  original  signification  being  my 
Lord. 

d.  In  a  few  words  the  sign  of  the  feminine  singular  is  retained  before 
the  plural  termination,  as  though  it  were  one  of  the  radicals,  instead  of 


§  200  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  225 

being  dropped  agreeably  to  the  ordinary  rule,  r^'n  door  pi.  m'nb'i.  So, 
riD3  pillow,  rurif?  bow.  ri|DiiJ  trough,  n'^sn  spear,  r^i'Cihii  widoiohood,  ninins 
divorce,  niiJTn  whoredom,  ns'o  //p  pi.  ninsb.  To  these  must  be  added 
nino,  provided  it  be  derived  from  !^n^  in  the  sense  oC  pit  j  it  may,  how- 
ever, si gnliy  destruction,  from  the  root  nno,  when  the  final  ri  will  be  a 
radical.     See  Alexander  on  Psalm  107  :  20. 

e.  The  original  ending  of  the  plural  in  nouns,  verbs,  and  pronouns, 
seems  to  have  been  Dl,  §71.6.  (2).  In  verbs  the  vowel  has  been  pre- 
served, but  the  final  nasal  has  been  changed  or  lost,  ')1^^P7  or  l^ap'^i . 
§85.  1.  a.  (1).  In  masculine  nouns  and  pronouns  the  final  nasal  has  been 
retained,  but  the  vowel  has  been  attenuated  to  2  ore,  Cp^lO,  cn,  Cnx  : 
the  Arabic  has  una  for  the  nominative  and  ina  for  the  oblique  case.  If 
we  suppose  n,  the  sign  of  the  feminine,  to  be  added  to  CI ,  the  sign  of  the 
plural,  the  vowel  will  regularly  be  changed  to  i  before  the  two  con- 
sonants, §61.4;  then  if  the  nasal  be  rejected  before  the  final  consonant, 
agreeably  to  the  analogy  of  r2  for  riia  and  &i3  for  Ci3i3.  the  resulting 
form  will  be  ni,  the  actual  ending  of  the  feminine  plural.  If  the  sign  of 
the  plural,  like  all  the  other  inflective  letters  and  syllables,  is  of  pronom- 
inal origin,  this  D,  which  is  joined  to  words  by  the  connecting  vowel  1. 
may  perhaps  be  related  to  na  taken  indefinitely  in  the  quantitative  or 
numerical  sense  of  quot  or  aliquot,  comp.  Zech.  7:3;  and  the  adverbial  or 
adjective  ending  a  or  O*  may  in  like  maimer  be  referred  to  the  same  in 
its  qualitative  sense,  comp.  Ps.  8  :  5.  so  that  cj^"''!  vactie,  would  strictly  be 
qud  vacuus.  The  pronoun  seems  in  fact  to  be  preserved  without  abbrevia- 
tion in  the  Syriac  j.Sala.«)  =  cii'^  interdiu. 

§  200.  The  gender  of  adjectives  and  participles  is  care- 
fully discriminated,  both  in  the  singular  and  in  the  plural,  by 
means  of  the  appropriate  terminations.  But  the  same  Avant 
of  precision  or  uniformity  which  has  been  remarked  in  the 
singular,  §197,  characterizes  likewise  the  use  of  the  plural 
terminations  of  substantives.  Some  masculine  substantives 
take  ni  in  the  plural,  some  feminines  take  D"".  ,  and  some 
of  each  gender  take  indifferently  D'' .   or  rii . 

a.  The  following  masculine  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  ni : 
those  which  are  distinguished  by  an  asterisk  are  sometimes  construed  as 
feminine. 


iN  father. 

*  nnx  path. 

*  '|"ia  threshing- 

'1         .  . 

jiijn  vision 

15X  bowl. 

-,iri"^x  palace. 

floor. 

Bilin  dream. 

Z^'a  familiar 

b'iqii  cbister. 

'ji^'n  goad. 

'|i2Tl"n  invention. 

spirit. 

^iii  pit. 

"Zl]  tail. 

HSip  hand  breadth. 

"iziix  treasure. 

55  roof. 

Y^n  street. 

NSS  throne. 

*  nix  sign. 

bnia  lot. 

nm  breast. 

n6  tablet. 

15 

226 


ETYMOLOGY, 


^200 


b'H  nighl. 
*  nsTia  cillar. 
'la'a  rain. 
ncri:  liihe. 
*  ik'O  summit. 


1X5  hotlle. 
"13  lamp. 
"lis  s/r/H. 

5"^B  leader. 


-ir.:::  f»ie. 

*-iiD^  bird. 

"liis  bundle. 

brp  foice. 

2'Hp  icar. 
*3in"i  street. 


pin"!  chain. 
*,nb'j  /a  We. 

cv  name. 
"■tiv  tnimpet. 

nia  pillar. 
Dinn  (ieep. 


fc.  Tlie  following  feminine  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  C   :  those 
marked  thus  (f)  are  sometimes  masculine: 


t  '"N  s/o??e.  t  Ti"^";;  loaij. 

n^S  terebinth.  rM  law. 

raiisbx  widowhood.  iTiirl  branch. 


ncs  woman. 
rbns  coaZ. 
t  '55  rme. 
n^^-n  Jig-cake. 


ni:T  whoredom. 
ni^n  wheat. 
nrt'n  darkness. 
n:i'i  cZoce. 
t  *13  pitcher. 


rSB3  s;)e/<, 
ii:~b  brick. 

r!^"a  ifo/'i/. 

nxp  measure, 

ty  she- goat. 

"|i»  c/V^/. 

ujVd  concubine. 


re  morsel. 

in"!  sheep. 
n~i"b  barley. 
rbaa  ear  of  corn. 

naj  acacia. 


Also  C"';£''l|i  eg-g'5  which  is  not  found  in  the  singular. 

c.  The  following  nouns  form  their  plural  by  adding  cither  C^,  or  n': 


MASCULINE     NOUNS. 


C3"'S  porch. 
I'^X  /ton. 
•^'.■n  generation. 
niZT  sacrifice. 
■"|i-i2T  memorial. 
Ci^  (/ay. 
"iS';j  forest. 
m«3  Zat-er. 
•■liss  /larja. 


Srb  heart. 
-lixia  Z/o-Af. 
^nsii  tower. 
loi^  foundation. 
"iDia  ftonrf. 
nvaio  seaf. 
pnfTD  6owjZ. 
2ix3T?  ;pain. 


■jn?.^  delicacy. 
)'lS'q  fountain. 
::3'r^  tecZ. 
•|3'r^  dwelling. 
"iSnj  r/rer. 
C|D  basin. 
"(13  iniquity. 
-ps  AeeZ. 


FEMININE     NOUNf 


ni'X  terror.         tmiiOS  grape- cake.     b?3  s/ioe. 
nrbx  sZiea/.  !^'^^!^.  Astarte.        n^'n?  7i«7p. 

r.fiX  people.  H'^rn  spear. 


y^h  breach. 

"i:p  grave. 
ri:p  reeof. 

v't 

MTJ  /eZa'. 
?!in"^  iceeA". 
aiisrn  delight. 


NOUNS     CONSTEUED     IN     EITHER     GENDER. 


D'^ynx  ,  nilsnx.  aZoes.    )i}in  window. 

i;2  garment.  "lin  coi/rZ. 

3a  7i»i.  "133  circle. 

bs'^n  temple.  niiz^  fortress. 

Sin^  arm.  •^•in?  camp. 


rrq'2  rod. 
lisi  so?<Z. 
nip  thorn. 
ZV  cloud. 
fzy  cord. 


r5  time. 


§  201  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  227 

d.  The  two  forms  of  the  plural,  tliough  mostly  synonymous,  occasion- 
ally differ  in  sense  as  in  Latin  loci  and  loca.  Thus  Di"i33  is  used  of 
round  masses  of  money,  talents,  rii"i33  of  bread,  round  loaces ;  C^t'id 
thorns,  niT""©  hooks;  c-n;^?  heels,  r\'iz\:y  fool -print  s ;  U^'i^tLi  footsteps  of 
men,  ni -^"5  _/ee^  of  articles  of  furniture.  Comp.  §193.  c.  Sometimes  they 
differ  in  usage  or  frequency  of  employment:  thus  m'^i^  days,  risr  years, 
are  poetical  and  rare,  the  customary  forms  being  C"^'?^.  C'id. 

e.  Nouns  mostly  preserve  their  proper  gender  in  the  plural  irrespective 
of  the  termination  which  they  adopt ;  though  there  are  occasional  excep- 
tions, in  which  feminine  nouns  in  C  are  construed  as  masculines,  e.g. 
D-'h:  women  Gen.  7  :  13,  c^^  woj-ds  Job  4:4,  t='"i;^?  ants  Pro  v.  30:25, 
and  masculine  nouns  in  ni  are  construed  as  feminines,  e.  g.  ni33^'^  dwell- 
ings Ps.  84  : 2. 

f.  In  explanation  of  the  apparently  promiscuous  or  capricious  use  of  the 
masculine  and  feminine  endings,  it  may  be  remarked  that  the  termination 
D''.  in  strictness  simply  indicates  the  ])Iural  number,  and  is  indeterminate 
as  to  gender,  §199.  e,  though  the  existence  of  a  distinct  form  for  the  fem- 
inine left  it  to  be  appropriated  by  the  masculine.  The  occurrence  of  C  in 
feminine  nouns,  and  even  in  the  names  of  females,  as  n"'L"3  women,  C-T? 
sAe-g-oa/s,  may  therefore,  like  the  absence  of  the  distinctive  feminine  ending 
from  the  singular,  be  esteemed  a  mere  neglect  to  distinguish  the  gender  by 
the  outward  form.  The  occurrence  of  the  feminine  ending  in  a  masculine 
noun,  whether  singular  or  plural,  is  less  easily  accounted  for.  Such  words 
may  perhaps,  at  one  period  of  the  language,  have  been  regarded  as  fem- 
inine, the  subsequent  change  of  conception,  by  which  they  are  construed 
as  masculine,  failing  to  obliterate  their  original  form.  Such  a  change  is 
readily  supposable  in  Avords,  which  there  is  no  natural  or  evident  reason 
fur  assigning  to  one  sex  rather  than  the  other;  but  not  in  T\'\'Z'A  fathers, 
which  can  never  have  been  a  feminine.  One  might  be  tempted  in  this 
case  to  suspect  that  m'  was  not  the  sign  of  the  plural,  comp.  rinx  sister, 
rirn  viother-in-law,  but  that  1  belonged  to  the  radical  portion  of  the 
word,  and  that  n  was  appended  to  form  a  coUective,  fatherhood,  §193, 
which  has  in  usage  taken  the  place  of  the  proper  plural.  More  probably, 
however,  the  idea  of  official  dignity,  which  was  so  prominently  attached 
to  the  paternal  relation  in  patriarchal  times,  is  the  secret  of  the  feminine 
form  which  3X  assumes  in  the  plural,  comp.  nis^D  leaders,  ribn'p  preacher, 
while  its  construction  as  a  masculine  springs  so  directly  out  ot  its  significa- 
tion as  to  remain  unaffected.  And  this  suggests  the  idea  that  the  like  may 
have  happened  to  names  of  inanimate  objects.  They  may  receive  the 
feminine  ending  in  its  neuter  sense  to  designate  them  as  things,  §  198.  c, 
while  at  the  same  time  they  are  so  conceived  that  the  masculine  construc- 
tion is  maintained. 

§  201.  1.  Some  substantives  are,  by  their  signification  or 
by  usage,  limited  to  tlie  singular,  such  as  material  nouns 
taken  in  a  universal  or  indefinite  sense,  ©x  /?/•<?,  sntyo/c/, 
•T'9'7^i  ground  J  collectives,  ?ib  cldldren,  t\^bfoivl,  t:^?  birds  of 


228  ETYMOLOGY.  §  202 

preij,  "ijpa  large  raffle  (noim  of  unity  'liiiJ  an  o.r),  isi  sinall 
caffle  (noun  of  unity  niz;  «  67/<:'ry;  or  yo«/) ;  many  abstracts, 
yci)  salvafion,  tT^i^?  blindness.  On  the  other  hand  some  are 
fomid  only  in  the  plural,  such  as  nouns,  whose  singular,  if  it 
ever  existed,  is  obsolete,  D'^'b  ivafcr,  W^l^  face  oy  faces,  ^"J^t 
heaven,  D''5"a  bowels,  D'^n'Q  men,  )niibi«n'a  adjacenf  to  the  head, 
and  abstracts,  which  have  a  plural  form,  D'^'^n  Ife,  D'^inx 
love,  O'lbnn  mercy,  T\'t)'^T\T\  government. 

a.  The  intimate  connection  between  a  collective  and  an  abstract  is 
shown  by  tlie  use  of  the  feminine  singiihir  to  express  both,  §198.  In  like 
manner  tlie  plural,  wliose  office  it  is  to  gather  separate  units  into  one  ex- 
pression, is  used  to  denote  in  its  totality  or  abstract  form  that  common 
qualify  which  pervades  them  all  and  renders  such  a  summation  possible, 


ger 

h.  The  form  fpsi-p  is  adopted  by  certain  words  which  denote  periods 
of  human  life.  c'^ni"3  childhood^  C'rib"  yout/u  c">~iria  adolescence,  D'^bwa 
rirginily,  ms^bs  period  of  espoiisals,  C">:pT  old  age. 

c.  Abstracts,  which  are  properly  singular,  are  sometimes  used  in  the 
plural  to  denote  a  higli  degree  of  the  quality  which  they  represent,  or  re- 
peated exhibitions  and  embodiments  of  it,  nnizs  might,  nii^iia  deeds  of 
might. 

2.  There  are  a  few  examples  of  the  employment  of  the 
plural  form  when  a  single  individual  is  spoken  of,  to  suggest 
the  idea  of  exaltation  or  greatness.  It  is  thus  intimated  that 
the  individual  embraces  a  pliu'ality,  or  contains  within  itself 
what  is  elsewhere  divided  amongst  many.  Such  plurals  of 
majesty  are  Q'^nbs?  God  the  supreme  object  of  Avorship,  ''b^s 
Supreme  Lord  prop,  mg  Lord,  §  199.  c,  and  some  other  terms 
refemng  to  the  divine  being,  T^T?  Eccles.  12:1,  criisa 
Eccles.  5  :  7,  ?I?i?i?  Isa.  54  :  5,  D-'icinj?  IIos.  12  :  1;  also,  D-'i'iN 
(rarely  with  a  plural  sense)  lord,  D'^^'^'S  (when  followed  by  a 
singular  suffix)  master,  mi^na  Behemoth,  great  beast,  and 
possibly  D''S7'9  I'erajdihn,  which  seems  to  be  used  of  a  single 
image,  1  Sam.  19  :  13,  IG. 

§202.  The  dual  is  formed  by  adding  D\  to  the  singular 


§203  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  229 

of  both  genders,  t)  as  the  sign  of  the  feminine  remaining 
unchanged,  and  n^  reverting  to  its  original  form  in^,  §  196.3, 
^)  hand  du.  'zrri ,  ^  door  du.  D^nb-i ,  r.BT2  Up  du.  D^n&ia  . 

a.  The  dual  ending  in  Hebrew,  as  in  the  Indo-European  languages, 
Bopp  Vergleich.  Gramin.  §206.  is  a  modified  and  strengthened  form  of  the 
plural  ending.  The  Arabic  goes  beyond  the  Hebrew  in  extending  the 
dual  to  verbs  and  pronouns.  The  Chaldee  and  Syriac  scarcely  retain  a 
trace  of  it  except  in  the  numeral  two  and  its  compounds. 

§203.  The  dual  in  Hebrew  expresses  not  merely  two,  but 
a  couple  or  a  pair.  Hence  it  is  not  employed  with  the  same 
latitude  as  in  Greek  of  any  two  objects  of  the  same  kind, 
but  only  of  two  which  belong  together  and  complete  each 
other.     It  is  hence  restricted  to 

1.  Double  organs  of  men  or  animals,  t:"^5T«  ears,  0"??^? 
nostrils,  D'??"'!?  horns,  Q??33  icinp. 

2.  Objects  of  art  which  are  made  double  or  which  con- 
sist of  two  corresponding  parts,  ti':i^.}_  pair  of  shoes,  D?3T«b 
pair  of  scales,  D'?t!)?r''9  ]Jair  of  tongs,  D^tD^'7  folding  doors. 

3.  Objects  which  are  conceived  of  as  constituting  to- 
gether a  complete  whole,  particularly  measures  of  time  or 
quantity,  ^yi^i"^  period  of  tico  days,  hidimm,  d'l'y^Ty  two  weeks, 
fortnight,  D^t]p't23  tioo  years,  hiennium,  D*lnsD  tico  measures, 
O^Ss?  tiDO  talents,  Q;?t''7  Prov.  28  :  G,  18  double  loay  (comp. 
in  English  double  dealing),  "^^Sv^.  pair  of  rivers,  i.  e.  the 
Tigris  and  Euphrates  viewed  in  combination. 

4.  The  numerals  D"'?'!^  tico,  D''^E)3  double,  O'?^^''?  two  hun- 
dred, D'?|'?s?  tico  thousand,  D'?r!'i3'!i  two  myriads,  D';'n5'3T»  seven- 
fold, D''i?'53  of  tico  sorts. 

5.  A  few  abstracts,  in  which  it  expresses  intensity,  Q!^ri^2r? 
double-sloth  fulness,  '^^I'S^  double-rebellion,  ^'hj^^  double-light, 
i.  e.  noon,  D^nyT^i  double-wickedness. 

a.  Names  of  objects  occurring  in  pairs  take  the  dual  form  even  when  a 
higher  number  than  two  is  spoken  of.  O";?!!;.!  'C^d  1  Sam.  2  :  13  the  three 
teeth,  C^SJS  :^"2~iS  Ezek.   1 :  6 /oztr  wings,  D^bs  iliuJ  Isa.  6:2  six  wings, 


230  ETYMOLOGY.  §  204, 205 

U'^i'^y  f^bn':i  Zcch.  3 :  9  seven  eyes,  C^S'iS-bs^  c^'^^n-JS  all  the  hands  and 
all  knees  Ezck.  7  :  17.  Several  nan>es  ol"  double  organs  of  the  human  or 
animal  boily  liave  a  plural  form  likewise,  which  is  used  of  artificial  imita- 
tions or  of  inanimate  objects,  to  which  these  names  are  applied  by  a  figure 
of  speech.  §198.  c,  C'Si;?  horns,  rii^p  horns  of  the  altar,  C^Ep  wings, 
risrs  e.rlreinities.  C"^En3  shouliters.  r/isPS  shoulder-pieces  of  a  garment, 
C^i/:?  eyes,  ri:!*?  fountains,  fibsn  feet,  cpjn  limes  prop,  beats  of  the 
foot.  In  a  few  instances  this  dislinetion  is  neglected,  D'^rsb  and  niPEia 
lips,  cn^  and  ri"!"^  sides,  nirsn^  extremities. 

b.  The  dual  ending  is  in  a  very  few  words  superadded  to  that  of 
the  plural,  niiin  xcalls  of  a  city,  crr'n  double  trails,  rrin^b  boards, 
D^nnb  doxd)le  boarding  of  a  ship,  CPl^s  name  of  a  town  in  Judah,  Josh. 
15:"  36. 

c.  The  words  c^^  water  and  n'^Tsd  heaven  have  the  appearance  of 
dual  forms,  and  might  possibly  be  so  explained  by  the  conception  of  the 
element  of  water  as  existing  in  two  localities,  viz.  under  and  above  the 
firmament,  Gen.  1 :  7,  and  heaven  as  consisting  of  two  hemispheres.  They 
are.  however,  commonly  regarded  as  plurals,  and  compared  with  such 
plural  forms  in  Chaldee  as  'i^';"^  Dan.  5:9  from  the  singular  KVJ.  In 
C^biriT^  Jerusalem,  or  as  it  is  commonly  written  without  the  Yodh  Db'^!i"|i7, 
the  final  Mem  is  not  a  dual  ending  but  a  radical,  and  the  pronunciation  is 
simply  prolonged  from  cViin"^,  comp.  Gen.  14:18.  Ps.  76 :  3,  though  in 
this  assimilation  to  a  dual  form  some  have  suspected  an  allusion  to  the 
current  division  into  the  upper  and  the  lower  city. 

§  204.  It  remains  to  consider  the  changes  in  the  nouns 
themselves,  wliich  result  from  attaching  to  them  the  various 
endings  for  gender  and  number  that  have  now  been  recited. 
These  depend  upon  the  structure  of  the  nouns,  that  is  to  say, 
upon  the  character  of  their  letters  and  syllables,  and  are  gov- 
erned by  the  laws  of  Hebrew  orthography  already  unfolded. 
These  endings  may  be  divided  into  two  classes,  viz. : 

1.  The  feminine  n,  which,  consisting  of  a  single  con- 
sonant, causes  no  removal  of  the  accent  and  produces  changes 
in  the  ultimate  only. 

2.  The  feminine  r.^ ,  the  plural  D"^.  and  r^i,  and  the 
dual  D\ ,  Avhich  remove  the  accent  to  their  own  initial 
vowel,  and  may  occasion  changes  in  both  the  ultimate  and 
the  penult. 

^205.  Nouns  which  terminate  in  a  vowel  undergo  no 
change   on   receiving   the   feminine   characteristic  n ,  "'^X''? 


§  206  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  231 

Moabite,  ti^isji^  Moabitess,  i^V^n  fndi?i(/  fem.  nsib,  xran 
sinner,  rsbn  sin,  §  198.  Nouns  which  terminate  in  a  con- 
sonant experience  a  compression  of  their  final  syllable,  which, 
upon  the  addition  of  n ,  ends  in  two  consonants  instead  of 
one,  ^GC).  2,  and  an  auxiliary  Seghol  is  introduced  to  relieve 
the  harshness  of  the  combination,  §01.2.  In  consequence 
of  this  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate  is  changed  from  Ci  or  a  to 
V,  §03.  2.  a,  from  e  or  I  to  c,  or  in  a  few  words  to  c,  and 
from  D  or  il  to  0,  §01.  4.  131^2  broh'n  fem.  tT}kT^ ,  Q'i^t!^ 
reddi&U  fem.  rrc'n^'^is! ,  ^Sn  goinc/  fem.  tiD^n ,  Tna  master, 
trb.),  mistress,  tsiari  ^y^  fem.  tni^^'Qn ,  tj^i?  if;^^:*?;^,  rilji?  woman, 
§  214.  1.  (5,  yiss  scattered  fem.  ti^isp ,  nirinD  and  n©n3  ^^55. 
When  the  final  consonant  is  a  guttural,  there  is  the  usual 
substitution  of  Pattalih  for  Seghol,  TQ^  hearing  fem.  twytt , 
Tk'^  toucldnf/  fem.  trs^va . 

a.  In  many  cases  the  feminine  is  formed  indifferently  by  n  or  by  M^ ; 
in  others  usage  iiicHnes  in  favor  of  one  or  of  the  other  ending,  though  no 
absolute  rule  can  be  given  upon  the  subject.  It  may  be  said,  however, 
that  adjectives  in  ^^  almost  always  receive  n  ;  active  participles,  except 
those  of  i"S ,  1"  and  nb  verbs,  oftener  take  n  than  n^ ;  D  is  also  found, 
though  less  frequently,  with  the  passive  participles  except  that  of  Kal. 
from  which  it  is  excluded. 

h.  A  final  ',  1  or  n  is  sometimes  assimilated  to  the  feminine  charac- 
teristic n  and  contracted  with  it.  §34,  n?  for  r:2  daughter,  Pipi^  for 
r\vr\i2  gift,  nrs  for  rDrx  tridh,  nnN  for  nnnx  one,  nnc^s  ]  Kin.  1 :  15 
for  rriT'i^  ministering,  nnd^  Mai.  1  :  14  for  rnn'iti  corrupt,  rin^a  for 
nnsn'n  pan.  The  changes  of  the  ultimate  vowel  are  due  to  its  compres- 
sion before  concurring  consonants. 

c.  The  vowel  u  remains  in  nrsiian  Lev.  5:  21  deposit,  and  the  proper 
name  nrnjn  Tanhumeth.  From  nx  brother,  t.ri  father-in-law  are  formed 
ninx  sister,  nian  mother-in-law,  the  radical  1 ,  which  has  been  dropped 
from  the  masculine,  retaining  its  place  before  the  sign  of  the  feminine, 
comp.  §  101.  1.  a;  nN^S3  difficidt  Deut.  30:  11  is  for  nx^23  from  N^E? . 

§206.  The  changes  which  result  from  appending  the 
feminine  termination  n^ ,  the  plural  terminations  0"^.  and  ni, 
and  the  dual  termination  D';'. ,  are  of  three  sorts,  viz. : 

1.  Those  which  take  place  in  the  ultimate,  when  it  is  a 
mixed  syllable. 


232  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  207 

2.  Those  which  take  place  in  the  ultimate,  when  it  is  a 
simple  s}  liable. 

3.  Those  which  take  place  in  the  penult. 

§  207.  AVhen  the  ultimate  is  a  mixed  syllable  bearing 
the  accent,  it  is  affected  as  follows,  viz. : 

1 .  Tsere  remains  unchanged,  if  the  word  is  a  monosylla- 
ble or  the  preceding  vowel  is  Kamets,  otherwise  it  is  rejected; 
other  vowels  suffer  no  change,  rio  dead  fem.  Tkyq ,  pi.  D'^riQ ; 
tjn,''  ih'ujh  du.  d:'?-!;',  dSiO  complete  fem.  r.ttbc,  pi.  D-'-bbis, 
f.  pi.  ni)2bi^ ;  ^>n  (joui(j  fem.  nibn ,  pi.  n^ibn ,  f.  pi,  n^ibn . 

a.  The  rejection  of  Tsere  is  due  to  tlic  tendency  to  abbreviate  words 
which  are  increased  by  additions  at  the  end,  §66.  1.  It  is  only  retained 
as  a  pretonic  vowel,  §64.  2.  when  the  word  is  otherwise  sufficiently  abbre- 
viated, or  its  rejection  would  shorten  the  word  unduly.  Tsere  is  retained 
contrary  to  the  rule  by  c^uibo,  D'^iran  children  of  the  third  and  fourth 
generations,  by  a  few  exceptional  forms,  e.g.  nxa  Jer.  3 : 8,  11,  Mbsdtt 
Ex.  23:26,  ■ny4}  Cant.  1:6.  ^ri-crd  Isa.  54:1.  and  frequently  with  tlie 
pause  accents.  §65,  e.g.  n^^^i^  Isa.  21:3.  nijrri'i  Lam.  1 :  16,  :rir!ria 
Isa.  49 :  8,  t)-'-j:3S  Ex.  28  :  40,  ^'■'^',^;q  Gen.  19:11,2  Kin.  6:18  (once  with 
Tiphhha),  :  c-^ci'^i  Isa.  2  :  20,  C-'o"n-.6  Eccles.  2  :  5.  mSri^  Isa.  2:4.  It 
also  appears  in  several  feminine  substantives,  both  singular  and  plural,  e.  g. 
nboniD  overthroio.  riirin  counsels,  nrsiFi  abomination,  fi'.v^i2  staff,  ntii's^ 
witch.  On  the  other  hand,  the  following  feminines  reject  it  though  pre- 
ceded by  Kamets,  bs;"^  wild-goat.  fem.  <'^^?|: ,  "i?^  ostrich,  fem.  Hjr^ ,  TC"^ 
thigh,  fem.  MS^^.  It  is  also  dropped  from  the  plural  of  the  monosyllable 
"(2  S071,  and  its  place  supplied  by  a  pretonic.  Kamets,  C'^ia  sons.  rizS  daugh- 
ters, the  singular  of  the  feminine  being  r2  for  r:2.  §205.6;  so  sBtts 
fork  pi.  nii.b7^ . 

b.  Kamets  in  the  ultimate  is  retained  as  a  pretonic  vowel,  'lb  white, 
fem.  nbb,  pi.  cisb,  f.  pi.  niirb;  ^iz-o  fortress,  pi.  c--:::^?  and  nr^rip, 
only  disappearing  in  a  few  exceptional  cases,  *i?b  hair.  fem.  fn^r/JJ,  irb 
quail,  iiLc^'i^v.  c-^sp  pasture, -pX.  co^aa  once  nic-is^D,  rinaria  and  ri-^asra 
fords,  123  talent  du.  ^^^22  but  in  pause  Q?;;;23,  "h:  river  A\i.  C^ins .  The 
xb  participles,  ^f.'z':  jirophesying  \)\.  CNSD.  vrcxz":  polluted  pi.  D'N;~::5 ,  xii:? 
found  pi.  C'Sirra  adopt  the  vowels  of  n'b  forms,  §165.  2;  but  with  the 
pause  accents  Kamets  returns,  C"'N23  Ezok.  13:2,  ;  c"'N^t::  Ezr.  8:25. 
The  foreign  word  "i2~iB  suburbs  forms  its  plural  irregularly  C''~i"'^C. 

c.  Hholem  and  Hhirik  commonly  suffer  no  change;  but  in  a  few  words 
Shurek  takes  the  place  of  the  former,  and  in  one  Tsere  is  substituted  for 
the  latter,  §66.2(3),  lii^  terror  pi.  cn^anD,  ■pr53  habitation  pi.  C'^r'isa, 
pinia  sweet  fem.  n;?!ino  pi.  c-'pJinp,  pis  distress  I'em.  i^pis,  y.'i-o  lodging 
fem.  Hjsibri,  Oii^a //>/</!  fem.  nbi:^,  n'':^  rest  km.  f^mz'O ,  ^'i:i^  fort  if  ca- 
tion  fem.  nnisa ,  p^as    deep   fem.  "nJ5^::5  Prov.   23:27   and  n{?^?, .  pinn 


§  207  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF   NOUNS.  233 

chain  pi.  nipTO*?  1  Kin.  6:21  K'ri;  a-^^Q  escaped  pi.  ti"ibi]=3  or  Q'^b^Q 
fern,  nb-ibs  or  nibs. 

(/.  Hholem  is  dropped  from  the  plural  of  nis^  bird  pi.  c*'ns:J .  as  well 
as  from  the  plural  of  nouns  having  the  feminine  chararteristic  n  in  the 
singular;  thus  rbabs  skull,  by  the  substitution  of  the  plural  ending 
ni  for  n. ,  §199,  becomes  ri^sba ,  nf^'briT?  course,  pi.  ripbn?? ,  or  with 
Hhateph-Kamets  under  a  doubled  letter,  §16.  3.6,  r:'ri3  coat  pi.  riins, 
ribad  ear  of  com,  pi.  O'^ba'j ;  in  two  instances  a  pretonic  Kamets  is  inserted, 
n-i'sa  drought  pi  ni-naa,'  nnncs  ^s/aWe  pi.  ninnd?. 

e.  Seghol  in  nouns  with  the  feminine  characteristic  n  affixed  mostly  fol- 
lows the  law  of  the  vowel  from  which  it  has  sprung,  §205;  if  it  has  been 
derived  from  Tsere  it  is  rejected,  if  from  any  other  vowel  it  is  still  in  some 
instances  rejected,  though  more  commonly  it  reverts  to  its  original  form 


scale  pi.  n"'iapbp  and  niipbp.     Pattahh,  which  has  arisen  from  a  Seghol 

so  situated  under  the  influence  of  a  guttural,  follows  the  same  rule.  n23I3 

.1  1.  1.  ^  '      I  .  '      

ring -pi.  ms'a:: ,  nrp  (from  V}:i)  touching  pi.  ri"53. 

f.  A  kw  nouns  with  quiescents  in  the  ultimate  present  apparent  ex- 
ceptions, which  are,  however,  readily  explained  by  the  contractions  which 
they  have  undergone.  Thus  n"in  for  nin,  §57.2  (5).  thorn,  has  its 
plural  n-'fiin  or  D''n;n;  ti'^  (n^*;)  daij,  pi.  fi;;  (cir/^-^);  )in->2  ("li'l'a)  strife, 
pi.  c-'DI"]^? ;  -lib  (nvL)  o.r,  pi.  n-^^in  ;  l^itj  for  V-i  or''n.'i=^,  §  1S6.  2.' c, /jo/,  pi. 
C-'n^'Tl  or  n^^l^,  §208.  3;  pTO  {p^V  or  pjib)  street,  pl.'c^'piq;  "i-^y  (n'^ij  or 
"i^y)  city,  pi.  once  C"i vr;  Judg.  10 :  4  usually  contracted  to  C^n:?  ;  at;"! 
(cx'-i)  head,  pi.  Ciirxn  (ccx^).  So  nxD  measure  becomes  in  the  dual 
D'i'nxo  for  C^nxo  and  nN'2  one  hundred,  du.  C^PN^  for  C^nx^i  ;  nixb^J 
(nisb^  ,  §57.  2  (3) ),  xi-oi-k,  probably  had  in  the  absolute  plural  riiixba  , 
whence  the  construct  is  ni3Nb?3  . 

2.  The  final  consonant  sometimes  receives  Dagliesli-forte 
before  tlie  added  termination,  causing  tlie  preceding  vowel 
to  be  shortened  from  a  to  t^,  from  B  or  l  to  i,  and  from  6  or 
u  io  u,  §61.  5.  This  takes  place  regularly  in  nouns  which 
arc  derived  from  contracted  V^  roots,  Dri  ^^crfcd  fem.  M^zn  , 
a':  sea  pi.  D'^is;';  l^yq  (from  V-.?)  sJiield,  pi.  n'^h'q  and  tr\'M , 
fem.  ni.'^'a ;  pn  statute  pi.  Dipn ,  fern.  nj?n ,  pi.  nipn  ,  or  in 
whose  final  letter  two  consonants  have  coalesced,  vli?  for  ?:i:s? 
du.  n^sx  nose;  ti?  for  1}V  she-goat  pi.  0^0;  n?  for  tHs_  time 
pi.  D-^riy  and  niru? ;  iljix  for  ffifx  man,  rm^  woman,  and  it 
not  infrequently  occurs  in  other  cases. 

a.  Nouns  with  Pattahh  in  the  ultimate  with  few  exceptions  double  their 
final  letter,  being  either  contracted  forms,  b'l  weak  pi.  0"^]^^  fem.  nH  pi. 


234  ETYMOLOGY.  §207 

Piii^,  or  rcroiving  Daghesh-forte  conservative  iti  order  to  preserve  the 
short  vowel.  c;x  j.oid  pi.  C^SSN. ;  so  'jEis  icheel.  Onri  nnjrlle.  'Sv-qftw,  rnrn 
friglilfiil.  P'TP"!";'  grtxnish.  ■'IN^  desire.  Before  guttur.ils  Pattahh  may 
be  retained  ill  an  intermediate  syllahh;.  refresh  pi.  n"nb.  or  lengthened 
to  Kamet:?,  §G().  4.  "16  prince  pi.  cinb  lem.  ir^b ;  so  Pirsrix  Jivgers, 
r\'v2'i<  four,  c-'rnili  helmets,  cns-a  .s-//'«/7s  and  C^xnii^  baskets,  rxbb  /00/v.?, 
which  do  not  occur  in  the  singular,  but  are  commonly  referred  to  "'"iji'n, 
•^b'-ib.  §194.  6.  •<  being  changed  to  X  as  in  §2U8.  3.  d;  also  ^u;  breast, 
which  omits  Daghesh  du.  C^nb  .  Pattahh  is  in  the  fidlowing  examples 
changed  to  Hhirik  before  the  doubled  letter,  §58.  2,  12  prey  fern,  nja,  rn 
year  lem.  nnn,  rs  vine-press  pi.  riFi3 ,  IB  garment  pi.  c^'U  and  c"''n'D , 
00  tribute,  T,b  basin,  rb  morsel.  1^  sk/^,  baba  uheel,  rVicbo  bashts. 
D""ip:D  palm-branches,  iniia  threshing-sledge  pi.  C'^jni'a  or  by  tiie  resolu- 
tion of  Daghesh-forte,  §59.  a.  n^;"^"}"i?3 .  It  is  rejected  from  bifba  cymbal 
pi.  c-'b'^ba,  "(T  sf)W  pi.  C^Z]  .  C'^"'ia'^J  6e/T/>.<?,  probably  from  n5"i5  and  n'r^J 
7«e»,  from  the  obsolete  singular,  rh.  The  plural  of  CS  people  is  C'rs 
and  in  a  very  few  instances  with  the  doubled  letter  repeated,  C'rrr  ;  so 
•in  mountain  pi.  n-^'^n  and  Cn'^n  Deut.  8:9.  bk  shadow  pi.  C^bs .  pn 
statute  pi.  t^;?n.  and  twice  in  the  construct,  ""'ititn'  Judg.  5 :  15,  Isa.  10:  1, 
which  implies  tlie  absolute  form  D"'|b;?ri . 

6.  The  final  letter  is  doubled  after  Kamets  in  the  following  words  be- 
sides those  from  'S'J  roots,  cbix  porch  pi.  C'^rbx  ;  so  l^rx  hire,  bin  camel, 
'fC]  time,  Tji^'ri^  darkness,  pn"i^  distance,  luj;^  small,  '(i?."  green,  V?*?^ 
^wjt/,  "(lUid  ZiVy,  "(Sb  coney,  to  which  should  perhaps  be  added  S^p?  Deut. 
8 :  15  scorpion,  though  as  it  has  a  pause  accent  in  this  place  which  is  the 
only  one  where  it  is  found  with  Kamets,  its  proper  form  may  perhaps  have 
been  -"^P? ;  §65.  The  Niplial  participle  "'irs  honored  has  in  the  plural 
both  cnasj  and  D'^'naxD .  Several  other  words,  wiiicii  only  occur  in  the 
plural,  arc  in  tiie  lexicons  referred  to  singulars  with  Kamets  in  the  ulti- 
mate ;  but  the  vowel  may,  with  equal  if  not  greater  probability,  be  sup- 
posed to  have  been  Pattahh.  Kamets  is  shortened  to  Pattahh  belbre  n . 
which  does  not  admit  Daghesli-forte,  in  the  plurals  of  nx  brother  pi.  C^nx , 
nn  hook,  na2^  conjtdeiice,  §C0.  4.  a. 

c.  The  following  nouns  with  Ilholem  in  the  ultimate  fall  under  this 
rule,  in  addition  to  those  derived  from  rs  roots,  '^zzi  peak  pi.  cpzs,  nt:"in 
sacred  scribe,  -iiin  band,  cxb  nation,  n"i"5  naked,  and  several  adjectives 
of  the  form  bt:;?,  which  are  mostly  written  without  the  vowel-letter  1. 
§  14. 3,  e.  g.  nix  red  fern.  na"ix^ ,  C-'snx^ ,  c^X  terrible,  r|'"ix  long,  etc. ; 
nb'Jx  dunghill  takes  the  form  mnsirx  in  the  plural. 

d.  There  are  only  two  examples  of  doubling  when  the  vowel  of  the 
ultimate  is  Shurek,  cb-in  Prov.  24:31  nettles  or  brambles  from  b!i~n, 
ni'X-1  Esth.  2  :  9  from  ''^X"j  Kal  pass,  part  of  nxn  . 

e.  113''X  (ZiV.)  man  is  not  contracted  in  the  plural  S'^iijX  men;  in  the 
leminine.  for  the  sake  of  distinction,  the  initial  weak  letter  is  dropped.  C"'C3 
women,  which  is  used  as  the  plural  of  Ht'X  uoman  ;  cb^X  men  and  rt"X 
women  are  rare  and  poetic,  rix  ploughshare  has  either  C'rx  or  B^nx  in 
the  plural. 


§208  GENDER    AND    NUMBER    OF    NOUNS.  235 

§208.  1.  Segliolate  nouns,  or  those  which  have  an  unac- 
cented vowel  in  the  ultimate,  drop  it  when  any  addition  is 
made  to  them,  §C6.  3.  (1).  As  this  vowel  arose  from  the 
concurrence  of  vowelless  consonants  at  the  end  of  the  word, 
the  necessity  for  its  presence  ceases  when  that  condition  no 
longer  exists.  Segholates  thus  revert  to  their  original  form 
of  a  monosyllable  ending  in  concurrent  consonants,  §183. 

2.  Monosyllables  of  this  description  receive  the  feminine 
ending  with  no  further  change  than  the  shortening  due  to  the 
removal  of  the  accent,  in  consequence  of  which  0  becomes  o 
or  more  rarely  ii,  e  becomes  /  or  more  rarely  c ;  v  may  be 
restored  to  a  from  which  it  has  commonly  arisen,  §183,  or 
like  t  it  may  become  z  or  c,  D^is?  (n'p)  strev(jt1i  feni.  •"•'asy, 
TUSn  (fflsn)  fem.  tii^^n  freedom,  ^'ai?  (';i^i?)  sayivfj  fem.  rnri? 
and  nn^^ ,  ^bb  ( ^b^ )  Un(j  nsb^  ciueen,  nnu  slaiitjitter  fem. 
nnnu . 

a.   Nouns   havincj    either   of  the    forms    f^b:3p,    nVz^p,  mV::p  .  f^'^'p 

-I  ^  t:'-'  t;'v't:'-'t:'t? 

nbap,  are  consequently  to  be  regarded  as  sprung  from  monosyllables  with 
the  vowel  given  to  the  first  radical. 

3.  Before  the  plural  terminations  a  pretonic  Kamets  is 
inserted,  and  the  original  vowel  of  the  monosyllable  falls 
away,  tfb^  ( ^b^ )  ZvV/y  pi.  D^ib^ ,  tiz'TQ  queen  pi.  i^iib^ ,  "rai? 
(n^s)  sa?/in(/  pi.  n^nia.s: ,  nni:^:  id.  pi.  snin)2N ,  b?3  (bys)  loork, 
pi.  Q-ib'^s ,  Ntpn  siji  pi.  n^ii:t:n . 

a.  Pretonic  Kamets  is  not  admitted  by  the  numerals  t3i"iir5|  Iwenli) 
from  ^'w?  len^  ^''^■^"'rP  seventy  from  r^d  seven,  C^i'^n  ninety  from  "^'P 
nine.  The  words  C^iisa  pistachio-nuts,  n'^p^n  ebony.  D^b'.s^  Job  40:21,22. 
fiirnn  mercies,  ^"''op^'q  and  rii^pa  sycamores,  which  do  not  occur  in  the 
singular,  have  been  regarded  as  examples  of  a  like  omission.  But  there 
need  be  no  assumption  of  irregularity  if  the  first  is  taken  with  Fiirst  from 
n2::3,  the  second  with  Gesenius  from  ''lan ,  and  the  others  are  explained 
after  a  like  analogy.  Q,uadriliteral  Segiiolates  also  receive  pretonic  Ka- 
mets in  the  plural  I^JS  pi.  D'^pyDS  merchants,  unless  the  neAV  letter  creates 
an  additional  syllable,  in  which  case  the  introduction  of  Kamets  would 
prolong  the  word  too  much,  'JjVs  concubine  pi.  D'^CS^Q  ,  '["iQiS  nail  D'^ns:: . 

6.  The  superior  tenacity  of  Hholeni,  §60.  1.  a  (4).  is  shown  by  the  occa- 
sional retention  of  o,  not  only  as  a  compound  Sli'va  under  gutturals,  nnx 
way  pi.  nin'^Nt,  so  O'lh  month,  'd'yn  thicket,  iri  sheaf,  ^tb  faicn;  but  as 


23G  ETYMOLOGY.  §  209 

Kamefs-IIli:\tiij)h  ii»  'C'}p  holiness  j)l.  ~"'-!7p.  and  Ctr^;]?,  d")(a  root  pi. 
n''i'"iia,  5  19.2.  orasa  lonjr  vowel  in  bnx  lejilxA.  c^nji .  n^-is  a7<//^  nl.  rinx . 
§60.  3.  c,  or  chilled  to  tin;  Ibllowing  Utter  so  as  to  take  llie  place  of  the 
prctonic  Kamels  in  "in:;  thumb  pi.  n:in2 ,  n;3  brightness  j)!.  nnaj , 
§181.  a.  Conip.  bcQ  (^CB)  graven  iniai:e\^\.  C^s-'OD.  In  other  nouns  it  is 
rejected,  i;r'2  morning  \)\.  cinira ;  so  •|"]a  Ihreshing-Jloor,  1E3  cypress,  yep 
hand  full,  man  spear,  cnh  juniper,   hl'b  hollow  of  the  hand. 

c.  Middle  Vav  qiiiesces  in  tlu;  plural  of  the  following  nouns:  P'B  death 
pi.  n'^P'io ,  nbiS  inirpiity  pi.  n'ji?,  Gesenius  regards  S'':i.^  Prov.  11:7, 
Hos.  9  :  4,  as  the  plural  of  V.^  >  while  others  derive  it  from  "I'X ,  translating 
it  riches  in  tiie  former  passage  and  sorrow  in  the  latter,  the  primary  idea 
out  of  which  hoth  senses  spring  being  that  of  toil.  Middle  Yodh  quie.'-ccs 
in  the  plural  of  ^7^  ram  pi.  E"'.H^i< ;  ri-'T  olire  pi.  C"'n^i .  h";^  night  pi.  r^'i^b  , 
but  not  in  b^n  strength  pi.  C''b;;'n ,  "(^b  fountain  pi.  ri"':"?. ,  "i"'i?  ass-colt  pi. 
D""V?.,  r^n  g-oa^  pi.  a''B^n.  Tite  plural  of  X^a  valley  is  ni^xa  by  trans- 
position from  the  regular  form  niX'^J  which  is  twice  found  in  the  K'thibh 
2  Kin.  2:  16.  Ezek.  6:3;  n^a  house  has  as  its  plural  era,  whether  this 
be  explained  as  for  0"'ri33  from  tisa  to  build  or  for  C'pna  from  r>i2  to 
lodge.  Middle  Yodh  always  quicsces  before  the  feminine  and  dual  endings, 
17^  provision  fern,  ir^"*^,  "|7?  eye  du.  C';':"'?. 

(/.  Monosyllables  in  '^.  from  rib  roots  belong  properly  to  this  forma- 
tion, §57.  2  (4)  and  §184.  b.  and  follow  the  rules  given  above  both  in  the 
feminine  "^^n.  (^bn)  necklace  fem.  i^^bn,  and  the  plural  "'nx  (?"!i<)  lion 
pi.  D-i^nx  and  nv'^X ,  "i-ia  kid\A.  C-'^na,  or  with  the  change  of'  to  X, 
§56.  4,  wliich  also  occurs  in  verbs,  §177.3,  *'bn.  necklace  pi.  CnVh  ,  •'rs 
simple  pi.  tD-i^PQ,  n^ra  and  ti^'irs,  "'is  gazelle  pi.  Ci^ra .  cirs  and 
nis^il;  in  like  manner  B"'N2j'.  branches,  CSib  lions  are  referred  to  "'£3 
and  ""ib  tliough  these  singulars  do  not  occur;  ''bs  (^bs)  xUensil  does  not 
receive  Kamets  in  the  plural  C"'b3. 

4.  The  dual  sometimes  takes  a  prctonic  Kamets  like  the 
plural,  but  more  frequently  follows  the  feminine  in  not  re- 
quiring its  insertion,  n^'^i  (rpft)  door  du.  ni'nbi ,  ?f-i"i   {Xt^) 

way  du.  0^?"^^ ,  Xk  (j^fe)  -^'o^*^^-  t^"^-  O''?"?)?  an^^  Q!'?"?!?,  "'n? 
cheek  du.  D^^nb,  ^na  (?f-iii)  knee  du.  D''?"'3,  so  Dl^inis,  n^??:, 

§209.  When  the  idtimate  is  a  simple  syllable,  the  follow- 
ing cases  occur,  viz : 

1.  rinal  n.  is  rejected  before  the  feminine  and  plural 
endings,  r-.s;*  beautiful  fem.  nr;'  f.  pL  rit;' ,  '^^^^.  ^(-'ork  pi. 
D'^ib^'a ;  so  ninu  c«w//?  du.  a'^sn^  . 

a.  The  last  radical  in  word.-?  of  this  description  is  properly  "^ ,  which  is 
rejected  after  a  vowelless  letter.   *}62.  2.  c,  so  that  ns^  is  lor  n'^E"'   and 


§  209        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.         237 

CibsT?  for  d"''';ibyT3.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  ratiical  "^  remains,  e.g. 
n'-^ab  Cant.  l:'7"from  nii>  (■'iii?)  n^n^^  Isa.  25 :  6  from  nh^o  ("^n-ois) 
and  is  even  strengthened  by  Daghesh-ibrte,  §207.2,  n^Dia  Lam.  1:16 
from  nbia,  i^'ia  and  nns,  §196.  6,  fem.  of  n^Q  ni'in  Hos.  14: 1,  else- 
where  ninn .  ns  mouth.,  edge  pi.  D'^E ,  ni'^Q  and  ri'Q ,  or  changed  to  X . 
§56.  4,  nVa  ("'V::)  young  lanib  B'^xba  (n'^'^bi:),  so  that  it  is  not  necessary 
to  assume  a  singular  "'^Ci  which  no  where  occurs,  na^n  Ps.  10 : 8  D''i\3bn 
ver.  10.     See  Alexander  in  loo. 

2.  Final  ''.  may  combine  with  the  feminine  and  phiral 
endings,  so  as  to  form  n^ .,  W^^  ,  m''' . ,  or  it  may  in  the 
mascuhne  plural  be  contracted  to  D"^.  ,  §G2.  2,  '^']^'^.  Hehreio 
pi.  D^nny  and  D^^")n5?  fem.  n'^^ns?  f.  pi.  ni^nns? ;  ^is  sldi)  pi. 
n"'i:  and  n-i^a,  "'irBn/ree  pi.  D^irsn,  ^pDj!?^^re  pi.  Q^^p:.  So 
nomis  in  t\'^.  upon  the  exchange  of  the  feminine  singular  for 
the  plural  termination  T\'^iytiv  Ammoiiitess  pi.  rii'^si/G?,  t\^T\T\ 
Hittifess  n^'rn. 

a.  In  D"'X"'2ns  2  Chron.  17  :  11  Arabians  from  "'i'l^  an  X  is  interposed, 
elsewhere  D"'ili? ;  ni'b'i  branches.,  f^'i'^'J  corners  and  rii'|53p  bowls,  which 
do  not  occur  in  the  singular,  are  assumed  to  be   from  iT'b'n ,   rr^^J   and 

6.  A  few  monosyllables  in  "^^  form  their  feminines  in  this  manner, 
though  in  the  masculine  plural  they  follow  the  rule  before  given,  §208. 3.  d, 
•ina  kid  fem.  n^'i? ,  "^r^  lion,  X*nb  lioness,  §  196.  d,  ^Z^  gazelle  fem.  n*3S 
(iTJza  and  X'jns  are  used  as  proper  names),  "^nilJ  drinking  fem.  n^rnd  . 

3.  There  are  few  examples  of  final  ^  or  i  with  added 
endings.  The  following  are  the  forms  which  they  assume : 
^fV  drink  pi.  Q^lJ^UJ ,  n^ib^  Ungdom  pi.  tr\h^^ ,  §  62.  2, 
n^l3?  testimony  pi.  ln'1'7?? ,  nin^j  sister  pi.  fiins  and  !ni^rii<  for 
ninns ,  inn  and  xinn  myriad  pi.  niiin ,  msinn  and  niknn ; 
the  dual  D^rinn  inserts  the  sio-n  of  the  feminine. 

■  -     •  o 

a.  ni'pn.  or  fTi"'?ri.  Jer.  37  :  16  cells  is  referred  to  the  assumed  singular 
M3n;  mvjj  Isa.  3:16  K'thibh  and  nir:;^  1  Sam.  25:18  K'thibh  are 
formed  from  ^133 ,  ^ib^  abbreviated  Kal  passive  participles,  §  172.  5,  but  in 
the  absence  of  the  appropriate  vowel  points  their  precise  pronunciation 
cannot  be  determined. 

b.  Nouns  ending  ia  a  quiescent  radical  it  may  be  regarded  as  termina- 
ting in  a  consonant,  since  this  letter  resumes  its  consonantal  power  upon 
an  addition  being  made  to  the  word.  Comp.  §162.  N:J'23  found  fera. 
n{!{:i533 ,  xns  wild  ass  pi.  fiixna . 


238  ETYMOLOGY.  ^210 

^210.  The  changes,  which  occur  in  the  penult,  arise 
from  the  disposition  to  shorten  the  former  part  of  a  word, 
when  its  accent  has  been  carried  forward  by  accessions  at  the 
end,  §G(5,  1.  They  consist  in  the  rejection  of  Kamets  or 
Tsere,  ^'na  f/rcat  fem.  npii^  pi.  D^liiia  f.  pi.  rrSi-a,  ni^ 
icord  pi.  D"'i^'7 ,  ■)'i"'tT  memorial  pi.  ri'ihDT ,  r]:3  wiiif/  du. 
D'e:3,  i-'Z'Q  rcsioriiif/  pi.  D^i"''2:^  fem.  ni^u^a,  ni^  distress 
pi.  □■^'i:£^,  ""lb  Lecite  pi.  D"'!?.^ ,  except  from  nouns  in  n..  in 
wdiich  the  place  of  the  accent  is  not  changed  by  the  addition 
of  the  terminations  for  gender  and  number,  §209.  1,  nb^ 
hcaid[ful  fem.  rk^  pi.  tT'i;' ,  rnio  feJd  pi.  r.iii? ,  nirjp  /^^r^/ 
pi.  D-'ir;?,  ni:T2  pi.  n-^i/ia  and  nii^ia  hoicds,  nz;  smitten  pi. 
C^i? .  Other  penultimate  vowels  are  mostly  exempt  from 
change. 

a.  Kamets,  Avhich  has  arisen  irom  Pattalih  in  consequence  of  the  suc- 
ceeding letter  not  being  able  to  receive  Daghcsh-lbrte,  as  the  form  properly 
requires,  is  incapable  of  rejection.  Such  a  Kamets  is  accordingly  retained 
without  change  belbre  1,  e.  g.  llJ'^n  for  ly'Hn,  §  187. 1.  tcorkmcm  ]A.  fc;*n, 
so  bTS  horseman,  Vp^'Zi  fugilice,  dna  (const.  ti^~\p)  eunuch,  y'^'S^  terri- 
ble, Y''^:^  violent,  'f^^n  diligent,  or  shortened  to  Pattahh  before  n, 
§60.  1.  a  (4),  -liir.a  young  man  p\.  Ciirija .  Kamets  is  also  retained  in 
certain  V^  and  nb  derivatives  as  a  sort  of  compensation  for  the  reduction 
of  the  root  by  contraction  or  quiescence,  e.  g.  '{yo  shield  \>\.  C'^iS'o  and 
nib^ ,  71273  fortress  pi.  C"^:"^ ,  n-^b^  branch  pi.  ni'^bn  ,  ni^j  corner  pi.  ni'i'T  . 
Other  instances  of  its  retention  are  rare  and  exceptional,  1133  treacherous 
fem.  nnija ,  r-id  (const,  "sz'd)  ueek  pi.  c-^rrd  and  nii'Tii  but  du.  c-^yrr , 
la-'ba  •u-arr/or  pi.  Cffi-'PTr. 

b.  When  Kamets  following  a  doubled  letter  is  rejected,  and  Daghesh- 
forte  is  omitted  in  consequence,  §25,  the  antepenultimate  vowel  is  in  a  few 
instances  changed  from  HhiriU  to  Seghol,  §61.  5,  V'"";n  vision  ^\.  ni3i"'m, 
•(i-i-ySS  a  tenth  pi.  c^iibr ,  but  •,i'^3!  memorial  pi.  Pi3""=t . 

c.  Tsere  is  not  rejected  if  it  has  arisen  from  HhiriU  before  a  guttural 
in  a  form  which  properly  requires  Daghesh-fortc,  llSnn  for  ^'■;;in,  §  187. 1.6, 
dL'af\)\.  D''C~n ,  or  if  it  is  commonly  represented  by  "^ ,  §14.  r{,  rib'S  or 
P]bi3,  §186,  hammer  pi.  nisb"'3.  or  a  radical  "^  quiesces  in  it,  '|r"!«  or  "(HX 
(from  "(r;!,  hXS^^)  perennial  pi.  n-^ir-^x  or  n-^irx.  br-n  temple,  pi.  C'H^^n 
and  ni52-n,  ^'^yd^^_  av.d  r.'^y:i^7-eclitude,  C^rn-T  (from  ili  or  i"'))  proud. 
Other  cases  are  rare  and  exceptional,  e.  g.  cbbrx  Neh.  3  :  Si  feeble. 

d.  Hholem  is  almost  invariably  retained  in  tlie  penult,  yet  it  yield.s  to 
the  strong  tendency  to  abbreviation  in  the  following  trisyllables:  ir'ni^'l's 
Ashdoditcss])].  r-'iTrx  Neh.  13:23  K'ri  (K'lhibh  ni'^niTrs),  V.-'Zi^y  Am- 
vwnitess  pi.  ri'jss'id.  (K'thibh   PT'Si::?,    1  Kin.  11:   1  rriisT),  -p^s 


§»  211        GENDER  AND  NUMBER  OF  NOUNS.         239 

Sidonian  f.  pi.  ri^'^ns  where  long  Hhlrik  becomes  Tsere  before  concurrent 
consonants,  §61.  4. 

e.  When  the  penult  is  a  mixed  sj'llable  containing  a  short  vowel,  it  is 
ordinarily  not  subject  to  cluinge,  §58.2.  The  tendency  to  the  greatest 
possible  abbreviation  is  betrayed,  however,  in  a  few  examples  by  the  re- 
duction of  the  dipiuhongal  Seghol  to  Pattahh,  conip.  §60.3.6,  Vs'rx 
duster  pi.  ni^ib'Jx  Cant.  7  :  8.  r3"ip.  chariot  fern,  ^%'^y?^  pi.  niiS"^^  ,  T-'^y?. 
distance  pi.  n-iibn-i^  and  D-'p;n-n2,  or  of  Pattahh  to  the  briefest  oi"  the 
short  vowels  Hhirik,  comp.  §207.  2.  a.  nsr'bT  fury  pi.  n-isrbl  ,  i,h^_fork 
pi.  niibT^a,  §190.  a,  nn^::  dish  pi.  riinb:|j:  by  the  resolution  of  Daghesh- 
forte  for  nin^::,  §59.  a;  ~rix  for  ^ni<  other  has  in  the  plural  c"'"inx. ,  ni-in>?. 
as  if  from  inx ,  nbnj  coal  has  pi.  Ci^m  by  §63.  1. 

^211.  In  forming  tlie  plural  of  nouns,  which  have  a 
feminine  ending  in  the  singular,  the  latter  must  first  be 
om.itted  before  the  rules  already  given  are  appUed.  Thus, 
nib^'a  Idngdom  by  the  omission  of  the  feminine  ending  be- 
comes tj^Taia ,  hence,  by  §  207.  1,  its  plural  is  rrib'^^'a ;  so  ri5b^ 
qiieen  becomes  ^572 ,  and  by  §  208.  3.  its  plural  is  iniDbia ; 
nnaS!  ejpistle  becomes  'lax,  and  by  §207.1.  its  plural  is 
Sniiaj? .  As  precisely  the  same  changes  result  from  append- 
ing the  feminine  n^  and  the  pku'al  endings,  except  in  the 
single  case  of  Segholate  nouns  or  monosyllables  terminating 
in  concurrent  consonants,  §  208,  nouns  in  n^  become  plural 
with  no  further  change  than  that  of  their  termination;  only 
in  the  exceptional  case  referred  to  a  pretonic  Kamets  must 
be  inserted.  Nouns  in  ii ,  after  omitting  the  feminine  end- 
ing, are  liable  to  the  rejection  or  modification  of  the  vowel 
of  the  ultimate  in  forming  the  plural,  as  explained  §  207. 1.  c/. 
and  e.  On  the  other  hand,  as  the  dual  ending  is  not  substi- 
tuted for  that  of  the  feminine  singular,  but  added  to  it,  no 
such  omission  is  necessary  in  applying  the  rides  for  the 
formation  of  the  dual,  it  being  simply  necessary  to  observe 
that  the  old  ending  M^  takes  the  place  of  ir;^ ,  §202.  Thus 
r\\t  (nb^y)  year,  by  §210,  becomes  in  the  dual  D'^npii^  nb'n 
door,  by  §  208. 4,  du.  D"nb^  ,  nirriD  brass  du.  n:'PTrnD . 

a.  In  the  following  examples  a  radical,  which  has  been  rejected  from 
the  singular,  is  restored  in  the  plural,  nnx  (for  Hn^H)  maid-servant  pi. 


240  ETYMOLOGY.  §212-214 


riirn:x,  nrTS  (fiir  n^j^a  from   ni^)  portion  pi.   r.r:i3   and   riks^ ,   ci 
§208.  3.  f/,  r!^p  (for  nj^r?  ^''oiii  ^^?,)  p'-  f^'^'^h';  i'l   li'<^^  manner  ni'jS 
Zea^»es  is  referred  to  tlie  assumed  Kinofiilar  ri33.     nno  (niRQ)  governor 
has  in  the  i>lural  both  niiriD  (const,  ni'.np)  and  nins . 


comp. 
col- 


TiiE  Construct  State. 

§212.  When  one  noun  stands  in  a  relation  of  depend- 
ence on  another,  the  second  or  specifying  noun  is,  in  occi- 
dental languages,  put  in  the  genitive  case ;  in  Hebrew,  on  the 
other  hand,  the  second  noun  undergoes  no  change,  but  tlic 
first  is  put  into  what  is  commonly  called  the  construct  state 
(tjTCD  or  '^%'oz  supjwried).  A  noun  which  is  not  so  related 
to  a  fohowing  one  is  said  to  be  in  the  absolute  state  (l^72^''3 
cut  off).  Thus,  li"!  tcord  is  in  the  absolute  state ;  but  in  the 
expression  'n^'fen  nin  verhum  regis,  the  icord  of  the  hinrj,  "in* 
is  in  the  construct  state.  By  the  juxtaposition  of  the  two 
nouns  a  sort  of  compound  expression  is  formed,  and  the 
speaker  hastens  forward  from  the  first  ngun  to  the  second, 
which  is  necessary  to  complete  the  idea.  Hence  results  the 
abbreviation,  which  characterizes  the  construct  state. 

a.  The  term  absolute  state  was  introduced  by  Reuchlin;  he  called  the 
construct  the  slate  of  regimen. 

§213.  The  changes,  which  take  place  in  the  formation 
of  the  construct,  affect 

1 .  The  endings  for  gender  and  number. 

2.  The  final  syllable  of  nouns,  which  are  without  these 
endings. 

3.  The  syllable  preceding  the  accent. 

§  214.  The  following  changes  occur  in  the  endings  for 
gender  and  number,  viz. : 

1.  The  feminine  endinsj  n  is  chanj^cd  to  ri  r.riBtJ 
handmaid  const,  rinsp ;  the  ending  Ti  remains  unchanged, 
nn'atj'a  observance  const,  iri^tcu . 


I 


§215  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    OF   NOUNS.  241 

I 

a.  The  explanation  of  this  appears  to  be  that  the  construct  state  re- 
tains the  old  consonantal  ending  n_ ,  the  close  connection  with  the  follow- 
ing noun  preserving  it  as  if  in  the  centre  of  a  compound  word,  §55.  2.  c; 
whereas  in  the  isolation  of  the  absolute  state,  the  end  of  the  word  is  more 
liable  to  attrition  and  the  consonant  falls  away. 

b.  Some  nouns  in  rt^  preceded  by  Kamets  adopt  a  Se^holate  form  in 
the  construct,  J^i^^'?  kingdom  const.  HD^'p??  instead  of  nabttia,  §61.  1.6. 
nyirro  dominion  const,  nbuica ,  nixb^  work  const.  r\2Stb^  ,  rii3"ip,  chariot 
const',  n^s-io,  nn:j?  crown  const.  ri"ii)?. ,  nir!b_/?awe  const,  nanb,  fr^b?. 
ten  const,  nni?,  or  with  the  Seghols  changed  to  Pattahhs  under  the  influ- 
ence of  a  guttural,  nnDii-n/am%  const.  nHQira ,  tiy^'^ii  four  const,  ni's-nx ; 
60  f^^3T  Jig-cake  const,  nbi'n ;  n"rx  woman,  though  it  occurs  in  the  abso- 
lute, Deut.  21 :  11,  1  Sam.  28  :  7,  Ps.  58  :  9,  is  mostly  used  as  the  construct 
of  nt^x .  On  the  other  hand,  nan  botlle  has  in  the  construct  non  Gen. 
21 :  14  (the  accent  thrown  back  by  §35.  1)  as  if  from  n^n. 

2.  The  ending  C.  of  the  masculine  plural  and  D\  of  the 
dual  are  alike  changed  to  '^.. ,  D^^?  nations  const,  ''i?? ,  n??'^)? 
horns  const.  '^?';ij? ;  ni  of  the  feminine  plural  suffers  no  change 
tiiSp  voices  const,  ni^p . 

a.  The  compression  of  ?  to  e  regularly  takes  place  upon  its  being  fol- 
lowed by  concurrent  consonants,  §61.  4.  This  is  here  suggested  as  the 
explanation  of  the  change  of  vowel  in  the  plural.  It  results  from  the 
close  connection  of  the  construct  state,  which  as  it  were,  unites  the  two 
words  into  one  compound  term;  thus,  B'rna  houses  joined  to  r''Ta  hewn 
stone  would  become  r'iT5C"'Pi3,  and  by  the  dropping  of  the  nasal,  accord- 
ing to  §55.  2.6,  rr^TS  "^na  houses  of  hewji  stone.  Comp.  §199.  e.  In  the 
dual  the  final  nasal  is  likewise  rejected,  and  ay  combines  to  form  the  diph- 
thongal e,  §  57.  2  (5). 

h.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  vowel  ending  of  the  masculine  plural 
construct  is  added  to  feminine  nouns  ''ri^a  (the  accent  invariably  thrown 
back  by  §35.1),  commonly  in  the  K'thibh  "^mra  const,  of  niia  high- 
places,  •'niaxpTa  1  Sam.  2G:12;  this  takes  place  regularly  before  suf- 
fixes, §220.2."  " 

§215.  1.  In  a  mixed  final  syllable  Kamets  is  commonly 
shortened  to  Pattahh :  so  is  Tsere  when  preceded  by  Kamets ; 
other  vowels  remain  without  change,  '^'^  hand  const.  t!i  , 
niri-a  seat  const.  airii3,  ns^?  nech  const.  is«'!?,  ])??  o/^  const., 
1PI ,  3^  heart  const,  sb ,  niaa  mighty  ma7i  const,  lisa . 

a.  Kamets  remains  in  the  construct  of  ob^ix  porch,  -PS  writing,  iria. 
gift^  lb  cloud  (once  const,  ss  Ex.  19:9),  CaPQ  decree  and  n^  sea,  e.g. 
nbsri"c^  sea  of  salt,  except  in  the  phrase  vjlD  c^  sea  of  weed,  i.  e.  Red 
Sea;  -^n  mi7A;  becomes  -^Ii,  and  '|i^  white  "l^b  Gen.  49;  12  in  the  con- 
struct. 

16 


242  ETYMOLOGY.  §215 

6.  Tscre  remains  in  t-crt  Jive  const,  thn,  *,i^  jjuVe  const,  "(i'^,  nh^ 
breathing  const.  HD^ ,  Sjbs  /lee/  const,  -j^?, ,  in  the  rs  derivative  "i^a 
sA/e/f/  const.  *|5T3  and  in  bix  found  in  several  proper  names.  It  is  occa- 
sionally shortened  to  Seghol  before  Makkeph  in  bzx  mourning  const 
-brx  ,  T\b  lime  const,  ris,  Tj?  and  "ns,  ca  ?ia»ie  const,  ca,  "CO  and  "cd: 
•jS  so«,  wiiich  in  the  absolute  retains  Tsere  before  Makkeph,  Gen.  30:  19, 
Ezek.  IS:  10,  has  in  the  construct  *|3 ,  — |3  or  "'Z.  Tsere  is  shortened  to 
Pattaliii  in  a  few  cases  not  embraced  in  the  rule,  viz.:  )^_  nest  const,  "p, 
b'^'^  rod  const.  bjSTa  and  b;?^ ,  nix  Dcut.  32:28  pem/uHS"  const,  of  1=X , 
the  Kal  participles  of  Lamedh  guttural  verbs,  §  126.  1,  and  the  following 
nouns  with  prcfi.Ked  "0  in  several  of  which  a  preceding  Pattahh  is  likewise 
changed  to  Hhirik,  §  190.  a,  "li?.^  tithe  const,  li'^a  ,  ncD^  mourning  const. 
lEDia,  nnE?3  key  const,  nnso  and  nra^,  yz'^'o  lair  const.  "}'3"^p,  ni".!? 
clamour  const,  nnia ,  "i3"r^  matrix  const.  ^2'^'?  j  I^n^^  corruption  const. 
rin^!'?,  *!??!'?  «^/«''  const,  n?!^. 

c.  Hhoiem  is  shortened  to  Kamets-Hhatuph  before  Makkeph  in  the 
construct  of  monosyllables  from  yy  roots.  pTl  statute  const,  pn  and  "pn , 
rarely  in  other  words  -bna  Prov.  19  :  19,  Ps.  145 :  8,  Nah.  1 :  3  (in  the  last 
two  pas.sages  the  K'thibh  has  hr^J^),  ~ina  Job  17  :  10,  Prov.  22:  11,  ""i^JP 
Ex.  30  :  23,  "Uibd  Ex.  21:11;  this  becomes  Pattahh  before  the  guttural  in 
"Pl^a  for  i^ba  construct  of  tn-S  high,  bs  kOl  construct  of  Vs  all  occurs 
twice,  viz.  :  Ps.  33  :  10,  Prov.  19 :  7,  without  a  Makkeph  following,  §  19.  2.  a; 
it  must  not  be  confounded  with  bs  kal  Isa.  40:  12  he  comprehended  prct. 
ofbiii). 

(/.  The  termination  ''.  becomes  ''.  in  the  construct,  ^57.  2  (5),  *'"n 
enough  const,  '''n ,  "n  life  const.  T] . 

e.  Three  monosyllabic  nouns  Ibrm  the  construct  by  adding  a  vowel,  -X 
father  const.  3X  Gen.  17  :  4,  5,  elsewhere  ""ZX  ,  nx  6ro//ier  const.  "TiX  ,  5n 
friend  const,  ni;")  2  Sam.  15 :  37,  1  Kin.  4  :  5.  or  ni;"]  2  Sam.  16  :  16,  Prov. 
27  :]0  K'thibh.  These  may  be  relics  of  the  archaic  form  of  the  construct, 
§218,  or  the  monosyllables  may  be  abridged  from  nb  roots,  ^185.  2.  c. 

2.  In  a  simple  final  syllable  n..  is  changed  to  n_ ,  Tixa 
■s/ieep  const,  nib ,  ni^'h  shepherd  const.  ri?"i ,  tHis  field  const. 
•^li? ;  other  vowels  remain  michanged. 

a.  This  is  an  exception  to  the  general  law  of  shortening,  which  obtains 
in  the  construct.  It  has,  perhaps,  arisen  from  the  increased  emphasis 
thrown  upon  the  end  of  the  word,  as  the  voice  hastens  forward  to  that 
which  is  to  follow.  In  like  manner  the  brief  and  energetic  imperative 
ends  in  Tsere  in  nb  verbs,  while  the  future  has  Seghol,  ^  163.  c.  An 
analogous  fact  is  found  in  the  Sanskrit  vocative.  The  language  of  address 
calls  for  a  quick  and  enjphatic  utterance ;  and  this  end  is  sometimes  at- 
tained by  shortening  the  final  vowel,  and  sometimes  by  the  directly  oppo- 
site method  of  lengthening  it.     Bopp  Vergleich.  Grunmi.  §205. 

b.  HD  mouth  has  ''D  in  the  construct. 

c.  Nouns  ending  in  quiescent  X  preserve  their  final  vowel  unchanged 
in  the  construct,  N"]^_/ear/«5- const.  X^^)  '^v^  /tos<  const.  J<3S. 


^21G       THE  CONSTRUCT  STATE  OF  NOUNS.         243 

§316.  1.  Kamets  and  Tsere  are  commonly  rejected  from 
the  syllable  preceding  the  accent,  Dip's  place  const,  tiip^ , 
T\yd  year  const.  r.iiD ,  n''b'i'  years  const.  ''iiD,  ninisix  treas- 
ures Q.oTi^i.  mil  sis ,  '^Ty;  hands  const,  "'"t',  '2,'2))  heai't  const. 
lib ,  rran  ^yr«^/^  const,  riian . 

a.  Kamets  preceding  the  accented  syllable  is  retained  (I)  when  it  has 
arisen  from  Pattahh  before  a  guttural  in  consequence  of  the  omission  of 
Daghesh-forte,  cnn  (for  TlJ'^n)  workman  const.  C'ln,  lyno  (liJ'^Q)  horse- 
man const,  l^ns,  nanD  (nD'ns?)  tail  const.  fi3"iD,  rrnis  ('Tti^)  distress  const. 
nns;  (2)  in  words  from  l"?  and  "'S  roots,  D^ns  (from  ~iiy)  ci7?es  const,  ""n^, 
fxa  (from  Xia)  coming  const.  ''5<3;  (3)  under  a  prefixed  to  ^y  roots, 
T)Ca  (from  T|?0)  covering  const.  T|Oi3,  '5i3  (from  11 J)  shield  const.  'J'^, 
TiS'O  (from  W)  fortress  const,  tli'^a;  (4)  in  nb  derivatives  of  the  form 
wVa  (from  ny^)  e.r(7e  const,  n^iba,  nisn  meditation  const,  r^isrr.  (5)  in  the 
construct  dual  and  plural  of  triliteral  monosyllables  or  Segholates  from 
Kb  and  H'i>  roots,  D';'';nb  (from  •^nb)  c/ieeA-s  const.  ''^T}\,  C'^?^?  (from  "'na) 
A'/cZs  const. ''■;^3 ,  C'X^n  (from  S<«n)  sms  const,  "^x^n  ;  (6)  in  the  follow- 
ing nouns  in  most  of  which  it  stands  immediately  before  or  after  a  guttural, 
§60.  3.  c,  n^X  curse,  nn?ia  cave,  "^Vr^  conduit,  and  the  plurals,  "'xni'n , 
iqin,  "^ss-ip  Y.ev.  7:38,'^NSXS,  '^^:i'iV,  "'C^i^,  ''l;^!?,  -^Wyq  2  Kin.  12:8, 
inb^ia  Ezek.V:9,  ''^^^,'0  Job'34:25i'  "'X'^p^',  '"i^ry/Eccles'.  9:  1,  "^i'^in . 

6.  Tsere  is  retained  in  words  in  which  it  is  commonly  represented  by 
the  vowel-letter  '',  or  has  "^  quiescing  in  it,  bb'^H  temple  const,  ba'^n,  and 
in  addition  in  the  following,  D^iis  crib  const.  G^iix  ,  so  liTS  girdle,  "jlbn 
thread,  ^^z":  foreign  land  const.  "~i?3 ,  ^^r-^.,  ^oss  const.  Pnax,  so  M-EN:.  Isa. 
58:10  darkness,  nina  pool,  nasa  Ex.' 22: 2  theft,  riEST?  plague^  r\hi^7vQ 
overthrow,  i-i'^D'^  Gen.  id  :  5  sword,  n:ST3  molten-image,  •^'^'^''^  Job  16:13 
gall,  n:b"i?.  heap,  nxs  excrement,  njxn  Jig-tree,  nr'n"ir)  cZeep  sZeep.  and  the 
plurals  ''^as  mourning  from  D">"!3ax  ('3X),  so  "'^sn^  desiring,  ":ii;7  sZeep- 
J720-J  •'n'ab  and  """n^iy  rejoicing,  ''nsd  forgetting,  "'ixT  wolves  from  C^axT 
(axt) ;  C^ya"^  weary  becomes  "^S^S"?  in  the  construct,  and  C^^bQ  escaped 
itt'>bQ  . 

c.  Hholem  is  rejected  from  the  syllable  before  the  accent  in  riij^'ix 
const,  pi.  of  "(ioix  palace,  nibsris  and  n''i=3Trx  const,  pi.  of  Vscx  cluster, 
inisn  Cant.  4:5  and  ''ixn  Cant.  7:4  iwrn-s,  ""nra  from  ni^a  high- 
places,  see  §214.  2.  6;  it  is  changed  to  u  in  '^.?^i?a  from  d"'3'3l2^  treasures, 
comp.  §88. 

d.  Medial  Vav  and  Yodh.  though  they  may  retain  their  consonantal 
power  in  the  absolute,  quiesce  in  Hholem  and  Tsere  in  the  construct,  T\)P} 
midst  const.  Tjiri,  f^iibp  cup.<!  const,  nibp,  n';'2  house  const,  r'^a.  nia^s 
fountains  const  nirs,  k";'?  valley  const.  N"^; ,  pi.  ri"i'i<a  ,  §208.  3.  c,  const. 
nix"'a  Ezek.  35:8.  Exceptions  are  rare,  bis  (according  to  Kimchi  b")?) 
Ezek.  28:18  iniquity,  '^i'^'^'O  Prov.  19:13  contentions  "is^s  neck  const. 
IS^S  and  •'nxiis . 

e.  A  few  nouns  of  the  forms  blip ,  bbp ,  bap  have  bttp  or  bap  in  the 
construct  instead  of  bap),  §61.  1.  6,  "I'^a  wall  const.  "Tia,  bja  robbery  const. 


244  ETYMOLOGY.  ^21G 

bTjj'T)'!)''  ihiirh  const.  T^'^i},  lis  heavy  const.  152  and  *i?3 ,  trs  sJioulder 
coiLst.  "PS,  ",ir5  swo/i-e  const.  •j'CiS  and  "lO!?,  »ba  su/e  const,  ybk  and  sbi; 
TJIX  /""i'  is  only  found  in  the  construct,  the  corresponding  absolute  was 
probuljiy  T)"iX;  2:ni3  helmet  simply  pliil'ts  its  accent  in  the  construct,  rais. 
On  the  other  hand,  while  most  Soghohite  nouns  sufFcr  no  change  in  the 
construct,  a  few  adopt  the  form  V::;? ,  nnfi  chamber  const,  "inn,  rn|t.  seed 
const,  once  "J'l^  Num.  11:7  elsewhere  5"i^  ,  5^3  7)/rt?j^  const.  yL;3 .  I5d 
/tB^ew  const.  "iSiy ,  ^aa  seven  const.  52'>y,  SUSn  m"«e  const.  -CFi ;  in  like 
manner  bsn  vanity  const,  ban. . 

2.  When  this  rejection  occasions  an  inadmissible  concur- 
rence of  voAvelless  consonants  at  the  beginning  of  a  syllable, 
§01.1,  it  is  remedied  by  inserting  a  short  vowel  between 
them,  commonly  Hhirik,  unless  it  is  modified  by  the  presence 
of  gutturals,  bibi>  iinlding  const,  bstbi*  for  ^ibs ,  D'inn'i  words 
const.  "''Il^'n  for  "''n^n ,  np'^ii:  rif/hteousness  const,  t^.j^'is  ,  pi. 
nip'is  const,  ^'ip'7^,  n-bna  ^^^^  const.  fr^Sv^s,  C3"^i?3n  toise 
const,  "'"bpn .  In  the  construct  plural  and  dual  of  Segholates, 
however,  the  vowel  is  frequently  regulated  by  the  character- 
istic vowel  of  the  singular  which  has  been  dropped,  comp. 
§208.2,  trh)-q  from  l^iq  (^r^)  Icin(;/s  const,  ''ib^a,  d-^-jn-D 
(•jnr)  tribes  const,  ''ti^ii?,  t^ii'na  {y<i)  tUresldng-jloors  const. 
nii'ia,  niEnn  (nfe'in)  reproacJies  const,  tnis'in,  cnb^  (nb'i 
or  r^r •! )  folding  doors  const.  ''fD r!l ,  yet  not  invariably  tD^'iro 
(b?iD)  /land/ids  const  ^1??t?  ,  ^ipizJ  i'/wy/i  (pi.  ninpTT)  const. 
ninpT2J. 

a.  When  in  the  construct  plural  the  introduction  of  a  new  vowel  is 
demanded  by  the  concurrence  of  consonants,  the  syllable  so  formed  is  an 
intermediate  one,  so  that  the  following  ShVa  is  vocal,  and  the  next  letter, 
if  an  aspirate,  does  not  receive  Daghesh-lene,.  thus,  •'nb'^,  "^rbia ,  ninb'n, 
m'ain  not  I'nb"'.  ■'bbo ,  rinbl],  ni'^n,  §22.^.3.  Exceptions  are  infre- 
quent", as  nticiii  Deut.'S:  17,  ^on  Lam.  3:22  but  ^non  Ps.  89:  2,  riD-,n 
Ps.  09:10,  ^cna  Ezek.  17:9,  '^DDS  Gen.  42:25,  35,  ^203  Lev.  23:18, 
-I'Jir:!  Isa.  5  :  lb,  nnt"]?  Neh.  4:7,  "^Biri  Cant.  8  :  6  but  "'tt^-}  Ps.  76  :  4.  In 
a  few  instances  Dughcsh-forte  separative  is  inserted  to  indicate  more  dis- 
tinctly the  vocal  nature  of  the  Sh'va,  §24.  5,  "^ir^n  Isa.  57:6,  I'iss  Lev. 
25:5,  -"ias  Isa.  58:3,  ''b.pv  Gen.  49:17,  ri-:;?5  Ps.  89:  52,  Piii^'i?  Prov. 
27  :  25,  or  compound  Sh'va  is  taken  instead  of  simple  for  the  same  reason, 
Pif.pq  Gen.  30  :  38.  The  presence  or  absence  of  Daghesh-lene  in  the 
dual  construct  depends  upon  the  form  of  the  absolute,  thus  •'PEb  from 
n-^rsq  lips  but  "^r'^a  from  C^ana  knees.  When  the  concurring  con- 
sonants belong  to  different  syllables  a  new  vowel  is  not  needed  between 


§217  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    OF    NOUNS.  245 

them ;  one  is  sometimes  inserted,  however,  after  a  guttural,  ''itSO , 
rii-isa  but  niirna.  In  the  opinion  of  Ewald  ''VU'71?^  Ezek.  7:24  is  for 
•'ir^p^i  from  D-'izf'ripri ,  and  riJ^JfJa  Ex.  26:23,  36:28  for  nr^pa ;  they 
may  be  better  explained,  however,  as  Piel  and  Pual  participles. 

b.  The  second  syllable  before  the  accent  rarely  undergoes  any  change. 
In  a  very  few  instances  Seghol  becomes  Hhirik  or  Pattahh,  the  pure 
vowels  being  reckoned  shorter  than  the  diphthongal,  comp.  §210.  e. 
ri23"ia  chariot  const.  naS'^B.  The  changes  in  'n'^'rh^  Jlame  const,  riahb 
pi.  nianb  const,  ninni ,  Cr"!;,?  ^oa/s  const,  "^bna  are  due  to  the  influence 
of  the  proximate  vowels,  §63.  1;  those  in  '(i^jn  vision  const.  '(T'Tn ,  pins 
coals  const.  ty'iT\'2  are  consequent  upon  the  dropping  of  Daghesh-forte, 
§61.  5;  that  in  cbnN  (from  i'l^x)  tents  const,  "'.^•"l?  arises  from  the  con- 
version of  a  simple  into  an  intermediate  syllable,  §59. 

§217.  The  following  table  of  the  declension  of  nouns 
will  sufficiently  exempUfy  the  rules  which  have  been  given. 

a.  The  left-hand  page  is  occupied  by  masculine  nouns  and  the  right- 
hand  by  feminine,  the  latter  being,  with  few  exceptions,  derived  from  the 
former,  or  preserving,  as  in  y^  tik? ,  "lin  nnin  an  outward  correspondence 
though  the  roots  are  different.  There  is  thus  shown  the  formation  of  the 
feminine  from  the  masculine,  as  well  as  that  of  the  plural  from  the  singu- 
lar and  the  construct  from  the  absolute  of  both  numbers  and  genders.  A 
few  examples  are  added  of  the  formation  of  the  dual  and  of  the  inflections 
of  adjectives  and  participles.  The  Piel  and  Hithpael  participles  follow 
the  analogy  of  the  Kal ;  the  Niphal  is  followed  by  the  Pual,  Hophal,  and 
Hiphil.  the  last  of  which  has  in  the  sing.  fern,  nbiap^g  or  nbijpTa  and  in 
the  plural  n-'BiajDa ,  ni^-'BI^ia . 


Declension 

t 

SiNGULAB. 

Plubal. 

Ahsol. 

Constr. 

J  Sao?. 

Constr. 

Garden. 

1^ 

"l^ 

Q-rs 

^?J 

Fish. 

T 

^i 

•    T 

'^? 

Guard. 

r    ;    • 

H^rn 

1 

•   T    :    • 

^■n'rca 

Vengeance. 

^ti} 

Djbp 

^"rl?? 

ini? 

Cloud. 

Pr 

)^? 

•  T  -; 

^3:y 

Heart. 

3nb 

T  •• 

lib 

D-nib 

•  T  : 

^izb 

Flower. 

Y^ 

D-ri? 

•iip 

Tree. 

y? 

D-i:? 

'^? 

Wall. 

nil* 

••  T 

"1^? 

or  ^"5 

t3'i"i» 

"^7? 

Suckling. 

pbr 

pbr 

^'^t: 

^VT^: 

Interpreter. 

T'i'^ 

T-^ 

D-i-ba 

^i-b-j 

Statute. 

1'" 

pH 

D'pn 

^i^- 

Turtle-dove 

niFi 

"lin 

D-ih 

'^n'r 

Memorial. 

"(inST 

i^i'"^?? 

^;h::7 

King. 

n*-"'-! 
^^■'i 

^^ 

D^5b-j 

•  T    ; 

^^^ 

Hiding-place.      "iriC 

nno 

•    T   ; 

"ill?? 

Strength. 

fiiii 

D^5 

•   T  t; 

Death. 

V    T 

ni-j 

D-ni-j 

^nr^ 

Hebrew. 

^nn? 

"^^^    D^ 

^"115  or  D^nn:? 

'"^"'23' 

Appearance 

•     nJ$TJ 

»^^7^ 

D"^?"^ 

^2!<T= 

SlXOrLAR. 

Dual. 

Plural. 

<4J«oZ.         Constr. 

Ahsol. 

Co?is<r. 

^JsoZ. 

Constr. 

Palm. 

^r- 

tD.-BS 

'£3 

niE3 

niBS 

Hand. 

T 

1: 

•    — T 

^T 

nir 

T 

r.iV 

Wing. 

N?? 

J^=? 

°r??? 

"2:5 

T  : 

nis:3 

Tooth. 

1^ 

1^' 

D"3U3 

nvj 

Foot. 

'5J 

b^n 

or^?"] 

^b::i 

•  T  : 

Ear. 

13^ 

i3^ 

D:37S 

^?./^ 

Eye. 

ir? 

"'?■ 

C3:r? 

^5"? 

T  -: 

r.ir? 

Lip.            J 

T     T 

riioj 

•  —  T    : 

"r^?'^ 

T    ; 

nihsiz) 

246 


OF  Nouns. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

Absol. 

Constr. 

Alsol. 

Constr. 

Garden. 

T  — 

njs 

nih 

niia 

Fish  (collective 

.)       r'A 

ni^ 

r 

tnii";! 

Observance. 

^t'9"^"^      ^ 

"'v*?^*^ 

r    :     • 

nin:f^:j 

Ven^ance. 

t't: 

J^'^p? 

niiipa 

ni7ip3 

Cloud  (collective.)      tlD^IJ^ 

f^i?? 

T  -: 

ni::? 

Sin. 

T    — 

nj<^n 

T   "• 

mj^iin 

Flower. 

r;k? 

Tki 

r\ik? 

nik? 

Counsel. 

T  •• 

^V., 

nii:? 

nfe 

Wall. 

nnia 

"^TT^ 

ninna 

ninna 

Sucker. 

t'l^r" 

^:>V^ 

riijbp"; 

mipfl; 

Poem. 

T    •    : 

^^'b/j 

niis-b-J 

nii:-b/j 

Statute. 

npn 

ngn 

nipn 

ni|5n 

Law. 

nnin 

ninin 

ninin 

Skull. 

r^babii 

t^baba 

nib^ba 

iiibaba 

Queen. 

n^bia 

T  :   — 

^i^"^ 

niiba 

T^2 

Hiding-place. 

T  :  • 

nnnp 

ninno 

ninnp 

Strength. 

T   :  T 

—  :  T 

T  t: 

Kingdom. 

wib-j 

n^ib:j 

ni^Db'^ 

ni^DbTj 

Hebrew- woman.      tl^'TllI? 

n^nn:^ 

ny^'-n's 

ni^-pn:^ 

Yision. 

T  :  — 

n.^n:j 

mikn/j 

ni^^n^j 

Adjectives    anb    Paeticiples. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

Masc.            Fern. 

ITas^*. 

Fern. 

Kany. 

in      nn^ 

Q^i^ 

Jniin 

Small. 

1^1?     ^1^1? 

t]^it:p 

rii3t2p 

Heavy. 

••  T                  T  ••  : 

t3'"7n!) 

ni-ins) 

Great. 

bii-i     nb'ii-* 

T                 T        : 

D^b'iia 

Wbii^ 

Deep. 

P^?           ^]^t?! 

t3"|?'r? 

nipr? 

Kal  act.  part. 

bpp     iibbj^ 

or  nbibp 

Q^bbp 

nibtpfp 

Kal  pass.  part. 

b^t2p    r;b'^t:p 

d^b'^tip 

nib^t:p 

Niphal  part. 

bcp!!      nblipD 

T  1;  •                T  T  >:  • 

or  ^bt:pp 

tJ'^'^P? 

t':  . 

247 


248  ETYMOLOGY.  §218,219 


Paragogic  Vowels. 

§218.  The  termination  "'.  or  i  is  sometimes  added  to 
nouns  in  tlic  construct  singular,  §G1.  G,  "'ba  Gen.  49  :  11  for 
•ja,  ^nxbia  Isa.  1  :  21  for  nxb^,  '^nsn  Lam.  1  : 1  for  ran, 
-ip^BCig  Ps.  113  :G  for  b^BCi? ,  in^n  Gen.  1:24  for  n^n. 
This  occurs  chiefly  in  poetry  and  is  regarded  as  an  archaism. 
These  vowels  for  the  most  part  receive  the  accent,  and  com- 
monly occasion  the  rejection  of  Pattahh  or  Tsere  fi:om  the 
ultimate. 

a.  Examples  of  this  antique  formation  of  the  construct  are  likewise 
preserved  in  propernamcs,  as  p"i:j"''3^T3  Melchizedek,  nbciria  Methuselah. 
Respecting  the  origin  of  these  vowel  endings,  see  §  19S.  a  (4). 

§219.  1.  The  unaccented  vowel  n^  added  to  nouns  in- 
dicates motion  or  direction  towards  a  place,  rciss  northward, 
naSD  southward,  Tsiy^izi^  heavemcard,  J^^i^an  to  the  house, 
oLKovZe,  nnnn  to  the  mountain,  whence  it  is  called  He  directive 
or  He  local.  The  subsidiary  vowel  of  Segholates  is  rejected 
before  this  ending,  §CG.  2  (1),  but  other  vowels  arc  mostly 
unaffected,  n:-iH  from  X)^ ,  n:2-is  from  t')« ,  '^i^T^  fi'om  "^a^TS , 
inns'itt  1  Kin.  19  :  15  from  the  construct  state  'lii'Ta. 

a.  He  directive  is  appended  to  the  adverb  ob  iherc^  n?3ia  thither,  and 
to  the  adjective  ^"^^n  profane  in  the  peculiar  phrase  n^^r'7  ad  profamim 
i.e.  be  it  far  from,  etc.  It  is  rarely  used  to  indicate  relations  of  time, 
no''i;j  D"'BJ^  1  Sam.  1  :  3  from  days  to  days  i.  e.  yearly,  nna^'ba  Ezek. 
21 :  19  for  the  third  time,  •"in?  now  prop,  at  (this)  time.  For  the  sake  of 
greater  force  and  definiteness  a  preposition  denoting  direction  is  some- 
times prefixed  to  words,  which  receive  this  ending,  so  that  the  latter 
becomes  in  a  measure  superfluous,  M^ysb  upwards.  Ma^*5  downivards, 
nnnta^  2  Chron.  31 :  14  to  the  east,  nbixol?  Ps.  9:  IS  fo  Sheol.  comp.  urrb 
fiaKpoSev. 

b.  The  ending  if^  rarely  receives  the  accent  Mn-tM  Deut.  4:41;  in 
Cnx.  i^,5'\J3  it  receives  in  some  editions  an  alternate  accent,  §42.  a,  in 
others  the  secondary  accent  Methegh,  §33. 1.  a.  In  ir^n  Gen,  14:  10  and 
nj^O  a  is  changed  toe  before  this  ending,  §63.  1,  in  nan'n  Ezek.  25:  13, 
nsb  I  Sam.  21:2  the  vowel  of  the  ending  is  itself  changed  to  e. 

c.  He  directive  is  probably  to  be  traced  to  the  same  origin  with 
the  definite  article  n,  whose  demonstrative  force  it  shares.     The  syl- 


§220  NOUNS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  249 

lable  H  is  prefixed  to  a  noun  to  single  out  a  particular  thing  from  all 
others  of  like  kind  as  the  object  of  attention.  Appended  to  a  word  its 
weak  guttural  would  be  rejected  and  its  vowel  prolonged  to  n, ,  §53.3; 
and  in  this  form  it  is  added  to  nouns  to  point  out  the  object  or  direction  of 
motion,  and  to  verbs  to  indicate  the  object  of  desire,  §97.  1.  In  Chaldee 
this  appended  vowel  forms  what  is  called  the  emphatic  state,  and  has  the 
sense  of  the  definite  article,  T|^i  king,  •^S^'?  or  6<2^'?  the  king. 

2.  Paragogic  n^  is  sometimes  appended  to  nomis,  par- 
ticularly in  poetry,  for  the  purpose  of  softening  the  termina- 
tion without  affecting  the  sense,  §  Gl.  6. 


Nouns  with  Suffixes. 

§  220.  The  pronominal  suffixes,  whose  forms  are  given 
§72,  are  appended  to  nouns  in  the  sense  of  possessive  pro- 
nouns, ^)  hand,  ^^^  my  hand,  etc.  They  suffer,  in  conse- 
quence, the  following  changes,  viz  : 

1 .  Of  the  suffixes,  which  begin  with  a  consonant,  '^ ,  DD , 
■J^  of  the  second  person  are  connected  with  nouns  in  the  sin- 
gular by  a  vocal  Sh'va,  13  of  the  first  person  plural  and  ^ 
of  the  second  fem.  singular  by  Tsere,  and  in ,  n ,  D ,  "j  of 
the  third  person  by  Kamets ;  in^  is  invariably  contracted  to 
i,  rarely  written  rr,  §G2. 1,  and  n^  to  f^, ,   §101.2. 

a.  There  is  one  example  of  a  noun  in  the  construct  before  the  full  form 
of  the  pronoun,  N-'h  "'b^  her  days  Nah.  2:9. 

b.  First  person:  >13  is  in  a  kw  instances  preceded  by  Kamets,  !i:ni"]ri 
Ruth  3  : 2,  !i3a^p  Job  22 :  20. 

Second  person.  The  final  vowel  of  ^  is  occasionally  expressed  by  the 
vowel  letter  n,  nil;;  Ex.  13  :  16,  ni^auJa  Jer.  29:25.  In  pause  the  Sh'va 
beibre  ?]  becomes  Seghol,  §65,  tVi'n^s  Gen.  33:5,  sf^^S?  Ps.  139:5,  or 
Kamets  may  be  inserted  as  a  connecting  vowel,  particularly  after  nouns 
in  n  ,  whereupon  the  final  Kamets  is  dropped  to  prevent  the  recurrence 
of  like  sounds,  Tj5n  Ps.  53:6.  In  the  feminine  the  connecting  vowel  e 
is  rarely  written  "^ ,  Tpr}^^^  Ezck.  5:  12;  ''.,  which  belongs  to  the  full 
form  of  the  pronoun,  §71.  a  (2),  is  sometimes  added  1o  the  suffix,  ''5^2^);! 
Jer.  11:15,  "'SDina  Ps.  116: 19,  •^:s''ti  2  Kin.  4:7  K'thibh,  where  the  K'n 
has  T|1]^"r .  Sometimes  the  distinction  of  gender  is  neglected  in  the  plural 
and  C3  is  used  in  place  of  the  feminine  '?,  oiiSX  Gen.  31:9,  oi^lX, 
Cs'^n'pa  Jer.  9: 19;  n^  is  sometimes  added  to  the  feminine  suffix  as  to  the 
full  pronoun,  njinst  Ezek.  23:49. 


250  ETYMOLOGY.  §220 

Third  person.  Tlie  connecting  vowel  before  in  and  n  is  ocraBionally 
e,  siri:/rl3  Gen.  1:12.  incib^D  Judtr.  >':21,  inib  Nali.  1:13,  sinnix  Job 
25:i{.  HO  in?"}  from  ?")  and  I'lyn'O  from  ?^i"2  and  frequently  with  nouns  in 
n„,  ^■^^c-lO  and  nx"!^  from  nxiT?.  iinyj  from  nnb,  win;?,  ins;?;  e  does 
not  occur  before  the  plural  D  unless  it  is  represented  by  the  vowel-letter 

1  in  CTin^Ta  2  Chron.  34:5  K'thibh.  where  the  K'ri  has  cninaTrJ ;  it  is 
once  found  in  the  fern,  plural  n:2"ip  Gen.  41:21.  The  form  n'  in  the 
masc.  sing,  is  commonly  reckoned  an  archaism.  n5nj^  Gen.  12:8,  nn^ts 
Ps.  42:9.  nSs  Jer.  2:21.  so  several  titnes  in  the  K'thibh  nT«J,  nn^O  Gen. 
49:11,   nnxian   Ex.  22:4,  nnxXD  Ex.  22:26,  n=o:   Lev.  23:13.  nu:bd 

2  Kin.  9:25,  nnxizn  Ezek.  48:  18,  where  the  K'ri  in  each  instance  sub- 
stitutes "i.  In  a  few  instances  the  consonant  is  rejected  from  the  femi- 
nine, n  being  retained  simply  as  a  vowel-letter;  where  this  occurs  it  is 
commonly  indicated  in  modern  editions  of  the  Bible  by  Raphe,  fT^?'>U  Lev. 
13:4,  hx:;n  Num.  15:28,  or  by  a  Masoretic  note  in  the  margin,  n::rx 
Isa.  23:17.  18  for  Pibns ;  once  X  is  substituted  for  n,  k^s  Ezek.  36: 5. 
The  longer  forms  of  the  plural  suffixes  en,  *,n  are  rarely  affixed  to  nouns 
in  the  singular,  inrisls  Gen.  21:28,  'ins^ri  Ezek.  13:17,  '(nriruJ  Ezek. 
16:53,  or  with  the  connecting  vowel  Kamets,  cnfe3  2  Sam.  23:6,  or  with 
n  appended,  T\ir<i3  1  Kin.  7:37.  nsnz-n  Ezek.  16:53.  The  vowel  n  is 
also  sometimes  added  to  the  briefer  Ibrm  of  the  fem.  plural,  nnrb  Gen. 

ji  •«  '        I  »  -  : 

21:29,  n:33  Gen.  42:36.  The  distinction  of  gender  is  sometimes  ne- 
glected in  tiie  plural,  D  or  cn  being  used  for  the  feminine,  Ci!3  Cant. 
4:2,  6:6  for  '1^3,  cnin-:  Job  1 :  14  for  'hp^P^. 

c.  The  nouns  -X  father,  nx  brother,  ns  vionlh  take  the  ending  "^  be- 
fore suffixes,  as  they  do  likewise  in  the  construct  state,  ~("i?x.  C3"':x  ;  i  of 
the  first  person  coalesces  with  this  vowel,  "'is,  ^nx,  "D  and  in  of  the 
third  person,  commonly  becomes  1  §G2.  2,  1''C?X,  ITiX ,  TQ  more  frequent 
than  inihx,  in^nx,  iniQ .  In  ra  Zeph.  2:9  the  vowel-letter  "^  of  the 
first  person  suffix  is  dropped  after  the  final  "^  of  the  noun. 

2.  The  masculine  plural  termination  D"'.  and  the  dual 
D"'  are  changed  to  "^  before  suffixes  as  in  the  construct  state  : 
the  same  vowel  is  likewise  inserted  as  a  connective  between 
suffixes  and  feminine  plural  nouns,  §214.  2.b.  This  "'^  re- 
mains unchanged  before  the  plural  suffixes ;  but  before  Tj  the 
second  masc.  singular  and  n  third  fem.  singular  it  becomes 
"•.. ,  and  before  the  remaining  suffixes  the  diphthongal  vowel 
is  resolved  into  ^, ,  which  combined  with  ">.  the  first  singular 
forms  •'. ,  with  tj  the  second  feminine  ^?. ,  and  with  ^n  the 
third  masculine  T'^ ,   §02.2. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  suffixes  are  appended  to  feminine  plurals 
without  the  vowel  \  or  its  modifications,  ''rbntn  2  Kin.  6:8  for  "^rrrn , 
•"nns  Ps.  132: 12  for  ^nn?,  'rf\^-q  Deuf.  28:59  for  ?lV3a,  Tibrnx  Ezek. 


§221 


NOUNS    AVITH    SUFFIXES. 


251 


16 :  52  for  ""^nrnx ,  dni^S:  and  cn^nins:^ ,  crhix  Ps.  74 : 4,  cnxisn  ,  tin-in-nri , 
chinaT^,  crbs^.  On  the  other  hand,  suffixes  proper  to  plural  nouns  are 
occasionally  appended  to  feminine  nouns  in  the  s^ingular,  perhaps  to  indi- 
cate that  they  are  used  in  a  plural  or  collective  sense,  T'nc^ri  Lev.  5:  24, 
VT-'htnn  Ps.  9:15,  rpnxsb  Ezek.  35:11,  Tr^:i'J  Isa.  47:13.' 

6.  The  vowel-letter  ">  is  not  infrequently  omitted  after  plural  and  dual 
nouns,  r^y-}"^  Ex.  33:13  for  "fi?^'^ ,  oin^  Ps.  134:2  for  ciin^,  in-itt  Ex. 
32:19  K't'hibh  (K'ri  •1^'7^'a),  nn-ii'  ]  Sam.  18:22  K'thibh  (K'ri  ■^'7=?.), 
chilis  Gen.  10:5  for  DH'^^'ia,  "nnbn  Gen.  4:4  for  •,h''abn . 

c.  Second  person.  The  vowel  ^__  remains  unchanged  before  the  fern, 
sing.  Tj  in  ~"'^'^N  Eccl.  10 :  17  and  with  n.  appended  :  nspxbia  Nah.  2:14. 
Sometimes,  as  in  the  full  pronoun,  "'.  is  appended  to  the  fem.  sing.  .«uffix 
and  n^  to  the  plural,  :  ■^i^ijlbnn  Ps.  103:3,  :'^3'^*n  ver.  4,  njiirinps 
Ezek.'l3:20. 

Third  person.  The  uncontracted  form  of  the  masc.  sing,  in"',  occurs 
in  !in-'ni3j  Nah.  2:4  for  l"^73a,  sinin^  Hab.  3:10,  sin-^r?  Job  24:23; 
ehu  =  aihu  by  transposition  of  the  vowels  becomes  auhi  =  vhl  ■'Hi  which 
is  found  once  TiibTOSn  Ps.  116: 12,  and  is  the  ordinary  form  of  this  suffix 
in  Chaldee.  The  final  a  of  the  fem.  sing,  is  once  represented  by  X, 
Nfi'f^TlS  Ezek.  41:  15.  In  a  few  instances  n^  is  appended  to  the  plural 
of  either  gender,  n«n"'^i<  Ezek.  40:16,  •"'Sn'^r*:?  Ezek.  1:11,  and  "i  to 
the  abbreviated  masc.  Q,  i^'^n^X  Deut.  32  :'37,  'i»"'nnt  ver.  38,  iaiQS  Job 
27:23.  ii^SQ  Ps.  11:7. 

3.  The  suffixes  thus  modified  are  as  follows,  viz.  : 


Appended  to  singulae. 

Ic.    2  VI.    2/   3  m,    3/ 
Sing.  Nouns       ^^     ^       ^        i     n 


Dual  and 
Plur.  Nouns 


PLURAL. 

Ic. 

2  7)'.     2/ 

3  m 

il3 

DS      p 

D 

3/. 


^r    05^  "li^  urr 


§  221.  Certain  changes  likewise  take  place  in  nouns  re- 
ceiving suffixes,  which  arise  from  the  disposition  to  shorten 
words,  which  are  increased  at  the  end,  ^66. 1.  These  are 
as  follows,  viz. : 

1.  The  grave  suffixes,  §72,  Dd,  "iS,  on,  in  shorten  the 
nouns,  to  which  they  are  attached,  to  the  greatest  possible 
extent.  Before  them,  therefore,  nouns  of  both  genders  and 
all  numbers  take  the  form  of  the  construct,  ii^  /leart,  oi^?^ 
i/our  heart,  lO^?!?  thoir  hearts;  rsto  U^)  du.  Dn'^0?'^  pi. 
ob-^ninsto  their  lips. 

a.  Cn  6/oocZ  becomes  cbr*:!  and  "i^  hmid  cb^"!. 


252  ETYMOLOGY.  §221 

2.  Feminine  nouns,  both  singular  and  plural,  take  the 
construct  form  before  the  light  suffixes  hkewise,  with  the  ex- 
ception that  in  the  singular  the  ending  ri_  becomes  ri^  in 
consequence  of  the  change  from  a  mixed  to  a  simple  syllable, 
§  59,  nsb  Uj),  inEU)  Us  lij),  onsb  ihdr  Uj),  '&f^^^;^  thi/  Ujjs, 
I'^niPBU)  Jiis  lips. 

a.  If  the  construct  lias  a  Scgholate  form  it  will  experience  the  change 
indicated  in  5,  n^d^ti  const,  nbc^^  suf.  'iPiblT'S'a  .  If  two  consonants 
have  coalesced  in  the  final  letter,  it  will  receive  Daghesh-fortc  agreeably 
to  6,  iP3  from  rs ,  in^X  from  nrj<,  :r,nr30  1  Sam.  IG:  15  from  the  fern, 
of  rvsz-q  ,  §  205.  b. 

h.  In  a  few  exceptional  instances  the  absolute  form  is  preserved  before 
sufTi.xes,  "^nb^j  Isa.  26:19  from  nH=3  but  ?"(r^=?,  inb^j;  ■'rc;;  Cant.  2:10 
from  nb^  const.  V.t') ;  so  "'rbx ,  I'^nnna  ,  'i""r^J]*J ,  ob'^ni'sd  but  const. 
ninq,  comp.  ch"':;^  const.  '^S'o. 

3.  jNIasculine  nouns,  both  singular  and  plural,  on  receiv- 
ing lidit  suffixes  take  the  form  which  thcv  assume  before  the 
absolute  plural  termination,  ai?  heart,  ''is'p  mi/  heart,  ^l^nb 
thi/  heart,  "^'"^k^,  our  hearts. 

a.  Tscre  in  the  ultimate  is  shortened  to  Hhirik  or  Seghol  before  ?j, 
C3,  "3,  e.  g.  r,33,  nii:;:;;?^,  D=b^^,  or  with  a  guttural  to  Pattahh,  ^nnij , 
cbbsa,  though  with  occasional  exceptions,  'ri^52S  Isa.  22:21,  5)i!!ba 
1  Sam.  21:3,  TjXDS  from  NE3.  Before  other  suffixes  it  is  rejected  from 
some  monosyllables,  which  retain  it  in  the  plural,  iil'd  from  Cia  plur. 
niaiy,  133  from  ',3  plur.  D-'is  but  ''^a ,  fjra ,  -^b-^,  Tjr^^. 

4.  Dual  nouns  retain  before  light  suffixes  the  form  which 
they  have  before  the  absolute  dual  termination,  ''insis  mi/  tips, 
irnsir  our  tips,  ''bTX  wj/  ears,  i:"'iTiJ  our  ears;  D!*;"!)?  and 
D'?'?'^!?  horns,  T^?"!)?  and  T'j'^ip  his  horns. 

5.  Scgholate  nouns  in  the  dual  and  plural  follow  the 
preceding  rules,  but  in  the  singular  they  assume  before  all 
suffixes,  whether  light  or  grave,  their  original  monosyllabic 
form  as  before  the  feminine  ending  n^ ,  §:20S,  ^^'a  hin^, 
•'s'sTa  wy  /d)}ff,  Qi3b'a  i/our  king;  ITS  ear,  ""iTS  my  car;  in 
like  manner  riipbi''  sucker,  iripii^  his  sucker. 

a.  When  the  first  radical  has  Hholem  in  the  absolute,  Hhateph-Kamets 
or  Kamets-Hhatuph  is  sometimes  given  to  the  second  radical  before  suf- 


§222  NOUNS    WITH    SUFFIXES.  253 

fixes,  i^SQ  and  i^?.Q  from  irs,  '^T-^^  Hos.  13:14,  with  Daghesh-forte 
separativ'^e'  i^DI^  Eze'k.  26:9,  "-rJlj^^' 1  "Kin.  12:10,  -i^ao  ^Isa.  9:3,  i22Q 
Jer.  4:7;  *152  garment  has  "insa,  i"ia3  instead  of  "^^aa  ,  ixs, 

t.  Middle  Yodh  and  Vav  mostly  quiesce  in  e  and  o  before  suffixes,  "'S'^S 
from  'i^?  e?/e.  "^niia  ii-om  r*n  death;  but  nn*"^  Gen.  49:11  from  "i"^? 
young  ass,  in-^TU  Isa.  10: 17  from  nyiJ  //iora,  "i^i?  Ezek.  18:26,  33: 13  from 
i>iy  iniquity. 

c.  TriUteral  monosyllables  sometimes  shift  their  vowel  from  the  second 
radical  to  the  first,  thus  assuming  the  same  form  with  Segholates,  comp. 
§1S4.  a.  •'ilJan  from  UJr'n ,  "iBS^J  from  cio.  but  rins  from  bns ;  rj-^bs  from 
1^3;  i'i,-is,'r|7"iQ ,  ni^'-is,  uy^Q  but  tni-io  from  "ins ;  r3i:J,  ir^iw  but 
CD-ina  fi-om  "'i'ij.  By  a  like  transposition  ciS5S  Ezek.  36:8  is  for  ois:S>. 
from  Cl's^. 

d.  The  noun  "irx  blessedness,  which  only  occurs  in  the  plural  con- 
struct and  with  suffixes,  preserves  before  all  suffixes  the  construct  form, 
^•^n^a. ,  rndx  not  rpndx ,  T^-nm  . 

6.  Nouns  in  whose  final  letter  two  consonants  have 
coalesced,  or  which  double  their  final  letter  in  the  plural, 
§  207.  2,  receive  Daghesh-forte  likewise  before  suffixes,  the 
vowel  of  the  ultimate  being  modified  accordingly,  ''•t:?  and 
^\v  from  T^  (root  Try),  nipa  from  ni  (r>:a),  ni:ris5  from 
•jinx  (pi.  nisnx). 

a.  3;t^X  lattice,  hh'i'S  garden,  3i«b»  refuge,  which  do  not  occur  in  the 
plural,  take  Daghesh-forte  before  suffixes;  nao  has  in  the  plural  ininao 
but  before  suffixes  inaiu ,  obpiad;  "{2  (root   'jia)  6ase  has  "'sa,  i:? . 

6.  In  a  very  few  instances  a  final  liquid  is  repeated  instead  of  being 
doubled  by  Daghesh,  comp.  §207.2.  a,  •'"i'^n  Jer.  17:3,  ''n-jn  Ps,  30:8, 
nnnn  Gen.  14:  6  from  in;  iVys.  Job  40:  22 'and  "i^}?  from  bk';  Ti^JtU  Ezek. 
16: 4  and  T^i'^'U  Cant.  7:3.  Once  Daghesh-forte  is  resolved  by  the  in- 
sertion of  3,  n'^il^J'S  Is^-  23:11  for  t^^^ria,  §54.  3. 

7.  Nouns  ending  in  n..  drop  this  vowel  before  suffixes 
as  before  the  plural  terminations,  §209.1,  Ts'W  Jield  """ito, 
Tl^tj ,  rrjiio ;  nb)5)a  cattle  ^5)v^  . 

a.  The  vowel  e  commonly  remains  as  a  connecting  vowel  before  suf- 
fixes of  the  third  person  singular,  §220.  1.  h ;  and  in  a  few  instances  the 
radical  "^  is  restored,  giving  to  singular  nouns  the  appearance  of  being 
plural,  n-iiry  Isa.  22:11,  n-^nsia  Hos.  2:16,  tsniwis  Isa.  42:5,  r\h  sheep 
becomes  i'^b  or  llr^.p. 

§  222,  The  following  examples  of  nouns  with  suffixes 
will  sufficiently  illustrate  the  preceding  rules  : 


Paradigm  of 

Nouns  with 

Suffixes. 

^ 

Singular. 

iicart    nnb 

kiii{ 

^     *-9 

que 

cQ  nsb'j 

hand     1^ 

Const. 

lib 

^^^ 

n:^b^ 

T 

Sing. 

1  c.   my 

a 

-nib 

•   T  ; 

>• 

i^-^ 

(. 

Tsb-J 

u 

•T 

2  m.  thy 

t; 

^T=^ 

'• 

'^s?^ 

ii 

tjnrb-j 

il 

^■; 

2/.   thy 

u 

^^) 

'> 

t( 

^ri^b^ 

u 

TC 

3  m.  his 

u 

iib-J 

- 

insb-j 

u 

■ii" 

T 

3/   her 

u 

ni-b 

T  T  : 

•• 

nsb'j 

u 

nh3b-2 

r  T  :  — 

(( 

Tr 

riur 

1  c.    our 

u 

r-izb 

"  T  ; 

- 

^:i^^ 

1( 

'^^rilr'^ 

i( 

••T 

2  TO.  your 

u 

DD2«b 

Di?b-j 

u 

i^ircb'^ 

u 

D57: 

2/.    your 

u 

',iaib 

u 

•jisb-j 

1( 

•|in3b!a 

u 

1^7: 

3  7?i.  their 

u 

T  T  : 

u 

Dib-J 

T  ;   — 

Dhab-j 

u 

TT 

3/.   their 

i; 

"pnb 

I  r  t; 

p 

■,3b:a 

L  U  E  A  L  . 

u 

ihsbi: 

1  r  T  :  - 

D 

17: 

UAL. 

hearts   D^ilzb 

•   T  : 

kinf 

;s  D^ib'J 

queens  H'lDb'J 

hands  D^T* 

•  — T 

Const. 

^inb 

^ib^ 

nisb'j 

^T 

Sing 

1  c.   my 

u 

•5?^ 

'• 

^ib'j 

—  T    ; 

«; 

^nirb^j 

(( 

— T 

2  TO.  thy 

(C 

T^?^ 

" 

T5^-^ 

a 

T'b'^^i''^ 

11 

Ti: 

2/.   thy 

(1 

T??^ 

u 

T^^'? 

>i 

Tjl'nijb^ 

u 

TZ 

3  TO.  his 

u 

ri::b 

T  T  : 

u 

vib-3 

T  r    : 

'• 

rhi:b-j 

T        :  — 

u 

3/.   her 

<; 

r;^rnb 

T      V   T  : 

•• 

M-ib-^ 

a 

n'hi:b-j 

TV         ;   — 

u 

r     VT 

Plur 

.  1  c.   our 

u 

^:-i2b 

- 

^rib-j 

(( 

^rnirb-^ 

It 

••T 

2  TO.  your 

<( 

^^"r^^ 

a 

D5"Dba 

u 

DrniDb-j 

u 

•^^'T 

2/.   your 

- 

"^rnnb 

15-?i^ 

u 

t^"^- 

(( 

ir-: 

3  TO.  tlieir 

u 

nn^nib 

'• 

D^!'?V^ 

(. 

trfT^yzh'2 

(( 

CJ^""' 

3/    their 

(( 

■|M"22b 

u 

'^^Tfdo'2 

<( 

IT"?? 

251 


P23 


NUMERALS. 


255 


Numerals. 

§223.  1.  The  Hebrew  numerals  (nsorin  ni^)  are  of 
two  kinds,  cardinals  and  ordinals.  The  cardinals  from  one 
to  ten  are  as  follows,  viz. : 


Masculine. 

Feminine. 

Alsol. 

Constr 

Absol. 

Constr. 

One 

T    V 

iflH 

tOA 

nn« 

Two 

W^y^ 

''DTS 

WTm 

^n^i 

Three 

mrb'j: 

r       ; 

m^'^ 

^3\D 

tb'^ 

Four 

T  T  ;  — 

^1%'^'^ 

rins^ 

yi-^i^ 

Five 

T    •  -; 

triitn 

•'    T 

Tzj/bn 

Six 

T      • 

T\'ir6 

ir^* 

iria 

Seven 

xyjzf^ 

—    V 

riia 

Eight 

nib\D 

nibd 

nibd 

TM^D 

Nine 

T    :    • 

t^btT\ 

T^T\ 

yirn 

Ten 

nnir?? 

Trhv 

"iW 

^bi? 

a.  ln5<  is  for  inx.  §63.  \.  a ;  the  Seghol  returns  to  Pattahh  from 
which  it  has  arisen,  upon  the  shortening  of  the  following  Kamets  in  the 
construct  and  in  the  feminine,  rhx  for  H'lnN,  ^54.  2,  but  in  pause  rnx; 
nnx  occurs  in  the  absolute  in  Gen.  48:  22.  2  Sam.  17:22,  Isa.  27:'"l2, 
Ezek.  33  :  30,  Zech.  11 :  7,  and  once  in  Ezek.  33  :  30.  The  plural  O-'-^nx^ 
is  also  in  use  in  the  sense  of  one.  Gen.  11:1,  Ezek.  37  :  17,  or  some,  Gen. 
27  :  44,  29  :  20.     Comp.  Span.  unos. 

C^nui  is  for  C^nJli ;  for  the  Daghesh  in  P  see  §22.  &;  this  is  once 
omitted  after  Daghesh-forte,  "'TT^^?  Judg.  16  :  28. 

A  dual  form  is  given  to  some  of  the  units  to  denote  repetition,  C'^ni'S'iN 
fourfold,  ts'^'nyad  sevenfold. 

nyail'  occurs  once  with  a  paragogic  syllable,  ^i2"r^  Job  42:  13,  and 
once  with  a  suffix  in  the  form  cm'2a  2  Sam.  21 :  9  K'ri. 

2.  In  all  the  Semitic  languages  the  cardinals  from  t/irce 
to  fen  are  in  form  of  the  singidar  number,  and  have  a  femi- 
nine termination  when  joined  to  masculine  nouns,  but  omit 
it  when  joined  to  feminine  nouns.     The  explanation  of  this 


25G  ETYMOLOGY.  ^224,225 

curious  phenomenon  appears  to  be  that  they  are  properly  col- 
lective nouns  like  triacly  decad,  and  as  such  of  the  feminine 
gender.  AVith  masculine  nouns  they  appear  in  their  primary 
form,  with  feminine  nouns,  for  the  sake  of  distinction,  they 
undergo  a  change  of  termination. 

a.  An  analogous  anomaly  meets  us  in  this  same  class  of  words  in  Indo- 
European  tongues.  Tiie  Sanskrit  cardinals  from^re  to  len^  though  they 
a<Tree  in  case  with  the  nouns  to  which  tliey  belong,  are  in  form  of  the 
neuter  Tender  and  in  the  nominative,  accusative  and  vocative  they  are  of 
the  singular  number.     In  Greek  and  Latin  they  are  not  declined. 

§224.  ^\\Q  cvixdiw^s  ivovQ.  eleven,  io  7iincteen  are  formed 
by  combining  "ity  or  nnis?  modifications  of  the  numeral 
ten  with  the  several  units,  those  which  end  in  n^  preserv'ing 
the  absolute  form  and  the  remainder  the  construct.     Thus, 


M  ASCmiNE. 

^f:^ 

Eleven 

1  -m 

'^^^t 

r  T 

D^bir 

Twelve 

T   T 

^iir 

Thirteen 

r  T 

T      : 

Fourteen 

T  r 

T  T  :  — 

Fifteen 

T  T 

^'^rLJ 

Sixteen 

T  T 

1 .  '. 

T       • 

Seventeen 

T  T 

T   :    • 

Eighteen 

T   T 

T        : 

Nineteen 

T   T 

T    :    • 

Feminine. 

•^^'^? 

rins< 

'^*^:^X 

T'^'? 

"■i'T^? 

DTrii 

»^i'^? 

'fe^ 

♦^T9? 

t^t 

n^'^'5 

yi-ij^ 

^^'^? 

■ir7;;n 

•^1^? 

TT'jj 

•t:'^? 

?n^ 

J^i'i^y 

n;>vD 

rn'^y 

ri-n 

a.  The  origin  of  ''nrs,  the  alternate  of  *inx  in  the  number  eleven,  is 
obscure.  R.  Jona  thinks  it  to  be  an  abbreviation  for  1C5  "inui  is  ne.rtto 
iweh-e.  Comp.  Lat.  vndeviginii,  nineteen.  Kimchi  derives  it  from  res 
to  think,  ten  being  reckoned  upon  the  fingers,  and  eleven  the  first  number 
which  is  mentally  conceived  beyond. 

-rs  rricn  ffieen  occurs  Judg.  8:10,  2  Sam.  19 :  18,  and  lis  r:t\a 
eighteen  Judg.  20  :  25. 

§225.  1.  The  tens  are  formed  by  adding  the  mascuhne 


^226,227  NUMERALS.  257 

plural  termination  to  the  units,  'or^'V^y.  twenty  being,  however, 
derived  not  from  two  but  from  ten  '^i??  . 


Twentj- 

D^"?'^? 

Sixty 

n^is'ij 

Thirty 

n^icb^ 

Seventy 

D^;^"r^ 

Forty 

n''yn'p!J5 

Eighty 

tD^iaic 

Fifty 

D^iSs'jn 

Ninety 

d^yirn 

a.  These  numbers  have  no  distinct  (brm  for  the  feminine,  and  are  used 
indifferently  with  nouns  of  either  gender.  ri'"ibs  Ex.  18  :  21,  25,  Deut.  1 :  15 
means  not  twenty  but  tens. 

2.  The  units  are  added  to  the  tens  by  means  of  the  coi>- 
junction  1  and ;  the  order  of  precedence  is  not  invariable, 
though  it  has  been  remarked  that  the  earliest  writers  of  the 
Old  Testament  commonly  place  the  units  first,  e.  g.  W\t} 
Qi'ffiTlJ'i  two  and  sixty  Gen.  5:18,  while  the  latest  writers  as 
commonly  place  the  tens  first,  D^itDi  q^ttt^  sixty  and  two 
Dan.  9:25. 

^  226.  Numerals  of  a  higher  grade  are  n^'a  one  hundred, 
t^^^  one  thousand,  riinn ,  iin  or  fciiii'i  ten  thousand.  These 
are  duplicated  by  affixing  the  dual  termination  D^^ni^'a  two 
hundred,  D'^sbi?  two  thousand,  D^t]i3*i  or  ttbr\  ''nto  tioenty 
thousand.  Higher  multiples  are  formed  by  prefixing  the 
appropriate  units  nisxj  Tlj^so  three  hundred,  D^s^i«  nffi^tj 
three  thousand,  ni!5?2"i  ilJizJ  sixty  thousand,  D"'S^i!?  vl^s?  one 
million. 

§227.  1.  The  ordinals  are  formed  by  adding  "^ .  to  the 
corresponding  cardinals,  the  same  vowel  being  likewise  in- 
serted in  several  instances  before  the  final  consonant ;  "jiosn 
p'st  is  derived  from  tJNi  head. 


First 

■ji'iS^i 

Sixth 

•^^iSTB 

Second 

^Dir 

Seventh 

'^T'z:^ 

Third 

^ir^b^ 

Eighth 

^r5:i2 

Fourth 

''r^'] 

Ninth 

"^f^-^^n 

Fifth 

"Trrjn 

or  ^%1Ts 

Tenth 

^Vir5> 

17 


258  ETYMOLOGY.  §  228, 229 

The  feminine  commonly  ends  in  tT' . ,  occasionally  in  n^ . . 

a.  There  are  two  examples  of  the  ortliography  ',ia''5<n  Josh.  21  :  10, 
Job  15:7,  and  one  of  lia"""!  Job  8  :  8,  in  all  of  which  the  K'ri  restores  the 
customary  form. 

2.  There  arc  no  distinct  forms  for  ordinals  above  ten, 
the  cardinal  numbers  being  used  instead. 

3,  Fractional  numbers  arc  expressed  by  the  feminine 
ordinals,  rr^ic'ibTn  one  third,  fT^J?''^'^  one  fourth,  etc.,  and  by 
the  following  additional  terms,  "^in  one  half,  y?T  and  JP?i  one 
quarter,  Clpn  oneffth,  X^'^'^'P  one  tenth. 

Prefixed  Particles. 

§228.  The  remaining  parts  of  speech  are  indechnable, 
and  may  be  comprehended  under  the  general  name  of  par- 
ticles.    These  may  be  divided  into 

1.  Prefixed  particles,  which  are  only  found  in  combina- 
tion with  a  following  word,  viz.  the  article.  He  interrogative, 
the  inseparable  prepositions,  and  Vav  conjunctive. 

2.  Those  particles,  which  are  written  as  separate  words, 
and  which  comprise  the  great  majority  of  adverbs,  preposi- 
tions, conjunctions,  and  interjections. 

a.  No  word  ir*  Hebrew  has  less  than  two  letters;  all  particles  of  one 
letter  are  consequently  prefixes.  There  is  one  example  of  two  prefixes 
combined  constituting  a  word  bn  Deut.  32  :  6,  though  editions  vary. 

The  Article. 

§229.  1.  The  Definite  Article  {r^T'T;^  ^b)  consists  of 
n  with  Pattahh  followed  by  Daghesh-forte  in  the  first  letter 
of  the  word  to  which  it  is  prefixed,  ^^»  a  king,  ^^^0  the 
king. 

a.  As  the  Arabic  article  Jf  is  in  certain  cases  followed  by  a  like 
doubling  of  the  initial  letter,  some  have  imagined  that  the  original  form  of 


§229  THE    ARTICLE,  259 

the  Hebrew  article  was  ^n  and  that  the  Daghesh-forte  has  arisen  from 
the  assimilation  of  b  and  its  contraction  witli  the  succeeding  letter.  Since, 
however,  there  is  no  trace  of  such  a  Ibrm,  it  seems  better  to  acquiesce  in 
the  old  opinion,  which  has  in  its  favour  the  analogy  of  other  languages, 
that  the  article  H  is  related  to  the  personal  pronoun  Nin,  whose  principal 
consonant  it  retains,  and  that  the  following  Daghesh  is  conservative,  §24.  3 ; 
comp.  the  demonstrative  particle  xn  and  xn  behold!  In  Sliin  Jer.  29:23 
K'thibh  (if  read  3J'i"'^'"i)  the  article  may  perhaps  be  found  in  an  unabridged 
form  ;  the  K'ri  has  S^i''^  -  The  Arabic  article  is  supposed  to  be  found  in 
the  proper  name  "ini^'JX  Gen.  10:  26,  ^"'i^^X  hail,  the  equivalent  of  C'^is, 
and  possibly  in  nipbx  Prov.  30:31. 

6.  There  is,  properly  speaking,  no  indefinite  article  in  Hebrew,  al- 
though the  numeral  inx  07ie  is  so  employed  in  a  few  instances,  as  K'^aj 
Ijix  a  prophet  1  Kin.  20: 13. 

2.  If  the  first  letter  of  the  word  have  Sh'va,  Daghesh- 
forte  may  be  omitted  except  from  the  aspirates,  §25,  *i"i^^»^, 
'^s'j^O  but,  ninnn ,  n.Dh^n . 

3.  Before  gutturals,  which  cannot  receive  Daghesh-forte, 
§  60.  4,  Pattahh  is  lengthened  to  Kamets ;  the  short  vowel 
Pattahh  is,  however,  commonly  retained  before  n  and  n ,  and 
sometimes  before  V ,  the  syllable  being  converted  into  an  inter- 
mediate, §20.  2.  a,  instead  of  a  simple  one,  '^is^n ,  nnn ,  t:^?n 
Gen.  15  :  11,  5>i^-}n  but  ^tjnn,  i^T\r\^  iz^vr]  Jer.  12  :  9. 

a.  The  article  very  rarely  has  Kamets  before  n,  Tiii  Gen.  6:19, 
OiJann  Isa,  17  :  8  ;  in  a  very  few  instances  initial  X  quiesces  in  the  vowel 
of  the  article,  C]DSDxn  Num.  11:4. 

4.  Before  n  with  Kamets  or  Hhateph-Kamets,  Pattahh 
is  changed  to  Seghol :  before  n  or  3?  with  Kamets,  it  is 
likewise  changed  to  Seghol  if  it  stands  in  the  second  syllable 
before  the  accent,  and  consequently  receives  the  secondary 
accent  Methegh,  inn,  nifin,  n^i^nnn,  d^nnn,  CJ-^nyn. 

a.  This  change  very  rarely  occurs  before  X,  "^^ixtj]  Mic.  2:7.  When 
n  is  followed  by  Kamets-Hhatuph.  Pattahh  remains  hrrnn. 

h.  The  article  does  not  usually  affect  the  vowels  of  the  word  before 
which  it  stands ;  in  "i^i  mountain  and  C?  people,  however,  Pattahh  is 
changed  to  Kamets  to  correspond  with  the  vowel  of  the  article  "i^f^,  ^%'"Ii 
S3  y^k  earth  but  ^l^fi .  The  plurals  of  bnii  tent  and  irJIp  holiness  with- 
out the  article  are  C'^nx  Gen.  23 :  27,  D-^ir^i;?  Ex.  29  :  37,  but  with  the 
article  ts-'^nxa  (for  D-^ynNna)  Judg.  8:11,  D-'tiTisn  Ex.  26 :  33,  §208.  3  b  ; 


260  '  ETYMOLOGY.  §  230,  231 

Pxp  pelican  Isa.  31 :  1 1,  Zeph.  2  :  11.  is  pointed  PXjsn  Lev.  11  :  18,  Deut. 
14  :  17  upon  receiving  the  article. 

5.  AMien  preceded  by  the  inseparable  prepositions  the 
letter  n  of  the  article  is  mostly  rejected,  and  its  vowel  given 
to  the  preposition,  §53.  3,  a^isisa  for  Q^ioTrna,  sec  §231.  5. 


He  Interrogative. 

^230.  1.  The  letter  n  (nb'sisn  i?n)  may  also  be  pre- 
fixed to  words  to  indicate  an  interrogation ;  it  is  then  pointed 
with  Hhateph-Pattahh,  1\)?:r^  shall  ice  (jo  ?  x^n-sbn  is  he  not  ? 

2.  Before  avowelless  letter  this  becomes  Pattahh,  §01. 1, 
npTDH  Gen.  34  :  31,  'n??'?'?^'  Job  18  -.  4,  "'^sn  Jer.  8  :  22. 

a.  The  new  syllable  tlius  formed  is  an  intermediate  one,  §22,  and  the 
succeeding  Sh'va  remains  vocal,  as  is  shown  by  the  absence  of  Daghesh- 
lene  in  such  forms  as  Cnrn'^rj  Gen.  29:5.  In  order  to  render  this  still 
more  evident  recourse  is  frequently  liad  to  Daghesh-forte  separative, 
§24.5,  -ibn  Gen.  17:17,  npi^r^rn  iS  :21,  Methegh,  §45.2,  barn  Judg. 
9  :  2,  nydrn  Job  38:  35,  or  compound  Sh'va,  §  16.  3.  h,  ni;':?^  Gen!  27 :  38. 

h.  He  interrogative  has  Pattahh  and  Daghesh-forte  in  one  instance 
before  a  letter  with  a  vowel  of  its  own,  sa'^'fi  Lev.  10 :  19. 

3.  Before  gutturals  it  likewise  usually  becomes  Pattahh, 

tfb'sn  Ex.  2  :  7,  ^mr\  2  Kin.  G  :  22,  ^'W\r\  Jer.  2:11,  n?n 
Hag.  1:4. 

a.  There  are  a  few  examples  of  He  interrogative  with  Kamets  be- 
fore X,  crxn  Judg.  6:31,  "'nnExn  Judg.  12:5,  a-'xn  Neh.  6:11. 

4.  Before  gutturals  with  Kamets  it  is  changed  to  Seghol, 
n^sn  Ezek.  28  :  9,  nn^rnn  Joel  1  :  2,  D?nn  Eccles.  2:19. 


Inseparable  Prepositions. 

§231.  1.  The  prepositions  3  in,  D  according  fo,  b  fa,  are 
regularly  prefixed  with  Sh'va,  rr^c^na  in  the  beginnint/,  bis 
according  to  all,  D'T't'^i?'?  to  Abraham. 


§  232  INSEPARABLE    PREPOSITIONS.  261 

2.  Before  vowelless  letters  this  Sh'va  is  changed  to 
Hhirik,  Tt>^^  for  ?^pn3 ,  biiJTDb  for  biriab ,  'li'is  for  nd'73 . 

3.  Before  gutturals  with  compound  Sh'va  it  is  changed 
to  the  corresponding  short  vowel,  ""^ilis ,  ^ii<b ,  I'lna . 

a.  Initial  X  quiesces  in  the  following  words  after  the  inseparable  pre- 
positions, §57.  2.  (2)  a,  "pTX  master  when  connected  with  singular  suffixes, 
lins  Z/orc/,  n^niix  God,  and  also  in  the  inf.  const,  "itx  to  say  after  b, 
•Hnxa,  i-inxs,  n'^iHxb,  •'insb ,  C"'ri''bs3  for  nin'bxa  the  Seghol  lengthened 
to  Tsere  in  the  s'imple  syllable,  'in''i:sV  but  K^'^i^^.'j  i^X^  but  "laxS,  "irxs . 
Before  the  divine  name  mn^  the  inseparable  prepositions  are  pointed  as 
they  would  be  before  ''3"iX  or  D"'n'bs,  whose  vowels  it  receives,  §47,  •^J'T'^ 
Gen.  4:3.  nih^b  Ps.  68:21. 

6.  In  a  very  few  instances  X  vi^ith  Pattahh  and  "^  with  Hhirik  give  up 
their  vowel  to  the  preposition  and  become  quiescent,  ^"'2H3  Isa.  10  :  13  for 

'T'axa,  '(inn-'S  Eccles.  2: 13  for  'li'in'^a. 

4.  Before  monosyllables  and  before  dissyllables,  accented 
upon  the  penult,  these  prepositions  frequently  receive  a  pre- 
tonic  Kamets,  §64.  2,  n^Jsa,  ni?T3,  mbb . 

a.  This  regularly  occurs  with  the  Kal  construct  infinitive  of  *)S ,  ""S  ,  i'Sj 
IS  and  •>"?  verbs  when  preceded  by  b,  e.  g.  ndib,  nrb,  rri'nb,  anb ,  a'^nb  ; 
also  with  different  forms  of  the  demonstrative  Jit  and  with  personal  suf- 
fixes; and  with  monosyllabic  or  Segholate  nouns  when  accompanied  by 
disjunctive  and  especially  pause  accents.  Beibre  the  pronoun  it'O  what 
they  are  commonly  pointed  'TaS ,  fiB?,  ^53^'  or  followed  by  a  guttural, 

5.  Before  the  article  its  H  is  rejected  and  the  vowel 
given  to  the  preposition,  "li'is  for  '^i'?ri5 ,  T'^i^)  for  Y'}'^^) , 
n^nna  for  Q'^^nna . 

a.  fi  not  infrequently  remains  after  a ,  Bi'na  Gen.  39  :  11,  more  rarely 
after  the  other  prepositions,  ci'nb  2  Chron.  10 : 7.  The  initial  <n  of  the 
Hiphil  and  Niphal   infinitives  is  occasionally  rejected  in   like   manner, 

n'^airb  Am.  8 :  4  for  n-^aizJnb,  iliiraa  Prov.  24 :  17  for  iScana. 

§232.  The  preposition  ynfrom,  though  used  in  its  sep- 
arate form,  may  also  be  abbreviated  to  a  prefix  by  the  assim- 
ilation and  contraction  of  its  final  Nun  with  the  initial  letter 
of  the  following  word,  which  accordingly  receives  Daghesh- 
forte,  l^yj'n  for  1\yi  in .     Before  n  Hhirik  is  commonly  re- 


262  ETYMOLOGY.  ^  233, 234 

tained  in  an  intermediate  syllable,  but  before  other  gutturals 
it  is  lengthened  to  Tsere,  y^rip  for  "j^in  yb  ,  ynjSt'Q ,  sjiynTa ,  UT'n . 

a.  '(»  is  sometimes   poetically  lengthened  to  "'S^,  and  once  has  the 
form  ol"  a  construct  plural,  ''S^  Isa.  30  :  11. 

§  233.  These  prepositions  arc  combined  with  the  pro- 
nominal suffixes  in  the  following  manner : 

Singular. 

2/    t]n  t]b'  —  r{B,i2 

3/    ni  nb'  ni/bs  nsia-j 


T  T 


PlUE  AL. 

2«i.  cin  nib    c:53,D5ti3  laivj 

V  r  V  T  V  T  '        V         :  v   • 

T     '  V    T  T  V  T  V  T  V  ;  V.      •  V    " 

3/  ",ri:a,  "jrin  irib  —  -jn-j 

a.  The  syllable  "i^  inserted  between  5  and  the  suffixe?,  and  which  is 
in  poetry  sometimes  added  to  3,  5  and  b  without  suffixes  to  convert  them 
into  independent  words,  "i^a ,  i'23.  i^b ,  is  commonly  thought  to  be  re- 
lated in  its  origin  to  the  pronoun  fi'O  what,  so  that  "'"i^S  would  in  strict- 
ness denote  like  what  I  am,  i.  e.  like  me.  The  preposition  *|^,  with  the 
exception  of  some  poetical  forms,  reduplicates  itself  beHire  the  light  suf- 
fixes, "'Sr^  z=  ■'Siaja .  Comp.  a  similar  reduplication  of  a  short  word,  *'»''» 
or  •'a  construct  of  0^73  water. 


Vav  Conjunctive. 

^  234.  The  conjunction  and  is  expressed  by  1  prefixed 
with  Sh'va,  ^cni ,  y-^ifr^ .  Before  one  of  the  labials  n ,  tt , 
B,  §  57.  2  (1),  or  before  a  vowelless  letter  Vav  quiesces  in 


§235  SEPARATE    PARTICLES.  263 

Shurek,  V?^  ^?^^,  O^i?^,  ^^"^srsf^ .  Before  a  vowelless 
Yodli  it  receives  Hhirik,  in  which  the  Yodh  quiesces,  DriJ?5->'i , 
■'H'^l .  Before  a  guttural  with  compound  Sh'va  it  receives  the 
corresponding  short  vowel,  ''3ii«;i , '  T^Wi ,  '^')>'n^ .  Before  mono- 
syllables and  dissyllables  accented  on  the  penult  it  frequently 
receives  a  pretonic  Kamets,  ^"Qi ,  •"•^"'r'T ,  T)'^ . 

a.  After  Vav  with  Shurelc.  compound  Sh'va  is  sometimes  substi- 
tuted for  simple  Sh'va  in  order  to  indicate  more  distinctly  its  vocal 
character,  ninn  Gen.  2:12,  '^lijP^r^?  Ezek.  26:21,  tTiSD!!  1  Kin.  13:7, 
ipy^ii  Jer.  22':'20. 

6.  Vav  receives  Hhirik  before  He  followed  by  Yodh  in  the  forms 
on'i'l'rj'i,  1W,  tn^';in^,  •T'ni  2  plur.  preterite  and  imperative  of  the  verbs 
if^i^  to  be  and  n^n  to  live;  before  the  2  masc.  sing,  imperative  of  the 
same  verbs  it  has  Seghol,  l^^"!l!,  n;;n5  for  •ril'!!)!]}  n'';^n'i. 

c.  St  quiesces  after  Vav  conjunctive  as  after  the  inseparable  preposi- 
tions, §231.  3.  a.  in  "iix  masler  when  connected  with  singular  suffixes, 
inx^  Lord  and  n'^n'^x  God,  "^iSxi ,  •'jnx] ,  ''hbsi ,  is'^n'^N'i  the  Seghol 
being  lengthened  to  Tsere  in  the  simple  syllable.  Hence  also  njh'i'i 
when  mrr^  has  the  vowels  of  "'px  .  A  very  few  instances  occur  in  which 
X  with  Pattahh  and  "^  with  Hhirik  give  up  their  vowel  to  Vav  conjunctive 
and  become  quiescent,  ittiyxi  Zech.  11:5  for  "iiiirxi,  nybi_"j  Jer.  25 :  36 
for  rbs^l. 


Separate  Particles. 

ADVERBS. 

§  235.  1.  A  few  adverbs  of  negation,  place  and  time,  are 
commonly  classed  as  primitive,  although  they  are  probably 
related  to  pronominal  roots,  as  bi?  and  i?^  not,  D©  t/iere, 
TiJ  t/ien. 

a.  It  is  natural  to  suspect  that  the  pronominal  root  b,  which  gave  rise 
to  the  near  demonstrative  bx  ,  n|x  these  and  to  the  prepositions  indicative 
of  nearness  or  approach,  b  to,  ix  tmto,  and  which  has  a  remote  demon- 
strative force  in  f^x^rf  yonder,  beyond,  may  also  be  the  basis  of  xb  and  bx 
the  idea  of  remoteness  taken  absolutely  forming  a  negation.  The  same 
idea,  in  a  less  absolute  sense,  may  be  traced  in  the  conditional  conjunction 
13  if.  The  pronoun  HT,  of  which  probably  IB  is  originally  only  a  modi- 
fication (comp.  the  relative  use  of  IT ,  §73.  1),  is  plainly  connected  with  TX 
at  that  tiine  and  Bia  in  that  place. 


2G4  ETYMOLOGY.  ^236 

2.  Derivative  adverbs  are  formed 

(1.)  By  affixing  the  terminations  D,  or  D*,  tsi^ij  and 
ab'CK  truJi/  from  yd^  truth,  Qsn  gratuitously  from  ipt  grace y 
niai''  (5ty  ^/r/y  from  oi^  ('/ay,  Dj^i"!  zV/  vain  from  p"*^  empty,  nsriD 
suddenly  from  S'nB  moment,  DC5T^  Mc  ^^f/^  before  yesterday 
from  oSiD  ///r^?^. 

(2.)  By  abbreviation,  as'^x  surely,  only  from  lix. 
(3.)  By  composition,  as  ?il^  tchy  ?  from  ?^'i^  n"D  quid 
edoctus,  xii'S^^'Q  from  above  from  1^ ,  ^  and  n'55'^ . 

3.  Besides  those  adverbs,  which  are  sucli  originally  and 
properly,  other  parts  of  speech  are  sometimes  used  as  ad- 
verbs.    Thus 

(1.)  Nouns,  *ii?l3  mightily,  exceedingly  prop,  might,  ^''io 
around  prop,  circuit,  T-y  again  prop,  repetition,  C£S  710  more 
prop,  cessation;  with  a  preposition,  li^)33  exceedingly,  ^3^ 
c^«r/  prop.  ^  separation,  or  a  suffix  Ivr^^  together  prop. «';?  eV* 
w;?/o?^  Compare  the  adverbial  accusative  and  adverbial 
phrases  of  Greek  and  other  languages. 

(2.)  Absolute  infinitives,  which  are  really  verbal  nouns, 
nt3''n  well  prop,  recte  faciendo,  na'itn  much,  "i"^  quickly. 

(3.)  Adjectives,  particularly  in  the  feminine,  which  is 
used  as  a  neuter,  nit:  well,  niiiJNn  at  first,  tT'io  the  second 
time,  nan  and  nan  much,  Trn^T\^_  in  Jewish  i.  e.  Hebrew,  ri'^^'^^^ 
in  Aramaic,  tTixbsp  wonderfully. 

(4.)  Pronouns,  riT  /<^re,  ?;oz^  prop,  this  place,  this  tinWy 
n:n  hither  prop.  ^  Mc5^  pAaccs,  with  a  preposition  nb  ///^^s 
prop,  according  to  it,  "}?  so  perhaps  for  "i^s  according  to  these 
things,  though  others  explain  it  as  an  adverbial  use  of  the 
participle  "J?  right,  true,  S^B  here  probably  for  ia  in  this 
(place). 

§230.  A  few  adverbs  are  capable  of  receiving  pronom- 
inal suffixes,  as  "jn  or  nsn  behold,  Ti?  yet,  ''X  ichere,  to  which 
may  be  added  ■)"«  there  is  not  prop,  non-existence  and  t:^ 


§237  PREPOSITIONS.  265 

there  is  prop,  existence.  As  the  idea  of  action  or  of  exis- 
tence is  suggested  by  them,  they  take  the  verbal  suffixes, 
frequently  with  3  epenthetic.     Thus 

1.  njn.  First  person  *'b:rj,  ''sin  and  ^pjri;  ^2:n,  ^ssn 
and  i^sn .  Second  person  masc.  ?i?n  once  nisn ;  DDsn ,  fem. 
^in.     Third  person  isn  and  ^nin;  Dsn. 

2.  ^is^ .  First  person  ''2'ii>  and  *'liS' ;  once  "with  plur. 
"^rh^'S  Lam.  4:17  K'ri.  Second  person  masc.  'n^iy  fem.  tj^l^ . 
Third  person  masc.  isniy ,  nil:?  fem.  nsiiy  . 

3.  "^i?.  Second  person  ns^x  .     Third  person '\^'^  ,  c'^S  . 

4.  1"?*? .  First  person  ''sb'^x  .  Second  person  masc.  'n?'^^ , 
DDpx ,    fem.    ^rx .     r/«V^  person   masc.    13  px ,    Drx  and 

i^^b'^i?  fem.  rob-'i? . 

5.  tJl^.  Second  person  ?iT»^,  DiiT.^  and  ai©?.  7%z>^ 
person  i2T?|;i . 

Prepositions. 

§237.  1.  The  simple  prepositions  in  most  common  use, 
besides  the  inseparable  prefixes,  §231,  are  chiefly  'ini? 
behind,  after,  "bx  to,  unto,  b2X  beside,  nj^  loith^  \%  between, 
"^riba  icithout,  ^273  through,  n^^T  except,  "sTl  on  account  of, 
V\'n  or  ^^'53  over  against,  ^^b  i7i  presence  of,  riDb'  in  front  of 
before,  ^\S  unto,  by  upon,  D?  «f72'M,  tiJi^  under.  Most  of  these 
appear  to  have  been  originally  nouns  ;  and  some  of  them  are 
still  used  both  as  nouns  and  as  prepositions. 

2.  Other  prepositions  are  compound,  and  consist  of 
(1.)  Two  prepositions,  as  TiT^^^y^from  after,  t^^?'a  and  D^'a 

from  tvith,  ^Ttifrom  iqjon,  tT^rpzfrom  under,  id^  from,  l^bb 

and  riDb'b)  before.^  bi-a-bx  toward. 

(2.)  A  preposition  and  a  noun  'li's  and  li^'a  besides 
from  "l^  separation,  ''?&'?  before  and  '^bs''?,  ''5B^'ayrow^  before 
from  D'^isy^c^,  b^-^a  and  l^n^aybr  //^<?  sake  of,  'I'lSi  ^y  prop. 


2C6  ETYMOLOGY.  §  238, 239 

hij  ihc  hand  of ,  "^^y-bx  beyond,  ^  '\'2V12  from  hci/ond,  fti?!?^  in 
conjunction  2ci(Ii,  "J^ibb  and  3]^?"^?  on  account  of  ''£3,  "'sb 
and  "^i?"'??  according  to  prop.  «^  Me  wzoz^M  o/. 

(3.)  A  preposition  and  an  infinitive,  Msipb  toward  prop. 

(4.)  A  preposition  and  an  adverb,  ''"j^b^  and  ''"^ba'a 
icithout  from  ba  i>?o^  'i?  ?/;//o,  b  r.sbn^  bei/ond,  ''bna  without. 

^238.  1.  The  prepositions  take  suffixes  in  the  same 
manner  as  singular  nouns,  e.  g,  "^b^JX  beside  me,  ^b^T ,  '^Vi , 
''i?^' ,  except  "^nsft  after,  "bx  /o,  "7?  tinto,  b?  ?/^07^  and  rnn 
under,  which  before  suffixes  assume  the  form  of  nouns  in  the 
mascuUne  plural,  e.  g.  ''"irix ,  ^"'''^nx ,  I'^'^n^? ;  "j""?  beticeen 
adopts  sometimes  a  singidar,  sometimes  a  masculine  plural, 
and  sometimes  a  feminine  plural  form,  e.  g.  ''?'^2 ,  ira  and 
T'pa,  ^2''D''3  and  'irnira . 

a.  The  plural  form  '^^J^.'^  occurs  without  suffixes  more  frequently  than 
^h^\  ""b?* ,  *'"7?. ,  "'^^  also  occur  in  poetry. 

b.  rinn  in  a  very  few  instances  takes  a  verbal  suffix,  ''innp  2  Sam. 
22 :  37,  40,  48 ;  with   tiie   3  masc.  plur.  suffix  it  is    cr.nn   oftener  than 

2.  The  preposition  rix  rcith  is  to  be  distinguished  from 
n^?  the  sign  of  the  definite  object,  which  is  prefixed  to  a  pro- 
noun or  definite  noun,  to  indicate  that  it  is  the  object  of  an 
active  verb.  AVith  pronominal  suffixes  the  ti  of  the  prepo- 
sition is  doubled  and  its  vowel  shortened  to  Hhirik,  thus 
''PS ,  !qns|! ,  Dins ;  the  sign  of  the  accusative  becomes  Mis 
before  suffixes  or  before  grave  suffixes  commonly  tis ,  thus, 
•'ns,  v^ns,  nins  rarely  Dbnis ,  nns  rarely  onnis  and 
Dnni« . 

a.  Sometimes,  particularly  in  the  hooks  of  Kings.  Jeremiah,  and  Eze- 
kiel,  the  preposition  takes  the  form  "^nix ,  ?]riix . 

Conjunctions. 

^239.  1.  In  addition  to  the  prefixed  copulative  "1 ,  ^234, 
the  following  are  the  simple  conjunctions  in  most  common 


§240  INTERJECTIONS.  267 

use,  iK  or,  SjS?  also,  ds  and  '^  if,  Tics?  and  ""S  that,  because, 
11  lest. 

2.  Compound  conjunctions  are  formed  by  combining 

(1.)  Two  conjunctions  DK  ^^  but,  ""S  vji?  how  much  more 
prop,  also  that. 

(2.)  The  conjunction  *'3  or  "it&s?  with  a  preposition,  as 
ii^i<3  as,  nt:i{  "jy-bb  2V2  order  that,  "ii:i5  "}?:  and  nirN  nj:?  3e- 
cause,  "'S  '^?  2^7^/2'/,  ""S  nnn  because. 

(3.)  An  adverb  with  a  preposition  or  conjunction,  D'jt:^ 
before,  "J?^  or  1?"^?  therefore,  '^'^  unless  from  lb  2/^  sb  not. 


Interjections. 

§  240.  The  Hebrew  interjections,  Hke  those  of  other  lan- 
guages, are  of  two  sorts,  viz. : 

1.  Natural  sounds  expressive  of  various  emotions,  as 
ni5,  nn,  nns?  ah!  oh!  r^r^aha!  ^^r^ho!  tvoe!^yi,  n^is, 
•lifail,  "^S  woe!  ^^^X  alas!  en  hush! 

2.  Words  originally  belonging  to  other  parts  of  speech, 
which  by  frequent  use  were  converted  into  interjections, 
nnn  come!  prop,  ^ive,  nib  come!  prop,  yo,  M?.n  behold! 
prop,  a  demonstrative  adverb,  nbibn  y,5jr  ^<?  it!  '^'^  pray ! 
from  ''5'3  entreaty,  i?3  ^oe^;,^  I  pray  thee! 


PART  THIRD. 

SYNTAX. 

§241.  1.  Syntax  treats  of  sentences  or  of  the  manner 
in  which  words  arc  employed  in  the  utterance  of  thought. 
Its  office,  therefore,  is  to  exliibit  the  several  functions  of  the 
different  parts  of  speech  in  the  mechanism  of  the  sentence, 
the  relations  which  they  sustain  to  each  other,  and  how  those 
relations  are  outwardly  expressed. 

2.  Every  sentence  must  embrace  first  a  subject  or  the 
thing  spoken  of,  and  secondly,  a  predicate  or  that  which  is 
said  about  it.  Upon  these  two  simple  elements  is  built  the 
entire  structure  of  human  speech. 

The  Subject. 

§242.  The  subject  of  every  sentence  must  be  either  a 
noun,  as  D^nbx  xna  God  created  Gen.  1  : 1,  or  a  pronoun, 
as  ""^s  tJiij?  /(am)  holy  Lev.  11  :  44.  This  includes  infini- 
tives, which  are  verbal  nouns,  ni'j'sb  p"*":?^  tJi':?  to  punish 
the  just  is  not  (jood  Prov.  17  :  26,  and  adjectives  and  partici- 
ples when  used  substantively,  i<'b'J  ^{i3;'■S5  an  unclean  (per- 
son) shall  not  enter  2  Chron.  23  :  19,  J^r^'^'pn;'  D^isn  sS  the 
dead  shall  not  jiTaise  the  Lord  Vs.  115  :  17. 

a.  Tlie  subject  ofa  sentence  may  he  a  noun  preceded  by  the  preposition 
yo  in  a  partitive  sense,  cyr.""'Q  tx^;^  there  went  out  (some)  of  the  people 
Ex.  1G:27,  or  by  tlie  particle  of  comparison  2,  nx-.3  ?:33  (something) 
like  a  plague  has  appeared  Lev.  14  :35. 


§  243  THE   SUBJECT.  209 

6.  When  the  subject  is  an  infinitive,  it  is  mostly,  as  in  English,  pre- 
ceded by  the  preposition  h  to,  nimnb  mi  (it  is)  good  to  give  thanks  Ps. 
92:2,  unless  it  is  in  the  construct  before  a  following  noun  ini'^rt  iia^iib 
i'nsb  Cixn  mati's  being  alone  (is)  not  good  Gen.  2: 18. 

c.  The  subject  is  very  rarely  an  adverb,  cyn-','q  ^23  fii"?!  many 
(prop,  much)  of  the  people  have  fallen  2  Sam.  1:4. 


^  243.  The  subject  may  be  omitted  in  the  following  cases, 


VIZ. 


1.  When  it  is  sufficiently  plain  from  the  connection, 
tjl22?  ^iyn  is  there  yet  loitU  thee  (a  corpse)  ?  Am.  6  :  10,  or  is 
obvious  in  itself,  nib;;  in«  (his  mother)  hare  him  1  Kin.  1 :  G. 
The  personal  pronouns  are  for  this  reason  rarely  used  before 
verbal  forms,  which  of  themselves  indicate  the  person,  ''J^'i^i? 
I  said,  ^y^^  thou  saidst,  unless  wdth  the  view  of  expressing 
emphasis  or  opposition,  ^:^p  ^inis?^  ^bss^  ^li^ns  nian  they  are 
brought  dow7i  and  fallen,  but  we  are  risen  Ps.  20  :  9. 

2.  When  it  is  indefinite ;  thus,  if  an  action  is  spoken  of 
and  it  is  not  known  or  is  not  stated  by  whom  it  is  performed. 
The  third  person  plural  may  be  so  employed,  bii{©b  115^1  and 
they  told  Saul  1  Sam.  18  :  20,  or  third  person  singular,  comp. 
the  French  on  and  German  man,  bia  Ti'iii)  xn)5  one  called  its 
name  Babel  i.  e.  its  name  was  called  Babel,  or  the  second 
person  singular,  particularly  in  laws  or  in  proverbs,  the  lan- 
guage of  direct  address  being  employed  while  every  one  who 
hears  is  intended,  bcb  ^rjb-niri^n'i^b  thou  shall  not  make  unto 
thee  a  (/raven  image  Ex.  20  :  4,  "7^^  'iDl'ab  nx^nn  apjply  thine 
heart  unto  instruction  Prov.  23:12. 

a.  Sometimes  the  word  ^"X  man  is  used  as  an  indefinite  subject, 
♦IM  lPi25a  'J'^xrt  "inx  na  a  man  said  thus,  when  he  went,  etc.  1  Sam.  9:  9, 
and  sometimes  the  participle  of  the  following  verb,  5B"*an  S^dl  and  the 
hearer  shall  Hear  2  Sam.  17  : 9,  C'iann  ^ib-in  ploughers  ploughed  Ps.  129  : 3. 

b.  The  third  person  plural  indefinite  seems  to  be  used  sometimes  with- 
out any  thought  of  the  real  agency  concerned  in  the  action  spoken  of,  and 
where  the  English  would  require  a  passive  construction,  ''b'^ija  Vrs  m'B"'b 
wearisome  nights  are  appointed  to  me  lit.  theij  have  appointed  Job  7  ;  3. 

*  151  is  an  abbreviation  for  "i^isi  et  completio,  and  so  forth,  §9.  1. 


270        .  SYNTAX.  §244,245 

3.  When  the  construction  is  impersonal;  in  this  case 
the  third  person  singiihir  niaseuhne  is  the  form  commonly 
adopted,  Tr?^  JJ'ii^'bx  let  it  not  be  f/rievous  in  thi/  sigld  Gen. 
21:12,  ^n^n  TX  then  it  teas  hcfjun  i.e.  men  be</an,  though 
the  feminine  is  also  employed  on  account  of  its  special  affinity 
with  the  neuter,  'i^'^i^"'^  "i^t  and  Israel  was  distressed  lit.  it 
was  strait  to  Israel  Judg.  10:9. 

§244.  1.  The  subject  maybe  extended  by  connecting  two 
or  more  nouns  or  pronouns  and  thus  forming  what  is  called 
a  compound  subject,  okns-bDT  1'"?«ni  ni'^fn  ^^^^t  and  the 
heavens  and  the  earth  and  all  their  host  tcere  finished  Gen. 
2:1,  nib?  nyin^i  "lii^;!  and  I  and  the  lad  will  go  Gen.  22  :  5. 

2.  Or  it  may  be  extended  by  adding  to  the  noun  an 
article,  adjective,  demonstrative  pronoun,  pronominal  suffix, 
or  another  noun  with  which  it  may  be  either  in  apposition 
or  in  construction.  When  thus  united  with  other  qualifying 
words  the  noun  alone  is  called  the  grammatical  subject,  the 
noun,  together  with  its  adjuncts,  is  called  the  logical  subject. 


The  Article. 

§  245.  The  definite  article  is  used  in  Hebrew  as  in  other 
languages  to  particularize  the  object  spoken  of,  and  distin- 
guish it  from  all  others.  It  is  accordingly  prefixed  in  the 
following  cases,  viz. : 

1.  When  the  thing  refen'cd  to  is  one  which  has  been 
mentioned  before,  and  God  said,  Let  there  be  ^''pT  a  firma- 
ment, etc.,  and  God  made  'STyT!*}  the  firmament  Gen.  1  ;  G,  7. 

2.  AYhen  it  is  defined  by  accompanying  words,  as  a  rela- 
tive clause,  "t^'t  ^r\  iiS  nrii:  ir^sn  incs  blessed  is  the  man 
who  has  not  icalked,  etc.,  Ps.  1:1,  an  adjective,  b"an  Txrin 
the  greater  light,  pjjn  nisian  the  lesser  light  Gen.  1  :  IG,  or 
a  demonstrative  pronoun,  "in  a  mountain,  n^n  nnn  this  moim- 
tain,  ^5^^n  nnn   that  mountain,   or  by   being   directly  a-d- 


§245  THE   ARTICLE.  .  271 

dressed,  ^bizn    0  hing  1   Sam.  17:55,  D'^'a^n    0  heavens^ 
ynsjn  0  earth  Deut.  32  : 1. 

3.  When  it  is  obviously  suggested  by  the  circumstances, 
or  may  be  presumed  to  be  well  known :  she  emptied  her 
pitcher  into  Mj^^'n  the  trou(jh  Gen  24  :  20,  viz.,  the  one  which 
must  have  been  by  a  well  used  for  watering  cattle  ;  Abime- 
lech  looked  throufjh  Ti^nn  the  windoio  Gen.  26  :8,  i.  e.  of  the 
house  in  which  it  is  taken  for  granted  that  he  was ;  let  us  go 
to  nxhn  the  (well-known)  seer  1  Sam.  9  :  9. 

a.  The  article  is  accordingly  used  as  in  Greek  and  in  some  modern  lan- 
guages in  place  of  an  unemphatic  possessive  pronoun:  she  took  CT'i'SH  the 
veil  Gen.  24:65,  i.e.  the  one  which  she  had,  or,  according  to  the  English 
idiom,  her  veil ;  David  took  ^i23rt  the  harp  i.  e.  his  harp  1  Sam.  16 :  23,  .so 
the  LXX.  tAa/AySaj'c  AamS  t^v  Kivvpav. 

h.  With  words  denoting  time  it  expresses  the  present  as  that  which 
would  most  readily  occur  to  the  mind,  ci'n  the  day  i.  e.  that  which  is  now 
passing,  to-day  Gen.  4: 14,  •i^'l'^n  the  night  i.  e.  to-night  Gen.  30: 15,  «^3Ti"n 
the  year  i.  e.  this  year  Jer.  28 :  16,  ns'Sfi  the  time  i.  e.  this  time  Gen.  29 :  35, 
unless  another  idea  is  more  naturally  suggested  by  the  context,  ci'^n  '^iH'^ 
and  it  came  to  pass  on  the  day  i.  e.  at  the  period  before  spoken  of  at  that 
time  1  Sam.  1 : 4,  Job  1 :  6. 

4.  When  it  is  distinguished  above  all  others  of  like  kind 
or  is  the  only  one  of  its  class,  tr^%T\  the  house  viz.  of  God,  the 
temple  Mic.  3  :  12,  'ji'^^vj  the  Lord  Isa.  1  :  24,  tD^n'bsn  the 
(true)  God,  ti-^^^r^  the  heavens,  V"iNn  the  earth  Gen.  1:1, 
cm:n  the  sun  Gen.  15:12. 

5.  When  it  is  an  appellative  noun  used  in  a  generic  or 
universal  sense,  ^'inn  the  sioord  devoureth  one  as  well  as 
another  2  Sam.  11  :25;  theg  shall  mount  tip  with  icings 
D'i"nC33  as  the  eagles  Isa.  40  :  31,  and  sometimes  when  it  is  a 
material  or  abstract  noun,  in  which  case  the  English  idiom  does 
not  admit  the  article,  where  there  is  ^'n^T^  gold  Geu.  2  :  11 
LXX.  TO  xp^<^'ov;  thy  wine  mixed  D?'Q5  with  loater  Isa.  1 :  22, 
where  shall  n)3Dnn  loisdom  he  found?  Job  28  :  12  LXX.  ■?;  Se 
ao^ia  kt\;  theg  smotc  the  men  D'''?!i?B5  loith  blindness  Gen. 
19:11. 


272  SYNTAX.  §24G 

a.  Tlic  article  is  tluis  used  with  adjectives  to  denote  the  class,  which 
they  describe,  Crod  shall  judge  "i'^nTXi  p'^^anTS  Ike  righteous  and  the 
iciched  Eccl.  3:17;  the  proverb  of  "^J-li^'"]  the  ancients  1  Sam.  24:14; 
and  with  Gentile  nouns,  which  are  proi)erly  adjectives,  §194.  1,  "'I'sxn  the 
Aniorite,  ■'srssn  the  Canaanite,  Gen.  15:21. 

b.  The  Hebrew  infinitive  does  not  receive  the  article;  P"^! ,  which  is 
the  only  exception,  see  Gen.  2  : 9  and  elsewhere,  may  be  regarded  as  a 
noun.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  article  is  prefixed  to  finite  tenses  of  the 
verb  with  the  lorce  of  a  relative  pronoun,  Xl-brin  icho  went  Josh.  10:24, 
•n^l'n  that  shall  be  born  Judg.  13:8.  d-i^prin  which  he  sanctified  1  Chron. 
2(3:28,  'ix:!'::?!  who  are  present  1  Chron.  29:17,  'i"'ina  into  (the  place) 
u-hich  he  prepared  2  Chron.  1:4;  so  also  2  Chron.  29:36,  Ezr.  8:25, 
10 :  14,  17,  Isa.  56 :  3,  Jer.  5:13,  Dan.  8:1.  It  is  once  prefixed  to  a  prepo- 
sition, •7"'!?5n  what  (was)  upon  it  1  Sam.  9  :  24. 

c.  In  the  uses  of  the  article,  as  slated  above,  Nos.  4  and  5  are  really 
varieties  of  No.  3,  since  the  prominent  member  of  a  class  is  the  best  known 
and  most  readily  suggested,  and  when  a  word  is  used  generically  it 
designates  a  definite  and  well-known  class  of  objects  which  is  to  be  distin- 
guished from  every  other  class. 

d.  The  Hebrew  article  is  sometimes  found  where  the  English  requires 
the  indefinite  article  or  none  at  all ;  but  it  must  not  on  that  account  he  sup- 
posed that  it  ever  loses  its  proper  Ibrce  or  becomes  equivalent  to  an  in- 
definite article.  The  difference  of  idiom  is  due  to  a  difference  in  the  mode 
of  conception.  Thus,  in  comparisons  the  Hebrew  commonly  conceived  of 
the  whole  class  of  objects  of  which  he  spoke,  while  we  mostly  think  of 
one  or  more  individuals  belonging  to  the  class,  "iJSS  as  (the)  a  nest,  Isa. 
10: 14.  nE03  as  (the)  a  scroll  Isa.  34:4,  like  rending  "^nsn  (the)  a  kid 
Judg.  14  :  6,  as  ninh'nri  (the)  bees  do  Deut.  1 :  44,  nijirs  as  (the)  scarlet, 
5^t;3  as  (the)  snow,  y^in?  as  (the)  crimson,  "I'asS  as  (the)  wool  Isa.  1 :  18. 
Cases  also  not  infrequently  occur  in  which  the  article  may  either  be  in- 
serted or  omitted  with  equal  propriety  and  without  any  material  change 
of  sense,  according  as  the  noun  is  to  the  mind  of  the  speaker  definite  or 
indefinite.  In  speaking  of  the  invasion  of  his  father's  flocks,  David  says. 
inxn  the  lion  and  ai^n  the  bear  came  1  Sam.  17  :  34,  because  he  thinks 
of  these  as  the  enemies  to  be  expected  under  the  circumstances ;  had  he 
thought  of  them  indefinitely  as  beasts  of  prey  he  would  have  said,  without 
the  article,  a  lion  and  a  bear.  It  is  said,  Gen.  13  :  2,  that  Abram  was  very 
rich  -n?ai  rjosa  iiipaa  in  (the)  cattle,  in  (the)  silver,  and  in  (the)  gold, 
since  these  are  viewed  as  definite  and  well-known  species  of  property; 
but  in  Gen.  21:35  Ae /ia//i  g-i't-eu /j/»i  anji  r,D3T  n^ai  '{ik'i  Jlocks  and  herds 
and  silver  and  gold,  these  are  viewed  indefinitely  in  Hebrew  as  in  English. 

\  2 IG.  Nouns  are  definite  without  the  article  in  the  fol- 
lowing cases,  viz. : 

1.  Proper   nouns,  which   are   definite   by  signification, 
nnnns?  Abraham,  "j^bs  Canaan,  pSc^n;'  Jerusalem. 


§246  THE    ARTICLE.  273 

a.  Proper  names,  originally  applied  in  an  appellative  sense,  sometimes 
retain  the  definite  article,  ^?2n  the  lord,  Baal,  'iV^^H  '^<e  adversary,  Satan. 
"iiHifi  the  river,  the  Euphrates,  "I'H"^*'!  the  descending  (stream),  the  Jor- 
dan, 'jl33i''^  the  while  (mountain),  Lebanon,  hh^'ZTy  the  garden,  Carinel, 
^ssn  the  circuit  of  the  Jordan,  riQ^^ati  the  watch-tower,  Mizpah,  Q"75$v? 
and  cnx  the  (first)  7nan,  Adam,  t^^r^iiii  and  ninbx  the  (true)  God.  In 
nt:3^n  aauj  "ikri  the  half  tribe  of  Manasseh  Deut.  3:13  and  often  else- 
where, the  article  makes  more  prominent  the  definiteness  of  the  entire  ex- 
pression :  it  also  occurs  without  the  article,  e.  g.  Num.  32 :  33. 

2.  Nouns  with  suffixes,  which  are  rendered  definite  by 
the  appended  pronoun,  i^'^ibj  oiii'  father,  i^t3  Ms  name,  but 
in  Greek  o  irarrjp  rjixoiv,  TO  opofia  avrov. 

a.  There  are  a  few  instances  in  which,  for  special  reasons,  the  article 
is  prefixed  to  nouns  having  suffixes.  It  is  emphatic  in  i'^ltnO  ^''^  (other) 
half  of  them  Josh.  8:33,  opposed  to  a  preceding  i"^:;jn  one  half  of  them  ;  so 
in  inFi"i3;3  Isa.  24:2.  In  ^S"!?.;'^  ^^^.^  Hie  worth  of  thy  estimation  Lev. 
27  :  23,  it  serves  to  indicate  more  clearly  the  definiteness  of  the  entire  ex- 
pression; so  "^^n-^D  "n''^^  in  the  midst  of  my  tent  Josh.  7  :  21,  ii^'^n  Tpna 
in  the  midst  of  its  fold  Mic.  2  :  12,  vj'^b'i^vj'l'^^  Ihe  whole  of  the  women  with 
child  2  Kin.  15  :  16 ;  in  ^tniyab  Prov,  16:4  it  distinguishes  the  noun  nD?a 
from  the  preposition  "jSrl? , 

h.  A  suffix  which  is  the  direct  object  of  a  participle  does  not  supersede 
the  necessity  of  the  article,  ^ii'S'Bii  the  (one)  smiting  him  Isa.  9  :  12. 
^^^^n  ifie  (one)  bringing  thee  up  Ps.  SI :  11,  "iD'niiS:!??!  the  (one)  crow7iing 
thee  Ps.  103  :  4. 

3.  Nouns  in  the  construct  state  before  a  definite  noun, 
whether  this  has  the  article  Q/'biin  insis  t/ie  stars  of  heaven 
Gen.  26  :  4,  n^snipri  ^%^  the  feet  of  the  priests  Josh.  3  :  13, 
is  a  proper  name,  ^^^^^.  ^^^'^.  the  tribes  of  Israel  Ex.  24 : 4, 
rnh^'  W  the  word  of  Jehovah  Gen.  15:1,  has  a  pronominal, 
suffix,  "^^X^  "^"iiisa  the  first  fruits  of  thy  labours,  1''?n"^T??3  the 
imves  of  his  sons  Gen.  7:13,  or  is  itself  definite  by  construc- 
tion, n^spian  niii?  trmi  the  cave  of  the  field  of  Machjjelah 
Gen.  23  :  19,  nnhi-n^na  linj^  the  ark  of  the  covenant  of  Je- 
hovah Josh.  3:3. 

a.  Nouns  in  the  construct  are  occasionally  found  with  the  article, 
^^i^  "^r?.'^f7  to  the  tent  of  Sarah  Gen.  24 :  67,  ^-n^3  hkr^  the^  God  of^ 
Beihd  Gen.' 31 :  13,  snxn  -in':n  the  pin  of  the  web  Judg.  16: 14,  ris'lnn  Vs 
ti^isr;  all  the  abominations  of  the  nations  1  Kin.  14  :  24,  C'^n'bsin-iy"'i<  "'^i^.H 
the  grave  of  the  man  of  God  2  Kin.  23  :  17,  'j'nstrt  rnDbsan-^  all  the  king- 
18 


274  SYNTAX.  §247  248 

doms  of  the  earth  Jer.  25 :  26.  n:K''rr!  *£^1  ^^^  hill  of  the  purchase,  Jer. 
32:12,  nr2b  "lEin  Jer.  48:32;  see  Josh.  3:11.  8:11,  1  Chron.  15:27, 
2  Chron.  8  ':  16.  15  :  8,  Ezr.  8  :  29,  Isa.^  36  :  8.  Ezek.  45  :  16,  47  :  15,  Zcph. 
3:19,  Zech.  4 :  7,  Ps.  123 :  4 ;  also  1  Sam.  26:22  K'thibh,  2  Kin.  7:13 
K'thibli,  where  the  K'ri  omits  ihc  article. 

b.  Gentile  noun.',  derived  from  a  compound  proper  name,  frequently  re- 
ceive tlic  article  before  the  second  member  of  the  comjiound,  "^i'^'^r^n"")? 
the  Ih-njamite  Judg.  3:15.  •'•i'^V^n-r-z:  the  Bethsheiuite  1  Sam.  6:14, 
irn^n  n^a  the  liethlehemite  1  Sam.  16:18,  "'^Tyn  ■'ix  the  Abiezrile 
Juilir.  6:11.  though  this  last  word  also  appears  in  the  abbreviated  form 
"•l^r'^O  ^"f"-  26:30. 

§  247.  The  article  is  frequently  omitted  in  the  brief  and 
emphatic  language  of  poetry,  where  it  M"ould  be  required  in 
prose,  y;?^:"^?'?^  Hn(/s  of  (the)  earth  Ps.  2 :  2,  tJiatD  <itb  in 
the  presence  of  (the)  su7i  Ps.  72  :  17,  "ij^n  i^nsj  nt«  niax  (the) 
watchman  sai/s,  (the)  morning  comes  Isa.  21:12;  to  give 
i?32'i  tj'ipi  hoth  sanctuary  and  host  to  be  tramjjledDsin.  8  :  13. 

a.  Occasional  instances  occur  of  its  beinjT  dropped  from  (amiliar  or  fre- 
quently repeated  e.xpressions  in  prose,  tiJJ  ri"'"inN  is  to  yeaj''s  end  Deut. 
11:  12,  iH'a  bniia  in  (the)  tabernacle  of  (the)  congregation  "Ex.  27:21 
(comp.  English  in  church),  i<b:i""ib  (the)  captain  of  (the)  host  1  Kin. 
16:16,  "^72  ^l^'tib  king  Lemuel  Prov.  31:1;  also  in  geographical  and 
architectural  details,  such  technical  terms  as  'b''CV\  and  (the)  border  Joeh. 
13  :  23,  annn  and  (the)  breadth  2  Chron.  3:3. 

6.  When  two  definite  nouns  are  connected  by  and  the  article  is  com- 
monly repeated  ;  it  may,  however,  particularly  in  poetry,  stand  only  before 
the  first  and  be  understood  witii  the  second,  woe  iinlo  firirhrj  the  (persons) 
decreeing  unrighteous  decrees  C^aFiSiil  and  writing,  etc.  Isa.  10:1.  ^22?! 
"i'i2=')  O  psaltery  and  harp  Ps.  57  :  9.  Still  more  rarely  a  pronominal  suffix 
may  be  attached  to  the  first  only  of  two  words  to  which  it  belongs.  *'!? 
nnian  my  strength  and  song  Ex.  15:2. 

§248.  There  is  no  indefinite  article  in  Hebrew;  indefinite 
nouns  are  sufficiently  characterized  as  such  by  the  absence 
of  the  article.  Thus,  lii?  a  river  Gen.  2:10,  ccnD-na  2Dn-D5 
both  chariots  and  horsemen  Gen.  50  :  9,  t'lni  nbn  milk  and 
honey  Ex.  3  :  8,  D'^'b;'  ^'^b  an  infant  of  days  Isa.  G5  :  20. 

a.  The  numeral  nnx  one  is  occasionally  employed  in  the  sense  of  an 
indefinite  article,  "inx  bo  a  bashet  Ex.  29:3.  inx  c-'X  a  man  Judg.  13:2. 
or  in  the  construct  before  a  plural  noun,  ni^Zin  rnx  one  of  the  foolish 
women  i.  e.  a  foolish  woman  Job  2  :  10. 


§  249  ADJECTIVES    AND    DEMONSTRATIVES.  275 


Adjectives  and  Demonstratives. 

§249.  1.  Adjectives  and  participles,  qualifying  a  noun, 
are  commonly  placed  after  it  and  agree  with  it  not  only  in 
gender  and  number  but  in  definiteness,  that  is  to  say,  if  the 
noun  is  indefinite  they  remain  without  the  article,  but  if  the 
noun  is  made  definite,  whether  by  the  article  or  in  any  of  the 
ways  specified  in  §  24G,  they  receive  the  article,  oSn  )i  a 
ivise  son  Prov.  10:11,  i^?"^  l^in  a  bridegroom  (joing  out  Ps. 
19  :  6,  niiian  f-isn  the  good  IandJ)Q\xt.  1 :  35,  D-^ann  ^-^izn^, 
thy  manifold  mercies  Neh.  9:19.  If  more  than  one  adjec- 
tive accompany  a  definite  noun,  the  article  is  repeated  before 
each  of  them,  N'iisn)  ISDiin  Di'n  tUe  glorious  and  fearful 
name  Deut.  28  :  58. 

a.  The  adjective  ca"!  many  is  in  a  ^ew  instances,  for  the  sake  of 
greater  emphasis,  prefixed  to  the  noun  which  it  quahfies,  D^33  dan  many 
sons  1  Chron.  28:  5,  D-'FiS  nian  many  times  Neh.  9  :  28.  so  Ps.  32  :  10, 89: 51, 
Jer.  16:  16.  Other  instances  are  rare,  'inirso  "it  his  strange  work,  H'^dd 
innn?.  his  strange  task  Isa.  28:21,  *''^la^  p'^'ns  my  righteous  servant  Isa,. 
53:11,  rininx  "T^i^a  her  treacherous  sister  2ev.u:l.  10. 

h.  Some  exceptional  cases  occur,  in  which  an  adjective  qualifying  a 
definite  noun  does  not  receive  the  article,  niann  n^arn  the  new  cart 
2  Sam.  6:3,  np=3  '(Sr.n  the  strange  vine  Jer.  2:21,  Ezek.  39:27,  Dan. 
8:13,  11:31,  or  when  the  noun  is  made  definite  by  a  suffix,  "ins  ni?'^n& 
your  other  brother  Gen.  43: 14,  ^nx  oasn  the  one  lamb  Num.  28:4,  Ezek. 
34  :  12,  Hag.  1  : 4.  In  T\s^'^  orja^  an  evil  report  respecting  them  Gen.  37  :2, 
the  suffix  denotes  the  object  and  the  noun  is  really  indefinite.  Comp. 
§246.  2.6. 

c.  On  the  other  hand,  the  article  is  sometimes  dropped  from  the  noun, 
but  retained  before  the  adjective,  n'^iisr!  njjn  the  great  court  1  Kin.  7: 12, 
n-^iuyn  u3-'i<  the  rich  man  2  Sam,  12:4^  '^"i^fH  "lis  the  great  well  1  Sam. 
19:  22,  Neil.  9:  35,  Ps.  104 :  18,  Jer.  27:  3,  32*:  14.  40  : 3  K'thibh,  Ezek.  9:2, 
Zech.  4:7;  so  with  the  ordinal  numbers,  ''^^'^l  ui^  the  sixth  day  Gen. 
1:31,  2:3,  Ex.  20:10,  Deut.  5  :  14,  Judg.  G:25J  Jer.  38: 14. 

2.  Demonstrative  pronouns  follow  the  same  rule  of  posi- 
tion and  agreement,  only  the  nouns  which  they  qualify  are 
invariably  definite,  §245.  2,  nin  Di'^n  this  dag  Gen.  7  :  13, 
n^sn  D^nn^n  these  things  Gen.  15:1,  n^nn  D^surj  those 
men  Num.  9:7.     If  both  an  adjective  and  a  demonstrative 


276  SYNTAX.  ^250 

qualify  the  same  noun,  the  demonstrative  is  placed  last,  T"}^"^ 
rsin  raion  Deut.  9  :  G,  r.?xn  rsbn  ninbn  n'^i-cn  these  (jood 
years  that  (are)  coming  Gen.  41  :  35. 

a.  Tlic  demonstrative  DT  occasionally  stands  emphatically  heforc  its 
noun,  ■T>i'"''3  nt  //ijs  Moses  Ex.  32:1,  where  it  is  probably  contemptuous 
like  the  Latin  isie^  '^'^''rTh  •^.1  '/''*  o"''  i/rcarZ  Josh.  9:  12,  Judg.  5:5.  1  Sam. 
17:55,  50,  C?n  ni  this  people  Isa.  23:  13,  Hab.  1 :  11.  The  demonstrative 
both  follows  the  noun  and  is  repeated  after  the  adjective  in  '^r.k'^  ^V^il 
n^xn  ninxirrn  these  nations  these  that  remain  Josh.  23  :  7.  12. 

b.  The  article  is  sometimes  omitted  from  the  demonstrative,  IT  "i'nn 
this  generation  Ps.  12:8,  K^n  n^^a  t«  that  night  Gen.  19:33,  30:16, 
32:23,  1  Sam.  19:10,  particularly  if  the  noun  is  made  definite  by  means 
of  a  suffix,  rxT  *'fiyni:J  this  my  oath  Gen.  24:8,  nbx  irhx  these  my  signs 
Ex.  10:1,  11:8,  Deut.  11:18,  Josh.  2:14,  20,  Judg.  6:14,  1  Kin.  22:23, 
2Chron.  18:22,  24:18,  Jer.  31:21. 

c.  The  article  is  still  more  rarely  dropped  from  the  noun,  n?n  uiz'n  ara 
this  small  quantity  of  honey  1  Sam.  14:  29,  ri-in  ''nnsx  irj-ik  that  Ephr'athit'e 
17 :  12,  T\^  ''hn  this  sickness  2  Kin.  1 :  2,  8 :  8. 


Numerals. 

Cardinal  Kurnbers. 

§250.  1.  The  nmneral  in«  07ie  is  treated  like  other  ad- 
jectives, and  follows  the  rules  of  position  and  agreement 
already  given,  "iHi?  Dip'a  one  place  Gen.  1  :  9,  nHi?n  n:?i"i^n 
the  one  curtain  Ex.  26  :  2. 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances  the  noun  is  in  the  construct  before  the  nu- 
meral one^  inx  'S'^tra  one  law  Lev.  24 :  22,  lnJ<  *,inj<^  a  chest  2  Kin.  12: 10, 
'^^^.  f^n?  o«6  governor  Isa.  36  :  9,  comp.  §  254.  6.  b. 

2.  The  other  cardinal  nmubers  are  joined  to  nouns  as 
follows,  viz. : 

(1.)  They  commonly  stand  before  the  noun  to  which 
they  belong  and  in  the  absolute  state,  D'^i'^'a  ^?^"?^  ff^f^^' 
Mnp  Gen.  14  :  9,  n^y  D'^iri?  sixty  cities  Deut.  3  : 4,  rk^ 
D''p»i'E2:  a  hundred  calces  of  raisins  2  Sam.  16  : 1,  D'^sbx  mriD 
QiicnB  six  thousand  horsemen  1  Sam.  13  :  5. 

(2.)  Sucli  as  have  a  distinct  form  for  the  construct  (viz. 


i 


§  251  NUMERALS.  277 

2-10,  sni^'a  hundred,  ''S^i?  thousands)  may  also  stand  before 
the  noun  in  the  construct  state,  D^in  ibiy  two  sons  prop,  two 
of  sons  Gen.  10  :  25,  D-'b^-'  ryanx  four  dcajs  Judg.  11  :  40, 
n^b^s  tkyi  a  hundred  sockets  Ex.  38 :  27,  n''^^5  ^Ebx  t\ihi:_ 
three  thousand  camels  Job  1  :  3. 

a.  The  numbers  ivco.  three,  four,  and  seven,  occur  with  the  suffixes  of 
pronouns  which  are  in  apposition  with  them.  12n':x  ^IS""?.^  we,  both  of  us 
1  Sam.  20  :  42,  'in"'ni:J  Z/te//  tico  or  6o//j  of  them  1  Sam.  25 :  43,  Dzndbo  ye 
three,  ^r^'cbti  they  three  Num.  12  :  4,  cn::?"^^  they  four  Dan.  1  :  i?,  Cnraiy 
they  seven  2  Sam.  21:9  K'ri.  The  following  numerals  occur  with  pro- 
nominal suffixes  having  a  possessive  sense,  rp'^^n.  thy  ffty,  1''li'^n  his 
fifty  2  Kin.  1 :  10,  dh-'TTrn.  their  fifties  ver,  14,  ■'bbx  viy  thousand  Judg. 
6:15,  tbisbx  your  thousands  1  Sam.  10:19,  l"^n32"i  his  ten  thousands 
1  Sam.  IS'-V" 

(3.)  Less  frequently  the  numerals  stand  after  the  noun 
in  the  absolute  state,  ^^V.  t^i^??.  seven  steps  Ezek.  40 :  22, 
n^^m  riShx  twenty  she-asses  Gen.  32:16,  vib:k-nsTa  d"^^S3  a 
hundred  thousand  talents  1  Chron.  22  :  14. 

§251.  1.  The  units  (including  ten),  whether  they  stand 
singly  or  are  compounded  with  other  numbers,  agree  with 
their  nouns  in  gender,  ninb'i  t^5©  three  leaves  Jer.  36 :  23, 
'Hr\  1^0  niDb©  three  baskets  of  bread  Gen.  40  :  16,  S^^a'is? 
D'^irn^  "ibv  fourteen  lambs  Num.  29  :  15  ;  the  other  numerals 
observe  no  distinction  of  gender. 

a.  When  the  units  qualify  riix^  hundreds  or  f^E^i*  thousands,  their 
gender  is  determined  by  that  of  these  words  respectively.  In  I'^ja""'©?  niriilU 
the  three  wives  of  his  sons  Gen.  7  :  13,  the  masculine  adjective  is  probably 
to  be  explained  by  the  fact  that  the  noun,  though  in  reality  feminine,  has 
a  masculine  termination. 

2.  Nouns  accompanied  by  the  units  (2-10)  are  almost 
invariably  plural,  while  those  which  are  preceded  by  the  tens 
(20-90)  or  numbers  compounded  with  them  (21,  etc.),  are 
commonly  put  in  the  singular,  nb^b  n'^ysni?'!  di^  u^'$':^'~\'^  forti/ 
datjs  and  forty  nights  Gen.  7  : 4,  nbiu  trt^m  ^i^^four  and 
thirty  years  Gen.  11 :16,  aib©  S^nilJl  ivit  n^nto?  twenty  years 
and  seven  years  Gen.  23  : 1. 


278  SYNTAX.  ^  251 

a.  This  phonomcnon  is  probably  to  he  accounted  for  upon  a  principle 
analogous  to  that  by  which  the  anomalous  terminations  for  gender  in  tiie 
numerals  has  been  exphiined,  §223.  2.  When  the  numeral  has  itself  a 
plural  form,  as  it  has  in  the  tens,  the  plurality  of  the  entire  expression  is 
sulfu-iently  indicated  without  giving  a  plural  ending  to  the  noun  likewise. 
But  with  the  units  which  have  a  singular  termination,  the  noun  must  take 
a  plural  form.  It  may  be  observed,  however,  that  this  peculiarity  chiefly 
affects  a  certain  class  of  nouns,  viz.  those  which  are  most  frequently 
numbered,  and  in  which,  consequently,  the  tendency  to  alibreviate  the 
expression  by  retrenching  the  plural  ending  is  most  strongly  manifested. 
These  are  such  as  Ti"'X  man,  and  various  measures  of  time,  space,  weight, 
etc.,  e.  g.  ni'a  year,  ci"'  day.  nax  cubit,  b'pb  shekel.  These  nouns  are 
also  found,  though  less  constantly,  in  the  singular  with  hundreds  and 
thousands,  nid  nix?3  sen  nine  hundred  years  Gen.  5:5,  nsx  C]^x  a 
thousand  cubits  Num.  35:4,  and  with  the  numbers  from  11  to  19,  nisrjn 
bj^'q  '\hy  Jifteen  shekels  Lev.  27:  7.  Comp.  in  German  hunderl  Fuss  lang, 
fuiifzig  Pfund  schwer,  and  in  English  twenty  head  of  cattle,  a  ten  fool 
pole. 

b.  The  numbers  from  2  to  10  are  very  rarely  found  with  singular  nouns. 
n:-:3  nib'j  eight  years  2  Kin.  22:  1,  rn:x  Tibd  three  cubits  25:  17  K'thibh 
where  the  K'ri  has  ni^s .  The  tens  are  occasionally  followed  by  the 
plural  D^?';!^?  ciiVj  thirty  companions  Judg.  14:11,  b"'n-^:3  csird 
eighty  sons  of  valour  2  Chron.  26:17,  ^''1^]  ''l^r^  ^^S'Z-rt^  forty-two  chil- 
dren 2  Kin.  2:24.  Wiien  the  noun  precedes  the  numeral  it  is  always  put 
in  the  plural. 

c.  In  enumerations  of  fimiliar  objects  the  noun  is  sometimes  omitted, 
when  the  meaning  is  sulficiently  plain  from  the  connection,  Snj  ir;'"^'?.  te7i 
(shekels)  of  gold  Gen.  24  :  22,  q03  niXTD  db'j  three  hundred  (shekeLs)  of 
silcer  Gen,  45:22,  cn!?-iria  two  (loaves)  of  bread  1  Sam.  10:4,  C'nrc-uid 
six  (ephalis)  of  barley  Ruth  3:  15.  In  measurements,  the  word  nax  cubit 
is  occasionally  preceded  by  the  preposition  3.  thus  '"issa  VZ^ii  four  by 
the  cubit  i.  e,  four  cubits, 

3.  Compoimd  numbers  may  either  proceed  from  the 
higher  to  the  lower  denomination,  nyansT  n^t-rn  n^nxia  ^bi^ 
a  thousand  fico  hundred  ftf ty  and  four  Nch,  7  :  34,  or  the  re- 
verse, nbi^  ns^i  D"'irb;rT  V'li^^  seven  and  thirti/  and  a  hundred 
years  Ex.  G  :  IG.  The  noun  sometimes  stands  at  the  begin- 
ning or  end  of  the  entire  series  as  in  preceding  examples, 
and  sometimes  it  is  repeated  after  each  numeral,  n:©  nsc'a 
Qiiin  ynisi  nb'iT  d"''iuj?'i  a  hundred  years  and  ticenty  years  and 
seven  years  Gen.  23  : 1, 

4.  Numeral  adjectives  may  receive  the  article  when  they 
represent  an  absolute  number,  or  the  noun  is  not  expressed ; 


^  252  ORDINAL    NUMBERS,    ETC.  279 

but  when  tliey  are  joined  to  a  definite  noun  the  latter  alone 
receives  the  article,  n'^i'^n  {the)  two  are  better  than  ^Tj'^y} 
{the)  one  Eccles.  4  :  9,  D^^ansn  the  forty  Gen.  18  :  29,  □■'#^n 
Dpins^r;  the  fifty  riyhteous  ver.  28,  Vnbn  inio  his  tioo  dauyh- 
ters  19  :  30,  Di^n  D^ysns?  the  forty  days  Deut.  9  :  25. 

a.  When  compound  numbers  11,  12,  etc.,  receive  the  article,  it  maybe 
given  to  the  first  member  of  the  compound,  "lib^  CSTI^n  thetioelve  1  Chron. 
25:19.27:15,  1  Kin.  6:38,  or  to  the  second,  ui-'X  nibrn  D-'iq  the  twelve 
wen  Josh.  4:4,  1  Kin.  19:  19.  In  the  example  just  cited  the  article  is  given 
to  the  numeral  instead  of  to  the  noun,  but  in  "liU^'CSU:  ij^sn  the  twelve 
oxen  1  Kin.  7:44,  the  general  rule  is  observed.  In  chsais  •^^^<^^  D"'"7^";irt 
these  four  children  Dan.  1 :  17,  the  numeral  following  a  definite  noun  re- 
ceives a  pronominal  suffix  referring  to  it. 


Ordinal  Numbers,  etc. 

§252.  1.  The  ordinal  numbers  follow  the  general  law 
of  adjectives  in  position  and  agreement  with  the  substantive, 
to  which  they  belong,  "'ito  "J?  «  second  son  Gen.  30  :7,  nbisa 
™-''5Trn  in  the  third  year  1  Kin.  18  : 1. 

2.  The  lack  of  ordinals  above  ten  is  supplied  by  using 
the  cardinals  instead,  which  are  then  commonly  preceded  by 
the  noun  in  the  construct  state,  yi^i  D'^^tos?  ni©  the  twenty- 
seventh  year  1  Kin.  16:10,  although  this  order  is  not  always 
observed,  ni©  nnto^-ttjbtj  thirteenth  year  Gen.  14  :  4. 

a.  A  fuller  form  of  expression  is  sometimes  employed,  e.  g.  ^2^? 
Sijo  MDiad^  Q'^ijbia  in  the  thirty-eighth  year  prop,  in  the  year  of  thirty-eight 
years  1  Kin.  16 :  29,  2  Kin.  15 : 1. 

b.  In  dates  the  cardinals  are  used  for  the  day  of  the  month  and  some- 
times for  the  year,  even  though  the  number  is  below  ten;  the  words  day 
and  month  are  also  frequently  omitted,  5.'3'>y  f^?'^  the  seventh  year  2  Kin. 
12: 1,  ''i^r^f^  iJinb  nraix  the  fourth  (day)  of  the  ninth  month  Zech.  7:1, 
ijiaisa  in  the  seventh  (month)  ver.  5. 

3.  When  the  ordinals  are  used  to  express  fractional  parts, 
§  227.  3,  they  stand  before  the  noun,  ^nn  tr^thii  the  third 
of  a  hin  Num.  15:6. 

4.  Distributive  numbers  are  formed  by  repeating  the  car- 
dinals, t^^i-q  n^iia  two  by  two  Gen.  7:9,  nynt?   nibnio  by 


280  SYNTAX.  §  253 

sevens  ver.  2.  The  numeral  adverbs  once,  twice,  etc.,  arc  ex- 
pressed by  the  feminine  of  the  cardinals,  nns  once^  D^n© 
iicice  2  Kin.  G  :  10,  Ps.  C2  :12,  or  by  means  of  the  noun 

D?D  stroke  or  beat,  D^'cyB  //f/c*?  Gen.  27 :  3G,  D^'byB  no 
/e//  times  Job  19:3  or  D'^^5"i  steps,  C^^T  te5id  ////-c^?  //w^e* 
Ex.  23 :  14. 

a.  This  use  of  these  nouns  lias  arisen  from  the  method  of  counting  by 
beats  or  taps  with  the  hand  or  foot. 


Apposition. 

^253.  When  one  noun  serves  to  define  or  to  describe 
another  it  may  be  put  in  apposition  with  it.  This  construc- 
tion, of  which  a  more  extended  use  is  made  in  Hebrew  than 
in  occidental  languages,  may  be  employed  in  the  following 
cases,  viz. : 

1.  When  both  nouns  denote  the  same  person  or  thing, 
Tin  ^jbisn  2  Sam.  6  :  10,  or  less  commonly,  tybtn  'ii'i  13  :39 
kint/   David,    •n'?''?^^?    J^^"^    a   woman    (who   was)    a   widow 

1  Kin.  7  :  14. 

2.  When  the  second  specifies  the  first  by  stating  the 
material  of  which  it  consists,  its  quantity,  character  or  the 
like,  niiJnsn  ^Ijnn  the  oxen  the  brass  i.  e.  the  brazen  oxen 

2  Kin.  10  :  17,  irajb  d'^nd  i:^t  three  measures  (consisting  of) 
meal  Gen.  18:0,  ii^'i  D^ij^'ysi^  seven  years  {oi)  famine 
2  Sam.  24  :  13,  n"^^;*  Q^^^^^  ^t?^'*?  three  weeks  (of)  days  Dan. 
10:3,  "IBM  n^'b;'  days  (which  are)  a  numher,  i.  e.  such  as  can 
be  readily  numbered,  a  few  Num.  9 :  20,  rrbs  D''nrs  words 
(which  are)  truth  Prov.  22  :  21. 

a.  In  tliis  latter  case  the  closer  connection  of  the  construct  state 
might,  witli  equal  propriety,  be  employed,  §254.  4,  etc.  The  following 
examples  will  show  with  what  latitude  the  rule  of  apposition  is  occasion- 
ally applied,  yn^  c';'^  xtalrr  (which  is)  affliction  i.  e.  identified  with  it  or 
characterized  by  it  1  Kin.  22:27,  S^yrnn  "p':  vine  (which  is)  intoxication 
i.  e.  produces  it  Ps.  60:5,  "'ST  1)^2  pasture-cattle  i.  e.  those  whose  charac- 
teristic it  is  that  they  have  been  in  the  pastures  1  Kin.  5:3;  bearing 


§254  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  281 

n'^nart  'iiXvl!  the  ark  viz.  the  covenant,  which  Avas  the  thing  of  chief  con- 
sequence about  the  ark  Josh.  3: 14,  a  hundred  thousand  "ip.^  E"'p"'X  2  Kin. 
3:4,  which  is  by  some  understood  to  mean  wool-hearing  rams  i.  e.  charac- 
terized by  the  production  of  wool ;  according  to  others,  the  first  word  de- 
notes the  quantity  and  the  second  the  material,  rams  (of)  wool  i.  e.  as 
much  as  rams  have,^eeces. 

h.  Proper  nouns,  which  have  no  construct  state,  may  be  followed  by 
qualifying  nouns  in  a  loose  sort  of  apposition,  nnin*;!  dnb  rr^a  Bethlehem 
(in)  Judah  1  Sam.  17:12,  compare  in  English,  Princeton,  New  Jersey; 
D^nns  nnx^  liro  Pelhor  (in)  Mesopotamia  Deut.  23:5,  C-^ri^libQ-ra  Gath 
(of)  the  Philistines  Am.  6:2;  the  destined  possessor  of  my  house  is  p'i'H'n 
"'!!?"'r'?*  Damascus  (in  the  person  of  its  citizen)  Eliezer  Gen.  15:2,  n"'r)'bi< 
nix3^  God  (of)  Hosts  Ps.  80:5,  8,  15,  20;  when  ^"'h'^ii  is  regarded  as  an 
appellative  noun  instead  of  a  proper  name,  this  divine  title  becomes 
nixas  -^ribi<  Ps.  89:9. 


The  Construct  State  and  Suffixes. 

§254.  When  one  noun  is  limited  or  restricted  in  its 
meaning  by  another,  the  first  is  put  in  the  construct  state ; 
if  the  hmiting  word  be  a  personal  pronoun  it  is  suffixed  to 
the  noun.  The  relation  thus  expressed  corresponds,  for  the 
most  part,  to  the  occidental  genitive  or  to  that  denoted  in 
English  by  the  preposition  of.  The  primary  notion  of  the 
grammatical  form  is  simply  the  juxtaposition  of  two  nouns, 
or  the  union  of  a  noun  and  a  pronoun,  to  represent  the  sub- 
ordination of  one  to  the  other  in  the  expression  of  a  single 
idea,  §  212.  The  particular  relation,  which  it  suggests,  is 
consequently  dependent  on  the  meanings  of  the  words  them- 
selves, and  is  in  each  case  that  which  is  most  naturally  sug- 
gested by  their  combination.  Thus,  the  second  noun  or  the 
pronominal  suffix  may  denote 

1 .  The  possessor  of  that  which  is  represented  by  the  pre- 
ceding noun,  nih^  by^r\  the  temjjie  of  Jehovah  1  Sam.  1  :  9, 
DTT^Dn  their  substance  Gen.  12:5.  This  embraces  the  various 
degrees  of  relationship,  Dn'^3S"]3  soji  of  Abraham  Gen. 
25  :  12,  ^ncs  %  10  fe  Gen.  12  :  5. 

2.  The  whoky  of  which  the  preceding  word  denotes  a  part, 


282  SYNTAX.  ^254 

r|i2?  •'b'-^ax  the  ]wor  ofihy  people  Ex.  23  :  11,  ynx-''^aDp  the 
honourable  of  the  earth  Isa.  23:9. 

a.  The  construct  reliition,  wlicn  llius  employed,  indicates  that  the  part 
singled  out  from  the  whole  possesses  the  quality  referred  to  in  an  eminent 
degree.  The  first  word  is  sometimes  an  abstract  noun,  T'Ttx  riip  the 
height  of  his  cedars  i.e.  his  highest  cedars  2  Kin.  19:23.  Here  too  be- 
long the  superlative  expressions,  t3"'i;'i;5  XOip  holy  of  holies.  C^n'^crj  "i-^d 
the  song  (f  songs,  Q''"7^?.  i?y  servant  of  servants,  one  that  is  a  servant  by 
way  of  eminence  when  compared  with  all  others. 

3.  An  individual  of  the  class  denoted  by  the  preceding 
noun,  thus  serving  the  purpose  of  a  more  exact  designation, 
^iyrq  fns  the  land  of  Egijpt  Gen.  41 :  19,  nns-nns  the  river 
(of)  Euphrates  Gen.  15:18,  D-itni?  ""i?  cedar  trees,  2  Chron. 
2 : 7,  ip?;:  nySin  worm  (of)  Jacob  Isa.  41 :  14,  n^nnn  ■'irrx 
men  (who  are)  merchants  1  Kin.  10  :  15. 

4.  The  material  of  which  the  preceding  noun  is  com- 
posed, SnT  DT5  a  ring  of  gold  Gen.  24:  22,  f'?""'''?  vessel  of 
tcood  Lev.  11 :  33,  D-'Tyn  to  thepck  of  goats  Cant.  4:1. 

5.  The  measure  of  its  extent,  value,  duration,  etc.,  ^^h'd 
D'l'a;!  msSiD  ^  journey  of  three  days  Jon.  3  :  3,  "iss  bpir'a  //^^ 
weight  of  a  talent  1  Chron.  20  :  2,  'IBC''^  ^'j'O  ;;^(?;^  o/"  number 
i.  e.  readily  numbered,  few.  Gen.  34  :  30,  D?iy  f^-in^  a  pos- 
session of  perpetuity  Gen.  17:8. 

6.  An  attribute,  by  which  it  is  characterized,  b^n  niaa 
mighty  man  of  valour  Judg.  11:1,  ""is  yi?  ^-^6'  of  fruit  Gen. 
1:11,  li^jn  si'^a  rft/Zej/  of  vision  i.  e.  distinguished  as  the  one 
where  visions  are  received  Isa.  22:1,  ninj-.n  "jsi  thefock  of 
slaughter  i.  e.  which  is  to  be  slaughtered  Zech.  11:4. 

a.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  Hebrew  uses  nouns  to  express  many  of 
the  ideas  for  which  adjectives  are  employed  in  other  languages ;  thus,  in 
the  examples  under  Nos.  4,  5,  and  6,  vessel  oficooil  for  wooden  vessel,  po.fscs- 
sion  of  perpetuity  for  perpetual  possession,  mighty  man  of  valour  for  x'alianl 
viighly  man,  flock  of  slangliter  tor  gre.r  mactanda.  This  both  arises  from 
and  explains  the  comparative  paucity  of  adjectives  in  Hebrew:  though 
even  where  corresponding  adjectives  exist  the  other  construction  is  fre- 
quently preferred,  'C'}p  "^^33  garments  of  holiness  Ex.  2S :  2,  pTi^niT 
sacrifices  of  righteousness,  Uiinfj  holy  and  P''T4  lighieous  being  used  with 


1 


§254  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  283 

less  latitude  and  with  a  stricter  regard  to  the  ethical  idea  which  they  in- 
volve. Attributives  are  frequently  formed  by  prefixing  such  words  as 
^IJ'^X  man.  h'Sj^  lord.,  '|3  son,  P3  dnitghler,  to  abstract  nouns  or  other  sub- 
stantives, thus.  "iNth  d^x  a  man  of  foTin  i.  e,  comely  1  Sam.  16 :  18,  u3"X 
fiinnn  man  of  words  i.  e.  eloquent  Ex.  4:  10.  nia'^nn  bra  the  possessor  of 
dreams  i.  e.  dreamer  Gen.  37  :  19,  0"^^^  rib'j-ja  son  of  eight  days  i.  e.  eight 
days  old  Gen.  17:12,  r"]^""?  son  of  death  i.e.  deserving  to  die  1  Sam. 
20  :.31,  i3y'i;b3~''33  sons  ofworthlessness  i.  e.  wicked.  Deut.  13  :  14,  ais"j;ri"na 
Snbiy  daughter  of  ninety  years  i.  e.  ninety  years  old  Gen.  17  :  17. 

b.  Occasionally  in  poetry  an  adjective  instead  of  agreeing  with  it.s  sub- 
stantive is  treated  as  though  it  were  an  abstract  noun,  '\^'PJ>}  "^'i'S  vessels 
of  small  (capacity)  Isa.  22  :  24,  nB?3  ia  waters  of  fulness  Ps.  73  :  10,  n'^s-bs 
biljn  perhaps  every  house  of  great  (size),  though  others  render  every  great 
(man's)  house  Jer.  52:13.  So  sometimes  an  adverb,  I3S'^  ^n-o  few  men 
Deut.  26:5,  T'^n  rSiJ  continual  burnt-offering  N\im.2S:Q,  tsin  '•h'l  blood 
(shed)  causelessly  1  Kin.  2:31,  tail  i-i;^  enemies  in  the  day  time  Ezek. 
30:  16,  ni^'n  "jax  dumb  stone  Hab.  2:  19,  or  adverbial  phrase,  anjsa  ''n'bx 
a  God  nigh  at  hand,  pnn^,  "'■^bx  a  God  afar  off  Jer.  23  :  23. 

7.  The  source  from  which  the  preceding  noun  is  derived, 
nnn;'  nnin  t/ie  laio  of  Jehovah  Ex.  13  : 9,  nir)2  nED  the  hook 
of  Moses  2  Chron.  25 : 4,  nnnx  nSin  sick  from  love  Cant.  2 : 5. 

8.  The  subject  by  which  an  action  is  performed,  or  in 
which  an  attribute  inheres,  '^'4^'^^  ^^^J?  fhe  love  of  God  i.  e. 
exercised  by  him  1  Kin.  10 : 9,  n^"bu3  traDn  the  ivisdom  of 
Solomon  1  Kin,  5:10. 

9.  The  object,  upon  which  an  action  is  directed,  rs?'!';' 
n^n'b^  the  fear  of  God  Gen.  20  :  11,  Di'^n  rbmi  the  rule  of 
the  day  Gen.  1:16. 

a.  After  nouns,  which  express  or  imply  action,  the  following  noun  or 
suffix  denotes  the  subject  or  the  object  as  the  sense  or  the  connection  may 
demand,  nVn^  nX3p  the  zeal  of  Jehovah, which  he  feels  Isa.  37:32,  fii-rxsp 
zeal  of  the  people,  which  is  felt  for  them  Isa.  26:  11;  cnp  rpyt  the  cry 
against  Sodom  Gen.  18:20,  b'n"n|??.T_  the  cry  of  the  poor  Prov.  21:13; 
io^n  his  wrong  i.  e.  done  by  him  Ps.  7:  17,  "'O'ori  my  wrong  i.  e.  done  to 
me  Gen.  16:5;  n''^"r|'i':T  the  way  of  the  sea  i.e.  leading  to  it  1  Kin.  18:43, 
oi'a'i^  Tp.ii  the  way  of  Jeroboam  i.  e.  in  which  he  walked  1  Kin.  16:26. 

6.  Active  participles  are  frequently  put  in  the  construct  state  before 
their  object,  USS  ria'^uiia  restoring  the  soul  Ps.  19:8.  ?]^':3  "'snx  loving  thy 
?ia?ne  Ps.  5 :  12,  i?B  ^ka  entering  the  gate  Gen.  23:10.  So  even  before 
an  infinitive  which  they  govern,  D>ip  i'3"'2lli^  being  early  to  rise  Ps.  127:  2. 
Passive  participles  may  be  in  the  construct  before  the  subject  of  the  ac- 
tion, D'^nbx   11353  smitten  of  God  Isa.  53 : 4,  ntx   I^S^  bom  of  a  woman 


284  SYNTAX.  §255 

Job  14:  1,  or  before  tlic  secondary  object,  if  the  verb  is  capable  in  the 
active  of  having  a  double  object.  pbTinjn.  girded  with  sackcloth  Joel  1:8, 
B">^2n  Clib  clothed  with  linen  Ezek.  9:11.  When  a  noun  follows  the  in- 
finitive it  may  be  in  construction  with  it  as  its  subject,  'T\?,'0  x-iprs  on  the 
king''s  reading  2  Kin.  5  :  7.  "C-in  his  driving  out  Num.  32 :  21.  or  be  gov- 
ennnl  by  it  as  its  object,  bx!i'2B-X"ip  to  call  Samuel  I  Sam.  3:8,  Cib"»n";n 
to  drive  them  out  Deut.  7:17. 

10.  The  respect  in  which  a  preceding  attribute  liolds,  so 
that  it  ans^^■crs  the  purpose  of  sjjccifi cation,  D'^petc-s'C'l:  mi- 
clean  as  to  lips  Isa.  G  :  5,  ^l^^^CiP  hard  hearted  Ezek.  3:7, 
D'^nDin  "i^nj:  rent  as  to  garments ^  2  Sam.  13  :  31. 

a.  This  answers  to  wliat  is  known  as  the  Greek  accusative,  TrdSas  wkus; 
the  English  has  in  certain  cases  adopted  the  Hebrew  idiom,  so  that  we 
can  say  swift  of  fool,  blind  of  an  eye,  etc. 

§255.  1.  When  the  relation  between  two  nouns  is  ex- 
pressed by  an  intervening  preposition,  the  first  commonly 
remains  in  the  absolute  state :  it  may,  however,  particularly 
in  poetry,  be  put  in  the  construct,  ?2^5n  nn  mountains  in 
Gilhoa  2  Sam.  1  :  21,  D3b)2  ^^^^^ ^n'ojjhets  out  of  their  oicn 
heart  Ezek.  13:2,  ^3^  '^i^  accordinc/  to  the  alility  in  U8 
Neh.  5  : 8. 

2.  A  noun  is  sometimes  put  in  the  construct  before  a 
succeeding  clause  with  which  it  is  closely  connected :  thus, 
before  a  relative  clause,  ^i;;5<  Dip^  the  j^lo-ce  tchere,  etc.,  Gen. 
39:20,  liri?  ^n-b^/or  the  reason  that  Deut.  22:24,  par- 
ticularly when  the  relative  is  itself  omitted,  nbirn-'i^s  Ig  the 
hand  of  (him  whom)  thou  wilt  send  Ex.  4:13,  n^n^-"i3'7  n'inn 
the  beginning  of  (what)  Jehovah  spake  Hos.  1  :  2,  or  before 
the  conjunction  ')  and,  t^TV)  rraDn  wisdom  and  knoidedge  Isa. 
33  :  6,  l^'^^'a  sSt  tiyyit  drunken  and  not  with  wine  Isa.  51 :  21. 

3.  Three,  four,  or  even  five  nouns  are  sometimes  joined 
to2^etlier  in  the  relation  of  the  construct  state,  cnhSTi'^n  "'irsn 
the  heads  of  the  houses  of  their  fathers  Ex.  G  :  14,  *^p3p  "i?9^ 
^^t'^'?"'r^  the  number  of  the  tribes  of  the  children  of  Israel 
Josh.  4 :  5,  n^^x-rfb^  nib  b'lS-^nsi  the  fruit  of  the  greatness 
of  heart  of  the  king  of  Assyria  Isa.  10  :  12. 


§  256  THE    CONSTRUCT    STATE    AND    SUFFIXES.  285 

a.  In  a  very  few  instances,  only  occurring  in  poetry,  two  words  of  like 
meaning  are  united  in  tlie  construct  before  the  same  noun,  da'n  "'.^n^3  "^"l^}. 
rivers,  brooks  of  honey  Job  20  :  17,  nr;? -iriin  "'l^T^'ia  Ps.  78  :  9,  if  rendered 
as  it  is  by  some  armed  loith,  shooting  the  bow,  though  "'jTilIJiS  may  be  in  con- 
struction not  with  nd;^^  but  with  ''5:i*i  armed  ones  of  those  who  shoot  the 
bow,  armed  bowmen.     See  Alexander  in  loc. 

§256.  When  two  words  are  in  the  construct  relation 
they  mnst  stand  in  immediate  conjunction,  and  no  other 
word  can  be  suffered  to  come  between  them  as  it  would  ob- 
scure the  sense.  Hence  an  adjective,  participle  or  demon- 
strative, qualifying  a  noun  in  the  construct  state,  cannot 
stand  immediately  after  it,  but  nnist  be  placed  after  the  gov- 
erned noun,  ^i'liin  nin;i  S^^'?^  the  great  luork  of  Jehovah 
Judg.  2:7,  n'^ina  nnt  nn-j?  a  great  croivn  of  gold  Esth. 
8:15.  So  an  article  or  suffix,  belonging  to  a  noun  in  the 
construct,  must  be  attached  not  to  it  but  to  the  governed 
noun,  b'^nn  '^ni35  the  mighty  men  of  valour  Josh.  1  :  14,  ""^V^ 
innr  his  idols  of  gold  Isa.  2  :  20,  "^p^l?  oi?  mg  name  of  holi- 
ness i.  e.  my  holy  name  Lev.  20  :  3. 

a.  When  the  governing  and  the  governed  noun  are  of  the  same  gender 
and  number  it  may  be  doubtful  to  which  of  them  the  following  adjective 
is  to  be  referred,  thus  \>r\Vr\  rs^.  "inx  Gen.  10:21  may  either  mean //<e 
elder  brother  of  Japheth  or  the  brother  of  Japhelh  the  elder. 

b.  In  a  very  few  instances,  only  occurring  in  poetry,  a  noun  with  a  suf- 
fix stands  in  the  construct  before  a  following  word,  nriia'^i  S^'^t^bs*.^  thy 
chariots  of  salvation  Hah.  3:8,  TiJ-ipnj  my  refuge  of  strength  Ps.  71 :  7, 
nizl  7,3-1^  thy  way  of  lewdness  Ezek.  16  :  27,  though  these  are  rather  to  be 
regarded  as  instances  of  apposition  in  the  wide  sense.  §253.  2.  Nouns  in 
the  construct  occasionally  receive  the  article,  §246.  3.  a. 

c.  In  the  following  passages  a  brief  word  intervenes  between  hb, 
which,  though  properly  a  noun  signifying  totality,  is  in  usage  equivalent 
to  a  pronominal  adjective  all,  every,  and  the  noun  which  it  governs, 
'py  N'^ian-bs  take  away  all  iniquity  Hos.  14 :  3,  so  2  Sam.  1  :  9,  Job  27 :  3, 
and  perhaps  Isa.  38  :  16;  but  see  Alexander  in  loc.  Like  the  Greek  ttSs, 
when  followed  by  a  definite  noun  b's  means  the  whole  or  all,  cyn-bs  all 
the  people,  '{'"ixn'bs  the  whole  earthy  when  followed  by  an  indefinite  noun 
every,  n^a'bs  every  house;  though  here  as  elsewhere  the  poets  may  omit 
the  article,  which  would  be  necessary  in  prose,  li'Xi'Vs  the  whole  head 
Isa.  1 : 5.  Connected  with  a  negative  adverb  it  forms  a  universal  nega- 
tion no,  or  if  the  words  be  rendered  separately  our  idiom  requires  us  to 
translate  Ks  by  any,  ^h'^^^'y^h  naxb^a-^  no  work  shall  be  done  Ex.  12:16, 


286  SYNTAX.  ^  257, 258 

u;nn-b3  •,''n  there  is  no  new  thing  Eccl.  1  :  9,  t^isx'bs  bi:>i'<  i<b  neither  can 
any  god  2  Chron.  32  :  15.     Conip.  ov  SiKaicu^i^o-cTai  -Kuaa  adpi  Rom.  3 :  20, 
d.  lie  paragogic  may  be  attached  to  a  noun  in  the  ronstruct  state, 
ttittiS  nniTa  tutoard  the  rising  of  the  sun  Deut.  4:41,  Geii.  24  :  C7. 

^257.  The  preposition  b  fo,  helong'uifj  to,  with  or  with- 
out a  preceding  relative  pronoun,  may  be  substituted  for  the 
construct  rchition  in  its  possessive  sense,  rT^^^  "^^^  1^^*^!^ 
Iter  father  s  sheep  prop,  the  sheep  which  heloiiged  to  her  father 
Gen.  29 :  9,  comp.  Dn^ni«  -js^i  Gen.  37  :  12,  ^tc^^n^  n^'sn  the 
house  of  Elisha  2  Kin.  5  :  9,  comp.  Latin  pater  mihi.  This 
is  particularly  the  case 

1.  AVhen  the  first  noun  is  omitted  'li'ib  (a  psalm)  of 
David  Ps.  11:1,  D?'rn5!!:b  ]i:^s?  Jmno?i  (son)  of  Ahinoam 
2  Sam.  3  :  2. 

2.  AVhen  the  first  noun  is  indefinite  and  the  second 
definite,  ''fc'lb  )%  a  son  of  Jesse  1  Sam.  16:18  CT?n?  2  Sam. 
20  : 1  is  the  son  of  Jesse,  ^  246.  3),  D"'n3^n  "it"?  ^^y  a  servant 
of  the  captain  of  the  guard  Gen.  41  :  12. 

a.  Hence  tlie  frequent  use  of  "b  (Laniedh  anctoris)  In  the  titles  of  the 
Psahns  and  other  coniposilions,  Ti^^  "'"i'^!^  a  psalm  of  David  i.  e.  belong- 
ing to  him  as  its  author,  p^'p^rh  n^ssn  aj)raijer  of  Hahakkuk. 

3.  When  the  first  noun  is  accompanied  by  a  numeral 
adjective,  especially  in  dates,  '(o'irh  ur^  niby-mr^n  the  fifteenth 
day  of  the  month  1  Kin.  12  :  32,  tjb^b  tr^ip^iann  nbira  in  the 
ffthyear  of  the  Icing  1  Kin.  14  :  25,  iics'?  t%  nica  in  the 
third  year  of  Asa  1  Kin.  15  :  33. 

4.  When  several  genitives  are  connected  together,  "ied 
rhPTi  ibb)2b  D'l'b^n  -"nn^  the  hook  of  the  Chronicles  ofthekinys 
ofJudah  1  Kin.  15  :  23. 

^  The  Predicate. 

§258.  1.  The  predicate  of  a  sentence,  if  a  substantive, 
adjective,  or  pronoun,  may  be  connected  with  its  subject 
without  an  intervening  copula,  their  mutual  relation  being 


§259  THE    PREDICATE.  287 

sufficiently  suggested  by  simply  placing  them  together, 
rri^w  n^nin^nrb^  ail  her  pat/is  (arc)  j^eace  Prov.  3:17,  nib 
fyn  t/ie  tree  (^Yas)  (jood  Gen.  3  :  G,  Xf^^  nr  this  (is)  the  ivay 
Isa.  30:21. 

2,  Or  the  pronoun  K^n  of  the  third  person  may  be  used 
as  a  copula,  rr^B  fi^^n  ''i>"'2nn  nnsn  the  fourth  river  is  Eu- 
phrates prop.  zY  (is)  Euphrates  Gen.  2 :  14,  T\)k  rrErrrra 
2i'y^«^  <2r<?  //^e5(? .''  Zech.  4  :  5,  ^i^'Q  5?in"np,x  /y^o^«j  <2r/  w^y  hin^ 
Ps.  44  :  5,  Dn  D'^iabi::  nbsn  n^il?55f«n  ^/^<?5e  men  are  peaceable 
Gen.  34:21. 

3.  Or  the  verb  njn  to  be  may  be  employed  for  a  like 
purpose,  particularly  if  the  idea  of  past  or  future  time  is  in- 
volved, ^nn  nn^n  f'lijri  the  earth  tvas  desolate  Gen.  1  :  2, 
niiann  ^^■^  ^jbsn  //^^  oxen,  were  ploughing  Job  1  :  14. 

a.  Verbs  which  denote  some  modification  of  being  are  sometimes  em- 
ployed in  the  same  way;  thus,  his  eyes  nina  ^^nn  began  (to  be)  dim 
1  Sam.  3:2;  i^ii'i^?,f7  Ty"'^^  D^  ^^iXl  and  Noah  began  (to  be)  a  husbandman 
Gen.  9:20;  TjiiiJ  Tj^'^nrtS  'uVte?t  ^/tozi  ceasesl  spoiling  Isa.  33:  1,  ^/le  hair 
•jib  T(2n  ^os  turned  ichile  Lev.  13  :  3  ;  so  ^o  fie  called,  to  be  esteemed,  etc. 

b.  Simple  existence  or  non-existence  is  predicated  by  means  of  the 
particles  u;^  and  "N,  the  latter  of  which  retains  its  absolute  form  when 
following  the  noun,  but  takes  the  construct  form  "px  wlien  it  precedes  the 
noun  either  immediately  or  separated  from  it  by  intervening  words,  ixa  d|i_ 
there  is  a  kinsman  Ruth  3 :  12,  *)';ix  n*ii<  there  was  not  a  man  Gen.  2 : 5, 
•^jbi  'px  there  was  no  king  in  Israel  Judg.  21  :  25.  These  particles  may 
also  be  used  as  copulas  with  the  personal  pronouns,  when  the  predicate  is 
a  participle,  n.^^'^  T^rx  thou  art  not  letting  go  Ex.  8  :  17.  Siair;  k\^-d'i  thou 
art  saving  Judg.  6  :  36. 

§  259.  1.  A  noun  in  the  predicate  may  receive  the  same 
adjuncts  as  in  the  subject,  §  244. 

2.  Adjectives  and  demonstrative  pronouns  in  the  predi- 
cate agree  with  the  nouns  to  which  they  relate  in  gender  and 
number,  but  differ  from  qualifying  adjectives  and  demonstra- 
tives, §  249,  in  standing  before  the  noun  and  in  not  receiv- 
ing the  article,  though  the  noun  be  definite,  ^i'^rt  srj  the 
word  is  good  Deut.  1  :  14,  'T'^srin  D'^ii'i  his  mercies  are  great 
1  Chron.  21  :  13,  D^'airn  ninbin  nb&j  these  are  the  genera- 
tious  of  the  heavens  Gen.  2  :  4. 


288  SYNTAX.  §  200 

a.  A  predicate  adjective  may  also,  though  less  frequently,  stand  after 
the  noun,  ns^  "^"J^.tn  the  damsel  was  fair  1  Kin.  1:4,  S<*nn  y-ixn  rriTii 
aia  «»</  //le  gold  of  that  haul  is  good  Gen.  2  :  12. 

i.  If  tl)c  sense  require  the  predicate  to  be  made  definite,  it  will  receive 
the  article,  i2"]a!n  ''Q  my  month  is  the  (one)  speaking  Gen.  45  :  12. 


Comparison  of  Adjectives. 

§  2 GO.  1.  Adjectives  have  no  distinct  form  for  the  com- 
parative or  superlative.  Comparison  is  expressed  by  means 
of  the  preposition  yqfrom  pLaced  after  the  adjective,  ra"j 
D'':'':si2  n^Dn  wisdom  is  defter  than  rubies  prop,  is  good  from 
rubies,  differs  from  them  and  by  imphcation  is  superior  to 
them  in  point  of  goodness,  Prov.  8:11;  "^irp  nrii?  y^'l 
thou  art  more  righteous  than  I,  1  Sam.  24  :  17. 

2.  The  superlative  degree  may  be  expressed 

(1.)  By  adding  bb  all  to  the  comparative  particle  ^^, 
0'^j^"''.?^"'53^  ^i~5  great  from  all  the  sons  of  the  east  i.  e.  the 
greatest  of  all,  etc..  Job  1:3. 

(2.)  By  an  emphatic  use  of  the  positive,  so  as  to  imply 
the  possession  of  the  attribute  in  an  eminent  degree,  T^ia  "jibj? 
the  least  of  his  sons  prop,  the  little  (one)  2  Chron.  21 :  17, 
era:?  ni^n  0  fairest  among  ivomen  Cant.  1 : 8,  1t:|>n  the 
least,  bi^sn  the  greatest  1  Chron.  12:14,  nnrj  the  best  of 
them  Mic.  7:4. 

a.  When  the  predicate  is  a  verb  instead  of  an  adjective,  comparison 
may  be  expressed  in  the  same  manner.  ?j52"a  b'nax  /  will  be  greater  than 
thou  Y)rop.  great  from  thee  Gen.  41:40,  Dnxn-SS^  csn^l  and  he  was  the 
wisest  ff  all  men  1  Kin.  5:11.  In  a  few  passages,  chicliy  occurring  in  the 
booic  of  Ecclesiastes,  comparison  is  made  by  means  of  the  adverb  ■iri'^ 
more,  "yrp  tx  "^ix^  ■'n^=n  J  was  then  more  wise  Eccl.  2  :  15. 

6.  The  construction  with  '|^  may  also  be  used  to  denote  excess,  bina 
Ki'i'i"3  ■'si?.  my  iniquity  is  too  great  to  be  forgiven  prop,  greater  than  (it  is 
possible)  to  forgive  Gen.  4: 13,  r\-!ZXi  'Js^  too  Utile  for  thee  Job  15:  11. 

r.  A  coujparative  sense  is  commonly  ascribed  to  '{^  in  the  following 
passages,  in  wliich  an  adjective,  suggested  by  the  context,  must  be  supplied, 
nr!iD^'2  "ir^  the  itpright  (is  sharper)  than  a  thorn-hedge  Mic.  7:4,  02X13 
less  than  nothing  Isa.  40  :  17,  41 :24,  Ps.  62:10,  Isa.  10:  10,  Job  11  :  17-  in 
some  of  these  cases,  however,  *)"a  may  have  the  sense  of  from  or  of  and 
denote  that  from  which  any  thing  is  derived  or  of  which  it  ibrms  a  part. 


§261,262  the  primary  tenses.  289 

Verbs. 

§261.  1.  The  doctrine  of  the  Hebrew  tenses  rests  upon 
a  conception  of  time  radically  different  from  that  which  pre- 
vails in  our  own  and  in  other  Indo-European  languages. 
Time  is  conceived  of,  not  as  distributed  into  three  portions, 
viz. :  past,  present,  and  future,  but  as  consisting  of  the  past 
and  future  only.  The  present  is,  in  this  view,  an  inappreciable 
moment,  without  extension  or  cognizable  existence,  the  mere 
point  of  contact  between  two  boundless  periods  of  duration, 
or  the  instant  of  transition  from  one  to  the  other,  and,  as 
such,  not  entitled  to  be  represented  by  a  distinct  verbal  form. 
Every  action  or  state  of  being  is  accordingly  viewed  as  be- 
longing to  the  past  or  to  the  future ;  and  such  as  do  not 
belong  exclusively  to  one,  may  be  referred  indifferently  to 
either. 

2.  Within  these  two  grand  divisions  of  time  no  account 
is  made  of  those  minuter  distinctions,  in  the  expression  of 
which  we  are  accustomed  to  employ  such  a  variety  of  tenses, 
nor  of  those  modal  differences  which  are  with  us  indicated 
by  the  indicative,  subjunctive,  and  potential,  except  to  that 
limited  extent  to  which  these  may  be  regarded  as  covered  by 
the  paragogic  and  apocopated  futures,  §264.  Whatever  is, 
or  is  conceived  of  as  past,  must  be  put  in  the  preterite ;  the 
future  is  used  for  all  that  is,  or  is  conceived  of  as  future, 
while  all  subordinate  modifications  or  shades  of  meaning 
are  either  suggested  by  accompanying  particles,  or,  without 
being  precisely  indicated,  are  left  to  be  inferred  from  the 
connection. 

The  Primary  Tenses. 

§  262.  The  preterite  is  accordingly  used  of 
1 .  The  past,  whether  om*  idiom  would  require  the  abso- 
19 


290  SYNTAX.  §  262 

lute  past  tense,  i.  e.  the  historical  imperfect,  in  the  beginning 
God  sf?  created,  etc.,  Gen.  1:1,  God  nc3  tempted  Abraham 
Gen.  22 : 1 ;  or  one  of  the  relative  tenses,  viz.  the  past  viewed 
in  relation  to  the  present,  i.  e.  the  perfect,  what  is  this  that 
n^O  thou  hast  dune  Gen.  3:13,  thee  ''r?"'S7  have  I  seen  right- 
eous Gen.  7:1;  the  past  in  relation  to  another  past,  i.  c.  the 
pluperfect,  God  ended  his  work  lohich  'a^'^V  he  had  made  Gen. 
2:2;  and  they  did  so  as  the  Lord  n^s:  had  commanded  Ex. 
7:10;  or  the  past  in  relation  to  a  future,  i.  e.  the  future 
perfect,  when  the  Lord  '^Tr^  shall  have  loashed  away,  etc.,  Isa. 
4 :  4,  until  the  time  that  she  tchich  travaileth  n'ib|'  shall  have 
brought  forth  Mic.  5:2;  or  a  conditional  mood,  except  the 
Lord  of  hosts  had  left  unto  us  a  very  small  remnant  ir^n  «^'(? 
should  have  been  as  Sodom  Isa.  1:9,/  would  there  were  a 
sword  in  mine  hand,  for  noio  ^'^nS'ir)  L  icould  have  killed  thee 
Num.  22 :  29  ;  or  an  optative,  denoting  something  which  was 
to  have  been  desired  but  which  nevertheless  did  not  occur, 
TJrfa'^^  0  that  ice  had  died  Num.  14  :  2,  ^^Dn  t>  0  that  they 
had  been  wise  that  they  (fut.)  would  consider  this  Deut. 
32 :  29,  or  a  subjunctive  (the  Jordan  was  dried  up),  that 
nnsn^  ye  might  fear  the  Lord,  at  that  time  and  thencefor- 
ward ybret^er  Josh.  4 :  24. 

a.  In  all  tliese  cases  the  verbal  form  merely  expresses  in  the  general 
that  the  action  belongs  to  tlie  past,  but  whether  this  is  to  be  taken  abso- 
lutely, relatively,  or  conditionally,  must  be  learneJ  from  the  circumstances 
of  the  case  or  from  accompanying  words.  The  proper  English  imperfect 
is  expressed  in  Hebrew  not  by  the  preterite  but  by  the  participle,  ac;"'  Ksini 
and  he  (was)  silting  Gen.  IS:  1,  §266.  3. 

b.  In  promises,  contracts,  etc.,  the  preterite  is  sometimes  employed, 
where  we  iniglit  have  expected  the  future,  because  the  inward  act  or  pur- 
pose is  intended  rather  than  its  outward  execution,  unto  thy  seed  Tirj  / 
have  given  this  land  Gen.  15: 18,  the  grant  was  made  though  they  were 
not  yet  put  in  possession;  accordingly,  when  the  latter  idea  is  prominent, 
the  future  is  used  of  the  same  transaction,  itnto  thy  seed  'iHX  /  icill  give 
this  land  Gen.  12:7,26:3.     Comp.  Gen.  4 :  11.  23:  11,  13. 

2.  The  present,  regarded  as  the  continuation  or  natural 
sequence  of  a  pre-existing  action  or  condition.     Anything 


§262  THE    PRIMARY    TENSES.  291 

begun  in  the  past  and  continued  in  the  present  may  be  con- 
sidered to  belong  to  the  past  and  accordingly  spoken  of  in 
the  preterite,  give  me  a  little  ivater  for  '^'^'<?^  I  am  thirsty 
Judg.  4:19  prop.  1  have  been  thirsty  and  (it  is  implied)  I 
am  so  still ;  the  earth  nkbta  is  full  of  violence  prop,  has  been 
and  still  \s,fdl  Gen.  0:13;  now  ''ri^n^  /  know  that  Jehovah 
is  the  greatest  of  all  the  gods  Ex.  18  :  11,  prop.  I  have  known, 
the  knowledge  being  in  fact  contemporaneous  with  the  in- 
formation upon  which  it  was  based.  Comp.  in  Latin  7ioviy 
memini,  odi. 

a.  It  is  comparatively  a  matter  of  indifference  whether  the  preterite 
or  the  future  be  used  to  designate  the  present.  That  which  now  exists 
may  either  be  regarded  as  continued  from  the  past  or  as  perpetuated  in  the 
future;  and  as  it  is  contemplated  under  one  or  the  other  of  these  aspects, 
will  the  tense  be  determined  accordingly.  Thus,  the  question  whence  come 
ye  is  in  Gen.  42:7  crsa  'ip^'^'O  whence  haoe  ye  come,  but  in  Josh.  9:8 
ixbn  '('^N'3  whence  are  ye  coming  ov  will  ye  come ;  because,  in  the  former 
instance,  the  past  action  of  coming  is  uppermost  in  the  mind  of  the  speaker, 
and  in  the  latter  this  action  is  regarded  as  having  not  yet  ceased. 

3.  Permanent  facts  or  general  truths ;  these,  though  true 
for  all  time,  are  gathered  from  experience  and  observation, 
and  hence  may  be  appropriately  referred  to  the  past,  an  ox 
5?^^  hnoweth  his  owner  Isa.  1 : 3,  oxen  always  have  done  so 
and  it  is  implied  that  they  always  will;  the  Lord  ^tr}pitieth 
them  that  fear  him  Ps.  103  :  13. 

a.  The  future  is  used  in  this  case  with  the  same  frequency  and  pro- 
priety as  the  preterite,  An  ox  will  knoxo  his  owner  expresses  the  same 
general  truth  as  an  ox  has  known  his  owner ;  only  in  the  former  case  at- 
tention is  chiefly  drawn  to  its  future,  and  in  the  latter  to  its  past  realiza- 
tions, §  263.  3. 

4.  The  future,  when  viewed  as  past;  the  prophets,  in 
their  inspired  descriptions  of  events  which  had  not  yet  come 
to  pass,  often  transport  themselves  to  the  time  when  they 
shall  have  been  accomplished  :  and,  surveying  the  future  from 
this  ideal  point  of  view,  they  give  to  their  predictions  the 
form  of  a  recital  of  what  has  already  taken  place,  Babylon 


292  SYNTAX.  ^  263 

hSe:  has  fallen  Isa.  21  :  9,  he  ^«fc2  liath  home  our  (jricfs  Isa. 
53  :  4, /or  /  "^PSi?"  have  made  Esau  hare  Jer.  49  :  10. 

a.  Tlic  counterpart  of  tliis  prophetic  preterite  is  the  use  of  the 
future  ill  vivid  descriptions  of  tiie  past,  in  which  the  writer  appears,  in 
imagination,  to  Uve  over  again  wliat  has  already  taken  place.  §2G3.  5. 

§  263.  The  future  is  used  in  speaking  of 

1 .  The  future,  whether  absolutely,  %?i«  /  icill  make  of 
thee  a  great  nation  Gen.  12  : 2,  or  relatively  to  something  in 
the  past,  he  took  his  eldest  son  tu'ho  ?J513";'  ^cas  to  reign  2  Kin. 
3:  27,  EHsha  teas  fallen  sick  of  his  sickness  whereof  r.-.^i^  he 
was  to  die  2  Kin.  13:14;  or  conditionally,  (would  that  I 
had  died)  for  I  icould  have  lain  down  (pret.)  and  taipiTS 
would  he  at  rest  Job  3:13;  hut  (if  it  were  my  case)  /  iC'i'^s 
would  seek  unto  God  Job  5:8;  or  optatively  in  the  various 
grades  of  desire,  determination,  permission,  or  command,  so 
^nns"!  may  all  thine  enemies  perish  Judg.  5  :  31 ;  0  that  my 
grief  'p'l^"?  might  he  iceighcd  Job  6:2;  all  that  thou  com- 
mandcst  lis  ^^?,?  ice  tvill  do  Josh.  1 :  16;  deeds  that  ^Iby*'. 
ought  not  to  he  done  Gen.  20  : 9  ;  of  the  fruit  of  the  trees  of 
the  garden  ^35^3  we  mag  eat  Gen.  3  : 2,  lliDsn  i^S  ge  shall  not 
eat  ver.  3,  mine  ordinances  I'^tncn  ge  shall  keep  Lev.  18:4; 
or  subjunctively,  especially  after  conjunctions  signifying  that, 
in  order  that,  lest,  etc.,  (bring  the  venison)  'n^'I'^r^  V!-^^  '^n 
order  that  mg  soul  mag  hless  thee  Gen.  27  :  25,  against  thee 
have  I  sinned  that  pt^^n  thou  mightest  he  justified  V^.  51 : 6. 

a.  When  employed  in  requests,  the  future  is  frequently  accompanied 
by  the  particle  N3.  thus.  i<3"~3']7  let  ihy  servant  speok,  J  j>raij  thee  Gen. 
44:  18,  X3~"i5DS7  let  the  wickedness  of  the  wicked  cease,  Ipraij  Vs.  7: 10. 

b.  The  future  is  idiomatically  used  with  C"ia  and  Cl^S  not  yet,  before, 
whether  the  period  referred  to  is  past  or  future,  the  time  denoted  hy  tlie 
particle  being  antecedent  to  the  action  of  the  verb.  Thus,  referring  to  the 
past,  /  ate  of  all  S<"idri  Ciia  before  thou  earnest  Gen.  27:  33.  the  lamp  of 
God  n327  cii?  had  not  yet  gone  out  1  Sam.  3:4;  to  the  future,  that  my 
sold  may  bless  thee  T^hi^  Diiis  bffore  I  die  Gen.  27 : 4,  1»"7P'?  C-;::  l)efore 
they  call,  I  will  answer  \sn.  65:  2i.  There  are  three  examples  of  the  use 
of  the  preterite  with  these  particles,  the  reference  being  to  past  time, 
1  Sam.  3  : 7,  Ps.  90 : 2,  Prov.  8 :  25. 


§  263  THE    PRIMARY    TENSES.  293 

2.  The  present,  when  it  is  conceived  of  as  extending 
into  the  future,  comfort  my  people  ^'^  saith  your  God  Isa. 
40  : 1,  the  divine  utterance  though  begun  is  not  yet  finished ; 
^y"n  i<!:n  do  ye  not  hioiv?  ver,  21,  are  you  ignorant,  and 
is  this  ignorance  to  continue?  ivhy  ''S^n  weepest  tliou? 
1  Sam.  1 :  8. 

3.  General  truths  or  permanent  facts,  vs^hen  the  attention 
is  directed  to  their  vahdity  for  all  time  to  come,  riyhteousness 
D'aiin  exaltetU  a  nation  Prov.  14 :  34,  it  does  so  now  and 
always  will ;  a  son  ^SD"'  honoureth  Ids  father  IVIal.  1  :  G. 

4.  Constant  or  habitual  acts  or  states  viewed  as  con- 
tinuing for  an  indefinite  period  from  the  time  spoken  of, 
even  though  they  may  have  ceased  at  the  time  of  speaking, 
and  so  belong  entirely  to  the  past,  a  mist  S^??;!  ttsed  to  yo  up 
from  the  earth  Gen.  2  : 6,  i.  e.  not  only  at  the  moment  of  time 
previously  referred  to  but  from  that  onward ;  thus  Job  nib?^'; 
did  continually  Job  1:5;  the  dauyhters  of  Israel  nDD?n  loere 
in  the  habit  of  yoiny  from  time  to  time  Judg.  11  :  40  ;  so  Gen. 
29  :  2,  Ex.  13  :  22,  Num.  11 :  5,  1  Sam.  2  :  19. 

5.  The  past,  when  the  speaker  or  writer  assumes  an  ideal 
point  of  vision  prior  to  its  occurrence,  and  so  regards  it  as 
future.  Thus,  a  historian  in  animated  description,  as  we 
might  use  the  present,  !iirtt"liTJJ^  TX  then  sinys  Moses  Ex. 
15:1,  Balak  ''Sn:;!  brinys  me  from  Aram  Num.  23  :  7  ;  or  a 
poet,  who  lives  in  the  midst  of  that  of  which  he  sings,  'lis'' 
ii  ^b^y:  Di'^  let  the  day  perish  on  lohich  I  am  to  be  born  Job 
3  : 3,  where  the  speaker,  by  a  bold  figure,  places  himself  be- 
fore his  birth,  and  prays  that  the  day  which  was  to  give  him 
existence  might  be  annihilated,  so  that  he  might  be  saved 
from  the  misery  of  living ;  n^'bi?  D'7^''?  ^^  '"''?'?  ^^'4^  ^^^^(^  I 
not  die  from  the  loomb  ?  ver.  11,  where  his  position  is  shifted 
to  the  time  immediately  after  his  birth ;  riic'ab  "Thy\  T^'y^  he 
makes  hiown  his  mays  unto  Moses  Ps.  103  :  7. 

a.  The  intermingling  of  different  tenses  in  relation  to  the  same  sub- 
ject, which  is  so  frequent  in  poetry,  foreign  as  it  may  be  to  our  modes  of 


294  SYNTAX.  §  264, 265 

thought,  does  not  justify  the  conclusion  that  they  are  used  promiscuously 
or  without  regard  to  their  distinctive  signification.  Tiius  the  preterite 
and  the  future  are  frequently  combined  in  order  to  give  greater  emphasis 
and  compass  to  the  statement  made,  by  asserting  it  at  once  of  both  the 
grand  divisions  of  time,  the  loicked  who  "'Sii'nd  Aare  wasted  me,  my  deadlij 
enemies  IC^js^  will  surround  me  Vs.  17:9.  Jire  >^^-,^  devoured  before  them, 
and  after  them  aflame  iJn^n  shall  consume  Joel  2:3.  Or  the  writer  may 
place  himself  in  the  midst  of  an  event,  and  regard  part  as  having  already 
taken  place  and  part  as  yet  to  be  performed;  thus,  in  Ex.  15:14,  15. /Ae 
nations  Wap  have  heard  '1T51';'  they  will  be  afraid;  pangs  Tnx  have 
seized  upon  the  inhabitants  of  Philistia ;  then  the  dukes  of  Edom  ^^n^3 
were  troubled,  the  mighty  men  of  Moab  trembling  i'-m.X'l'  shall  seize  them, 
all  the  inhabitants  of  Canaan  IJ'sa  have  melted.  Or  a  verb  may  be  put  in 
the  future  to  show  that  the  action  which  it  denotes,  tiiough  in  reality  past, 
is  subsequent  to,  or  a  consequence  ofj  a  preceding  preterite,  they  were  both 
naked  siiriuan^  N"^i  and  were  not  ashamed  Gen.  2:25,  Deut.  2: 12. 

§  264.  The  apocopated  and  paragogic  forms  of  the  future 
are  mostly  used  in  their  respective  persons,  §97,  to  express 
its  optative,  conditional,  or  subjunctive  senses,  §263.  1.  The 
negative  imperative  is  made  by  prefixing  "55?  not  to  the  apoco- 
pated future,  ^y^n"''i?  harm  not  Ps.  105  :  15  ;  ^^^n  iiS  would 
mean  you  shall  not  harm. 

a.  These  modified  forms  of  the  future,  although  they  give  a  more  dis- 
tinct expression  to  the  modal  senses  just  indicated,  are  not  essential  to  that 
end,  since  the  same  shades  of  meaning  may  be  and  often  are  suggested 
by  the  simple  future.  Instances  are  more  rare,  and  only  found  in  poetry, 
in  which  the  apocopated  or  paragogic  forms  are  used,  when  simple  futurity 
is  intended.  Job  13:27.  24:25. 


The  Secondary  Tenses. 

§  265.  The  secondary  tenses  agree  in  signification  with 
their  respective  primaries.  The  future  with  Vav  conversive, 
forming  a  secondary  preterite,  §  99. 1,  has  the  same  variety  of 
senses  with  the  primary  or  proper  preterite,  and  is  in  fact  a 
simple  substitute  for  it.  In  like  manner,  the  secondary 
future  or  the  preterite  with  Vav  conversive,  §100.  1,  is  a 
substitute  for  the  primary  future.  A  narrative  or  a  para- 
graph, which  begins  with  one  of  the  primary  tenses,  is 
mostly  continued  by  means  of  the  corresponding  secondary 


§265  THE    SECONDARY   TENSES.  295 

tense,  provided  the  verb  stands  at  the  beginning  of  its  clause, 
so  that  it  can  be  attached  to  the  conjunction,  which  is  an 
essential  part  of  the  secondary  formation.  If,  for  any  reason, 
this  order  of  the  words  is  interrupted  or  prevented,  the 
primary  tense  must  again  be  used.  Thus,  Gen.  22  : 1,  God 
nes  tempted  Ahraham  ^'ai^'^T  a7id  said . . .  'i^N''!)  and  he  said . . . 
ver.  3,  DST^Dl  a?id  he  rose  tq)  earlij  . . .  tJin^^  and  saddled . . . 
npi'l  a?id  tool' . . .  S'^^^T  and  clave  . .  .  Djp^l  and  rose  up  ^^i;T 
and  went  unto  the  place  'i5""l'a^^'"ltjs  of  which  God  had  told 
him.  Gen.  17:5,  thi/  name  xn|?;'"i5b  shall  not  he  called  Ahram 
nj'n'i  and  it  shall  he  . . .  ver.  6,  "•ri'^sn)  and  I  icill  make  thee 
fniiiful . . .  'T^Pri2'i  and  I  ivill  make  nations  of  thee  D'^P^'Q^ 
'IXS.'^  ?}'52'a  and  kings  shall  come  out  of  thee. 

a.  The  future  with  Vav  coiiversive  describes  an  act  subsequent  to  or 
contemporary  with  the  time  denoted  by  the  words  with  whicli  it  is  con- 
nected. It  can,  therefore,  only  relate  to  the  past  when  it  is  preceded  by 
a  preterite  with  a  past  signification,  or  by  some  other  word  or  phrase  which 
refers  to  past  time,  in  the  year  of  king  UzziaJi's  death  "^XIXT.  (and)  I  saw 
Isa.  6 : 1.  But  if  it  be  preceded  by  a  future  tense,  it  has  a  future  significa- 
tion, pnb'^  he  shall  deride  every  stronghold  "'22£'!'^  and  shall  heap  up  earth 
'rrph'^'^  and  take  it  Hab.  1 :  10,  who  nii;?;^  shall  do  evil . . .  I'i?,*}  T\=},'^  and 
shall  go  a7id  serve  other  gods  Deut.  17:2,  3;  unless  a  pause  intervenes  in 
which  a  preterite  is  to  be  supplied,  as  in  Hab.  2: 1,  2.  /  will  watch  to  see 
what  he  will  say  to  me  . . .  '"i  JH^  *'?i;?*!!  ond  (after  I  had  thus  watched)  the 
Lord  answered  me.  The  future  with  Vav  conversive  occurs  in  a  preterite 
sense  at  the  beginning  of  certain  books,  because  they  were  regarded  by 
their  authors  as  supplements  or  continuations  of  preceding  histories.  •'H^l 
And  it  came  to  pass  Josh.  1  : 1,  Judg.  1 : 1,  1  Sam.  1 :  I.  etc.,  etc. 

6.  The  preterite  with  Vav  has  a  future  signification  only  after  a  future 
tense  or  an  expression  suggestive  of  futurity,  e.  g.  in  thy  distress  T^^^iz^ 
iL'hen  there  shall  come  vpon  thee  all  these  things  Deut.  4:30;  or  as  the 
initial  word  of  a  prophecy,  which  is  regarded  as  linked  with  other  dis- 
closures of  the  future  previously  made,  n^ni  and  it  shall  come  to  pass 
Isa.  2:2.  After  an  imperative  it  commonly  has  an  imperative  sense,  this 
being  one  of  the  significations  of  the  future,  §263.  1,  go  unto  Pharaoh 
P.irxi  and  say  to  him  prop,  aiid  thou  shall  say  Ex.  7 :  26.  When  a 
preterite  precedes,  the  Vav  is  not  conversive.  thy  servant  was  keeping  his 
father^s  sheep  xil  and  there  came  . . .  sip  and  took . . .  '^rx^^!'  and  J  went 
OM^ . . .  I'^nsni  and  smote  him.  etc.,  I  Sam.  17:34,  35,  unless  it  involves  a 
reference  to  what  is  to  take  place  hereafter,  /  have  blessed  him  (the 
blessing  is  of  course  prospective),  ''ri"''isni  and  I  will  make  him  fruitful, 
•'h'^S'ini  and  I  will  midtiply  him  Gen.  17:20. 


296  SYNTAX.  §266 

Participles. 

^26G.  The  participles  being  properly  verbal  nouns,  do 
not  in  strictness  involve  any  definite  notion  of  time,  and  the 
connection  must  decide  whether  they  are  to  be  referred  to 
the  past,  present,  or  future,  thus  't:  means  fallinfj  Num. 
24  :  ^Jallen  Judg.  4:22,  or  about  to  fall  Jer.  37:14.  Their 
principal  uses  are  the  following,  viz. : 

1.  They  express  what  is  permanent  or  habitual,  §  180.  2. «, 
(the  Lord)  2ns5  lovelh  rifjhteousness  and  justice  Ps.  33  :  5,  « 
generation  tjbn  goetU,  and  a  generation  fi^a  cometh,  and  the 
earth  ty^fds  ahideth  for  ever  Eccles.  1 : 4.  Passive  participles 
so  used  suggest  not  only  a  constant  experience  of  what  is 
denoted  by  the  verb,  but  in  addition  a  permanent  quality  as 
the  ground  of  it,  i5ni3  not  only  feared  but  worthy  to  he 
feared,  ^^\'''9  worthy  to  he  praised,  Ten;  desirable. 

2.  "Wlien  a  particular  time  is  intended  the  active  partici- 
ples most  commonly  relate  to  the  present  or  to  the  proximate 
future,  and  passive  participles  to  the  past,  nk'n  nnx-n'a  ichat 
seest  thou?  Jer,  1:11,  i^'^^'a  '^b^n  hehold,  I  am  about  to  bring 
the  flood  Gen.  6:17,  "jj];  giving  "jViJ  given,  S'^ip'Q  restoring 
aiDi'a  restored. 

a.  The  active  participles  of  neuter  verbs,  which  have  no  passive  forms, 
are  used  in  both  a  past  and  a  present  sense,  ra  dying  and  dead,  bti  fall- 
ing im<\  fallen;  this  is  less  frequently  the  case  with  active  verbs,  who  then 
is  he  T;'i"n2n  that  hath  hunted  venison  Gen.  27 :  33 ;  these  are  the  gods 
n'^Ssn  that  smote  Egypt  1  Sam.  4:8.  Participles  of  passive  form  but 
active  senSe  are  ordinarily  used  of  the  present  or  proximate  future,  cnba 
fghting. 

3.  In  narrations  and  predictions  the  time  of  the  partici- 
ples is  reckoned  not  from  the  moment  of  speaking  but  from 
the  period  spoken  of,  the  tiro  angels  came  . . .  3©''  tsiSi  and 
Lot  (was)  sitting  in  the  gate  of  Sodom  Gen.  19  : 1 ;  he  spake 
to  his  sons-in-law  l"*?^:^  ^ry^b  icho  (were)  to  marry  his  daugh- 
ters ver.  14  J  he  came  to  Shiloh  . . .  O"^?"^)?  T"n^l  with  his  clothes 


§  267  INFINITIVE.  297 

rentl  Sam.  4:12;  thou  shalt  meet  a  company  of  pjfopliets 
D'*'!"!'"'  coming  doimi  1  Sam.  10:5;  tliey  shall  declare  his 
ri(/hteous)iess  unto  a  people  ^jis  (who  shall  then  be)  horn  Ps. 
22:32,  102:19,  Judg.  13:8. 

a.  The  period  to  which  a  participle  is  to  be  referred  is  sometimes  de- 
termined by  connecting  with  it  the  past  or  future  tense  of  the  substantive 
verb,  Moses  Tibh  n'^n  was  keeping  the  Jiock  of  Jdh.ro  Ex.  3:1,  his  throne 
■jisD  n^.n,?  shall  be  established  for  ever  1  Chron,  17:4. 


Infinitive. 

^  267.  The  infinitive  is  an  abstract  verbal  noun,  and,  like 
the  participles,  partakes  of  the  character  both  of  a  noun  and 
a  verb.  As  a  noun  it  may  be  the  subject  of  a  proposition, 
§  242,  or  it  maybe  governed  by  a  verb, noun,  or  preposition; 
it  may  also  be  put  in  the  construct  state  before  a  noun  de- 
noting either  its  subject  or  its  object. 

a.  The  Infinitive  as  a  subject:  ri'xji  r'25i  nini  Cna"  n"'5x  (there  is) 
cursing  and  lying  and  killing  and  stealing  and  committing  adultery  Hos. 
4:2,   BS^a  riib?  to  do  justice  (is)  a  joy  to  the  righteous  Prov.  21 :  15. 

6.  The  construct  infinitive  is  used  after  verbs,  nouns,  and  prepositions, 
and  when  governed  by  a  verb  or  noun  it  is  usually  tliough  not  invariably 
preceded  as  in  English  by  the  preposition  h  to,  13  cn^nb  br^ix  I  shall  be 
able  to  fight  with  him  Num.  22:11,  rfliib  T\V^  ri"i^b  r^  a  lime  to  be  born 
and  a  time  to  die  Eccl.  3:2;  h  is  seldom  omitted  in  prose  but  often  in 
poetry,  /  know  not  (how)  tiil  nxi  to  go  aid  and  to  come  in  1  Kin.  3:7, 
cBsn  njsia  thou  hast  refused  to  be  ashamed  Jer.  3 :  3,  nipn  nyn  liEO  r?  a 
time  to  mourn  and  a  time  to  dance  Eccles.  3 : 4,  "I'^i'  D"'"i"'py  ready  to  rouse 
leviathan  Job  3:8.  Various  prepositions  may  precede  the  infinitive,  as  h 
to,  a  in,  3  like,  at,  '{O  from,  "i'J  until,  h'3  upon,  ysjhh  in  order  to,  ")"^  be- 
cause of,  "^ssb  before,  etc. 

c.  The  absolute  infinitive  is  rarely  governed  by  a  verb,  Si:"^?!  'n^^ 
learn  to  do  well,  "j^l'^n  litl'X  redress  wrong  Isa.  1 :  17,  until  he  knows 
CiXTi  to  refuse  the  evil,  ~iin3!i  and  to  choose  the  good,  7: 15.  I'^i'i'iS  !i3N"Nbl 
fji^n  and  they  would  not  walk  in  his  ways,  A2:2i,  thou  wilt  make  us  off- 
scouring  OiXTSl  and  refuse  Lam.  3:45. 

d.  The  infinitive  in  the  construct  before  its  subject.  cst^ariS  in  their 
being  created  i.  e.  when  they  were  created;  in  the  day  2"'nbj<  njH^  Pfi"?. 
of  the  Lord  God's  making  earth  and  heaven  Gen.  2:4;  there  was  no  water 
Crn  VT\'::h  for  the  drinking  (f  the  people  Ex.  17: 1 ;  "^nscT  and  my  dwelling 


298  SYNTAX.  ^  2CS,  2C9 

(shall  be)  i.  c.  I  shall  dwell  Ps.  23:  G.  Before  its  object.  riyn-'rQ  pxb  the 
acajiliii'^  (if  the  person  of  the  wicked  Prov.  18:5,  nnSTn  to  yield  ita 
slTenglk  Gen.  4:12. 

^  2G8.  The  absolute  infinitive,  expressing  as  it  does  the 
abstract  idea  of  the  verb  irrespective  of  tense,  number,  or 
person,  may  be  used  instead  of  any  of  the  finite  forms  of  the 
verb,  when  the  sense  is  duly  qualified  by  the  context.  Thus, 
it  may  take  the  place  of 

1 .  The  preterite  or  the  future,  when  one  of  those  tenses 
immediately  precedes,  ^:'pni'n  ca/d  ihey  blew  the  trumpets 
yiDDT  and  brake  the 2Jitchers  ^ro\).  (there  was)  a  brealcing  of 
the  pitchers  Judg.  7:19;  all  this  "^ab-ns  fti)  -^n^xn  /  have 
seen  and  applied  my  heart  Eccl.  8:9;  ^3J3^  they  shall  buy 
fields  for  money  iiriDT  and  tcrite  the  papers  CTni  and  seal 
(them)  nyri'i  and  take  witnesses  Jer,  32  :  44. 

a.  This  rarely  occur.s  when  no  verb  precedes  in  the  same  sentence. 
"lio-i  irt\r-cs  mn  (shall)  the  fault-finder  contend  with  the  Almighty  Job 
40:2,  r'vc'i  xii-i  'ry><n'ri  the  living  creatures  ran  and  returned 'E.zeV.A-AA, 
•fix  nsa  J  praised 'Eccl.  4:2. 

2.  The  imperative,  when  it  stands  at  the  beginning  of 
a  sentence,  *ii3T  remember  the  sabbath-day  prop,  (let  there 
be)  a  remembering  Ex.  20 : 8,  ^yH)  T^'^  yo  and  say 
2  Sam.  24:12. 

§2G9.  The  dependence  of  one  verb  upon  another  is 
most  distinctly  expressed  by  putting  the  second  verb  in  the 
infinitive.  The  second  verb  may,  however,  be  in  form  co- 
ordinated with  the  first  by  being  put  in  the  same  or  an 
equivalent  tense  with  or  without  a  copulative,  the  true  rela- 
tion between  the  verbs  being  left  to  be  inferred  from  their 
obvious  signification,  ^^n  b^sin  he  was  williny,  walked  i.  e. 
he  was  icilliny  to  icalk  or  walked  willinyly  Hos.  5:11, 
on'is  "liy  ;q^p""ls  sb  /  will  no  more  add  to  fnty  i.  e.  will  not 
again  pity  IIos.  1  :  G,  ^?n  a-^ijiria  being  early  to  go  or  going 
early  IIos.  G  :  4,  how  ^"?>n;^  ^V^^  shall  I  endure  and  see  i.  e. 
endure  to  see  Esth.  8  :  6. 


^270  OBJECT    OF   VERBS.  299 

a.  This  co-ordination  most  frequently  occurs  when  the  second  verb  ex- 
presses the  principal  idea  and  the  first  simply  qualifies  it.  so  that  the  latter 
might  be  rendered  by  an  adverb.  Though  even  in  this  case  the  second 
verb  is  often  put  in  the  infinitive,  nsa  rjO'^i  Gen.  8:  10  and  he  added  to 
send  or  nyiy*i  els'"]  1  Sam.  19:21  and  lie  added  and  sent  I'or  he  sent  again. 

b.  In  the  following  instances  the  verbs  thus  co-ordinated  have  different 
subjects.  "ia'nSD  bi^lX  /  shall  be  able,  we  shall  smile  him  i.  e.  I  shall  with 
your  aid  be  able  to  smite  him,  Num.  22  :  6.  "^"isip"?  "'S'^pin  sib  ihoii  shall 
not  add  they  shall  call  thee  i.  e.  thou  shalt  no  more  be  called  by  them,  Isa. 
47: 1,  5;  or  are  in  different  tenses,  nssx  ■'ri:^'^;'  xb  I  know  not  (how)  I  shall 
flatter  i.  e.  how  to  flatter,  Job  32:22;  O  that  WXS^NI  "^P^'b^  I  knew  and 
might  flnd  him  i.  e.  how  to  find  him,  Job  23  :  3. 


Object  of  A^erbs. 

§  270.  The  object  of  a  transitive  verb  ordinarily  stands 
after  both  the  verb  and  its  subject,  and  if  it  is  an  indefinite 
noun  is  distinguished  simply  by  its  position  or  by  its  rela- 
tion to  the  verb  as  determined  by  its  meaning ;  if  a  definite 
noun,  or  a  demonstrative,  relative,  or  interrogative  pronoun, 
it  may,  at  the  pleasure  of  the  writer,  be  further  distinguished 
by  prefixing  to  it  n&?  the  sign  of  the  definite  object ;  if  a 
personal  pronoun,  it  is  suffixed  either  to  n^?  or  to  the  govern- 
ing verb. 

a.  Considerable  liberty  is  allowed  in  respect  to  the  position  of  words, 
particularly  in  poetry;  although,  according  to  the  natural  order  in  Hebrew, 
the  verb  stands  first,  its  subject  next,  and  its  object  last,  riN  D^H^?*  ^'^3 
°'?'?^^'"}  God  created  the  heavens  Gen.  1 : 1,  this  is  liable  to  any  alteration 
tliat  emphasis  may  require:  the  subject  may  precede  the  verb,  and  the  ob- 
ject may  stand  between  them  or  before  them  both. 

b.  A  noun,  which  is  the  direct  object  of  a  verb,  may  receive  nx, 
whether  it  is  definite  by  signification,  as  a  proper  noun,  God  tempted 
chnnxTS  Abraham  Gen.  22:1,  or  is  made  so  by  the  article,  God  saxo 
nixn-nx  the  light  Gen.  1:4,  a  pronominal  suffix,  take,  now,  "'nansTiX  my 
blessing  Gen.  33:11,  or  construction  with  a  definite  noun,  Jacob  called 
cipjjn  citi-ns  the  name  of  the  jAace  Gen.  35:15.  The  particle  nx  is  not 
essential  in  any  of  these  cases  and  is  often  omitted,  particularly  in  poetry. 
If  several  definite  nouns  are  connected  together  as  the  object  of  a  verb, 
or  if  a  verb  has  more  than  one  definite  object,  rx  may  be  repeated  before 
each  of  them,  /  have  given  rXTn  fixn-rx  this  /a?ifZ .. .  ""ij^isn-px  the 
Kenite  "'"Sp'riTiXi  and  the  Kenizzite,  etc.,  etc..  Gen.  15: 18-21 ;  they  stripped 
:]bi'i-nx  Joseph  "ihins-nx  of  his  coat  cican  n:n3-nx  the  full-length  coat 


300  SYNTAX.  ^271 

Gen.  37:  23;  or  it  mny  stand  before  a  part  of  them  only.  Dout.  12:  6,  or  it 
may  be  omitted  altogether,  Dent.  11:14.  In  a  very  (ew  instances  the 
article  is  dropped  after  rx,  which  ofitscil'  indicates  tlie  definiteness  of  tlie 
noun,  he  reared  up  for  h i mse!/ rzk'q-r^H  the  pillar  2  Sain.  18:18;  and 
carver  strengthened  r]"]S~nx  gilder  Isa.  '11  : 7.  wliere  tlic  omission  of  tlie 
article  is  poetic.  §247. 

c.  Pronouns  with  rx :  Httx  this  ye  shall  eat  Lev.  11:0;  put  nT-nx 
this  (lellow)  in  tlie  ]>rison  1  Kin.  22:27;  "I'^.x  Px  whom  they  have  cast 
into  the  prison  Jer.  38:9;  he  knew  n«5""i"rx  rx  ichat  his  youngest  son 
had  done  to  him  Gen.  9:24;  T\'crr\  •'^"nx  whom  hast  thou  reproached? 
Isa.  37:23;  it  does  not  occur  before  the  neuter  no.  It  is  also  extended 
sometimes  to  the  following  words,  which  partake  to  a  certain  degree  of  the 
pronominal  character,  ^3  all,  every,  Gen.  1:29,  UJ^X  any  one.  each  Ex. 
21:28,  ^^i<.  one  1  Sam.  9:3,  With  personal  pronouns,  cnrx  "=•;]  Gen. 
32:  1,  or  'ci-^a-;!  Gen.  48  :  20  and  he  blessed  them. 

^271.  Many  verbs,  whicli  arc  not  properly  transitive,  are 
nevertheless  capable  of  a  transitive  construction ;  thus 

1.  Verbs  signifying  plenty  or  want :  C'l^r^vJ  Nip's  ri;^ari  f/ie 
house  imsfiiU  (of)  men  Judg.  IG  :  27,  D^5>*  ni'^i?  T^ii?  I  am 
sated  (with)  burnt-offerings  of  rams  Isa.  1:11,  ^d  ^-7?^^  w-e 
lacked  evert/  thing  Jer.  44  :  18.  Here  belongs  that  peculiar 
Hebrew  idiom,  which  expresses  abundance  by  such  phrases 
as  the  following :  the  hills  S^n  n:D?ri  shall  run  (with)  milk 
Joel  4: 18,  mine  eye  ci?  rrin'i  runneth  dozen  (with)  tcater 
Lam.  1:16;  D'^iiC'Dp  fis  tS'J  it  had  all  come  up  (with)  thorns 
i.  e.  was  overgrown  with  them,  Prov.  24  :  31. 

2.  Verbs  signifying  motion  may  have  for  their  object  the 
place  which  it  immediately  concerns,  whether  it  be  directed 
upon  it,  to  it,  or  from  it,  n3':'En-b3  ri?  ?ybh  and  ice  icent 
(through)  cdl  the  icilderncss  Deut.  1:19,  and  figuratively, 
nip'iis  ?jbh  ^calking  (in)  righteousness  Isa.  33:15,  Tipn  ^si^T 
and  iheg  came  into  the  citg  Josh.  8:19,  n^rn-ns»  ^•i*;;  they 
went  out  (of)  the  city  Gen.  44  : 4. 

3.  Intransitive  verbs  may,  as  in  other  languages,  govern 
thpir  cognate  noun,  Dilin  ''nisSn  /  have  dreamed  a  dream 
Gen.  37:9;  ^lEC'a  ois'^'lBC^l  and  they  lamented  there  a  lamen- 
tation Gen.  50  :  10 ;  'i^nr)  bnn  ye  loill  be  vain  a  vanity  i.  e. 
utterly  vain  Job  27  :  12  ;  or  even  one  from  a  different  root  if 


§272  OBJECT    OP    VERBS.  301 

it  be  related  or  analoo-ous  in  sii^nification,  "'Xissp  S-.^ii^.^  r^'hn 
Ihave  been  zealous  a  (/rent  ftrri/  7iec\\.  8:2,  tr\izr\  lir;^^  / 
shall  sleejj  death  i.  e.  tlie  sleep  of  death,  Ps.  13:4. 

4.  Any  verb  may  take  as  its  object  a  noun  which  defines 
the  extent  of  its  application,  T^V^n'risj  nSn  he  loas  diseased  in 
his  feet  \  Kin.  15:23j  onl^  !5t^^?  i«02n  in  the  throne  loill  I 
he  greater  than  thou  Gen.  44  :  40 ;  ^^f)  ^13i5n  ye  jicrish  as  to 
the  icay  i.  e.  lose  the  ivay  Ps.  2:12. 

a.  By  an  impersonal  construction  of  passive  verbs  their  subject  is  some- 
times converted  into  the  object,  wliich  in  fact  it  logically  is,  yiiJi^Tix  "in^ 
danduni  est  terram,  let  the  land  he  given  Num.  32:5,  '^na'nTiN  Hj^^'ib  'li.'sT 
liL'2J  and  it  was  told  to  Rehekah  (i.  e.  some  one  told  her)  the  words  of  Esau 
Gen.  27:42,  so  Gen.  17:5,  Ex.  10:8,  Lev.  10: 18,  2  Sam.  21 :  11,  etc.  This 
construction  is  sometimes  extended  to  neuter  verbs  in  familiar  phrases, 
which  have  become  associated  with  an  active  idea,  "iij'7fl"!^'\?  "l"' ?."'??  2."^|^  isx 
let  not  be  evil  in  thine  eijes  (i.e.  do  not  regard  as  evil)  the  thing  2  Sam. 
11 :  25, 1  Sam.  20 :  13,  Josh.  22 :  17,  Neh.  9 :  32.  In  2  Kin.  18 :  30  n^yn-n.s  ',ri:n 
the  city  shall  be  given,  the  verb  agrees  with  ^"^S  notwithstanding  its  re- 
ception of  the  sign  of  the  object :  riN  is  omitted  in  the  parallel  passage. 
Isa.  3G :  15. 

6.  A  noun,  about  which  a  statement  is  to  be  made,  sometimes  stands 
absolutely  and  is  preceded  by  the  sign  of  the  object,  ^23  ^I"'?'!"!^'!*  as  for 
the  iron,  it  fell  2  Kin.  6:5;  h-'U  iC3N  nh;X-b3-nx  as  for  all  these  (they 
were)  men  of  valonr  3 udg.  20 -Ai;  "^nipn'riN  as  for  my  statides  they  did 
not  walk  in  them  Ezek.  20: 16.  Some  regard  nx  as  the  sign  of  the  object 
in  such  passages  as  3i~ri"nj<1  '''^Xrt  sin  1  Sam.  17:34,  and  refer  to  the  fact 
that  the  Arabic  conjunction  is  followed  by  the  accusative  when  it  is  used 
in  the  sense  of  together  with  ;  more  probably,  however,  TN  is  the  preposi- 
tion with,  §238.  2,  and  the  passage  is  to  be  rendered  the  lion  came  and  (that 
too)  with  the  bear,  so  Num.  3:26,  1  Sam.  26: 16,  1  Kin.  11:25,  etc. 

§272.  1.  When  a  noun  or  pronoun  is  regarded  as  the 
indirect  object  of  a  verb,  the  relation  is  indicated  by  means 
of  the  appropriate  preposition. 

2.  Many  verbs  vary  their  construction  without  any  ma- 
telial  difference  of  meaning  according  to  the  form  of  the  con- 
ception in  the  mind  of  the  speaker  or  writer,  being  followed 
by  one  preposition  or  by  another  or  by  none  at  all,  as  he  views 
the  relation  as  direct  or  indirect,  and  if  the  latter,  under  one 
aspect  or  another :  thus,  they  went  out  from  the  city  may  be 
expressed  by  the  direct  relation,  ^''i'n-nN  ^x^ij  Gen.  44 : 4, 


302  SYNTAX.  §273 

or  by  the  indirect,  n^i'TI^  ^^"^^^.r  Josh.  8:22;  unh:  io  ficjlit  is 
followed  by  d:?  idlh  Josh.  10:29,  by  a  in  (na  in  earn) 
ver.  31,  by  ^?  a(/aimt  ver.  38,  by  rix  Judg.  12:4. 

a.  A  number  of  verbs  are  indifferently  construed  with  a  direct  object  or 
with  b  to.  in  reffrence  to,  thus.  -HN  to  love  any  one  and  to  have  lore  to 
any  one,  KE"i  to  cure  and  to  perforin  a  aire  for  any  one,  ""^liiin  to  sace  and 
to  grant  salvation  to  any  one,  rno  to  destroy  and  /o  bring  destruction  to 
any  one. 

b.  As  the  object  of  an  action  may,  in  certain  cases,  be  regarded  as  the 
instrument  with  which  it  is  performed,  some  transitive  verbs  also  admit  a 
construction  with  3  icilh^  thus  "ibid  lypR  blow  the  trumpet  Hos.  5 : 8, 
"iDVi"3  r;?P?]  and  he  blexo  with  the  trumpet  Judg.  3:27;  C^n^n  b^Q  to 
spread  forth  the  hands  Ps.  143:6,  but  followed  by  3  to  spread  forth  icith 
the  hands  Lam.  1 :  17. 

3.  By  a  condensed  style  of  expression  {consfrucfio praef/- 
nans)  prepositions  are  sometimes  connected  with  verbs,  to 
whose  meaning  they  are  not  strictly  conformed ;  thus,  motion 
may  be  suggested  by  the  preposition  though  the  verb  of  it- 
self implies "  no  such  idea,  f  "ix^  ri'pin  fhou  hast  profaned  to 
the  ground  i.  e.  profaned  by  casting  to  the  ground,  Ps.  89  :  40, 
'5"?'!?"'^  ^■'^  ^Vf^  titeij  trembled  one  unto  another  i.  e.  one 
turned  tremblingly  to  another,  Jer.  36 :  16,  "'irj'':?  Di-bn  ^vy^yi 
thou  hast  ansivered  (by  saving)  tne  from  the  horns  of  the  uni- 
corns Ps.  32  :  22. 

§273.  Some  verbs  have  more  than  one  object,  viz. : 

1.  The  causatives  of  transitive  verbs:  ^fii^'nx  "^nbDNnn 
D^T^aTis  and  I  loill  make  thy  oppressors  eat  their  own  fesh 
Isa.  49  :  20  ;  n^X"'-2~r:«  "^^T)  ^  I^g  would  not  have  caused  us 
to  see  all  these  things  Judg.  13  :  23  ;  ':>ki^^'^:A  nsSn:^  he  shall 
cause  Israel  to  inherit  it  Deut.  1  :  38. 

2.  Verbs  whose  action  may  be  regarded  under  different 
aspects  as  terminating  upon  different  objects,  or  which,  under 
the  rules  already  given,  may  take  a  direct  object  of  more 
than  one  kind,  all  ilH«  n-js:  nirs*  7chich  God  commanded  him 
Gen.  6:22;  D-'j^nn-bs  r,x  bxnii:']  "'in-rx  t'S'^pb  to  teach  the  chil- 
dren of  Israel  all  the  statutes  Lev.  10:11;  "^a^sji-bs-rK  r->rn 
""nb  thou  hast  smitten  all  my  enemies  on  the  cheek  Ps.  3 :  8  j 


§273  OBJECT    OF   VERBS.  303 

tj*ip  DD'^^nxto  lift  up  your  hands  to  the  sanctuary  Ps.  134 :  2 ; 
r.l2ini2  Dbni  and  he  shall  dlscomjit  them  a  discomjiture 
Deut.  7  :  23. 

3.  The  instrument  of  an  action,  the  material  used  in  its 
performance,  its  design,  or  its  result,  is  often  regarded  as  its 
secondary  or  remote  object,  "ins  ins  ^'^y^^  and  they  over- 
whelmed him  with  stones  Lev.  24 :  23 ;  t)i?as  onk  n'^.^ni  and 
thou  shall  gird  them  icith  a  belt  Ex.  29  :  9  ;  thy  seed  ynTn-mcs 
!lia'75?nTii<  with  ivhich  thou  shall  sow  the  ground  Isa.  30  :  23  ; 
"isy  Dlijrrni*  'i^t^'^i  and  he  formed  the  man  of  dust  Gen.  2:7; 
Tinnb©  ^fci?  for  which  I  have  sent  it  Isa.  55:11;  S^il!^ 
riaria  D'^iaisn-ns?  and  he  built  the  stones  into  an  altar  1  Kin. 
18:32. 

a.  The  person  affected  by  an  action,  of  which  he  is  not  the  immediate 
object,  is  occasionally  regarded  as  its  remote  object,  though  not  so  fre- 
quently as  in  English,  "'snns  n^rn  "['"is  thou  hast  given  me  the  land  of  the 
south  Judg.  1:15,  comp.  in  the  same  verse,  ""h  nnrsil,-  ?]!ibra  Tib^  they  did 
thee  evil  Gen.  50:  17,  comp.  r^b^^  ctnb  ti^i^j  Isa.  3:9;  !^2?.^  Ti^.'Q'^x  ^"isi^^*!! 
^li'^N  Clbk  and  they  hired  of  the  king  of  Maacah  a  thousand  men  1  Sam.  10:6. 
The  same  thing  occurs  in  a  i'ew  instances  niter  intransitive  verbs,  "'I^'ia 
he  grew  up  to  me  as  to  a  father  Job  31 :  18;  "'sn^s  did  ye  fast  unto  me 
Zech.  7:5. 

4.  Some  verbs  may  govern  the  subject  and  predicate  of 
a  subordinate  clause,  ^os  yT?J"i  riyib  to  know  wickedness  (to 
ho)  folly  Eccl.  7  :  25,  the  latter,  if  it  be  an  adjective  or  par- 
ticiple, will  remain  without  the  article,  §  259.  2,  D:^nSK  "Tiyiaic 
Tiisn^  I  have  heard  Ephraim  bemoaning  himself  ^qv.  31 :  18, 
P^"!!?  ■'n'^sn  ^ni?  thee  have  I  seen  righteous  Gen.  7:1. 

5.  If  an  active  verb  is  capable  of  governing  a  double 
object,  its  passive  may  govern  the  more  remote  of  them, 
Dsnbny  nira  ni?  onb'c;^  and  ye  shall  be  circumcised  in  thefesh 
of  your  foreskin  Gen.  17:11,  D^i^  "fisn  iiS'Qnn  and  the  land 
was  filed  with  them  Ex.  1:7,  "iJ^r^^  ?^^)?  re?it  as  to  his  coat 
i.  e.  loith  his  coat  rent  2  Sam.  15  :  32,  nirp  rvotb  sent  (or 
charged)  icith  a  painful  message  1  Kin.  14  :  6. 


304  SYNTAX.  (^274 

Adverbial  Expressions. 

§274.  The  predicate  of  a  proposition  may  be  further 
qiiahfied 

1 .  By  adverbs,  which  commonly  stand  after  the  words  to 
which  they  refer,  ^'5573  nrj-nsni  and  be/iold  (it  vifas)  very  good 
Gen.  1  :  31 ;  niinn  c:bzi^l  and  he  was  grcaily  j^rovolcedlsoW. 
3  :  33  ;  /  am  ^iw  rQ"in  ?175^  ^^^y  exceeding  great  reward 
prop,  thg  reward  verg  much  Gen.  15:1. 

a.  Adjectives  belonging  to  the  subject  may  of  course  be  qualified  in 
the  same  manner  as  though  they  were  found  in  the  predicate. 

2.  By  nouns  used  absolutely  to  express  the  relations  of 
time,  place,  measure,  number,  or  manner. 

a.  Tiius,  time  when  :  ts'^nrisi  "'i?-^  ""?  erening  and  morning  and  noon 
icill  I  pray  Ps.  55:18;  tarry  here  i^\'!'i<^  to-night  Num.  22:8;  Gideon 
came  n'l'iw'xn  dxn  at  the  beginning  of  the  \catch.  Time  how  long:  and 
he  shall  shut  tip  the  house  O'^r^  r^^^^  seven  dayshev.  14:38;  the  land 
rested  niir  n'^sin^  eighty  years  Judg.  3:  30. 

b.  The  place  where  :  the  absolute  use  of  nouns  in  this  sense  is  confined 
almost  entirely  to  the  familiar  words,  nro  at  the  door  of  Gen.  18: 1.  Judg. 
9:35.  rr^a  at  the  house  of  Gen.  38:11,  Num.  30:11,  and  a  few  proper 
names,  znh  ni2  at  Bethlehem  2  Sam.  2:32,  bXTi-^a  at  Bethel  Hos.  12:4. 

c.  Measures  of  space :  niv  fiifix  ^""i?^  three  cubits  high  Ezek.  41:22; 
he  went  ci^  Tjl'il  a  day* s  journey  1  Kin.  19 :  4. 

d.  Number:  C^^t?  "3q  "zx^  return  seven  times  1  Kin.  18:43;  he  of- 
fered sacrifices  c!33  "Bp^a   according  to  the  number  of  them  all  Job  1 : 5. 

c.  Manner,  answering  to  the  Greek  adverbial  accusative :  ye  shall 
dicell  fr^S  in  security  Deut.  12:10;  ye  shall  not  go  nri-i  InfUlyM'ic.  2:3; 
the  tribes  went  up  bx^b"^  rsiny  according  to  a  law  of  Israel  Ps.  122 :  4  ; 
thou  shall  not  go  there  "i"^^'^  nx"ii /or /ear  of  briers  Isa.  7:25;  to  serve 
him  "inx  nid  with  one  consent  prop,  shoulder  Zeph.  3 :  9. 

3.  By  nouns  preceded  by  a  preposition  forming  a  qualify- 
ing phrase. 

a.  For  the  meanings  and  usage  of  the  several  prepositions  see  the 
lexicon. 


§275  NEGLECT    OF    AGREEMENT.  305 


Neglect  of  Agreement. 

§  275.  The  general  rule  that  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pro- 
nouns agree  in  gender  and  number  with  the  noun  to  which 
they  respectively  relate,  is  subject  to  some  remarkable  excep- 
tions ;  the  principal  of  which  are  the  following,  viz. : 

1.  When  the  predicate  adjective  or  verb  precedes  the 
noun  it  often  prefers  a  primary  to  a  secondary  form,  that  is 
to  say,  the  masculine  may  be  used  instead  of  the  feminine 
and  the  singular  instead  of  the  plural.  The  reason  of  this  is 
that  the  attention  is  not  so  particularly  drawn  to  the  acci- 
dents of  gender  and  number  in  the  subject  until  it  is  uttered, 
and  consequently  the  predicate  is  not  required  to  conform  so 
precisely  to  it. 

a.  Thus,  the  masculine  for  the  feminine:  'f'^^'!^  tnk  X'a5"xb  the  land 
coidd  not  hear  them  Gen.  13:6,  lnr>ii::'^  cyir'na  pin'n  salvation  is  far  from 
the  wicked  Ps.  119: 155,  nibxtJ  si'i'nn  tremble  ye  careless  women  Isa.  32: 11. 
The  singular  for  the  plural:  "p"!^1  t^^'J  let  thij  words  come  to  pass  Judg. 
13: 12,  T^-iiiBUiTa  "ia;i  upright  are  thy  judgments  Ps.  119: 137,  n'^rjis^  nili!i:x 
her  woimds  are  incurable, ov  the  singular  maybe  understood  distributively, 
each  of  her  wounds  is  incurable  Mic.  1 :  9.  The  masculine  singular  for  the 
feminine  plural:  ^153^2  as";!  Nb  reproaches  cease  not  Mic.  2:6,  "isr*~ns; 
niw  tintil  calamities  be  overpast  Ps.  57:2,  o^qa  'ib"'in'^i  aiid  there  were  to 
him  wives  1  Kin.  11:3. 

6.  When  the  predicate  consists  of  several  verbs  or  adjectives,  one  of 
which  precedes  and  the  rest  follow  the  noun,  the  latter  must  agree  with  it. 
while  the  first  may  be  put  in  its  primary  form,  nSN^a  "'ii'^  let  there  be 
lights  . ..  nnxb  '^'^rt'^.  and  let  them  be  for  signs  Gen.  1 :  14,  'nox/  Qiirjx  •'h^^ 
CN^ia  ii'^n  and  there  were  men  who  were  defied  Num.  9:6.  In  1  Kin. 
10  :  12  two  verbs  are  put  in  the  masc.  sing,  with  a  plural  subject. 

c.  The  predicate,  even  when  it  follows  the  subject,  occasionally  departs 
from  it  in  gender  or  number,  retaining  its  primary  form ;  this  takes  place 
with  passive  or  neuter  verbs  of  familiar  occurrence,  and  which  are  proba- 
bly used  impersonally  as  the  same  verbs  are  elsewhere,  §271.4.  a,  the  sons 
of  Jacob  i^"^^?  "lip.i*.  whom  (iiis  wives)  had  born  to  him  prop,  there  had 
been  born  to  him  Gen.  35:26,  comp.  Gen.  4:  18,  46:22,  27,  ''^  n\r\  n^r-'DS 
there  was  to  vie  (i.  e.  I  had)  house-born  servants  Eccles.  2:7,  comp.  Gen. 
47:24,  Ex.  12:49,  28:7,  Num.  9:14,  15:29,  Deut.  18:2,  1  Chron.  24:28. 
2  Chron.  17: 13,  it'^^n  nbbs  it  icas  dark  prop,  darkness  Gen.  15: 17.  Tlie 
disposition  to  recur  to  their  primary  form  discovers  itself  in  a  very  few 
instances  in  qualifying  adjectives  when  separated  from  the  noun  to  which. 
20 


306  SYNTAX.  ^275 

they  belong,  pjn^  '^^'^'^?  ^^"^  a  great  and  strong  wind  1  Kin.  19:11;  in 
Ps.  63:2,  rjS^i  n»:i~'}^nNa  quoted  by  Nordheimer  as  an  additional  exam- 
ple the  second  adjective  may  agree  not  with  y^N  but  with  the  pre- 
ceding noun.  ''^iU3  for  thee  longs  my  Jlesh,  in  a  di-y  land,  and  weary. 
Alex,  in  loc. 

2.  Collective  nouns  may  Lave  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pro- 
nouns agreeing  with  tbciu  in  the  plural,  ^"^^s^^'^T  nyn  'I'^nia^n 
and  the  people  haded  and  passed  over  Josh.  4:10,  niinsj;  "jsi 
lost  sheep  Jer.  50 :  G,  D^'inp  0^3  niyn-bs  all  the  con(/re(/ation, 
all  of  them  are  holy  Num.  IG  :  3. 

a.  When  a  predicate  consists  of  more  than  one  verb  or  adjective,  the 
first  sometimes  agrees  with  it  formally  in  the  singular  and  the  rest 
logically  in  the  plural,  D^ip-nx  !|3Fi',l  n^rn-bs  S'*bn]  and  all  the  congre- 
gation lifted  up  and  uttered  their  voice  Num.  14:1;  lS73d*l  crn  *)'a^^*5 
and  the  people  believed  and  they  heard  Ex.  4  ;31. 

6.  The  noun  j^nx  land,  earth,  which  is  properly  a  feminine  singular, 
may,  when  it  is  put  for  its  inhabitants,  be  construed  with  the  masculine 
plural,  2  Sam.  15:23,  Ps.  66:4.  Names  of  nations  borrowed  from  those 
of  their  progenitors,  as  Lsrael,  Edom,  Amalek.  may  be  strictly  construed  in 
the  masculine  singular,  Ex.  17:  11,  Am.  1 :  11,  or  as  a  collective  in  the  mas- 
culine plural,  Hos.  8:2,  Ob.  ver.  6,  2  Sam.  10: 17,  or  again  in  the  feminine 
singular,  whether  this  arises  from  a  prominent  reference  to  the  land  or 
from  the  frequent  personification  of  a  people  as  a  maiden,  2  Sam.  10: 11, 
Jer.  13:19,  49:17;  so  D?  people  in  the  following  examples,  ^"£3  PXun 
thy  people  has  done  wrong  Ex.  5: 16,  riaoii  crn  the  people  dwelling  Judg. 
18:7.  Different  constructions  may  be  united  in  the  same  passage,  Jer. 
48:15,  Hos.  14:1. 

3.  Nouns,  which  are  plural  in  form  but  singular  in  sig- 
nification, commonly  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns 
agreeing  with  them  in  the  singular,  D'^nbs  x-^a  God  created 
Gen.  1:1,  r\'ar>  T^bya  its  owner  shall  le  put  to  death  Ex. 
21:29,  ni;]?  ^-^yv^,  a  hard  master  \%d..  19:4,  ^T::^^'S}  "^S^XpS 
thy  youth  is  renewed  Ps.  103  :  5. 

a.  When  the  word  ti^ri'bx  refers  to  false  deities,  the  sense  is  plural 
and  it  is  construed  accordingly,  ^^"'n'bx  "^^X  these  are  thy  gods  Ex.  32 :  4,  8, 
Cin'bx  ■!ia?;^-n's  so  may  the  gods  do  1  Kin.  19:2;  but  where  it  refers  to 
the  true  God,  it  is  with  few  exceptions  construed  in  the  singular.  "\  ct 
see  Gen.  20:13,  35:7,  Ex.  22:8,  Josh.  24:19,  1  Sam.  17:26,  2  Sam. 
7:23.  The  exceptional  construction  in  these  and  similar  passages  may 
have  arisen  from  the  attention  being  directed  to  the  Supreme  Being  in 
general,  and  to  the  fulness  or  variety  of  his  manifestations  without  spe- 


§276  NEGLECT    OF    AGREEMENT.  307 

cific  reference  to  the  divine  unity,  and  may,  besides,  involve  an  allusion  to 
the  personal  distinction  in  the  Godhead.  See  Alexander  on  Ps.  11:7  and 
58 :  12. 

4.  Plural  names  of  inanimate  or  irrational  objects  of 
either  gender  are  occasionally  joined  with  the  feminine  singu- 
lar, ^i'^b'x  ^in?n  nito  ni^ria  the  beasts  of  the  field  pant  for 
thee  Joel  1 :  20,  ^'^BO  fjibiyn  Us  floods  ivash  away  Job 
14 :  19,  nnmi!!  d^b'nn  pangs  have  taken  her  Jer.  49 :  24, 
i^snn  D'^sn  wild  beasts,  their  lair  Isa.  35  :  7. 

a.  In  objects  devoid  of  personality  the  individual  is  of  email  account, 
and  may  be  easily  sunk  in  the  mass.  A  pluralis  inhumanus  may  conse- 
quently be  regarded  as  equivalent  to  a  collective,  tlie  proper  form  of  which 
is  the  feminine  singular,  §198,  and  words  belonging  to  it  maybe  dealt 
with  accordingly.  The  same  principle  prevails  in  the  construction  of  neu- 
ter plurals  in  Greek,  to.  ^wa  rpix^i. 

5.  Masculine  verbs,  adjectives,  and  pronouns  are  some- 
times used  when  females  are  spoken  of  from  a  neglect  to  note 
the  gender,  if  no  stress  is  laid  upon  it,  •7^'5^n!'|i  and  they  (queens 
and  concubines)  2)raised  her  Cant.  6:9;  the  Lord  deal  khidly 
DStiy  with  you  (Ruth  and  Orpah)  as  "dpr^X  ye  have  dealt 
Ruth  1:8;  ''n^  my  dead  (Sarah)  Gen.  23:4;  "rrm  ^vk  thou 
art  destroyed  Jer.  4 :  30 ;  this  last  passage  may,  however,  be 
rendered  thou,  it  is  destroyed,  what  wilt  thou  do  ? 

6.  Singular  predicates  and  pronouns  are  sometimes  em- 
ployed in  a  distributive  sense  of  plural  subjects,  1\T\'Z  'ri"'3'i3'Q 
they  that  bless  thee  shall  each  be  blessed  Num.  24  :  9  ;  O''?^'!^''? 
t^  ni'b  they  who  prof ane  it  shall  every  one  be  put  to  death 
Ex.  31 :  14 ;  12^3^  rr^h:i  tJ^t?^^?  ^VP^  l^i^cy  take  aioay  the  right- 
eousness of  the  righteous  from  each  of  them  Isa.  5  :  23. 

§276.  1.  AVhen  the  subject  consists  of  two  or  more 
words  connected  by  the  conjunction  and,  the  predicate,  if  it 
precedes  its  subject,  may  be  put  in  the  masculine  singular  as 
its  primary  form,  bipn  nnin  nnia  i^'^'y  and  from  them  shall 
proceed  thanksgiving  and  a  voice  Jer,  30  :  19,  or  it  may  be 
put  in  the  plural,  referring  to  them  all,  1'"^^^?)   <^t^^  ^'i'?,':^ 


308  SYNTAX.  ^  277-279 

and  Moses  and  Aaron  did  so  Ex.  7  :  20,  or  it  may  agree  with 
the  nearest  word,  p^*?^  ^i'"?^  "^?1i^^  and  Miriam  and  Aaron 
sjjake  Num.  12:1;  Tri^^?.  ^^^^  i^?"!?^  ^^'  ^/^<^'^  and  thi/ fathers 
have  not  known  Deut.  13:7. 

2.  If  the  predicate  follows  a  compound  subject  it  is 
commonly  put  in  the  plural,  though  it  may  agree  with  the 
principal  word  to  which  the  others  are  subordinate,  ^ri"^^-)  "^r^ 
D^isj  /  loiih  my  maidens  will  fast  prop,  and  my  maidens  Est. 
4:16,  X3  3Si"'l  "11^  ^Hys  the  servants  of  David  and  Joab 
came  2  Sam.  3  :  22. 

3.  If  a  predicate  refers  equally  to  two  words  of  different 
genders,  it  will  be  put  in  the  masculine  in  preference  to  the 
feminine,  cij?!  '*V^)  ^0"?^^^  Abraham  and  Sarah  were  old 
Gen.  18:11;  if  they  are  of  different  persons,  the  predicate 
will  be  put  in  the  second  in  preference  to  the  third,  and  in 
the  first  in  preference  to  either  of  the  others,  ''ba  Y)}'^1)  ''r^ 
n^n?  land  Jonathan  my  son  will  be  1  Sam.  14:40,  nnx 
Dnna'il  ^ifii?  f"ir|S5i  thou  and  Aaron  thy  brother  and  ye  shall 
speak  Num.  20  :  8. 

§277.  If  two  or  more  nouns  are  united  in  the  construct 
state  the  predicate  ordinarily  agrees  with  the  first  as  the  lead- 
ing word  in  such  combinations  :  it  may,  however,  agree  with 
the  second,  if  that  is  the  more  important,  or  the  predicate 
might  with  propriety  be  referred  directly  to  it,  X^'^y]  r^7^ 
!:b'T3J<  the  fields  of  Heshbon  languish  Isa.  16:8,  niicsc?  xr\  ^kl*tt5 
D'^ii'^as  is  found  the  blood  of  the  souls  of  the  poor  Jer.  2 :  34. 

a.  The  predicate  agrees  generally  though  not  invariably  with  the 
second  noun  when  the  first  is  Vs,  or  an  abstract  expressing  a  quality  of 
that  which  HjIIows,  nuJ-ia"i-!:3  >i't}*t  and  all  the  days  of  Seth  were  Gen. 
5:8.  D''t-:n-bD  ^ixitn^  aiid  all  the  women  went  ont  Ex.  15 :  20,  I^B^'ia  in2?3 
!ir3::  the  choice  of  his  captains  were  drowned  ver.  4. 

§278.  Nouns  in  the  dual  have  verbs,  adjectives,  and 
pronouns,  agreeing  with  them  in  the  plural,  tiisn  nsb  ^ri? 
the  eyes  of  Leah  were  tender  Gen.  29 :  17. 

§  279.  The  abrupt  changes  of  the  person  from  the  third 


§280  REPETITION    OF    WORDS.  309 

to  the  first  or  second,  and  vice  versa,  which  are  especially 
frequent  with  the  prophets  and  psalmists,  Isa.  1 :  29,  Ps. 
81 :  17,  are  due  to  the  boldness  and  vividness  of  their  con- 
ceptions, in  virtue  of  which  they  often  pass  in  the  course  of 
the  same  sentence  from  speaking  of  God  to  speaking  in  his 
name,  and  from  describing  men  to  directly  addressing  them. 

a.  The  occasional  combination  of  the  pronoun  of  the  first  person  with 
a  verb  in  the  third  is  to  be  explained  by  an  ellipsis,  is'^'  ''isn  behold  /(am 
he  who)  has  laid  Isa.  28:  16,  ^hr'  ''iin  behold  I  (am  he  who)  ucill  add 
29:14,38:5. 

\ 

Repetition  of  Words. 

§280.  The  repetition  of  nouns  may  denote 

1.  Distribution,  nb©  ni©  q/ear  hy  year  Deut.  14 :  22, 
•njPiaa  njjiia  in  the  morning,  in  the  morniny  i.  e.  every  morniny 
2  Sam.  13:4,  tJl'i^b  nns-tj'ix  nnx-ij^s?  one  man  for  each  tribe 
Josh.  3:12;  so  with  numeral  adjectives,  §  252. 4,  n^niD  nyiTp 
by  sevens  Gen.  7:2,  and  adverbs,  *^Ti2  Wiz  little  by  little 
Ex.  23 :  30. 

2.  Plurality,  "I'il"'^^  yeneration  and yeneration  i.  e.  many 
generations  Deut.  32 : 7,  lj?^  Ij5  ij^b  ijb  lib  ii  lib  12  pre- 
cejjt  ujpon  precept,  precept  upo7i  23recept,  line  iijpon  line,  line 
upon  line  Isa.  28:10,  13,  tr^^^s  ^b^^^  pits  on  pits  Gen. 
14 :  10 ;  or  with  the  implication  of  diversity,  "J^si  "jn^  a 
weiyht  aiid  a  tveiyht  i.  e.  weiyhts  of  two  sorts  Deut.  25  :  13, 
^%  nb  a  double  heart  Ps.  12  :  3. 

3.  Emphasis  or  intensity,  p'^i  p'li  justice,  justice  i.  e. 
nothiny  but  justice  Deut.  16 :  20,  P>3:^  pbl?  exceediiiy  deep 
Eccl.  7  :  24 ;  so  with  adverbs,  'li^'a  is^a  miyhtily,  miyJitily 
Gen.  7:19,  and  even  a  conjunction,  "j?!!^^  1?'!  because  even 
because. 

a.  Sometimes  the  second  word  is  put  in  a  different  gender  from  the 
first,  nbsir^l  ^yiaia  all  kinds  of  support  Isa.  3:1,  comp.  Jer.  48:19,  or  a 
different  number,  cn'nrn  "li^an  a  heap,  two  heaps  Judg.  15:16.  sr^ia 
ni-niTT  Eccl.  2:8.  Or  a'  cognate  word  may  be  employed,  nh^-o^  '""^^^ 
waste  and  desolate  Ezek.  6 :  14,  "(inaiy  riia  Lev.  23 : 3. 


310  SYNTAX.  §281,282 

b.  Instances  occur  of  triple  repetition,  rinp?  lyinj?  cinp  holy.  holy.  holy. 
Isa.  6 :  3,  y^M.  y^M,  Y'^k  O  tarlh,  earth,  earth,  Jer.  22  :  29'  Jer.  7  :  4,  Ezek! 
21 :  32,  Ex.  25  :  35. 

§281.  A  separate  ])ronoun  may  be  atkled  to  a  pro- 
nominal suffix  for  the  sake  of  emphasis,  "'ix  ""n^iiD  mj/  dyviw, 
mine  2  Sam.  19:1,  Tjiii''  nnx  thee,  thee  shall  thcij  jncme 
Gen.  49 : 8,  or  to  a  noun  to  which  it  refers,  x^n-aa  neb  to 
Seth,  to  him  also  Gen.  4  :26. 

§282.  In  verbs  the  absolute  infinitive  is  joined  with  the 
finite  forms  to  add  emphasis  or  intensity  to  the  idea,  "'Srn 
-["bTan  shall  thou  actually  reign  over  us?  Gen.  37  : 8,  ri^rn  mia 
thou  shall  surely  die  Gen.  2:17.  This  combination  some- 
times expresses  continuance  or  repetition,  particularly  when 
two  infinitives  are  connected  together  and  both  follow  the 
finite  verb,  nii?i  S'^i;'  si^l  and  it  went  out  yoiny  out  and  re- 
turning i.  e.  it  kej)t  going  to  and  fro  Gen.  8  : 7,  "i^a)  ^"^n  iDbn 
they  icent  on  loicing  as  they  ivent  1  Sam.  6:12,  D?'<bN  '^%'i^'\ 
■GIT  DSTDn  a7id  I  sjjake  to  you  rising  np  early  and  sjjeaking 
Jer.  7 :  13. 

a.  The  infinitive  is  mostly  of  the  same  species  with  the  finite  verb  to 
which  it  is  added,  although  this  is  not  always  the  case.  Thus,  the  Kal, 
on  account  of  its  greater  simplicity  of  form,  may  be  joined  with  a  deriva- 
tive species,  e.g.  Niphal  bfrB^  ViipD  Ex.  19:13,  Piel  -"i^3  T'.ii'i'l  Josh. 
24:10,  Pual  CiTJ  tri'n-J  Gen. 's? :  33^,  Hiphil  c^r;:  cnr  1  Sam.'  23: 22, 
Hophal  n^!|i  ria  Ex.'l9:  12.  Hithpael  n^bairpn 'zjii  Isa.  24:  19;  or  one 
derivative  species  with  another  of  like  signification,  nr^ES  sb  rrnsn  Lev. 
19:20,  nbnn  ^i  bnnn  Ezek.  16:4.  Occasionally  the  infinitive  is  bor- 
rowed from  a  cognate  verb,  C;.DX  C]Di<  Zeph.  1:2  (CjOiJ  and  r,i6),  cnx 
siscn;"  Isa.  28  :  28  (iT'ix  and  cq'n).' 

b.  The  construct  infinitive  is  very  rarely  used  in  such  combinations  in- 
stead of  the  absolute,  isbin  Vin  Neh.  1  : 7,  JT^nXTrn  Ps.  50  :  21  ;  once 
it  is  added  in  a  varied  form  to  a  preceding  construct  infinitive,  r.'bjns 
ni^SS  2  Sam.  6:  20.  The  finite  verb  is  repeated,  ''Z^t'^  n-'B^  2  Sam.  15:8 
K'thibh.  A  verbal  noun  takes  the  place  of  the  infinitive,  "liyn  n'''\'S 
Hab.  3:9. 

c.  When  two  verbs  are  connected  together  to  express  continuous  ac- 
tion, a  participle  is  somotimes  substituted  for  the  absolute  infinitive  in  the 
case  of  one  or  both,  T\h^z^  nBi? , . .  nb'i?  Tt^  2  Sam.  15 :  30,  niht  ""an  r^h 
Jer.  41:6;  an  adjcclive  may  even  take  the  place  of  the  second.  *]ibn  T|b^;; 
bniT    Gen.   26:13,    nrj^n   -jiiin  . . ,  Ti^m    Judg.   4:24;   the   finite  verb   is 


§283,284  INTERROGATIVE    SENTENCES.  311 

omitted  in  Iji^S!"  "Vn  '^?'^']'5  Est.  9  :  4,  the  substantive  verb  takes  its  place, 
liom  T|ii'n  rn  Gen.  8 : 5,'  bn:T  rjHn  I2sain;«  ■'n^n  2  Chron.  17: 12.  The 
second  verb  may  also  be  put  in  one  of  the  finite  lenses,  'lipn)  T\'i^>^  ^"'^V'^ 
Josh.  6:  13,  ^^p.ll  rp^n  ...Ts^yi  2  Sam.  16 :  13,  and  in  fact  other  construc- 
tions, begun  with  a  participle  or  infinitive,  are  not  infrequently  continued 
in  the  preterite  or  future,  Job  12  :21. 


Interrogative  Sentences. 

§283.  1.  A  direct  question  is  indicated  by  the  interroga- 
tive particle  n,  ^^)^T]  wili  thou  go?  Gen.  24:58,  nnnn 
"ipx  D''n'bi{  am  I  in  the  jplace  of  God?  Gen.  50  :  19  ;  an  in- 
direct question  by  <i  or  DK  if,  to  hiow  D'^inii  Dst^^n  lohether 
you  love  Deut.  13:4,  inquire  Thx\^~^)^  lohether  I  shall  re- 
cover prop,  if  I  shall  2  Kin.  1:2. 

a.  The  particle  ri  is  in  Job  4 :  2  separated  from  the  proper  interroga- 
tive clause. 

2.  In  a  disjunctive  question  the  first  member  is  commonly 
introduced  by  y\  and  the  second  by  DN  or  D^Ji'i ,  Tjpa  t^.^risf? 
siS-DX  Kin  is  this  thy  soiUs  coat  or  not?  Gen.  37:32;  ysnn 
is  it  any  j^leasure  to  the  Almiyhty  that  thou  art  righteous 
5'2a~aXT  or  is  it yain  to  Mm,  etc.,  Job  22  :3. 

a.  The  second  member  is  more  rarely  introduced  by  ix  or,  'voho  knoic- 
eth  bbo  ik  n'7.ln|;  03n<^  whether  he  shall  be  a  wise  vian  or  a  fool  Eccl.  2 :  19. 
or  by  n  repeated  nsnn  X^n  pTHi^  whether  they  be  strong  or  weak  Num. 
13:18,  xbn  !i3b  Drii<"ip  siyi'l^jbii  have  ye  called  us  to  impoverish  us ornot? 
Judg.  14  :  15.  The  construction  of  the  second  clause  is  interrupted  and  re- 
sumed again  in  Gen.  17  :  17. 

6.  If  a  question  stand  in  a  disjunctive  relation  to  something  previously 
expressed  or  implied,  it  may  begin  with  CX,  "i^'T]  "i^ri3"ns  cissin  your 
perversion  !  or  is  the  potter  to  be  reckoned  as  the  clay?  Isa.29  :  16,  nx^  CK 
liSs.  or  is  this  thing  from  my  lord  7  1  Kin.  1 :  27. 

§  284.  A  question  may  also  be  asked  by  means  of  the 
interrogative  pronouns  or  interrogative  adverbs.  Or  it  may, 
without  any  particle  of  interrogation,  be  indicated  simply  by 
the  tone  of  voice  in  which  it  is  uttered,  ^^ia  d'^j©  thy  comiyiy 
is  peaceful?  1  Sam.  16:4. 


312  SYNTAX.  §285 


Relative  Pronoun. 

§285.  1.  From  simple  we  pass  to  compound  sentences. 
These  arc  made  up  of  distinct  clauses  united  for  the  most 
part  by  the  relative  pronoun  or  by  conjunctions.  As  the  rela- 
tive invariably  occupies  the  first  place  in  its  own  clause,  and 
as  the  Hebrew  admits  of  no  inflections  to  represent  case, 
some  special  device  was  necessary  to  indicate  its  relation  to 
the  following  words.  Accordingly,  when  the  relative  "^^i*  is 
governed  by  a  verb,  noun,  or  preposition,  this  is  shown  by 
appending  an  appropriate  pronominal  suffix  to  the  governing 
word,  inbiD  mrx  %chom  he  has  sent  2  Kin.  19  :4  ;  the  ground 
nntiw^  nici5  lohich  he  has  cursed  Gen.  5  :  29  ;  iy"iT  ^m  ichose 
seed  Gen.  1:11;  houses  of  clay  Diio^  nsya  mrs?  whose  foun- 
dation is  in  the  dust  Job  4:19;  the  place  1''^^  . . .  "ifesf  upon 
ichich  Ex.  3:5;  thou  ^'''7\yy2.  "iiDN  lohom  I  have  chosen  Isa. 
41:8. 

a.  When  the  relative  is  the  object  of  a  verb  the  suffix  is  frequently 
omitted,  the  sense  being  sufficiently  plain  without  it,  Tnxna'irx  whom 
J  have  created  Gen.  6  :  7. 

2.  When  the  relative  "ni>*  is  preceded  by  n^5  the  sign 
of  the  definite  object,  or  by  a  preposition,  these  pertain  not 
to  the  relative  but  to  its  antecedent,  which  is  in  this  case 
embraced  with  it  as  in  the  English  compound  relative 
what  — that  which,  irr^n'b:?  ICXTIX  li^l  and  he  commanded 
him  who  was  over  his  house  Gen.  44  : 1  ;  to  make  thee  iinder- 
stand  n'ijp'»-n©5{  mx  what  shall  befall  Dan.  10  :  14. 

a.  The  only  exception  is  'itx  BS  tvilh  ichom  Gen.  31:32.  Gesenius 
finds  another  in  ibsa  Isa.  47  :  12,  but  see  Alexander  in  loc. 

3.  The  relative  is  frequently  omitted,  not  only  as  in 
English,  when  it  is  the  object  of  its  clause,  ^CS'  Jnnic2  into 
the  pit  (which)  they  have  made  Ps.  9:10,  but  also  when  it  is 
the  subject,  and  he  forsook  God  intby  (who)  made  him  Deut. 
32 : 1 5,  and  even  when  it  Avould  stand  for  the  compound 


^286,287  CONJUNCTIONS.  313 

relative  and  include  its  antecedent,  nbiBn-^ii^a  hy  the  hand  of 
(him  whom)  thou  wilt  send  Ex.  4:13,  (so  doth)  ^X^n  bixt? 
the  (/rave  (those  who)  have  sinned  Job  24  :  19. 

§  286.  The  demonstrative  n.T  or  "^1  is  frequently  used  in 
poetry  with  the  force  of  a  relative,  and  it  then,  like  the 
English  that,  suffers  no  change  for  gender  or  number,  Dip's 
S?'7'??  "^I  ^^^^  place  that  thou  hast  founded  Ps.  104:  8,  ni'ST'a 
5!3^n  ^T  devices,  which  they  have  contrived  Ps.  10  :  2. 


Conjunctions. 

§  287.  The  Hebrew  sedulously  avoids  aU  involution  of 
sentences.  Consequently,  instead  of  linking  its  clauses  to- 
gether into  a  complex  whole  by  conjunctions  of  various 
power  expressing  their  precise  relation  of  dependence  and 
subordination,  it  prefers,  where  this  is  possible,  to  connect 
them  by  means  of  the  simple  conjunction  )  and,  leaving  the 
exact  nature  of  the  connection  intended  to  be  inferred  from 
the  meanings  of  the  clauses  themselves. 

1.  The  conjunction  "i  may  accordingly  be  employed  not 
only  where  we  would  use  and,  but  before  an  adversative 
clause,  of  every  tree  thou  mayest  eat  y^^'i  but  of  the  tree  of 
the  hiowledge,  etc.,  Gen.  2:16,  17,  or  one  expressing  a  rea- 
son, give  us  help  from  trouble  i^li^l  for  vain  is  the  help  of 
man  Ps.  60  :  13,  an  inference,  I  have  no  pleasure  in  the  death 
of  him  that  dieth  'i3''iijn'i  wherefore  turn  Ezek.  18  :  32,  design, 
^^ni  ^ib?  ns«f  do  this  and  live  i.  e.  in  order  that  you  may  live. 
Gen.  42: 18,  a  comparison,  7nan  is  bom  unto  trouble  V^!^  ''is^ 
and  (i.  e.  as)  the  sparks  fy  upward  Job  5  :  7,  or  a  co-existing 
act  or  condition,  Noah  was  six  hundred  years  old  biS'sni  and 
(i.  e.  when)  the  food  was  upon  the  earth  Gen.  7  :  6. 

2.  It  serves  to  introduce  the  apodosis  or  second  member 


314  SYNTAX.  §287 

of  a  conditional  sentence,  if  God  jcill  be  with  me  and  keep  me 
nin;^  n^m  fheii  shall  Jehovah  be  mij  God  Gen.  28:  20,  21, 

3.  It  may  also  connect  a  statement  of  time  or  a  noun 
placed  absolutely,  with  the  clause  to  which  it  relates,  Oi^a 
n-'prr^i?  Dnnaj?  n&^I  '^t:h%T\  on  the  third  daij  Abraham  lifted 
nj)  his  ei/es  Gen.  22:4;  T?^7  °^^  'H^iJl?^  if^^  hope,  (is  it  not) 
the  integrity  of  thy  icays  ?  Job  4:6.  Both  these  uses, 
which  arc  wholly  foreign  from  our  idiom,  are  combined  in 
2  Sam.  15  :  34,  thy  father  s  servant  *^\^'}.  I  have  been  so  hith- 
erto, but  now  ''iif'T  I  loill  be  thy  servant. 

a.  For  the  meanings  and  usage  of  other  conjunctions  see  the  lexicon. 


J 


GRAMMATICAL  ANALYSIS. 

GENESIS,  CHAPTER   I. 


VERSE  1. 


riit'^tia  composed  of  the  inseparable  preposition  1, 
§231. 1,  with  Daghesh-lene,  §21.  1,  and  the  feminine  <jle- 
rivative  noun  iT'iDS'i,  §198.  a.  (4),  without  the  article, 
§248,  comp.  Iv  apxv  John  1  : 1,  Ger.  anfangSy  Eng.  at  frst; 
position  of  the  accent,  §  32. 1. 

xna,  xb  verb,  §162.  2,  the  preterite  denoting  past  time 
absolutely,  §  262.  1,  lack  of  formal  agreement  with  its  sub- 
ject, §  275.  3,  order  of  words,  §  270.  «,  position  of  accent, 
§32.2. 

Qinbx  a  monosyllabic  noun  of  class  I.,  §183,  plural, 
§199,  of  majesty,  §201.  2,  without  the  article,  §246. 1. 

rii$  sign  of  the  definite  object,  §  270. 

rr^mr]  the  article,  §229.1,  §245.4,  and  noun  of  the 
second  form  of  class  I.,  §185.  2.  ^,  only  used  in  the  plural, 
§201.1,  §203.  5.  c?. 

ni?'i  the  conjunction  1 ,   §  234,  and  tiJ^ . 

*  T"^^n  ^^  article,  §  229.  3,  and  Segholate  noun  of  class  I., 
§  183  ;  Seghol  changed  to  Kamets  by,  §  229. 4.  b,  or  §  65  (1). 

This  verse  is  divided  by  the  accents  into  two  clauses, 
§  36. 1 ;  Athnahh  is  preceded  by  Munahh  and  Tiphhha, 
§38.  2  ;  Silluk  by  Merka  and  Tiphhha,  and  Tiphhha  again 
byMerka,  §38.1. 


316  GRAMMATICAL   ANALYSIS. 

VERSE  2. 

nn^'H,  nb  verb  rpn,  §1G9.  1,  with  Methegh,  H^.  2, 
Kamcts  distinguished  from  Kamets-Iihatuph,  §19.  2. 

"rd,  ^nn  Scgholatc  nouns  of  class  I.  from  ri'  roots, 
^184.^,  abstracts  used  instead  of  adjectives,  §254.  G.a', 
assonance  or  paronomasia.     Double  accent,  §  30. 1. 

■ijE-b:?  ]\Iakkeph,    §43,  ni.D   noun  of  class  I.,  form  2,    I 
§185.  2.  d/,  only  used  in  the  plural,  §201.  1,  §209. 1 ;  here 
in  the  construct  state,  §214.  2,  §216.  1,  with  its  possessive 
sense,  §254.  1.  _ 

Dinr^  noun  of  class  III  from  l5?  root  §190.^,  article  omitted    1 
as  if  from  a  proper  noun,  §  24G.  1,  or  by  a  kind  of  poetic 
brevity,  §247,  the  face  of  ocean. 

nsnn'a  Piel  participle  of  the  Ayin  Guttural  verb  vinn , 
§116.4,  §121.  1,  feminine,  §205,  as  the  predicate  without 
the  article,  §  259.  2,  although  its  subject  is  definite,  §  246.  3; 
the  participle  expresses  continuous  action,  §266. 1,  belong- 
ing to  the  period  before  spoken  of,  §266.3. 

J  O'l'ian  noun  used  only  in  the  plural,  §  201.  1,  §  203.  5.  c; 
vowel  changed  by  the  pause  accent,  §65.  1. 

This  verse  consists  of  two  clauses,  §  36. 1 ;  the  clause  of 
Athnahh  is  subdivided  by  Zakeph  Katon  and  R'bhia,  §  36.  2 ; 
Zakcph  Katon  is  preceded  by  Pashta,  and  Pashta  by  Merka, 
§38.4,  Athnahh  by  Munahh  and  Tiphhha,  §38.2.  The 
clause  of  Silluk  is  subdivided  by  Zakeph  Katon ;  this  is 
preceded  by  Munahh,  §38.4,  and  Silluk  by  Merka  and 
Tiphhha,  §38.1. 

VERSE  3. 

'i^si;^'^  Kal  future  of  Pe  Aleph  verb  "itdn  ,  §110.  3,  with 
Vav  Conversive,  §99.  1,  §265,  which  removes  the  accent  to 
the  penult  and  changes  the  vowel  of  the  ultimate,  §99.  3.  a, 
§111.  2.  fl. 


GENESIS,    CHAPTER   I.  317 

^in*»  apocopated  future  of  n?  verb  n'jn,  §171.1,  §177.1, 
Avith  a  jussive  sense,  §  2G4. 

"■'n^i  future  with  Vav  Conversive ;  Daghesli-forte  omitted, 
§99.  3,  Methegli,  §45.2. 

YEKSE  4. 

x*!,!:^  Kal  futui'e  of  "rh  verb  nsn  with  Vav  Conversive, 
§171.1,  §172.4. 

ni"J  the  predicate  adjective  without  the  article,  §  259.  2. 
^ji^?']  Hiphil  future  of  bna  with  Vav  Conversive,  §  99.  3. 

r;?i  Vav  Conjunctive,  §234,  with  the  preposition  I"'?, 
§237.1. 

VERSE  0. 

iinip^i  from  the  'h  verb  N-ijp,  §162.2. 

.  D-'n-b^  P'sik,  §38.1.^. 

•^isib  preposition  b  with  the  vowel  of  the  article,  §  231.  5. 

Di''  noun,  whose  plural  is  D^:b^ ,  §207. 1./. 

X'lj?  the  preterite,  used  rather  than  the  future  with  Vav 
Conversive,  because  the  verb  does  not  begin  the  clause, 
§265,  the  accent  removed  to  the  penult,  §  35. 1. 

rb-h  paragogic  ri, ,  §61.  6,  §219.  2,  with  the  noun  b^'S, 
a  Segholate  of  class  I.  from  an  ^'i?  root,  §184.  b,  having  a 
pause  accent,  §65. 1. 

:^n^  numeral,  §223.1,  agreement  and  position,  §250.1. 

VERSE  6. 

?''i5n  noun  of  class  I.  form  2,  §185. 1. 
?jin3  preposition  s,  §231. 1,  with  the  construct  of  tf^n, 
§216.  \,d,  in  a  partitive  sense,  §254.  2. 


318  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

^'^^2'n  Iliphil  participle  of  '^in ,  §  84.  5,  denoting  con- 
tinuous action,  ^26G.  1,  and  referred  by  the  tense  of  the  ac- 
companying substantive  verb  to  the  future,  §  2GG.  3.  a. 

VERSE  1. 

to?,':']  E  guttural  and  nb  verb  nir:?  with  Vav  Conversive, 
§109.3,  §171.  1,  §172.4. 

tTirp2  composed  of  the  prepositions  )'Q  and  rnn , 
§237.2(1). 

^>r>?  composed  of  the  prepositions  y^  and  b? . 

VERSE  8. 

D'^^o  with  pause  accent,  §05  (1). 

n;53,  nny  class  I.  Segholatcs,  §183. 

:'^^TD  ordinal  number,  §227. 1,  agreement  with  noun  and 
position,  §252. 1. 

VERSE  9. 

1^15'' Niphal  future  of  nb  verb  nn)?,  §169.1,  with  an 
imperative  sense,  §263.  1. 

Dij^ia  noun  of  class  111.  from  an  ^s  root,  §190.  d. 

^^70  Niphal  futm-c  of  ni<n ,  §  109.  4,  §  168. 

VERSE  10. 

•ID)?''?'?^  conjunction  ^,  §234,  preposition  b,  §231. 1,  and 
noun  of  class  III.  from  nb  root,  §190.  <^,  in  the  construct 
state,  §215.  2,  followed  by  the  material  of  which  it  consists, 
§254.4. 

D'^'q;;'  plural,  §207.  2,  of  D*; ,  a  noun  of  class  I.  from  an 
vv  root,  §1SG.  2.  c. 


GENESIS,    CHAPTER   I.  319 

VERSE  11. 

KlC^n  apocopated  Hip'hil  future  of  inm ,  §  97.  2,  §  264, 
governing  its  cognate  noun  5<t?^,  ^271.3.  Methegli  by 
H5.  2. 

?'^^t''?  the  participle  expresses  what  is  constant  and  habit- 
ual, §266.1. 

■j^^  collective  noun,  §201.1,  probably  abridged  from  a 
<^b  root,  class  I.  form  2,  §  185.  2.  d,  in  the  construct,  §215. 1, 
with  the  following  word,  wliich  denotes  its  quahty,  §  254.  6. 

"'13  noun  from  fi^  root  class  I.  form  1,  §184.  d. 

ntob  Kal  participle  of  n^  verb,  §168 ;  the  accent  is  not 
Y'thibh  but  Mahpakh,  as  is  shown  by  its  standing  before 
Pashta  in  the  subdivision  of  Zakeph  Katon,  §30.  2,  §38.  4, 
shifted  to  the  penult  by,  §35. 1,  followed  by  Daghesh-forte 
conjunctive  in  the  first  letter  of  the  next  word,  §  24.  a. 

iiiisb  preposition  b,  §231. 1,  noun  )'^12  from  an  '''b  root 
class  I,  §186.  2.6,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §220. 1. 

in-iy'iT  ntJi?  oblique  case  of  the  relative  pronoun,  §74, 
§285. 1;  the  preposition  i  with  a  pronominal  suffix,  §233. 

VERSE  12. 

t«3?in5  Hiphil  future  of  --s  and  ^b  verb,  §144. 1,  §162, 
with  Vav  Conversive,  the  accent  remaining  on  the  ultimate, 
§147.5,  §166.4. 

^nsi^b  suffix  of  third  person,  §220.  1.  5,  singular  in  dis- 
tributive sense  referring  to  the  preceding  collective,  §275.  6, 

VERSE  13. 

i^iD^bls  ordinal  number,  §227. 1,  §252. 1. 


320  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS 

VERSE  14. 

''O?  lack  of  agreement  with  subject,  §275. 1. 

Th^'Q  masculine  nomi  in  the  plural,  §  200.  c,  class  III. 
from  an  TJ  root,  §190.  d. 

^■"^^^i^  the  construct  form  of  the  infinitive  used  with  pre- 
positions, §  2G7.  ^. 

TJHT  preterite  with  Vav  Conversive,   §100.1,  §265,  in 
the  plural  because  following  the  noun,  §  275. 1.  d. 

VERSE  15. 

'T'^Ot'  Hiphil  infinitive  construct  of  1^  verb,  §153. 1. 

VERSE  16. 

'',313    cardinal    number,    §223.  1,    joined    with    noun, 
§250.  2  (2),  without  the  article,  §251.  4. 

D'^bn^n  qualifying  adjective  with   the   article   after  the 
noun,  §249.1. 

•JDj^n  . . .  !:i[5n  class  I.  form  2,  §185. 1,  emphatic  use  of 
the  positive  degree,  §260.  2  (2). 

nbir^'a  noun  of  class  III.,  §190,  in  the  construct  state, 
§214. 1.  d,  the  following  noun  denoting  the  object,  §254.  9. 
:D''5Di2n  noun  of  class  II.  from  an  y'i?  root,  §187.  I.e. 

VERSE  17. 

•jn^n  from  3d  verb  )bh  §129.1. 

Df^S  sign  of  the  definite  object  with  a  pronominal  suffix, 
§238.' 2. 

VERSE  18. 

bi-injjbii . . .  biD'abi  construct  infinitive  with  the  preposi- 
tion, §267.^;  Methegh  with  ^,   §45.  2.«. 


GENESIS    CHAPTER    I.  321 

VERSE  20. 

jrja'iy;'  Piel  future  of  iV  verb,  §154.  2. 

VERSE  21. 

or2nn  plural  of  "jiPi ,  §  199 ;  the  Hhirik  of  the  ultimate 
is  long,  §19.  1. 

rito'ahn  Kal  feminine  participle,  §205,  with  the  article, 
§249.1. 

"ni^ii  the  object  of  the  verb  li^^  though  without  the  ap- 
propriate pronominal  suffix,  §285.  l.«. 

nn^i'ab  plural  noun  with  plural  suffix,  §  220.  2.  h. 

VERSE  22, 

^^y)^  Piel  future  of  y  Guttural  verb,  §116.4,  §121.  1, 
with  Vav  conversive,  §  99.  3.  a,  no  Daghesh-lene  in  i  since 
the  preceding  Sh'va  is  vocal,  §  25. 

"ibsb  the  preposition  with  Tsere,  §231.  3.  a,  so  as  to  say 
i.  e.  in  saying. 

^,in,  I'lB  Kal  imperatives  of  TO^,  nna,  §169.1. 

S")^"?  Kal  apocopated  future,  §171.1,  Hhirik  short  though 
accented,  §19. 1. 

VERSE  24. 

-in^ni  construct  of  n^n,  §214.1,  with  i  paragogic, 
§218.     Methegh,  §45.  2,  Daghesh-forte  omitted,  §25. 

VERSE  26. 

riwi  Kal  future  of  no,  §109. 1,  §168,  in  the  plural 
number,  §275.  3.  aj. 

^s^to  preposition,  §231.1,   Segholate   noun,   class  I., 
§183,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §221.5. 
21 


322  GRAMMATICAL    ANALYSIS. 

r;y^^  from  nn-i,  U69. 1. 

na^n  preposition,  ^231.2,  construct  of  the  collective 
noun  na"i,  §198,  §214. 1,  §21G.  1 ;  no  Daghesh-lene  in  a, 
§22. «  (5). 

VERSE  27. 

nnppi  "IDT  predicates,  §273.4,  and  consequently  in- 
definite. 

:  ans5  pronoun,  referring  to  both  genders  put  in  the  mas- 
cuHne,  §  276.  3. 

VERSE  28. 

ncSDI  conjunction  1,  §234,  imperative  Kal  of  ©is, 
§84.4,  and  pronominal  suffix,  §101.  Kibbuts  is  long, 
§19.1. 

VERSE  29. 

••OT  from  "jnp,  §130.1,  preterite  in  the  sense  of  the 
present,  §262. 1.  ^. 

i^'^T['^  singular,  referring  formally  to  the  nearest  collective 
subject,  §276. 1,  or  taken  distributively,  §275.6. 

VERSE  30. 

p-n^bs-nss* ,  nx  before  b|  without  the  article,  §  270.  e. 

VERSE  31. 

nkia  position  of  adverb,  §274. 1. 

•  niBtBn  ni;  article  omitted  before  the  noun,  §249. 1.  c. 


II^DEX    I. 

SUBJECTS  TREATED  FULLY  OR  INCIDENTALLY. 


The  numbers  in  this  and  the  following  Indexes  refer  to  the  Sectio7is  of  the  Grammar. 


Abbreviations  9.  1. 

Absolute  infinitive.     See  Infinitive  abso- 
lute. 
Abstract  nouns,  feminine  198,  plural  201. 

1.  a,  c. 

Accents  28,  use  in  cantillation  28.  6,  forms 
and  classes  29,  meaning  of  names  29.  6, 
like  forms  distinguished  30,  position  of 
32-35,  aid  in  distinguishing  words  34, 
change  of  position  35,  effect  of  Vav 
conversive  33.  4,  99.  3,  100.  2,  in  place 
of  Methegh  39.  3.  6,  45.  5,  give  sta- 
bility to  vowels  60.  1.  a,  vowel  changes 
produced  by  64. 

Accents,  consecution  of  in  prose  36-39, 
poetic  31,  consecution  of  40-42. 

Accents  pause  37.  2.  a,  position  of  35.  2. 

Accentuation  double  39.  4.  a,  42.  a. 

Addition  of  letters  50.  3. 

Adjectives  in  place  of  participles  of  neuter 
verbs  90,  185.  1.  a,  formation  of  185.  2, 
expressing  permanent  or  variable  quali- 
ties 185.  2.  a,  intensity  187.  1,  189, 
defects  187.  1.  b,  diminutives  of  color 
188,  declension  of  217,  qualifying  nouns 
249.  1,  qualifying  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct 256,  predicate  259.  2,  compari- 
son of  260,  emphatic  use  with  verbs 
282.  c. 

Adjectives  numeral  223-227,  250-252. 

Adverbial  idea  expressed  by  a  verb  269.  a. 

Adverbial  expressions  274. 

Adverbs  235,  with  suffixes  236,  as  the  sub- 
ject 242.  c,  numeral  252.  4,  position  of 
274. 
,  Affixes  33. 

Agreement  neglected  275-279. 

Aleph,  sound  of  3.  4,  used  as  a  vowel-letter 
11.  1,  in  a  few  verbal  forms  120.  2,  122. 

2,  156.  3,  once  in  3  f  s.  suffix  220.  2. 
6,  otiant  16.  1,  with  Mappik  26,  with 
Daghesh  forte  (?)  121.  1,  substituted  for 


He  in  Chaldee  51.  3,  in  Niphal  infini- 
tive 91.  6,  in  Hiphil  94.  a,  b,  in  Hith- 
pael  96.  a,  in  feminine  ending  of  verbs 
86.  b,  and  nouns  196.  d,  for  Vav  in  fem. 
plur.  of  nouns  199,  prosthesis  of  53.  1. 
a,  183.  c,  omitted  53.  2,  3,  57.  2  (2)  a, 
111.  2.  6,  c,  151.  2,  164.  2,  quiescent 
57.  2,  after  prefixed  prepositions  231.  3. 
a,  b,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  c,  pre- 
fers diphthongal  vowels  60.  1.  a,  110.  3, 
111.  2,  previous  vowel  rarely  short  if 
Daghesh  forte  omitted  60.  4.  a,  121.  1, 
229.  3,  added  to  3  pi.  preterite  86  6, 
prefixed  in  the  formation  of  nouns  189. 

Alphabet  2,  order  of  6,  Lepsius'  theory 
6.  a. 

Animals,  names  of  177.  c. 

Apocopated  future  97.  2,  264,  not  in  pas- 
sive species  97.  2.  6,  in  Ayin  Guttural 
verbs  119.  1,  Lamedh  Guttural  126.  1, 
Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  153.  5,  157. 
3,  158.  2,  160.  3,  Lamedh  He  171.  1, 
172.  4,  173.  3,  174.  4,  175.  3,  176.  3. 

Apocopated  imperative  98.  2,  171.  1. 

Apposition  of  nouns  253. 

Arabic  letters  3.  1.  a,  currently  read  with- 
out vowels  10.  a,  syllables  18.  2.  c, 
Teshdid  23.  3.  6,  accent  33.  4.  a,  Elif 
prosthetic  53.  1.  a,  conjugations  83.  c 
(1),  comparative  or  superlative  189.  a, 
nouns  of  unity  198.  6,  pJural  ending 
199.  c,  dual  202,  article  229.  1.  a,  con- 
junction with  the  accusative  271.  4.  b. 

Article  definite  229,  use  of  245,  with 
verbs,  etc.  245.  5.  6,  with  proper  nouns 
246.  1.  a,  before  nouns  with  suffixes 
246.  2.  a,  before  nouns  in  the  construct 
246.  3.  a,  when  omitted  247,  249.  1.  b, 
c,  249.  2.  b,  c. 

Article  indefinite  229.  1.  b,  248.  a. 

Aspirates  3.  1,  7.  2,  receive  Daghesh  lene 
21,  their  original  sound  21.  b,  afifscted 


324 


INDEX    I. 


by  concurrence  of  consonants  or  doub- 
linj^  54.  1. 

Athnnlili  divides  verse  30.  1,  train  of  38.  2. 

Augment,  (ireek  and  Sanskrit  'Jit.  1.  a. 

Avin,  SKiuiid  of  3.  4,  Chaldee  substitutes 
"for  Tsadhe  51.  3,  elided  53.  3.  a,  128, 
previous  vowel  sometimes  short  when 
Daghesh  omitted  OO.  4.  a. 

Ayin  doubled  verbs,  orif:;in  of  term  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities  133-137,  paradigm 
138,   remarks  13'.t-142. 

Ayin  Guttural  verbs  lit),  paradigm  117, 
remarks  118-122. 

Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  verbs,  origin  of 
term  7t).  3,  their  peculiarities  152-154, 
paradigm  155,  remarks  15t>— 101. 

Bihteral  roots  68.  6. 

Bohemian  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Cardinal  numbers  223-206,  with  dual  end- 
ing 223.  1.  <7,  position  and  agreement 

250,  251,   with  suffixes   250.    2  (2)  a, 

251.  4.  o,  with  the  article  251.  4. 
Chaldee  syllables  1 8.  2.  o,  words  modified 

from  Hebrew  61.  3,  dual  202. 

Changes  of  person  279. 

Cities  names  of,  feminine  197.  d. 

Collectives  with  feminine  ending  198,  con- 
strued with  the  plural  275.  2. 

Commutation  of  letters  50.  1,  Aleph  for 
He  86.  6,  91.  b,  94.  a,  90.  a,  190.  d,  He 
for  Aleph  189.  h,  Aleph  for  Yodh  50. 
4,  or  Vav  56.  4.  a,  199,  Vav  for  Aleph 
57.  2  (2)  a.  111.  2.  b,  d,  Yodh  for  Vav 
56.  2,  Tcth  for  Tav  54.  4,  82.  5. 

Comparison,  how  expressed  200. 

Compound  numbers  224,  225.  2,  with 
nouns  251.  3,  with  the  article  251.  4.  a. 

Compound  predicate  275.  1.  6,  275.  2.  a. 

Compound  sentences  285.  1. 

Compound  species  83.  c  (2). 

Compound  subject  244.  1,  276. 

Conjugations  76.  1. 

Conjunctions  239,  287. 

Consecution  of  accents  in  prose  36-39,  in 
poetry,  40—42. 

Consonant  changes,  53-56. 

Consonants  changed  to  vowels  57,  vowel 
changes  occasioned  by  contiguous  con- 
sonants 60,  by  concurrent  consonants, 
61. 

Construct  infinitive.  See  Infinitive  con- 
struct. 

Construct  state  of  nouns  212-216,  rela- 
tions denoted  by  254,  resolved  by  pre- 
position Lamedh  257. 

Construe  tio  praegnans  272.  3. 

Contraction  of  two  similar  letters  61.  3, 
134.  1. 

Contracted  verbs  107. 

Copula  258.  2,  3. 

Countries  names  of,  feminine  197.  d. 

Daghesh  meaning  of  word  21.  2.  a. 


Daghesh-forte  23,  distinguished  from  Da- 
ghesh-lenc  23.  2,  from  Shurek  23.  3, 
diH'erent  kinds  of  24,  conjunctive,  in 
stances  of  24.  a,  75.  1,  separative  24.  b. 
190.  a,  210.  2.  a,  221.  5.  a,  230.  2.  o, 
emphatic  24.  c,  80.  a,  149.  1,  omission 
of  25,  resolved  bv  tiie  insertion  of  a 
liquid  54.  3,  221.  0.  b,  or  Yodh  141.  1, 
or  by  prolonging  the  previous  vowel, 
59.  a,  never  in  gutturals  00.  4,  108, 
rarely  in  Kcsh  23.  1,  00.  4.  a,  omitted 
from  Hithpacl  90.  a,  in  BuflSxes  of  verbs 
104.  a,  105.  b. 

Daghcsh  lene  21,  22,  omitted  from  Kal 
imperative  89  (f.  s.  and  m.  pi.),  fiom 
guttural  forms  109.  3.  «,  from  construct 
plural  of  nouns  216.  2.  «,  after  prefixes 
101.  2.  b. 

Daleth  assimilated  to  the  feminine  ending 
Tav  54.  2,  148.  2,  205.  b. 

Day  of  the  month  252.  2.  b. 

Declension  of  nouns,  adjectives  and  parti- 
ciples 217. 

Demonstrative  pronouns  73,  qualifying 
nouns  249.  2,  qualifying  nouns  in  the 
construct  250,  predicate  259.  2,  used  for 
relative  280. 

Dental  letters  7.  1. 

Dialects,  effect  upon  words  51.  3. 

Dijihthongal  vowels  15. 

Distiibutive  numbers  252.  4. 

Distributive  sense  expressed  by  repetition 
252.  4,  280.  1. 

Division  erroneous,  of  words  43.  6. 

Divisions  of  Grammar  1. 

Dual,  ending  of  202,  signification  of  203, 
superadded  to  the  plural  2<J3.  5.  b, 
nouns  with  sufiixes  221.  4,  joined  with 
the  plural  278. 

Emphasis  expressed  by  repetition  280-282. 

English  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Excess,  how  denoted  200.  2  (2)  b. 

Feminine  endings  190,  how  related  55.  2. 
c,  190.  b,  compared  with  Indo-European 
endings  190.  e,  used  to  form  abstracts, 
collectives,  official  designations  198,  and 
nouns  of  unity  198.  b,  appended  to  in- 
finitive.    Sec  Infinitive  construct. 

Feminine  nouns  without  fcm.  ending  in 
the  singular  197.  a,  with  masc.  ending 
in  plural  200.  b,  with  two  plural  forms. 
200.  c,  with  suffixes  221.  2. 

Feminine  sign  of,  duplicated  88  (3  f.),  167. 
3,  109.  1.  a  (?),  neglected  88  (2  f.  s,. 
3  f.  pi.),  197.  a. 

Final  forms  of  letters  4,  in  middle  of 
words  4.  a. 

Flexibility  various,  of  diflTerent  languages 
09.  b. 

Formative  svllables  differ  from  prefixes 
and  suffixes  33,  09.  r,  101.  2.  b,  123.  4. 

Fractional  numbers  227.  3,  252.  3. 


I 


INDEX    I. 


325 


Future,  formation  of  84.  3,  its  personal 
endings  and  prefixes  85.  1.  a  (2)  with 
suffixes  105,  uses  of  263,  sliortened 
form.     See  Apocopated  future. 

Galilean  pronunciation  51.  4.  a. 

Grammar,  function  and  divisions  of  1. 

Grammatical  subject  244.  2. 

Grave  suffixes  72,  221.  1. 

Greek  alphabet  5.  a,  6.  b,  7.  2.  a,  accent 
33.  4.  a,  augment  99.  1.  a,  feminine 
and  neuter  196.  e,  numerals  223.  2.  a, 
construction  of  neuter  plurals  275.  4.  a. 

Guttural  letters  7.  1,  their  peculiarities  60, 
108,  attract  or  preserve  vowels  60.  3.  c. 

Guttural  verbs  107. 

He  and  Ilheth  3.  3. 

He  as  a  vowel  letter  11.  1,  57.  2(2)6, 
with  Mappik  26,  prosthesis  of  53.  1.  a, 
rejection  of  53.  2,  3,  85.  2.  a  (1),  95.  6, 
211.  a,  229.  5,  231.  5,  preceding  vowel 
often  short  when  Daghesh  omitted  60. 

4.  a,  121.  1,  229.  3,  added  to  2  m.  s. 
and  2  f  pi.  preterite  86.  b,  to  2  m.  s. 
suffix  104.  b,  220.  1.  b,  to  2  f.  s.  suffix 
220.  2.  c,  to  2  and  3  f  pi.  suffix  104.  </, 
220.  1.  b,  220.  2.  c,  for  3.  m.  s.  suffix 
104.  d,  220.  1.  b,  omitted  from  f.  pi. 
future  88  and  imperative  89,  omitted 
after  prefixes  85.  2.  a  (1),  91.  b,  94.  b, 
95.  6,  113.  2,  229.  5,  retained  in  excep- 
tional cases  95.  e,  142.   3,  150.  2,  231. 

5.  a,  for  Aleph  165.  1,  prefixed  in  the 
formation  of  nouns  189.  6. 

He  directive  219.  1. 

He  interrogative  230. 

He  paragogic,  effect  on  accent  33.  1,  with 
Methegh  33.  1.  a,  examples  of  61.  6.  a, 
219.  2,  distinguished  from  feminine 
ending  196.  c,  added  to  preterite  93.  <•, 
to  future.     See  Paragogic  future. 

Hhateph  Seghol  in  1  Sing,  future  Piel  92.  e. 

Hheth,  preceding  vowel  mostly  short,  when 
Daghesh  omitted  60.  4.  a,  121.  1, 
229.  3. 

Hhirik,  quantity  of  14,  19.  1,  between 
concurring  consonants  61.  1,  85.  2.  a, 
216.  2,  231.  2,  234,  in  Segholates  61.  2, 
184.  6,  never  in  the  ultimate  of  Kal  ac- 
tive participles  90,  in  1  sing.  Niphal  fu- 
ture 91.  c,  149.  2,  in  Piel  before  suffixes 
104.  h,  in  penult  of  Piel  infinitive  92.  d, 
in  Hiphil  infinitive  94.  6,  rejected  from 
Hiphil  future  94.  c,  and  participle  94.  e, 
in  the  inflected  preterite  of  Kal,  Hiphil 
119.  2,  and  Hithpael  96.  6,  retained  in 
Hiphil  before  suffixes  104.  h,  in  the  ul- 
timate of  nouns  207.  1.  c,  209.  2. 

Hholem,  stability  of  60.  1.  a  (4),  in  in- 
flected verbs  Ayin  doubled  61.  3,  136. 
2,  141.  2,  and  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin 
Yodh  153.  4,  159.  1,  160.  2,  shortened 
to  Kamets  Hhatuph  in  Kal  infinitive 


construct  87,  future  88,  and  imperative 
89,  once  retained  in  Kal  future  before 
Makkeph  88,  in  intensive  species  92.  6, 
rejected  from  Kal  future  before  suffixes 
105.  d,  in  the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  1. 
c,  d,  207.  2.  e,  215.  1.  <•,  209.  2,  in  the 
penult  210.  d,  216.  1.  c. 

Hiphil,  signification  of  79,  relation  to  Piel 
80.  2.  a  (1),  formation  of  82.  4,  origin 
of  prefixed  He  82.  5.  b  (2),  nouns  de- 
rived from  187.  2.  a,  189. 

Hithpael,  signification  of  80,  relation  to  Ni- 
phal 80.  2.  a  (2),  formation  of  82.  5, 
origin  of  prefixed  syllable  82.  5.  6  (1), 
verbs  having  two  forms  of  122.  2.  141. 

Hophal,  signification  of  79.  3,  formation 
of  82.  4,  origin  of  prefixed  He  82.  5.  6 
(2),  no  imperative  84,  except  in  two  in- 
stances 95.  d,  in  Ayin  doubled  verbs 
140.  6,  in  Pe  Yodh  verbs  150.  5,  in 
Ayin  Vav  verbs  160.  5,  in  Lamedh 
Aleph  verbs  167.  2,  in  Lamedh  He 
verbs  175.  5. 

Imperative,  formation  of  84.  4,  its  per- 
sonal endings  85.  1.  a  (3),  Kal  with  suf- 
fixes 101,  3.  106.  b,  paragogic  98.  1, 
111.  3.  a,  125.  1,  132.  1,  148.  3,  157.  2, 
apocopated  98.  2,  171.  2,  twice  in  Ho- 
phal 95.  (/. 

Imperfect  verbs  classified  107. 

Impersonal  subject  243.  3,  construction  of 
passive  and  neuter  verbs  271.  4.  a,  275. 
1.  c. 

Inanimate  objects,  names  of  198.  c,  in  plu- 
ral 203.  5.  a,  plural  with  feminine  sin- 
gular 275.  4. 

Indefinite  subject  243.  2,  article  229.  1.  b, 
248.  a 

Indo-European  roots  69.  a,  pronouns  71. 
6,  feminine  and  neuter  196.  ^,  dual  202. 

a,  numerals  223.  2.  a,  conception  of 
time  261. 

Infinitive,  a  verbal  noun  267,  as  the  sub- 
ject 242.  6,  267.  a,  does  not  admit  the 
article  245.  5.  b,  with  prepositions  242. 

b,  267.  6,  governed  by  verbs  or  nouns 

267.  6,  c,  construction  changed  to  pret- 
erite or  future  282.  c. 

Infinitive  absolute,  formation  of  84.  1, 
with  feminine  ending  160.  4,  for  pret- 
erite or  future  268.   1,    for  imperative 

268.  2,  emphatic  use  of  282. 
Infinitive  construct,  formation  of  84.  2,  in 

Kal  usually  without  Vav  87,  with  femi- 
nine ending  in  perfect  verbs  87,  in  Pe 
Guttural  111.  3.  a,  in  Ayin  Guttural 
119.  3,  in  Lamedh  Guttural  125.  2,  in 
Pe  Nun  131.  4,  in  Ayin  doubled  139.  2, 
in  Pe  Yodh  148,  in  Piel  92.  d,  in  Ho- 
phal 150.  5,  in  Hiphil  128,  in  Lamedh 
Aleph  verbs  166.  2,  in  Lamedh  He  168, 
with  suffixes  101.  3,  106.  a,  following 


326 


INDEX    I. 


noun  or  suffix  denote  subject  or  object 
102.  ;i,  'l'>i.  it.  b,  emphatic  use  of  282.  b. 

Inseparable  prepositions  2;n-233. 

Intensity  expressed  by  repetition  280.  3, 
282. 

Interjections  240. 

Interrogative  and  indefinite  pronouns  75, 
trace  ol"  neuter  in  I'.tti.  a. 

Interrogative  sentences  28;j,  284. 

Intransitive  verbs  construed  transitively 
271. 

Irrational  objects,  plural,  with  feminine 
singular  275.  4. 

Jews  modern,  use  Rabbinical  letter  2, 
their  pronunciation  of  Ayin  3.  4,  use 
abbreviations  9.  1. 

Kal,  meaning  of  term  76.  2,  formation  in 
perfect  verbs  82.  1,  remarks  upon  86-90. 

Kamets  and  Kamets-llhatuph  distinguished 
19.  2. 

Kamets  in  the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  1.  h, 
207.  2.  6,  215.  1,  in  the  penult  210, 
210.  1. 

Kamets-IIhatuph  in  Kal  infin.  constr.  be- 
fore Makkcph  87,  before  suffixes  106, 
in  future  88,  in  imperative  89,  106,  in 
passive  species  82.  5.  b  (3),  93.  a,  95.  a. 

Kaph  and  Koph  3.  2. 

Kaph  initial  rejected  53.  2.  a,  assimilation 
of  54.  2.  a. 

Karne  Phara  38.  10. 

Kibbuts,  quantity  of  19.  1,  in  pa.ssive  spe- 
cies 82.  5.  b  (3),  93.  «,  95.  a,  in  Hith- 
pael  96.  a. 

K'ri  and  K'thibh  46-48,  number  of  46.  a. 

Ku.shoi  21.  2.  rt. 

Labial  letters  7.  1. 

Lamedh  initial  rejected  53.  2.  a,  132.  2, 
medial  rejected  53.  3.  6,  88  (1  c),  assim- 
ilated to  following  consonant  54.  2,  132. 
2,  appended  in  formation  of  nouns  193. 
2.  c. 

Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  162,  paradigm  163, 
remarks  164-167. 

Lamedh  Guttural  verbs  123,  paradigm  124, 
remarks  125-128. 

Lamedh  He  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3, 
their   |iiiuliarities   168,   169,   paradigm 

170,  simitened  future   and  imperative 

171,  remarks  172-177. 

Latin  alphabet  6.  b,  7.  2.  a,  accent  33.  4.  a, 
feminine  and  neuter  196.  2,  numerals 
223.  2.  a. 

Lazian  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Letters,  sounds  of  3,  double  forms  of  4, 
of  unusual  size  or  position  4.  a,  names 
of  5,  order  of  6,  classification  of  7,  nu- 
merical use  of  9.  2,  commutation  of  50. 
1,  transposition  of  60.  2,  addition  of 
50.  3. 

Lettish  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Light  suffixes  72,  221.  2-4. 


Linguals  7.  1,  substituted  for  sibilants  in 
Chaldee  51.  3. 

Liquids  7.  2. 

Logical  subject,  244.  2. 

Makkeph  43. 

Manner  274.  2.  e. 

Mappik  26,  omitted  from  3  f.  a.  suffix  104. 
f,  220.  1.  b. 

Masculine  for  feminine,  suffixes  104  g, 
220.  1.  b,  future  88  (3  f.  pi.),  105.  e, 
predicate  and  pronouns  275.  1.  a,  275.  5. 

Ma^sculine  nouns  with  suffixes  221.  3,  with 
fern,  ending  in  pluial  200.  a,  with  two 
endings  in  plural  200.  c. 

Matrcs  lectionis  11.  1. 

Measure  274.  2.  c. 

Medial  letters  for  finals  4.  a. 

Medium  strength,  letters  of  7.  2. 

Mem  dropped  from  Pual  participle  53.  2.  a, 
93.  e,  final  rejected  55.  2,  214.  2,  ap- 
pended to  3  m.  pi.  future  (?)  88,  pre- 
fixed in  formation  of  nouns  193.  2.  c, 
omitted  from  plural  ending  (?)  199.  b. 

Methegh  44,  45,  aid  in  distinguishing 
doubtful  vowels  19,  45.  2.  a,  with  He 
paragogic  33.  1.  a,  in  place  of  an  accent 
shifted  in  position  35.  1,  or  removed  bv 
Makkeph  43,  44.  a,  64.  1.  a,  after  He 
interrogative  230.  2.  a,  its  place  sup- 
pired  by  an  accent  39.  3.  b,  45.  5. 

Modem  Hebrew  read  without  vowel  points 
10.  a. 

Monosyllabic  nouns  183. 

Mountains,  names  of,  masculine  197.  d. 

Multiliteral  nouns  195. 

Mutes  7.  2,  a  p-mute  missing  (?)  7.  2.  a. 

Names  of  letters  5,  their  antiquity  5.  a, 
their  origin  and  signification  5.  b. 

Nations,  names  of  197.  d,  275.  2.  6. 

Neuter  gender,  trace  of  196.  a. 

Neuter  verbs  rarely  have  participles  90, 
with  suffixes  102.  2. 

Niphal,  signification  of  77,  relation  to 
Hithpael  80.  2.  a  (2),  its  formation  82. 
2,  origin  of  the  prefixed  Nun  82.  5.  b 
(1),  participle  from  a  noun  91.  e,  from 
an  adverb  80.  2.  b,  nouns  derived  from 
187.  2.  a. 

Nouns,  formation  of  181,  Class  1 182-186, 
Class  II  187,  188,  Class  III  189-192, 
Class  IV  193,  194,  multiliterals  195, 
from  imperfect  roots  184.  6,  185.  2.  d, 
186.  2.  c,  187.  1.  d,  e,  187.  2.  b,  c,  190. 
6,  plural  from  quiescent  roots  207.  1./, 
208.  3.  c,  with  suffixes  221.  5.  a. 

Noun.s,  gender  and  inmiber  of  196-211, 
construct  state  of  212-216,  declension 
of  217,  with  suffixes  220,  221,  para- 
digm 222. 

Nouns,  feminine,  without  fem.  ending  197. 
a,  with  masc.  ending  in  plural  200.  6, 
masculine  with  fem.  ending  in  plural 


INDEX    I. 


327 


200.  a,  with  either  ending  200.  c,  of 
doubtful  gender  197.  6,  200.  f,  having 
but  one  number  201.  1,  definite  without 
the  article  246,  used  for  adjectives  254. 
6.  a,  in  construct  before  adjectives  250. 
1.  a,  254.  6.  b,  in  construct  before  pre- 
positions 255.  1,  in  construct  before  a 
clause  255.  2,  placed  absolutely  271.  4. 
b,  274.  2,  repetition  of  280. 

Nouns,  primitive  181.  a,  derivative  181.  b, 
of  unity  198  b. 

Number,  relations  of  274.  2.  d. 

Numeral  adjectives  223-227,  250-252,  ad- 
verbs 252.  4. 

Numerical  use  of  letters  9.  2. 

Nun,  rejected  53.  2.  a,  6,  55.  2,  from 
verbs  129.  2,  131.  3,  4,  from  nouns  184. 
6,  194.  2.  6,  assimilated  to  a  following 
consonant  54.  2,  in  verbs  129.  1,  131.  2, 
132.  1,  in  nouns  184.  6,  190.  a,  205.  b, 
to  initial  Mem  (?)  55.  1,  88  (m.  pi.), 
inserted  in  lieu  of  reduplication  54.  3, 
221.  6.  6,  epenthetic  56.  1,  101.  2,  105. 
b,  added  to  3  pi.  preterite  86.  b,  to  fu- 
ture 88  (2  f.  s.,  m.  pi.),  before  suffixes 
105.  c,  in  Niphal  absolute  infinitive  91.  6, 
131.  5,  166.  3,  173,  2,  in  Niphal  impera- 
tive ( ? )  91.  <f,  appended  in  formation  of 
nouns  193,  inmasc.  plur.  ending  199.  a. 

Object,  definite,  sign  of  238.  2,  270,  of 
transitive  verbs  270,  of  intransitive  verbs 
271,  indirect  272,  multiple  273. 

Occupations  186.  2.  a,   187.  1.  a. 

Office,  names  of  198.  a  (2). 

Official  designations  198. 

Ordinal  numbers  227,  252. 

Orthographic  symbols  1-49,  changes  50- 
66. 

Orthography,  various  11.  1.  6,  51.  4.  a. 

Palatal  letters  7.  1. 

Paradigm,  see  Verbs  paradigms  of,  and 
Nouns. 

Paragogic,  future  97.  1,  264,  not  in  passive 
species  97.  2.  6,  in  Lamedh  He  verbs 
172.  3,  imperative  98,  1. 

Paragogic  letters,  effect  on  accent  33.  1, 
instances  of  61.  6.  a,  218,  219. 

Participles,  formation  of  84.  5,  of  neuter 
verbs  90,  with  personal  inflections  90, 
declined  217,  qualifying  nouns  249.  1, 
qualifying  nouns  in  the  construct  256, 
in  the  construct  before  nouns  and  in- 
finitives 254.  9.  6,  signification  of  266, 
emphatic  use  of  282.  c,  construction 
changed  to  preterite  or  future  282.  c. 

Particles  prefixed  228-234,  separate  235- 
240. 

Parts  of  speech  70. 

Passive  species  with  suffixes  102.  2,  of 
doii''ly  transitive  verbs  273.  5. 

Pattahh  preferred  by  gutturals  60.  1,  108, 
changed  to  Seghol  63.  1,  assimilated  to 


Seghol  61.  1.  6,  63.  2,  to  Kamets  or 
Tsere  63.  2,  in  Segholates  61.  2,  with 
pause  accents  65,  in  Kal  constr.  infin. 
87,  inf  pi.  future  Niphal  91.  c,  and  Piel 
92.  c,  in  preterite  and  imperative  Piel 
92.  c,  in  Hithpael  96.  6,  in  the  ultimate 
of  nouns  207.  2.  a. 

Pattahh  furtive  17,  60.  2,  109.  2,  114  (?), 
123. 

Pausal  forms  with  inferior  accents  65.  b. 

Pause  accents  37.  2.  «,  position  of  35.  2, 
occasion  vowel  changes  65,  with  the 
preterite  86.  a,  with  the  future  88,  with 
the  imperative  89  (f.  s.  and  m.  pi.),  with 
2  m.  s.  suffix  104.  6,  220.  1.  6,  with  Pe 
Guttural  verbs  112.  4,  with  Ayin  Guttu- 
ral 119.  1,  121.  3,  with  Lamedh  Guttu- 
ral 126.  1. 

Pazer,  clause  divided  by  36.  2,  train  of 
38.  7. 

Pe  Aleph  verbs  110.  3. 

Pe  Guttural  verbs,  origin  of  term,  76.  3, 
their  peculiarities  108,  109,  paradigm 
110,  remarks  111-115. 

Pe  Nun  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3,  their 
peculiarities  129,  paradigm  130,  re- 
marks 131,  132. 

Perfect  verbs  81-85,  paradigm  of  85.  2, 
remarks  86-96,  with  suffixes  101,  102, 
paradigm  103,  remarks  104-106. 

Periods  of  human  life  201.  1.  b. 

Persian  construct  state  61.  6.  a. 

Personal  endings  and  prefixes  of  verbs  85. 

1.  a,  before  suffixes  101.  1,  more  closely 
attached  than  suffixes  or  prefixed  prepo- 
sitions 101.  2.  b. 

Personal  pronouns  71,  not  expressed  in 
the  subject  243.  1. 

Pe  Yodh  verbs,  origin  of  term  76.  3,  pe- 
culiarities 143-145,  paradigm  146,  re- 
marks 147-151. 

Piel,  signification  of  78,  relation  to  Hiphil 
80.  2.  a  (1),  formation  of  82.  3,  with  the 
active  vowels  82.  5.  b  (3),  unusual  forms 
of  92.  a,  6,  verbs  with  two  forms  of  122. 

2,  141.  4,  nouns  derived  from  187.  2.  a. 
Pilel,  Pilpel,  Poel  not  distinct  species  from 

Piel  83.  c  (1). 

Place  where  274.  2.  6. 

Plural  endings  199. 

Plural  for  singular  in  verbs  (?)  88  (3  f.  pi.), 
of  majesty  201.  2,  275.  3. 

Pluralis  inhumanus  275.  4.  a. 

Plurality  expressed  by  repetition  280.  2. 

Points  extraordinary  4.  a. 

Points  Masoretic  10,  accuracy  of  49. 

Polish  accent  33.  4.  a. 

Predicate  258,  compound  275.  1.  b,  275. 
2.  a,  agreement  with  nouns  in  the  con- 
struct relation  277. 

Prefixed  particles  228-234,  two  constitut- 
ing a  word  228.  2.  a. 


328 


INDEX    I. 


Prepositions  inseparable  231-233,  separate 
237,  with  surtixes  238. 

Preterite,  ]>crsonal  endings  of  85.  1.  rt(l), 
witli  siiHixes  101.  1,  104,  Kal  before 
suflixca  101.  3,  uses  of  2G2. 

Pretonie  vowels  64.  2,  in  Kal  preterite 
82.  1,  not  rejected  from  Niphal  91.  i, 
100.  a. 

Primary  preferred  to  a  secondary  form 
275.  1. 

Pronominal  roots  08,  the  basis  of  adverbs, 
prepositions  and  conjunctions  235.  1.  a. 

Pronominal  suffixes  72.     See  Suffixes. 

Pronouns,  personal  71,  243.  1,  repetition 
of  281,  dLMuonstrative  73,  249.  2,  250, 
259.  2,  relative  74,  285,  interrogative 
and  indefinite  75,  196.  a,  284. 

Proper  nouns  with  the  article  240.  1.  a,  in 
loose  apposition  253.  2.  b. 

Pual,  signification  of  78.  3,  formation  of 
82.  3,  with  the  passive  vowels  82.  5. 
b  (3),  no  imperative  84,  in  perfect  verbs 
93,  Ayin  Guttural  verbs  121.  1,  Ayin 
doubled  verbs  142.  1,  Ayin  Vav  verbs 
161.  4,  Lamedh  Alcph  verbs  167.  1, 
Lamedh  He  verbs  174.  0. 

Pure  vowels  15. 

Quadriliteral  roots  68.  a,  verbs  180,  nouns 
195.  1,  Segholates  plural  of  208.  3.  a. 

Question,  direct  and  indirect  283.  1,  dis- 
junctive 283.  2. 

Quiescent  letters  11.  1,  their  two  uses  dis- 
tinguished 13,  softened  to  vowels  57.  2. 

Quiescent  verbs  107,  143. 

Quinqucliteral  roots  08.  a,  nouns  195.  2. 

Radical  letters  7.  3. 

Raphe  27. 

R'bhi",  clause  divided  by  36.  2,  train  of 
38.  6. 

Reduplication  of  second  radical  in  verbs 
82.  3,  in  nouns  187,  of  third  radical  in 
verbs  92.  a,  115,  122.  1,  154.  2,  161.  3, 
174.  1,  176.  1,  in  nouns  187.  1.  d,  187. 
2.  c,  of  two  radicals  in  verbs  92.  a,  115, 
122.  1,  137,  141.  2,  154.  3,  161.  2,  in 
nouns  187.  1.  f,  187.  2.  6,  188,  of  a 
short  word  132.  1,  233.  a. 

Relative  pronoun  74,  285. 

Repetition  of  nouns  280,  pronouns  281, 
verbs  282. 

Resh,  sound  of  3.  3,  assimilated  to  a  fol- 
lowing consonant  54.  2,  inserted  in  lieu 
of  reduplication  54.  3,  preference  for 
Pattahh  00.  1.  a,  witli  Pattahh  furtive  (?) 
■60.  2.  a,  114,  with  simple  or  compound 
Sh'va  60.  3.  a,  120.  3,  with  Daghesh- 
forte  23.  1,  60.  4.  a,  previous  vowel 
lengthened  on  the  omission  of  Daghcsh, 
60.  4.  rt,  as  the  first  radical  of  verbs  114, 
as  the  second  radical  118.  1,  120.  3,  as 
the  third  radical  125.  3,  120.  2,  127.  2. 

Rivers,  names  of,  masculine  197.  d. 


Roots  of  words  67,  68. 

Rukhokh  21.  2.  a. 

yaniaiitan  Pentateuch,  its  negligent  or- 
tiiography,  51.  4.  a,  99.  La,  and  va- 
riant forms  150.  2. 

Samelih,  Shin  and  Sin  3.  1,   3.  1.  a. 

Sansivrit  laws  of  eupliony  21.  2.  b,  55.  1.  a, 
accent  33.  4.  a,  augment  99.  1.  n,  femi- 
nine and  neuter  190.  c,  numerals  223. 
2.  a. 

Scriptio  plena,  defectiva  14. 

Seasons,  names  of  185.  2.  a. 

Seghol  inserted  between  concurring  con- 
sonants 61.  2,  171.  1,  in  Avin  doubled 
verbs  01.  3,  136.  2,  141. "2,  in  Avin 
Vav  verbs  153.  4,  167.  3,  100.  3,  final 
rejected  66.  1  (1),  171.  1,  with  pause 
accents  65,  in  Kal  active  participle  90, 
in  Niphal  91.  «,  b,  in  Piel  92.  c,  d,  126. 

2,  before  suffixes  104.  h,  in  Iliphil  94. 
(7,  6,  in  Ilithpael  96.  b,  in  the  ultimate 
of  nouns  208,  209.  1,  216.  2,  in  the 
penult  of  feminine  nouns  207.  1.  e. 

Scgholate  forms  from  triliteral  monosvlla- 
blos  or  final  syllables  01.  1.  b,  183,  184. 
«,  in  feminine  205,  construct  214.  1.  b. 

Segholate  nouns  183,  signification  of  184, 
tiieir  feminine  208.  2,  plural  208.  3, 
dual  208.  4,  construct  210.  2,  with  He 
paragogic  219.  1,  with  suffixes  221.  5. 

Scgholta,  verse  divided  by  36.  1,  train  of 
38.  3. 

Sentence,  elements  of  241.  2,  subject  of 
242,  predicate  of  258.  1. 

Separate  particles  235-240. 

Septuagint,  equivalents  for  Ayin  3.  4, 
mode  of  writing  Hebrew  words  49.  2,  3. 

Servile  letters  7.  3,  anagrams  of  7.  3.  a. 

Shalsheleth,  when  used  38.  9. 

Shin,  Sin,  and  Saniekh  3.  1,   3.  1.  a. 

Shurek,  quantity  of  14.  19.  1,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  Scgholatcs  01.  2,  in  the  penult 
of  Scgholatcs  61.  4.  a,  205.  c,  in  Kal 
future  of  perfect  verbs  88,  before  suffix- 
es 105.  d,  in  Kal  active  participle  90,  in 
the  ultimate  of  nouns  207.  2.  rf,  209.  3. 

Sh'va  16,  silent  and  vocal  16.  2,  20.  1, 
simple  and  compound  16.  3. 

Sh'va  compound,  with  gutturals  16.  3,  60. 

3,  108,  with  Rcsh  CO.  3.  a,  120.  3,  with 
strong  letters  16.  3.  b,  before  guttuials 
120.  2,  127.  3,  in  construct  plural  of 
nouns  210.  2.  «,  after  He  interrogative 
230.  2.  a,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  a, 
which  is  selected  60.  3.  b,  109.  3,  112, 
changed  to  a  short  vomcI  60.  3.  c,  with 
pause  accent  to  a  long  vowel  65. 

Sh'va  simple  with  gutturals  60.  3.  <i,  in 
Pe  (Juttural  verbs  112.  2,  5,  in  Lamedh 
Guttural  verbs  123.  4,  127.  1,  changed 
to  Seghol  by  pause  accent  65. 

Sibilants  7.  2. 


INDEX  I. 


329 


Silluk,  position  of  36.  1,  train  of  38.  1. 
Singular  predicate  or  pronoun  with  plural 

subject  275.  1.  a,  275.  C. 
Sounds  of  the  letters  3. 
Species  of  verbs  76-80,  mutually  supple- 
mentary 80.  2.  a  (3),  what  number  in 
use  in  different  verbs  80.  2.  a  (4),  forma- 
tion of  82,  with  double  forms  in  distinct 
senses  83.  c  (1),   122.  2,   141.  4,  com- 
pound 83.  c  (2). 
Strong  letters  7.  2. 

Subject  242,  omitted  243,  indefinite  243. 
2,  impersonal  243.  3,  compound  244.  1, 
276,  grammatical  and  logical  244.  2. 
Suffixes,  pronominal  72,  of  verbs  101.  2, 
of  nouns  220.   3,  relation  denoted  by 
254,  more  loosely  attached  than  affixes 
101.  2.  6,  with  neuter  verbs  and  passive 
species  102.  2,  with  infinitives  and  parti- 
ciples 102.  3,  Avith  cardinal  numbers  223. 
1.  a,  250.  2  (2)  a,  omitted  247.  b,  with 
nouns  in  the  construct  256. 
Superlative  degree  260. 
Syllables  18,  intermediate  20.  2,  mutations 

in,  a  source  of  vowel  changes  59. 
Syriac  currently  read  without  vowels  10. 
a,  aspirates  21.  a,  doubling  of  letters 
23.  3.  b,  words  modified  from  Hebrew 
51.  3,  dual  20.  2. 
Systema  morarum  18.  b. 
Tav  and  Teth  3.  2. 

Tav   unites  with  Tav  of  personal  affixes 
86.  b  (2  m.),  or  feminine  ending  54.  1, 
205.   6,   prefixed  in   anomalous  verbal 
forms  94.  a,  115,  161.  5,  in  the  forma- 
tion of  nouns  190,   192.  2,  in  Ilithpael 
assimilated  54.  2,  54.  4.  a,  82.  5,  131.  6, 
transposed  54.  4,  82.  5. 
Tav  of  feminine  ending  rejected  55.  2.  c, 
196.  b,  origin  of  196.  e,  added  to  verbs 
8&.  b,   166.   1,  169.  1,  172.  1,  in  nouns 
196.  b,  205. 
Tenses,  primary  84,  262-264,  secondary 
99,  265,  past  and  future  not  promiscu- 
ously used  263.  5.  a. 
Time,  conception  of  261. 
Time,  when  and  how  long  274.  2.  a. 
T'lisha  Gh'dhola,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 

train  of  38.  8. 
Transitive     construction    of    intransitive 

verbs  271. 
Transposition  of  letters  50.  2,  54.  4,  82.  5. 
Tsere  rejected  from  the  ultimate  of  verbs 
66.  1  (1),  171.  2,  inKal  preterite  86.  «, 
164.  1,  in  fem.  plur.  future  Niphal  91.  <•, 
and  Piel  92.  e,  in  Piel  inf  abs.  92.  d,  in 
Hiphil  94.  6,  e,  in  Hophal  inf  abs.  95.  c, 
with  Aleph  in  place  of  Sh'va  60.  3.  c, 
92.  e,  112.  1,  184.  b,  as  union  vowel 
with  the  preterite  104.  a,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  verbs  before  suffixes  104.  /i, 
of  Lamedh  Guttural  verbs  126.  1,  of 


Lamedh  Aleph  verbs  164.  5,  in  the  ulti- 
mate of  nouns  207,  215.  1,  in  the  penult 
of  nouns  210,  216.  1. 
Vav  rejected  after  vowelless  consonants 
53.  3.  a,  184.  6,  initial  changed  to  Yodh 
56.  2,  144.  1,  rarely  reduplicated  56.  3, 
in  verbs  154.  1,   161.  1,  or  nouns  187. 

2.  c,  softened  or  rejected  57.  2,  152, 
184.  6,  186.  2.  c,  190.6,  207.  1./,  208. 

3.  c,  211.  a,  216.  1.  d,  preceding  a  vow- 
elless consonant  61.  1.  a,  234,  paragogic 
61.  6.  a,  218,  omitted  from  3.  pi.  pre- 
terite 86.  b,  in  Kal  infinitive  87,  in  Kal 
future  88,  in  Kal  imperative  89,  in  Kal 
passive  participle  90,  in  Pual  93.  6, 
added  to  3.  m.  pi.  suffix  104.  /. 

Vav  in  K'thibh,  where  K'ri  has  Kamets- 
Hhatuph  13.  a,  88,  105.  d,  215.  1.  c, 
Pattahh  125.  1,  or  Hhateph-Kamets  13. 
a,  214.  2.  6,  89  (f  s.). 

Vav  Conjunctive  234,  287. 

Vav  Conversive  of  the  future  83.  4,  99, 
with  Ayin  Guttural  verbs  119. 1,  Lamedh 
Guttural  126.  1,  Ayin  doubled  140.  1.  5, 
Pe  Yodh  147.  5,  150.  3,  150.  2  (p.  182), 
Ayin  Vav  and  Avin  Yodh  153.  5,  157. 

3,  158.  2,  160.  3,"Lamedh  Aleph  166.4, 
Lamedh  He  171.  1,  172.  4,  173.  3,  174. 

4,  175.  3,  176.  3,  time  denoted  by  265.  a. 
Vav  Conversive  of  the  preterite  33.  4,  99, 

with  Pe  Guttural  verbs  112.  3,  time  de- 
noted by  265.  b. 

Verbs,  their  species  76-80,  occurring  in 
all  the  species  80.  2.  a  (4),  denomina- 
tives 80.  2.  6,  perfect  81-100,  with  suffix- 
es 101-106,  imperfect  107-177,  doubly 
imperfect  178,  defective  179,  quadrilite- 
ral  180,  syntax  of  261-269,  coordinated 
269,  object  of  270-272,  with  more  than 
one  object  273,  passive,  object  of  273.  5, 
repetition  of  282. 

Verbs,  paradigms  of,  perfect  85.  2,  with 
suffixes  103,  Pe  Guttural  110,  Ayin  Gut- 
tural 117,  Lamedh  Guttural  i24,  Pe 
Nun  130,  Ayin  doubled  138,  Pe  Yodh 
146,  Ayin  Vav  and  Ayin  Yodh  155, 
Lamedh  Aleph  163,  Lamedh  He  170. 

Verbs,  personal  endings  and  prefixes  of 

85.  1.  a,  85.  2.  a,  suffixes  of  101-106. 
Verbs,  middle  e  and  0  82.  1.  a,  have  Pat- 
tahh in  Kal  future  84.  3.  a  (1),  inflected 

86.  «,  before  suffixes  104.  h. 

Verbs  with  Pattahh  in  Kal  future  84.  3.  a, 
111.  1,  116.  1,  123.  1,  140.  1,  144.  2, 
with  Tsere  in  Kal  future  84.  3.  b,  130, 
144.  2,  147,   172.  3. 

Vowel  changes  58-66,  significant  58.  1, 
euphonic  58.  2,  causes  of  59,  due  to 
mutations  of  syllables  59,  to  contiguous 
gutturals  60,  to  concurrent  consonants 
61,  to  concurring  vowels  63,  to  the  ac- 
cent 64,  to  pause  accents   65,  to  the 


330 


INDEX    I. 


shortening  or  lengthening  of  words  CO, 
of  short  vowels  in  mixed  penult  68.  2, 
210.  f,   21 1).  2.  b. 

Vowel  letters  7.  2,  iwc  of  11.  1,  di.stin- 
guished  (Voni  their  eonsonantal  use  13. 

Vowels  10-17,  Masoretie  signs  for  12, 
different  modes  of  dividing  them  12.  a, 
meanings  of  their  names  12.  i,  mutual 
relations  of  their  notation  by  letters  and 
by  points  13,  14,  mutable  and  immuta- 
ble 14,  f)8.  2,  pure  and  diphthongal  15, 
ambiguity  of  certain  .signs  I'.t,  20,  o  and 
u  more  stable  than  i  and  c  CO.  1.  rt,  in- 
serted between  coneurrent  consonants 
61.  1,  2,  «  and  0  preferred  before  con- 
current consonants  CI.  4,  V  and  n  before 
doubled  letters  CI.  5,  paragogic  61.  6, 
218,  219,  concurring  C2,  pro.ximity  of, 
a  source  of  changes  C3,  pretonic  C4.  2, 
rejected  or  shortened  GO.  1,  2,  of  union 
before  suffixes  101.  2,  twice  e  with  pre- 
terite 104.  a,  sometimes  a  with  future 
105.  rt,  final  of  verbs  before  suffixes 
104.  k,  I,  vowel  a  retained  in  ultimate 
before  suffixes  105.  d,  118.  3,  1G4.  5. 

Weak  letters  7.  2,  effect  of  upon  syllables 
18.  2.  c. 


Words  not  divided  in  writing  8,  ambiguity 
when  unpointed  lo.  a,  .sources  of  change 
in  51,  three  stages  in  the  formation  of  67, 
changes  in  formation  and  inflection  69. 

Written  synibols  of  two  sorts  2. 

Yodh  as  a  vowel  letter  11.  1,  in  Kal  active 
participle  90,  in  Niphal  future  113.  1, 
before  suffix  105.  «,  220.  1.  b,  initial  re- 
jected 53.  2.  fl,  b,  144.  3,  148,  150.  1, 
184.  b,  188.  6,  medial  rejected  53.  3. 
a,  ft,  150.  3,  168,  109,  softened  or  re- 
jected 67.  2,  152, '184.  ft,  186.  2.  c, 
190.  ft,  207.  1./,  208.  3.  c,  211.  n, 
216.  1.  c/,  changed  to  Aleph  56.  4,  para- 
gogic 01.  6.  rt,  218,  added  to  2  f.  s.  pre- 
terite 86.  ft,  to  2  f.  s.  suffix  104.  c,  220. 
1.  ft,  220.  2.  c,  omitted  from  1  sing, 
preterite  86.  ft,  fiom  Hiphil  94,  in 
Lamcdh  He  verbs  109,  172.  1,  prefixed 
in  formation  of  nouns  190,  192.  1,  ap- 
pended in  formation  of  nouns  194, 
quiescent  after  prefixed  prepositions 
231.  3.  ft,  after  Vav  Conjunctive  234.  c. 

Zakeph  (Jadhol,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 
when  used  38.  5. 

Zakeph  Katon,  clause  divided  by  36.  2, 
train  of  38.  4. 


{ 


Il^DEX    II. 


TEXTS  OF  SCRIPTURE  EXPLAINED  OR  REFERRED  TO. 


GENESIS. 

4  :  17  ...  §  35.  1 

12  :  12 ...  §  243.  3 

19  :  33 ...  §  249.  2.  6 

IS  . . .  275.  1.  c 

20 ...  43 

33,  35  .  .  .  106.  a 

1:  l...§21.  1,  36.  1, 

23...88(f.  pi.),  89 

13  :  2  .  .  .  245.  5.  d 

35  . . .  38.  1.  a 

242,  245.  4,  262. 

(f.  pi.),  98.  2, 

4 ...  4.  a 

20  :  5  ...  71.  a  (3) 

1,  270.  a,  275.  3 

127.  1 

6..  .275.  1.  a 

6 ...  164.  2 

2 ...  21.  1,  258.  3 

26 . .  .  281 

9 . . .  119.  1,  180.  a 

9...  22.  b,   75.  1, 

4 .  . .  270.  6 

5:  5...  177.  2,  251. 

14:  2...  71.  a  (3) 

263.1 

5 ...  31.  1 

2.  a 

4 . . .  252.  2 

11 . .  .  254.  9 

6,  7  . . .  245.  1 

8 .  .  .  277.  a 

6 . . .  221.  6.  6 

13  .  . .  275.  3.  a 

7...  36. 1,203.  5.  c 

17...  38.  1.  a 

8  . . .  203.  5.  c 

18...  127.  1 

9 . .  .  250.  1 

18 . . .  225.  2 

9 . .  .  250.  2  (1) 

21:  6...  60.  2.  a,  120. 2 

11 . . .  45.  2,  254.  6, 

29 .  . .  39. 4.  a,  285. 1 

10...63.  1.  a,   219. 

8 ...  65.  a 

285.  1 

6  :  3 ...  74.  a,  139.  2, 

1.  6,  280.  2 

14...  214.  1.  b 

12  . . .  220.  1.  b 

157.  3,  158.  2 

19 ...  10.  a 

16 . . .  119.  1,  174.  1 

14  . . .  275.  1.  b 

7 .  . .  285.  1.  a 

15:  1 .  .  .  246.  3,  249.  2, 

17  . .  .  39.  3.  b 

16...  245.  2,  254.9 

9 ...  96.  6 

274.  1 

28,  29 . . .  220,  1.  b 

18  . .  .  45.  2.  a 

13  .  . .  262.  2 

2 ...  47,  253.  2.  6 

22:  1...262.  1,  265, 

22  . .  .  38.  1.  a 

17  . . .  266.  2 

8 .  . .  262.  1.  6 

270.  b 

24...  198.  a  (4),  218 

18  . .  .  100.  2.  a  (1) 

11 .  .  .  229.  3 

3 ...  265 

24,  26  .  . .  38.  1.  a 

19 .  .  .  45.  2.  a,  229. 

12  . . .  245.  4 

4  . .  .  287.  3 

29  .  . .  270.  c 

3.  a 

17  . . .  275.  1.  c 

5 ...  244.  1 

31...249.1.c,274.1 

22 .  . .  273.  2 

18  .  .  .  254.  3 

8. ..44 

2  :  1 ...  244.  1 

7  :  1 . . .  262.  1,  273.  4 

18-21 .  .  .  270.  b 

14 .  .  .  126.  2 

2  .  . .  262.  1 

2  .  .  .  252.  4,  280.  1 

22 . . .  245.  5.  a 

23  :  1 .  . .  251.  2,  3 

3 . .  .  249.  1.  c 

4...  251.  2 

16  :  5 ...  4.  a,  254.  9.  a 

4 .  . .  275.  5 

4 ...  4.  a,   259.  2. 

6  . . .  287.  1 

11 ...  90  (2  f.  8.) 

6 .  .  .  165.  3 

267.  d 

9  .  .  .  252.  4 

13,  15  ...  43.  a 

10...  254.  9.  b 

5  .  . .  258.  3.  b 

13 .  .  .  200.  e,  246.  3, 

30 .  .  .  60.  3.  b  (2) 

11 .  .  .  125.  1 

6  .  . .  263.  4 

249.  2,  251.  1.  a 

17  :  4  ...  65.  « 

11,  13 . .  .  282.  1.  6 

7  .  .  .  147.  5,  273.  3 

19  . .  .  280.  3 

4,  5  .  .  .  215.  1.  e 

16 ...  36.  1 

9  ...  245.  5.  6 

23  . .  .  173.  3 

5...  271.  4.  a 

19  .  .  .  246.  3 

10 . . .  248 

8  :  5  . . .  282.  c 

.^  6 . . .  265 

24:  1...119.  1 

11 .  . .  245.  5 

7 ...  282 

o  . .  .  -^0.  2,  254.  5 

8 . .  .  249.  2.  b 

12 . . .  16.  3.  b,   234. 

10  .  .  .  269.  a 

11 . .  .  273.  5 

14 ...  39.  4 

a,  259.  2.  a 

12  .  .  .  149.  2 

12  .  .  .  254.  G.  a 

15 . . .  39.  3.  a 

14 .  .  .  258.  2 

17  .  .  .  150.  1 

n  ...  24.  b,   230.  2. 

20  .  .  .  245.  3 

16,  17  . . .  287.  1 

18  .  .  .  147.  5 

a,  254.  6.  a,  283. 

22...  251.  2.C,  254. 

17  . . .  106.  a,  282 

9  :  14 .  .  .  139.  1 

2.  a 

4 

18  .  . .  242.  b 

20 .  . .  258.  3.  a 

19...90(f.  8.% 

23 . . .  158.  3 

19...  147.  5 

24  .  . .  147.  5,  270.  c 

20 . . .  265.  b 

30 ...  36.  1 

23...  16.  3.  b,  U. 

10  :  5  .  . .  220.  2.  A 

18  :  1 . . .  262. 1.  a,  274. 

33  .  .  .  111.  2.  b 

a,  127.  3 

19  .  . .  56.  4,  126.  2 

2.  6 

35  .  .  .  245.  5.  d 

25  .  .  .  263.  5.  a 

21 . .  .  256.  a 

6 . .  .  253.  2 

42 .  .  .  21.  1 

3  :  2,  3 .  . .  263.  1 

25 . . .  250.  2  (2) 

11 .  .  .  276.  3 

42,  48,  65 ...  39.  4 

5 . . .  106.  a 

26  .  .  .  229.  1.  a 

20 .  .  .  254.  9.  a 

48  .  . .  131.  1 

6 . . .  258.  1 

11 :  1 . . .  223.  1.  a 

21 .  .  .  24.  6,  39.  3.  b, 

58 . .  .  283.  1 

13...  262.  1 

6,  7  .  .  .  141.  1 

230.  2.  a 

65  . .  .  73.  2.  a,  176. 

15 ...  30.  2 

7  ...  86.  n 

28,  29 . .  .  251.  4 

3,  245.  3.  a 

16  .  .  .  53.  3.  a 

9 ...  57.  1 

19:  1,4...  266.  3 

67  .  .  .  246. 3.  a,  25a 

22...  21.  1,177.  2 

16 .  .  .  251.  2 

9  .  . .  131.  3 

d 

4  :  3 . .  .  231.  3.  a 

30 ...  56.  2 

11...  207. 1.  a,  245. 

25:  5... 43 

4 . .  .  220.  2.  b 

31 ...  22.  6 

5 

8...  38.  1.  a 

12 . . .  267.  d 

12  :  2 .  . .  263.  1 

12 .  .  .  38.  1.  a 

12  . .  .  254.  1 

13 .  . .  260.  2  (2)  6 

4 ...  10.  a 

14 ...  24.  a 

27  .  .  .  229.  4.  b 

14...  245.  3.  6,262. 

5  .  . .  254.  1  bis 

19 ...  86.  b   (2m.), 

31 .  . .  98. 1.  a,  125. 1 

1.  6 

7  . .  .  262.  1.  A 

105.  n,  105.  d 

34 ...  65.  o 

16 . . .  147.  5 

8  ...  19. 1, 220. 1.  b 

30  . . .  251.  4 

26:  3...262.  L6 

26: 


27: 


28: 


31: 


•32: 


34: 


iZ 

INDEX    II. 

4....5  30.  2,  240.  3  |  34  :  30. ...5  254.  5 

49  :  19. 

...§140.  1 

15:    2....§  56.  1,  105. 

0 30.  1 

31 230.  2 

23. 

...139.  1 

6,131.  1,  247.  6 

8.... 246.  3 

05  :    7 276.  3.  a 

50:    9. 

...248 

4.... 277.  a 

13.... 282.  c 

15.... 270.  6 

10. 

...271.  3 

6....61.  6,  104./ 
0 60.  3.   a,  CI. 

15,  lH....104.g 

Its. ...34 

17. 

...273.  3.  a 

22.... !.')«.  4 

22.... 39.  4.  a 

19. 

...283.  1 

6.  a 

28....3(i.  1 

26.... 275.  1.  c 

23. 

. .  .22.  a 

9. ...104./ 

2t» 00.  ;i.  a 

29 22.  6 

20. 

...147.  6 

10 11.  1.  6,61.6, 

l.....SS(r.  111.) 

37:    2....249.  1.  6 

lo9.  1 

4 203.  1.  b 

8 282 

11,  13 22.  6 

it. ...119.  1 

9.... 271.  3 

EXODUS. 

14,  16 203.  5.  a 

12....  141.  6 

12.... 257 

16.... 22.  6,61.  6.  a 

16.... 30.  2 

14....10.  n 

1:    1. 

...121.1 

17.... 24.  6,  190.  a 

19.... 105.  b 

19.... 73.  2.  CI,  254. 

7, 

. .  .273.  6 

20.... 277.  a 

23.... 270.  b 

6.  « 

10. 

...88  (3f.  pi.) 

21.... 22.  6 

25 203.  1 

20. ...104.  I- 

10. 

...177.2 

26. ...112.  3 

26.... 131.  3 

22 00.  3.  6(2) 

2:    3 

...24.  6,104.  e 

16:    6....38.  1.  a 

27.... 120.  3 

32.... 24.  6,283.  2 

4. 

. .  .53.  3.  6,  148. 

7,  8. ...71.  a(l) 

29. ...177.  1 

33....  105.  a,  282.  a 

2, 150.  3  (p.  182) 

14.... 180.  a 

S3.... 203.1.  6,266. 

38;    9.... 131.  4 

7. 

. .  .230.  3 

15.... 39.  3.  6 

2.  a 

11.... 274.  2.  6 

9. 

...150.2.151.1, 

23.... 38. 1.0,112.1 

36.... 252.  4 

25.... 71.  n(3) 

161.  5 

27.... 242.  o 

38.... 16.  a  6,230. 

39:    4....119.  1 

10. 

...104.  k 

17:    1....207.  d 

•2.  a 

7,  12.... 98.  1 

17. 

...104.  e,  105.  a 

8, 10.... 119.  1 

42....271.  4.  a 

11.... 231.  5.  a 

20. 

...00.  3rf,  98.  2, 

11.... 275.  2.6 

44.... 223.  1.  a 

12.... 22.  b 

104.  3 

18:    8.... 104.  J 

2,6,6,7....33.1.« 

14.... 119.  1 

23. 

...51.  2 

10.... 215.  1.  6 

9.... 39.  4 

14,  17.... 92.  d 

3:    1. 

...2()6.  3.  a 

11.... 262.  2 

12....55.  1 

20 255.  2 

2. 

...53.  2.  a 

21,  25.... 225.  1.  a 

20,  21.... 287.  2 

40:  15.... 93.  d,  156.  4 

4. 

. .  .39.  1.  a 

26.... 88 

2.... 263.  4 

16.... 251.  1 

5. 

...131.  3,  285.1 

19:    5.... 44.  a 

3.... 139.  1 

20.... 150.  5 

8. 

...248 

9.... 215.  1.  a 

5.... 22.  a,  230.  2.  a 

41:    8....119.  1 

13. 

...75.1 

12.... 282.  a 

6.... 34 

11.  ...99.  3 

4:    2. 

...24.  «,  75.  1 

13.... 149.  2,  282.  o 

8.... 139.  1 

12.... 257  2 

10. 

. . .254.  6.  a 

21,  24.... 111.  1 

0.... 34,  257 

19.... 254.  3 

11. 

...158.2 

20:    2-17....39.  4.  a 

10....  10.  a 

21.... 220.  1.  6 

13. 

...255.2,  £85.3 

4....27,  243.  2 

17.... 278 

33.... 35.  2 

2.{. 

...126.  1 

5.. ..111.  3.  a 

20.... 223.  1.  a 

35.... 249.  2 

29. 

...112.3 

8.... 268.  2 

23.... 10.  a 

40.... 260.  2(2)o 

31. 

. .  .275.  2.  a 

10.... 249.  1.  c 

32.... 105.  a,  118.3 

43.... 94.  6 

5:    5. 

...86.  6(2ra.) 

11... .43 

35.... 245.  3.  6 

51.... 92.  c 

7. 

...151.  2 

13.... 27 

1....34 

42:    7....262.  2.  a 

8. 

. .  .39.  1.  a 

21:    7....98.  1.  o 

6.... 127.  1 

11....71.  a(l) 

16. 

...166.    1,    275. 

9.... 275.  3 

6.... 104.  a 

13 38.  1.  a 

2.6 

11.... 215.  1.  c 

7.... 2.52.  1 

18.... 287.  1 

6:  14. 

. .  .255.  3 

19....92.  rf 

15.... 245.  3.  b 

21.... 39.  4 

10. 

...251.3 

22.... 19.  2.  a,  39. 

16.... 249.  2.  b 

25,  35.... 216.  2.  a 

29. 

...10.  a 

3.  6 

19. ...215.  1.  b 

36.... 220.  1.  6 

7:  10. 

. . .262.  1 

28.... 270.  c 

27.... 131.  3 

43:    7....45.  1 

11. 

....53.  2.  a 

30.... 55.  1 

31.... 43 

8.... 125.  1 

20. 

. .  .276.  1 

35.... 19.  2.  a,  39. 

32.... 44.  a 

14.... 05.  o,  82.  1.  a 

22. 

...53.2.  a 

3.  6 

33.... 24.  a 

(3),  249.  1.  6 

20. 

. .  .265.  6 

30.... 92.  (/ 

38.... 45.   2,   88  (f. 

26.... 26 

8:    1. 

...131.  3 

22:    2....216.  1.  6 

l)l.)l)is,  216.  2.  a 

29.... 141.  3 

17. 

. .  .258.  3.  6 

3.. ..106.  3 

39.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

44:    1....2S5.  2 

23. 

...100.  2.  r/(l) 

4.... 220.  1.  6 

4. ..  .45.  2.  a 

4.... 114,    271.    2, 

9:    3. 

...10.  fl,  177.  1 

8.... 43,  275.  3.  a 

6. ...71.  n(2) 

272.  2 

15. 

...119.  1 

26.... 220.  1.  6 

9. . .  .220.  1.  6 

17.... 30.  2 

IS. 

...27,104.  e 

23:  11.... 254.  2 

13....  19.  2.  a,  240. 

18.... 263.  1.  o 

25. 

...126.  2 

14.... 252.  4 

3.  a 

40.... 271.  4 

29. 

...88  (pi.) 

20....207.  1.  a 

27.... 126.  1 

45:  22.... 251.  2.  c 

10:    1. 

...249.  2.  6 

30.... 280.  1 

30 80.  6  (2  m.), 

25.... 45.  3 

3. 

...173.2 

31.... 104./ 

91.  6 

28 45.  5.  a 

8. 

...271.  4.  a 

24  :    4...  .246. 3 

32....  104.    I,    2S5. 

46:    2....38.  1.  a 

24. 

...150.  5 

25:  31.... 11. 1.6, 113.1 

2.  a 

3.... 148.  2 

11:    8. 

...240.2.  6 

35.... 280.  3.  6 

3C....75.  1 

22,  27.... 275.  1.  c 

12:    7. 

...45.  2 

26:    2....250.  1 

39.... 01.  0.  a 

28.... 22.  6 

16. 

...256.  c 

23.... 210.  2.  a 

1....270.  c 

47:  24.... 275.  1.  c 

21. 

...89    (f.    6.    &. 

24. ...63.  3.  a 

6. ...111.  2.  A 

48  :  20.... 270.  c 

n.  pi.) 

33.... 100.  2.  n(l), 

16.... 250.  2(3) 

22.... 223.  1.  a 

39. 

...141.  0 

100.    2.    a   (2), 

20.... 61.   1.    c,   88 

49:    3.... 65.  a 

49. 

...275.1.  c 

229.  4.  6 

(pl.),  55.  2.  a 

5.... 216.  1.  6 

13:    1. 

...24.  a 

27:  21.... 247.  a 

22.... Vo.  3 

8.... 281 

2. 

...92.  c 

28:    1.. ..119.1 

23.... 249.  2.  6 

10.... 24.  h 

9. 

. .254.  7 

2.... 254.  6.  a 

6 220.  1.  h 

11....53.  2.  a,61.  6. 

16. 

...220.  1.  6 

7.... 275.  1.  c 

0 88  (f.  pi.) 

o,  218,  220.  1.  6, 

22. 

...263.4 

40.... 207.  1.  a 

11.... 43,     166.     1, 

221.  5.  6 

14:    4. 

...22.6,91.  c 

29:    3....248.  « 

270.  6 

12....216.  1.  a,259. 

14. 

...119.  1 

9.... 273.  3 

17. ...100.  2.a(l) 

2.  6 

17. 

...22.  6,01.  c 

20.... 38.  4.  n 

21. ...258.  2 

17.... 216.  2.  a 

15:    1. 

..22.  6,  263.  5 

30 106.  a 

INDEX 

II. 

333 

29:  35. ...§65.  a 

23:  17.... §26 

22 

33....5  105.  a           1 

7:    2. 

..§119.  1 

37.... 229.  4.  6 

18.... 216.  2.  a 

37. ...141.  1 

5. 

..126.  1 

30:  18 109.  3 

22 106.  a 

23 

7. ...19.  2,  119.3, 

10. 

..92.  c 

23.... 215. 1.  c 

30....  112.  3 

141.  1,  263.  5 

13. 

.  .104.  h 

34.... 38.  1.  a 

39.... 22.  a 

13.... 141.  3 

15. 

...105.  a 

31:  13.... 104.  h 

24:    5.... 100.  2.  a  (1) 

18.... 61.  6.  a 

17. 

.  .254.  9.  h 

14.... 275.  6 

22.... 250.  1.  a 

19.... 121.  3 

23. 

...273.  2 

32:    1....75.  1,  119.  1, 

23.... 273.  3 

24.... 166.  5 

24. 

...94.  6,112.  3 

249.  2.  a 

25:    5....216.  2.  a 

25.... 139.  1,2 

8:    3. 

...86.  6  (3  pi.) 

4,  8.... 275.  3.  a 

21.... 172.  1 

27.... 104. 7 

9. 

...207.  2.  a 

19 220.  2.  b 

46.... 39.  3.  b 

24 

3.... 61.  6.  a 

16. 

...55.   2.   0,  86. 

25....  104.  d,  156.  2 

26:    9 100.  2.  a  (1) 

4.... 266 

6  (3  pi.) 

S3:    0....63. 1.6,174.4 

bis. 

7....19.2.  6,131.  6 

9:    3. 

...112.3 

13.... 220.  2.  6 

15.... 141.  3 

9 275.  6 

6. 

...38.4.0,249.2 

20 105.  a 

18.... 92.  d 

11.... 127.  2 

14. 

...98.  2 

24.... 111.  3.  a 

25.... 132.  1 

15.... 61.  6.  a 

25. 

...251.  4 

36:    3....3S.  1.  a 

33.... 92.  e 

17.... 161.  2 

26. 

...119.  1 

28.... 216.  2.  a 

34.... 172.  1 

21. ...158.  3 

10:  15. 

...119.  3 

38:  27.... 250.  2(2) 

34,  35.... 65.  a 

22.... 35.  1 

17. 

...30.  2 

39:  30 105.  d 

34,  43.... 140.  6 

25 

13.... 24.  a 

11 :  12. 

. .  .247.  a 

40:    3.... 106.  4 

27:    7....251.  2.  a 

26 

SO.... 246.  3.  b 

14. 

...270.  6 

8.... 112.  3 

62 96.  a 

18. 

...249.  2.  6 

23.... 246.  2.  a 

28 

4.... 249.  1.  6 

22. 

...87.  88  (pi.) 

LEVITICUS. 

6.... 254.  6.  6 

12:    6. 

...270.  6 

8.... 104.  d 

10. 

...274.  2.  e 

2:  15....§71.  a(3) 

NUMBERS. 

26.... 39.  3.  6 

31. 

...45.  5 

4:  13 60.  3.  a 

29 

15.... 251.  1 

13:    3. 

...111.  3.  a 

23,  28.... 150.  5 

1:  10. ...§13.  b 

SO 

11.... 274.  2.  6 

4. 

...283.1 

5:  21.... 61.  4.  a, 

47.... 96.  a 

31 

2.... 131.  3 

5. 

...65.  6 

205.  c 

2:  33. ...96.  a 

12.... 45.  5.  a 

7. 

...276.  1 

22.... 119.  1 

3:  26.... 271.  4.  b 

32 

5....271.  4.  a 

14. 

...254.  6.  a 

24.... 220.  2.  a 

49.... 55.  1 

7. ...113.  1 

14:    5. 

...57.  2  (3)  a 

6:  14.... 114 

4:  23.... 22.  a 

21. ...254.  9.  6 

7. 

...196.  c 

15.... 95. a 

5:  13,  14.... 71.  a  (3) 

33....71.  a(l),246. 

17. 

. .  .229.  4.  b 

7:  38.... 216.  \.a 

22 131.  2 

1.  a 

22. 

...280.  1 

8:    3. ...119.1 

6:  23.... 120.  3 

42.... 27 

15  :  16. 

...119.  1 

9:    7....98.  1.  a 

8:    7. ...121.  3 

33 

30.... 111.  2.  d 

18. 

...126  1 

10:    4....39.  4.  a 

24.... 22.  a 

34 

5. ...61.  6.  a 

16:    1. 

. .  .22.  6 

11.... 273.  2 

9:    6....275.  1.  6 

6,  7,  9.... 24.  a 

3. 

. .  .30.  2 

12.... 39.  3.  6 

7.... 249.  2 

18.... 131.  1 

20. 

...280.3 

18....271.  4.  a 

14.... 275.  1.  c 

28.... 57.  2(2)& 

17:    2, 

3 265.  a 

19.... 230.  2.  b 

20.... 253.  2 

35 

4.... 251.  2.  a 

18:    2. 

...Tib.  1.  c 

11:    7....126.  1 

10:  23.... 45.  5 

19.... 125.  2 

19:    6. 

...114 

9 270.  c 

29.... 21.  1 

20....105.  rf 

15. 

...43 

18.... 229.  4.  A 

35.... 4.  a 

20:    2. 

. .  .19.  2,  119.  3 

32.... 38. 1.0,254.  4 

11:    4.... 57.    2  (2)  a, 

7. 

. . .119.  1 

39 71.  a  (3) 

229.  3.  a 

DEUTERONOMY. 

21:    7. 

...13.   6,   86.   6 

42.... 4.  a 

5.... 263.  4 

(3  pi.) 

43.... 164.  2 

11.... 104.  2 

1 

2....§38.  1.  a 

8. 

...83.  c.  (2) 

44.... 96.  5,242 

15. ...71.  o(2) 

14.... 259.  2 

11. 

...214.  1.  b 

13:    3....258.  3.  a 

16.... 111.  3.  a 

15.... 225.  1.  a 

22:    7. 

. .  .126.  1 

4.... 27,  57.  2  (2) 

20.... 196.  d 

19. ...271.  2 

24. 

...255.2 

6,  220.  1.  b 

25.... 111.  2.  c 

22.... 99.  3.  a 

23:    5. 

...253.2.6 

10, 21.... 71.  n(3) 

12:    1....276.  1 

28....38.  1.  a 

11. 

...24.6 

51,  52.... 139.  3 

4.... 250.  2  (2)  a 

35.... 38. 1.0,249.1 

24:    3. 

. . .104.  h 

55,  56 96.  a 

13:  18.... 283.  2.  a 

38.... 273.  1 

4. 

...96.  a 

14:    8....126.  1 

32.... 156.  4 

44.... 245.  5.  d 

25:    4. 

. .  .158.  3 

13. ...175.  2 

14:    1....275.  2.  a 

45.... 112.  3 

7. 

. .  .60.  3.  a 

35.... 242.  a 

2.... 262.  1 

2 

9.... 60.  4.  a 

13. 

. .  .280.  2 

38.... 274.  2.  a 

15:    6 252.3 

12....203.  5.  a 

26:    2. 

. .  .39.  4 

42 156.  2 

21. ...39.  3.  b 

24.... 131.  3 

6. 

. .  .254.  6.  6 

43.... 92.  d,  94.  6 

28.... 27,  2i0.  1.  b 

35.... 139.  1 

12. 

. .  .94.  6,  113.  2 

15:  24.... 87 

29 275.  1.  c 

3 

4.... 250.  2(1) 

27:    4. 

...106.  a 

29 100.  2.  a  (2) 

16:    3.... 275.  2 

13.... 246.  1.  a 

7. 

...24.  a 

32 87 

17  :    3,  4. . .  .104.  g 

17.... 216.  2.  a 

28:  24. 

. .  .104.  6 

16:    4.... 104.  A 

10.... 140.  4 

26.... 21.  1,151.  2 

45. 

. .  .104.  6 

8....11.  l.n,188.a 

28.... 125.  2 

4 

10.... 119.  1 

48. 

. .  .94.  6 

31. ...71.  a(3; 

20:    3.... 125.  2 

11.... 99.  3.  a 

52. 

. .  .126.  1 

18:    4....263.  1 

5.... 104.  I 

26.... 44.  6,91.  & 

57. 

. .  .164.  2 

7  fr 172.  3 

8.... 276.  3 

30.... 265.  6 

58. 

...249.1 

28....1,'i6.  4 

14.... 104.  i 

33.... 35.  1 

59. 

...165.    2,    220. 

19:  20.... 175.  5,  282.  o 

21. ...131.  4 

41.... 219.     1.      6, 

2.  a 

20:    3.... 256 

21:    5....104.  Z 

256.  d 

66. 

...177.  S 

7.... 96.  h 

30.... 105.  a,  140.  5 

5 

6-21....39.  4.  a 

29:  11. 

. .  .106.  a 

21:    1....96.  a 

33,  35. ...44.  a 

8.. ..27 

30:    3. 

. .  .92.  c 

4. ...140.  4 

22:    6.... 269.  6 

9....111.  3.  a 

3, 

4.... 104.  h 

5.... 97.  1.  a 

8.... 274.  2.  a 

14.... 249.  1.  c 

11. 

...166. 1,205.  c 

9.... 71.  a  (3), 

11.... 19.  2,  14L  1, 

17.. ..27 

20. 

. .  .39.  4,  87 

140.  3 

267.  h 

24....71.  a(2) 

31 :  28. 

...22.  b 

23:    3....280.  3.  a 

25....  119.  1 

6 

4.... 4.  a 

29. 

...166.  1 

13....220.  1.  6 

29.... 262.  1 

25.... 45.  1 

32:    1. 

. .  .245.  2 

334 

INDEX 

II. 

32:    6....§228.  2.  a 

12:  21.... 5  65.  2.  a 

9 

11.... §  53.     2.    b, 

2:    8,... $88, 88(2 f.), 

7.... 104.  /i,  2.S0.  2 

13:  13.... 190.  b 

95.  b 

127.1 

8.... 11.  1.  I),\)i.h 

23.... 247.  a 

12.... 89    (f.  B.    6c 

9.... 88  (pi.),  165. 

10 «3.  r,  1U5.  6 

14:    8.... 62.  2,  175.  1 

m.  pi.) 

3 

13 13.  a 

15:  36.... 203.  5.  b 

13.... 95.  b 

14.... 1.50.  3 

15....2S.''>.  3 

38.... 22.  a 

14.... 89 

16.... 139.  2 

18. ...172.  4 

66.... 22.  a 

24.... 220.  1.  6 

3:     3.... 86.  6(2  f.) 

21. ...111.  2.  b 

17:     1....30.  2 

25.... 174.  5 

4....16  1,55.  2.  o, 

22.... 147.  4 

18:  12,  14 86.    b    (3 

29....  1(54.  5,172.3 

88(2  f.),  106.  a 

20.... 104.  /",  172.  3 

pi.) 

35.... 274.  2.  b 

12.... 258.  3.  6 

28....216.'1.  i 

20.... 88 

38.... 91.  b 

13.... 119.  3 

29.... 262.1 

19:  43.... 01.  6.  a 

48.... 75.  1 

15.... 00.   3.    6  (2), 

82 24.   b,    57.   2 

60.... 172.  4 

63.... 140.  5 

120.    1,   164.    2, 

(2)  a 

51.... 39.  1.  a 

10 

2.... 60.  3.  bd) 

251.  2.  r 

34 90(pn8R.) 

21:  10.... 227.  1.  a 

4.... 207.  1./ 

20.... 220.  1.  6 

36.... 35.  1,86.  b 

22:     6.... 87 

9.... 243.  3 

4:    1....147.  6 

37.... 172.  1 

12.... 45.  5 

14.... 119.  4 

15.... 104.  c,  i 

37,38 220.  2.  c 

16.... 119.  3 

11 

1....254.  6 

41.... 141.  2 

17....271.  4.  a 

18.... 99.  3.  a 

33:  16.... 61.    6.   a,   88 

25.... 148.  1 

25.... 91.  6,119.  1 

1  SAMUEL. 

(3f.),  167.  3 

27....44.  ?/ 

37.... 98.  2 

21.... 177.  3 

23:    7,  12.... 249.  2.  « 

40.... 250.     2    (2), 

1:    ]....§265.a 

24:  10.... 92.  (1,  282.  n 

263.  4 

3.... 219.  1.  a 

15.  ...88  (pi.) 

12 

4.... 272.  2 

4.... 245.  3.  6 

JOSHUA. 

19.... 275.  3.  a 

5.... 230.  3.  a 
6.... 3.  1.  a 

6.... 24.  6,104.  / 
8.... 263.  2 

1:    !....§  265.  a 

13 

2.... 248.  a 

9....  104.  t/,  172.  4, 

8.... 30.  2 

JUDGES. 

3.... 16.  1 

254.1 

14....2.'-)G 

5,  7.... 90  (2f.  B.) 

14.... 88  (2  f.) 

16.... 263.  1 

1:    !....§  265.  « 

6.... 119.  2 

17.... 53.  2.  a 

2:    8.... 88  (pi.) 

15.... 273.  3.  a 

8.... 93.  b,  245.  6. 

20.... 119.  2 

14.... 249.  2.  6 

2:    7.... 256 

b,  266.  3 

24.... 104.  i 

16.... 157.  1,  164.2 

3:  15.... 246.  3.  b 

12.... 275.  1.  a 

28.... 119.  2 

17,  18,  20....  104.  k 

24.... 140.  5 

23.... 273.  1 

2:    8....24.  c 

18.... 112.  3 

25.... 157.  1 

14 

1....61.  6.  a 

10.... 119.  1 

20.... 249.  2.  b 

27.... 272.  2.  b 

6.... 245   5.  d 

13.... 203.  5.  a 

3:    3.... 246.  3 

30.... 274.  2.  a 

11.... 251.  2.   b 

22.... 88  (pi.) 

9.... 131.  3 

4:  19.... 164.  2,  262.  2 

15.... 283.  2.  a 

27. ...91.  6 

11.... 246.  3.  a 

20.... 104.  a,  127.  2 

18..  ..61.  6.  a 

3:    2....258.  3.  a 

12....280  1 

21.... 11.1.  a,  156.  3 

15 

16.... 28a  3.  a 

4....263.  1.  6 

13.... 246.  3 

22 266 

10 

5....130  1.  b 

7....263,  1.  6 

14.... 253.  2.  a 

23.... 126.  1 

13.... 112.  3 

8.... 254.  9.  6 

4:    4....251.  4.  a 

24.... 282.  c 

14.... 246.  3.  a 

19.... 263  4 

5.... 255.  3 

5:    5.... 86.  a,  141.1, 

16.... 27 

4:    8....266.  2.  a 

6.... 88  (pi.) 

249.  2.  a 

25.... 51.  2 

12.... 268.  3 

8....104.  ^ 

7 24.  r,  74, 74.  a 

26.... 150.  1 

14....75.  1 

10. . .  .275.  2 

8.... 92.  (1,  121.  1 

27.... 271. 1 

19.... 148.  2 

13.... 4.5.  5.  a 

12.... 45.  2.  a 

28 22.6,27,223. 

6:  10....104.  «-,  165.  3 

23.... 127.  2 

13.... 148.  3 

1.  a 

12.... 88  (3f.  pi.), 

24.... 262.  1 

15....  199.     f,    207. 

17 

2.... 71.  a.  2 

147.  4,  282 

6:    5.... 125.  2 

2.  n 

18 

7.... 94.    o,    275. 

14.... 246.  3.  6 

7.... 46 

26.... 88  (3  f.  pi.). 

2.  6 

15.... 119.  1 

13.... 282.  c 

105.  b 

29.... 93.  b 

7:    8....119. 1 

17.... 166.  1 

28.... 60.  3.  b  (2), 

30.... 4.  a 

8:  19.... 24.  a 

7:    7....0O   3.  b  (2), 

121.  2 

19 

5.... 19.  2.  a,  89 

9:    3....270.  c 

94.  b,  112.  2 

31.... 263.  1 

11.... ISO  1(2) 

9. . . .243.  2.  a, 

9.... 172.  3 

6:    9....99.  3.  & 

22.... 82.  5.  a 

245.  3 

21.... 246.  2.  a 

11.... 246.  3.  b 

20 

13.... 46 

24.... 24.5.  5.  6 

8:  11.... 246.  3.  a 

14.... 249.  2.  b 

15,  17.... 96.  a 

10:    1-8.... 100.  1 

19.... 271.  2 

15.... 250.  2  (2)  a 

25.... 224.  a 

4.... 251.  2.  c 

22.... 272.  2 

17.... 74,  74.  a 

31.... 131.  2 

5.... 266.  3 

24.... 22.  b 

20.... 73.  2.  a 

32. . . .24.  6 

0....165.    3,    273. 

33.... 246.  2.  a 

25.... 249.  1.  c 

39.... 131.  5 

3.  a 

9:    4....1G1.  1 

31.... 230.  3.  a 

43.... 24.  6 

13.... 165.  3 

6.... 119.  4 

34. ...119.  1 

44.... 271.  4.  6 

19. . .  .260.  2  (2)  a 

8.... 262.  2.  a 

36.... 258.  3.  b 

21 

9....f6.  a 

24.... 24.  6 

12....  161.    1,    249. 

7:    6....22.  « 

21.... 39.  3.  6 

12:    3....38.  1.  a 

2.  a 

12.... 74.  a 

22.... 158.  3 

7.... 91.  e 

13.... 126.  1 

19.... 268.  1 

25.... 258.  3.6 

13.... 119.  2 

24.... 95.  r,  172.  3 

8:    1....166.  2 

24.... 94.  a 

10:  11.... 38.  4.  a,  39. 

2.... 25 

13:    6.... 250.  2(1) 

1.  a 

10.... 224.  a 

IIUTII. 

8.... 149.  2 

20 22.  & 

11.... 229.  4.  b 

19.... 86.  6  (8  pi.) 

24 86.  6(3  pi.). 

19. ...111.  3.  b 

1 

8.... §27.5.  5 

21.... 19.  2.  6,65.  n 

245.  5.  6 

26.... 74.  a 

9....89(f.  pi.) 

14:    1....73.  2.  a 

26.... 56.  4 

9:    2....230.  2.  a 

11.... 4.5.  4 

22.... 94.  c 

29. . .  .272.  2 

8. ...98.  1.  a 

13.... 25,  71.  n(3), 

24. ...111.  2.  rf 

30.... 21.  1 

9....53.  2.6,C3.  1. 

88  (f.  pi.),  91.  c 

29.... 249.  2.  c 

31,  38.... 272.  2 

a,  95.  b 

19.... 104.  .5^ 

32.... 1.57.  3,  172.  4 

11:    8....21.  1 

10.... 89    (f.    e.   Sl 

20.... 60.  3.   c,  196. 

33.... 57.   2  (3)   a. 

14.... 94.  6 

m.  pi.) 

d 

104.3 

INDEX    II. 


335 


14:  36. ...§141.  1 

1  28.24.. 

.§111.2.6 

21:11.. 

.§271.  4.  a 

16  :  26. 

...§254.  9.  a 

40.... 276.  3 

30:    1.. 

.14.  a 

12.. 

.177.  3 

29. 

. .  .252.  2.  a 

15:    l....r25.  2 

31:    2.. 

.94.  c 

22:    7.. 

.142.  2 

17:    3. 

...100.  1 

5. ...111.  2.  c 

24.. 

.45.  1 

14. 

...177.3 

6.... 151.  2 

33.. 

.160.  1 

21. 

...43 

9.... 91.  e 

2  SAMUEL. 

37,  40.... 238.  1.  6 

18:    1. 

...252.  1 

19....  157.  3,  172.4 

40.. 

.53.  3.  a.  111. 

12. 

...100.  2.  a  (1) 

30....100.  2.  a(l) 

1:    4... 

.§242.  c 

2. 

c 

13. 

. . .104.  e 

16  :    4. ...284 

6.. 

.91.  6,  166.  3 

41.. 

.53.  2.  6,  132. 

30. 

...131.  3 

12.... 214.  2.  b 

9.. 

.256.  c 

1 

32. 

. .  .273.  3 

15.... 221.  2.  a 

10.. 

.99.3.  6,106.a 

43.. 

.118.  3,  141.  3 

42. 

...175.3 

18....246.  3.  6,254. 

15.. 

.131.  3 

44.. 

.199.  6 

43. 

. .  .254.  9.  o. 

6.  c,  257,2 

21... 

.255.  1 

48.. 

.238.  1.  6 

274.  2  d 

23.... 245.  3.  a 

26.. 

.166.  1 

23:    1.. 

.160.  5 

44. 

. .  .104.  6 

17  :12....249.2.  c,253. 

2:  19... 

.13.  6 

6.. 

.33.  3,  140.  6, 

19:    2. 

...275.  3.  a 

2.6 

27.. 

.65.  a 

221.  6 

4. 

. .  .274.  2.  c 

25.... 24.  6,104,  h 

32.. 

.274.  2.  6 

S.. 

.199.  6 

7. 

...38.  1.  a 

26.... 73.  2.  a,  275, 

3:    2... 

.257.  1 

27.. 

.24.  b 

10. 

. .  .92.  d 

3.  a 

8... 

.165.  3 

24:12.. 

.268.  2 

11. 

...275.  1.  c 

34.... 245.  5.  d, 265. 

22... 

.276.  2 

13.. 

.253.  2 

15. 

. .  .66.  2  (2)  6, 

6,  271.  4.  6 

4:    6... 

.71.  a  (3) 

219.1 

S5....14.  a,  112.3, 

5:    2... 

.164.  2 

19. 

...251.4.  a 

265.  6 

6:    1... 

.151.  2 

1  KINGS. 

20. 

...98.  1.  a 

42.... 172.  4 

3... 

.249.  1.  b 

20:    9. 

...39.  4 

47.... 150.  2 

5... 

.16.  3.  6 

1:    6.. 

.§243.1 

13. 

...229.1.  6 

55.... 245.    2,    249. 

13... 

.282.  c 

14.. 

.259.  2.  a 

27. 

. .  .96.  a.  161.  4 

2.  a 

16... 

.253.  1 

15.. 

.54.  1,  205.  b 

35. 

...172.  3 

56.... 249.  2.  a 

20... 

.282.  6 

21.. 

.87 

39. 

...91.  6 

18:    1....105.  ra 

23... 

.56.  2 

27.. 

.283.  2.  6 

21:    1. 

...45.  1 

6. ...158.  3 

7:10... 

.114 

2:24.. 

.105.  a 

8. 

...46 

7.... 250.  2  (2)  a 

8  :18... 

.199.  6 

31.. 

.254.  6.  6 

29. 

...164.2 

9.... 156.  1 

10:    3... 

.253.  2 

3:    3.. 

.126.  1 

22  :  12. 

...126.  1 

17. ...119.  1 

11,1- 

....275.  2.  6 

7.. 

.267.  6 

23. 

...249.  2.  6 

20.... 243.  2 

11:    1... 

.11.  1.  6 

15.. 

.147.  4 

25. 

...165.  1 

22.... 220.  2.  6 

24... 

.177.  3 

4:    5... 

.150.    4,    215. 

27. 

...253.  2.  a, 

28.... 104.  J 

25... 

.245.   5,    271. 

1. 

e 

270.  c 

29....  148. 1,  151.2 

4. 

a 

5:    3... 

.253.  2.  a 

35. 

. .  .147.  4 

19:  10.... 249.  2.  6 

12:    1,4 

. .  .156.  3 

10.. 

.254.  8 

64. 

...119.  1 

13, 16.... 201.  2 

4... 

.249.  1.  c 

11.. 

.260.  2  (2)  a 

17.... 104.  k 

14... 

.92.  d 

20.. 

.119.  1 

21.... 269.  a 

13:    4... 

.280.  1 

25.. 

..53.  2.  a 

2 

KINGS. 

22.... 249.  1.  c 

31... 

.254.  10 

6:  16.. 

.10.  a 

20:    6....119.  1 

32... 

.158. 3 

19.. 

.132.  1 

1;   2. 

...§249.  2.  c, 

13....271.  4.  a 

39... 

.253.  1 

21.. 

.207.  1.  c 

283.  1 

21. ...39.  4 

14  :    2,  3 

...16.  1 

38.. 

.251.  4.  a 

6. 

. .  .36.  2,  39.  4 

28.... 119.  1 

7... 

.38.4.(1,158.3 

7  :12.. 

.249.  1.  c 

7. 

...75.  1 

31.... 254.  6.  a 

10... 

.104.  ^- 

14.. 

.132.  1,  253.  1 

10. 

...172.4 

38.... 199.  6 

19... 

.57.  2  (1), 

37.. 

.220.  1.  6 

10, 

14.... 250.  2 

42....250.  2(2)a 

180.  a 

44.. 

.251.  4.  a 

(2)  a 

21:    2.... 219.  1.6 

30... 

.149.  1,  150.  4 

8:    1... 

.119.  1 

16. 

...39.  4 

3....92.6,221.3.a 

15:    8... 

.282.  6 

48.. 

.86.  6  (1  c.) 

2:    1. 

...16.  3.  6 

7.. ..44 

12... 

.125.  2 

9:11... 

.165.  2 

10. 

. .  .93.  c 

12.... 44.  a 

23... 

.275.  2.  6 

10:    3... 

.112.  3 

11. 

. .  .16.  3.  6 

14.... 66.  1(1),  105. 

30... 

.282.  c 

9.. 

.254.  8 

16. 

. .  .208.  3.  c 

a,  174.  4 

32... 

.273.  6 

12... 

.275.  1.  6 

21. 

...165.2 

15.... 126.  1 

34... 

.287.  3 

15.. 

.254.  3 

22. 

. .  .165.  3 

22:    2.... 165.  2 

37... 

.215.  1.  e 

11:    1... 

.210.  d 

24. 

...251.  2.  b 

23: 11.... 94.  d 

16:    1... 

.250.  2 (1) 

3.. 

.275.  1.  a 

3:    4. 

...253.  2.  a 

22.... 282.  a 

16... 

.215. 1.  e 

13... 

.16.1 

23. 

...119.  1 

^■.  14.... 245.  5.  a 

17:    9... 

.243.  2.  a 

22.. 

.24.  a 

25. 

...65.  6,111.1 

17.... 260.  1 

10... 

.140.  4 

25... 

.271.  4.  6 

27. 

. . .263.  1 

19.... 71.  a (2) 

12... 

.71.  a(l) 

39.. 

.57.  2  (2)  a 

4:    7. 

. .  .220.  1.  6 

25:    7.... 94.  a 

22.. . 

.223.  1.  a 

12:10... 

.221.  5.  u 

16, 

23.... 71.  a.  2 

8. ...164.  2 

il'.V. 

.113.    1,    275. 

12... 

.164.  2 

24. 

...131.  1 

14.... 157.  3 

3. 

a 

32... 

.257.  3 

25. 

...73.  2.  a 

18....  172.   5,    209. 

18:    3... 

.113.  2 

13:    7... 

.234.  a 

32. 

. .  .95.  a 

3.  a 

18... 

.270.  6 

12... 

.75.  2 

5:    1. 

...39.  1.  a 

33.... 165.  3 

19:    1... 

.281 

20... 

.60.  3.  6  (2) 

3. 

. .  .112.  3 

34....88(3f.),  167. 

14... 

.111.  2.  6 

14:    2... 

.71.  a  (2) 

6. 

...lOi.j 

3 

18... 

.224.  a 

3... 

.60.  2.  «,  127.1 

7. 

...254.  9.  6 

43.... 250.  2 (2)  a 

19... 

.113.  2 

6... 

.273.  5 

9. 

...257 

26: 16.... 271.  4.  6 

20:    1... 

.257.  2 

24... 

.246.  3.  a 

18. 

...46,176.1 

22....246.3.  a 

4... 

.119.  1 

25... 

.257.  3 

6:    5. 

...271.4.  & 

27  :  12.... 119.  1 

5... 

.111.  2.  d 

15:16... 

.60.  3.  a 

8. 

. .  .220.  2.  a 

28:    7.... 214.  1.  6 

9... 

.111.  2.  6 

23... 

.271.  4 

10. 

...252.  4 

8 89  (f.  8.  &m. 

21... 

.95.  a 

29... 

.94.  6 

11. 

...74.  a 

pi.) 

21:    2... 

.166.  2. 

33... 

.257.  3,  4 

18. 

...98.  2,207. 

10.... 24.  6 

6... 

.60.  3.  a,  127. 

16:10... 

.252.  2 

1.  a 

14.... 60.  3.  6(21 

2 

16... 

.247.  o 

19. 

...88  (pi.) 

15.... 63.  1.  f,   97. 

9... 

.160.5,223.1. 

17... 

.172.  4,  175.  3 

22. 

. .  .2.'30.  3 

1.  6, 164.  5 

a, 

250.  2  (2)  a 

25... 

.172.  4 

23. 

...172.4 

33G 


INDEX    II. 


6  :  32. . 

7  .12.. 

13.. 
8:    1.. 


12.. 
13.. 
21.. 
9:17.. 
2.'>.. 
37.. 
14.. 
30.. 

4.. 
13.. 

1.. 

8.. 

9.. 
10.. 


12 


15 


16: 


13:    6.. 

14.. 
1.. 

10.. 

16.. 
7.. 

17.. 
17:13.. 

36.. 
18:23.. 

30.. 

4. 

19:    4.. 

23.. 

25.. 

29.. 
22:19.. 


23: 


1.. 

17.. 


25:17.. 
29.. 


.4  24.  h 

.105.  1 

.246.  3.  a 

.71.  n(2) 

.249.  2.  c 
,.1J|).  1 
..75.  I 

..11.  1.  i,  90 
,.19li.  b 
.  .220.  1.  b 
.  .172.  1 

.118.  3 
,  .:J9.  4 

.109.  6 

.199.  a 

.252.  2.  b 
.  .216.  1.  a 
.  .60. 3.  c,  132.  2 
,  .250.  1.  a 

.164.2 
..203.  1 

.252.  2.  a 

.19.  2 
,  .246.  2.  a 

.1.56.  2 

.253.  2 

.:J9.  4.  a 
.  .39.  4 

.119.  1 
,.126.   1,   271. 

a 

.285.1 
,  .254.  2.  a 
,.175.  2 
,.131.3 
, .106.  a 
,  .251.  2.  b 
.  .73.  2.  o,  240. 

a 

,  .251.  2.  b 
..177.3 


1  CIIUOXICLES. 


2  :13.. 

16.. 

3:    5.. 

4:10.. 

5:20.. 

12:    1.. 

2.. 

14.. 

20.. 

13:    3.. 

12.. 

15:24.. 

27.. 

3 

17:   4.. 

20:    2.. 

8.. 

21:13.. 

22:14.. 

23:    6.. 

24:    3.. 

28.. 

25:19.. 

26:28.. 

27:15.. 

28:    1.. 

5.. 

29:17.. 


a(l) 


,.157.2(1) 
,.13.  b 

.149.  1 
,.100.  2. 
,.74.  a 
.  .14.  a 

..150.  1,  180.  a 
..260.  2(2) 
..14.  a 
,.104.  i 
..51.  2 

,  .94.  e,  180.  a 
..180.    a,   246. 

a 
..266.  3.  a 
..254.  5 
..73.  «f,  149.  1 
.  .259.  2 
..2.50.  2(3) 
..59.  a 

..59.  a,  113.  1 
..275.  1.  c 
.  .251.  4.  a 
.  .245.  5.  b 
..251.4.  a 
..30.  1 
..249.  1.  a 
..245.  5.  6 
..125.1 


2  CnilOXICLES. 

1  :    4....§24,5.  5.  b 

10. ...164.  b 
2;    7....14.  o,  254.  3 


3:    3, 

5:    2 

12 

6  :42 

7  :    6 
8:  16 

18 


10 


16:    7. 

12 

17  :11 


...5247.  a 
...119.  1 
...180.  a 
...98.  1 
...94.  e 
...246.  3.  a 
...13.  a 
...231.  5.  a 
...19.  2 
...246.  .3.  n 
8.... 119.  1 
...177.  3 
...62.  2.  b,  209. 
•2.(1 

,...282.  c 
,...275.  1.  c 
...249.  2.  b 
,...3.8.4.  a 
...112.  5.  c 
...105.  a 

96.  a 

...125.    1,   260. 
2(2) 

...53.  2.  n 
. . . .:».  1.  a 
...242 
, . .  .249.  2.  6 
...254.  7 
...148.1,  177.3 
...251.  2.  << 
...119.  3 
...198.  a.  4 
...94.  p. 
...65.  6 
...24.5.  5.  b 
...148.  1 
...219.  1.  o 
...256.  c 
...150.  2  (p. 
182) 

...199.  c 
...126.  1 
...220.  1.  b 
...4.3.  b 
...57.1 

EZRA. 


3:11....§95.  c,  150.  5 
7  :  25.... 39.  4 
8:  18.... 26 

23.... 99.  3 

25 98.  1.  a,  207. 

1.  b,  245.  5.  b 

26.... 98.  1.  a 

29.... 246.  3.  a 

31.... 99.  3 
10:  14.... 245.  .5.  h 

16....  122.  2,  141.  1 

17....245.  5.  ft 

NEHEMIAH. 

1:    4.... §125.  2 

7.... 282.  6 
2:    4....111.2.e 
7. ...111.  2.  b 
12.... 39.  4 
13.... 4.  a,  164.  5 
3:13....5.'5.  2.  6,62.1 
20.... 94.  a 
.•53....  274.  1 
34.... 210.  c 
4:    7.... '216.  2.  a 
5:    8.... 2.5.5.  1 
14.... 65.  a 
16....1V2.  3 
6  :    6. ...177.  1 

8.... 57.   2  (3)   a, 
164.3. 


12 

13 
IS  :  22 

23 
19:  2 
20:    7 

35 
21  :  17 

22:    5 

11 

23:19 

24  :18 

25  :    4 

26  :  15 

17 
19 
21 

28  :  23 

29:  31 
36 

31:  7 
14 

32:  15 
30 

33:19 

34:    4 

5 


11.. 
34.. 

2.. 

6.. 

5.. 

6.. 
18.. 
19.. 
26.. 
28.. 
32.. 
35.. 
39.. 
17.. 
44.. 
13.. 
16.. 


..?233.  a 
.  .'251.  3 
..106.4 
.  .106.  a,  125.  2 
..161.  4 
..71.  a  ('2) 
.  .03.  1.  a 
..•249.  1 
.  .63.  1.  a 
..•249.  1.  a 
..'271.  4.  a 
.  .•249.  1.  r. 
..94.  b,  113.  2 
..1.50.  2 
..;J9.  3.  6 
..111.  2.  d 
..11.  1.  a 
..210.  d 


ESTHER. 


4: 


8.. 

..5126.  1 

9.. 

..•207.  2.  d 

3.. 

..150.  5 

4.. 

..101.  2 

14.. 

..127.  1 

16.. 

.  .276.  2 

5. . 

..82.  1.  a(l) 

6.. 

..269 

15.. 

..256 

4.. 

.  .28-2.  c 

27.. 

..86.  6  (3  pi.) 

6 
7, 
10 
11 
14 

21 

2:    3 

5 

7 

10 

3:    S, 

8 

11 

13 

25 

4:    2 

4 

6 

19 

5:    7 

8 

16 

18 

6:    2 

16 

22 

26 

7:    3 

5 

14 

18 


JOB. 

,...§250.   2  (2); 

260.  2.  (1) 
....203.  4,  274. 

2.  d 

....245.  3.  b 
. . .  .45.  1 
....71.  a  ('2) 
....45.  4,131.  3 
....220.1.6,258. 

3 

....164.  2 
....36.  1.  a 
. . .  .45.  4 
....46 
....248.  a 
. . .  .-263.  5 
....267.  b 
....'263.  5 
....263.  1 
....168.  Q,  172.  3 
....283.  1.  a 
....200.  e 
....287.  3 
....285.1 
....93.  b,  287.  1 
....26.3.  1 
....61.  6.  a 
....105.  3 
....263.1 
. . . .96.  b 
....60.  3.   b  (2), 

119.4 
....r26.  1 
....243.  2.  ft 
....119.  1,  139.  3 

104.  J,  105.  b 

....105.  6 
....57.  2  (2)  a, 

2-21.  1.  a 
....165.  1 
....2'2.  b 
....88  (pi.) 
. . .  .92.  6 


9:18. 

30. 

34. 
10  :  12. 

22. 
11:    3. 

12. 

15. 

17. 

12:14. 
21 

13:  9. 
15 
21 
27, 

14:  1. 
19 

15:  7. 
11 
18 
22 

16:  5 
11 
12 
13 


16 
19 
17:  2 
3 
10 
16 
18:  2 
4 


19; 


2. 
3 
7. 
15 
16 
17 
23 

29 
20:  4 
8 
17 
24 
26 

28 
21:  5 
13 
18 
24 
22:  3 
20 
21 

23:  3. 
9 
11 
17 

24:14 
19 
21 
24 
25 
33 
3 


25 

26  :    9 

11 

27  :    3 

4 
12 
33 

28  :  12 
29:    3 

6 
14 


...524.6,105.0, 
190.  a. 
...121.1 
...105.  b 
...19.  2 
...01.  6.  a 
...94.  a 
...139.3 
...150.  5 
. .  .97.  1.  a,  260. 
2(2)c 
...111.  1 
...•282.  c 
. .  .24.  c 
...s;j.  b 
...119.1 
...264.  a 
. .  .-254.  9.  6 
...112.  3,  275.4 
. .  .2-27.  1.  a 
...260.  2(2)6 
. . .121.  2 
...172.  5 
...104.  h 
...147.  3 
...161.  2 
...126.   1,  216. 
1.6 

...60.  3.  6(2) 
...19.  2 
...24.6 
...1^26.  1 
...215.  1.  c 
. .  .88  (3  f.  pi.) 
...54.  3 
. .  .91.  6,  230.  2 
...105.  c 
. .  .94.  f ,  252.  4 
...113.  1 
...105.  e 
. . .  .45.  4 
...139.  2 
...88  (pi.),  14L 

...74,  74.  a 
...158.  3 
....139.3 
....255.  3.  a 
....112.  5.  c 
....60.  3.r,93.  o, 
111.  2.  e 
....140.  2 
...140.  5 
....'24.  c 
. . .  .104.  i 
....88  (pi.) 

283.  2 
....2-20.  1.  6 
...88(3.f.),  94 
(/,  167.  3 
.269.  6 
.34 

.79.  .3.  a 
.86  6  (2  m.) 
.83.  6 
....28,5.  3 
1.50.  2 
139.  1 
264.  a 
. . .  .220.  2.  c 
. .  .220.  1.  6 
...ISO.  a 
...161.  4 
...256.  c 
. .  .92.  e 
....271.3 
. .  .220.  2.  c 
. .  .'24.5.  5 
....139.  2 
....53.  3.6 
.105.  d 


INDEX    II. 


337 


29:21....§24.  c              | 

9:  17. ...§149.1 

45:    3... 

.§92.  a 

78:63... 

.§93.  h 

30:    8. ...24.  6 

18.... 219.  1.  a 

9... 

.199.  6 

65... 

.141.  5* 

26.... 99.  3.  b 

19....  126.  1 

10... 

.14.  a,  24.  b 

80:    3... 

.61.  6.  a 

SI:    6.... 157.  3 

10:    2.... 31.  a,  286 

47:    5... 

.43.  a 

6,8 

...263.  2.  b 

15v...61.  3,  105.  6, 

6.... 31.  b 

10... 

.112.  5.  c 

e... 

.112.  3 

161.  3. 

8,  10.... 209.  1.  a 

49:    9... 

.55.  1 

11... 

.98.  a 

18.... 273.  3.  a 

12.... 131.  3 

50:21... 

.112.  3,  282.  b 

14... 

.4.  a,  180.  a 

22.... 27 

13,  14.... 31.  b 

23... 

.105.  6 

15... 

.253.  2.  b 

24.... 60.  l.a 

11:    1....257.  1 

51:    6... 

.263.  1 

16... 

.4.  «,  ICO.  2 

32:    2 269.  6 

7....  220.  2.  c,  275. 

7... 

.121.  2 

19... 

.157.  3 

10.... 125.  1 

3.  a 

53:    6... 

.220.  1.  b 

20... 

.253.  2.  b 

11.... 53.  2.  a,  111. 

12:    3.... 280.  2 

55:  10... 

.92.  c 

81:    3... 

.45.  5.  a 

2.  c 

4. ...119.1 

16... 

.164. 2 

11... 

.119.  1,   246. 

18.... 164.  2 

8....73.1,249.2.& 

18... 

.274.  2.  a 

2. 

6 

33:    5....111.  3.  a 

13:    4.... 271.  3 

19,  22.... 19.  2.  a      | 

17... 

.279 

9.... 71.  a(l) 

5.... 104.  k 

22.. 

.141.  1 

84;    2... 

.200.  e 

13. ...158.  1 

16:    5.... 19.  2.  a,  90, 

67:    2.. 

.172.  1,  275. 

86:    2... 

.19.  2,  126.  1 

21....  26,  121.  1 

151.  3 

1. 

a 

88:17... 

.24.  b,  92.  a 

25.... 180.  a 

17  :    3.... 139.  2 

9.. 

.247.  6 

89:    2... 

.216.  2.  a 

27.... 158.  2 

9.... 263.  5.  a 

58;    2.. 

.88  (pi.) 

8... 

.111.  3.  b 

30.... 159.  2 

18:    6.... 104.  t 

4.. 

.156.  2 

9... 

.253.  2.  6 

34:   5..'.  .65.  a 

10. ...147.  5 

7.. 

.131.  3 

10... 

.131.  4 

13.... 61.  6.  a 

15.... 82.  1.  a  (3) 

8.. 

.139.  3 

40... 

.272.  3 

18.... 112.  1 

21. ...21.  1 

9.. 

.24.   b,  214. 

44... 

•104.^ 

22....91.  & 

27.... 142.  2 

1 

b 

45... 

.24.  b,  E6.  b 

25.... 216.  1.  a 

41.... 132.  1 

12.. 

.275.  3.  a 

(2 

m.) 

35: 11.... 53.  3.  o,  111. 

19:    6.... 249.  1 

60;    2.. 

.43.  a 

51... 

.249.  1.  a 

2.  c 

8.... 254.  9.  b 

4.. 

.165.  1 

52... 

.24.  &,  216. 

37:   6....177. 1 

14....11.  1.  b 

5.. 

.  .253.  2.  a 

2. 

a 

12.... 61.  6.  a 

20:    4.... 63.  1.  c,  97. 

13.. 

.287.  1 

90:   2.. 

.263.  1.  6 

24.... 104.  A 

1.  a,  b 

61;    1.. 

.196.  b 

10... 

.22.  a 

38:    1....4.  a 

9.... 243.  1 

62;    4.. 

.93.  a.  bis 

91:   6... 

.140. 1 

12....86.  6(2m.) 

22:    2....104.  j 

10.. 

.260.  2  (2)  c 

12.. 

.105.  c 

24.... 60. 4.  0,113.1 

9. ...42 

12.. 

.  .252.  4 

92:    2.. 

.242.  b 

35.... 230.  2.  a 

10.. ..157.  1* 

63:    2.. 

.  .275.  1.  c 

16.. 

.61.  6.  a 

39:    2.... 104.^ 

17.... 156.  3.199.  b 

4.. 

..105.  c 

93:    1.. 

.126.  2 

3. ...161.  2 

22.... 272.  3 

8.. 

..61.  6.  a 

5.. 

.174.  1 

4.... 112.  5.  c 

32.... 266.  3 

64;    7.. 

.54.  3 

94:   1.. 

.94.  d 

24.... 165.  2 

23:    6.... 148.  2,267.  d 

65:    7.. 

.  .112.  5.  c 

9.. 

.126.  1 

40:    2....268.  1.  a 

24: 14.... 131.  3 

10.. 

..104.  /;,  105.  b 

17.. 

.01.  6.  a 

21,  22.... 208.  3.  a 

25  :      ...  .6,  7.  2.  a 

66:    4.. 

.275.  2.  b 

19.. 

.141.  6 

22.... 221.  6.  b 

:27....71.  a.  2 

12.. 

..114 

20.. 

.93.   a,    111. 

41:    1....160.  5 

26:    2. ...98.  1.  a 

68;    3.. 

.  .91.  6,  131.  2, 

2 

e 

2.... 105.  6 

4.... 112.  3 

5 

,  140.  4 

101;    5.. 

.92.  &,  93.  a 

17....  131.  4,  164.2 

27:  10.... 112.  3 

5.. 

..111.  3.  a 

102:    5.. 

.14.  a 

25.... 172.  5 

13.... 4.  a 

8.. 

..119.3 

14.. 

.139.  2 

26.... 43,  43.  o 

28:    7.... 150.  2 

18.. 

..21.1 

19.. 

.266.  3 

42:    2.... 86.  6  (1  c.) 

29:    9.... 111.  1 

21.. 

. .231.  3.  a 

103:   3,4 

....220.  2.  c 

13. ...223.  1.  a 

30:    4.... 13.  a 

69:10.. 

.  .22.  a,  104.  r, 

.    4.. 

.104.  c,  246. 

8.... 221.  6.  6 

2 

16.  2.  a 

2 

6 

13.... 105.  6 

19.. 

..98.  1.  a 

5.. 

.275.  3 

PSALMS. 

31 :  10 31.  a 

24.. 

..119.  1 

7.. 

.263.  5 

14.... 31.  b 

70:    6.. 

..71.  a.  2 

13.. 

..119.1,262.3 

1:    1... .§245.2 

24.... 119.  4 

71:    6.. 

..157.  1 

104:    8.. 

..286 

2:    2.... 247 

32:    1.... 16.5.  3 

7.. 

.  .256.  b 

18.. 

..249.1.  c 

3.... 45.  4,97.1 

10.... 249.  l.a 

12.. 

..158.  2 

26.. 

..119.  1 

7. ...71.  a(2) 

33:    5.... 266.  1 

23.. 

..88.  (f.  pi.) 

28.. 

..88  (pi.) 

12.... 35.  1,271.  4 

34:      ....6,  7.  2.  a 

72:15.. 

..105.  b 

29.. 

..111.  2.   6, 

3:    2. ...141.  1 

35:    8 105.  ra 

17.. 

.  .159.  3,  247 

151.  2 

3.... 61.  6.  o 

10.... 19.  2.  a,  22. 

20.. 

. .93.  a 

105:15.. 

..264 

8.... 273.  2 

b,  215.  1.  c 

73:    2.. 

.  .172.  1 

28.. 

.  .99.  3 

4:    3. ...111.  2.  e 

19.... 102.  3 

10.. 

.  .254.  6.  b 

106:25.. 

..114 

7. ...3.  l.a,  131.  3, 

i5....127.  2 

16.. 

..99.  3.  6 

47.. 

..126.1 

165.1 

36  :  13.... 121.  1 

27.. 

..86.  6  (2  m.) 

107:20.. 

.  .199.  d 

5:    9.... 31.  &,  150.  1 

37:      ....6 

74:    4.. 

..220.  2.  a 

27.. 

..126.1 

11.... 42 

9. ...91.  b 

5.. 

.  .19.  2.  a 

109:13.. 

..173.  3 

12.... 112.  5.  c, 254. 

15.... 24.  b 

8.. 

..105.  a 

23.. 

.  .112.  5.  c 

9.  6 

23.... 101.  4 

10. 

..119.  1 

110;    4.. 

.  .61.  6.  a 

13.... 31.  b 

38:    3....131.  1 

17.. 

..11.  1.  b 

Ill:      .. 

..6 

6:    3.... 42 

11....92.  n 

19.. 

.  .196.  6 

112;      .. 

..6 

4.... 71.  a.  2 

21.  ...19.  2.  a 

75:11.. 

.  .161.  4 

113:    5-9 

....61.  6.  a 

7:    6.... 31.6,60.2.0, 

39:    2.... 97.  1 

76:    3.. 

.  .203.  5.  e 

6.. 

..218 

114 

5. ...75.1 

4. 

.  .22.  a,  126.  2, 

114:    8.. 

..61.  6.  a 

10.... 263.  1.  a 

14.... 35.  2,175.  4 

216.  2.  a 

115:17.. 

942 

17.... 254.  9.  a 

40:  18. ...71.  cr(2) 

6. 

.  .96.  o 

116:    6.. 

.'.'141.2,150.2 

8:    2.... 1.32.  1 

41:    5.... 119.  3,  164.  5 

77  :    2. 

..112.3 

12.. 

.  .220.  2.  c 

3.... 94.  b 

42  :    9 220.  1.  b 

4. 

..172.3 

15.. 

..61.  6.  a 

5.... 199.  e 

10. ...111.  2.  b 

10. 

.  .139.  2 

19.. 

..2ro.  1.  b 

9: 14.... 141.  1 

44:    5.... 258.  2 

18. 

.  .92.  6 

118:10.. 

..105.  a 

15.... 220.  2.  a 

18,  21.... 127.  2 

20. 

..24.  6 

11.. 

..1.59.  1 

16.... 285.  3 

27.... 61.  6.  a 
22 

1  78:    9. 

..255.  3.  a 

18.. 

..92.  d,  104.  a 

338 

INDEX    II. 

J18:  23.... 5166.1 

fl:  11.. 

.511.  1.  a 

30:25....5200.  (! 

6:   3....5105.<i 

119:       ....6 

21.. 

..VH.g 

31.... 2-29.  1.  a 

9. ...104.  k 

18.... 98.  2 

27.. 

..118.4 

31:    3.... 199.  a 

12.... 57.  2(3)o 

22.... 139.  2 

7  :13.. 

.141.  1 

10-31.... 0 

6:    5.... 45.  5.  a 

43.... 00.  4.  a 

14.. 

.53.  2.  a 

12.... 104.  i 

6.... 220.  1.  6 

47. ...141.  6 

8:   3.. 

.31.  ((,97.  1.  a 

31.... 247.  a 

9.... 105.  «■,  275.  6 

71.... 128.  1 

11.. 

..260.  1 

11.... 141.  1 

101.... 105.  2 

13.. 

..166.  2 

7:    3....221.  6.  6 

117.... 172.  3 

15.. 

.88 

ECCLESIASTES. 

4.... 216.  1.  c 

129 104.  i 

17.. 

.53.  2.  a,  111. 

8.... 210.  e 

133.... 97.  2 

2 

6 

1:    4.... 5 266.  1 

13. ...141.  1 

137.... 275.  1.  a 

25.. 

.263.  1.  6 

9.... 256.  c 

8:    2.... 199.  6 

139.... 24.  h 

27,  29.... 141.  3 

15. ...161.  4 

5.  ...104.  » 

l.i5....275.  1.  a 

10:    3.. 

.111.  1 

17.... 3.  1.  a 

6....22.a,216.2.o 

122-124:     ....74.  a 

4.. 

.11.1.0,156.3 

18. ...90 

122:     4....274.  2.  e 

11.. 

.249.  1 

2:    5.... 207.  1.  a 

123:     l....ei.  0.  a 

11:    7.. 

.208.  3.  c 

7.... 275.  1.  c 

ISAIAH. 

4....246.  3.  a 

25.. 

.150.  5 

8 280.  3.  a 

124:    4....61.  6.  a 

12:25.. 

.197.  ft 

13.... 67.   2  (3)  o, 

1:    3.. ..1262.  3 

125:     3 61.  6.  a 

13:23.. 

.156.  3 

231.  3.  6 

5.... 256.  c 

5....79.  3.  o 

14:    3.. 

.105.  U 

15 260.  2  (2)  a 

6.... 60. 2.  a,  156. 2 

127:    2....  196.  rf,  254. 

10.. 

.60.4.0,110.1 

19.... 230.  4,  283. 

9.... 262.  1 

9.  b 

34.. 

.263.3 

2.  « 

11. ...271.  1 

129:       ....74.  a 

15:    1.. 

.24.  a,  60.  4.  a 

22..,. 74,  177.  1 

15....104.  6,119.  1 

3.... 243.  2.  a 

9.. 

.112.  5.  c 

3:    2,  4.... 207.  6 

16.... 54.  4.  a,  82. 

86.... 114 

16:    4.. 

.'246.  2.  a 

17.... 245.  5.  a 

5.  a 

132:    1....174.  6 

17:    4.. 

.111.2.  f,140. 

18.... 74,  139.2 

17.... 185.    2.    c, 

6.... 127.  2 

5 

4:    2.... 268.  1.  a 

267.  c 

12.... 65.  a,  220. 

10.. 

.131.  1 

9.... 251.  4 

18.... 245.  5.  d 

2.  a 

14.. 

.126.  1,  131.  3 

12.... 105.  a 

21.... 33. 1,61. 6.  a, 

133:     1....24.  a 

26.. 

.242 

14....53.  2.  a.  111. 

218 

134-137.... 74.  a 

18:    5... 

.267  d 

2.  c 

22.... 245.  5 

134:    2.... 220.  2.    b, 

19:    7.. 

.19.  2.  a,  215. 

5:    6.... 113.  2 

24.... 245.  4 

273.  2 

1. 

c 

7....38. 1.0,201.2 

29.... 279 

135:     7.... 94.  e,  165.  2 

13... 

.216.  1.  d 

8.... 112.  5.  c 

31.... 60.  3.6(2) 

137:     6....104.  c 

19... 

.215.  1.  c 

7:  16.... 82.  5.  o 

2:    2.... 265.  6 

138:     6.... 147.  2 

24.. 

.51.  1 

22....71.  a(2) 

4.... 207.  1.  a 

139:     1....  104.^,147.  5 

25.. 

.94.  d 

24.... 280.  3 

20.... 43.  6,207.  1- 

2.... 158.  1 

20:  16... 

.111.  3.  a 

25.... 273.  4 

a,  256 

5.... 220.  1.  6 

21:    8... 

.56.  2 

26.... 91.  6,165.  2 

3:    1....280.  3.  a 

8.... 53.  3.  ft,  88 

13... 

.254.  9.  a 

8:    1....177.  3 

9.... 273.  3.  a 

(1.  c),  161.  2 

15.. 

.267.  a 

9.... 208.  1 

15.... 24.  0,75.1 

19.... 83.  b 

22... 

.6.3.  1.  a 

12.... 165.  2 

16....172.5,209.aa 

20.... 57.  2  (3)  a, 

22:11... 

.215.  1.  c 

9:    1....139.  2,  216. 

24.... 53.  3.  a 

86.   b  (3  pi.), 

21.. 

.253.  2 

1.  a 

4:    4. ...262.1 

164.3 

24.. 

.60.  4.  a 

12.... 59.  o,  93.  6 

5:  10.... 22. 0,216.2.0 

140:  10.... 172.  3 

23:    1.. 

.158.  3 

18.... 165.  2 

19.... 97.  1,  97. 1.0 

13.... 86.  ftdc.) 

12.. 

.243.  2 

10:    5.... 164.  3 

20.... 10.  a 

141:     3.... 24.6,98.  1. a 

24.. 

.158.  2,3 

10.... 121.  2 

23.... 275.  6 

5.... 111.  1,164. 2 

27.. 

.207.  1.  c 

17.... 220.  2.  c 

28.... 24.  6 

8 60.  4.  a 

24:    2... 

.92.  e 

11:    3.... 177.  1 

6:    1....265.  a 

143:     3.... 165.  2 

7.. 

.156.  3 

6 75.  2 

2....203.  5.  a 

6.... 272.  2.  b 

14.. 

.97.1.6,148.3 

12:    1....201.  2 

5.... 254.  10 

144:       ....74(1 

17... 

.916,231.5.0 

4.... 87 

9.... 56.  3.  0,175.4 

2.... 199.  b 

23... 

.94.  6 

6....n.  1.  a,  122. 

12.... 119.  1 

145  :       ...  .6 

31... 

.9:1  a,  207.  2. 

2,  140.  5 

13....92.  d 

8....215. 1.  c 

</ 

271.1 

6.... 140.  1,2 

7:    2.. ..157.1 

10.... 104.  6 

25:    6.. 

.126.  2 

11.... 19.  2.6,65.0 

4. ...91.  6 

147:     1....92.  d 

7... 

.60.  3.  6  (1) 

11.... 119.  3,  126.  1 

149:     5....112.  5.  c 

9... 

.174.  4 

14..,. 166.  1 

11... 

.10.  a 

SONG  OF  SOLOMON. 

1.5.,.. 267.  c 

17... 

.127.  2 

19.... 156.  4 

PROVERBS. 

19... 

.90 

1:    6.... 5  105.  e,  141. 

25.... 274.  2.8 

26:    7... 

.141.  1 

1,  207.  1.  o 

8:    2.... 22.  6 

1:  10.... §111.  2.  b, 

18.. 

.141.  6 

7.... 45.  5.  o,  74, 

11.... 104.  a 

177.3 

21... 

.141.  6 

209.  1.  a 

17.... 100.  2.  a  a) 

20....97.  1.  a 

27:10... 

.215.  1.  c 

8.... 24.  6, 260.  2  (2) 

23.... 61.  6.  a 

22.... 31.  6,60.3. 

15... 

.83.  c  (2) 

10.... 174.  1 

9:    3....24.6.221.5.0 

c.  111.  2.  e 

17.. 

.140.  1 

2:    5.... 2.54.  7 

4....142.  1 

28.... 105.  c 

25.. 

.24.6,216.2.0 

10.... 221.  2.  6 

6.... 4.  a 

2:  11. ...104.6 

28:    6.  18.... 203.  3. 

15.... 60.  3.  6  (2), 

12....246.  2.  6 

3:    3. ...125.1 

21... 

.94.  6 

119.4 

17.... 4.5.  2 

12.... 43.  a 

29:    6... 

.140.  1 

3  :    1 . . .  .4.'>.  5.  o 

10:    1.... 207.  2.  a, 

17.... 258.  1 

30:   4.. 

.65.  6 

11.... 148.  3,  104.  3 

247.  6 

4:    6. ...118.  3 

0... 

.22.6,60.1(2) 

4  :    1 . . .  .2.54.  4 

9.... 2-?.  6 

13....24.6, 106.6 

a 

1.^.1.  2 

2.... 220.  1.  6 

10.... 260.  2(2)c 

16.... 88 

8.. 

.11.  1.  a 

5.... 216.  1.  c 

]2....rfi.5.  3 

25.... 1.50.  1 

9... 

.r>5.  a 

9.... 104.  A- 

13.... 11.  1.  6,. 57.  2 

6:  22.... 105.  c 

17.. 

.14.   a,  24.  6, 

5:    2.... 57.  2  (3)  a, 

(3)  n.  92.  6, 174. 

6:     3..>.49 

5- 

.  2  (3)  o 

60.  4.  a 

1,  231.  3.  b 

INDEX   II. 

339 

10: 14. ...§245.  5.d 

28:10.. 

..§280.2 

44:    8.. ..§147.3           1  64  :   8....§94.  d 

16.... 147.  4 

12.. 

..86.  6  (3  pi.) 

13.... 19.  2,60.3.  6 

10.... 139.  1 

17....2.'1.  5.  b 

13.. 

..280.  2 

(2),  120.  1 

65:  20.... 165.  2,248 

27.... 14  b  ■ 

16.. 

..150.  5,  279.  a 

16.. ..141.  2 

24....263.  1. 6 

34.... 19.  1,  45.  2 

21.. 

..249.  1.  a 

17....18.  o 

66  :  12.... 142.  1 

11:    2.... 100.  2.  a  (2), 

27.. 

.113.  1 

18. ...156.  2 

13.... 45.  5 

156.4 

28.. 

.282.  a 

21....102.  2 

20.... 39.  1.  a 

8.... 141.  6 

29:    1.. 

.131.  2 

27....111.  3.  a 

15.... 60.  3.  a 

7.. 

..165.3 

45      1....139.  2 

13:    8....65.  & 

9.. 

.141.  6 

11.... 118.  3 

JEREMIAH. 

16.... 91.  c 

14.. 

.90,  279.  a 

47      1....269.  5 

18.... 92.  e 

16.. 

.283.  2.  b 

2....88(f.  8.  &m. 

1  :    5. ...§105.  d 

20.... 53.  3.  a,  111. 

21.. 

.86.  6  (3  pi.) 

pi.).  111.  3.  a 

11.... 266.  2 

2.  c 

22.. 

.156.  1 

5.... 269.  b 

2:ll....ll.  1.6,23(>.3 

14:    6.... 114 

30:    2.. 

.157.  1 

10....  102.  3,  104.  c 

12....111.  3.  o 

11.... 150.  5 

5.. 

.157.  3 

12.... 285.  2.  o 

19.... 105.  c 

19.... 95.  a 

11.. 

.79.  3.  a,  232  a 

13.... 220.  2.  a 

•.  21....220. 1.6,249. 

23.... 57.   2  (2)  a, 

12.. 

.19.  2,  119.  3 

14.... 104.  i 

1.  6             ' 

94.  6,  161.  2 

18.. 

.106.0,119.1, 

48:    1....104.g 

24.. -.105.  c 

31.... 119.  4 

139.  2 

8. ...87 

27.... 104.  k 

15:    6.... 142.  2,  161.  2 

19.. 

.104.  b.  106.  a. 

11.... 39.  1.  a 

34.... 277 

16:    8.... 277 

141.  3 

49:    8.... 207.  1.  a 

36.... 111.  2.  6 

9....168.  a,  174.  4 

21.. 

.180.  a,  258.  1 

18.... 65.  6 

3:   3. ...267.  6 

10.... 86.  6  (2m.), 

23.. 

.273.  3 

26.... 112.  3,  273.  1 

5.... 86.  b  (2  f), 

161.4 

28.. 

.160.  4 

51  :  14.... 126.  1 

131.2 

IT:    8....229.  3.  a 

29.. 

.96.  h 

15.... 126.  1 

6.... 172.  3 

11....  156.  2,  161.2 

31  :    4.. 

.22.  a,  43 

20.... 57.  2(3)0 

7.... 249.  1.  a 

14.... 139.  2 

32:    1.. 

.88 

21.... 255.  2 

8.... 60.  3.  6  (2). 

18:    2.... 139.  3 

11.. 

.275.  1.  a 

52:    5.... 96.  a,  b,  122. 

207.  1.  a 

4....98.  1.  a 

33:    1.. 

.24.  A,  87,131. 

2,  131.  6,  150.  2 

10.... 249.  1.  a 

5.... 65. a 

2 

141.  3, 258. 3.  a 

7....174.  1 

11....207.  1.  a 

19:    3.... 141.  1 

6.. 

.255.  2 

11.... 140.  4 

22.... 177.  3 

4.... 275.  3 

7.. 

.24.  a 

14.... 60.  3.  6(2) 

4:    3.... 158.  2 

6.... 24.  c,  94.  a, 

9.. 

.82.  1.  o  (1) 

53:    2.... 111.  1 

7.... 24.  6,221.5.0 

180.  a 

10.. 

.82.  5.  o 

3.... 94.  e 

13.... 141.  1 

9.... 199.  c 

12.. 

.24.  c,  149.  1 

4.... 254.9. 6,262.4 

19.... 86.  6(2f.) 

17.... 11.1.  a,  196.  d 

15.. 

.271.  2 

5....60.2.  0,142.1 

30.   ..71.  o  (2), 

21.... 92.  c 

21.. 

.56.  1 

10.... 175.  1 

275.  5 

20:    4.... 199.  c 

34:    4.. 

.140.   2,    245. 

11.... 249.  1. o 

31.... 156.  1 

21:   3.... 207.  1.  a 

5 

d 

54:    1....207.  1.  a 

5:    6....141.  1 

9.... 262.  4 

6.. 

.96.  a 

6.... 201.  2 

7.... 75.  2,125.  1 

12....112. 1,172.1, 

11.. 

.21.1,229.4.4 

6.... 104.  c 

13.... 245.  5.  6 

177.  3,  247 

17.. 

.104.  i 

9. ...125.  2 

22....56. 1,105. 5,c 

14.... 111.  2.  c 

35:   1... 

.55.  1,88  (pi.). 

12.... 22.  6 

26....1G9.  2 

22:    1....254.  6 

158.  2    ■ 

55  :    5 104.  6 

6:  27.... 185.  2.  c 

5.... 161.  2 

7.. 

.275.  4 

11.... 273.  3 

7  :    4.... 280.  3.  b 

10.... 25 

36:    8.. 

.35.1,246.3.0 

56:    3.... 105.  o,  245. 

10.... 65.  a 

11.... 221.  7.  a 

9.. 

.250.  1.  a 

5.6 

13.... 282 

17.... 161.  2 

15.. 

.271.  4.  a 

12.. ..164.  5 

27.... 104. 6 

19....45.  3,  111.  1 

37:23... 

.270.  c 

57:    5.... 140.  2 

29.... 141.  1 

21....221.  3.  a 

32.. 

.354.  9.  a 

6.... 24.  6 

8  :  11.  ...165.  3 

24.... 254.  6.  b 

38:    5.. 

.90,  279.  a 

8....88(2f.)    ■ 

22.... 230.  2 

23:   9.. ..254.  2 

14.. 

.19.  2 

13.... 119.  3 

9:    2.... 94.  c 

11.... 54.  3,  94.  b, 

16.. 

.256.  c 

58:    3.... 24.  6,  131.  2' 

17. ...118.  4 

221.  6.  6 

40:    1.. 

.263.  2 

216.  2.  a 

19.... 220.  1.  b 

13....249.  2.  a 

7.. 

.22.  A,  35.  1 

9.... 125.  2 

10:    5. ...57.2(3)0,86. 

17,  18.... 220.  1.5 

12.. 

.215.  1.  c 

10.... 216.  1.  6 

6(3pl.),  164.  3 

18.... 113.  1 

17.. 

.260,  2  (2)  c 

59:    3.... 83..  c.  (2), 

12.... 88 

24:   2.... 165.    2,    246. 

21.. 

.263.  2 

122.  2 

17....89(f.  B.&m. 

2.  a 

24.. 

.92.  6 

5.... 112. 3, 156.4, 

pl.) 

3....140.  3,  4 

30.. 

.147.  4 

196.  d 

11:15....220.  1.  6 

19....139.  2,  282.  a 

31.. 

.245.5 

10.... 189 

12:    5.. ..94.  a 

20....82.  1.  a(l) 

41:    7... 

.90,  270.  b 

12 127.  2' 

9.... 229.  3 

25:    1....104.  A 

8.. 

.285.  1 

13/. '.!92.M,  174.1 

10.... 121.  2 

6.... 209.  1.  a 

14.. 

.254.  3 

,     16.... 104.  i 

17....92.  d 

10.... 159.  2 

23.. 

.97.2.0,172.3 

IT.... 172.  4 

13:    5.... 127.  1 

11.... 119.  1 

24.. 

.260.  2  (2)  c  . 

60:    1....157.  2 

7.... 147.  2 

26:    5.... 105.  o,  & 

42:   4... 

.140.  1 

4....88(f.  pi.) 

I3....06.  1 

11.... 254.  "9.  a 

5.. 

.126.   1,  221. 

7.... 105.  c 

19.... 172.    1,    275. 

16.... 86.  6  (3  pi.) 

7. 

b 

9.... 104.  c 

2.  6 

19.... 221.  2.  6 

6.. 

.97.  2.  a 

10.... 105.  0 

21.... 60.  3.  b  (1), 

20.... 172.  3 

11.. 

.156.  1 

61:    1....43.  6 

86.  6  (2  f.) 

27:   3....105.  d 

22.. 

.65.  a 

62:    2.... 105.  d 

25.... 60.  2.  0 

4.... 127.  3 

24.. 

.267.  c 

3.... 16.  1 

15:    3....119.  1 

8....24.  « 

43:   5.. 

.105.  b 

63:    3....94.  a,  119.  1 

10.... 93  (pi.),  104. 

11....88(3f.  pi.) 

8.. 

.94.  d 

lfi....l05.  a 

k 

12....223.  1.  a 

9.. 

.91.  rf 

19.... 86.  a 

15.... 106.  6 

28:   3.... 88  (3  f.  pi.), 

23.. 

.112.  3 

64:    2.... 86.  o 

17.... 112.  5.  c 

91.  c 

44:    2.. 

.105.   b,  193. 

5.... 132.  3 

16:  16....  158.  1,249. 

6....60.  3.  a 

2. 

6 

6.... 161.  3 

l.a 

340 


17 

3... 

.12-Jl.  6.  // 

4.. 

.80.   b  d  111.), 

11 

2.  3 

17.. 

.172.3 

18.. 

.94,  </ 

18 

23.. 

.40,  172.  3, 

1' 

5.  3 

19 

11... 

.165.  1 

20 

9.. 

.22.  h 

21 

3... 

.88  (pi.) 

4.. 

.39.  4 

13.. 

.131.  1 

22 

3... 

.186.  2.  C 

6.. 

.13.  I> 

14... 

.161.  4,  199.  c 

15.. 

.94.  a 

20.. 

.234.  a 

23.. 

.61.  6.  n,  80. 

h  (2  f.)  90  (2  f. 

B. 

),  140.  2 

24.. 

.105.  b 

26.. 

.104.  t 

29... 

.280  3.  b 

23 

13.. 

.131.  6 

23.. 

.254.  6.  b 

29.. 

.161.  2 

37.. 

.104.  6 

39.. 

.177.  3 

24 

2.. 

.91.  c 

25 

3... 

.94.  & 

16... 

.96.  a 

26.. 

.246.  3.  a 

34.. 

.161.  5 

36.. 

.57.   2  (3)  a, 

234.  c 

26 

9... 

.165.  3 

21.. 

.44.  & 

27 

3.. 

.249.  1.  c 

18.. 

.156.  2 

20.. 

.13.  a 

28 

16.. 

.245.  3.  h 

29 

8.. 

.94.  e,  112. 5.  c 

23.. 

.229.  1.  a 

25.. 

.2-20.  1.  b 

27.. 

.■24.  b 

30 

16.. 

.139.  3 

19.. 

.276.  1 

31 

12.. 

.87,  119.  3 

18.. 

.273.  4 

21.. 

.249.  2.  b 

32.. 

.112.  3 

33.. 

.16.3.&,105.d 

38.. 

.46 

32 

4.. 

.91.  ft,  131.  5 

9.. 

.98. 1.  a 

12.. 

.246.  3.  a 

14.. 

.249.  1.  c 

S3.. 

.92.  (/ 

35.. 

.164.  2 

37.. 

.10.  a 

44.. 

.268.  1 

33 

:    8.. 

.13.  a 

•2A.. 

.45.1 

26.. 

.11.  1.  b 

34 

:    1.. 

.44.  a 

30 

;16.. 

.'m.  3 

23.. 

.251.  1 

37 

:12.. 

.113.  2 

14.. 

.  .266 

16.. 

..209.  3.  a 

38 

:   9.. 

..•270.  c 

12.. 

..56,  4 

14.. 

.  .249.  1.  c 

39 

:18.. 

.92.  rf 

40 

:    1.. 

..57.  2  (2)  a 

3.. 

.  .249,  1.  c 

41 

:    6.. 

.282.  c 

42 

:    2.. 

.Alb.  2 

6.. 

..46,  71.  a  CI) 

10.. 

..03.2.6,148.2 

INDEX 

II. 

44 

18. ...§271.  1 

4 

14. 

..5  83.f.2,  1-22. 

17: 

15.. 

..§65.6 

19.  ...104.  e 

23. 

..88(f.  pi.) 

23.... 166.  1 

17. 

"..236.  2 

18 

26. 

..221.6.6 

26 160.  4 

5 

5. 

..160.5 

32. 

..287.  1 

46 

7,  8.... 122.  2 

19 

2. 

..196.  d 

8....96,o,  111.2.d 

20 

9.. 

..140.4 

11.... 86.  6(2.  f.) 

EZEKIEL.           1 

16. 

.  .271.  4.  6 

20.... 43.  6 

21. 

. .65.  6 

48 

11.... 159.  1 

1 

4. 

..§53.  2.  a 

27. 

..119.3 

19 280.  3,  u 

0. 

...203.  5.  a 

36. 

..91.  c 

32 246.  3.  a 

11. 

. .  .220.  2.  c 

37. 

..53.  2.  a 

49 

3.... 54.  4.  a,  82. 

14. 

...179,  1.  a,  268. 

21 

15. 

.  .24  f.  177.  1 

5.  a 

1.  a 

15, 

10.... 93.  e 

8....95.  </ 

2 

10. 

..53.2.o,53.3.a 

18. 

..121.  1 

10.... 165.  1,  262.  4 

3 

7. 

. .254.  10 

19. 

..219.  1.  a 

11.... 88  (3  f.  pi.), 

15. 

...139,8 

21. 

...180,  a 

98.  1 

20. 

...88  (f  pi.) 

26, 

28.. ..87 

15,  17.... 275.  2.  6 

4 

3. 

...54   1 

29. 

. .  .91.  6,  106.  a 

18.... 45.  4 

9. 

...199.  a 

31. 

. .  .94.  6,  196.  c 

20....  140.  5 

12. 

...157.3 

S2. 

. .  .280.  3.  b 

24....  104.  7,275.  4 

5 

12. 

...220.  1.  b 

33. 

...111.  2.  c 

28.... 141.  1 

13. 

...121.3,  131.6 

34. 

...87 

37 86.  6(2  m.), 

10. 

...119.  1 

22 

20. 

..131.  2 

112.  3,  5.  c,  139.  3 

6 

3. 

. .  .208.  3.  c 

23 

6. 

...111   1 

50 

3.... 156.  2 

6. 

...147.4 

16. 

20.... 97.  1.  a 

5.... 71.    a    (3), 

8. 

...173.2 

19. 

...175.3 

91.  d 

9. 

...24.  c 

42. 

...21.1 

6.... 275.  2 

11. 

...98.  2 

48. 

. .  .83.  c  (2),  15a 

11....196.  ,i 

14. 

...280.3.  a 

3  (p.  182) 

20.... 105.  2 

16. 

...118.  4 

49. 

...165.  2,  220. 

23 91.  a 

7 

17. 

...203.  6.  a 

1.  6 

27.. ..111.  3.  a 

24. 

...141.   1,   216. 

24 

:10. 

...197.  6 

34.... 04.  h,  114, 

2.  a 

11. 

...140.  1 

158.  3 

25. 

...196.  c 

12. 

...172.1 

44.... 105.  6 

27. 

...118.  4 

26. 

...128,189.  6 

51 

3.... 46 

8 

2. 

. .  .66.  2  (2)  a 

25 

:    C. 

...57.   2  (3)  c, 

9....165.  2,  3 

3. 

...165.  3 

106.  n,  125.  2 

13.... 90  (2  f.  8.) 

6. 

...75.1,119.3 

13. 

...219.  1.6 

30.... 24.  c 

16. 

...90. (2m.  pi.). 

15. 

...57.  2 (3)  a 

33.... 94.  6 

176.1 

26 

:    2. 

...140.2 

34.... 165.  2 

9 

2. 

...249.  1.  c 

9. 

. .  .19.  2.  c,  221 

50.... 151.  1 

8. 

...120.  2 

5.  a 

58.... 24.  c,  149.  1 

10. 

...254,  9.  b 

15. 

...113.1,2 

52 

13.... 254.  6.  6 

10 

17. 

...157.  1 

18. 

...112.  5.  c 

13 

2. 

. .  .207. 1.  6,  255. 

21. 

...234.  a 

1 

27 

:    3. 

...90(2.  f.  8.) 

LAMENTATION'S. 

8. 

. .  .199.  c 

8. 

...156.  3 

11. 

...71.  a  (2) 

9. 

...24.c,216.1.a 

1 

....56 

17. 

...220.  1.  6 

12. 

...22.  a 

1 

1....33. 1,61.  6.a, 

19. 

...157.  3 

15. 

...13.  a 

21S 

20. 

...24.    6,   71.  a 

19. 

...93.  6 

4.... 149.  1,199.  a 

(2),  220.  2.  c 

23. 

...54.  2 

8.... 141.  3 

14 

:    3. 

...53.   1.   a,  91. 

26. 

. .  .156.  3 

12.... 142.  1 

6,  f,  119.  1 

30. 

...96.  6 

16....207.  1.  n,209. 

8. 

...141.  3 

31. 

...ll,l.<J,196:rf 

1.  a,  271.  1 

15 

:   5. 

...104.  i 

28 

:    8. 

...86.  6  (2  m.) 

17.... 272.  2.6 

16 

:   4. 

...60.  4.  0,  93. 

9. 

. .  .230.  4 

20... .60.  3.  6  (2), 

0,  95.  c,  121.  1, 
1-k    1,    127.   1, 

13. 

...19.2.6.161.4 

92.  a 

14. 

...71.  «(2) 

2 

:      ....6 

150.  5,  221.  6.  6, 

15. 

...61.6.0,104.6 

2 

:    8....126.  1 

282.  n 

10. 

...53.  2.  a,  111. 

11.... 92.  a,  113.  1, 

5. 

...87,95.  a,  111. 

2.  c,  165.  3 

2,115 

3.  II,  150.  5 

17. 

...108   a,  172.  2 

15, 16.... 74.  a 

8, 

10 99.  3.  6 

18. 

...104./,  184.6, 

3 

:     ....6 

22. 

...86.  6(2f.) 

216.  1.  rf 

3 

.12....  196.  d 

27! 

. .  .256.  b 

23. 

. .  .92.  a 

14.... 199.  b 

28. 

...127,  1 

24. 

...139.3 

22.... 54.    3,   216. 

31. 

...173.2 

24, 

26.... 156.  3 

2.  a 

33. 

...60.   3.  6  (2), 

29 

:    3. 

...102.  1.  a 

33....150.2(p.l82) 

120.  I 

15. 

...166.  6 

42 71.  o(l) 

34. 

...14.  0,19.  6 

18. 

...9.5.  a 

45.... 267.  c 

36. 

...91.  6 

30 

:16. 

. .  .254.  6.  6 

48.... 147.  2 

60. 

...128 

25. 

...112.  3 

53.... 53.  3.  a,  150. 

52. 

...92  rf, 220. 2. a 

31 

:    3. 

...140.  5 

2  (p,  182) 

53. 

. .  .220.  1.  6 

5. 

...11.  1.(7,86.6 

58.... 158.  1 

67. 

...156.3 

8. 

...11.  1   0,199 

4 

;      ....6 

59. 

...86.  6(lc.) 

15. 

. .  .m.  r 

4 

:    1....96,  6,177.3 

17 

:    5. 

...132.  2 

32 

:16. 

...S8(f,  pi.) 
...11.  1.  6 

3.... 4.3.  6 

9. 

...166.2,191.4, 

IS. 

9... .39.3.6,45.6.0 

210.  2.  a 

19. 

...95.  a,  d 

INDEX    II. 

341 

S2:20....§89  (f.  s.  & 

10: 14..., §177.  3,285.2 

AMOS. 

2:    9....§89(f.  g.  4; 

m.  111.) 

17.. ..51.  2 

m.  pl.)220. 1.0 

32.... 95.  a 

11:    6.. ..11.  1.6 

l:ll....§104.c,275. 

14 220.  2.  c 

33:  12.... 166.  2 

12.... 19.  2.  a 

2.  h 

3  :    5 114 

13.... 221.  5.  & 

14.... 131.  6 

13 125.  2 

7  ....  93.  a 

30.... 53.  2.  6,  223. 

30.... 11.  1.  6 

2:    4....  119.  3 

8 147.  4 

1.  a  his 

31.... 249.  1.6 

3  :  11 86.  a,  140.  2 

11 112.  3 

34:  12.... 249.  1.  6 

34.... 91.  6 

15  ... .  156.  4 

17  ....  24.  6,  142. 

17.... 71.  a (2) 

35.... 94.  6 

4  :    2 165.  2 

1,  199.  c 

31.... 71.  a (2) 

36 S2.  5.  a 

3 86.  6  (2  pi.) 

35  :    6 105.  d 

40.... 126.  1 

5  :  11 92.  6,  161.  3 

8.... 216.  1.  d 

44....196.  ce 

15 139.  3 

9. ...147.  2 

12:  13.... 199.  a 

21,  25  ...  .  24.  h 

HABAKKUK. 

11.... 220.  2.  a 

6:    2....  54.  2,  253. 
lb 

12.... 63.  1.  a 

1  :    8 §  100.  2.  a 

36:    3.... 139.  2,  141.1 

HOSEA. 

10 243.  1 

(2)  bis 

5.... 220.  1.  b 

7  :    1 199.  c 

10 197.  6, 265.ffi 

8 221.  5.  c 

1:    2.. ..§255.  2 

8  :   4 ....  94.  6,  231. 

11 73.  1,   249. 

11.... 161.  5 

6. . .  .269 

5.  a 

2.  a 

13.... 71.  a (2) 

2  :  14.... 104.  ^ 

8  ....  53.  2.  a,  53. 

12....104.5- 

28.... 71.  a (1) 

16.... 221.  7.  a 

3.  a,  128 

13  ...  .  126.  1 

35.... 73.  2.  a 

3:    2.... 24.  6 

9  :    1 . . .  .  125.  1 

15 112.  2 

37:    7....88  (2f.pl.) 

4:    2.... 267.  a 

8 ....  94.  6 

16  ... .  197.  6 

9. ...131.  3 

6.... 11.  1.  a,  104. 

2:    1,2....  265.  a 

10..,. 131.  6 

6 

7 161.  2 

17.... 119.  1,  223. 

13.... 118.  4 

OBADIAH. 

17....  104.  §-,141. 3 

I.  a 

18.... 43.  6,  92.  a, 

19 254.  6.  6 

31:    8.... 161.  4 

122.  1, 148.  3 

ver.  4 ....  §  158.  3 

3  :    6 99.  3.  a 

23.... 96.  b 

5:    2.... 119.  3 

9 183.  a 

8  . . . .  256.  b 

39:  26.... 165.  3 

8.... 272.  2.  6 

11 45.  2,  106.  a 

9 282.  6 

27.... 249.  1.6 

11.... 269 

13 105.  b 

10 220.  2.  c 

40:    4.  ...65.  b 

6:    2.  ...172.  3 

16 156.  4 

16 ...  .  140.  1 

16.... 220.  2.  c 

4.... 269 

19.... 47 

22.... 250.  2(3) 

9.... 174.  3 

43.... 19.  2.  6 

7:    4....106.  a,  111.3. 

JONAH. 

41:    7.... 141.  1 

a,  158.  3 

9,  11.... 160.  5 

6.... 22.  a 

1:   6....  §114 

ZEPHANIAH. 

15.... 220.  2.  c 

12.... 150.  1 

2  :    1 125.  2 

22.... 274.  2.  c 

8:   2.... 60.  3.  a,  275. 

10 ....  61.  6.  « 

1  :    2 ....  §  282.  a 

25.... 19.  2.  a 

2.  6 

3  :    3 254.  5 

17 100.  2.  o  (1) 

42:    5.. ..45.1,  57.  2 

3.... 105.  a 

4  :  11 ....  22.  6 

2  :    4 126.  2 

(2)  o,  111.  2.  & 

6.... 275.  2.  b 

9 220.  1.  c 

43: 13.... 197.  6 

12.... 88 

14 229.  4.  6 

18.... 113.  1 

9:    2....119. 1 

MICAH. 

15 39.  4.  o 

20.... 104. j 

4....208.  3.  c 

3  :   9 . . . .  274.  2.  e 

24.... 100.  2.  a  (2) 

10.... 119.  3 

1:    7....§92.  c 

11 ... .  125.  2 

27.... 177.  3 

10: 10.... 105.  d 

9 275.  1.  a 

14 ....  89  (f.  s.  & 

45: 16.... 246.  3.  a 

11... .61.  6.  a 

10 53. 3.  a,  96.6 

m.  pi.),  11L3.  a 

46: 17.... 86.  6 

12.... 158.  2 

15 ....  164.  2 

18 149.  1 

22.... 95.  e 

13....61.  6.  a 

16 89  (f.  8.  & 

19....198,246.3.a 

47:    7. ...102.  3.  a 

14.... 11.  1.  a,  156. 

m.  pi.) 

8.... 164.  3 

3 

2  :    3 274.  2.  6 

11....11.  1.  a,  199 

11:    3.... 94.  o,  115, 

4 . . . .  141. 2 

15.... 246.  3.  a 

132.  2 

6....275.  1.  a 

HAGGAL 

48: 10.... 39.  4.  a 

4.... 57.   2  (2)  a, 

7 229.  4.  o 

16.... 46 

111.  2.  <« 

8 88  (pi.) 

1:  4....  §230. 3, 249. 

18....220.1.  6 

7.... 177.  3 

12 92.  d,   246. 

1.6 

7,  8.... 56.  4 

2.  a 

12:    1,,..104. /,  201.  2 

3  :  12  ...  .  199.  c,  245.4 

4....274.  2.  6 

4:    6 151.2 

ZECHARIAH. 

DANIEL. 

5.... 105.  6 

8....  111.  2.6 

13:    3.... 92.  b 

10 158.  2 

1 :   9 ....  §  75.  1 

1:    8. ...§119.1 

14.... 19  2,  221.5. 

10, 13 157.  2 

17 157.  3 

13.... 172.  3 

a,  275.  2.  6 

5  :   2  . . . .  262.  1 

2  :    8  ....  73.  2.  o 

17.... 250.  2  (2)  a, 

15.,,. 177.  3 

6  :  10  ....  57.  2  (1) 

3  :    1 106.  a 

251.  4.  a 

14:    1....88(3.  f.  pi.), 

13 139.  3 

7  ....  94.  e,  151.  1 

2:    1.... 99.  3.  a,  119.1 

209.  1.  a 

7  :   4 . . . .  260.  2  (2), 

9 . . ..  203.  5.  a 

3:    3.... 22.  6 

3..., 256  c 

260.  2  (2)  c 

4  :    5  . . . .  258.  2 

25.... 94.  e 

10 ....  35.  2 

7 . . . .  246.  3.  a. 

5:    9..,. 203.  5.  c 

249.  1.  c 

11.... 22.  6 

JOEL. 

10. .  . .  156.  2 

8:    1....245.  5.  6 

NAHUM. 

12 24.  6 

11..,. 95.  a 

1:    2.  ...§230.  4 

5  :    4 1.16.  4 

13.... 98.  1.  a,  247, 

8 254.  9.  h 

1:   3....  §13.  a,  215. 

11 160.  5 

249.  1.  6 

17 24.  6, 190.  a 

1.  c 

6  :    7  ....  96.  6 

16.... 73.  2.  a 

20.  . .  .275.  4 

4 150.  2  (p. 

7  :    1 . . . .  252.  2.  6 

22.... 88  (3.  f.  pi.) 

2  :    5 60.  3.  b  (1) 

182) 

3 199.  e 

9:    2....158.  1 

3  :    3 263.  5.  a 

12 ... .  140.  2 

5 102.  2,  104. 

19....  119.  3,  125.1 

4  :  11. . .  .91.  rf,  131.  1 

13 220.  1.  5 

i,  252.  2.  6,  273. 

25...,97.  2,225.  2 

18. . .  .271.  1 

2  :    4 . . . .  220.  2.  c 

3.  a 

842 


1 

9... 

.S89(f. 

m. 

pl.) 

14... 

.45.   6, 

3. 

r,  92.  e 

8 

2... 

.  271.  3 

14,15 

139 

17... 

.111.2. 

9 

6... 

.35.  2 

10 

6... 

.151.  3 

11 

4... 

.254.6 

INDEX  n. 

8.  & 

60. 

U:    6... 

Ill 

7... 

8... 

10... 

%  57.  2  (3)  a, 
.  2.  r,  234.  c 
.  2-.>3,  1.  a 
.  110.  1 
.  140.  5 

MALACni. 

1  :    8....S263.3 
7....  106.  a,  127. 
2 

3:19....«119.  1 
20 156.2 

MATTHEW. 

1 

e 

17... 
12:11... 
13:    4... 

.  61.  6.  a 
65.  2.  a 
.  100.  2 

11 95.  a 

13 ....  24.  a,  75.  1 
14 ... .  64.  1,  205. 

26  :  73 ....  *  51.  4.  a 

14:    2... 
5... 
10... 

.  45  2,  91.  c 
.  199.  c 
.  156.  3 

b 

2:14 86.  K2m.) 

3:    9....  140.  2 

ROMANS. 
3  ;  20 §  256.  0 

I]^DEX    III. 

HEBREW  WORDS  ADDUCED  OR  REMARKED  UPON. 


"Words  preceded  by  Vav  Conjunctive  or  Vav  Conversive  will  be  found  in 
their  proper  place  irrespective  of  these  prefixes.  A  few  abbreviations  are 
employed,  which  are  mostly  of  such  a  nature  as  to  explain  themselves  as  v. 
verb,  n.  noun,  pron.  pronoun,  adj.  adjective,  adv.  adverb,  int.  interjection, 
inf.  infinitive,  imp.  imperative,  pret.  preterite.  The  numbers  refer  to  tha 
sections  of  the  Grammar. 


DDSISSSi!  104.  h 

as  68.  b,  200.  a,   215. 

1.  e,  220.  1.  c 
inij  78.  2,  110.  3 
naS  215.  1.  b 
1|S  92.  d 

nas  92.  c 

Tfinif.^  216.  1.  b 

pnai5  193.  2 

^I'laXIJ   53.    2.  a,  111. 

2.  c 

•jiaS  22.  or,  193.  2 
On'iai?  112.  1 

nax  110. 3 

KiaK  86.  b  (3  pi.) 

•'iax  240. 1 

OiaS  60.  3.  c,  216.  1.  b 
DiD^aX  112.  1 


on-iniax  220.  2.  a 
Dniaij}  220.  2.  a 
n^naas  53. 1. « 
•^as  (sia)  164.  2 
■laifi  61.  6.  a 
a'^aij  185.  2.  a 

rTi-iai^  111.  2.  rf 
■•nTyn  ■'ai?  246.  3.  b 
■ji^as  193. 1 
Dras  220.  1.  6 
baK  84.  3.  a  (2) 
bai5  185.  2.  6,  215.  1.  b 
bai5  (pr.  n.)  215.  1.  b 

''ba^5  216.  i.  6 

^ax  197.  &,  200.  b 
•jaS  183.  6 
t35a«  183.  c 

D^uias  20V.  1.  a 


^p5a«  221.  3.  a 

•ynas  94.  6 
nnbsas  94.  a,  119. 1 

"laXI  99.  3 
Taxi  99.  3 
Q.1S5  207.  2.  a 
laX  200.  a 
D^S?i<  53.  1.  a 

Tcnsiitn  99.  3.  b 

mas  207.  1.  e,  211 
la'lSI  99.  3 

nna'isi  99.  s 

Di"lS60.3.6(l),197.(? 
■jilS  231.  3.  a 

d^T^s  11. 1. 6 

d'lS  112.  5.  a 

D^iJ  185.  2.  5,  207.  2.  c 

DTa'lS  188 


344 


INDEX  III. 


nirin^a'ix  20/'.  i.  e 
rl'a■^)2'^x  205 
nians  201.  1 
''^ns  00.  3.  h  (1) 
■"i^s:  199.  c,  201.  2, 

231.  3.  o 
•^inxn  234.  c 
\D'-TST  234.  c 

D2  ■'pnsi:  21. 1 

O^pniC  201.  2 
Dpix ,  D|?'7S:  141.  3 
n'lS  112.  5.  a 
D'^^isn'IS  53.  1.  a 

on^ix  11. 1. 6 
tj'i'ns  91.  c 

Cn^K  53.1. a,91. 6,119.1 
nnx  82.  1.  a  (2),  110. 
3,  112.  5.  c 

:nnij  119.  1 

anx  53.  2.  a,  111.  2.  5 

nanx  87, 119. 3 
nnns?  iis.  3 

T   v     T    v: 

^nnx  119.  4 

lan  innx  43. 6,  92.  a, 

122. 1 
o'^ans!  201. 1 

^3ni«  101.  3.  a,  104.  /i, 
119.  1 

DDnr/i^  221.  3.  a 
onnx  119.  3 
'innnnx  104.  i 
•^nnns  ei.  6.  a 
typinns  104.  c 
nnx  240. 1 


inxn  99.  3.  a 

bnS  61.  2.  a,  181.  6, 
208.  3.  h 

n'bnx  220.  1.  h 
nibrii*  200.  c 
''bns  216.  2.  6 
D'^bnx  60.  3.  c 
D'^bnx  200.  c 
rrar^_  112.  3 

iS«  239.  1,  283.  2.  a 

nix  200.  a 

^"tiS  105.  6 

y'l^X  149.  2 

•liX  240.  1 

n-^iX  186.  2 

b-'IS  194.  2 

■'b'^^lS  194.  2 

b'»DiX  57.  2  (2)  a,  111. 

2.  (Z 
ib^.X  149.  2 
dblX    207.    2.    6,    215. 

1.  a 
"TaiX  111.  2.  6 
■J^X  63.  2.  a 
lis  186.  2.  c 
ni'^?1S|l  13.  a 
Di?iX  208.  3.  c 

np;",x  149.  2 

ny^.X  56.  3 
■jBiX  207.  2.  a 
"l2iX  200.  a,  216.  1 

nnsix  111.  2.  c? 

nix  (v.)  82.   1.  a  (3), 
156.  2 


nix  (n.)  197.  b 

^nnix  220. 1.  6 
^ni^  157.  2 

CVX  149.  2 
?C,^X  149.  2 
nix  197.  b,  200.  a 

nn^x  149.  2 
nnhix  220.  2.  a 

TX  235.  1 

niTX  60.   3.  c,   184.  b, 

216.  1.  b 
1'^TX  53.  2.  a,  111.  2.  c 

nnsTX  189 

"'DnSTX  104.  c 

nbrx  86.  6 
nj  nbrx  35. 1 

ITX  197.  a,  217,221.  5 

n;Tx  189 
"^rrx  221.  4 

n*5TX  203.  1 

•  -  :     T 

^rSTX  221.  4 
DD:TX  220.  1.  b 
n^'jJTX  53.  1.  a 

nrx  112.  5,  c 

nnrx  60.    3.    b   (i), 

92.  e 
yinrX  53.  1.  cr,  183.  c 
nx  (n.)  68.  5,    197.  a, 

207.  2.  b,  215.  1.  ^, 

220.  1.  /• 
nx  (int.)  240.  1 
nnX    223.    1,  248.   a, 

250.  1. 
D'^nnX  223.  1.  a 


INDEX   III. 


345 


n^rii?  189 

T'lnx  90  pass. 
t^inm  205.  c,  209.  3 

T  ' 

rnSJ  34,  110.  3,  118.  2 
THX  34,  1V2.  4 

Thx,  tnx  112. 1 

^irnx  60.  3.  6(2),  119.  4 
irnS  60.  3.  b  (2),  120.  1 

prnni  91.  2.  a 
nnrni?  io4.  i 

"^nx  61.  6.  a 
^ni-'ni?  220.  2.  a 

n^ni?  60. 1.  a 
bns?  140.  3 

nrii?  237.  1,  238.  1 

nns?  210.  e 

nns  60.  4,  111.  2.  fi 

^nns?60.  3.  &(2),  121.2 

"ji-ins?  193.  1 

^nnS?  238.  1.  a 

n^nnx  i98.  «  (4) 
nnisniiii  99.  3.  b 
■jsn^irnx  195.  2 
I'lrnrns  195.  2 

nns?  54.  2,  205.  b,  223. 

1.  a 
tn^  223.  1.  a 

AT   :• 

i:S?  175.  3 

■j^t:S  216.  1.  6 

Dt:S5  112.  5.  a 

TDS  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 

■'i?  61.  6,  236 

''ii!  (n.)  184.  b 

■>K  (int.)  240.  1 


n^i<  156.  1 
n^X  61.  6 

f^^T^^i!!^  99.  3.  6 

riT  ''X  75.  2 
T^  51.  2 
b^i5  208.  3.  c 

b;ii{  183.  & 
n^b^^^  60.  3.  5  (1) 
nxTb  ''J?  75.  2 
nb^b^j?  150.  2 

fobiN  151.  1 

nb^x  200.  c 
n^ni  207.  2.  c 
n^'^x  200.  c 

nri^^i?  61.  6.  a 
'J^'X  236,  258.  3.  b 

Dn^o^i?  150.  1 

tj">&?  207.  2,  243.  2.  « 
■jilD-'N  193.  2.  a 
•iffi^X  57.  2  (1) 
On^fi?  11.  1.  6 
DniS  140.  1 
in^«  189,  210.  c 
tyS   (adv.)  235.  2  (2) 
•JSn   (v.)  175.  3 

n^nsic  91.  c 
nssn  175.  3 

njDS  189 
*1TD«  189 
'^npS  194.  2 
n^^npX   198.  a  (4) 
nriDSI  119.  1 
bDS  110.  3 

bbs,  bbs  112. 1 


b?ii^i  (nb)  174.  4 
bDi5  111.  2.  6 

bDi?i  99.  3.  a 

T 

n'bDs  104.  (^ 
^bsK  (rib)  63.  1.  &, 
174.  4 

TjbDS   106.  a 
D2bDi5  106.  a 

^nnbss:  io4.  i 
innbDij:  104.  i 

inbs^  65.  a 

!r]ribD5|:  io4.  i 
DnbDS5  112.  1 

"•inbDil!  104.  ^ 
JlDDS^  99.  3.  & 
^©?i51  99.  3.  6 
iqSi?  140.  3 
nSij:  187.  1.  a 

nn2s5  24.  6 

tlis«  140.  1 

nsnPpX  16.  3.  b,  105.  d 

-mPDX  88 

bi5  235.  1,  264 

bX  (pron.)  58.  1,  73.  1 

b^?  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

-bs«  237.  1,  238.  1 

©■•nabX  229.  1.  a 

D'l'a^SbN  14.  a,  51.  4 

nbs  216.  1.  a 

nb^  200.  b 

nb«  58.  1,  61.  6,  73.  1 

'in'bXIl  234.  c 

D^nbi5  11.  1.  & 

D'lrfbX  201.  2,  231.  3.  a 


346 


INDEX    III. 


i^'^n'bs  220.  2.  c 
irnbxi  2;u.  c 
mbx  11.  1. 6 

nibx  (v.)  172.  2 
lbs  238.   1.  a 

npnibs  220.  2.  c 
bibs  184 

•jbSI   99.  3 
HDbs  HDbs  45.  5.  a 
•ibbs  20.  2,  240.  1 
DbS   187.  1.  b 
O'la^abs  51.  4 

nabs  200.  c 

niiiabs?  229.    \.a 
b^^-bx  2:] 7.  2  (1) 

■jiabx  193.  1 

mspbs?      198.     a   (4), 

199.  d,  200.  & 
nnr^J*  237.  2  (2) 
vjbx  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
qb^5  226 

■iSlbs  250.  2  (2)  a 
OrDbS  250.  2.  (2)  a 
n;'Bbs5  203.  4,  226 
Dlpbx  229.   1.  a 
Tibs  221.  2.  6 
DS  G8.  6,  197.  a 
DS  239.  1,  283 
TSCXT2S5  11.  1.  a 
T|SDS^S   104.  b 
n?3S«  53.   3.  b,  211.  a 
HBS   198.  c 
HBS   200.  c 


'jl'aS  184.  b 

njltJX    CO.    3.    b    (1), 

201.  1.  a 
Di:il2S  201.  1.  a 
Db"i)2S<  105.  a 
n'jbl3S;i  99.  3 
bb^S   187.  1.  d 
bbl2K  92.  a,  115 

•'pN  bb)as  42 

D^bb^i?  210.  c 
D:12S  235.  2  (1) 
Dp^S  235.  2  (1) 
I^^S  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 
•J^TaX  112.  1 
"1)2S  110.  3,  125.  3 

^iy&  65 

n^S  86.  i  (3  pi.) 

Tax  208.  3 

nbSGO.  3.  6(1),  112.  1 

-n^i«  60  3.  J  (1) 
nn)3«  208.  3 

?|n^S«  60.  3.  6  (1) 
DD'ITaS  106,  o,  127.  2 

r\-naN  127.  2 
rn^sn  33.  4 

T    :    -    T  : 

T]©^i5  157.  3 
n^X  60  3.  b  (1),  205.  b 
inpS  00.  3.  &  (1),  221. 
2.  a 

^nnnbsi  99. 3. 6 
^.nnps  101. 3.  a 
npsi  nsx  63. 1.  c 
^:i«  71.  a  (1) 

^3S  46 


'innss  131. 1 

t5i:N  184 
■"SK  197.  b 

•    It 

"^PSJ!  71 

^:N  65,  71.  a  (1) 

•irx  65.  6 

n;^:s  198.  b 
ipbij  71 

•JDS  141.  3  (p.  175) 
vi:S  84.  3.  a  (2) 

p:s  112. 1 

p?X  50.  1 
D^TCpS  207.  2.  e 
q^CN   185.  2.  a 
-nibCK  125.  1 
D'l^CN'l  60.  3.  r,  92.  e 
V|C«  110.  3,    112.  5.  c, 

115,  151.  2 
5lbS?  112.  1 

nSCN  111.  3.  a,  112.  1 
nStpK  151.  2 
•"BCK  89  (f.  s.) 
^£055  151.  2 
SlCBDSi!  188 

irpci?  104.  y 

pDi?  53.  3.  b,  88  (1  c.) 
nCS  112.  5.  6 
nCN  60.  3.  c 
nSS  60.  3.  c 
■^nCb?  61.  6.  a 
DnCS  105.  d 
"T3?S1,  TyXI  160.  3 
brSI  172.  4,  175.  3 
I^Sn  172.  4 


INDEX   III. 


347 


ra^m  113. 1 

V   T     V 

nsySl  57.  2  (2)  a 
to?i?T  172.  4 

ntes^xi  172.  4 

1tp:?i5T  57.  2  (3)  a, 
111.  2.  r,   234.  c 
51i?  (n.)  184.  b,   207.  2 
rjS?  (conj.)  239.  1 
DH'^iiSi?  104.  f.,  172.  3 
nS«  112.  5.  a 

nsx  no.  3 

1BX  112.  1 
D^Bi?  203.  1 
JniS«T  100.  2.  a  (1) 
13  CIS?  239.  2  (1) 
nbBSfl   198.  a  (2),  216. 

1.6 
■JBSI  172.  4 
DS«  235.  3  (1) 
nytoSbi  127.  3 
nSXI  173.  3 

T     V  T 

nS2S   164.  5 
yaSS  183.  c,  197.  a 
ni3?32S  207.  2.  a 
12i«n  174.  4 
!?]nmS  105.  d 
bS«  237.  1 
112^  50.  3 
?;n^S  101.  3.  a 

nun^s  105.  cZ 

^SajJil!   105.  b 
D^pSjn  99.  3.  a 
nXJip«  50.  3 
D^pST  99.  3.  a 


Q«pS{  56.  3 
Dp«T  99.  3.  a 
nsnpSI   63.  1.  c,  97.  1, 

b,  164.  5 
S5nST  99.  3.  a,  172.  4 

nxnsci  172.  4 

D^SnX  24.  a 

nanxi  i75.  3 

D3-1S$  22.  a 

nyani?  207.  2.  a,  214. 

1.  6,  223.  1 

n^yanx  225. 1 
D'-pynnx  223. 1 
nn^a-is  250.  2  (2)  a 
■jnanx  51.  4 

•jWi?  51.  4,  195.  2 

'rn^  141.  1 
ib-nnx  19.  2 
n^ins  208.  3.  b 

Drains  82.  5.  a 
Iltttti-Ii5  104.  h 
■jinN  197.  6 

ni"ix  139.  2 

ini-|»)   141.  2 

nni5  197.  J,  200.  a, 

208.  3.  6 

nni?  198 
nnn"«  198 
iinhns  60.  3.  c 

inX  200.  c.  208.  3.  d 
^^r"^^  56.  3.  a,  168.  a, 

174.  4 
tjnx  79.  2,  118.  1 
•J"1X  185.2.5,207.2.0 


^•IX  216.  1.  e 

•jTans  200.  a 

ilSnill  194.  1 

ni)3nfi{  235.  3  (3) 
inpiaiahs  56. 1,  105.  b 

ni3^-lX  216.  1.  c 

nnpnx  197.  c 

yns  51.    3,     63.   2.   a, 

197.  fi 
fnx  65 
nSnX  61.  6.  a,   219.  1 

•jca  nsnx  22.  b 
yjz2  n^nx  22. 6 

in«  141.  1  (p.  175) 
ttJlS  119.  1 

nb''NTatox  iso.  a 

ttJK  197.  b,  201.  1 
tJi?  57.  2  (1) 
^bXTTX  101.  3.  a 

ncsi  99. 3.  a 
ni'ii^cx  210.  (/ 

mtDX  216.  2.  a 
niBX  200.  ^»,  e,  207.  2 
niT^iJ  197.  a 
DpnOK  118.  3 

ni^icJx  200  c 
ni^m  94. 6 

bSCX  200.  a,  210.  e 
nibDTTS?  216.  1.  c 

trh^m  216. 1.  c 

nbCJiJ  60.  2.  a 
'  n^tpNI  60.  2.  a 
^n>tDi5  126.  1 
•IibffiX'^  99.  3 

'     •     ;    -  T 


348 


INDEX   III. 


nD-ibtiXT   99.  3 

DCS  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
Tpirsi  99.  3 

W^TTKI  98.  1.  a 

nnticx  97.  1 

a5t«   183.  c,  221.  C.  a 

n:?cs5  172.  3 

US^S  91.  c 

nbirj?  207. 2.  c 

n^^S  98.  1.  a 
njptJSI  175.  3 
ntp^JJCX  98.  I.  a 
nblj:5lCSn  98.  1.  a 
nbplCS51  98.  1.  a 
"!©«  74,  285 
"ItDS  (corij.)  239.  1 

nnirsc  200.  c 
i-incs  221.  5.  (^ 
•j-inTrK  220.  2.  c 
?i^-ios  221.  5.  d 

ntJS  205,  214.  1.  b 

nt:«n  172.  4 
^bb-inox  9G.  a 
5>©?r\0J«  141.  G 
ns  (n.)  207.  2.  c 
n«,  nS5  58.  2.  a,  238. 

2,  270 
-nit  43.  a 
nS  43.  a 
nx    (prep.)    237.    1, 

238.  2 
"ns<  61.  5 


PS,  PS   71.  a  (2) 
nS  71.  a  (2) 
Sns  177.  3 

T     T 

nns  11. 1.  « 

nps  71 

nps,  nns  71.  «  (2) 

■jins  197.  a,  c 

nanns  96. « 
•ips?  71.  « (2) 
''ns  61.  5 

'l^ns  112.  1,  172.  1 

i{n-'i?''ns  220.  2.  c 

^nS  65.  a 

nsnS  65.  a 

bWS  53.  1.  a,  183.  f 

ins  210.  c 

IPi?,  1^5?  71.  fl  (2) 

nsns.,  n:ns  71.  o  (2) 
^:ns  177.  3 

"JiniJ  207.  2.  6 

nsrns  220. 1. 5,  221. 6 

^DjvHS  105.  6 

a  231.  1,  233,  267.  b, 
272.  2.  6 

sa  157. 2 
ni<a  34 
nsia  34 
nsai  156.  4 
D^bnsa  229.  4. 6 

^Sa  156.  2 
'iSa  (pret.)  156.  2 
ISai  156.  4 
D'^jJTSa  57.  2  (2)  a 


"iSa  216.  1.  a. 
C?ECSa  22.  a 

nsa  121. 1 

nsa  GO.  3.  c,  197.  a 
"CSa  60.  3.  r 

nsa^  nsni  i6.  i 
''nsn^  nsai  loo.  2. 

«(i)   '   ' 
baa  57. 1, 187. 1.  e 

''b^a  237.  2  (4) 
"l-^a  84.  3.  a  (3) 

%na  90 

'iSia  22.  ff,  197.  6,  200.  c, 
221.  5.  a 

^ha  87 

n'lra  207.  1.  a 
nn'ija  86.  b  (2  m.) 
li^a  87, 210.  a 
bbia  237.  2  (2) 
wa  61. 1 
b'la  80.  2.  a  (3) 
Ds^ana  4.  o 
^na  57.  2  (4),  184.  6 
ni-^na  177. 1 
•j^aria  245. 5.  b 
Dbffi2na  91. 6 
bna  121. 1 
n^na  21 6.  2 
m'^na  201. 2 
■jna  61.  2.  fl,  184.  «, 

197.  o,  208.  3.  b 

5"ina  113. 1,  2 
nscna  i4o.  6 
xia  79.  1, 157. 1 


INDEX   III. 


349 


resSa  104.  g 
"W  90 

U'&y'2,  57.   2    (3)  «, 
164.  3 

n^sia  209. 1.  a 

b^a  53.  2.  a,  184.  6 

o'lpia  156.  2 

"l]5i3  186.  2.  a 
"113  139.  2 
lin  200.  a 

?;'^i$-ii3  201.  2 

©in  82.  1.  a  (3),  156. 

2,  157.  1,  2. 
D''T»i3  156.  2 
DDpTSin  92.  5,  161.  3 
n  (n.)  207.  2.  a 
T3  (from  T13)  156.  2 
n  139.  2 
!1ST3  139.  3 
I3i-T3  141.  2 
TT3  141.  1  (p.  175)' 
15TT3  139.  1 
■jinS  185.  2.  c 
nin3  210.  a 
D'l'linS  60.  3.  c 

muns  27 

TnS  185.  2 

■jns  50. 1 
■jnia  121. 1 
nna  50. 1 
on-^nh  "ins  43.  b 
'I'lns  19. 2 
n^inns  201. 1. 6 

rtltiS  90.  pass. 


ni23  184.  & 

n-oia  126.  1 
■jin^s  193.  2 

1:23  197.  a  . 
0*121:3  208.  3.  a 
DTJ3  239.  2  (3),  263. 

1.5 
''3  (for  ^S^)  53.  3.  a, 

240.  2 
T3  237,  2  (2) 
V3  16.  2.  a 

n^i^n-'s  57. 2  (2) 

VS  158.  2,  3 
■JIS  237.  1,  238.  1 
T|*''.pni  4.  a 

•^nb^s  158. 1 

3p?^3  16.  2.  a 
Q'^^J'^S  200.  6 
?l^nil]^i3  14.  o,  24.  6 
ri;i3  61.    2,    63.   2.    a, 

197.  &,  208.  3.  c 
ln^3  57.  2   (5),   62.    1, 

216.  1.  d 

''"an?n-n^3  246. 3.  h 
^wt^rrrr^^  246.  3.  h 

^^''^  65 
?J3  65.  a 
nD3  184.  b 

isa  172.  2 

iD3  (for   i3?3?)    53. 
3.  a 

niD3  50. 1 

ni33  50.  1 
'>D3  184.  6 


ibffi33  91.  b,  231.  5.  a 
3inp3  22.  a,  101.  2.  6 
b3  53.  3.  a 
nnb3  198.  a  (3) 
■iXibS  56.  4 
n^s©i:b3  18.  2.  c 

n^-^bs  195.  3 

b?^b3  195.  3 

bb3  141.  3  (p.  175) 

3?b3,   ?b3  126.  1 

^^Vh'^  237.  2  (4) 

iniD?b3  127.  2 

"inbS  61.  6.  o,  237.  1 

";i?)23  235.  3  (1) 

niGS  231.  4.  a 

i^3  233.  a 

^T\rcil  13.  a,  214.  2.  5 

''^tlS  45.  4 

npy'DS  45.  3 

nibnp)23  16.  2.  a  . 

^n'aS  19.  2,  216.  1.  c 

"JS  51.  3,  185.  2.  (?,  215. 

1.  h 
''5^'a''n-'}3  246.  3.  6 

n"!^  n;3  35. 1 

123  (from  i5i3)  164.  2 
133  34 

T 

123  34 

123  (suf.)  221.  3.  a 
123  (parag.)  61.  6.  a 
tli23  207.  1.  a. 
?f:'ni23  (v.)  173.  2 
DDW3  220.  1.  6     ■ 
"133  61.  6.  a,  218 


350 


INDEX    III. 


0*^53  207.  1.  a 

n-ipn  so.  b  (1  c.) 
yb:3  4.  a 

bbpa  22.  a,  101.  2.  6 

nri:3  132.  1,  i58.  1 

nSDSCa  24.  a 

n'iyp3,nn:pcai6. 3. 6 
n'Qi;^  237.  2  (2) 

•1^3  237.  1 

flpi^a,  q-jy?  113. 1.  2 

W3  172.  1 
W^'J^  GO.  3.  a 

d''byn  201.  2 
^ya  1^1. 1 
nnya  loe.  c 

*WV^  113.  2 
l?T»^3  60.  3.  a 
n?2  121.  1 

nxka  199 

inS23  11.  1.  a 
TSa  185.  2.  a 
523  42.  a 
D?23  125.  1 
pS3  82.  1.  a  (2) 
T\yi2  201.  I.  d 
yp3  80.  2.  a  (4) 
D^p3  125.  2 
pp3  141.  3  (p.  175) 
np3  197.  r,  201.  1 
np3  50.  1,  208.  3.  b 
13  186.  2.  c 
sns  78.  1 
K"I3  166.  8 


?iXni3  164.  4 
I'n3  185.  2.  6 

^fins  92.  rf 

Oi-13  51.  1 

nils  51.  1 

bn3  193.  2.  c 

nns  50.  1 
nins  210.  a 

•"r^ilS  194.  2.  a 

•I'^3  80.  2.  a   (1),   80. 

2.  a  (2),  120.  3 
?jn3,  ?jn3  119.  1 

nsns  16.  2.  a 
SnSnS  216.  1.  b 
i3n3  60.  3.  a,  120.  3 
''Sna  22.  a,  216.  2.  a 
Dn-'3'13  22.  a 
Q;'3"^3  208.  4 
n"l3  139.  2 
npn3  19.  2.  b,  196.  ^^ 
TO  141.  1  (p.  175) 
D51D3  74.  a,  139.  2 
''53nC3  102.  3.  a 
bt?3  80.  2.  a  (1) 

riD'ai^a  220.  1.  6 
riinpm  45.  2 

ri3  205.  b 

in3  221.  2.  a 

^pDinS  220.  1.  b 
D^b^nS  201.  1.  b 

"ira  58.  2 

D''n3  208.  3.  c 
DDn3  221.  6 


nxa  n«a  22.  b 
tnxa  185. 2.  d 

Wh^^^  201.  1.  a 
rii"'S5  208.  3.  c 

b»a  117 

b^^  116.  4 

nbxa  201. 1.  a 
?jbs«a  119.  3 

DDbsa  221.  3.  a 
35  200.  c 
ri3a  143.  a 
-^35  215.  1.  c 

riha  185. 2. 6 

nsa  184.  b 
Kn3r\  11.  1.  a 

xnsa  86.  b 
nnsa  125.  2 
nnsa  eo.  3.  a 
n^nisa  201.  2 

b^3a  184 

niii3a  201. 1.  c 
nnsa  i98.  a  (3) 
^■'sa  50. 1 
ni3a  187. 1,  215. 1 
^n^'ii3a  220.  2.  c 

''35  199.  c 
T3a  184 

bsa  50. 1 

-   T 

nb33i  11. 1.  6 

•jSia  187.  1.  b 

•jbsa  207.  2.  c 

D-'SSSa  187.  2.  c 

bbsa  193. 2.  c 

nsa  82.  1.  a  (2) 


INDEX  III. 


351 


'ina  183.  h,  184.  a 
na^  184.  a 
VX'^'ina  61.  6.  a 

rriaa  205 

W  200.  a 

n'la  141. 3  (p.  175) 
bi^a  ss.  1,  iss.  2.  &, 

210,  217 

-bi'ia  215. 1.  c 

nb-317^1  13.  a 
'•'la  208.  3.  d 

n^'ia  200. 2. 6 

i.'^'ia  216.  1.  a 
bna  82.  1.  a  (2) 
b'la   (v.)  58.  1 
b'la  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 
b'lh  58.  1,  184 
-b-ia  215.  1.  c 

b^a,  b^a  92.  c 

5^3  126.  1 
Ija  197.  6,  216.  1.  e, 
217 

n'^i'^^  217 
wh^a  221. 2. 6 
n^'nn^a  203. 5.  b 

Tia  50.  3,  68.  b 
^Tia  157.  1 

i-ia  221. 3.  a 
■Ilia  220. 1.  c 
nn^ia  220. 2  b 
npn'^ni'^^a  220.  2.  c 
^r^ia  221.  3.  a 
bia  158. 3 
bbia  141.  4 


y^^a  186.  2.  6 

2?ia  125.  2,  156.  1 
ma  (v.)  179.  2.  a 

bnia  200.  a 

Ta  139.  2 

nara  195. 1 
nra  68. 6 

m  50.  3,  68.  h 

na  139.  2 
i-Ta  141. 1 
tT^ra  50.  3 
bra  50. 3, 68.  b 

bra  216.  \.  e 

nn  50.  1,  3,  68.  b,  84. 

3.  a  (3),  125.  3 
na  158.  3 

•jina  4.  a 
'ifia  157. 1 
^na  157. 2, 158.  2 
D'lbna  216. 2. 6 
nbna  200. 6, 210.  e 

K;'a    183.     &,    197.    b, 

208.  3.  c 
Si'^a  216.  1.  d 

n-ia  158. 2, 3 

b^a  158.  2,  3 

ba  (rib)  98.  2,  i74.  5 
ba,  ba  {i'v)  139.  2 

baba  187.  1.  e,  207.  2.  a 

baba  187. 1.  e 

baba  141.  4 

nbaba  i87.  1.  e,  207. 

1.  fZ,  217 

nba  11.  1.  a 


nba  57. 2  (5),  80. 2.  a 

(4),  143.  «,  170 

niba  216. 1.  a 
nba  126. 1 
nb^b|  196.  c 
n''b'iba  16. 2.  a 
''jn-'ba,  ^tf7>)^  174.  2 
ibba  139.  1 
^^ttba  195. 1 
nnba  61.  e 

»  :  IT 

b^a  197.  c,  207.  2.  6 
^b^a  101.  3.  a 

innb^^  104.  i 
^nbisa  104.  i 

■ja  197.  6,  217 

nsa  77. 1 

nsa  187.  1.  a 

asa  93.  c? 
na?a  216. 1.  h 

W33^  104.  i 
*»paDa  65.  a 

innaa  ei.  6. « 
nnnsa  104. » 
nsa  217 
pa  139.  2 
o'lTpa  50.  1 
ya  131. 3 
iya  172.  2 
-"i:^a  125.  2 
ma  131.  4 
•jsa  197.  b.  200. 6 

"ia"ia  207.  2.  a 
na  50.  3,  68.  b 

*;na  193.  2. 6 


352 


INDEX   III. 


•pa  197.  b,  200.  a,  208. 

3.  b 
np'Til  219.  1 

risna  210.  2 

nna  ui.  3  (p.  175) 

iSOia  194.  1 

iiani'ia  lo-t./. 

TCa,  "CJ?  131.  3 

lioa,  lira  i3i.  3 
ira  Go.  6 

s 

©tea  141.  1  (p.  175) 

msa  131.  4 
imra  131.  4 
na  207. 2.  a 

nasi'i  87, 119.  3 
as'i  11. 1.  a 
axT  51.  4 

nninn  i98.  i,  200.  b 
nbn-i  200.  i,  214. 1.  b 

pa-l  82.  1.  a  (2) 

Hj^n-i  87 

nn   10.  a 

"in'n  210 

nin  80.  2.  a  (2) 

-na*!  92.  (/ 

W,  ^3'7  92.  r,  126.2 
iinS'l  G5 

"^nn^  Gi.  1, 216.  2 
nnai  g5.  a 
nnnii  100.  2.  a  (1) 
in")3"^  86.  &  (2  f.) 
inW  61.  6.  a 
cm  183.  6 


■'pan  221.  5.  c 

a"!  185.  2.  (/,  198,  217 

nan  198, 217 

FT  ' 

np'^T  219, 1. 6 

in  207.  1./. 
''S'l^'l  216.  1.  a 
D"'i!!'7^'1  56.  4,  207.  2.  a 
*^^n   194.  2.  b 

a::i"^  51. 4 
Tin  11. 1. 6 

Din  139.  2 

nin  200.  c 

^D'^niii'i  44.  b 

tM  158.  3 
''TL'i'^  157.  2       • 

^n=i  121. 1 

•''n  215.  1.  d 
^'^^  187.  1.  a 
Dia"''n  158.  1 
i'1'7  184.  6 
'J'^^  158.  2,  3 
l^'l   187.  1.  a 
iCi'^  158.  3 
XS*!   165.  2 
^S2'1  167.  1 
b'l  207.  2.  a 
nb"!  50.  1 

''nils^  141.  2 
^^b'^  141. 1 

l^ib"!  19.  2.  6 
ni^b'l  209.  2.  a 
n^b"!  210.  a 

nbn  197.  6,  199.  rf,  211 

ninbi  216.  2.  a 


'•nb'i  216.  2 

0"r'^'7  -'03.  2,  208.  4 

Dl   139.  2 

''tt'l  57.  2  (4) 

DD^'^  58.  2,  221.  1.  a 

n-C^  141.  3  (p.  175) 

pTC'E'l  51.  2 

p^TST   195.  1 

■>:n   194.  1 

W  104.  a 

y^  148.  3 

?'!   148.  2 

W1  53.  2.  a,  148.  2 

5^?7,^?7  97.1.«>,  148.3 

1^7  16.  2.  a 

iSS-^Ifn  45.  4 

^?n  50.  1 

Siyn  148.  2 

ip,^"!  148.  2 

■jnn^  19.2.6,  65.0,200.  a 

ni:hn'n  19.  2.  6,  65.  a 
nil -I  193. 2.  c 
tji'in'i  122.  2, 141. 1 
^■I'l  197. 6,  200.  6 

^^n,  ?I^:n  65.  a 
D'^Dn'l  203.  3,  208.  4 
^Dnn  220.  2.  6 
pTCiai'l  51.  2,  54.  3 

^nstin^  104.  i 

XC'n  196.  (Z 
NTT'l  18.  2.  c 
•JTCT  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (2) 
"iCn  (adj.)  185.  2 
m  200.  6 


INDEX   III. 


353 


.n,  n,  n  229, 245 
n,  n,  n  230, 283 
pnnsn  112.  3 
n^nxni  112.  3 
■innnxn  eo.  3. 6  (1) 
^n";3ii;ni  eo.  3.  &  (1) 

D^Xn  246.  1.  a 
ibnijn  246.  2.  a 
rT?:0  80.  2.  5,  112.  3 

■jiTsnn  112.  3 

^^y.^j^  88  (pi.  f.) 

^n-iSTSn  94.  a,  180.  a 

ri5Tj?ni  112.  3 
nsn  240. 1 

Q^^n^n  60.  3.  c 
"inT^^Xn  246.  3.  b 
t3''Kn  230.  3.  a 

inbDxm  112.  3 
DjnbDsn  112..  3 

DTl'^^v}  246.  1.  ffi 

1\h^r\  60.  3.  c 
n^'axn  229.  4. « 
nb«n  112. 1 
n?xn  126.  1 
irjDBDsn  57.  2  (2)  a, 

229.  3.  a 
^mSS?n  230.  3.  a 

ynsn  63.2.6, 229.4.  & 
nnsn  230. 3. « 
an  148.  3 

TiJiK2h  151.  3 

min  119. 1 
msnn  lee.  1, 107.  2 
n«ani  100.  2.  a  (1) 

23 


nnxan  i67.  2 
insnn  104.  ^• 
DniJan  leo.  2 
nbi-nan;!  100.  2.  a  (2) 
b'nan  94.  & 
nnn  i48. 3, 240.  2 
n^annn  188.  6 
^an  148.  3 
mn  140. 4 
pian  140.  4 
-t:an  94.  d 

"lan  (from  Sia)  164.  2 

i?''an  (imp.)  94.  d 
ni{''ar;^  100.  2.  a  (2) 
nni^w  160.  2 

tJian  179.  2.  a 

^ffiian  150.  2 
niffi'^an  160.  2 
r.n^'an  219. 1 
ban  84. 3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 

ban  216. 1.  e 
^nban  111.  3. « 
niDan  173.  2 
b:?an  246. 1. « 
nan  i4o.  5 
tfxnan  104. 6 
?;s|:"ian  i64.  4 
^nan  i4o.  4,  i4i.  1 
nanan  16. 3.6,230.2.  a 
n^pan  45. 2 
n^a^n  126. 1 
-I5n  94.  d 
^an  95.  c 


b'n^n  94.  a 
n^n  112.  5.  a 

™n  18.  2.  c,  184.  b 

i-"in  172. 2 
i:^h  92. 6, 174. 1,  3 
n^:;n  216. 1.  a 
nb;*n,  nbr^n  175. 1 
niban  173.  2 
n'ibsn  175.  1. 
''n^bsn  175. 1 
nb.nn  172. 1 
r^?an  127. 1 
pa'^n  82.  5 
inann  246.  2.  a 
tj^'nn  159.  2 

^213in  141.  3 
D^in  207.  2.  a 
n^'^n  245.  5.  b 
vl^jn  112.  5.  a 
p'ln  140.  5 
pnn  (pret.)  140.  5 
pnn  (inf.)  140.  5 

m'pin  141. 2 

inn  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 

na-^n^n  (inf.)  94.  b 
nati'^n  96.  a 
nn  240. 1 
si^iabnn  245.  5.  b 
tj-i^pnn  245.  5. 6 
nnn  63.  2. 6, 229.  4. 6 
nnnn  219. 1 
n^riinnn  246.  2.  a 
D^nnn  63.  1.  «,  229. 4 
«in  177. 1 


354 


INDEX   III. 


«in  47,  11.  a  (3) 
K^n  58.  1,  n,   73.    3, 

258.  2 
N'ln  30.  2 

«n'.n  1G7.  2 
!isn^n  1G7.  2 
©•^nin  179.  2.  a 

D''31"in  13.  a,  208.  3.  a 

ynin  iso.  5 

n::.n  57.2  (5)  a,  177. 1 

nin  177.  1 

rrinm  140.  6 

Vn^n  140.  6 

•^in  240.  1 

yn^'in  229.  1.  a 

nii-in  177. 1 

riDin  (inf.)  126.  1 

rfpin  (imp.)  94.  (f 
n'lsin  150.  5 
ly-'bin  151.  1 
bbin  141.  4 
^Vj^n  93.  & 
nibbin  198.  a  (4) 
D^in  90 
n3in  160.  5 

ID^n  95.  r,  150.  5 
:ftio^n  27,  104.  e 
Trsin  (imp.)  94.  d 

^»t^r^  150.  1 
•n«2^n  ig7.  2 
•nxsin  lo.  1 
«^rin  (imp.  ?)  94.  d 
n\'T'2nn  149. 1, 150. 4 
p?in  57.  2.  (5) 


Dp^n  153. 1 
Di2?;5inoo.  3.  a,  127. 2 
in^n  57.  2.  (2) 
isn'i'nin  104.  k 
noin  G6.  1  (2)  b 
D\-iinoin  151.  3 
a^oin  57.  2  (5) 
'^n-'Trin  gi.  g.  a 
ytcin  12G.  1 
m»nn  150. 1 
ninn-Tn  24.  b 

b'^TH  160.  1 

n^bi-Tn  141.  3 

ISTH  54.  2,  4.  rt,  82.  5.  a 
DD^D-Tn  91.  J,  106.  a 

n-'STn  175. 1 
-p?Tn  119.  1 
DD^ninjn  173.  2 
^Kann  i67.  2 
nnssnn  166. 1 
n^nn  ig5.  1 
ynr\  g3.  1.  a,  229.  4 
"inbnnn  53.  2. 6,  63. 
1.  o,  95.  6 

Q''P'innG3. 1.0,229.4 
''P^nO  (inf.)  112.  3 

''p^IPTO  112.  3 
'•npfnni  112.  3 
inprnn"}  112.  3 
iprin  1G4.  2 
■^isrin  164.  2 

inn  229.  3.  a 

on'^nn  111. 3.  b 

DDnn  63.  1.  a,   229.  4 


n^pnn  229.  4.  a 
bnn  140.  5 
bnn  140.  4 
ibnn  140.  4 
■ibrin  175.  1 
in'bnn  i4i.  2 
n''2rinn  229.  3.  a 
'\'':i.'nr\  246.  2.  a 
nnnn  119. 1 
nnnn  119. 1 
■'npnnri  eo.  3. 6  (1) 
'•r'^'^nni  60.  3.  b  (1) 
•'nicnnn^  112.  3 
brnn  95.  c 
rinnn  i4i.  2 
innnn^  sg.  b  (2  m.), 

112.  3,  139.  3 

"jn  175.  4 
■'nhpn-i  161.  5 
ntan  175.  4 
"inan  82.  5 
^-inron  63. 1.  a,  121. 3 
niian  159.  2 
'»;b''pn  160.  2 
in-'isn  175. 1 

nN13Dn  96.  a,  166.  5 
in  53.  2.  a,  184.  b 

N^n  71.  rt  (3) 
Driynin  230.  2.  a 
n^n  11.  I.  a 
n'«n5o.  1, 77.  3, 112.  5, 

a,   152.  2.  a,   156.  1, 
177.  1,  258.  2 
n^n  86.  b  (3  pL) 


INDEX    III. 


355 


n^n^hnp.)  112. 1,177.1 
n:n  (inf.)  177.  1 
n']ri'\  61.  1.  a,  234.  b 
Vn^  61.  1.  a,  234.  b 
lin,.)  46 
n)vn  245.  5.  b 
DPn  245.  3.  b 

nvn  112.  1, 177.  1 

nt?^n  235.  3  (2) 

a-'p-'n  145.  2 
ai:'';'n  230,  2.  b 
ni-^riT,  ni;'ni  le.  1 
On"i>-J   60.    3.   b  (1), 
112.  1 

Dn^HT   112.  2,  234.  b 

^■'n  51.  2 

bs^n   189.    b,     197.   6, 

200.  c,  210.  c,   216. 

1.6 

''3*'b->n  151.  1 
b^b^n  57.  2  (5) 
bb-in  186.  2 
Tia^n  11. 1.  & 
•'DTOa^n  150.  1 

NS^'n  150.  1 

nVs'^n  65.  6 

1l'l'}^r\  246.  1.  a 
ITT^'n  150.  1 

n^n  172. 1 

^ri^'n  246.  3.  a 
^n  98.  2,  175.  4 
15Dn  94.  6 
Oasn  96.  a 

nan  175.  4 


"jisn  159.  2 
b^DH  (ny)  160.  4 
b^Dn  (b'Dsn)  111.  2.  c 
iron  160.  2 

^2^Dn  160.  2 

isirsn  160.  2 
nirDH  160.  2 

"I32n  246.  1.  a 
TObDH  95.  a 

D^sisbDn  94.  a 

^3Dn  160.  2 
nn^yasn  24.  6,  230. 

2.  a 
"IDH  112.  5.  a 
-■ I3n  94.  b 
bansn  246.  1.  a 

riphsn  24.  6 
nscbn  172. 1, 175. 1 

•jnbn  24.  b,  230.  2.  a 
pnbn  246.  1.  a 
mbn  94,  b 

rribn  150.  5 
ibn  139.  2 
nri^ibn  44.  « 
Tbn  58.  1, 73.  2 
nrbn  58.  1,  73.  2 
^Tbn  58. 1,  73.  2 
onbn  119,  1 
Dnbn  91.  b 
Tbh  150.  2 
nb^bn  245. 3.  b 
•ybn  84.  3,  a  (3),  112, 

5,c,  115,  151.  1,179. 
2.  a 


^"bn  151. 1 
^Dbn  151.  1 
s^Dbn  86.  b  (3  pi.) 
n:DbnT  100.  2,  «  (1) 
nDbn^  100.  2.  a  (1) 
nsbn  205 
bbn  137, 141.  4 
bbn  137 

ibbn  20.  2,  45.  2 
n^bbn  139. 1 
Dbn  111.  1 

ttin  4,  a 

on,  ri•|^r^  ei.  6 

■jta  197,  b 

biisn  159.  2,  bis 
^biian  159.  2 
n^Kniisr;  177.  3 
•j^^n  150,  2 
nw  160,  4 
I'^ri'irnn  i4.  a 
^n^rn  160. 2 
^nsrn  246.  2.  6 

f^DIlt^  140.  6,  141.  1 

rhiin  126. 1 
nbisn  80. 2. 6 
nnbtin  127. 1 
?fb)2n  95,  a 

niDbtt-En  246.  3.  a 
m|Di:n  246.  1.  a 
C/GH  140,  4 
^iDlsn  140.  5 
TOttn  62,  2,  175.  1 
:l3?T2r|  119.  1 

"^pnisyttn  104.  c,  246.2.6 


356 


INDEX  III. 


jn  240.  2.  b 

KiBn  iGG.  n 
Tjn^sian  ig5.  3 

HDiTSn  246.  1.  a 

"ran  i4o.  5 
nisn  140.  5 
oninian  24.  b 
biDpn  45.  2,  230,  2 
btD^n  94. 6 
n)2n  iGo.  4 
^inwn,  ^in^an  igo.  5 
■inTan  igo.  2 

DI^TSn  IGO.  2 
•jn  (pron.)  Tl.  a  (3) 
•jn  (adv.)  23G 
1X32n.54.   2 

insnrn  igg.  2 
■inxasn  131.  6 

^'iSn  91.  J,  131.  5 

nan  23G,  240.  2 

nsn  (pron.)  Tl.  rt  (3) 
nsn  (adv.)  235.  3  (4) 
i:n3n  131.  1 

"injn  24G.  1.  a 

nn:n  iso.  6 

bn:n  94.  & 

•iniansn  G3.  1.  a,  121. 

3,  131.  6 

nnpn  isi.  1 

innsn  igo.  2 

r!^?r},  n-«2r.  83.  c  (1), 

IGO.  1 

nn-isn  igo.  5 
inin^:n  leo.  2 


D2B^:n  100.  4 
^p^:n  150.  2 

^SSTSSn  245.  5.  6 

r.s:n  igo.  4 
PB:n  iGO.  2 

^IIDH  141.  1 

npsn  173.  2 
tj^p:n  131.  2 
■|ri:n  91.  6,  131.  5 
''r'^^'iT}  131.  2 

en  240.  1 

sen  140.  5 

acne  1.4,  135.3,140.5 
^SCn  01.  4.  a,  140.  5 

■^acn  01.  4 
nincn  ci.  5,  i3g.  2 
D''"i^Dn  (D'^n^oNn)  53. 

2.  a,  111.  2.  c 

nnipn  loo.  2 
^"n^cn  100.  4  . 
ri'iDn,  n'lpn  igo.  1 
•jcn  140.  5 
•jscn  94.  b 
-1|cn  94.  rf 
bancn  82.  5 
bbinpn  141.  5 
^ntsn  91. 6 
nn2?n  C3.  3.  b  (2) 
^n'^n'insn  112.  3 
?l''n^n?n'i  112.  3 
n-^n^n  (inf.  abs.)  94.  b 
p'insjn  112.  2 
nnnyn  igo.  2 
nT3?n  141. 1 


riT:fn  100.2 
•iriT^n  60. 3.  c 
'■'nn-'^n  44.  b 
"Jl^yn,  -Ji'rn  229.  3 
^niTyn  loo.  2 

byn  (v.)  175.  4 

nbj;n,  nbyn  112.  2 
nb^h  00.3. 6(2),  112.  2 
nbyn  63. 1.  a 
n^byn  245.  5.  b 

^^^•'^^O  104.   I 

iribyn  173.  2 

Dl^n  63.  2.  J,  229.  4.  6 
T)2yn  60.  3.  6  (2) 
T13?n  94.  6 

iT^yni  112.  3 
nnsyn  104.  e 
^■•ns^nn  112.  3 

D'^niyn  229.  4 

'nsnyn  246.  2.  a 
inioyn  173.  2' 
initoyn  113. 1 
ri3?n  18.  2.  c 
rii:\En  i87.  2. « 
n'^2n  175.  1 
n'lsn  175.  4 
nsn  140.  5 
nsn  80. 2.  b 
■^nis-^sni  160.  2 
n''2n  140.  5 
i\tr\  112.  5.  6 

•^pSh  61.  6 
5jEDSn  188 

xbsn  166.  3 


INDEX   III. 


357 


S<bsn  165.  2 
^i&n  95.  d 
D?Sn  245.  3.  6 
np?Bn  (inf.  abs.)  91.  6 
IpSn  93.  a,  95.  a 

nen  229.  4. 6 
-isn  140.  5 

nan  65.  a,  140.  5 
ISn  140.  5 

TOn  119.  1 
•^n^nsni  100.  2.  a  (1) 

DDISn  141.  3 

Dnsn  141.  3 
nrinsn  i4i.  2 
nnsn  126.  1 
p'ipsn  82.  5 
n^mn  80.  2. 6 

I5n?t2^n  161.  1 

'n^issn  161.  1 

AT  -   :     • 

r^'isin  145.  2 
np^n  160.  2 
nb^n  189.  h 

v!ilX\  126.  1 
nr\^2n  86.  h  (2  m.) 

iDiBirn  24.  6 

nsn  140.  5 

n^n  140.  5 

iri'-i2?ni  100.  2.  a  (1), 

141.  2 
ni5|5n  229.  4.  6 
inispn  160.  2 
TDi'npn  94.  6 
mpn  94. 6 

D-^Cnpn  229.  4.  6 


bnj^n  119. 1 
-bnpn  119. 1 
Tupn  94. 6 

D"'pn  160.  4 
D^pn  160.  4 

D"^pn  57.  2  (5),  59, 

153.  1 

tW^r\.  66.  2  (2)  c 
bpn  140.  5 
bjpn  140.  5 
Dpn  160.  4 

Dj?\',  Dpr^  160.  5 
'iSbpn  66.  2  (2)  c 

inbpn  104.  y 
niapn  94.  h,  175.  2 
snjpn  119. 1 
nD^opn  98. 1 

in  207.  2.  a 

ns-in,  nxnn  114, 

T   :     ■    '  T   :    V  ' 

175.  1 

nknn  173.  2 
ni^nn  173.  2 

?l^ri*^s«inn  175. 
din'ix'nr;  24.  h 
nnn,  nsnn  175.  4 
na-in  175.  2 
nsi'in,  nann  175,  2, 

235.  3  (2) 

in^anni  100.  2.  «  (1) 
in^anni  100. 2.  «  (1) 

T^a-in  (inf.)  94.  6,  114 
Typ.   (inf.)  114 

insi^'nn  24. 6 


nnn  63.  1.  a,  219.  1.  i 

T  r 

inn  172.  2 

T 

i"in  92.  6,  174.  1,  3 

tfiiin  53.  3.  a 
■nnnn  119.  1 

v^n^^  PD'^n  119-1 

^nn  199.  c 
ni'^nn  209. 1.  a 
c^nn  59 
niis'^'in  160.  2 
'^^inn  160.  4 

DD^'i'^n  160.  4 

^yinn  160.  2 
Dni5?i':^n  160.  2 
sn'^nni  16. 1 
•jnn  140.  5 
r^as^n  114 
^nnn  140.  4 
D^'ann  (o^'Enxri)  53 

2.  a 

rib'^.n  160.  2 

T        "    *: 

cnn  111.  1 
5?^n,  nn  140.  5 
5>'nn  140.  5 
^^^nn  160.  2 

f^^S'-nn  24.  6 

cnnn  160.  2 

fl'in  66.   1  (1),    98.  % 
175.  4 

ns-in  175.  4 
nsi'in  165. 1 
mnn  172. 1 
I'lnn  221.  6.  h 
"'nnn  221.  6.  h 


358 


INDEX    III. 


D^nnn  2o7.  2.  a 
uyys  221. 6. 6 

•jaiSn  24G.   1.  a 

■^biTaiDn  180.  a 
T\T\inr\  82.  5 
XTSn  16G.  3 

^n-^nbiiion  119.  2 
tmrn  65.  a 
mrn  leo.  4 
nsn^ainn  104.  k 

irOTDH  86.  b  (2.  ni.) 

■^nhiDnn  100.  2.  a  (1) 
D^nmum  10.  « 
mrn  ho.  5 
n-iurn  leo.  4 
in-^on  60.  3.  6  (2) 
in'itpn  60.  3. 6  (2) 
•'nia-'tDni  33.  4 
!?;3''Trn  101.  3.  a 
nnh"'cn  160.  2 
asTJJn  94.  6 
nsinn  95.  a 

r^2'2t7\  95.  a,  rf 
DSirn,  CSTDH  94.  & 
S-ibTTn  80.  2.  6 
tf'ibBn  94.  h 

^a^boni  100.  2.  a  (2) 

•jb©n  (inf.)  94.  i 
•jbinn  (imp.)  94.  (? 
•jbon  95.  a 
riDbcn  95.  a 
npI^Dbcn  86.  h  (2  pi.) 

nttbon  95.  a 


'TOCn  94.  b 

TCitr)  (inf.  abs.)  91.  b 

Ti'ipOn  (inf )  94.  i 

^nT2TEn  104.  6 
nr)icn  ho.  6 
nztry  ho.  5 
ni2trn  ho.  5 

^n-initton  hi.  3 

D^Cn  139.  3 

Tiffin  126.  1 

n?3^T»n  128,  189.  b 

hv  viydn  35. 1 

"l^©n  64.  1,  91.  6 
npTSn  245.  3.  b 

ntey  D^2©n  2 51.*  4.  « 
yen  (yy)  140.  5 
yen  (rfe)  35.  2,  i75.  4 
rrisirn  (ni'scsn)  53. 

2.  J,  62.  1 
b^BCn  (inf.  abs.)  94.  b 
•jBen  91.  & 
njpUJn  50.  1,  179.  2.  o 

r)pTrn  94.  rf 
narien  126. 1 
■jDinen  141.  5 
nwncn  les.  « 
rriinntn  i76.  2 
•"n^inncn  ive.  1 

T"'!l'^I?Cn  1  '3'6.  2 
^''DrinTtni  100.2.  «(1) 

nn'i'innttn  i76.  2 
ninncn  ive.  1 
rr'sncn  i76. 2 
lyoynicn  hi.  g 


?jEnrn  82.  5 
■'n'^^xr.n  i76.  2 
•rjsnn  126.  2 
irarn  15  a  4 
'lyj^arn  126.  1 
"•pb-^arnn  96.  b 
nbsnn  126.  1 
^t:5;ann  96.  a 
nann  ne.  4 
r.i"i.nnn  i76.  2 
?j>nnn  96.  b 
-?jbnnn  96.  i 
''PD^nrnn  100.  2.a(i) 
bbnnn  137 

n'innn  150.  3  (p.  I82) 
yi^.nn  150.  3  (p.  182) 
?y^nn  i87.  2. « 
nsinn  150.  3  (p.  182) 
rh?inn  246. 3.  a 

5  Trn  65.  a 

bbinr.n  161.  2 
pTnnn  96.  b 
bnnn  i76.  4 
"in:nn  80.  2.  b 
wn  111.  2.  f,  172. 1 
'lirn^nn  60. 3.  a 
Ti^Tin  HI.  3 
2s^rn  50. 1,  179.  2.  o 
'lasnn  96.  b 
brn  115 
D^bnn  142.  3 
Dnn  140.  5 
n'lbnn  141.  5 
rran^nn  i4i.  6 


INDEX   III. 


359 


nisnn  i4o.  5 
nann  s2.  5 
n^niann  141.  5 
niapnn  les.  3. 
n'lspnn  les.  3 
bbiynn  ui.  5 
b>?nn  141.  5 
rriaynn  i76.  2 

T     •  -    :    * 

nwn  119.  1 
fc^snn  96.  h 
?i^)?Qnri  59.  o,  96.  a 

'I'lpsnn  96.  a 

';   IT    ;     T 

ttj^pnn  96.  6 
"o^i?i;if?  96. 6 

iTS^i?nn  96.  h 
incnpnnn  96.  h 
Drn»^j?nn  61.  4.  «, 

96.  6 

^I?^I?tin  137 
n^pnn  96. 6 
•jsiinn  141.  5 
irisnnnn  121. 1 
riis'nnn  i76.  2 
nits'jiujnn  54.  4.  «, 

82.  5.  a 

n^icnn  45. 2, 230. 2, 
nnn  ui.  3  (p.  175) 

I  100.  1,  234,  287 

•n  99. 1 

II  56.  2 

T 

in  56. 2 

T  T 

nbl  56.  2 
I'si  56.  2 


nST  183.  b,  197.  c 
laiJT  216.  1.  6 
nXT  11.  1.  a 
T\)ki  39.  4.  a 

nar  50. 1 

-r 

nnr  200.  c 
iniT  125.  2 
iia-innt  220.  2.  c 
^:nnn  100. 2.  «  (1) 

■J^bnr  193.  2.  a 
IT  186.  2.  c 

nr  73.  1,  235.  3  (4), 

249.  2.  a 
t-si  39.  4.  a 
nT,-1T  11.  1.  h 

n'T,  it  73. 1 

any  50. 1, 51. 3, 201. 1 

ann  16.  3.  b,  61. 1.0, 

234.  a 

^T  73.  1 
IT  53.  3.  a 
I^bija  ^T  22.  b 
ni'^IT  209.  2.  a 

"  T 

ni'lT  210.  a 

nb^T  237. 1 

a  ''rib^T  61.  6.  « 
nsiT  14.  o,  93.  6 
nn^T  156.  4,  196.  d 
•jiTT  193.  2.  a 
n^2iTT  210.  c 
n^T  208.  3.  c 
13T  141.  1 
11DT  90.  pass. 
nnDT  98.  1 


•jinDT  25 

p-lST  200.  c,  210,  210. 

b,  217 
•^^DT  106.  b 
''n'lST  86.  b  (2  f.) 

ns^bT  210.  e 
nnittT  200.  6 

l-'ttT  185.  2.  a 

"^nis)?!  139. 1 

I^T  207.  2.  6 
nn^T  92.  d 
Tm  196.  6 
^Tml  139.  2 

roDn'DT  220. 1.  b 

"jT  207.  2.  a 

a;T  200.  a 

n^DT  200.  6 

V.1  51.  1 

D?T  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.2 

nWT  119.  3 

is^T  119.  3 

p?T  51.  1 

p^T  119.  1 

^p?T  60.  1.  a,  119.  4 

yVI  119.  4 

tJp?T  119.  3 

IpT  197.  b 

IpT  (v.)  79.  2,  82.  1.  a 

•jpT  (adj.)  90,  215.  1 
Di2j?T  201.  1.  b 
ppT  141.  1  (p.  175) 
iinT  190.  (^ 


3G0 


INDEX    III. 


r\r,  r\j  ise.  2 

yi-iT  183.   c,   197.   a, 

200.  c 
Tnt  187.  1.  e 

^ittni  92.  6 

ynr  60.  3.  c,  216.  1.  e 
ynT  216.  1.  c 
pnr  80.  2.  a  (3) 

Knn  112. 5.  a 

iscan  167.  1 

nnian,  nnnn  60.  2.  a 

ttan  112. 5.  a 

''nn  172. 3 

ban  50. 1, 112.  5.  b 

ban  186.  2.  a 

''ban  61. 1 
^nban  104.  i 
pan  187. 2 
nan  112.  5.  a 
ni-ianan  188 
tjan'84. 3.  a  (3),  112. 

5.  b 
an  186. 2.  c 
«an  11. 1.  a 

K5n  196,  d 

^n  112.  5.  a 

T!  53.  2.  5,  223.  1.  a 
^n)  100.  2.  a  (2) 
bnn  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
'ib'in  24.  c 
'Tin  216.  1.  e 
©•in  208.  3.  6 


D'^Cnn  60.  3.  b  (2) 

s^Tin  199.  c 
nin  207.  1./ 
ns^n  14.  a 
b^,n  158.  2 
bbin  161.  4 
bbin  141.  4 
•jsin  141.  4 
yin  200.  a 

ip^n  59.  a,  141.  3 
•^jj^n  14.  a 

"i;)n  125. 3 
'»'^in  194.  2. 6 
'."ininigg.  c 

'C'l^in  186.  2.  a 

n©in  158.  2 
Dnin  186.  2 
nrn  200.  a 
•ji^-n  200.  a,  210.  b, 

216.  2.  6 
pin  84.  3.  a  (2),  110. 

2,  112.  5.6 
prn  185.  2.  6 
pm  185.  2.  6 
pTJl  92.  c 

^pm  61. 1 

'I'^.^PTJ^,  f^rPT^  57.  2 

(2)  5       '    ■  ■ 

nn  207. 2. 6 

Ktpn  183.  6,  208.  3 
Kan  165.  2 

n>«t2n  220.  1.  J 

nXCjn  198.  a  (3) 
•'X'jn  60.  3.C,  216.  1.  a 


D'li^'Jn   57.    2    (3)  o, 
164.  3 

nx::n  icc.  1 

ns^n  198.  a  (3),  205, 
217 

nxi2n  57. 2  (3)  a 
inxbn  166.  2 
orsbn  220. 2.  a 
at:n  50.  1, 112.  5.  a 
n^n  200.  b 
itsri  164.  2 

•J'^rsn  199.  a 
"^n  (v.)  177.  2 
''n  (n.)  215.  1.  d 

a.'^n  161. 1 

n'^n  50. 1, 112. 5.  a, 

152.  2.  a,  177.  2 

:n^n  177.  2 
n.':nn  234.  b 
n^^n  201. 1.  a 

l^m  234.  b 

!'^D"';;n  220. 2.  c 
n^^n  201. 1, 201. 1.  o 
t:n'<?ni  234.  6 
b'^n  158.  2 
b^n  208. 3.  c 
men  158.  2 
n^n  196.  b 
in;>n  61.  6,  218 

"^Sn  174.  3 
'lD''2n  172.  3 

•^nisni  100. 2.  a  (1) 
ib-'bpn  187.  2.  c 
n^bban  i98.  a  (4) 


INDEX  III. 


361 


D?n  80.  1,  84.  3.  a  (2), 

112   5.  a 
T&CSn  198.  a.  4 
lapn  216.  2 

bn  174.  5 
nbn  215. 1.  a 
■jnnbn  220.  2.  h 
nbn  80.  2.  a  (4),  112. 

5.  b 
n?n  80.  1 
nibn  200.  a 
■jibn  197.  5,  200.  c 

't'\':)n  194.  2.  6,  199.  c 

nbnbn  i87.  1.  e,  198. 

«(3) 

tibn  112.  5.  a 

■•bn  208.  3.  d 

''bii  65 

nb^bn  219.  1.  a,  240.  2 
D'lSDbn  209.  1.  a 
robn  209.  1.  a 

bbn  141.  4 
nbn  112. 5.  c 
tj-'inbri  195.  1 

5lbn  80.  2.  a  (1),  112. 
5.  c 

ybn  92.  (? 
pbn  112.  5.  6 
n^bn  51.  3 

ipbn  24.  6,  216.  2.  a 

P^prri  188 

nnpbn  104.  i 

ibhr)  84.  3.  a  (3) 

tJbn  187. 1 


ij'an  196.  d 

^12n  111.  1,  112.  5.  a 

TMin  (Hij^an)  53.  3.  & 
nian  i84. 6,  216.  1 
yittn  185.  2.  c 
"li^n  197.  c 
niTon  205.  c 
^'rmn  141.  2 

1T2JW  59.  a,  227.  1 
bian  112.  5.  a 

nb^n  87,  111.  3.  a 

D^ll  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

1  (p.  175),  179.  2.  a 
D)2r5  112.  5.  a 
yian  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
y^h  184 

im^n  106.  a.  111.  3.  a 
nrn  112.  5.  a 

^TiTa^^n,  ^n'a'i'an  6o. 

3.  h  (2) 

^nian^n  92.  «,  115 

TS^n  46 

C^n  205,  215.  1.  6 

im  227. 3 
msisn  223. 1 

iTE^n  59.  a,  227.  1 
0^12)1  250.  2  (2)  a 
lilStsn  250.  2  (2)  a 
'Tj'i'iS^ri  250.  2  (2)  a 

n^'i'ian  225. 1 
vritj'on  220. 2.  a 

"ifey  ntJ^n  224.  a 

rittn  214. 1. 6 


d:^!nbh  203.  5.  6 

■jn  186.  2.  c 

■ji:n  139.  2 

"j^sn  187. 1 

ni:n  139.  2 

ni«:n,  ni^:n  209. 3. « 

n^pn  199.  rf,  200.  c 

?i:n  112. 5.  a 

%f\  220.  1.  6 
Din  235.  2  (1) 

bttsn  195.  1 

■}:n  80.  1,  84.  3.  a  (3) 

■jin  141. 4 
rt3:n  139. 2 

^Sin  61.  5 

ODpSn  106.  fl,  139.  2 

'':;2n  ui.  i 

Pl^n  82.  1.  a  (2) 

psn  50. 1 

■^'iJ^n,  i^cn  216.  2.  a 

ncn  112.  5. 6 
n^cn,  'i^cn  i69.  i, 

T  AT     T    '  AT     T  ' 

172.  1 
ben  112.  5.  a 
DCn  112.  6.  a 
^Cn  82.  1.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
nsn  112.  5.  a 
tSn  112.  5.  a 
y-Sn  (v.)  82.  1.  a(l),  84. 

3.  a  (1),  112.  5.  a 
f^Bn  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 
jnSBn  86.  a 
i2Bn  216.  1.  6 


362 


INDEX    III. 


nCn  82.  1    a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
ntn  82.  \.a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 

nitpnBn  iss 

iODn   112.  5.  a 
TDBn  80.  1 
mOBn  198.  a  (4) 
iCJSn  209.  2 

rrirsn  loa  a  (4) 

nsn  50.  1,  82.  1.  a  (1), 
84.  3.  a  (1),  112.  5.  a 
''2ni99.  h 
■•Sn  65,  227.  3 

y^n  141. 1  (p.  175) 
nnssn  iss.  « 

nsn50.  3,  197.  6.  200.  c 
pn207.  2,  207.  2.a,215. 
1.  c,  217 

-pn  Gi.  5 
npn  217 

ipn  59.  a 

•»i?n  61.  5 

pph  141.  6 

ppn  141.  5 

•'Ppn  20.  2,  207.  2.  a 
"Ipn  50.  1,  112.  5.  a 

*'?nipn  104.  y 
ann  iis.  i 
nnn  197.  a 
innn,  innn  111.  3.  a 
nianr}.2iG.  2.  a 
nniann  220.  2. « 
■'ann  111.  3.  a 


ann  112.  5.  a 
bhnn  193.  2.  r 
inn  112.  5.  r,  118.  1 

Tin  185.  2.  6 

binn  207.  2.  d 
pnn  210.  rt 
nnnn  i87.  2.  b 
nbin  193.  2.  r,  207.  2.  c 
tj-'in  185.  2.  a 
TC^nn  195.  1 

nonn  ci.  6.  a 
cinn  118.  1 

niBin  22.  a,  216. 2,2. « 
ynn  118.  1 
asnn  207.  2.  c 
nnn  ui.  2  (p.  175) 

©nn  187.  1.  a,  210.  fl, 

216.  1.  a 
TCnn  50.  1,  80.  2.  a  (2), 

84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  1 
mn  187.  1.  6,  210.  c 
"iTCnn  216.  1.  a 

nnn  50. 1 

^B^irn  194.  2.  J,  199.  c 
1\m  112.  5.  6 

^m  112.  5. 6 

•^Bian  89  (f.  s.),  111.  3.a 

aicn  112.  5.  b 
■jimtn  200.  a 

HOT  112.  5.  c 
tjCn  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 
5.  b 

HDTlJn  200.  ft,  201.  1.  a 
D^DilJn  201.  I.  a 


b^On  53.  2.  a 

nb^irn  66.  2  (2)  b 

tin  139.  2,  207.  2.  a 

nnn  112.  5.  a 
nnnni87.  i.c,  207.2.0 
iT'rri  209.  2 
i\r\n  112.  5.  a 
bnn  112.  5.  a 

-     T 

otin  112. 5.  a 
^inn  112.  5.  a 
nnn  50. 1, 112.  5.  a 
rnn  112.  5.  c,  141. 1 

(p.  175) 

"iprnri  104.  y 
n''nst:Ni3  57.  2.  «  (2), 

161.  2 

nau  50. 1 
nat:  i87.  1.  a 

nyau  207.  1.  e  • 

ninu  185.  2.  6 
-nnu  215.  1.  c 

nn*J  50.  1,  82.  1.  a  (1) 

arj  186. 2.  c 

aitJ  (v.)  82.    1.   a  (3), 

156.  2,  179.  2.  a 
arj    (adj.)    186.    2.    c, 

235.  3  (3) 
niB'JTJ  57.  1,  187.  l.e 

ny,  ni:  i56.  2 

D'^Sbp  209.  1.  a 

nbpVj  187.  1.  c 

bbt3  141.  1  (p.  175) 
S^^  82.  1.  o  (1) 


INDEX    III. 


363 


nsjTst:  87,  166.  2 

DSS^'J  164.  4 

nST2I3  164.  1 

X^a  50.  1,  77.  2 

Ti$'0  131.  4 

?]t3  201.  1 

PjiS'J  139.  2 

nSt?  200.  a 

'''It:  185.  2.  c? 

D^nt]  263.  1.  6 

qnD  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  1 

•^Snu  216.  2.  a 

n3b5\  'ins-'  111.  2.  a 
nas;'  16.  2.  a 

^nns^l  105.  a 
isans;:  105.  a,  11 8.  3 
Tns\  ms'^i  111.- 2.  a 
'inirns''  60. 3.  b  (1) 
^y^ms"'  60.  3  6  (1) 
ytx;'  158.  2 

!:DS?">  57.  2  (2)  a,  60.  1.  a 
bDS'^l  99.  3.  a 
b^^'\  111.  2.  d,  175.  3 
y»S;^  111.  2.  a 

nts'',  nifls?''  126.  2 

l^aii^T  111.  2.  a 

in^JS'^T  46 

S>  niSS'^'l  24.  a 

CjlX;^  111.  2.  a 

p:X^  111.  2.  a 

!:|bS^  111.  2.  a,  112.  3 

qp»)?1,  C1DS::3  99.  3.  a 

^^ik^'y  151.  2 


^sp«^  112.  3 
•issdk:'  112. 3 

nbX^  D^IDS^  60.  1.  a 

niioi<:;i  104.  <7 

bSS'^l  111.  2.  6 
"iSiJ.'i  113.  1 
nS.-?  159.  3 
I^IX^  112.  3 

n^ni^x^  105.  e 

r«!'5  61.  2.  a,  172.  4 

^ns;?  159.  3 
^"inx;:  172. 1 
''D.":ny:^i  172.  3 
bin;!  60. 1.  a 
i?n^i  10.  a 

S«n^1  160.  3,  166.  4 

an;'  141. 1  (p.  175) 

''Sbi'^n:^  105.  a 
b^nt^l  66.  1  (2)  5 

in^i  164.  2 
iiin^  157.  3 
^n:2in;'  iss.  4 
ip^n;*  194.  1 
tjin'?  157.  3 
rnt'T  172.  4 

W  141.  1 

nun^  126. 1 
^-in^i,  x-^n^i  160.  3, 

•  T  -   '  ••  T  -  ' 

166.  4 

^Sin^i  26 

•   T  - 

^n::l  61.  4,  172.  4 

■jTOn;*  172. 1 

P^  158.  2 
■jn^  172.  4 


nsn^^  172.  4 
n^ypn''  125. 1 
^©]pn;>i  20.  2 
•inh;'  60.  4 
?jnn:>i  99.  3.  a 
^npna^'i  60.  3.  a 
nn^nn^?  104. 6 
inpnnn;'  105.  b 

tJn^  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (1), 
146,  147.  1 

m'!  147. 1 
m:<  148. 1 
^mrai:^  150. 2  (p.  182) 

men'?  148.  1 

na;\:'  60. 1 
-bin;\7  88 
n^a^^  60. 2 

IJi^"  140.  1 

Tina;:  104.  a 

n^^l   150.  2  (p.  182) 
biat  158.  2 
t^^l   140.  1 

■j^bi^;!  158.  2 
''^''i;'  216. 1.  i 

b^\  bS''  158.  2 
b.^^1  C^J?)   158.  2 
b^l'l   (3!'>)  140.  5 
b^f  172.  4 
b^^l  99.  3.  a 
bS'>'1   99.  3.  a 
bi^5  175.  3 
b^'^  140.  3 

nba''  57. 2  (5) 

S^^''  165.  2 


364 


INDEX    III. 


bm•^^  G5.  a 

'9- 
P^  140.  5 

y?;"  147. 1 

•^^^^  173"^  147.  4 
nW^""  60.  2 
na;>  (v.)   82.   1.  a  (3), 
179.  2.  a 

nh;'  (adj.)  90 

IJi^n  157.  3 

©n5''1  99.  3.  a 
D^Cnri  104.  5^ 

rny";  86.  a 

\"il97.«,215.1, 217,222 
«'1?^   172.  4 
pan;"  97.  2 

la'i^n  99.  3 

^'^1  139.  3 
^IT  148.  3 
I^D^  53.  3.  a,  150.  2 

(p.  182) 
^Tin:*   139.  3 
■jiT  157.  3,  158.  2 
nil;"  203.  5.  a 
'^'1'}  216.  1 
•''i;'  199.  c 

!in'>n;'  220.  2.  c 

Dn^i:'  220.  1.  6 
D^in;"  203.  5.  a 
'ji'1^  157.  3 

xsn;'  1G7.  7 

1X3'!''  54.  2 
riDT*  220.  1.  a 


DD'i;i  58.  2,  63.  2.  a, 

22.1.  1.  a 
DD'i;'  220.  2.  6 
-^•1   140,  3 

ni;'  140. 1 
^m;'  141. 1 

2?i;'  80.  2.  a  (4),  147.  2 
SJ'irn  147.  5 
1^7;;  55.  2.  a,   86.  6 
(3  pi.) 

^sy'i;'  00. 3.  a 

^12?'l''  00.  3.  a 
Ur.Vl'}  127.  2 
n^^l^  86.  6  (1  c.) 
T^T^'JT  8G.  />  (2  111.) 

Vr^T  104.  y 

Dnyn;'  60.  3.  a 
p'l^l   140.  5 
Tl^Ti  46 
^Dn^DI  94.  c 

nai&'i;'G3.i.  f,97.i.o,ft 

nn^i  179.  2.  a 

nan;;  eo.  3. « 
q^n;?  111.  1 
i2B"nn;;  105.  (f 
ij^n;"  177. 1 
mn'^  197.  fZ 
niin''  150. 2 

I'l^n''  194.  2.  a 

in->'7^n:'  235.  3  (3) 
mni  47 
nin-^-i  234.  c 
D'^p^in"'  195.  3 


?"'©in;<  150.  2 
•'n;'  57. 2  (4),  177. 1 
'^n-'  177. 1 

TJ^T  45.  2,  61.   1.  a, 
177.  1 

nin*"  11. 1.  a 

n^n;'  19.  1,  go.  3.  a, 

112.  2,  177.  1 

r.i!3D3  ^n^'i  22. 6 
^b-'bin^  150.  2 
bn;"  140.  5 

^D!"  (-rji?!')   53.   3.  a, 
111.  2.  c 

tf'bn;:  151. 1 
n^bbro  105.  e 

a'bn^  (n.)  190.  a 

'i:72':n:^  111.  1    . 
nn^n  i4o.  1 
nh."!  140.  3 
cn::i  80. 2.  b 
cinn;'  111.  1 
?,D-in^  ?,cnn^  111. 1 
Ticnn;;  111.  1 
brin*"  142.  3 
^bhn"'  142.  3 

ISI"^  140.  6 
Nail  1G7.  2 

i»ni"'  167.  2 
bai-'  197.  6 

''Piy'li''  92.  b 
pHv^  140.  6 

nni'^i  111.  2.  f? 
ibaii  57.  2.  (2)  «,  111. 
2.6 


INDEX   III. 


365 


i^V  93.  b 

Trhr>  207.  1.  a 

ni^  200.  C-,  d,  207.  1./ 

n'^)2V  203.  3 

Dtti'^  235.  2  (1) 

^1^  215.  1.  b 

nsii  197.  c,  200.  b 

pii""  217 

njjpi''  207. 1.  e,  217, 

221.  5 
SS^i  140.  6 

qpi'^  90 
^s'^yi"'  105. 6 

U?V  140.  6 

i52i''1,  X^i'^l  166.4 

nSi"'  186.  2.  a 

rnt'i^r^  (Di©J?^^)  59.  a, 

93.  e 
Ti":)  175.  3 

s^nii  150.  5 

aiCi'^l  99.  3.  o,  150.  3 
^^l""  140.  6 
''pS-'tpi''  105.  a 
■jlPTSii  105.  a 
BSOii  53.  3.  a 
tMOV  158.  4 
r^   175.  3 
T'^l,  T:i1  172.  4 
nr  140.  3 
^l^n  141.  1 

p2?ri  119. 1 

"iri  157.  3 
It'^n  172.  4 


bii^'lT?  57.  2  (3)  a 

unn':  113. 1 
?;-inn:'  9.3.  a 
tjnn;;'  eo.  3.  a,  65.  a 
©an;i  65. « 
^tjsn^  60.  3.  a 
in-;  (s-y)  140. 1 
^n;!  C's)  147.  2 
^n:t  (S'y)  140.  5 

W  109.  2,  172.  4 
I'ln;)  235.  3  (1) 

b^n;?  63. 1. 6 
^b'^n^  ^b^n;;"  63. 1.  b 

■J^b-in":  64.  2,  88  (m.  pi.) 

D'ln^,  Din;"  157.  3 

5^"i;i'^!?  156. 1 

n  172.  1 

i;:  61. 1 

ST^n":  63.  1.  b 
KOT'l   166.  4 
T''!'.  V^"]  l'^'^-  2 
'T',!?  65 

n^n;'  i77.  2 
^5^)^ri^  172.  3 
m»^n;i  97. 1 
'jn'^n;'  104.  (/,  141. 3 
^H^  ^t^r  140.  5 

^bn;i  141. 1 
^ibniT  (ibni'i)  24.  c 
pbri;!  60.  4.  o,  113. 1 
npbni  59.  a 
Opbn^i  113.  1 
ip\bni  60.  4.  a 


n'n'^  147.  2,  179.  2.  a 

nn;?  140. 1 
'iian^  60. 3.  i  (2) 
^i2ri;i  140. 1 
p-an;:  172. 1 
r^':)2'n^,  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
"iprTan;!  121. 2 
"in;",  "jn^n  140.  i 
V^  61.  2 

■jn^l  60.  1.  a,  172.  4 
•jn^  140.  6 

n:n;)  172.  4 
r.np,  60. 1.  a 
"jirn^^  99.  3.  a 
^?n^  61. 1, 141. 3 
■j?n;:  139. 3 
p^n^^  113. 1 

pen':  169.  1,  172.  1 

■jcn;;  113.  1 

STin^n  25 

TSH!) ,  TS'^v    65.  a 

^"isn^  ^nen;:  111. 1 
n2n^  fn^i  172.  4 
npn;"  141. 1 
nn^  147. 1 
nn^^  175.  3 
Th;:  140.  3 
nn'>  172.  4 

^n^n  60.  1.  a 

r^y^;^_  172.  4 
?inn^  119. 1 
qnn^i  99.  3.  a 
riTUn;:  111.  1 
•yrniji  99.  3 


3C6 


INDEX   III. 


nn.-^  CiB)  131. 1 
nn:  (y'r)  ito.  i 
nnn-i,  npn;^  24.  c 
I3?n  175.  3 
13;:  172.  4 

a::;'  150.  1,  i79.  2.  a 
:bB"',  :b'j'«  I60.  5 
fcfE'j;*  o4.  2,  OC.fl,  IGG.5 

5]ht:\  qjj;'  05.  a 

tD?"'^  144.  2 
JJPT!*  147.  2 
bn««T   149.  1 
1^17  147.  4 

ai2i?in  147.  5 

ai2^):i   150.  3 
n'^'J^:^  145.  2,  150.  2 
n"^!?:^^  150.  2 

^''b;:^  150.  2 

Sl-i^l  172.  4 
IS'^i^n  147.  4,  5 
^P^;!  63.  2.  f,  147.  4 

"ir?i  np."^  147.  4 

On^^^l  147.  5 
Otei'il  147.  5 
flT©:*^  150.  1 
'jTBi'^n  147.  6 

nc"'?  147.  4 

Q-I©i^^  150.  2  (p.  182) 

1\'^^  175.  3 
'i:;73d;'  105.  b 
•jis;!  159.  3 

h^I^p;!  13.  a 

^123137  61.3, 105.6,101.3 


tjn?;'  119. 1 
r^'2'^  100.  3 

rj'1"'2^n   105.  a 

rjr^'2^  105.  a 

AT       •   - 

bb;"  80.  2.  a  (3),  82.  1. 
«  (3) 

bD;'1  174.  4 
n^D"?  165.  3 
lbD;>  86.  a 
l^ibp^  172.  1 

nbb"<  148. 1 

nbp^n  86.  a,  100.  2 
"irbb^  86.  a 
I'^nbD^  86.  a,  104.  h 
y3pi:l  126.  1 
CD^'n   174.  4 
1tt^DD;>61.  6,   104./, 
172.  1 

iia'^cp:'  172.  3 
cyp^:)  119.  1 

nnp^l   172.  4 
ns^D-ip;^  180.  a 

nnp^  119.  1 
■j^n-i3:«  91.  6 

iblTUr  88 

n?;;'  140.  6 

"iTO^,  ninp;'  88,  101 

2.  6 

ans^n  99. 3.  a 
l^ans;'  88  (m.  pi.) 

^np^  140.  5,  141.  1 

nab;'  139. 3 

Dtabi  105.  a 


•'stfab;'  105.  c? 

"lb;!  56.  2,  80.  2.  a  (4), 
147.  2 

'j'l'ib;;  64.  2 
n^nb;)  22.  a 

'''lb''  210.  2.  a 
n'lb'"'  90  (2  f.) 

^nib;«  104.  i 
rirnb"',  tTin^bi  104.  i 
i:r\7b;«  104.  ^ 
''pn'ib^  104.  A-,  150.  1 

(p.  182) 
'^V\Y  159.  3 

onb^  119. 1 

nnb'^i  99.  3.  a,  119. 1 

rb:  160. 1 

r^?,  r^?  160. 1 
^^:?  151- 1 

^b)^1  65.  a 

"ipb:«  91.  ft 

'lab^l  99.  3.  a 

ii'isb;'  105.  c 

bb;>  139.  3,  150.  1 

bb;«  183.  b 

nbbi^  57.  2  (3)  a,  234.  c 

•jb^n   158.  2 
t2^pb^  192.  1 
']rdyh^  ^S.  (m.  pi.) 
D;i  207.  2,  215.  1.  a 
CStl^T   119.  1 
^DSia''  139.  3 
W1   140.  1 
"H?:*  140.  3 
^Titt^T  99.  3.  a 


INDEX    III. 


367 


i:iB'?  159.  3 

bin;*  159.  3 

HBi  GO.  1.  a 

nia^i  173.  3 

«in  i)3:<  220.  1.  a 
^ly)  53.  3.  a 

n^a^'o;'  219. 1.  a 

ytl^^   197.  6,  199.  a 
'jW^'a:'   160.  3 

on^'a':'  160.  3 

?yi2^  140.  3 

\iy^\  157.  3 

T  T  - 

bi?:'  140. 1 

rbyy^^  165. 1 

^"b^?,  "^^^?  88 
^b^L'^T  99.  3.  a 

'iD'ba;'  88 
■j-a;*  150.  1 

Dli:'  140.  3 
b^tt:"  60.  1.  a 
ytt'^l   172.  4 

insfaa:)  60. 3.  c 
nsmpi  105.  c 

"Ts^Tfli  164.  5 
'13i«2a:'  105.  6 
i;2S?2^;>  105.  c 

nr^  150. 1 

n^::  135.  2,  140.  1 
Oa^  140.  5 

rib^  157.  3 
nb^'i  65, 157.  3 
n^^'i  157. 3 
ntt^i  160.  3 

yS2t  11.  1.  a 


7^55^  57.  2  (3)a(?), 
122.  2,  140.  5 

Pj^S^I   99.  3.  a 
riD''  147.  1 

r\y\ri  60. 2 

p:'  159. 3 

?i3;>  159.  3 

n:^i  157.  3 
nri  160.  3 

•litsr  131.  2 
''S^  164.  2 
•J"":""  159.  3 
inS"^p:>T   160.  3 
3??^^  157.  3 
W""!   160.  3 

I-,*  T  - 

p5^  147.  1,  150.  1 
-1)55^  131.  2 
nspr  131.  2 

ms:;'  131. 2 

i^ltor  57.  2  (3)  o,  86.  6 

(3  pi.),  164.  3 
ab;"  61.  3,  64.  2,  135.  2, 

140.  1 
SD^I  64.  1,  99.  3.  a 
n©::  140.  5 
nb^i  135.  2,  140.  1 
^Sb^  136.  1 
'iSO:'  61.  3 
^naO^  141.  3 
•ipaD^  61.  5,  141.  3 
ib-Tao:!  13.  a 
1b^  148.  1 
'''70^  148.  1 
I^D;"  (n.)  192.  1 


^p;>  147. 1 

^S;*  140.  6 

n^Do;<  157.  3 
n3?b;'  92. 6 

SlO;!  80.  2.  a  (3),  151.  2 
5lD^n   151.  2 
^BD^I  99.  3 
nO^i  147.  3 

nb^  92.  c? 

"ID'^I  60.  1.  a 

-T  - 

nn©:)  92.  (/ 

i3nD;<  104.  a 
■'3")©"?  104.  a 

''.ninn?^  56.  i,  105.  h 
^npa?:'  105.  c 

^S^in?^  56.  1 
^T)  56.  2,  147.  1 
"rp'l  161.  1 
"H>  159.  3 
isniy;"  105.  6 
Ti?"!   140.  1 

T 

-3T?^  64.  1 
^-ITJ;:  105.  6 

i2?::t  (<y)  157. 3 
id:?:::'  (rib)  172. 4 

Uy^T  157.  3 

^?!':!,  '^T^.  (k.)  172.4 

^?'':5,n^?rMHi.)l75.  3 
nb?^  207.  1.  a 
'iby^l  45.  3 
12?b?^  161.  2 
'lb?:   60.  3.  h  (1) 
•l^y^   60.  3.  h  (2) 


3G8 


INDEX   III. 


rVZ'lP'^,   109.  3.  a 

^nb?^  112. 4 
nsnb?:)  88  (2  f.  pi.) 

•J?:?     190.    b,  237.    1, 
2G7.  b 

nri(5  yj"^  239. 2.  (2) 
1??T,  n;?^n  172.  4 
n:?^  207.  1.  a 
riD^:?^  104.  b 
nw;"  142.  2,  iGi.  2 

5]?;'  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (2), 

147.  1 
q5?;i  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 
q?^^T  157.  3 
Sl^^T  157.  3 
yr  77.  2,  147.  1,  179. 

2.  a 
HD'I^?;!  104.  6 

aipyi  11. 1.  i 
n?:«  200.  c 

to??T,  ™3>^1  172.  4 

lanry;:  104.  A 
ns;"  147.  1 

nSM85.2.c?,  209. 1,210 

n^B-nsr43.  5,  iss 
ns^  (v.)  iGo.  3 

ns^  (adj.)  215.  1.  b 
riip^S^  92.  a 

bb'j  101.  2.  6 

nJE;*  12G.  1 
)'S^'\  172.  4 
T???  IGO.  3 
'';iB2B;'lGl.  2 
f3?b^  161.  2 


"lET'  "'^r!?   140.  5 
nS^n   175.  3 

x^ns;;  177.  3 

t2CS7  G5.  a 
1i:tDD?  G5.  a 
PB:*  175.3 
PB^'I  1 72.  4 

nns;!  192. 1 

■>tlB|i  221.  2.  6 
^{2;'  147.  2 
XS'^^  147.  5 
XS''  164.  3 

riiis'''  164.  2 
as''  150,  4 

-  T 

a^""  145.  3,  150.  5 

nnsi  192. 1 

IS^in  66.  1  (1),  174.  4 

nms;'  156. 1 

DiS^I  157.  3 

pr}:i^  192. 1 
pn^i  120.  2 

?''2J^  145.  2 
r^;"  158.  2 
»?;•  150.  4 
ys;!  150.  5 
S^r  1^2.  4 
»?;'!!   25 
p?;"  150.  4 
pS^  148.  3 
p2r:<   144.  2,  147.  4 

ps:::i  147. 4 

»!p2£;i  148.  3 
n?^  50.  3,  84.  3.  a  (3), 
147.  2 


-ns;!  (5y)  i4o.  s 

nS^  140.  1 
nS'^n   147.  5 
^ll'}  147.  4 

^nins":  105.  i 

riS;>  147.  3,  150.  4 

n^;*  144. 2 

^nsi:'  24.  c,  149.  1 
''n^;>  164.  2 
«p^n  166.  4 
133p")   105.  c? 

'piap^'T  99.  3 
Tji^ap;'  104.  k 
nn;^':i  99.  3. « 

"Ip.""   144.  2,  147.  4 
"Ip^  140.  1 
np"'  141.  1 
Dr'^p:'  22.  a 

-np:,  ^^np^  119. 1 

br.p^i  119. 1 
nnp^i  24.  b 

aip'}  190.  6,  192.  1 
D^p^i  153.  2 
)^^^p'^   157.  3 

D^ip;'  161. 1 
tjip^  ,  i&ip;i  185.  2.  c 
np;'  54.  2,  132.  2 
np;i  132.  2 
bbp:'  51.  3 

D'^p^  153.  1 

O^P^"  161.  1 

bp."^  64.  2 

Dp^  DpJ"   157.  3 

Dp^l  99.  3.  a,  157.  3 


INDEX    III. 


369 


Dp^l  99.  3.  a,  160.  3 

'J]?'i1  172.  4 

3>J?^  147.  2,  179.  2.  a 

yj?;^  179.  2.  a 

yp^l  157.  3 

T)5?  147.  4 

•JISSJ?:*  88  (m.  pi.) 

'J^nsp:'  64.  2,  88  (m.  pi.) 

"Ij?.'?  147.  4 

IjPI'l  172.  4 

nj??1  173.  3 

'i32X"lp"i  105.  c 

nnp-«  177.  3 

nrnpi  97. 1. « 
^^p;'  24. 6 

tjp^  82.  1.  a  (3) 

^rpf^  1^2.  4 
rnijp::^  99. 3 
■jwp;'  86. 5  (3  pi.) 
bsnp^  22.  a 
sn;'  148.  3 

^'i;!  148.  1 

Xn;'(v.)82.1.«(l),147.1 
«n^  (adj.)  215.  2.  c 
i^n^l   (k.)  60.  1.  a,  61. 

2.  a,  114,  172.  4 
i^n::^  (Hi.)  175.  3 
«ni  61.  2.  a,  172.  4 
5?n:^T  173.  3 

nsn;i  87,  i48. 1, 166. 2 
nxi;'  114 
nxn^i  172.  4 
i^-nxn:>  19.  1 
li?"!;"  164. 3 

24 


^X"!:"  19.  1,  147.  1 
^Sn'?  19.  1,  147.  1 
^Xnh  177.  3 

imsn;>  104.  h 

'ipSin;'  105.  a 

nsn^  164.  1 
a*i*i  158. 2 
nvi  (nni^Di)  111.  2, 
n'n;'  61.  2, 172.  4 

an^  63.  2.  a 

nn^i  175.5 
■j^^an;'  172. 1 

T^7.?  114 

^^^n'^i  114 

:  IT"  - 

^n;'  148.  3 
■nv  175.  3 

nn^  79.  1,   147.  2 
'in^^  140.  5 

"^-n^i  172.  4 
'in^i  147.  5 
D;in)^i  114 
ann;^  114 

5]^n:i  60.  2.  «,  114 
iS^n^i  105.  a 
^iB^n-^  105.  d 

'in-in^  86.  6  (2  f.) 
nn'i  147.  1 

T    T 

rni  148.  3 

xi"!;)  148. 1, 177.  3 

l^inn^  172.  1 

DTl^  19.  2.  a 
"Jin;!  140.  1 

iSBii;-  161.  4 

Ij'^^^  (Vb)  140.  1 


pl\''  185.  2.  5 

D?bTr^n;i,  Dbffi'i-i;'  47, 

203.  5.  c 

riin^'  148. 1 
"!??,  iT^?!!  160.  3 

''5t3n^  147.  3 
^tJD'^;'  88.  (3.  f.  pi.) 

c  a'ln;"  (n.)  190.  b,  192. 1 
n^'^;'  (v.)  153.  2 

lin'i  158.  2 

•  T 

^■n^  197.  «,  216.  1.  e 
^'].'?  140.  1 

nan^  198.  c,  207.  1.  a 
n^t:}^'}^  22.  a,  203.  5.  a 

itih.':  140. 3 
?*i;'  140. 1 

2>ni  140.  5 

S^n^-i  (yy)  140.  5 

S^n^^l  (13?)  160.  3 

yn':  (y'i?)  34 

:>n^  (nb)  34, 172.  4 

t;?n^  119. 1 

^5)11  161.  4 

AT       ; 

5inf5  172.  4 
pn^  179.  2.  a 
p'^^  185.  2 

pn;*  140.  1 

'jip'l.':  193.  2 

p'npn;'  188,  207.  2.  a 

ttj'n^  82.  1.  a  (2),  147.  1 

msn^  148. 3 

nnffi-i:'  150.  1  (p.  182) 

drnsn;>  6I.  4.  a,  150. 1 

(p.  182) 


370 


INDEX    III. 


^ZMaW'}  105.  c 
l^yO"}  88  (m.  pi.) 

Tl^air^  127.  2 

•^S^nr:  105.  a 
D1©;'  158.  2 

laiu"'  172.  4 


'^nno''  90  (2  f.) 
Q>ino^  141.  1 
nio;'  140.  1 

n^ilS?  82.  5.  a 

'jic;'  148.  1 
nn:?^©^  ci.  c.  a 


Uiy^'W^  105.  a,  158.  2  ^:S^T1J;<  157.  3 

Dte;"  147. 1  n©;>  140. 1 

nip;'  158.  2  HTB"!  140.  3 

Dtp^T  G4. 1, 158.  2  nrjno;'  ii8.  3 

•"bxnia':  194. 1  "^P?"^"!?;'  105»  c 

DWto;'  55. 1,  88  (m.pl.),  ^tS"!  164.  2 


ns^o^n  iGO.  3 

n^lS^   140.  5 

insr;'  88.  (m.  pi.) 

riDTB^  126.  1 
bc-i  172.  4 

141.  3 


158.  2 

ID'Oi^:'  47 

n3?niD;»  54.  4 

to;:  2:36,  258.  3.  b 
I'^bi^tf!-}  88  (m.  pi.) 
m»'^  146,  147.  2 

-  T  ' 

aiZJ:  66.  1  (2)  b,  153.  5,  1'^^«:'  172.  1 

157.  3  ■D^T?;'  92.  c 

-3;?;^  157.  3  QiZJ;'  140.  1 

ntd^l   153.  5,  157.  3  ^^i"^  60.  1.  a 

nO^-l  157.  3  ^S^^'QI^'?  57.  2  (3)  a 

3TC^,ntD^1  153.5, 160.3  it.";  147.  1 

no:  63.  2.  c,  84.  3.  b,  ».31»?  177.  3 


144.  2 

:nc::T  147. 5 
aici^i  99. 3.  a 

STB'*'?   172.  4 
^r,nTC:  105.  c 
•'niS''  61.  6.  a 
fnn«-'T  33.  4 


S301  177.  3 
15©:*  19.  1,  147.  1 
^ilC;^  19.  1,  147.  1 
isTS;''!   105.  a 
W  216.  1.  b 
5?©^  :?t;3^^  65.  a,  201, 
ytJ'^l  172.  4 


tmC-^  Gl.  6.  a  {?),  90  ^2?t!J?0;'  141.  6 

(2  f.)  nso;;  19.  2.  6 


rJ^BO?  88 
nyDTS;*   105.  a 

nsb^Bc;)  105.  b 
■fpffi^n  99.  3.  a 

ptJ'^l  10.  a 
J5B:)'1   175.  3 

^ri^'is^']  4.  a 

"!©;<  158.  2 
■jm;*  193.  2.  a 

n:niE:>  88  (3  f.  pi.), 

147.  4 

nnc'^'i  99. 3.  a,  119.  1 

tf^^n'lTC''   105.  c 

)nir;i  66. 1  (2)  J,  i58. 2 
nici^n  66. 1  (1),  172.  4 
mainir;'  82.  5.  a 
'^nr\t^'\  57. 2  (4),  176. 1 
WptJi>n  176. 1 

)^^PtD'^  172.  1 

ni2no;'  54.  4 
i5n::i  111.  2. 6 
xn::^  177. 3 
isn'^n  176. 3 
^nniin;'  eo.  3.  b  (2) 
^innNn;>  19. 2,  eo.  3.  b 

(2),  120. 1 
bxan;',  -san;'  119. 1 
bnan^  96. 6 
ban'^n  176. 3 
sisn;'  96. 6 
1  ^c^ari')  96.  a,  122.  2 
^ohn;'  96.  a,  122.  2 
in;"  197. 6 
itnirri  221. 2. 5 


INDEX   III. 


371 


1C?^  66.  1  (1),  174.  4 

mriT)^  166.  5 
bnrr^i  i76.  3 

AT    :  •  - 

Tn;*  160.  1 
DSn^l  176.  3 

msbn-i  96.  b 
Qn;:  140.  5 
ur\'}  140. 1 
^'nn'}  141.  1 
n^n;'  i4o.  i 
: 'jis^Tsn;'  i66.  5 
itob^n*'  96.  6 

fit  '    :  ' 

)rO  54.  2,  84.  3.  6 

msn:!  126. 1 
Dn:n;'  121.  3 
Nto:n;i  166.  5 
yn^i  175.  3 
b^n;!  176.  3 

"D^yri^  96.  b 

nn^n;<  119.  1 

S]12r>En;'88.(m.pl.),96.6 

mij>3n;'  96.  b 

^l?Sn'?  96.  a 

^mpn^  96.  6 

Djpn'?  96.  6 

:?)5ri'^  126.  1 
isj3ri;»  105.  a 
nn^'i  (ni?)  160. 1 
dttinn"?  82.  5.  a 

3  231.  1,  242.  «,  267.  6 
a«3  183.  6 

Tai53  57.  2  (3)  a,  231. 
3.6 


^^3  (ns^:'?)  63.  2.  a 
'''1S3  156.  3,  199.  6 
ntDSS  239.  2  (2) 
^33  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (l), 

85.  2 
'I33(adj.)216. 1.  e,2l7 
nnnS  198.  a  (4) 
^i33  185.  2,  197.  6 

Bias  87 

C33  82.  5.  a 
D33,  033  92.  c 
to33,nm3  51.  2,197.  c 

©33  87 

nnnsa?  246, 2.  a 

'IS  197.  b,  200.  6 
ns  235.  3  (4) 

nri3  121. 1 

Di^nS  231.  5.  a 
•jnb  186.  2.  a 
ins  80.  2.  6 
nsnS  198.  a  (2) 
D3i3  186.  2.  a 
^TQ  50.  1,  216.  1.  e 
Q^:?3i3  207.  2.  a 

•     T 

ni3  11. 1.  b 

a3i3  57.  1,  187.  1.  e 

•JIS  82.  5.  a 

•jiis  59 

^5513  161.  4 

Di3  184.  J,  197.  a 

n'3T3  22.  a 

"ins  116.  4 

^"ins  121.  2 
©ns  119. 1 


'IS  (n.)  53.  3.  a,  184.  b 
3  (conj.)  239.  1 
nS  ''S  239.  2  (1) 
^T3  187.  1.  c 
nTS  187.  1.  c 
ni'^S  16.  2.  a 

ni'^s  200.  c 

''b'lS  184.  b,  194.  2.  6 
Jl^'^S  186.  2,  210.  c 
n^i?  "^S    43.  b 
•ji-iniS    57.    2   (3)  a, 

231.  3.  6 
*I33  187.    1.  e,   197.  o, 

200.  c,  t?,  207.  1.  b 
n^i'^SS  203.  3 
bS  Jcal  215.  1.  c 
bS  Ml9.  2.  a,  215.  l.c 
bs  277.  a 
fiibS  179.  1.  a 
^bS  184.  a 
iibS  220.  1.  b 
D^t^bS  203.  4 

insbs  165.  2 
nbs  197.  c 

nbs  179.  1.  a 
nbS  174.  3  bis. 
CnbS  33.  3,  220.  1.  b 

npnbs  220.  i.  b 

5lb3   165.  3 
^bs  93.  a 
ibS  220.  1.  b 

nib^bs  201. 1. 6 
nib 3  174. 3 

"'bs  61.  2,  184.  b 


372 


INDEX  III. 


m'b^  184.  a 
yj^ib?  221.  5.  c 
D'^te  208.  3.  d 

''rT'^3,  "in^^s  174.  2 

T|^n^>3  1 74.  2 
D^n''?3  174.  2 
bsbs  154.  3,  IGl.  2 
?|bsb3  101.  4 
D^3  220.  1.  b 
npbS  220.  1.  6 
*'2nb3  1G5.  3 
n^3  231.  4.  a 

nsssntts  45.  4 

ittS  233.  a 

Dtt2  90  (pass.) 

Tni33  187.  2.  c 

]?  (n.)  221.  6.  a 

■JS  (adv.)  43.  a,  235. 3  (4) 

n33  139.  2 

nail  4.  a 

ni?  54.  2 

niss  200.  c 
ni:3  211. « 
?jrn"b33  24. 5, 131.  2 

D33  50.  1,  2 
•j^SS  208.  3.  a 
5|33  197.  a,  210,  2l7 
niSpS  203.  5.  a 
D:'B:3  203.  1 
VB53  22.  a 
nil33  45.  2 

n:3  198 

KS3  51.  3,  200.  a 
?iXp3  221.  3.  a 


1B3  93.  a 

T 

nn«iC3  220. 1.  b 

bD3  51.  1,  84.  3.  a  (2) 
to3  Gl.  6 
n"aD3  200.  b 

:■   ■:   \ 

S03  80.  2.  a  (3) 
1B03  21G.  2.  a 
nD3  199.  fZ 

n33iriin©3  24.  b,  220. 

2.  c 
0?3  121.  1 

nnc?3  104.  i 

v)?  197.  a,  217 

nB3  198.  c 

1S3  237.  2  (2) 

WB3  220.  2.  c 

:n353  220.  1.  6 

D^ibSS  203.  4 

IBS  82.  5.  a 

"153  208.  3.  b 

"153  80.  2,  92.  c,  126.  2 

D'^nSS  187.  2 

nnnnss  io4.y 

•^nS  199.  b 

nini"i3  199.  (f 

nnS  50.  3,  197.  b 
D"}3  183.  b 
rro  18G.  2.  a 
b-an?  50.  3,  193.  2.  c, 

221.  6.  a 
DOnS  68.  a 
nns  141.  2  (p.  175) 
iCnS  221.  5.  c 

-nn3  119.  1 


rV^S  CO.    4.  o,   61.  5 

93.  a,    121.  1 
'"^nnS  119.  4 
T"??   199.  b 

nirs,  nsirs  51.  2 

Q^^teS  197.  </ 
"1C3  82.  1.  a  (1) 
•jilCS  193.  2 
Sn3  183.  6,  215.  1.  a 

nns  77. 1, 78. 1 
nins  139.  2 
K:n3  216.  2.  6 
r;in3  207. 1.  a 

^inS  197.  a,  216.  1.  e 
?in3  61.  1.  6 

nisns  203.  5.  a 

^!ri3  50.  1 

rns  141. 1  (p.  175) 

b  231.  1,    233,  242.    b, 

267.  i,  272.  2.  a 
Sb  11.  1.  a,  6  5 
Kb  51.  4.  a,  235.  1 

V'^'^..  "'Hii'^,    ^2''.r'^if;^ 
57.  2  (2)  a 

''3'isb,  insb,  i^3iKb 

57.  2  (2)  a 
D^TS^Sb  14.  a 
^ixb  159.  2 
esb  11.  1.  a 
t2Sb  156.  3 
nbsb?l  39.  4.  a 

in'bsb,  D'^n'bNb  57.  2 

(2)  a 


INDEX   III. 


373 


rtibsb  51.  2.  (2)  a 
Um)  207.  2.  c 
nbxb  57.  2  (2)  a,  111. 
2.  c,  231.  3.  a 

ns"in  sib  27 

Sb  61.    3,    186.   2.  r, 

197.  &,  215.  1 
n»nb  208.  3.  c? 
nnb  141.  1  (p.  175) 
nnb  61.  3,   200.  c,  216. 

1,217,  221.  1,  3,222 
anbl  61.  1.  a 

''?pq:ab  io4.  ;& 

"inb  235.  3  (1),   237. 
2(2) 

^n'lnb  220.  1. 6 
ns^ab  220. 1. 6 

tj^nb  90  (pass.) 
ii^nb  196.  c?,  209.  2.  & 

?"bnb  125.  2 

•jab  80.  2.  6 

■jnb  207.  1.  b,  215.  1.  a 

npab  200. 6 
rp,  nyab  35.  1 
©ab,  tjab  82.  1.  a  (1) 

tJa'b  90  (pass.) 

rncab  104. 7i 

nab  (nanb)  53.  2,  « 

$i^b  125.  2 
ht^)  231.  4.  a 

rrib  148. 2 

n'lb  148.  2 

''nnb  148. 2 
nin'ib  104.  ff 


hb  27 

nanb,  nanb  63.  1. «, 

214.  1.  b,  216.  2.  6 

nnb  141. 2  (p.  175) 

tsnb  119. 1 

nwb  112.  2, 177. 1 

D^nb  231.  5.  a 

Ipsnb  91.  fi 
bi^icnb  180.  a 
n'laicnb  94.  b 
'i^^ffinb  94.  6 
lb  11.  1.  b 

ib  51.  4.  a 

lb  239. 1 
n^b  200.  a 

''lb  194.  2.  a,  210 

&b^b  4.  a 
niijbnb,  see  nkbb 

"ib^b  194.  2.  b 
''b^b  239.  2  (3) 
D^blb  187.  1.  e 
■J^b  158.  3 
nb  207.  2.  a 
i«^I2nb  113.  2 
D'^'^nb  208.  4 
'i.'^rib  216.  1.  a 

''bnb  61.  1 
p-ibrib  113.  2 
nnb  77.  2 
dnb  92.  c?,  121. 1 
nnb  60.  1.  a,  61.  2. «, 
184.  b,  197.  5 

n^nb  139. 2 
nssnb  63. 1. 5 


nsnb  61. 1 
nins  "ibnb  43.  6 
-nnnnb  i4i.  e 
niirnb  175. 2 
n'^nhb  203. 5.  i 
nn't'jb  53. 2.  a 
ninib,  ninpb  231.  3. « 

T  -    ' 

b;^b  184.  b,  200,  a,  208. 
3.  c 

nb^b  61.  6 

T   t   - 

•j^b  158.  2,  3 

Ib^b  148. 1 

-nnpib  14.  a,   24.  & 

57.  2  (3)  a 
•jb  65.  a 

•yb,  !r]b  151.  1 
nab  151. 1,  240.  2 
-b^ab  13.  a 
"jab  239.  2  (3) 
nsab,  ^"jab  151.  1 
nab  61.  2, 151. 1 
nab  151. 1 

VAT 

ainab  22.  a 
''nab  151. 1 

ni5bbl87.  l.e,  207.  2.  a 

■jabb  94.  b 

Ittb  78.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 
'113b  92.  d 
"n^b  92.  c 

''n'liab  86.  b  (2  f.) 

n^b,  n^b  231.  4.  a 
ittb  233.  a 
nrflTtlb  219.  1.  a 
ntSttb  219.  1.  a 


374 


INDEX    III. 


inpttb  220.  1.  h 
ydi  237.  2  (1) 

ns:^b  45.  2 

Th'512^  219.  1.  a 
"jyrb  237.  2  (2),  267.  b 

"nrs5  •jiJTab  239.  2  (2) 
'inzs^Tab  240.  2.  a 
rannb  4.  a 

n5;b  237.  2  (1) 
nsbl  15G.  4 

n-ipb  156.  2 

riDbS  237.  2  (1) 
bB:b  131.  2 
bjspb  22.  a 
TS?b  113.  2 
!|ybT  156.  4 
Dbiyb  16.  2.  a 
ni25>b  237.  2  (2) 

nijyb  173.  2 
nwb  94. 6, 113.  2 
nnsb  22.  a 

•'Bb  237.  2  (2) 

"•rfib  194.  2 

^:Bb  237.  2  (2),  267.  h 

yb  156.  2 

sajib,  «hsb  22.  a 
pnsb  119. 1 
npb,  '«n]5b  132.  2 
npb  132.  2 
n;5b  (n;5b)a)  53.  2.  a, 

93.  e 

nn]?b  16.  3.  ft,  127.  3 
isnpb-i  100.  2.  a  (1) 

pripb  60.  2.  o,  127.  1 


nn;5b  64.2, 127. 1,132.2 
ppb  141.  1  (p.  175) 
nsnpb  57.  2  (3)  a,  237. 

2(3) 
Shb  148.  1 
nhb  231.  4.  a 
n'lnb  231.  4.  rt 

D5T2nnb  119.  1 

S-'nb  231.  4.  a 

rxtob  131.  4 
pnirb  119.  1 

nbiSTJJb  219.  1.  a 
niSCb  94.  6,  231.  5.  a 

•jitJb  197.  h 
nscb  51.  4 

J^^T?"?,  n^^V  60.  2,  a 
^XJtCb  94.  h 
nb  54.  2,  148.  2 
nnb  231.  4.  a 

Tib  nnb  35. 1 

( ' :  V  IT 

*Q,  ti  see  "Jp 
^S)2  235.  3  (1) 
D"7ijtt  93.  a 
nxia  207.  1./,  226 
b;T1Xia  93.  6 
•'ISia  207.  2.  a 

ritt^STa  195.  3 

nto  190.  ft,  191.  5.  «, 

200.  c 
DI'iTSia  203.  2 

"'nnx^  237.  2  (1) 

bDJlt^  190.  a,   191.  5, 
197.6 


nbsS'Q  191.  5.  o,  207. 

1.  e 
■jKia  60.  4 

DDCX^  19.  2,  119.  3 
DC«T2  119.  3 

rncNTa  33.  2 

D'^PCXtt  33.  2 

n^^bcsi:^  195.  3 
r.s)a  237.  2  (1) 

Q^rStt  203.  4,  226 

'n^'yi2  207.  2.  ft 
nri'jn^  63. 1.  a 

^n*JM  60.  \.  a 
^yi2  164.  2 
•in^bStt  237.  2  (4) 

:?]r;3?n^  119.  1,  221. 

2.  a 

ntiin^  25 

nsntt  197.  ft,  200.  c, 

207.  1.  ft 
•iniS^^  61.  6 

'ji'^r*^,  i^ya  55. 2.  a 
h'^y)2  200.  c 
nbbisia  142. 1 

nia)3  207.  1.  c 
l?^  190.  ft,  207.  2,  210. 
cf,  215.  1.6,  216.  \.a 

nra^  205 

nWtt  216.  1. 6 

t'ym  207. 1.  6 
tyq  61.  5 

"1^  207.  2.  a 
pania  95.  a 

rns^rc  219. 1 

T  T    ;    • 


INDEX   III. 


375 


nna^ri  66.  2  (2)  6, 

219.  1 
"I'TQ  141.  5 
™  184.  b 
nini?  190.  6,  191.  4 

■jinia  190. 6, 207.  1./. 

y'l^l?  235.  2  (3) 

'j;''i'a  190.  b 

Wp  216.  1.  c? 
«37ia  167.  1 

yyn  190.  6 

y'itt  190.  6 
13P^lb  220.  1.  b 

7VQ,  7VQ,  rra  75.  1, 

196.  a 

nryq  141.  2  (p.  175) 
niawa  i98.  a  (3) 
ni-inia  177. 1 
b  nxbTO  237.  2  (4) 

D^Dbni?  94.  e,  151.  1 

uryn  75. 1 
n^te:?  ntt  63. 1.  a 

SlDSnia  191.  4,  198.  a 
(3),  207.  1.  a,  216. 
1.  6 

ni3>S|?r»3  95.  e 

nn^  60.  4.  a,  235.  3  (2) 

ni^nnia  i42.  3 
nsiia  197.  (^ 
n'lsxiia  205 

SSItt  167.  2 

nyn  157. 1 
bitt,  bitt  237. 1 
bbiiQ  141.  4 


noiia  200.  c 

^O^tt  150.  5 
n01»  190.  & 

T 

noiia  200.  c 
"i?iia  190.  6 
trim  90 
ni23?iTa  207. 1.  a 

TS^^  140.  6 
N*2i«  191.  5.  a 
S2iia  (IS)  94.  f,  165.  2 
NSiia  (Sb)  165.  2 
"^XSiu  60.  3.  c,  216.  1.  a 
nS2^^  167.  2 

:n|?siT2  150.  4 
:;ni^  207.  2.  a 
D"'5nitt,  D^i'inia  59. « 

•^tD-litt  216.  1.  a 
atSitt  191.  3,  5.  a,  200. 

c,  215.  1 
''niTSitt  61.  6.  a 
nn)3  61.  2,  183.  &,  208. 

3.  c,  217 

niu  57. 2  (5) 
nn'i'a  6I.  6.  a 
■^riiTa  221.  5.  a 

naTl?  60.  2.  a,  190.  o, 
191.  3, 197.  b,  200.  a, 
215.  1.  6 

natp  126.  1 

D'^ninaTia  220. 1.  b 
vnh^iiz  220.  2.  a 
n-Tia  24.  o,  75. 1 
l^iTia  53.  2.  «,  111.  2.  c 

SbTtt  207.  1.  a,  210.  e 


niiapa  i9i.  5 

rii-lttttt  207.  1.  a 
Ti^'^TyT'D  161.  2 

nnnra  219.  1. 6 
p'^T'a  200.  c 

?|»TO  164.  4 

nnn^  54. 1, 205.  b 
bbina  142. 1 
bn^  140.  5 
n'''»bn^  190.  s 
n^'abn^  94.  e 

t^)?*'=r|^  207.  1.  d 

nbn^  190.  a 

n.;n^  197. 6,  200.  c, 

209.  1 

^niritt  220. 1.  b 
p:n^  190.  a 

DBOn)a  180.  a 

n^nsrsn^  180.  a 

Qi-ISTO  94.  e 

D''n"i2n)a  iso.  a 

npntt  190.  a 

ri'^ri'D  19.  2.  6,  196.  6 

nimnri'a,  ninrna  eo. 

3.  a,  216.  2.  a 
pTCn^  207.  2.  b 
nrj^  191.  4 
n^tt  197.  5,  200.  c 

^npb  220. 1.  b 
inriDtt,  inntstt  24.  b 

''int?^  168.  a,  174.  1 

nixbtp^  167. 1 
Tjbiabi:^  16I.  2 
n«i2t:tt  167. 1 


376 


INDEX  III. 


^I'^'^'Q  210.  1.  c  Xb^  82.  1.  a  (l) 

yt^)2  190.  a  mh'g  (v.)  77.  3,   82.  1 

''^Dia  (JO.  3.  f,  21G.  1.  a        a  (1) 


TJ^  200.  a 
NTJ)3  190.  (/ 
''U  75.  1,  196.  a 

l^l^'a  220.  2.  6 


Xb^  (adj.)  90  ^ 
iib'Q  100.  2 
N^13  105.  2 
nxblp  201.  1.  a 
mxblQ  100.  2 


in;>D^"p,  riDip  57.  2  rrisib^  loo.  2 

(2)  b  n^S^tt  201.  1.  a 

Dl'tt  201.  1,  203.  5.  c  nsxb^  57.  2  (3)  a,  214. 
•'tt''^  57.  2  (2)  1.  6 

D'li'i'Q^lO  150.  1  D'lDXbtt  11.  1.  6 

nip-^r^S  11.  1.  a  JHDDXb^  220.  2.  c 

npp^  01.  4,  207. 1.  e  nx'b^a  loo.  2 

"l^^tt   4.  a  "iriS^bia  33.  1,  01.  0.  a, 
tnpS^'a  150.  4  218 

nittjia  190.  6  *7nb)2  237.  2  (2) 

•'iTD^'tt  57.  2  (2)  inab^  220. 1.  b 

nti'^ia  190.  J,  191.  4  ^ab^  191.  3 


D"*"!©-!)?  210.  c 

aixp)3  200.  c 

b213  200.  2  (1) 
D'^bD)?,  DbD^  94.  a 

nbs^  53.  2.  a 

DDtt  190.  b 
"1D)3  77.  2,  80.  2 
ban3)3  54.  3,  180.  a 
mDTS  210.  1.  i 


nb^  200.  i,  e 

^b^  105.  3 
nD^b^  198.  a  (2) 
SlDlb^  98.  1.  a 
fib^  207.  1.  c 
■>2Wlb^  92.  b 
nb^  187.  1.  a 
'^'n'^12  210.  1.  a 
tDb^  92.  d 


nnD)3  98.  1.  o,  125. 1  -jb^,  :t:b^  80. 1, 92.  c 

■insia  210.  1.  a  D^btt,  i-iba  199.  a 

D^bcp^a  95.  a  yib^  217 

nBTE3)a  207.  1.  a  H^^b^  217 

r\tp)2  220.  2.  a  -;jbxi  89 


?lb^  03.  2.  a,  217.  221. 

5,  222 
^b^  05.  a 

bna-^^ia  44.  a 

HDb^  11,  1.  a 

n2b^  211,  217,  222 

•jCan-^b^  44.  a 

^Dbtt  11.  1.  a 

i3bl3.00.  2  (2)  a 

iDb^  01.  1 

niDb^22.  a,  209.  3,  217 

nisbtt  04.  2 

•"Db^   11.  1.  a 

^?b^  61.  1,  216.  2,  2.  a 

"•Db^a  89  (f.  .s.) 

ni'^Dbtt  62.  2 

O'^Dbtt  64.  2 
•j-'pb^  199.  a 
p'lS-isb^  61.  6.  a,  195. 

3,  218.  a 
DDb^  75.  1 
bbl3  141.  4 
n^btt   191.  2 
nb^^b)3  235.  2  (3) 
^:Bb^  53.  3.  oT,  111.  2.  c 
''ISbp  237.  2  (2) 

nipbtt  191.  5 

Oipbtt  190.  a 
ff^ripb^  190.  a,  203.  2 
•'pOb^  93.  a 

''nbia  164.  2 
niypbtt  51.  4 

1"^X13)3  139.  3 
ni-iaiSB  24.  6,  190.  a 


INDEX   III. 


377 


a^rm  209. 1.  a 

"12^tt  191.  5.  a 
O'lS^Ta^  167.  1 

riDb^ai?  191.  5.  a,  211, 

214.  1.  6 

Wb-a^  61.  1.  b 
^'I'qm'u^  45.  3 

Itt^  190.  b 

n^y\'qn  24. 6, 190.  a 
?j©'a^  93.  e 

inbt)3^  198.  a  (3),  214. 

1.  b,  221.  2.  a 
•j^  174.  5 
•J^  232,  233,  242.  a,  260, 

1,  267.  b 
VQ  4.  a 
fJ^ina  96.  a,  b,  122.  2, 

131.  6 

^2^,  nr-a  140.  6 
ni:^  207. 1.  c 
Di;ia  207.  1.  c 

^Jtinrsp  24.  6 

n3T2  160.  5 

'»3tt  61.  6.  a,   199.   5, 

232.  a 
^p2  232.  a- 
^?3^  127.  2 
ni'^p)?^  209.  2.  a 
m|=tt  4.  a 
nS^  196.  5,  211.  a 
"^313  19.  2.  a 
Ca  64.  2.  a,  207.  2.  a 
Sp^  140.  5 
nSXJ  54.  2.  a 


•f^p^   140.  5 
^Ca  190.  5,  216.  1. 
HDpa  216.   1.  6 
pD^  190.  a 

■jlpa  93.  e 

ni23Dia  50.  2 

D''SbD^  167.  1 
'TQ'OIQ  200.  c 
Cb^  139.  2 
nSC^    190.  a,  191. 

215.  1.  b 
trp'U  53.  2.  a 

nno)a  94.  e 
nnnoTQ  54.  4 

"""iSyi?  216.  1.  a 

1. 6 
b  is?)a  237.  2  (2) 

p?tt  200.  c 

n?^  210 

1W  190.  6,  210.  o, 
1.  a 

•jiyia  207.  1.  c 
t^'^.V'n  161.  4 
n''3T3?a  54.  3,  221, 
D^nrytt  94.  e 

12^^  60.   3.  c,   183 

207.  2.  a 
12?^  78.  1,  121.  1 

Dn'>2?Ta  221.  2.  6 

D'^^tt  201.  1 

l^^a  200.  c 
i:;!;?^  ei.  e.  a 

T^ia  158.  3 


XID:?^  196.  6 
ft      T^?^  194.  2.  a 

b?a  190.  b 

b:?ia  84.  3.  a  (3),  118.  2 

b?)3  237.  2  (1) 

b?'a  190.6 

nb5>^  190.  b 

Bb?tt  119.  3 

D3?"a  237.  2  (1) 
4,     "j^tt  190.  b 

•jrn.5?tt  60.  4.  a 

rn^'Q  216. 1. « 

mbn^tt  216.  2.  a 

""pn?^  216.  2.  a 

nny^  60.  3.  c 
207.  into?"!?  209.  1 

nia?)?  200.  (/,   215.  1 

bStt  191.  1 

^2S^  237.  2  (2) 

Qi^pB^  95.  a 
216.  "IB^  140.  5 

nrs'a  191.  2, 215. 1.  b 
Ty^r}'^'u  221.  7.  ft 

V^  156.  2 
6.  b  i^^'n  11.  1.  6 

N2^  57.  2  (2),  163 
,   b,    D3N^?a  61.  1.  c,  164.  4 
^iXSia  89  (f.  pi.) 

nxsb  57.  2  (2),  205  • 
cnxs^  104.  i 
n^riiist:  104.  2 
nrih^'a  220.  2.  a 

^Stt  190.  i,  200.  a 

nisia  190. 6 


378 


INDEX    III. 


niSti  207.  1.  c 

nnro  los.  c 

bST?  140.  5 
V'm  190.  h 
"lySTS  191.  5 
p)213  150.  5 
"12^  190.  i,  210 
*nTQ  194.  1 

D;'ns^  197.  rf 
u'^'yra  207. 2.  a 
ins^a  1G4.  2 

p^  186.  2.  c 
©•^ptt  191.  5.  a 
©n;?^  24.  i,  190.  a 
•'TS'lpTa  216.  2.  a 
D2TD"lp^  104.  /^    221. 

3.  a 
Dipia  197.   i,    200.  a, 

216.  1 
b"iI3p^  217.  a 

TJj:Ta  95.  a 

ip'ip'a  61.  6.  a 

bp)2  200.  a,  215.  1.  h 

D?':)^^  221.  3.  a 

iDnbbp^  90  (3  pi.) 

r.SpTa  165.  3 

n;p>2  221. 7 

''rospT2  90  (2  f.) 
ni?2pT3  216.  2.  a 

•^NnpTa  167.  1 

•'X'^pp  216.  1.  a 

nnp^  24.  6 

n^pTp  95.  a 

np-ipTa  161.  2 


«n)2  196.  rf 

nsjnia  217 
ni^n^a  217 

V  I    - 

nxnr*  220.  1.  6 
inx"ii2  220. 1.  6 
niiB!«"i73  201. 1 
''ncsnia  214.  2.  i 
yan^  80.  2. 6 

fS-l^  191.  3,  215.  1. 

n^'rna  22. « 

U^TjU  119.  3 
CITO  114 

m-b  34, 141. 1    • 

rhz  34 

T\y2  61.  5 

i"i)a  172.  2 
D^n^nia  161.  4 
wmi  161.  4 
yina  190.  h 
nnu  215. 1. 6 
pnyq  191.  5,  207.  2. 

210.  e 
nanb  24.  c,  93.  e 
n^Tntt  198.  a  (4) 

•j'nb  190.  h 
nsnia  190.  a 
nnsn-a  58.  2.  a,  210. 

214.  1.  J,  216.  2.  6 

nnsnia  lu 

S?ni3  140.  5 

r\'p;ya  190. 6 
^n?"!^  220. 1. 6 

tr<Tpl  190.  6 

nn«  141.  5 


nnn^  21 6. 1. 5 
rrn^  60.  4.  a 
D'^nnia  203.  5 

niXTET?   166.  2,  191.  4 
naiCp  221.  6.  a 
"ito  190.  fl,  191.  2 

bi2toTa  191.  1  j 

D'^b-'S^irtt  180.  a 
h  iriS^  164.  2 

nnstj)?  3. 1.  a 
naitB  215. 1. 6 

n^CT?  191.  4 

nnnic^  i6i.  4 

'Tirro^  (inf.)  125,  2  I 

r.nittt  215.  i.b  \ 

nniria  54. 1, 205.  h 
a''ci2  210 
^n^n^tJB  104.  k 
n2cp  200.  c 
I'zt'q  95.  a 

5,  ^DTCtt,  ^D©^  89(m.pl.) 
nb3tC)2  207.  1.  a 

frapistt  27. 

•JSC^  200.  c,  e 

issir'a  66. 2  (2)  c 

^bCtt  95.  a  I 

c,  D'^ttiptt  139.  3 
D"'3^«'0  191.  5 
DPy^TTp  60.  3.  a 

•^^acp  217 
Jnn)2tJ^  214.  1,  217 
rxivt^  207. 1. « 
nriEC^a  214. 1.  b 
nnBcw  61. 1. 6 


INDEX   III. 


379 


innsffitt  60.  3.  a  tj^^tn-a  208.  4 

*»I2Si2Jp  92.  b  ?r^ri''3  141.  6 

'>b'»BU3^  61.  6.  a,  218  ptTD  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

pffiT3  190.  b  ISiinp  141.  5* 

Ijjtp)?  80.  2.  6,  93.  e  nn)3  54.  2,  205./ 
5lip12Ja  190.  a 


D^'nOT?  210.  c 

rrnffiTs  54.  1,  205.  b 

tilWIZ  141.  1  (p.  115) 
V^rW12  126.  1 


JS3  46 

K3  240.  2,  263.  1.  a 

'ISD  200.  a 

•inns?  60.  3.  a,  61.  6.  a 


nn'i'inpiir^  90  (2  m.),   ^;^^{3  168.  a,  lU.  1 

176.  1  nnsp  57.  2  (2)  a,  187. 

iriTB^  22.  5,  223.  1.  a         1.  f? 
D'^Flir'a  22.  6  ^1«3  174.  1 

n^  57.  2  (5),  82.  1.  a     niXD   159.  1 

(1),  153.  1,  156.  2  bis  niS3  56.  4 


ntt  54.  1 

D^'pS'ini?  82.  5.  a 

nn^a  34 
nnT2  34 

nr\^  86.  b  (2  m.) 


'iTnxbiii.  2.  c? 

n»2  90  {pass.) 

:ix:  121. 1 
nB5f:a  60.  3.  b  (2) 

D'iSnS«3  187.  2.  c 


pina  185.  2.  J,  207.  1.  c  yi?3  82.  5.  a,  121.  1 

np^n^a  66. 2  (2)  c  ys;}  60.  4.  «,  92.  d 

nbC^n^  218.  a  f^i^iijs  63.  1.  a 

n™)2  94.  «  Ti^iSXp  63.  1.  a 

nnn^  237.  2  (1)  nj53  121. 1 

U^t))2  201.  1,  207.  2.  a  n'i"liJ3  140.  2 

nasntt  96. 6  'i5?t?s5  120. 2 

nsbri-a  24.  o,  75. 1  i?n3  50. 1,  82.  5.  a 


f^^n^f?^  141.  6 

y^TO  80.  2. 6 
niy^n^a  51.  4 
nh^  190.  6 

)'n'n  215.  1.  a 


XS3  207.  1.  b 

nnb  219. 1.  b 
nbnns)  65. 6 

n^^33  198.  a  (2) 

nsiS3^3^n3  51.  4 


nsxn'7?'Q3  51.  4 
•jias  158.  4 
nrhs  141. 1 

^•113  140.  2 

n-iSS  165.  3 

11333  159.  1 

d^DSS  159.  3 

baS  82.  1.  a  (1),  84.  3. 

«(1) 
^231  132.  3 

bab  90 

nbas  (s^'i?)  i4i.  i 

Vi  ba3  35.  1 

I  •  l"JT 

inbas  221.  2.  b 
"inbas  221.  2.  b 
T;nba3  221.  2. 6 
•iriisas  158.  4 

3?a3  50.  1 

npas  141. 1 
mcpasn  99.  3 
•las  140. 2 

^bshs  83.  c  (2),  122. 2 
na^3  219. 1 

^W  237.  1 

"^asi  99.  3 

S'^^?  91.  a 

mb  184.  a,  197.  a,  208. 

3.  b 
nniM  184.  a,  198.  a.  2 

i-Tir^s  140.  2 
fjias  131.  5 

W-^M  196.  6 
n■b^3  91.  b,  173.  2 
^bW  140.  2 


380 


INDEX     III. 


nib53  173.  2 
nrb.^3  173.  1 
t)'h:^2  173.  1 

?h3  131.  4 
^i:??3  GO.  3.  a 

n:?5b  207.  i.  e 
nina?  i4o.  2 

cap  80.  2.  a  (3),  84. 

3.  a  (2),  130.  1 
7?  (v.)  15G.  2 
in:  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

(p.  175) 
1\3  156.  2 
C1\D  57.  2  (5) 
n'^^D   173.  2 
n%3  84.  3.  a  (3),  125. 
SHD  131.  1 
n^np   112.  2 

bnp  121. 1 
nsbn?  80.  2.  6 
Vbn?  187.  2.  c 

Onp  118.  2 
■jBn?  CO.  3.  a 

nnp  200.  c,  207. 1.  6 

D^^'inS  203.  3, 

ni:\^3  149. 1 

''SilS  149.  1 
"TliD  142.  1 
ni3  15G.  1 

niD,  ni3  157. 1 

Dn'^i:i3  221.  7.  a 
?11>^D  149.  1 
JinDl!?  83.  c  (2),    150. 
(p.  182) 


?13,  ?iD  157.  1 
C;5iD  149.  1 

nawiD  13.  6 

TT3  1^8.  4 
bn   82.  1.  a  (3),   84.  3. 
«  (1) 

ibn  8G.  fl,  141. 1 

^bip  86.  a 

nb  CO.  2 
xan?  63.  1.  6 
3  n^?^^3  G3.  i.  b 
nanp  igs.  i 
nnan_3  ig4.  2 
nn;i  100. 2.  a  (2),  156.4 

W31   156.  4 
3  D^'a^n?  187.  2.  a 
TC^np  185.  2 

m^ins  205 
bn  80. 1 

bn3  60.  3.  a 

bhp  131. 1 
bn?  140.  2 ' 
nbns  60.  3.  «,  61.  g.  « 
nbns  60.  3.  a 
ibns  141. 1 
niabnii  99.  3 
yhn  113. 1 
nbn?  196.  b 
ribn:  141.  2 
onp  77.  2 

ens  60.  4.  a,  131.  1 

^nn^np  111.  1 

3  D"^):!!.?  140.  2 
ins  135.  2 


13ri5  53.  2.  o,  71.  o  (1) 
''Ppn?  140.  2,  141.  2 

nnp  140. 2 

nnp  135.  2,  140.  2 

nnnp  141. 1 

ncnp  197.  i,  205,  211 

•jnirnp  193. 1 

nnp  131. 1 

nnp  (yy)  140. 2 

irnp  (JE)  131. 1 

n-jp  79.  3.  a 

n-jp  131.  3 

nSrop  172.  5, 209.  3.  fl 

CJTJp   131.  3 
^•"tpp  172.  1 
^•"liS  172.  1 
Kttt23  207.  1.  b 

?i5'i"at:3  173. 1 

On^P?  164.  2,  173.  1 
yi:?  60.  3.  c,  184.  a 
?bp  131.  4 
rjp  184.  a,  216.  1.  e 

rj:  126. 1 
irtp?  131. 3 
nt:p  51. 1 

HTJb  207.  1.  a 
*'3  53.  3.  a 
n'1''3  59.  a 
rin^p  187.  2.  c 
dp^3  105.  a 

ym  187. 1.  c 

1T3  158.  2 

nn""?  105.  o 

^SS3  24.  b 


INDEX   III. 


381 


13p3  207.  2.  6 
nD3  210 
•jiDp  159.  3 
npiD3  159.  1 
n2i33  159.  1 
HDb  237.  1 

snriDb  127. 1 

DD3  50.  2 
5lbp3  91.  6 
nPBOD?  86.  h  (2  m.) 
nS33  83.  c  (2) 
ID?  216.  1.  6 
•'nDp  194.  2 

naba  8o.  2. 6 
'i^bp  91.  (^ 
Ti'3p  159.  3 
Dnb3  91.  5,  119.  1 
rtj^bS  132.  2 

nnias  91.  e 
^ia3  159. 1 

5iil23  159.  1 
^t2itl3  159.  1 
bil23  159.  1 
D"'biTG3   159.  3 
nb)23  200.  5,  e 

T    T  :  ' 

^V-ap  159.  1 
Dr)bi23  141.  2 

D^3,  D^3  140.  2 
XS'a?  207.  1.  6,  209. 

3.  i 
^nS2TQ3  60.  1.  a 

nr!pi23  141.  2 
ni22  (I'y)  159. 1 

1)33  185.  2 


rij^ws  45.  4, 97. 1 

D3  174.  5 

SM  135.  2,  140.  2 

nxap3  164.  5 

nnD3  141. 1 

naD3  140.  2 

nD3  3.    1.  a,    131.  3, 

T  ;  '  ' 

165.  1 


n:?3  184. 6 

nn3>3  58.  1 
ynS^S  111.  3.  6 
liWl^  172.  3 

iribiss  159. 1 

7i£3  159.  1 

anisiDS  159. 1 

n^2iS3  159.  3 


aiD3  (K.  fut.)  157.  3  tm)^)  235.  3  (3) 

aiD3  (Ni.)  159.  1  nSibSp  166.  1 

D\^iC3  159.  3  fl55bB3  166.  1,  205.  c 

''n;^^D3  11. 1.  a  nrixbBs  i66.  i 

irii\lD3     66.    2    (2)    c,  ibB3  106.  a 


159.  1 
tjD3  50.  1 
^03  184 
raD3  220.  1.  h 
'iSpS  216.  2.  a 
Dp3  141.  3  (p.  175) 
TOS3^  99.  3 
nSpSi  99.  3 
0*11:^3  111.  3.  a 

niy?  159. 1 

^^n^3)3  62.  2 

n^-1^2^2  201.  1.  b 

b?3   197.  a,  200.  c 

D^'b??  203.  2,  208.  4 

Db:?3  60.  3.  a,  112.  3       ^;b^3  65.  a 

n^b5)3    Qil2b?3  112.  3   iriT2S3  86.  h  (2  m.) 


^3''bS3  173.  1 

''in^bsp  173.  1 

bb£3  92.  a 

1B|5  61.  4 

')''B3  179.  2.  a 

fe  50.  2,  102. 1,  197.  h, 

200.  c 
Q^b^nSS  187.  2.  o. 
T?  217 

nsa  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 
n^3  217 
n^^SSl  99.  3 
n?3  61.  2 

p'^t:s^  54.  4,  96.  6 


tD?3  82.  1.  a  (2) 
nW3  32.  3.  a 
y'm}   187.  2.  c 

n?3  121. 1 

n?3  58.  1,  184.  h 


•laS  50.  3,  51.  1 

n'3r3  131.  3 

nn^Ip  24.  6,  98.  1.  a 

nnsr3  24.  5, 106.  h 

Dni23  104.  i 


382 


INDEX  III. 


n:iD  149.  1 
nnpp  131.  3 

ISapD  91.  d 
np3  185.  2.  6 

np:  174.  3 

^laip:  24.  c 

b'JpD  217 

onbp:  159. 1 

"ipp,  N-«p3  185.   2.  (/, 
209.  2 

n-ipD  173. 1 
"in^p?  173. 1 

bpD,  bpp  140.  2 
•iri'^pS  141.  2 
Dp3  217 
np3    131.  3 

niap?  217 

ypp  179.  2.  a 
Snp?  91.  b,  166.  3 
n?  43,  a,  200.  a 
SID  97.  2.  a 

•nn:  i83.  6 

TISI  99.  3,  147.  5 
'liiDn?   1G4.  3 
p;  140.  2 
«iC?  82.  5.  a 
«TCD   131.  3 
Xir?  131.  4 
KTS3   (Pi.)  165.  2 
iXTD:   164.  4 
TjiiTCp  164.  4 
1103  165.  3 
N1TD3  57.  2  (3)  a,  86. 
(3  pi.),  164.  3 


■'iteS  165.  3 
XtJ3  177.  3 
KC3  165.  2 
VS^TT?  119.  1 
mrsn   150.  3 

nnac?  205 

151ir3   141.  2 
ip*^Tr3  220.  1.  b 
W^t":  207.  2.  e 
D'^ffisn  140.  5 
?ftD3  84.  3.  a  (3) 
nsr?   51.  4 
bC5  84.  3.  a  (2) 
n'b©3   124.  a 
HD^bTT?   97.  1 
nTQiTp  141.  1 
n^Tt3  141.  1 
"^STB?   92.  c 
vl©3  50.  2 
npC3  53.  3.  a,  128 

nnics  24.  c 
nirnr?  8.3.  c  (2) 
nyntjs  172.  3 
•j^ns  11. 1.  i 
DsinD  11. 1.  & 

•jn:  50.  1,  80.  2.  a 

84.  3.  a  (2) 
•jnp  130.  1,  132.  1 

■jhs,  -jns  131.  4 
■•jn:  130. 1. 6 

12X13   24.  c 

n'':n3  11. 1.  6 

b   ^3^3  101.  3.  a 

T^n3  50. 1 


•pT?  131.  3 
ini3pn3  24.  6 

nn3  125.  3 
ttjns  60. 1 

Dlipa   132.  1 

n«D  200.  b,  207.  1./ 

D^nXD  203.  3 

Sb,  nhO  134.  1,  139.2 

MD  138 

aap  141.  4 

'>3i3nD,  ''3n;3D  104.  i, 

139.  1 
''3130  139.  1 

'^nino  61. 3 
n'^no  11. 1. 6 

S'^aO  235.  3  (1) 

n'^nb  90 

-^no  19.  2.  a 

IDSD  24.  b,  221.  5.  a 

"iDnO  19.  1,  45.  2 

b3D   187.  1.  a 

i^3C  24.  b,  221.  5.  a 

nbao  3. 1.  o 

"1^0  51.  1 
(3),  n-^'lSD  187.  2.  c 

naio  137, 141.  4 

T'O  184.  b 
nniO  186.  2.  a 
C1D  58.  1 
nCID  58.  1 
•"OID  62.  2 
"•DID  66.  1  (2)  6 
TD1D  62.  2 


INDEX    III. 


383 


nsioise.  2.  a 

n^D  3.  1.  a 

nmo  53.  2.  a,  220.  I.  6 

ahp  119. 1 
innnp  92.  a,  122. 1 

TO  197.  b,  200.  c,  </ 
•[3D  51.  1,141.  2  (p.  175) 
bSD  3.  1.  a,  51.  1,  80. 

2.  a  (1) 
-IDDD  138 
"IDD  3,  1.  a,  51.  1 
nnbp  125.  1 
bpbp  141.  5 
nibpbpi87.1.5,207.2.a 
pbo  84.  3.  a  (2) 
D>D  55.  1,  193.  2.  c 
nbb  197.  6 

'•nao  195. 1 
nnnDiao  104.  i 

r^'O  183.  5,  184.  6 
n''T;p  207.  1.  a 
D^spsp  207.  2.  a 
TB;D  195.  1 
lyo  19.  2.  a,  89 
n'lyp^  234.  a 
^yp  131.  3 

"lyp,  n?b  122.  2 
nnyo  51. 1 

SIP  200.  c,  207.  2.  a 

^^■0  3.  1.  a 

^2D1   156.  4 

■JSD  50.  1 

5]BD   141.  3  (p.  175) 

nUD  61.  4 


0*1^0  210.  a 

ip^no,  ip'>np  60.  3.  c 

nsynp  68.  a 
inp  184.  6 
D^ttnp  104.  ^ 

nnp  217 
Trjr:^  217 
iinp  66.  2  (2)  a 

ny  197.  5,  200.  c,  215. 

1.  a 
a^  (d5/i.?)  19.  2.  a 
W  112.  5.  c 

TO  65 

Jl'inS?  111.  3.  a 

T  :    T 

i^in?  220.  2.  6 
!iin:?  65 

iTOI  61.  1.  a 
''TO  216.  I.  a 

'I'lny  61. 1 

^n^TO  195.  3 

:?|TO  220.  1.  6 

mn3>  22.  a 
\  ■•  - 

TO  112,  5.  6 
1TO194.  1,209.2,217 

n^nay  62. 2 
ni'^nns^  62.  2 
D'l^nny,  Di"\32?  62.  2 
tryy3  217 

T;"1D^  106.  a 

DSTO  106.  a,  127.  2 

nh:?  200.  c 

n^y  112.  5.  a 
aay  186. 2. 6 


bi:?  185. 2. 6 

bS?  197.  c 
Tb}1f  197.  c 
n?237. 1,  238.1,267.5 
n;^  65.  a 

1?,  ("i:?i)  46 

^V  43.  a 
!Tiy  112.  5.  a 
rU$,   184.  6 
n^n?  209.  3 
i^l?  238.  1.  a 
"13  n?  239.  2  (2) 
Pli:^  112.  5.  a 
TO  112.  5.  a 
W?  220.  2.  a 
3W  186.  2.  6 
niS'  235.  3  (1),  236 

yiv  161. 1 
riy  (v.)  157. 1 

■Jl^iy  156.  1 

bn3?,  \>^V  184.  6,  216. 

1.  d 
b'^V  161.  1 

nbiy  51. 1, 208.  3.  c 
ib-iy  221.  5.  h 
bbiy  142.  1 
bbi3?  141.  5 

^V")   Dbi3?  63.  1.  c 

nnb-',?  61.  6.  a 
i;ys  156. 1 
■jiy  200.  c 
pi:?  141.  4 

D"^?^:?  187.  1.  e 
'^'S  201.  1 


384 


INDEX      III. 


713?  179.  2.  a 

niy  200.  a 

T^  (v.)  57.  2  (5)  «, 

161.  1 
■l^y  (adj.)  187.  1.  6 
•JTO  193.  2 
m^^  198.  a  (3),  201.  1 

n)i:?  101.  1 

Ty,  Tb  65.  a 

At' 

T?  200.  i,  207.  2 
brSTy  11.  1.  a,  168.  a 

nnr:?  98.  i 

^\3inT3^  22.  a 
"inTS?  01.  6.  a 
?jnT:^  111.  3.  a 

i2nnT3>  104.  y 

TIT?  00.  3.  h  (1),  184 

''■t:?,  ^-t:?  221.  6 
T]t:^  gi.  5 

nTy  112.  5.  6 

nj?  184 
nnT?  196.  & 
nnnT!^  oi.  6.  a 
n'j;?  112. 5. 6 

'iV^'dV  209.  1.  a 
^IVj?  195.  1 
D-isyj?  207.  1.  a 
"1^5  50.  1,  112.  5.  b 
HTJ?  214.  1.  6 
■'5'  53.  3.  a 
la":?  201.  1 
'j''^3?   199.  a 

V?  184.  h,  197.  o,  208. 
3.  c  bis,  217 


ni:;*?  203.  5.  a 
nir?  216.  \.d 
■':''?  221.  5.  i 
in^S'iJ?  220.  2.  c 

ns;'^  156. 1 

^y_   208.  3.  c 

Ty  197.  o,  200.  b,  207. 

1./ 

^^3^220.  1.  &,  221.  5.  i 

D'l"':?  207.  2.  c 

TD^?  197.  a 

C133?  195.  1 

•JS:^,  nD?  51.  4 

W  112.  5.  a 

b?237.  1,  238.  1,  267.6 

bb  186.  2.  c 

nib:?  51.  1 

D^^^b?  201.  1.  6 

iiV  112.  5.  c 

Tby  185.  2.  & 

1Tb?  111.  3.  a 

''Tby  89  (f.  s.),  111.  3.  « 

"lb?  238.  1.  a 

*hy  3.  4 

p-'b?  193.  1 

n^^b-ib?  198.  a  (4) 

)T^V  239.  2  (3) 

Db?  112.  5.  h 

S;pr^?  237.  2  (2) 

neb?  93.  c 

''B-b?  237.  2  (2) 
•j^b?  112.  5.  c 

nnbi>  61. 0.  a 

D?  197.  b,  207.  2.  a 


d?  237.  1 

W  110.  1 

nb?  60.  3.  i  (1) 

I'lia?  65,  89  (m.  pi.) 

n^?  60.  1.  a 

■'"Ii:?  111.  3.  a 

"T^rcV  45.  2,  106.  a 

n^ii^?  209.  2,  210.  d 

^'B'S  199.  6 

^r?  214.  2 

^12?  65.  a 

pbl2?  3.  4 

D"^^^?  207.  2.  a 

pb?  185.  2.  J,  207.  1.  c, 

217 
p^y  184 

n^b  208.  3.  6 
nnb?  3.  4 

"inf?  24.  i,  216.  2.  a 
ni?  174.  3 
\:?  185.  2.  (^ 

ni:?  60. 3.  b  (1) 
iniiy  174.  6 

''??  185.  2.  (/ 

j^:»  104.  6 

■j:?  198,  217 

]iy  141.  4 
ns:?  198, 217 
■<::?  139. 1 

QDB:?  221.  5.  c 

p:?  50. 1 
^nns?  24.  b 
oniE?  141.  2 

D"'SB3>  208.  3.  d 


INDEX   III. 


385 


bS:^  112.  6.  a 

nsy  200.  a 

"IS2?  208.  3.  b 
D^nS?'  60.  3.  b  (2) 
nn&5?  61.  6.  a 


nin*!?,  ninn:^  45. 5.  a  rvntos;  214. 1.  b,  223. 1 

*inn?  22.  a  nnto?  196.  c?,  224 

D'^iit'^nn?  62. 2. 6, 209.  yn^^  210.  s,  227. 3 


2.  a 

D'^Sn?  208.  4 
^^3?  43.  a,  185.  2  (?,  198,  tf^lS^  60.  3.  b  (l) 

217  "i?il?  187.  1.  e 

■jin^^  193.  2  '^'1?  216.  1.  a 

DD^nsi?  24.  6,  216.  2.  a  yn^  210.  a 

nay  184. 6  (%  217     nan?  iii.  3.  a 
ns?  198 

D:'nb2?  203.  5 

n?y  80.  2.  a  (1),  82.  1.  ^'^y^   80.  2.  6 

a  (2)  bS'l?  193.  2.  c 

DS?  197.  b,  200.  c  to"}!?  197.  a 

D23>  217 

nw  217 

nS3?  50.  3,  112.  5.  b 

nD'innLjy  24.  b 

^^inS?   220.  2.  a 

Spy  112.  5.  6 

np:?  200.  c,  d,  215.  1.  6  ^to:^  (part.)  172.  5 

i©x,  n;:??  239. 2  (2)    iic:?  172.  2 

niS)?y  24.  6,  216.  2.  a   itJ?  172.  2 

tjini3)?3?  24.  b  to  62.  2.  c 

•'S;??  24.  &,  216.  2.  a      nilW  172.  5,  209.  3.  a 

"ipv  185. 2. 6  ri'i'©::?  221. 7.  a 

b)?b|PS)  188  •J':«2?  201.  2 

nn;:?  195. 1, 207. 2.  J  '^n^ias^  227. 1 


a^nto:?  208. 3.  a,  225. 1 

)rhm  225.  1.  a 

ntoy  172. 1 
pitJ:^  185.  2.  c 

•Jffiy  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  b 
l^m  216.  1.  e 


Cpy  112.  5.  a 
»;??  187.  1.  b 
1?  156.  2 

nn^  118. 1 

aiy  197.  6 


ntl'iy  200.  c,  216.  1.  b    ""^"npTCSJ  17.  2  * 
Wl?  187.  1.  e  "ytDV  79.  2,  112.  5.  6, 

125.  3 
rnc?  197.  a 
^T^m  224.  a 

nto?  200.  a  in'nrns?  2o7.  i.  d 

ninto5?  24.  J,  216.  2.  a  tl?  43.  a,  197.  6,  200.  c, 
niU?  172.  2  207.  2,  215.  1.  b 

niay  62. 2.  c  ^ny  80. 2 

bxnto?,  bx-nto  13. 6  np?  219.  1.  a 

^toy  (pret.)  62.  2.  c         '^^3^  194.  2 

on:?  112.  5.  a 

pny  84.  3.  a  (2),  112. 

5.  a 
nni?  112.  5.  a,  125.  3 

-     T  ' 


i5£)  11.  1.  b 
*TinXB  189.  2.  c 

?yns«s  104.  c 

'.tf^iiB  104.  6 
i2?^S  125.  2 
bsniB  57.  2  (2)  b 
"i^snns  13.  6 


n^toy  86.  b  (1  c.) 

"i?™?  102.  1.  a 
^m  62.  2.  c 

ntey  224 

ntoy  80.  2.  5,  112.  5.  a  di'i'lB  55.  1,  193.  2.  c 


25 


38G 


INDEX    III. 


I'-^'ID  193.  2.  c 

onx  nne  33. 1.  a,  219. 

1.6 
ns>  11. 1.  h 

no  185.  2.  (/,  209.  1.  a, 

215.  2.  5,  220.  1.  c 
nb  235.  3  (4) 
IB  11.  1.  6 
f^B  179.  2.  a 
"liB  139.  1 
nnis   141.  4 
TTB  141.  1  (p.  175) 

nriE  78.  1 

*7nB  184.  6 

nriB  198,  211.  a 

•'HB    131.  3 

nnB  131.  4 

IttB  125.  3 

IB  61.  6.  a 

fl^iB  198.  c 

T\'^^'^ ,  lis  62.  2 

ttJib'^B   59.  ff,   195.  1, 

197.  a,  200.  6 
imr^SiB  220.  1.  b 
«bB   18.  2.  c 
a^B  92.  c 
a^B  92.  c 
tJSibB    59.    a,    195.  1, 

197.  ff,  200.  b,  208. 

3.  ff 
n^pbs  66.  2  (2)  c 
i:'>bQ   207.  1.  c 

rrj^bB  198 

^•J'^bB  216.  1.  6 


nb-^bfi  198.  ff  (2) 
n^b^bfi  198.  ff  (4) 
bbfi  141.  1  (p.  175) 

■^SbbB  68.  ff,  75.  3 

''piabx  ipbB  75.  3 

•iniDbB  194.  1 

inbB  199.  b 

•jB  239.  1 

nSB  143.  a 

0,:B  39.  4.  a 

D"'2B  197.  b,  201.  1 

W.:d  220.  2.  c 

'>12'i;B  194.  2 

'^ri'^IE^  100.  2.  ff  (1) 

riDB  187.  1.  6 

bOB  208.  3.  b 

b?B   76.  2,  83.  J,  84.  3. 

a  (3),  118.  2 
b:?B  60.  1.  ff,  61.  2,  4, 

208.  3 
ib?B  60.  3.  b  (2),  221. 

5.  a 
ibys  221.  5.  a 
ib^B   60.  3.  b  (2) 
?]byB  61.  1 
DDb^B  19.  2 
a^B   60.   1,   63.   2.  o, 

197.  b,  200.  r,  (Z 
nSB  50.  2,  125.  3 
"IpB  80.  2.  «  (4) 
"ipB    89 
^'IJ^B  86.  a 
^I'ljpB  106.  6 
D'^l^pB  187.  2 


n^JB  187.  1 

nip-n;:B  43.  b,  I88 

"IB  197.  c 

KnB  18.  2.  f,  61.  2.  a, 

209.  3.  b 
nSiB  11.  1.  a 
nsniD   199 

na->B  207. 1.  b 

D'^P'inB  207.  1.  a 

nnB  197.  c 

D^n^nB  207.  1.  6 
•jinB  193.  2 
inB  194.  2 
nnB  50.  1,  79.  2 

nnns  i87. 1.  d 

•""IB  57.  2  (4),  184.  b, 

221.  5.  c 
rr^^^.E  62.  2.  f,  209.  1.  a 

'';<nB  62.  2.  6 
y'lns  210.  ff 

nDIB  216.  1.  a 
nD"lB  200.  c 
ynB  200.  a 
ny-lB  11.  1.  a 
ni?nB  104.  d 

njsnB  141.  4 

•J^ns  50.  2 
fnB  200.  c 

pns  50.  1 

©•IB  210.  ff,  216.  1.  a 
ons  50.  3 
TT-^B  119.  1 

TB"1B50.  3,  68.  ff,  180.  a 
DDSJnB  104.  h,  119.  1 


INDEX   III. 


387 


tT\b  196.  b,  209.  1.  a 
Wt^  100.  2.  a  (2) 
I3©S  80.  2.  a  (1),  84. 
3.  a  (3) 

nnics  200.  b 

Dl^lirs  156.  1 

riB  197.  a,  200.  6,  207. 

2.  a 
dkns  235.  2  (1) 
cans   215.  1.  a 

nins  139.  2 

nps  80. 1 

inns  106.  a,  125.  2 

•'ns   208.  3.  (^ 

Vnbns  188 

KS  148.  3 
nS2  (n.)  216.  1.  5 
:nj$2  (v.)  148.  3,  164.  5 
nrXS  148.  3,  164.  3 
D^bX2  208.  3.  a 

■jsa  201. 1 

•'XSXS  216.  1.  a 
n^«2S2  188.  a 
n«2  148.  2 
inX2  148.  2 

!?;ris2  30.  2 

«a2  200.  a,  215.  2.  c 

n^xns  56.  4 
D'^xias  56.  4 
ina  208.  3.  (Z 
n;^as  209. 2. 6 
n^na  i65.  3 

^2  207.  2.  a 


pi"^S  187.  1 

pnS  84.  3.  a  (2) 

p'lS  184,  198.  a  (2) 

pnS  65.  a 

p"!!?  80.   1 

np^S  198.  a  (2),  216. 

•inp^S   65.  a 

tjnp-is  92.  (Z 
an2  50.  1 

nns  197.  a 

D^nnS  19.  2,  203.  5, 

208.  4 
12  174.  5 
1X12  11.  1.  a 
•IXIS  200.  c,   215.  1, 

216.  1.  d 
rm  174.  5 
ni2  57.  2  (2) 
'in^lS  11.  1.  a 

d'^n'112,  orriia  ii.  i. 

pi2  207.  1.  c 
ni2  (v.)  50.  3 
ni2  (n.)  51.  3 
pnS  51.  2 

pna  92.  (/ 
ins  50. 1 

nhS  185.  2.  b 
•'S  209.  2 
T2  208.  3.  c 
n^2  187.  1.  a 
''Sn'^S  210.  c? 
pb-ia  187.  1.  c 
abp'^S  14.  a 
ba  207.  2.  a 


nb2  82.  1.  a  (2) 

nin^s  57. 1 

nn^S  57.  1,  210.  e 
ibbs  139.  1 
ibbs  20.  2,  221.  6.  b 
2  D^bbs  209.  2.  a 
niT2bS  195.  3 
ybS  197.  a,  200.  c,  216. 
1.  e 

n^ba  198 

brbs  187.  1.  e,  207.  2. 

a,  216.  2 
D'^bibs  16.  3.  & 
X122  (v.)  82.  1.  a  (l) 
X'aS  (adj.)  185.  2.  6 
'''1T32  22.  a,  216.  2.  a 
nttS  80.  2.  a  (1) 
n^2  165.  3 

*^rim  164.  2 

a  ^pri'aS  102.  2,  104.  I 

i:inni22  24. 6, 92.  a 
ipnnm  24.  & 
tli:2,  iri-'pa  185.  2 
nr22  200.  a 

Tj'1^2   119.  3 

prS  51.  2,  121.  1 

IBS  (part.)  172.  5 

■jiSS  197.  6 

npiBS  219.  1 

■ipiBS  194.  2 

"liBS  197.   c,  200.  a, 

207.  1.  d 
•JBS  50.  1 
MBS  132.  1 


388 


INDEX   III. 


51B2  141.  2  (p.  175) 
rriSS  68.  a,  195.  2 
piss  193.  2.  b,  208.  3. 
p2  148.  3 
■jlpS  86.  6  (3  pi.) 
np2  148.  2 
mS  216.  1.  o 
nS'l'nli  98.  1.  a 
*li"lS   200.  a 
I'ns;  50.  3,   141.   3 
(p.  175) 

nikj?  156.  4 

DXp  11.  1.  a 
D»j?  156.  3 
nxp  196.  6 
np  139.  2 

nnp  184.  b 
-nnp  19. 2, 141. 1 
niap  104.  <f 
bap  86. 6  (3  pi.) 
i>np,  i>np  19.  2.  c, 

221.  5.  a 

orbnp  19. 2 
i:ap  141.  3 
Trap  92.  d 
mip  92,  c 
?isap  92.  c,  101. 3.  a, 

104.  A 

lap  78.  1 
nap  200.  c 
inap  104.  j 

tJi-p  185.  2.  J 

D^TSinp  201.  2 


Dip  05.  a 
'ip'}^  187.  1.  c 
a  W'r;^  80.  2.  a  (l),  82.  1, 
a  (2) 
©np  208.  3.  b 
-TJJ"lp  92.  c 
mp   92.  c 
D'^Onp  19.  2 

nnp  121. 1 
nbnp  197.  d 
Tinp  194. 1 
yaip  50. 1 
«Tp  11.  1.  b 

5^'^P,  ^:p  174.  3 

"•ni^ip,  ■'ni.^p  174.  2 

bip  200.  o 
Dip  153.  2,  155 

nri^p,  n^ip  157.  2 
''^ip  34 
'''a^p  34 
D^'aip  156.  2 
D^aip  83.  c  (1) 
ni'^'a^ip  198.  a  (4) 
yip  179.  2.  a 

riis:ip  57. 2  (3)  a 
inh-ip  21. 1 
np  132.  2 

np  53.  2.  a,  132.  2 
•inp   132.  2 
Dnp  132.  2 

-nnp  60. 3.  c,  132.  2 
nnp  132. 2 
''pnp  132. 2 
?^a"u)p  19.  2,  221.  5.  a 


brjp  217 

bDp  51.   3,   83,   83.   6, 

85.  2,  103 
b"Jp  183.  a 
b^p  217 
•JVp  185.  2,  207.  2.  &, 

217 
•jbp  (adj.)  185.  2 
•Jbp  (v.)    82.    1.   a  (3), 

84.  3.  a  (1) 
•izrip  19.  2,  221.  5.  a 
TJp  80.  2.  a  (1) 
liU'^p  187.  1.  c 
D^P   83.  c  (1),   154.  1, 

161.  1 
tJitt-ip  59.  (/,  187.  1.  c 
Wp  220.  1.  b 
■jibp^P  187.  1.  e 
Tp  200.  a 
l5p   141.  1 
l5p1  100.  2.  a  (2) 
nibp  214.  2 

nibp  141.  2 

bbp  84.  3.  a  (2) 
b>p  141.  4 

nbbp  20.  2 

ncbp  198.  a  (3) 

bpbp  141.  4 

bpbp  187.  1.  e 

Dp  57.  2  (5),   153.  1, 

185.  2.  a 
ti-B'p  59.  a,  187.  1.  c 
D'l^p  156.  2 
b)3p,  b^p  82.  1.  a  (1) 


INDEX   III. 


389 


24.  c 

njttp  61.  4,  66.  2  (2), 

157.  2 
f  ^p  208.  3.  h 
M|5  59 
■JP  215.  1.  6 
N3j?  92.  d,  166.  3 
inS53j?  166.  2 

nsp  200.  c 
nbp  172.  2 

i2j?   172.  2 
-"JlaSp  215.  1.  c 
I?)?  141.  1  (p.  175) 
•Jlp  80.  2.  6 
''2?ip  54.  3 
''pIDp  89  (f.  s.) 
nop  84.  3.  a  (3) 
-DDp  87 

ODJ?  141.  3  (p.  175) 
n^Sp  196.  c 
asp   50.  1 

nap  18.  2.  c 

imp  220.  1.  6 
ISp  184.  h 
TSp  185.  2.  a 
ySp  141.  1  (p.  175) 
"ISp   50.  1,  2,    84.  3.    a 

(3),  125.  3 
DD-ll^p   106.  a 
mp  196.  &,  211.  a 
S"^p  179.  1.  a 
S«*1p  166.  2 
«^p  167.  1 
niKIp  166.  2  • 


•T«np  104.  c 
rtrh  i^np  35. 1 

•jXnp   60.    3.  c,   98.  2, 
164.  3 

nxnp  166. 1 
nsnp  166.  2 

anp   77.  3,  78.  2,  82. 

1.  a  (2),  118.  1 
nnp  (imp.)  119.  1 
a'lp  185.  2.  6 

anp  200.  a 
-nnp  19.  2.  a 

nnnp  98.  1.  a 

innp'  39.  4.  a 

DDinp  19.  2,  119.  3 
■}anp  19.  2.  5,  193.  2 
''^Snp  216.  1.  a 

n^np  200.  c 

nnp  179.  1.  a 

¥  It 

ainp  185.  2.  h 

rT\'^.  187.  1. 6 

xnnp  11. 1.  a 

Xnnp  196.  d 
"W^  89  (f.  s.) 

n-ip  lis.  1 

"jnp  197.  a 
rii2"np  203.  5.  a 
''3'lp  214.  2 
1\37)?,   '1''?'^p  221.  4 
Q??"?)?,   D??"^!?  203.  1, 
208.  4 

bbnp  193.  2.  c 

pp  50.  2 

5^np  187.  1.  e 


npnp  161.  2 
ntoptop  207.  1.  e 
rnrp  79.  2,  84.  3.  a  (2) 

map  210 
nittjp  216. 1.  (? 

t:t*p  61.  4,  183.  h 
nCp  80.  2.  a  (2) 
^TBp  80.  1 
fflT^P  125.  1 
tJTCp  141.  3  (p.  175) 
ritjp  197.  6,  199.  d 
riSp  187.  1.  a 

DniniBp  24.  6 

nhlSp  216.  2.  a 

nK-n  77. 2, 79. 1, 80. 1, 

114 

ni5"\  172. 2 
i«'n  172.  2 

IS"!  26,  121.  1 

•>;niKn  57. 2  (3)  a 
n^xn  172.  2 
Jnix-i  172.  2 
''iin  60.  3.  h  (2) 
ni'^i^'i  207.  2.  (? 

'jiffiiX'n  227.  1.  a 

rnaiii'n  15  6.  3 
nittsn  11. 1.  a 
ni^N'n  156.  3 
"^ss'i  102.  3 

lOXn  11.  1.  a  bis 
Ci^'n  156.  3 
ffiiJh  61.  2.  a,  207.  1./ 
pTTSJ-l  11.  1.  6 


390 


INDEX      III. 


]iCX-1  193.  1,  227.  1 
npOXn  235.  3  (3) 
n^oxn  57.  2  (3)  a 
rT'CXn   198.  a  (4) 

an  c^'b)  153. 1 

an ,  ah  (yb)  82.  1.  a  (3) 

an  217 

ah  c^y)  158. 3 

ah  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

aan  hi.  i  (p.  175), 

179.  2.  a 

rnaan  250.  2  (2)  a 
nan  179. 2. « 
nan  235. 3  (3) 
nan  172.  3, 174.  5 
lan  (I'b)  156.  4 
lan  141. 1 
lah  139. 1 
ian,  Kian  197.  a,  209. 

3,  226 

nian  eo.  3.  a 

D^Tlian  203.  4,  226 
D-^an  249.  1.  a 

''j'-'an  227. 1 
n^^-'an  227.  3 
yan,  yah  227.  3 

D'lyan  207.  1.  a 
fan  84.  3.  a  (2) 
nan  i58. 1 
nan  235.  3  (3) 
■'nan33. 1,  ei.  e.a,  218 
T?in  84.  3.  a  (2) 
ban  50. 1 

b^n  197.  a,  217 


■ib^n  194.  2 

D^ibjin  203.  5.  a 

yVn  126.  1 

nn  (nn^)  53.  2.  5, 150. 

1  (p.  182) 

nn  (y'i?)  139.  2 

'T:?,  ^T}  148.  3 

nnn  (inf.)  us.  2 

qnn  78. 1 
?lhn  114 
•'S^Bhn  114 

"•SDhn  19.  2.  a 

•    :  rr 

nnn  i48.  2 
•innn  143.2 
Dann  22.  a 
ain  158.  3 

n^n  57.  2  (5)  a,  156.  1 

n^n  184.  b 
rvn  197.  h 
mn  161. 1 
bain  I86.  2.  a 
mn  80.  2.  a  (4) 
Di2in  157. 1 

pn  179.  1.  a 

•j^sin  141.  4 
©in  57.  2  (2)  a 
ahn,ainn  197.6, 2oo.a 
D^nn  187. 1  . 
pinn  185.  2.  b 
bnn  197.  c,  200.  b 
urn  118.  2 
Dnn  119. 1 

"Grn  61.  2.  a,  197.  6 

ntthn  196.  c 


own  201.  1,  208.  3.  a 

T^nn  80. 2.  a  (3) 
nsnn  119.  3 
pnn  185.  2.  i 
pnn  119. 1 
npnn  119.  3 
at2n  84.  3.  a  (2) 
ttBtJn  68.  o,  180.  a 
''h  184.  6 
a'ln  (v.)  153.  2,   155, 

158.  2,  3 
a''"!  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

nia-^n  158. 1 

'P'^'^  186.  2.  c 

Dp'^n  235.  2  (1) 

©■in  186.  2.  c 

•jiO^n  57.  2  (2)  a,  227. 

1.  a 
?jn  50.  1,  186.  2.  c 
aDn  84.  3.  a  (2) 

^an  141. 1 

^Dn  141.  1  (p.  175) 

ban  50. 1 
nban  198.  a  (2) 

^tlh  139.  1 

''Sirjn  199.  6 
n^ah  208.  3.  6 
•ipniian  104.  k 
^sn,  "iin  141.  1 
•Jin  139.  3 
Isn  141.  5 

?n  60.  2,  215.  1.  e 

ayn  (v.)  82. 1.  o  (2) 

a?n  (adj>)  185.  2.  6 


INDEX   III. 


391 


TO'-I  139.  2 

W'l  186.  2.  a,  215.  e 

'^r^$;^  220. 1.  b 
^'$'r\  141.  1 

lyn  221.  3.  a 

Tj^n  221.  3.  a 

b?n  114 

•}??'?  122.  1 

■Ji^n  187.  1.  d,  207.  2. 

y?n  141.  3  (p.  175) 

''pnyn  220. 1.  b 

KBl  186.  2.  a 
SSn  92.  (/,  166.  3 
nSJ&n   164.  5 
IDXBn  165.  2 
"'tlSBT  165.  2 
TB'n  84.  3.  a  (2) 

nan  les.  1 
inssn  177.  3 

Sisn  179.  1.  a 
X'T^  199.  a 

fsin  141.  4 

pn  50.  1 
npn   84.  3.  a  (2) 
ripn  186.  2.  a 
D^n   186.  2.  a 

ypn  126. 1 

?;?]5n  106.  a,  125.  2 
ppn  179.  2.  a 
on  (^"^)  186.  2.  c 
tin,  t-)  C'D)  148.  3 
yen  198.  a 
T\Vtr\  198.  a  (1) 
d'^n^BJI   203.  5 


•'BO-I,  "ififfin  22,  a,  216. 

2.  a 
ttJm  141.  5 
tJ©n  141.  5 
flTOn  (v.)  148.  2 
ncn  (n.)  184.  6 

J^inffin  148.  2 

pinn  200.  «,  2o7.  i.  c 

b  Cni  197.  b,  208.  3.  6 

Xto  131.  3 

IS©,  ^S5to   16.  2.  a,  45. 
5.  a 

nsiri  3.  1.  a 

nxto  16.  2.  a,  61.  2.  a, 

131.  4 
nxto  61.  2.  a 
ynto  82.  1.  a  (2) 
?3ir»  185.  2.  6 

:n?ni9  127. 1 
into  3. 1.  a 

n"!©  141.  1  (p.  175) 
STlto  185.  2.  c/,  200.  c, 

210,  215.  2,  221.  7 
^nnto  220.  1.  6 
'''ito  185.  2.  c? 
nip  201.  1,  215.  2 
'I'!™  19.  2 
«iiD  131.  4 
nito  158.  3 
Q'^iU  158.  3 

rrqiia  i58.  3 

niTO  3.  1.  a,  179.  2.  a 
Tm  184.  6 


pnto  51. 2 
Duto,  "jt:©  51.  4 

ttpto  106.  a 
X-^ip  184.  6 
^n-^to  221.  7.  a 
i^te  221.  7.  a 

n'lto  158. 2,  3 

D''te  158.  2,  3  bis 

IVCrm  158.  3 

to'ito  158.  2 

•JDto  51.  1 

bD©  3.  1.  a,  79.  2 

ri^bDto  3.  1.  a,   51.  4.  a 

^Dto  3.  1.  a 

iVO  184.  6,  207.  1.  i 

1^2te  156.  4 

nttto  82.  1.  a  (2) 

^rms,  -wto  216. 1. 6 
ir\ttto  104.  y 

i{3to  82.  1.  a  (1) 
njJSto  87,  166.  2 
JliJSto  104.  A 
''Xito  102.  3 
^S|30  60.  1,  164.  4 

ni^bto  166.  2 

^ty&ilD  164.  1 
^^nxSto  220.  2.  a 
n?to  3,  1.  a,  121.  1 
nyto  207.  1.  b 

rrmi  51. 1 

T\yt  198.  6 

nni^to  200.  b 
hn:?toi  27, 57.  2  (2)  b, 
220. 1. 6 


392 

nS)iD  3.   1.  Of,   199.   (/, 
217   221.  2.  4 

■jcir  50. 1 

•^nBTp  21G.  2.  a 

on'^ninDto  221. 1 
Dn-inBTS  221.  1 

nip  207.  2.  a 
nnC  179.  2.  a 
■iniD  199.  c 
D^BniO  08.  a 
DtlB^.to   104.  i 
phto  185.  2.  6 
"into  141.  1  (p.  175) 
■'nniD  61.  6.  a 

nto  131.  4 

Orito  90  (jjass.) 
^  53.  2.  a,  74 

nnn^©  45. 5.  a 
"ym:  197. 6 

t2«»  57.  2  (3)  a 
n^tiSC  156.  3 
TJ'JX©  57.  2  (3)  a 
5STD  78.  1,  121.  1 
b«©,  5lbif©  119.  2 
nbsc  119.  3 
i;^bXO  119.  2 
■^S^bxtj  118.  3 
^bxtj  119.  2 
?jbX0   104.  a 
I'lnbX©  119.  2 

onbsB  119.  2 

i:»0  122.  1 

IJiiO  187.1.^,207.2. 


INDEX   III. 

TC«W  139.  3  naO,  snaC   126.  2 

nSC  183.  ft  rn©  84.  3.  a  (.3),  86.  6 

rr^-iK©  198.  a  (4)        ram  i48.  2 

no  53.  2.  a,    144.  3,      innO  144.  3,  148.  2 


\ 


148.  3 
-30,  nnO   148.  3 
no  157.  1 

nno  11. 1.  a 

^nO  34 

ino  34 

^nO    39.  4.  a 
?^nO  200.  c,  210.  a 
M'lnO  198.  a  (4) 

■jnnino  220. 1.  h 

"jnO  51.  2,  197.  6 
^•jnO  216.  2 

•'no  221.  5.  c 

•'5'^nO  227.  1 

rr^no  198.  a  (4) 
b-^bno  24.  h 

^bnO  24.  h 


nno  197.  6,  221.  6.  a 

■jinno  193.  2.  a 
''nno,  "^nno  i48.  2 

bjO  197.  a 
"ISO  216.  1.  e 
no  207.  2.  a 
nno  139.  2 

nno  141.  4 
nnno  93.  a 
inno  141. 1 
nino  139.  2 

''no  199.  c. 

cno  45. 5.  a 

KnO  61.  2.  a 
mo  157.  1 

nio  (nio^^?)  53. 2. 5, 

148.  2 


nbho  3. 1.  a,  200.  ft,    ^nnnio  104.  c 

207. 1.  cZ  nnno,  nnnoi57.  2 

npno  157.  2  inio  11. 1.  a 

yno  216. 1.  e  nnio  141,  4 

n:?no  223. 1  n'o^io  207. 1.  a 

D^ynO  208.  3.  a,  225.  1  Tia^iO  199.  o 
D''?nO  203.  3  ''510  194.  2.  a 

nryno  223. 1.  a         5??o  161. 1 
DD''ni?no  221.  2.  h       by^io  186.  2 

D"'nynO203.4,223.1.a  nyiO  186.  2.  a 

anyno  223. 1.  a,  250.  t:Bio  I86. 2.  a 

2  (2)  a  nSiO  200.  a 

6  nno  3.  1.  a  pno  207.  1.  / 


INDEX  III. 


393 


pi»  197.  a 

ni©  3.  1.  a 

^iO  (v.)  158.  3 

lie  (n.)  197.  c,  201.  1, 

207.  1./. 
•'tntoiTZ?  92.  b,  174.  1 
■Jtdi©  207.  2.  b 
'Jin©  60.  3.  6  (2),  119.  4 

nn©  141. 1 

in©  60.  4.  <?,  141.  1 

nun©  119. 3 
rr^n©  199.  d 

in©  185.  2.  b 

ihnniB  188 
nn©  78. 2 
inriip  121.  2 
DDnn©  119. 1 
nt^Tp  200. 6 

D'lp©  156.  3 
im©  187.  1.  c 

ibt©,  '^p"b"io  55.  2.  a 

TU?  158.  2,  3 
n'T©  220.  1.  b 

ni©  158. 2,  3 
ini©  221.  5.  b 

•I©   139.  2 

n?©  84.  3.  a  (2) 

nb©  87 

ns©  87 
nSD©  98.  1 
nSD©  106.  a 
ins©  106.  a 
biD©   184 
^1D©  90  (pass.) 


■jiD©  87 

nD©   80.  2,  82.  1.  rt  (2) 

''n?©  216.  1.  6 

^:nD©  127.  2 

^I'lSriD©  127.  2 

r;\nD©  60. 2.  a,  127. 1 
b?©  3. 1.  a 

bb©  82.  1.  a  (3),  84.  3. 

a  (1),  85.  2 
:inbD©65.o,  82.  l.a(3) 
Tlbb©  65.  a 
DD©  183.  5 
DD©  65 
1133©  221.  5.  c 
1?©  82.  1.  a  (2),  84.  3. 

«(1) 
^b©  87 
)5©  90  (^ass.) 
•"SS©  61.  6.  a 
P5D©  132.  1 
*'P3D©"  90  (2  f.) 
n?©   3.  1.  a,  125.  3 
ID©   185.  2 
"b©  131.  3 
b©  139.  2 
■Jpxb©  68.  a 

n^nnnb©  195.  3 

lb©  185.  2.  c? 
lb©  184.  b 

nn  lb©  21. 1 

T  "      T 

D^n^b©  187.  2 
tJib©  187.  2 

•^nib©  168.  a 

nbo  80.  2.  a  (1),  124 


nbtD  60.  1 
nb©  125.  2 

nb©  126. 1 
nb©  126. 1 
nnb©  125. 1 

221.  3.  a 
126.  1 

•jnb©  200.  a 
ND-nb©  45.  4 
nnb©  123.  5.  a 
■Db©  84.  3.  a  (2) 

''b©  54. 2 

©"lb©  210.  a 
''©''b©  199.  b 
''©'^b©  227.  1 
n'i©'>b©  227.  3 

nri©^b©  219. 1.  a 

riDb©  92.  d 
bb©  141.  3  (p.  175) 
Db©  84.  3.  a  (2) 
Db©  92.  d 
nb©  92.  c 
Db©  93.  a 
^135©  92.  c 
''ib©  194.  2.  a 
"©b©  215.  1.  c 
©b©  51.  3 

n©b©  220. 1.  b 

n©b©  223.  1 
d''©b©  225.  1 
ni©b©  207.  1.  a 
D©b©  235.  2  (1) 
JjWb©  220.  1.  b 
QDn©b©  250.  2  (2)  a 


394 


INDEX     III. 


DnCbp  250.  2  (2)  a 

^nbO  53.  2.  a 

DC  235.  1 

D»  43.  o,  200.  cf,  215. 

1.  b 
IttTD  80.  2.  o  (3) 
nia©  219.  1.  a 
iUTp  221.  3.  a 
niTSTlJ  G4.  2 
ni72T?  139.  2 
nni2)2TD  86.  6  (2  m.) 
'•^m  GG.  2  (2)  c 

n^"aT»  10.  a 

n^^TS  201.  1,  203.  5.  c 

n^''^©  219. 1 

i3'''ap  227.  1 
D'QTD  82.  1.  a  (2),  84.  3. 
a  (1),  141.  3  (p.  175) 

n"ai2J  90 

•J^TS  79.  2,   84.  3.  a  (2) 

rmt  223. 1 

n''?b©  225.  1 

nioy  n?b©  224.  rt 

y)2TS  80.  2.  a  (1),  82. 1. 

a  (2) 
yi3«  GO.  \.a 
ybO  G5.  & 
:?ttO  184.  h 
ydtD  60.  1.  a 
yi30  60.  1 
T\'S'Cm  125.  1 
TO)20  98.  1,  125.  1 
'»:?^«    125.  2 
?1?^«  106.  a 


DD?^C  125.  2 
■j^TatD  89  (f.  pi.),    98.  2, 
127.  1 

n^:?^TD  127.  2 
■'ry-ao  125. 1 

P?^0  127.  1 
n?!?©  205 

in:?)atD  io6.  a 

n^O  77.  2 
n)2TD  186.  2.  a 
-nn)2tC  125.  1 

nnp©  19.  2 
nn^o  104.  e 

0120  197.  h 
•JO  197.  a,  217 
«:©  196.  (^ 
KStJ  177.  3 
n2O200.r,  (7,211,216.1 

''niDC  141.  2 

120  227.  1 

D^:©  203.  4,  223.  1 

nisyn  cso  251.  4.  « 

^rsO  250.  2  (2)  a 
n^SO  235.  3  (3) 
120  141.  1  (p.  175) 
|30  141.  5 
WO  196.  5 
D^npO  203.  3 
yOO'  126.  1 
T2I3?0  195.  2 
byO  208.  3.  h 
''b?0  216.  2 
y?0  141.  2  (p.  175) 

nyo  197.  b 


'^y.^.,  5  5^?^®  GO.  3.  a 
"l^njO  3.  1.  « 

ni'n:?o  i87. 2.  c 

yO?OC0.  3.6(2),  141.6 
D-^royO  187.  2.  b 
•jiSO  89 

nriBO  214. 1 

rJDO  89  (m.  pi.) 
?|B0  80.  2.  a  (2) 

■ybo  89 

nDB0  13.  6,  86.  i(3pL) 
riDBO  22.  a 
bSO  82.  1.  a  (1) 
bSO  87 

nbto  196.  c 

•JSO  207.  2.  6 
n?SO  196.  & 

n^nso  187.  2.  c 
ninso  203.  5.  a 

D'^lnBO  203.  5.  a 

r\^1D^  131. 3 

^pO  209.  3 

flpp  187.  2 

D'^'^ipO,  nilSpO  208.  3.  a 

ppO  141.  2  (p.  175) 

JnpO  199.  d 

ninpO  216.  2,  216.  2.  a 

"•OX'-nO  60.  4.  a 

l2'>n*lO  22.  fl,  51.  2,  68.  a 

•J-IO  60.  4.  o,   221.  6.  h 

Xrm  221.  6.  b 

OnO  208.  3.  6 

ono,  ono  83.  c  (1), 

92.  b,  122.  2 


INDEX   III. 


395 


n»nC  187.  1.  e 

U^tOyO  19.  2 

tJtD  43.  a 

ntDO  223.  1 

'^WID  227.  1 

niTBTS  225.  1 

ntO  200.  a 

nntj  50.  1,  179.  2.  a 

T       T  ' 

in©  172.  2 
inc.  nine  i72.  2 

T     '  T 

'^'nW  209.  2.  & 

n^riTp  209. 2.  & 

inint?  250.  2  (2)  a 
D'^PTS  22.  b,  223.  1.  a 

axn  51. 1 
bnxn  111.  2.  a 
•jn'^  iinsnn  35.  1 
•jinssih  64.  2 

lbi|tn  111.  2.  a 

innxn  60. 3.  c,  111.  2.  e 
isn  57.  2  (3)  ff,  184. 6 
•^ttisn  216. 1.  c 

ThXPl  111.  2.  a 

^nbDsn  60.  3.  c  (?), 

93.  a,  111.  2.  e 

npbDsri  91.  c 

ClbSn  111.  2.  a 
■i^Sn  216.  1.  c 

jns^sn  88  (f.  pi.) 
yyamr^  ss  (m.  pi.) 
npsn  200.  b,  216. 1. 6 

'J'lBpXh  151.  2 

tBDsn  112.  3 


tii^ri  112. 3 
instp,  i-isn  60. 3. 6  (2) 
npniin  157.  3 
n^TjJxn  190 
nnsn  111.  2.  i 
«nh  111.  2. 6, 177.  3 
nri^hn  157.  3 
3s?an  88  (f.  pi.) 
n:san  157.  3 

TlSan  88  (3  f.),  167.  3 

nsbnan  ii8.*4 
nxinn  97.  1.  a 
nnxinn  220. 1.  6 
nnNian88(3f.),  167. 3 
?inxi3n88(3f.),  167. 3 
Tian  140.  3 
■j^nn  192.  2 
pian  140.  3 
'isinnn  105.  6 
^ntpan  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
^^inn  26 
^la^an  160. 3 
n|nnn  172.  4 
nrsan  172.  3 

ban  190.  5,  197.  a 

ban  190. 6 
bban  190 
•jann  i58.  2 
l^yan  172. 1 
n3:?an  126. 1  . 
•^ans^an  105.  J 
:?j5an  126.  1 

■J^TCJSan  88  (m.  pi.) 
"'TOpan^  234.  a 


iD'nan  120. 3 

*'3D"l3n  105.  b 

nrriar,ni  128 
b-i^n^  99.  3 
"j^^^n^n  126. 1 
mni  158. 2 

11151^172.  1 

J  bin  174.  4 

ban  66.  1  (1),  173.  3 

nb^n  172. 3 
nbanT  173.3 
nsbjtn  158. 2 
■inibTO^n  220. 2.  c 
;}t'5ni  88  (f.  pi.) 
^''pa^n  88  (2  f.) 

ipj^a'in  105.  a,  d 

^a^n^  99.  3 
•j^nann  55.  2. «,  ss 

(m.  pi.) 

■jn^ann  88  (m.  pi.) 
n:nann  92.  e 
n^n  139.  3 
nn^in  192. 2 
ispixa'jn  105.  c 
n;b^n  172.  3 
l^iTs'in  172. 1 
jynni  147.  5 
s©'7n  45.  2 
inn  61.  2 
^nn  30.  1 
Dinn  190.  J,  197.  &, 

200.  a 

n-^nn  172. 3 
p;:nn  88  (f.  pi.) 


39G 


INDEX   III. 


nr'^nn,  nrnn  ii.  i.a 

n3"a^nn  loo.  3 

^"isnn  04.  c 

bnn  140.  5 

nbnn  loo.  6 

?ybnr\  19.  i,  go.  3.  h  (2), 

112.  2,  151.  1 

^lin^nn  220.  2.  a 
nnni  172.  4 
npnnn  11 8.  4 
3innnn  172.  3 
?i!3nnn  24.  c,  142.  3 

in  185.  2.  c? 
«in  57.  2  (3)  a 
m^n  190.  6 
?Jir\  63.  2.  a,  184.  6 
?fin  216.  1.  d 

n:nDin  220. 1.  h 

T    ;  T 

^npin  105,  e 
^•^lain  90,  151.  3 
?10in  22.  6, 151.  2 
Jioin  151.  2 
nn3?in  207. 1.  a 
nin  217 
nnin  217 

iUTC^Tin  104./ 

aoin  190.  i,  192.  2 

''aiDin  216.  1.  a 

nn^Tn  157. 3 
^ns-jn  88  (f.  pi.) 
nnD-jn  61.  4.  a 
""brn  111.  2.  h 

t\T.]T\  190.  5,  199.  d 
••STni  (3  f.)  172.  3 


i;'lTP^  53.  3.0,  111.  2.  c 

xanpi  166.  4 
nib^ann  201. 1 
bann  eo.  3.  a 
mn  172.  4 
Tn'ni  111.  2. 6 
nrnn  172.  4 

Trn  16.  2.  a 
•jibinn  158.  2 
bnni  158.  2 
bnn  140.  3 
nbnn  190.  6 
:''D^s^brin  220.  2.  c 
npbnn  141. 2 
c^ann  190.  a 

mT^nni  104.  e 

ni^rin  190.  6 
"iribnn  220.  2.  a 

Cnm  60.  1.  a,  157.  3 

^nn  173.  3 
tjnni  157.  3 
•^paiDnn  105.  e 
nnn  237.  1, 238. 1 

s^nr?  (fc)  131. 1 
innn  194.  2 

Dv?"'??^!?  238.  1.  h 

•'S  nnn  239. 2  (2) 
onnn  238. 1.  b    '■ 
•isnnn  238. 1.  b 
^aip'^n  i47.  4 
•jiD-^n  193. 1 
yn'^r!\  190.  6, 197.  6 
p2''nn  150.  3 
nium  11. 1. 6 


rWTP.  113.  1 

^•"n  147.  4 

tJTn  190.  6 
©:'n  208.  3.  c 

nrnty^n  147.  2 
n:T2©"'n  147.  4 
ti'iMn  101.  3.  a 
nani  172.  4 
3^nDni  88  (f.  pi.) 
^n|nn  119. 1 
ban  172.  4 
nbDn  177.  3 
•jsn  50. 1 
ncsn  54.  2 
^^nsn  192.  2 
-nnsn  88  (2  f.) 
Nbnn  172.  4 
nsbn  190.  6, 19a  a  (3) 
UMfhn  177.  3 
^bni  147.  5 
n;"ibn  147.  2 
nbn  50.  1 

D^S^bn  56.  4, 177.  3 

ynbni  119. 1 
iisbn  105.  a 

^Dbn  65.  6 

n:Dbn  61.  4.  o,  151. 1 

^^bn  88 
Tpbn  192.  2 

'l^J?,  I^J?  158.  2 
on  186.  2.  f,  207.  2 
Dh  (v.)  139.  2 
Dn  (n.)  186.  2.  c 

nian  143.  a 


INDEX   III. 


397 


ns'nn^in  118.  4 
iss'iTani  161.  3 
nru^iari  is 7.  3 
bi)2n  183.  c 
■j'ln^ttn  157.  3 
nsM^n  157.  3 

r\)ZT\  175.  3 
">ntin(2m.)l72.3,l75.3 
D'^Bn  53.  3.  a 

teb^n  104./ 
'iD'ib'ann  99.  3 

D^n  84.  3.  a  (3),  141. 

1  (p.  175) 
12131?  54.  3,  141.  2 

nmn  ei.  6.  a 

0121^1   175.  3 

bb^an  60. 1.  a 
npKaiQri  165.  2 
^s^ian  60.  1.  a 
nspian  i4i.  2 
niar)i  i75.  3 

-l^n  140.  5 

^inttin  111.  2. 6 

l^n^Pl  192.  2 
D-in^ltin  187.  2.C 
tJttr\  157.  3 
"jn  53.  2.  a 

:n:&s;r\  iis.  4 
nwasn  i3i.  2 
^bn  157.  3 

v|=l5n  131.  2 

nsn  132. 1 
nian  192.  2 

nSFll   60.  1.  a 

niamn  205.  c 


nn?n  131.  1  n^n  197. 6 

inp^^PT  150.  2,  161.  5  1?n  60.  4.  a 
"1?P\1  174.  4 

toyn  173.  3 
nto?n  172.  3 
rjynirs'p)  27 


nsnsfpn  104.  & 

^mT\  131.  6 

ijirsn  102.  2 
ns'^spn  61.  3, 136.  2, 


141.  2  Vto?Fl  55.  2.  a,  88.  2./ 

?fpr\  140.  5  flS'^T^^I?  105.  h 

qpr\  111.  2.  h,  151.  2  ITliiSn  192.  2.  a 

a3>p  51. 1, 121. 1  inshi  111.  2. 6 

nyn  60.  4.  a  ri'isn  192. 2 

X\^'2VT\  88  (m.  pi.)  Drnisisn  lei.  5 

D'inyn  19.  2,  111.  3.  a  TO'^S'IBP  157.  3 

••     ;     T      T  '  TV: 

''nin^n  88  J^5?^Br^,  n3S^p\"i57. 3 

n^yni  in.  i  nbsn  190. 6 

nnayrii  97. 1.  a  ism  172.  4 
n5;iyri  25, 88  (f.  pi.),  91. c  ^tr^^  150. 3 

T\WT\,  nsayn  157.  3  Di^sn^  99. 3.  «,  119. 1 


^?ni  172.  4 
wn  51.  3 

nWPl  198.  a  (3) 
Tl^nn  140.  1 

aryn  91. 6 
nj^n  60.  4 
t:yp)i  c^'b)  157.  3 

rbVT\  216.  1.  a 

ib?ni  140.  5 

J^r^?^^  1^2.  3 
nbyn  eo.  3.  c 


PlSn  141.  3  (p.  175) 
'IS'ljpBn  105.  6 

•isn  140.  5 

'}1t2TrBr)  88  (m.  pi.) 

nsssn  147. 2 
ni^'iisn  161.  3 
np^sn  14.1.  2 
npbian  i4i.  2 

133)5ri  139.  1 

n^lpn  190.  J,  198.  a  (3) 

naiipn  88  (f.  pi),  16I.  3 
ns-aipn  160.  3 
bpn  140. 1 


•j^n^syrii  99.  3.  a 

r\',5?r\  192.  2,  2(?0.  c 

np5?r),  n35?n  172.  3  ipn  50. 1 

5??r\  141.  2  (p.  175)  ^yph  46 

nsyn  97. 1.  a  -j^pn  157.  3 

npyn  126. 2  «:?pri:)  166.  4 


398 


INDEX  III. 


n3!«"1)?n  88  (3  f.  pi.) 

innpn  ss  (3  f.  pi.) 
l^nnpnT  99.  3.  a 
©pni  174.  4 
nnpn  95.  a 
Knn  35.  2 

Xnni    172.  4 

nsnn  172.  3 
•'ssnn  105.  e 
nnni  172.  4 
nanm  175.  3 
tT'ann  190.  6 
■'nbann  94.  a,  115 
inn  147.  2 
nian-in  192. 2.a,  216.1. 

nD'inn  88  (3f.pl.),  147. 
Tr\T\  147.  3 
inn  15G.  4 

npnn  190.  6 
n:^T3i-in  16I.  4 
p-in  140.  3 
nsTT^nn  92.  e 
rr^^nn  192.  2. « 

n5D^nri88(3f.pl.),91. 

•jnh  190.  h 
nnn  97. 1.  « 

'^'■in^   88  (f.  pi.) 

ynn  (v.)  140.  5 
5l"in  175.  3 
D'^Bnn  201.  2 
npsnn  les.  3 
ynnn  140.  5 
ynni  172.  4 
injinn,  injrnn  93.  a 
ns^sten  165.  2 


n:sisn  i64.  2 
■^2?Tr5Trn  161.  2 
niaibn  61.  4.  «,  205.  c 

bsTcn  97.  2 

'ib^NiaTSP  180.  a 

npten  164.  2 
npnirn  157.  3 

np3T0n  61.  4,  160.  3 

nnnisn  88  (3  f.  pi.) 
nscn,  niacri  65.  a 
npa^on  157.  3 
Dttiisn  54.  2 

nywn  190.6,  192.  2.  a, 
198.  a  (3) 
J  '^'incn60.3.6(2),120. 1 

2  nniDn  119.  1 
■»©n  172.  4 
i:?''t?n  227. 1 
npnDisn  91.  c 
npwn  88.  (f.  pi.) 
n:ribTj?ri  88  (3  f.  pi.), 

105.  h 

-i:b©n  97.  2 
c  ■'pbon  95.  a 
n©n  147.  4 
nniT2Ton  105.  J 
nnbiDn  65.  6 

l^ltiTrri  88  (in.  pi.) 
:?TCn  216.  1.  e 
2?On  60.  3.  c 

wen '223. 1 

D^y©n  208.  3.  a,  225. 1 

:m-yt^n  142. 1 

"lOn^  158.  2 

nrDnen  iis.  4 


psncn  88  (2  f.) 
yncn  176.  3 
niDEnipn,    nrpBntJn 

96.  b 

nn  131.  4 
-nn  61.  5 
jybann  126. 1 
"innn  142.  2 
^ann  60.  4.  a,  17 6.  3 
nnn  (nnn;)  53.  2.  6, 

132.  1 

"T^nnn  126.  2 

!^??^r?rp)  96. 6 

bnbnnn  16I.  2 
"innn  i76.  3 
•T;jnoi?  94.  a 
■inn  61.  5,  131.  4 
:C3nnn  i76.  3 
Dnn  140.  1 
n:wii:nn  16I.  3 
:Di£nn  142.  2 
■jnn  132. 1 
i^:nni  105.  a 
Nternn  166.  5 
ynn  172.  4 
:bEnn  142.  2 
»bsnn  166.  5 

a72rPT  99.  3.  a,  119.  1 

tbncnn  96.  h 

n^nn  53.  3.  6,  150.  3 

(p.  182) 

u*nn  25 
:nnhi  150.  3 

2>nnn  60.  4.  «,  176.  3 

niD'jiirnn  161.  3 


IJSTDEX    lY. 

HEBREW  GRAMMATICAL  TERMS. 


pttn  IK  b^nt5D  7.  3.  a  KS133  71.  c 
•JttJp?  212 


ni'nis  2  nTis  46 

sbsT  n»)a  ^n'^x  7. 3    ^'^'^  «bi  n-^ns  46 

T\m  31  S^^'^?'?  29.  6 

smD  n)2bt)  '':x7.  3.  a  Tn;i  li^b  199 


mss  n^a  21. 1 
i^ira  85. 1.  a 

D'^3ta  76.  1 
^S^  45.  4.  a 

T    :  - 

pm  ©.^n  23. 1 
bp  1CW  21. 1 
nij-i^^n  «n  229. 1 
nbsiEn  xn  230. 1 
iTjSTSiin  7.  3 

n-ai^T  9.  1,  243.  2.  a* 
!j^Sn  IT  99.  1 
■IDT  196 
;qpn  16.  3.  a 
p^'T'n  45.  4.  a 

n?t:  28 
xnnu  29.  6 

D^inS  76.  2 
0^1^33  71.  c 


n-ian  "jwb  199 

D:^?T»  pTZJb  199 

^jins'a  45.  4.  a 
^^'rq  71.  c 
nnDTa  212 
D-'bia  70.  a 
D'^sb^  28 
b''2?b)3  32 
ynbl2  32 

JTiica  10.  46 
"ptm  26 
iip"a  85.  1.  a 

'^[^12  43 

i5^b&?  npD  rmiz  7. 

3.  a 

yrpi  44 
nisi^is  28. 5 
n:  16. 2 


'IPD?  71.  c 
ri  16.  2 

nnp2  196 

C'llp?  2 

p^cs  qio  36. 1 
i\riyo  212 

D^^n?  28 
133^  85,  1  a 

T    T 

Ttn^  85.  1.  a 

D^b:^£)  70.  a 
"im  85.  1.  a 
i"lp  46 

n-iriD  Sbl  i-\p  46 
nB^l  27 

'lariDia  -j^n  bxis  7. 3.  a 

NITC,  i51iy  16.  1 

ronn  ^s  -"aTb©  7. 3.  a 
nitj©  70.  a 
^BD'an  nils©  223. 1 
n:""!  inDxbttTS  7. 3.  a 
niyisn  12 


Names  of  the  letters  §  2,  their  signification  §  5.  J 
Names  of  the  vowels  §  12,  their  signification  §  12.  h 
Names  of  the  accents  §  29,  their  signification  §  29.  6 
Names  of  the  verbal  species  §76.  1,  2. 
Designations  of  imperfect  verbs  §  76.  3. 


POSTSCEIPT 


The  folded  leaf  whicli  follows  contains  a  general  view  of 
the  inflections  of  the  various  kinds  of  verbs,  perfect  and  im- 
perfect, the  rules  for  the  changes  to  which  nouns  are  liable, 
the  personal  pronouns  in  their  separate  and  suffixed  forms, 
and  the  diflerent  vowels  assumed  by  the  inseparable  prefixes 
and  the  inteiTogative  n^ .  It  is  designed  to  be  taken  out 
of  the  book  and  mounted  upon  pasteboard.  The  student 
will  thus  have  the  most  material  parts  of  the  grammar  brought 
together  and  exhibited  to  his  eye  upon  a  single  page 

Two  sections  of  the  grammar  have  been  inr  ently 
numbered  141  and  two  150.  To  prevent  embt  ment 
from  this  cause  in  the  use  of  the  indexes,  the  page  is  almost 
always  added  when  the  second  of  the  duphcate  sections  is 
intended. 


Date  Due 

NO  15 '54 

Aefi-^-A-iffl 

r**"*^ 

^ 

